NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK, 4/ TS, : ANON Usa AR Ee Ook Wr OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, THE OPERATIONS, EXPENDITURES, AND CONDITION OF THE INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. les Je stOu ese OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1898. AN ACT PROVIDING FOR THE PUBLIC PRINTING AND BINDING, AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS. : Approved January 12, 1895. “Of the Report of the Smithsonian Institution, ten thousand copies; one thousand copies for the Senate, two thousand for the House, five thousand for distribution by the Smithsonian Institution, and two thousand for distribution by the National Museum.” IL byelices OP OF THE tee TIONAL. MUSE UM: UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, FOR THE Narre Neo IN Ge JUAN SOF ESO 6- ie REPORT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM FOR-THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. SU Eel Ss: IL. Report of the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the National Museum, with Appendices. Il. Papers describing and illustrating collections: in the U. S. National Museum. UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, UNDER DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Washington, August 8, 1896. Srr: I have the honor to submit herewith a report upon the present condition of the United States National Museum, and upon the work accomplished in its various departments during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1896. Very respectfully, G. BRown GooDE 2 DRO 5) Assistant Secretary, in charge of U. 8. National Museum. Mr. S. P. LANGLEY, Secretary Smithsonian Institution. VII it lee id eA at mY =} CON TE ENS: 5 Page. SESS CUTS ee a eee ae ee rele Senate oe lace eal ania teresecaat sss measles se V SHER E ROMAN G METAL) = aes ae) sete: a at wc orc as sacle pam ae baa eta wine agate Si VII (CONDENS ee er ee ee ete opal an cele cab inaweccicee sce ee aicisteclo ests c's IX IGISTLORM GUS DRAIRLON Sie ee nek cee cccise cece ces <.claleenicionie ae m.wee s cele clos See eel XII RAR Ts REPORT OF THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY, IN CHARGE OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. I.—GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. A.—Origin and development of the Museum. ....--....--....---..-----.----- 3 Special epochs in the history of the Museum...-......-...----.-----. 6 Expectations of future development: —------: = =m -2-=--- 2-1 == == 5 B.—Organization and scope of the Museum............-------- ----.-------- 11 Relations of the Museum to the Smithsonian Institution. ......------ 13 (MiG IM OTA 6c S556 comeere See Hae Soon Gr AASB e HO nUE co ieres ee eae 15 C.—The work of the Museum in public education.............----.-..--.--.- ily) II.—SPECIAL TOPICS OF THE YEAR. (HO Wine RiP = See eho SoesGo ene -SoCoO Sa SEE Oe. Obn Ga aeOo = Saoipe aoe oaoeee 20 ANC COSSIONSECORUN ENC Ol eC tlONS sean ee see eee ae ee er 22 ems asec t- Scie ae 20 (Caimllomi® GWIHNGS 6 co-so6 5506 sooo cse0 ago See ESeacS SedS06 sce bl esce Sods soscsscsss 23 Appropriations for 1896- 97 Be ae eye Nese a snlosls cin loaie a See oes bee Sees 24 Exchanges of specimens with institutions and individuals abroad --.------ ---- 24 Cooperation of the Executive Departments of the Government......- -.-.---- 29 JPepIOPRTMONE 35565 cons SS Ose OCCU SEB e+ Sec aeo DOCOeC AOC ODE Eanes Dd Daoee sese 32 Collleciorns? QUinntis coro SSSC BaOR ER GOOIRE | SB ee SISA CON PR Ei eer ee oe ere eer 32 Development and arrangement of the exhibition series -.-..-..-.-..--.-..--- 33 ANOS eee eee rae Saeco eile nish Se jdaeemiot- teen cclsne tae sueciosteeb eas JRL. 35 HPO Uay pepe eect arate orate fo cw 2 cisieiake sey ae sein gy sete Sa Sis tos ee 35 Contributions of the year to scientific literature. ...........-....---.-------- 36 IPRISINORTGNT . shaSs Sate aSe SoBe SO ECOOS ECCS O HAOn REE AEE DASe Be Eee e eames cer 56 Menotialelent omimvestiMatlonesosce eas ces rosie: o sisnata ssolee se os ate aisle 38 Work of students and investigators at the Museum.-......-.-.---.----.----. 40 WHSTIRDERS Soo reid Sk SR oI SEES PS a CPS Pe ge eee 43 Material received for examination and report ..-.-.............---------.---- 44 Meetings of associations in Washington during the year --...-...-------.---- 44 CCINVIIl AWIGO. 33 dbs Sstlgaemoris Bon ce Hee aa S Oy ce eet ta Pe rer Bare eae ere rae 45 ISG NG INTE SCRE SOC aS ie en a a a ee eee 45 Cotton States ana International Exposition .......-...--...---.----+--------- 45 NIGGRONGHAY eso ccbaco Gon Beat abs Gees aS ae eo SEIS ASSESS teeta ieee 46 x CONTENTS. Il.—REVIEW OF WORK IN THE SCIENTIFIC DEPARTMENTS. # Department of— : MAINS Ue fe cc he dace ciccs aes ele cncle acne nc sce = 6 ele eee ae Phi Eye ea ee ee Oe enaroommermcinnoeririmmdccgac asso 205¢ DOIG GY. fi cct <2- qnet- 9-2-2 on ewe ee 20 Se Sain i Reptiles and batrachians. .---. Be a sey eee OSU ca aecat ol Ss RH OR le Se oe e Sou om cee wo Sein dee sto a © les ae eete late mievaltale ler ahaa =e TNBOGEA ooo can ccnk oo cete eee wo cllelels amie! aias ete che ce te ate eee tete tala at alee meee Marine invertebrates. ... -..2.. - ses oie non cone eens cece ones een wees ac Helminthological collection.....-.--.-------+---+-----+ eeeeee coer ee cere reese Department of— Comparative anatomy ..-..-..-----.----- BES GCOnOEGsE oS Sosa Seares tice oe Paleontology ...---.---- <2 ec cec teem ne oe eee tec ent eww se ccces scenes seen Plants (National Herbarium) --...-.----..--.--.---------------=-------- Transfer of National Herbarium to the Museum building --....-------.------- Department of— EHS E B ang seeoSabeeaee pacceeitn Stor Sooo bd nose adeno deccosicdes cabs cadaae SPOGIGDy Sno oy wee enieiabinncien ne ssiae cee meet meee eran emcee wee Ethnology .....--. ---- +--+ +2222 2-22 eee eee cee eee cee eee cee cee TEAST NU) He OOF igre od SUR nes cecoS one AagRosooo odd ose Sot GOs ATER ANC IN CUSULIOS a. Bete Ho Senta See Sse seer ue ee omer ete yee eee Wechnolopical collections saccm ese sec ae ele cee 28 een see The craphic-arts collection sec ssace ss) eee 2 a oe eee ne ees The collections of oriental antiquities and religious ceremonial objects. Historical collections, coins, and medals .-.-....---..---....---..---. Musical instruments: So c6 cinerea seers ete ter teeta ch terrae enc ae ee IV.—REVIEW OF WORK IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENTS. HINANCE, Property, supplies, and. accounts ¢-.- 2.22 2.0222 . 2.2 chs succes e nee MOresponaence alll TEPOTbs.- 2-25. 22 cei oe oes wet Soe Registration and distribution ReMANO IY Fos ot toi Ate een Nie hs ake gee Se RE oe ee Work of the Museum preparators APPENDICES. I.—The scientific and administrative staff............222. -22.-2.2--2--2.- II.—List of accessions during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1896......__.. III.—Dist of accessions to the Museum library by gift and exchange during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1896............ 2-220. --02-5--0- eee. 1V.—Bibliography of the U.S. National Museum for the fiscal year ending PLES OO GLO haat anerae pe ba ano atmet OA tos co ek ee V.—Papers published in separate form during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1896 V1I.—Specimens sent to the Museum for examination and report ..... VII.—Lectures and meetings of societies .............- VIII.—Finance, property, supplies, and accounts. i IX.—Statement of the distribution of specimens during the : June 30, 1896 ear ending ast CONTENTS. XI as SS PARA Il: PAPERS DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING COLLECTIONS IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MusEumM. Page. 1. An Account of the United States National Museum. By Frederick W. True. 287 2. Prehistoric Art; or, the Origin of Art as Manifested in the Works of Pre- HiNforic Manet yo Dnomas) WHSOME TRGHORD loa yys) ENN NAO ioe 4 eaacnsseBeet caters ices Sop bec TCG uO DEC Sepe Socn cer. aee aac eecee Mo aminovarrows-eekiowakndians, Mndian Lerritory.c- 222-2. 22 .-=-- fossa noes = Soren oe . Plumstones and basket for game. Cheyenne Indians, Montana ....-..--...----------------- mS UNVOSELOLE LTA OISt AlN Oey see ele nis jase eee ae oe cee c awl flee senata= saa ses eatcaees bone gaming disks. seneca Indians, New, Mork ---2<. 22-22 -em eee ean = ee eee ebyOnvanOnwmooden dices = blingib indians Alas Kamer sere alanis alcelers a nclnrale eal == asin eae = . Papago Indian striking staves in the air in playing Ghing-skoot -...------------------------ . Tarahumara Indians playing ‘‘Quince”’ at the Pueblo of Penasco Blanco.----.-.--.---------- . Sets of staves for game of Quince. TVepeguana Indians, Chihuahua, Mexico ---..--..---..--. mbBark tablets thrawmasidice. UWinkaret Indians, Wtahs-=-5---.20-+---csee-e-c-c-e- aac-eee- PRC AOSHI: SIOUXSP LUIS TONG) SAMO =a eses aee = Soe eels Sain eis seinem = wleielam wialavelnininls ale nina lacie wien ste me eLiomred plumstones for/eames,, Dakota Sioux -22 222). ~-2 es ace oa == ie aie nee . Shrine of the War Gods. Twin Mountain, Pueblo of Zuni ---.--.--.-.--------- eka sistcie se maisia moamblinomecds a CherlonyRiMiny ATizONass- 22-2 se-n- see oe ares < risseacise~ selwise aise sc - Decorated pottery bowl with ‘‘ Eagle man”’ and gaming-reed casts. Cunopavi------------- mele Rte mamehicyeniaryiCOOex reac as esse See ae a5 aes enamine patee nalts ene nisaas ache sae aoe ssn sees Lemp OES BES ATE STU Ale aera aN eens ee aE eee Om OR iz sinlcjatniel gla aimee ale sie cincrele eles ee ES TACK ONS OKA -AIN Us Of G20; ADAMS oo soem see se iice = oe (se acta wise seen meme m= a= 23. Wooden and bone dollasses (Divining staves).......--------+-- 0-2. ------ seers oe eeeeerer ees a me oeaornankrk Wh Bee eee “1 Or im CO bo XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. %, * Page. 24. Koreans playing Tjyong-kyeng-to s suiusowaeldwetin oe Aediaes eiaue ebm aa 2a Sanaee ee nae 820 25. Divinatory diagram. Tibet........--------00-+-------00emeennnnn ococcsnronmneces a ssssss ache 821 26. Koreans playing dominoes...-------------0+----00een2nn= 20 see reser nrc nn nenn rns crn c nn scascce 838 27. Set of ivory dominoes. Savage Islands.....-..--------------+--+rrsreecree cst nce snns 840 28. Game of Goose (Giuoco Dell’ Oca). Florence, Italy -.---------------------- 2-2-2 sree e errno 841 29. The game of Patolli-....---.---------------- 208+ sncee tee meen accel sccm keene Sao Pattee 855 30. Dhola (Pachisi). Maldive Islands......-..----------0+-+---- 02 rcec ce ceecee cer eee eter erees 856 81. Board for Pachis (Pachisi). Persia. ...-.-----------------+-22 220 renee et ee nner reer r nes 856 32. Chess board and men. Burma........------------2s2-e2-e- 20 - non reeset erent rene seen tercnne 859 83. Identification tablets (Yo-hpai). Morea ...-.----------+------2-- 20s eee e cee ee rere e eters: 884 34. Pdizah of the Mongols. From a specimen found in Hast Siberia..-.---.---------------+----- 885 35. Bamboo money.....------------- 22 ence enn ween nn ene ene n ence ene t ewe n es once ann nes ean ececeaine 885 36. Obverse of jade audience ring. Ancient China.......-..---.------++--++-0- 20 :eeee2 ener eee ee 885 87. Tanzaku, Japan... ...-....-------- 22-0 ee ee een ere een e cere conn nce e ee enn re nn ccemen nesses sas 888 38. Carved sandalwood jackstraws (Héung t’o pdt po). Canton, China...-..---.----------------- 895 39. Carved sandalwood jackstraws. Canton, China..-.-.----------------------+--++-++----+---- 895 40. Shrine of Chinese God of War. Philadelphia.......---.--.----.-----s--+-------+--2-0-2------ 899 41, Haida gambling stick and pottery stamp. Ecuador ...---.----------------------+-+++--++----- 906 42,43. Taku Indian gambling sticks. Alaska.....-.----.--..----------+--+--++-+seeeeee eee eee 908 44. Korean card playing .------.------------ 22-22-22 ee eee eee ne nnn een eee eee rece n= 918 45. The eight ‘‘General" cards. Korea....-..----.-----------+--- 2-22 eens ener e eect eee eee eee eee 918 46, Shaftments of practice arrows. Korea.....-..-.-.---------+--- 2-22-22 eee eee eee eee eee 921 47. Chinese playing-cards. Kiu Kiang...-....--..------------------- +2022 ----2ce0e- seen ene seeee 921 48. Playing-cards (ganjifeh). Persia ..-.-------------- jals(afalainlaio'=\s(o/=)nte = eleiw)eta)=tn\siz(oln nim ixi=ta sie alalnl teins 928 49. Playing-cards (ganjifeh). Persia........----------22-------- one en te ee nee pe ce ene e nn nee 928 BO. Playing-cards (ganjifeh). “Persia==s.---. <22. 522 -- me women meen nee o aee oie (ele im mle == inn) 928 BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. By CyRUS ADLER AND I. M. CASANOWICZ. Tet eGal INSLEUMOeN tS! OL MOTGUSSION jesse se a eae oe ee nee aiena eee ee eee 974 Wine MuUBCAl INStrUMENtS =: 2.25.5 se ote ste ee eiswee Seles aise aie = wines ciie e winsj-leeiseistes ois se eee 976 SRLL NILE eli we VLOPOOCO, PATIOS = oe nin cle eee ite tacit ieln steers sete aioe steeere aim Seem eee eee 978 4 Assyrian bas-relief representing a flute player: -- <.--- <0 .~

. Greek and Latin New Testament of Hrasmus.--..----...-------..2---------------=---------- 1016 43. First American edition of the Greek New Testament.-------- See els ese ene ne aaeicelst= Sea 1016 Ady Ara pice ipl wal air GEO yi Dbreae nese eae ae alae asin alae saa ele em cinetele ce heleie ia = olwiwimimininiats’o' main =iste n= = 1018 45. Title page of Eliot’s Indian Bible...---.--.---.-------------------------+ +--+ ---+++---++----- 1022 46. Hieroglyphic Bible..-----....-.-..----.---- 2+ <2 - + een enn ee nnn oe nen eee nee nnn e ee 1024 THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. By WALTER HouGH. 1. Lamps of Labrador .-..-----..---..---------- 22 - on ee eee nnn ene nee enn n= 1040 2. Lamps of Cumberland Gulf.-.------.-- 2-22. -- 22-2222 e ne ee ie oe nnn eee ene 1042 8. Lamps of Cumberland Gulf...---......------------------ 0-22-22 e 2 enn ne ene een en nee ee 1044 Apslmterior ofanwbsikimo SNOW Ube erecta cemisnite se) sone ae eeiameaivinleie'weic = ols cle ela! iam = ao meng 1046 Fe Joamipstor Green aide sce tam arena ale Sala eas remain ele lee wn) elm owimiel ein ve aime ello min nla 1046 G-nlampson Greenland sees ae eae cate oe ie enna ee en nimi i ee eo m= = 1046 Gis Wehr y\ose (Cage dl bhi) ene Sere soe as ace ae ee eo bareS Gor SOCG Sc. CROOK Seo nCRenno Sa nOen ar o= 2 mcne 1048 Siolgampstor Greenland seats. ae oe sels als Slate oe eee nie else see oie = ais elnino wins ecelsis wi n= tan 1048 9. Drying frame and cooking pots of Greenland..-.-.-..---.--.-------------------------------- 1048 1Os Lamps OL bhne Mackenzie RAV OF =. secrctem te alma ae = m= = ita ile i me 1048 eitmips OL be Ollt BAELOW ea) ans cee = oe eee oo sama so ae ee cclelae sim nie amin win=e\nininla inlaw aia emma moni 1048 1D. Ibermins OP IO uaGlome) Sond EAL ea 6 ae Rae ane cect goHooco der OncceneessbocsessSemencaaaemer 1050 ig}, Theprayys) oii icra Stamina! fescoaondacosbredesecous scare oDcop apc nee SD SoeSDet Sc edeosseesceaacmese 1050 JApalamipsro ts teluianwMoncerlelanides sec cle e isaac melon -leieim ) Human hand engraved on a fragment of harpoon or reindeer horn. La Madelaine, Dor- WOGNG Heo oe tener ee coe BUG on ws 22 aidan ae Soy slate wei Hi -+--. «--<--2----* 54000020 "= 05 Se 131. Pottery bowl, front and side views. Handle representing human head. Mound, Marshall RDaunty, LOW «owen a ona ent an nanecene= = ane bo aren anne senses ec SS Saas Le 132. Clay statue. Mound, Union’ County, Illinois .-..---------------++++-+ +27 ect t rs teen snr see 133. Pipe, representing sculptured human head. Ohio « <--02 45 22 0s st oon Se is oe 482 134. Seulptured human head, limestone. .-..-------------+----+----- ae 484 185. Dark ferruginous stone, & natural formation modified by carving of eyes, nose, and mouth. ee Oe ee ew i Ee 8 te 8 ee le I 8 he eS ae 484 WAG en rea ne rc een ea oe mnie o © ela inin sin Sara ie min wiainin ale lemtsle iam ='sin = ee Ree aa 4 136. Profile of human face, sculptured in stone. St. George, Charlotte County, New Brunswick, Canada oo. oc ican e wccac oo cena ale oben eens alee se eamielainnaiats wee alesis = = Sle ie eee 485 137. Sandstone mask, rudely representing a human face. Lawrenceburg, Indiana .------------ 486 138, 139. Stone mask, human face, and profile. Belmont County, Ohio. -...--.-------------.------ 486 140. Stone mask. Gambier, Ohio........--------2---- 2260 ee ee nen ee een ee ee eee ee eee rene 487 141. Mask, of grotesque appearance. Potstone. Morgantown, Catawba County, North Carolina. 488 142. Stone mask. Etowah mound, Georgia.--.--.--.----------------+-+----+---++++------+-+----- 489 148. Mask, felspathic stone. Mexico .....----------++---+--+ 2220-22222 e sete eee eerste eres 490 144. Human image, of green mottled stone. Mexico ......-..-----------------++---+---++-- neste 4aD 145. Human image, in hard or semi-precious stone. Northeast Mexico. .-..-...--..------------- 490 146. “Cincinnati tablet.” Original in Cincinnati Art Museum, property of Mr. Gest..-..-..----- 491 147. ‘‘ Waverly tablet,” sandstone. Waverly, Ohio -.....-..--..-------------------------------- 452 148. Sculptured human footprints in sandstone rock. Upper Missouri River-.-----..------..-. 493 149. Sculpture of naked human footprint on a quartzite bowlder. Gasconade County, Missouri. 494 150. Human figure. Thin copperplate, repoussé. Mound C, Etowah group. Georgia...... 22 session sas ee sens s2 sean sseSs 595 Pe OUCLVAWILIN UO mmm blabeds M@xICOlS.2 = << = ace seus tess gage aries eecaees cceencaceeedic 595 2412, Pottery whistle, pear or gourd shaped. Walley of Mexico.-.....2-..222222.¢2 222-5 .2=--)-lscee = a oats ee emt eerae 627 eels criple bell oorattleiof gold: Chingy soem aan eee ea ate n a e y a eleiets 627 2 LOC Ua Go: rho OYE tenon = sac GS aes Be eece tines —ba08 cc SSS 3 SUS S Orr acG sSoSasonee SosaS0ScC¢ 628 250, Doublewhistle. --Chiriq ui. 35.0) Set of boneidice. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory... --.:-----.0--5-- 22 .2eceeseccetee se-es 691 11. Basket fordice game. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory...............-..---.------------- 691 i2q oebiof wooden dice. Arapaho Indians; Indian Territory... --2 5. <2. 5-0-<-222--n ses enistss sea 692 13. Gaming disks, bone and worked peach-stones. Arapaho, Cklahoma ............-..--------- 692 jt set ofmone dice. Cheyenne indians, Indian Lereitony cei seen s cence ae ee cick is les eee cbse cee ace taccceeavccecce 876 1. SOUNERTO, “LAST suse oh SEs am eer cl ng as ee ee ee ne ee ee 876 itso CU OCC NO GIG Ofer eet setae eee Se ene Shee Sees a= Secieas se Sass oee useees eeu eecee sea 876 XXIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Page 185. Sua chin gnua, Siam «266.5. 6. 2 cere cee c ee sesame nce cedeeretecseencscoconesce iia ei dalee Os ammo 876 186. Fox and Geese. United:-States.......-------+- ---- 2+ sere cree nse sceeeenn cs ss oc sacs enone 877 187. Game of stone warriors. Zuni Indians, New Menico.....------------+---2+ see ee ere rere 877 188. Pottery disks used as men in games. Cliff dwellings, Mancos Canyon, Colorado .....-.-.-- 878 189. The game of To-to-lés-pi. Moki Indians, New MexiC0.< Gace 6 ccc ccm ccie- cece miei ate teeta 879. 190. Ceremonial arrow. Insignia of Chinese general.......----.----+--+-+-+------sereertrrcrt 882 191. Notice tally (P‘di ts’ im). Chinese in the United States... <. 2.2 25.255 ceece etna 883 192,193. Name Tablet (Ho-hpai). Korea .......-------------- 2+ -e reser cert ence ner r nese retin 884 194. Obverse of Chinese coin (7's’ in). China ..........------------2 eee e ee ener ee cerns tence enteee 885 195. Tlingit tablet. Alaska. .-.2-...5-.2.----- +--+ 20-2222 ene tee ree seen oe nee sae nescns cms case 855. 196, 197. Tlingit tablets. Alaska ...2:...-:------+-22---- ees ee cons seer ere re rns enna saan acne 886 198, 199. Tlingit tablets -...--.--- 5. .-- 22.22 2-2 se ee en a so wee ene a on nin Sein ein ae ining amie 887 200. Tlingit tablets ........--- fe basa nc bese ee esse cs cceees cats semmean = anne bana ee amie lem ibe mnie 888 901. Alaska Indian tablet. Alaska...:......2-..---------- eee eee eee ee ee nee eee enn eee e ene 888 202. Folding fan (hak shin, ‘‘black fan”). Canton, China. .25 20%. Sa Bee eee ene ete 889 203. Calculating blocks (sangi) for yeki. Japan........-----------------+-+-+- +22 - seer eee eee ee 899 204. Method of shuffling zeichaku. Japan ..-.-..---.-------------- +--+ ++ cee ee reer eee eres 891 205. One stiek placed. between little finger and third finger ..-..-.-----------------------+----+-- - 893 206. Eight diagrams (Pdt kwa).......--+------------- 22-22 eee ee eee eee cece eee ee eens 894 207. Japanese fortune teller with zeichaku. .......--..---------- 20-2 eee ne enn eee sen ans sa ee 895. 208, Rod and-cover.used in fan tian, ‘Canton, China... 225-25 e ee ere eee teeta la ale 896 B0g) Divinine@ enlints: (waite tn). “CHINa. sae cee ae see nialm ole aiee eae ee sate ee tte 898 210. Divining-sticks (mikuji) with box (bako), from which they are thrown. Japan --...------- 899 211. Arrow-lots (2s'tnv-%z).sn. box. (quiver)... ‘Canton, China =o =~ 222 oo jee ecinem ss senate ere 900 Bide vinine-DIOGKS. (AGU P10). . WON ceri sem om ele a ater male ia ete mes ts aetna net 901 213. Lottery ticket.(pak kop p‘iz)... Chinese in United States......-...-..-.--..--..0- 222 -neseee 903. 214. Chart for word-blossoming lottery (tsz’ fa t’6). China, and Chinese in United States .....-- 904 215. Enigma (tsz’ fd t’ai) used in word-blossoming lottery. Chinese in United States .........-. 905 210. Seeing of ninety. lottery balls. - Madrid) Spain 2 2.c-. $5. an stan orien cee aes eee eee 606 217. Cut arrow shaftment. Cliff dwelling in Mancos Canyon, Colorado ....-.-..-.-------------- 907 218, Reverse of Korean playing-card, showing arrow feather ...---..-.-.....-------------------- 919 BGs. SHAE INMATES ON-ICOTGAN\ GATOS: -q- xncen'e ovis oe ss | 2, 828 Bdeploxcoll ection eee eae eee see ae i ee ee re Sense Sete coe easier ete iayacepeeees 1, 553 Oriental antiquities and religious ceremonials............------.----.------++------------ 300 TESA OH ID OO Ave Snot a5 sdeatn Beso aec asaneane Bene een eC eRe Ras Bee ce cae cece eeeae reer 5, 826 MMeamm sisi (Skins7an Ge alLCONOMES) seco nese csrl oe elise ar roeiae Soa imate aninw ate siovwisieslarajoicteretc 1, 048 DES TYEE eee a rears cere etek pola iam iota into baal ala a siaovana StateraySiorsih sine Soest ach obi SS ro teed Sciee 8, 488 IBindswer estan GMnes teaeeeeee see see easter si feseia seem asst eti-b ee cicner a) anecee aariaare 1, 883 Repillesandenatrachi ann sacemeesecce ees meena saa ee ciclaai Sasaaoeieecne meee ms Se 329 ES TSS ree ere tte te moe se e oee ae cia cidistcis cece ceroaiakae SS cmseminarss Aemee sais 3, 000 Vga ges bs rete scree icteric isto ets acre arelsere oon ncia shave Sac ea Ss SSEAS Sia sre eayal oe chnieleiaa atatees | 3, 173 SOCUS seme ayes a aa Ot eo aciateiale, tate cic cmsersa none race Sameisie ecto eceaaenasl SEceSeGhio hasten 7, C00 Min rin Gia nv Lteinabes mene memtacawciasrerae ities 6 aisle Sols asta: dala ialaicicleis tee oe ciel owisieisle ss ccna sao ses | 4,831 Helmnintholocicaltcolleeh ontemesccesertee tates asa seceielsiaaieitele tan folate nieisioiee cis eletai= | 1], 444 Comparative anatomy : Wien al see aa aaa yetscara a arcloeecissters olan ssea ete nieecicteern er Oe neeecedinneianemaieceer ST eee pee Soon asco yc bet © Boe nan- nt GREE on SAREE NE DES enone SCRE EES ony -BenaAncn ber arrae Reptilestandababra chia seer sane seen ae serene eats laa tata setae erase a7 AIST GS 2 Serereyeiaia io Sie ale aia Stalora are iesolsforsl oo inte slain stariclaietacrmio = aincreeeisiace tic eisteleeSisismnreisiine = Paleontology: Werte bratetossil smreascecen sachet see ecee coc ceieca cise nce, - Seer ae tena en eeueccicecees 81 Invertebrate fossils— TP ALCO ZOLC RE ee eo ee ee ae eo neh ce aceren saeoeee aoaaee seeeeses 832 INTE OZ. Bere ae Soot ee wi ol ota See ore oe cia olin ioe Staeetons oe nice ena eT 2, 574 WENO ZTE re sr cets serene ae era sate Toe inte Sela tate hs clase cr actiaiaeis sicint iso atocemaicae cei 3, 663 IONS an bayesaSee ats Se ein dar wets nee cin oto mm eet bee ce ne sate Sistemas ave Goninon aeee 2, 616 RECOEtplanisRecen st mate ees canst aeclee te ase ek esos eda ten ted Seesmic oeae es oeaten 17, 118 IMG CRANE. ascsoobded eet aces GAROE ot CORPCER ODER CRE MEER E ee SRS EEE CEE ee ree aires ane ame | 1, 073 (COLD eayane erate en aes ys Tar so ae cra ae ee Sec wa SEO Seems eee GIS ae crane ae 1, 662 PL Ot eer ae ete aa aes cia ceala Glew a scja oe tasene asisoenceeesccse sees semeeeces sess 73, 104 1 Number of catalogue entries during the year. Number of specimens in the departments of the Museum on June 30, 1896. Department. Specimens. Arts and industries: MIGHT) TNGGID,, «cos oncenod Shosad aonocQodonesS none SsbonssesacsonscocosssonssoEscsscns 6, 325 OO Saee eae e oc wale wale te ee Siae ale nin nin eis eens ola Nee innisineins se che eels ceiscbebionecomewes 1,114 BLO XUl] OS eee er tester eee sia einieie te -fatotete le stones = ciao es wininialoemas cisinesisecmlcesctmesesseenescmscae 4, 942 IBN OLIOS Seen cence alan aaane ae Sain cc eieaeceeclenisccaacocwineces ws so cselseaeessnise’s 10, 080 PAMIM Als prod n CUS fesse ee ae eeieeiecle season = ela seis aces eects Pee socom asioneciecine 3, 039 Graphic aE bseseet merece sete e sise reece eciiceinice sicic tes eee civincr ciceicciaisic ot cies we cetera slets wae cena ee meena ae American aboriginal pottery .-....----------++----00-eee rr cece etter rec tet scene teen nee nes Pueblo collection ....---.---------c- econ ness e cc ccncnesce ccc ne ee eiatle Mammals (skins and alcoholics) ...-.-.------------+---+- 22222 cece cece teen ence ec een ee: Birds’ eggs and nests. .......---.-.-------- 2+ eece ee eee eee eee cence cree eee een een eeeee Reptiles and batrachiaus ....-..-----------------2+- 22-2 ee eee reece eee ee eee erect eee Deeres WRNOG scones hace e cess a ea aes ee a dees eee ea eecisielnn a amin ween sina rinses wine ee elem wale wale ele el AGRIC og oo see oe oe ee owe annie onto cee ene ami paid eee cee eee ene sete sais mice ote ae eee MSIRBOLS sane cc nes cee 2528s n= o-oo einen Vole so we = anim mnie enna iw a seein oe 1, 074 Maven pintee so no 22am oe ose ee so oiw ow tina ce einwin md alm ale min noi sa eo Oe 236 Mra Sc cao eae cee ce a eee oon se wae eee ae wine Gimieleie sw nin ieisim lems wl masa inte ohare isan ee ea 148 MBOOLO Rs ae a soos ae oan wea ate nig ware wae winl ew nin nwo minim nem mnie mains minin iminSle elem mira mo emcee a 688 Tito) eee ae Se Eee EE Re Ie Or ne ARAN Soa ctcbecneceeasdatac 33, 243 APPROPRIATIONS FOR 1896-97. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 1897, the amount appropriated for the maintenance of the Museum is $207,725, an increase of $21,600 over the appropriation for the year covered by this report. The items are given below: Peresenvahion OPcollections:-\.ooc. a> 62ers eee nite oan es eee eae eee $153, 225 BMncOne ANG NXGUTAS! 250.2 osc Scene set ee een ee sere a eats eee er 15, 000 Printing (labels, Proceedings, Bulletins, and binding) ........--..-..--.--- 12, 000 RAGE ANE Mie 35 Ge v2 Se = BSc as Sem ee aie e mciete teh ical ata erate eee eee 13, 000 Repair, of buildings, shops, and ‘sheds: .-2..<22-2<.2.25-esescsseese sere 4, 000 Mrechion, Of galleries... a... ac sais gece ese aise cme uieelen fs seminar aae = 8, 000 PRON OTSWOLKRNDDRee =n 5, 5255 on ceie cc fe clas MEL OS eee te Re eee 2, 000 ORUAEO tue cles vase nwiaress «cece + seciaee be mace snes serene goer ot eee eee mee 500 PR QUR ero c xcbs cee stn aecs Gnicee eee Sooo eee eee ener eae eae 207, 725 EXCHANGES OF SPECIMENS WITH INSTITUTIONS AND INDIVIDUALS ABROAD. Numerous exchanges with foreign museums and individuals have been effected during the year. The sendings from the U.S. National Museum have been unusually large, including several carefully selected duplicate sets of fishes. These have been presented to some of the most prominent museums in different parts of the world. A condensed statement of these exchanges is here presented: Mammals.—A mounted specimen of Didelphys virginiana and a rough skeleton of the same species have been sent to the Austxralian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Mr. R. Etheridge, jr., curator, in continu- ation of exchanges. A collection of mammals, including skins and skulls of Neiirotrichus, has been sent to the Museum of Natural History, Genoa, Italy, Mar- REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. P45) quis Giacoma Doria, director, in return for material already received by the Museum. From the Horniman Museum, London, England, Mr. Richard Quick, curator, have been received mammal bones, in return for a set of casts of prehistoric implements. Birds.—Three birds’ skins have been sent to Mr. Stefan Chernel von Chernelhaza, Készeg, Hungary, in return for similar material. Two birds’ skins have been sent to Mr. Ernst Hartert, Tring Museum, Tring, England, for which material has been received in return. A collection of ores, birds, and other natural history specimens has been received from the La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, for which an equivalent has been sent. Reptiles and batrachians.—Mr. Edgar J. Bradley, Happy Valley Waterworks, South Australia, transmitted specimens of lizards, for which foraminiferous material has been sent in return. Specimens of reptiles from Argentina have been received from the La Plata Museum, for which an equivalent has been sent. Fishes.—Collections of fishes from the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, and also from the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, principally deep-sea forms, selected from the duplicate collections in the Museum, have been sent to the British Museum, London, England, Sir William Flower, director; Imperial Zoological Museum, Vienna, Austria, Dr. Franz Steindachner, keeper; La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, Dr. Francisco P. Moreno, director; Museum of Natural History, Paris, France, Prof. A. Milne Edwards, director; Royal Zoological Museum, Berlin, Germany, Prof. Karl Mébius, director; Royal Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark, Dr. Christopher Liitken, director; and Zoological Museum, Christiania, Norway, Prof. Robert Collett, director. A collection of ninety-three species of American fishes was sent to Prof. Sebastiano Richiardi, Ministero dell’ Istruzione Publica, Rome, Italy, for which desirable material is expected in return. Mollusks.—Shells have been received from Mr. Edgar J. Bradley, Happy Valley Waterworks, South Australia, for which foraminiferous material has been sent in return. Specimens of Odostomia lactea, Jeft., have been received from Mr. G. W. Chaster, Southport, England, for which specimens of Pyrami- dellidie have been sent in return. A specimen of Mytilus californicus has been sent to the Royal Zoo- logical Museum, Florence, Italy, Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, director, in continuation of exchanges. Dr. H. von Ihering, director of the Paulista Museum, Sao Paulo, Brazil, has sent specimens of South American and Mexican land, fresh- water, and marie shells, for which an equivalent in shells and other material has been forwarded. Insects.—Mr. Edgar J. Bradley, Happy Valley Waterworks, South 26 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Australia, has transmitted a specimen of Myrmecia formicata, Fab., for which an equivalent in foraminiferous material has been sent. Mr. BP. Brunetti, London, England, has sent, through the Department of Agriculture, specimens of British Diptera. A collection of South American butterflies has been received from Mr. J. G. Foetterle, Petropolis, Brazil, in partial return for which pub- lications have been sent. Three species of termites from Borneo and Natal have been received from Mr. G. D. Haviland, Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, England, for which similar material has already been sent in exchange. Material from Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, has been sent to Mr. George E. Mason, London, England. Marine invertebrates.—Crabs, a hermit-crab, and two crayfishes, also eleven specimensof Chasmagnathus haswellianus, Whitelegge, have been received from Mr, Edgar J. Bradley, Happy Valley Waterworks, South Australia, for which foraminiferous material has been sent in return. Mr. Bradley has also forwarded other marine invertebrates, including specimens of Branchiopus, for which specimens of Rhabdammina abys- sorum have been sent in exchange. A specimen of Typhlomolge rathbuni has been sent to the British Museum of Natural History, London, England, Sir William Flower, director, in continuation of exchanges. Fourteen species of echinoderms, dredged by H. M. 8S. Pola in the eastern Mediterranean during 1890-1894, have been received from the Imperial Zoological Museum, Vienna, Austria, Dr. Franz Steindachner, keeper, in return for material already sent and in continuation of exchanges. A specimen of Uhlias limbatus, Stimpson, and other crabs have been received from Mr. P. W. Jarvis, Kingston, Jamaica, for which similar material has been sent in exchange. Two specimens of Pentacrinus decorus and one specimen of Pentacri- nus miilleri, have been sent to the University of Stockholm, Stockholm, Sweden, Dr. William Leche, in exchange for material to be received. A box of crabs has been sent to the Rev. A. M. Norman, Burnmoor Rectory, Fence House, Durham, England, in exchange. A specimen of Pentacrinus devorus has been sent to Prof. Sebastiano Richiardi, Ministero dell ’Istruzione Publica, Rome, Italy, for which an equivalent has been promised in return. Five specimens of amphipods have been sent to Rev. T. R. Stebbing, Ephraim Lodge, Tunbridge Wells, England, for which material has been promised in return. Twenty- fi ve specimens of crustaceans have been sent to Prof. J oseph Nobili, Zoological Museum, Turin, Italy, for which material will be transmitted in exchange. Helminthology.—Prof. Raphael Blanchard, Paris, France, has for- warded alcoholic Specimens of worms, in exchange for microscopic Slides of worms already sent by the Museum.. REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. at Dr. Gustav Brandes, Zoological Institute, Halle, Germany, has for- warded specimens of Ctenotenia leuckarti (=cotype of Dipylidiwm leuckarti); Ctenotenia gorzei (=cotype of Dipylidium latissimum), and Ctenotenia pectinata (= Dipylidium pectinatum, Riehm). Geheimrath Rudolf Leuckart, Zoological Institute, Thalstrasse, Leipsic, Germany, has sent a specimen of Bertia mucronata, a speci- men of Tenia rhopaliocephala, and a specimen of Tenia rhopalocephala. A collection of parasites determined by Prof. M. Stossich, Trieste, Austria, has been received from him, in continuation of exchanges. Dr. O. von Linstow, Gottingen, Germany, has sent specimens of Bothriocephalus quadratus, von Linstow, in continuation of exchanges. Comparative anatomy.—Skeletons of turtles, Chelydra serpentina and Macrocelys lacertina, have been sent to the Australian Museum, in continuation of exchanges. Birds and mammal skeletons have been received from the La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, Dr. Francisco P. Moreno, director, for which an equivalent has been sent. Paleontology.—Specimens of fossils, representing ninety-three species, have been sent to Mr. Walter R. Billings, Ottawa, Canada, in exchange for Trenton brachiopods. Fourteen specimens of Branchiosaurus amblystomus from the Middle Permian of Germany have been received from Dr. Herman Credner, Leipsic, Germany, for which material will be sent in return. Specimens of Hamilton group fossils have been received from Rey. Hector Currie, Thedford, Ontario, Canada, and fossils representing twelve species have been forwarded in exchange from the Museum. A large collection of Clinton and Niagara group fossils from the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario, have been received from Col. Charles Coote Grant, of Hamilton. Similar material has been transmitted to him by the Museum. Two specimens of Calymene platys and a specimen of Phillipsastrea sp. have been received from Mr. 8. W. Howard, Hagersville, Ontario, Canada. Specimens of fossils have been sent in return. Mr. George Kernahan, Thedford, Ontario, Canada, has transmitted a collection of fossils, for which an equivalent has been sent. Mr. N. J. Kearney, Thedford, Ontario, Canada, has sent fossil mate- rial. Specimens have been sent in return. Specimens of Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Tertiary fossils have been received from the La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, Dr. Fran- cisco P. Moreno, director, for which an equivalent has been sent. A large collection of fossils has been received from R. Macintosh, Esq., Thedford, Ontario, Canada, for which an equivalent will be sent by the Museum. One hundred and sixty-five English graptolites, representing twenty- two genera and fifty-four species, have been received from Dr. Prof. H. Alleyne Nicholson, Aberdeen, Scotland, for which an equivalent has been sent. 28 _ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Prof. A. Pavlow, Moscow, Russia, has transmitted specimens of Russian Oretaceous fossils, for which an equivalent has been forwarded by the Museum. A collection of graptolites has been sent to Dr.S. L. Tornquist, Lund, Sweden, in return for material already received by the Museum. A collection of Miocene fossils has been received from Mr. L. Vignal, Paris, France, for which Tertiary fossils have been sent in return. Botany.—Five hundred and eleven herbarium specimens have been received from the Caleutta Botanical Garden, Calcutta, India, Lieut. Col. G. King, superintendent, in continuation of exchanges. Ten species of North American diurnals, new to the Museum collec- tion, have been transmitted by Mr. H. J. Elwes, Colesborne, Andovers- ford, Gloucestershire, England, in exchange for material sent by the Museum. Four hundred specimens of dried plants have been sent to Dr. G. von Beck, Imperial Royal Natural History Museum, Vienna, Austria, in exchange for specimens of cryptogams, Two hundred and fifty specimens of Umbellifere from the Royal Botanic Garden, Kew, England, Dr. W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, director, have been received in continuation of exchanges. One hundred and twenty herbarium plants have been sent to St. John’s College, Shanghai, China, Mr. F. L. Hawks Pott, manager, for which material has been promised in return. Prehistoric anthropology.—A collection of archeological objects has been received from Prof. Giuseppe Bellucci, Perugia, Italy. Archeological objects from Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia have been received from the Royal Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy, Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, director. A specimen of Mytilus has been sent by the Museum in continuation 6f exchanges. Fragments of pottery have been received from the Horniman Museum, London, England, Mr. Richard Quick, curator, for which an equivalent has been sent. Casts of prehistoric implements have been sent to the La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, Dr. Franciseo P. Moreno, director, in return for specimens already sent to the Museum. A collection of tinted casts of prehistoric implements has been sent to the Museum of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, St. John, New Brunswick, in exchange for archeological objects from Charlotte and Queen counties, New Brunswick, and Homosassa, Fla. Ethnology.—Specimens of Pueblo pottery have been sent to the Can- terbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand, Mr. F. W. Hutton, curator, in continuation of exchanges. Ethnological objects have been received from Mr. Wohlgemuth Carl, Bozen, Austria, for which an equivalent had been previously sent by the Museum. Prof. Henry H. Giglioli, director of the Royal Zoological Museum, REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 20 Florence, Italy, has transmitted a collection of ethnological objects from Europe, Asia, Africa, and Australia. A specimen of Mytilus has been sent by the Museum. A complete set of the annual reports of the Museum and a small collection of ethnological objects have been forwarded by the Museum to Dr. H. von thering, director, Paulista Museum, Sao Paulo, Brazil, in continuation of exchanges. Ethnological objects from New Guinea, have been received from Dr. Alfred C. Haddon, Cambridge, England, for which electrotypes of illustrations in the annual reports of the Bureau of Ethnology have been sent in exchange. Ethnological objects have been received from the Horniman Museum, London, England, Mr. Richard Quick, curator, for which an equivalent has been sent. Six ethnological objects have been received from Mr. Edward Lovett, Croydon, England, in continuation of exchanges. Ethnological objects have been transmitted by the Lubny Museum, Government of Poltava, Little Russia, in return for material already sent by the Museum. Geology.—Petroleum, rocks, and sands have been sent to Mr. Joseph E. Carne, Sydney, New South Wales, in exchange for material already veceived. A specimen of peat has been received from the Horniman Museum, London, England, Mr. Richard Quick, curator, for which an equivalent has been sent. Ores have been received from the La Plata Museum, La Plata, Argentina, Dr. Francisco P. Moreno, director, for which an equivalent has been sent. ; COOPERATION OF THE EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS OF THE GOVERNMENT. The increase in the collections during the year, resulting directly or indirectly from assistance rendered by the Executive Departments and Bureaus of the Government, or by officials whose duties have enabled them to collect for the Museum or to influence and encourage others in so doing, has been very satisfactory. The active support which the Museum has always enjoyed at the hands of American ministers and consuls stationed abroad has been most gratifying. During the year covered by this report a series of photographs and etchings were transmitted by Mr. R. M. Bartleman, United States consul, Antigua, West Indies. Mr. Alfred Krauss, United States consular agent, Zittau, Germany, has forwarded geolog- ical material. Hon. W. W. Rockhill, Assistant Secretary of State, whose generous gifts have been so often alluded to in the reports, has continued to aid the Museum. Mr. Henry C. Smith, United States consul, Santos, Brazil, transmitted a sloth, in behalf of Mr. Gustave G, Beyer. 30 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The prompt compliance of the Treasury Department with requests for the free entry of material from abroad, and the continued courtesies extended by the collector of customs in connection with its transpor- tation to Washington, have resulted in saving much time and money to the Museum, and the assistance thus rendered is very highly appreciated. The Museum is indebted to Capt. J. H. Long, keeper of the life- saving station at Fenwicks Island, Delaware, for the skeleton of a Finback Whale. Lieut. J. H. Scott, of the United States revenue-marine cutter For- ward, has transmitted a specimen of Hawk Moth, Enyo lugubris. The War Department has continued to grant the usual facilities of the Quartermaster’s Department for the transmission of bulky material from regions where ordinary means of transportation could not be util- ized, except at great expense to the Museum. Several officers of the United States Army have interested them- selves in obtaining material for the Museum from various parts of the United States, South America, and the West Indies. Prominent among them are Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, Maj. Charles Bendire, Capt. W. OC. Brown, Capt. Henry Romeyn, Lieut. Wirt Robinson, Dr. E. R. Hodge, Dr. W. M. Brewer, Dr. D. S. Lamb, Dr. Washington Mat- thews, and Dr. J. C. Merrill. Mr. Isaac C. Noyes, of the Army Med- ical Museum, transmitted an archeological object from Virginia. The Museum is indebted to officers of the Navy for several interest- ing contributions to the Museum collections. Through the aid of Lieut. Commander S. M. Schley valuable additions to the collections have been obtained. Dr. James M. Flint continues to act as honorary curator of the section of materia medica in the Museum. Under the Department of the Interior, the United States Geological Survey has transmitted a large number of collections made by mem- bers of its staff while engaged in field duty. Among these should be especially mentioned Prof. F. W. Clarke, Dr. David T. Day, Dr. T. M. Chatard, Dr. W. H. Dall, and Mr. T. W. Stanton. Hon. Charles D. Walcott, Director of the Survey, has transmitted specimens illustrating the Lower Cambrian formation from the White Mountain Range, Inyo County, Cal., and Carboniferous limestone fossils from Berne, Albany County, N. Y. The collections received from the Survey are enumer- ated in the List of Accessions (Appendix 11). Dr. Z. T. Daniel, of the Indian Office, who for many years has contributed information concerning Indian ceremonies, as well as humerous specimens, has continued to manifest active interest in the ethnological department of the Museum. Mr. Charles E. Davis, Indian agent, Colorado River Agency, Parker, Aviz., presented a model of a raft constructed by the chief of the Mojave Indians, REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ay From the Bureau of Education was received a photograph of twin Eskimo children at Port Clarence, Alaska. Perhaps no bureau of the Government has been in closer affiliation with the National Museum in past years than the United States Fish Commission. Since its organization in 1871 the Museum has been con- stantly enriched by the acquisition of large collections, especially of fishes and marine invertebrate objects. These departments in the Museum have hitherto been cared for by officers of the Fish Commis- sion, and their honorary position as curators in the Museum, it is thought, has been a source of much mutual benefit to the Commission and the Museum. The collections of special interest from the Commis- sion during the present year were gathered principally by, or through the cooperation of, Prof. B. W. Evermann, Dr. Hugh M. Smith, and Mr. Charles H. Townsend. The collections received during the year from the different bureaus of the Department of Agriculture have been large and varied. The botanical collections, under the care of Mr. F. V. Coville, Botanist of that Department, have been greatly enriched. Large quantities of interesting botanical material have been obtained from different sec- tions of the country, through the agency of collectors connected with the Department of Agriculture. In the classification of plants, ete., as well as in obtaining material, Prof. F. L. Lamson-Scribner, Dr. J. N. Rose, and Mr. J. B. Leiberg have been conspicuous in their efforts. The services of Mr. L. O. Howard, entomologist of the Department, who succeeded Prof. C. V. Riley as honorary curator of the department of insects in the National Museum, have resulted in the addition of numerous specimens to the Museum collection. In the classification and identification of the collections of Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera he has been ably assisted by Messrs. Ashmead, Linell, and Coquillett. The Museum is also indebted to Mr. EH. A. Schwarz for large collections of different orders of insects collected by him. Through Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Biological Survey, types and other specimens of fishes collected by the Death Valley Expedition and described by Prof. C. H. Gilbert, have been transferred to the Museum. Fishes, crabs and shrimps, land and fresh-water shells, col- lected by Messrs. Nelson and Goldman in Mexico and in the western part of the United States, have been received, as well as large quan- tities of other material obtained by collectors attached to the Depart- ment of Agriculture. The Bureau of Animal Industry, under the direction of Dr. D. E. Salmon, has been instrumental in adding to the Museum some very interesting material. Among the most valuable collections of para- sites transmitted by the Bureau are those made by Dr. C. W. Stiles, the honorary custodian of the helminthological collections of the National Museum. The collections which have been received from the Bureau of Eth- 32 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. nology have been not only large in numbers, but of great importance. Particular mention is here made of the material obtained by Drak Walter Fewkes in connection with his exploratious in Arizona and New Mexico, under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution. EXPLORATIONS. Dr. William L. Abbott has continued his explorations in Africa and India, and the collections which he has forwarded | to the Museum during the year have been of unusual interest and importance. The value of the ethnological objects included in his collections has been very greatly enhanced by the fulland accurate descriptions accompany- ing them. A series of skins of lemurs and of the insectivores peculiar to Madagascar is of special interest. The material is carefully pre- pared and unusually well preserved. An interesting collection of antiquities was obtained by Dr. J.Walter Fewkes during the summer of 1895 from the cliff dwellings and ancient pueblos near Tusayan, Ariz. During the travels of Lieut. Wirt Robinson, United States Army, in the West Indies and South America, he obtained some desirable natural-history material for the Museum. For several years Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, United States Army, has been an enthusiastic co-operator in the work of the National Museum. In connection with the Boundary Commission between the United States and Mexico he made very extensive and valuable collections for the Museum, and has later been instrumental in various ways in adding natural-history material to its collections. During 1896 he collected for the Museum mammals, birds, and other natural-history specimens in Virginia, Pennsylvania, and along the Gulf of California. A large collection of human bones was obtained by Gen. A. L. Pride- more, Jonesville, Va., while engaged in mound explorations in Scott County. This collection has been generously presented by him to the National Museum. Dr. kh. Elsworth Call, Cincinnati, Ohio, has explored the Mammoth Cave and other caves in Kentucky. In the former he obtained several interesting specimens of bats, which he has presented to the Museum. COLLECTORS’ OUTFITS. Outfits to be used in collecting specimens for the National Museum have been furnished to the following persons during the year: Dr. Edgar A. Mearns, United States Army, Gettysburg, Pa.; Mr. C. W. Richmond, United States National Museum, for collecting in Virginia; Prof. C. H. Gilbert, care of United States consul, Panama, Colombia, South America; Rev. P. LU. Sérensen, Jakobshavn, North Greenland; Prof. K. Ellsworth Call, 317 Walnut street, Cincinnati, Ohio; Mr. Robert Ridgway, United States National Museum, for collecting in REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. ao Florida; Mr. E. W. Vickers, Ellsworth, Ohio; Dr. Frank Furlong, care of the steamship Galilee, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Mr. Frank Burns, Suffolk, Va.; Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, for collecting in Arizona, and Mr. A, W. Anthony, San Diego, Call. DEVELOPMENT AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE EXHIBITION SERIES. In the department of mammals the exhibition series is practically unchanged. A few specimens were withdrawn for a time for exhibi- tion at Atlanta. The type of Chanler’s Reed Buck was put on a new stand and added to the exhibition series, and a young lion and young tiger were also placed upon exhibition. In the department of mollusks the exhibition series is in good condi- tion, and has been beautified by the addition of a series of mounted specimens illustrating the chief families of mollusks exhibited at the Cotton States and International Exposition at Atlanta. A portion of the exhibition series in the department of insects is now displayed in the small room adjoining the hall occupied by the department of com- parative anatomy. The work of renovating the mounted collection in the department of birds, which was begun during the last fiscal year, has been continued. The exhibition series of birds’ eggs and nests is in good condition, and it would be very desirable to increase it, were this course now practicable. . The synoptic series of invertebrates has been transferred from the department of marine invertebrates to the department of comparative anatomy, and the space which it formerly occupied will be devoted to an exhibit of deep-sea fishes. Some slight changes have been made in the cases in the west hail of the Smithsonian building, and a number of deep-sea sponges and corals, together with some holothurians in alcohol and a few starfishes, have been placed upon exhibition. Labels have been printed for the holothurians, and labels for the starfishes are in preparation. All of the named sponges on exhibition have also been provided with printed labels. The table cases in this department have been provided with casters, so that they may be readily moved without danger of injuring the specimens. In the department of fishes there are five cases of plaster casts on exhibition, one case containing stuffed fishes, a large number of casts on the tops of cases, and a small group of land Gobies. The mounting of the exhibition series of Mesozoic and Tertiary plants is now practically finished. In order to test the advantages of mounting fossils upon tiles, the historical collection of fossils in the department of geology was mounted in this manner. The results are considered to be quite satisfactory. Although the tiles are necessarily somewhat heavy, they are found to possess decided advantages over paper, wood, slate, or ground-glass tablets. The study series of inver- tebrate fossils has received attention, but much remains to be done before an intelligent selection can be made for the final exhibition series. NAT MUS 96 3 a4 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. A considerable amount of vertebrate material is nearly ready for installation in the exhibition series, and additional space for this pur- pose is much needed. ; A great deal of detail work has been accomplished in connection with the exhibition series in the department of minerals, and as a result the appearance of the collections is much improved. In the department of geology the historical series, the voleanic and elementary series, and the collections illustrating rock weathering and glaciation have been entirely rearranged. A large amount of work has also been done in the hall devoted to the economic series. That por- tion of the geological collections which is on exhibition is, all things considered, in very good condition, although, on account of the over- crowded condition of the hall and of the cases themselves, the appear- ance of the collections is not all that could be desired. In the west hall, which is devoted to the department of ethnology, are exhibited the objects connected with (1) Negroid Africa, (2) the Malayo-Polynesian or Indo-Pacific peoples, and (3) various Asiatic peo- ples. All of the Mexican and part of the Nicaraguan and Costa Rican collections in the department of prehistoric anthropology have been placed upon exhibition. This work necessitated the rearrangement of the cases already devoted to objects from these countries. As many as possible of the unbroken vessels from mounds in the United States were placed upon exhibition. The collection of boats has been overhauled, the larger ones being suspended from the ceiling. Many models of boats have been repaired. In the east hall two new cases have been erected for the accommoda- tion of the electrical collections and the series illustrating methods of land transportation. The condition of the exhibition series in the section of graphic arts remains practically the same as at the close of the preceding fiscal year. Although the collection is not considered complete, it probably illus- trates better than any other collection of its kind, either in this country or abroad, the technical development of the reproductive processes. _ ‘The collections of oriental antiquities and religious ceremonial objects are exhibited in the east and west halls immediately adjoining the rotunda. In the northeast aleove the Egyptian collection is installed, consisting of casts and busts arranged around the walls, the mosaic from Carthage, the collection of coins and gems, the collection of Assyrian seals, and other objects installed in cases. The southeast alcove con- tains the Assyro-Babylonian collection, including the temple tower, the serpent column of Delphi, the collection of Bibles and musical instru- ments, casts arranged upon the walls, statues, ete. Above both of these alcoves, casts of reliefs of the obelisk from Constantinople and a series of Hittite casts are exhibited. The southwest alcove contains objects of Brahmanism, Buddhism, and Shintoism, while the Greco-Roman, Jewish, and Mohammedan collections are installed in the northwest alcove. REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 35 LABELS. During the year nearly 150 requisitions for printing labels and blanks were received from the various departments in the Museum. There were printed on the Museum press 74,831 labels, representing eight hundred and three forms; 49,000 blanks, representing twenty- two forms; 6,047 circulars, representing twelve forms; and 6,090 copies, representing thirty-six forms, of other matter, making a total of 135,968 copies. At the Government Printing Office there were printed upon requi- sition by the Museum 52,200 blanks and circulars, representing ten forms, and 31,772 labels, representing one hundred and eighty-one forms, making a total of 83,972 copies. LIBRARY. The librarian, Dr. Cyrus Adler, states that the accessions during the past year have been as follows: Periodicals, 5,542; books, 810; pam- phlets, 1,209; total, 7,561. From the accessions to the library of the Smithsonian Institution there have been retained for the use of the Museum 7,596 periodicals, 333 books, and 1,047 pamphlets, making a total of 8,976. A list of the accessions to the Museum library by gift and exchange will be found in Appendix II. The number of books borrowed during the year was 7,182, while 5,330 were returned, about 1,800 having been retained in the sectional libraries. Nearly 1,200 books were bound, of which, however, only about 200 belonged to the National Museum. Owing to lack of funds, it was impossible to have any more Museum books bound, although a large number require binding. The transter of the periodical record to the standard library record has been continued, the new record containing at the close of the fiscal year 4,300 cards. There are 6,000 cards in the standard catalogue of books other than periodicals. It is the desire of the librarian to have the catalogue unified, but the pressure of current work has been so great that progress in this direction has necessarily been slow. There has been no change in the number of sectional libraries since the last report, the list being as follows: 1. Administration. 12. Marine invertebrates, 2. Birds. 13. Materia medica. 3. Botany. 14. Mesozoie fossils. 4. Comparative anatomy. 15. Mineralogy. 5. Ethnology. 16. Mollusks. 6. Fishes. 17. Oriental antiquities and reli 7. Geology. gious ceremonials. 8. Helminthology. 18. Paleobotany. 9. Historical collections. 19. Photography. 10. Insects. 20. Prehistoric anthropology. 11. Mammals. 21. Reptiles. 36 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE YEAR TO SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE, A list of the papers based upon Museum material, which have been published during the year by officers of the Museum and other investi- gators, is printed in Appendix Iv. Seventy-nine authors are repre- sented. In the supplements to this bibliography wiil be found complete lists of the new genera and species described in the papers referred to. The following table shows the subjects to which these papers relate: a ; | By Mu- | By other Subject. ) seum investi- | Total. | officers. | gators. PAOMUMIN UPA ON > fc suis cee c Sek cece mec nstee cscs Oncele eee seme en noteeates Bienes tenes 3 PASIUIY RENO state a'at ciclo wis soielacia's = Owosso See inisls Oe eee witless aoe ee eee Pog ete cs ey 2 AED OLO Uae caste ae ~talate iach A aia’a wisioiae ais eines a eeiss ols snia eee ee ee ee 4 1) 5 POPTAD WY one fier ane ce'n debercstewewices ojo ease ee eR eee ee ane eee eee MW esshease as 1 PSIOLODY ge Cra arot eia i eis cis ei cnwie’s aos Aa ee alia eS ee ee eee | Ls sceeuesee 1 SITS tans AP Rew oe en Soins ais been pid Hasaoe soso oa eee eee eee ee eeee 45 21 66 PROUMTEN CIEE S corse ieee S Be fata a nia cic ale Siskel atthe Siete So tee ae ee 13 18 3L Chemistry -.--....--- 20000. 2e sence ee ence eee eee eee eee esiooossooces4 2M peeison sees 2 Comparative anatomy....-...-. ip ote = wna miajetsjartare rahe sie Stel tenis een ee 1 pagans 1 LOT YO Gy gee a ee Ar NERS me ay Se oe, Se ES fy 2 9 Pe PIONa HON a2. n ose 22 acess se eae ee BE SOS oe Toco bieers Bike seuss 3 IPISNOS phar o ae chokes s seat tee v2 eA ke ees ee ee Oe ae 19 3 22 UTS ees Se fens on, feet esa ee ee tat ee on LE Ne ee 10 2 12 NOLO RN ara agerelets ae alate ces e ee Eee ee oe ae Ree ee ne EM Scaonooas + UIBGGG SR Se tates enh ant to wena cic acer RS eee rd Fale Ce oe 32 | 18 50 VUES OH Ea eS eG Setar Se Pen pe 9 pmo Re Oy ok Ot Rn tne bel 8 | 3 i Marine invartebrates .:22-cs:~ sec oe oan ase ae eee ae ee ere 2 | 4 6 EH OR AOD scene de Oe oie woo alae sine Secs Se A ee ! Cl Geaonsesac 3 DIQUENEB Se nana sot msi o aco eee ece ee eee eae eee ee eee 16 1 aly OMISMTa AN tO A saa: celia: sisce sete aces eee — Rene ee oe ee Lee ee Ls As oe 1 Pa UPS LDR aatk sists a An ate setae bo states are owes oN ee OS eeiseyes ace 10 Relpious Ceremonial Objects s:.-scci)s2 28 eee eee ee 1 ence exe | ul eniales andibatrachians - | Proceedings U.S. National Museum, 3 3 CH perone se 14. osteo Do. XI. Proceedings U.S. National Museum, 3 |.---+--- 10 |.-------|--------]-------- Do. Sawwe Proceedings U.S. National Museum, 3 2 Ais Seca cers a seer eee Penhallow. XVI. American Journal of Science (3), L | sScencee Bi Beene Semester taintsase Knowlton. eV LL Bulletin Geological Society of Amer- Wy lsscecose TN apbeced oaceceSs||ocecsoce White. ica, EV. LER SR SMgNe cme set gre 26} 29 75 o7| 39|" 14 I1I.—_SUMMARY. aOR COMeCWON, -- 22 | hy ym CLaAss MICROSCOPE. FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 96. ~ ed a | Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. PLATE 2. CLass MICROSCOPE. FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 97. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. PLATE 3. ; ee ee cee sciiatsatipibciiititai tices islet | CLASS MICROSCOPE. FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 97. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. PLATE 4. CLASS MICROSCOPE. ' FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 97. REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 97 cally safe from everything but malicious mischief. Special mounts are required in order to increase the carrying capacity of the stage, and for transparent objects the stage must be perforated in order that the light may pass upward from the reflector below. The instrument now in use in the Museum (Plate 2) was made in the year 1890, has been modified in a few details since, and has successfully endured manip- ulation by thousands of inexpert hands—of children as well as adults—without injury, and this without attendant supervision of any kind. For the purpose of exhibiting a series of preparations mounted in the usual way upon glass slips or “slides,” an entirely different form of apparatus has been de- vised (Plates 3 and 4). An indefinite number of slides—from 10 to 100—are attached to an endless band of linen by means of thin brass holders which allow the slides to be changed when desired. This linen band passes over two rollers mounted upon a light brass frame which occupies the place of the ‘‘stage” of an ordinary micro- scope. The loops-of the band hang free. One of the rollers has a projecting pivot with a milled head by means of which it may be rotated, and the two rollers are connected by a narrow belt at each end. As the rollers are made to revolve, the band carrying the slides passes horizontally under the microscope, resting mean- while upon the two narrow belts and being kept at a definite distance from the objective of the microscope by two guides, which press upon the slides from above. The brass frame rests upon a grooved bed-plate which permits a lateral movement of the frame. This lateral motion is controlled by a screw operated by means of a second milled head in convenient proximity to the one giving the to-and-fro motion. As in the other instrument, the specimens and nearly all parts of the mechanism are inclosed in a box secured by a lock, the only exposed parts being the microscope and the two milled heads controlling the motion of the slides. The advantages of this form of apparatus are that the usual glass slide, 3 inches long by 1 inch wide, upon which microscopic objects are usually mounted, may be used, and especially that the focal distance is not disturbed by differences in thickness of the glass slides. The only disadvantage is that the mechanism is somewhat more delicate and com- plicated than in the other instrument and requires some little protection from the thoughtless violence of curious children. Microscopes copied from the original here described have been in use for several years, and no irremediable difficulties have been found in the way of their perfectly successful operation. It is safe to say, from present experience, that these methods of installation of microscopic exhibits promise to open a new and interesting field of observation and study to museum visitors. Physical apparatus.—Mr. W. C. Winlock remains in charge of this section as honorary curator. During the year there were deposited in the Museum by the Smithsonian Institution twelve pieces of elec- trical apparatus supposed to have been used by Professor Henry in his laboratory work at the Institution; also sixteen photographs of early electrical apparatus. These photographs were made under the direc- tion of Miss Henry and were exhibited at the World’s Columbian Exposition in 1893. A number of pieces of apparatus were purchased by the Smithsonian Institution and deposited in the Museum, includ- ing a pocket dial with compass, five sand-glasses, a Japanese clock, an iron clock dial, a hexagonal clock with three dials, and an hour- glass. NAT MUS 96——7 IV.—REVIEW OF WORK IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE DEPARTMENTS. FINANCE, PROPERTY, SUPPLIES, AND ACCOUNTS. In Appendix vit will be found a statement showing the amount of the appropriations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1896, the dis- bursements under said appropriations, and the disposition of the unex- pended balances remaining on hand from the appropriations of previous years. These statements are taken from the report of the chief clerk, My Vs.¥. COX: The routine work of the office, consisting of the preparation of finan- cial statements, of orders for the purchase of supplies and for the performance of services, the approval and registration. of requisitions for supplies, the examination of vouchers, etc., has been carried on. More than 1,500 letters were prepared. The preparation of a suitable subject index to the letters sent from this office since 1885 was also taken up during the year. Seventeen thousand pages have been indexed on slips and are now being arranged for revision, after which they will be transcribed on cards for permanent reference. A complete record, on index cards, of all legislative matters of interest to the Institution has also been kept. The building at the corner of Third and B streets, S. W., used for workshops and storage for the Museum, did not prove satisfactory for the purpose required, and a large warehouse on Ninth street, about three squares south of the Museum, was leased instead. Congress having made an appropriation of $800 for the better pro- tection of the Smithsonian and Museum buildings from fire, four new hydrants. were placed in position during the year and a quantity of new hose purchased. The hydrants were put in under the supervision of the engineer department of the District of Columbia. As an addi- tional safeguard, a number of fire extinguishers has been procured, and the watch force is drilled regularly in fire duty. A granito floor was laid in the exhibition hall of the department of comparative anatomy, and a mosaic floor in the vestibule at the north entrance of the Museum building. In connection with the Cotton States and International Exposition at Atlanta, Ga., there were issued a large number of orders for the purchase of material and for services. Nearly three hundred accounts were audited for payment, involving expenditures amounting to $24,246.73, and more than three hundred letters were written. All claims on account of the Museum exhibit have been settled, with a 98 REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 99 balance of $3.27 remaining from the allotment of $24,250 for the prepa- ration, installation, maintenance, and return of the exhibit. Mr. Cox assumed charge of the exhibit at Atlanta from November 9 to December 10, 1895, during the absence of Mr. R. E. Karll. CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS. This division remains under the charge of Mr. kh. I. Geare. The office force includes two stenographers, one accession clerk, four index and record clerks, one file clerk, one compiler and proof reader, two typewriters, and one messenger. The technical correspondence of the Museum has steadily increased each year, and in 1895-96 more than 12,000 letters and other official papers were prepared in this office. The formal acknowledgment of, and official correspondence connected with, accessions to the Museum collections forms a special feature. This division is also charged with the preparation and proof reading of the administrative portion of the Annual Report of the Museum and the proof reading and general editorial supervision of the papers in the Appendix. [or several years also the distribution of all Museum publications has formed part of the work of this office. This entails a large amount of routine work, such as the preparation of labels, the revision of the mailing lists, ete. As arule, about 15,000 volumes and 40,000 separates are distributed each year to libraries and individuals on the regular mailing lists. In addition, 3,000 to 4,000 applications for special papers and volumes are received annually. During the year were distributed the Report of the Museum for 1893, Volume Xvi of Proceedings of the National Museum, the separate papers in Volume xvirl (No. 1033 to 1082, excepting three papers which were delayed), and the last paper (No. 1032) in Volume xvi. Advance sheets of two papers containing descriptions of remarkable new genera and species of batrachians and crustaceans obtained by the United States Fish Commission from an artesian well at San Marcos, Tex., and a third, containing preliminary diagnoses of new mammals from the Mexican border of the United States, collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns, United States Army, of the International Boundary Commission, have been printed and distributed. These papers will appear in Volume XVII of Proceedings. A supplemental edition of Part “F” of Bulletin No. 39, ‘ Directions for Collecting and Preserving Insects,” by the late Prof. C. V. Riley, was received from the printer in September, and hardly a day passes in which several requests for it are not received; nearly 4,000 copies have been already distributed. Circular No. 47 was issued during the year. The purpose of this pamphlet is to specify the conditions upon which the Museum will undertake the examination of mollusks sent for identification. The sending of material of this kind to the Museum has increased very greatly during recent years, and as in almost every instance its return 100 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. was expected, the curator of the department of mollusks found it very desirable to at least impose certain conditions upon persons desiring to obtain expert determinations from the Museum in this direction. Special effort is now being directed to the work of revising the mail- ing lists. The list of libraries is being carefully scrutinized with a view to utiliz- ing the small editions to the best advantage. It is proposed to include libraries which have attained to the number of 10,000 volumes since the list was first prepared, as well as to insure the representation on the list of all towns which contain more than 10,000 inhabitants. REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION. The registrar, Mr. 8S. C. Brown, states that there were received dur- ing the year 25,249 packages of all kinds, including material for addi- tion to the collections, publications, and supplies. There were 3,195 packages sent out, of which 637 contained speci- mens transmitted to educational institutions as gifts, or sent to individuals or institutions in exchange or for study. A few specimens returned to owners are also included in this number. The entries made on the incoming transportation record numbered 2,910 and on the outgoing transportation record 1,487, there being an increase of about 250 entries in the case of the former record and of more than 700 in the latter. The number of accessions or “lots” of material received was 1,299, an increase of 76 over the record for the preceding year. There was also an increase of 75 in the “temporary” accessions, consisting of material received for identification, the total for the present year hav- ing been 542. About 27,000 specimens of all kinds have been sent out as gifts or in exchange, and about 3,000 specimens have been lent for study. Of the entire number of objects donated to educational establish- ments perhaps two-thirds consisted of fishes and marine invertebrates. The remainder was composed largely of geological specimens and casts of prehistoric implements. Several special collections of fishes were prepared in the fall of 1895 from material received from the United States Fish Commission. These were transmitted to the following institutions: Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio; State Normal School, Mankato, Minn.; High School, Duluth, Minn.; Arkansas Industrial University, Fayetteville, Ark.; University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr.; Iowa State University, Iowa City, lowa; Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind.; Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; Leland Stanford Junior Univer- sity, Stanford University, Cal. A few months later eight special collections of fishes, prepared from specimens obtained by the United States Fish Commission in the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea, were sent to the following establish- — REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 101 ments: Royal Zoological Museum, Berlin, Germany; Museum of Natural History, Paris, France; British Museum (Natural History), London, England; Zoological Museum, Christiania, Norway; Imperial Zoological Museum, Vienna, Austria; University of Indiana, Bloom- ington, Ind.; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.; University of Washington, Seattle, Wash. The storage record shows that 305 packages were placed in storage, while 143 were withdrawn. In Appendix 1x will be found a statement, arranged geographically, showing in detail to what individuals and institutions specimens have been sent during the year, either in exchange, as gifts, or for study. The number of lots of specimens sent out is here shown: United States: WOLOENG OEE aerate eee @onnecticut5-225 seen = sees oe Dakotas sa ces moe ese ees District of Columbia .-..-...---- MOISA Sees nS ee. cckiccc eee Trays Hin SS ehe eee 6 ee eee Wan Sas ses oon ak seloma se Seek Kentucksy) = soa. = Jajee teases WE OUISIAN diem eenset ane «cece reas oe Mauri Gis ees eee nes Se Soe eye Maryland) 22: Sates sna seats Massachtsebiss os 22 <.) 6-5 s2 S= Michio ant eaie staae sents: topes se MINN CSOLMesece scee oe cones eee MISSOUTI se en aaet e ae ok anne: Mion tam anes ste cen crac sae + wee. INGDLASK eee: oct Se cere tok INGA UODSO Were ase ces ss ocn 2c oes INGiWe MiGs CO Maasai =) 5..ccses Bae IBennsylvaniden..c--os0s-s5 34-4 hod erislandscecr.csccclscse,- sn = = United States—Continued. Souuhe Carolinaeeesmece ase eae 2 MOK aS es een Depa pean aera ea 2 Waroiniagess ose aes eae 2 WVaishinio- Gon St eveeeteee os sae 6 Wh GONSIMErs sorss arose ceo as ene 4 Foreign countries: Aroentinals=- wisest vein aees 1 pS Oecd: orsaees = al JANISCL OLA ase ens see ee eee C HANI SET) St AR ete aco tre ects See er 3 Belgium sss cassie eee See iI Paar ees 9 9s ee See 2, Canmadarstes S428 aa=0 S2eee oe ee 9 @Ohilerset= st 4 See Nk ees 1 Wenniarkes- 4s e257) 3s ese ee ee 2 — ne lan dit vee eases ene 2 PP AMC Oi oe ae ee actos cay at ane Germany 2222-5): 5 Han wanyer 452 424 setts S-2s] ee Ai htally toca s252 cesar ss ees stesoss 6 SANTA C AT. nek ad 4 wc Soe oes 1 INGwa brunswick seessrees eases i INO WAY: Ssuseoescece ose ee ene eee 2 NOVAS COllat==2-o sate ees ces 1 RUSS ee oe Reo et if Scotland iid $2455 Sue Ae Sa Vase 1 SwedelMiss ssi syscck. -eiseseis see 2 TPotalleeson soccer cece oon ee 252 102 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The following table shows the number of specimens distributed by the various departments during the year covered by this report, either as gifts or in exchange: Department. Specimens. Historical relics, coins, and medals ....--.----------------- +222 22-2 e ee eee eee eee 17 Musical instruments. .-..------------------ +--+ - 2-22 eee eee nee enn eee ee eee ee 8 Ethnology ------ de awn cd denies ocean secs nersenie esses =leinm = ents Retest miaintelsls sein inlae ena 176 Prehistoric anthropology. ..-.-------------+ +--+ ++ 2222-2 eae re eee cence nee enn ee ene ee 1, 408 Mammals ......-.------ 200222 os aleis\e niet eb g Se ie mee a eee eee 172 55 The number of skins remaining on hand June 30, 1896, was 453, as shown below: Department Museum | of Agricul- collection. | ture collec- tion. IPTIM ALON ere eo aia So Se oe oa Sek scmes meh ata FE. ot aghigee Phe copnageicces dager 21 13 WAGNIVOYA went mies ces cine woe Sens ae cnet vie stearus Sereer cea eeEen eee pees 216 Fi tenees odeeSee LOIS COS ASS ON Ce SOSE SEAS OAS oEremOaY SmeraRu san otis aa Gasaoc ocalns 125 19 RGGON Ua. 2 soos oc ccesaene eee tee ae cee ce as owea fete ce ctere Ee OE sete Settee REDS Bet JESS Siee see SHITOPtersa .=-5-2- qs se sce = ata ddeeinfe SS weebaeat -Quldggdaage eee eeeaaenta eee tae Go eee eee DUUOINA cos see ne cena, s'o oo sc bss vein eeeeed a nace Sere ace eee tee eee eee teres iL Wedge eens MAY SUPIANLA occ Sous scle s.oc ase neece oes jeeueadacd sata es Tee aa eee rece eee 4” ose OCH cen e eine asec foc conn ab anecen net wench Oe acre ee eee ee Ree eee neas 421 32 Of the large amount of miscellaneous work performed during the year the following items may be mentioned: Sixteen seal skins anda number of other large skins were cleaned preparatory to mounting; an antelope and several smaller mammals were mounted, although not entirely finished; a large sea lion was skinned; more than one hundred mounted mammals were crated, with a view to placing them in storage, and a large model of the National Zoological Park was made. Casts were made of the following objects: Nine Egyptian inscrip- tions, two gold ornaments for the new Congressional Library building, two lizards, and a stone tablet. Mr. Joseph Palmer was engaged for nearly the entire year on work for other departments in the Museum and for the Atlanta Exposition. Mr. Henry Marshall, taxidermist of the department of birds, cleaned and renovated about 700 specimens in the exhibition series. Although this is a much smaller number than was attended to last year, the REPORT OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY. 105 decrease is readily explained by the fact that the birds now being cleaned are larger and require a greater amount of care and labor. Four birds were mounted, and several poorly mounted specimens were reduced to skins. Twenty-seven birds, received in the flesh, including two young ostriches, were skinned for the study series. OSTEOLOGIST. There were cleaned for the department of mammals during the year 607 skulls, and for the Department of Agriculture 539 skulls (many of them being of the larger mammals), making a total of 1,146. Thirty- two other specimens were also cleaned, 29 of them having been received in the flesh. Eighteen specimens were mounted, exclusive of the work done for the exhibit at the Cotton States and International Exposi- tion at Atlanta. Reference was made last year to the preparation of a skeleton of Zeuglodon for this exhibit. This work was completed, and several other skeletons were prepared for the same purpose. The synoptic series of invertebrates and the series of wax models showing the development, from the embryo, of the trout, frog, chicken, etc., were packed up and sent to Atlanta. This work required excep- tional care, owing to the nature of the specimens. Considerable time was necessarily spent in repacking the material for return to Wash- ington at the close of the Exposition, and in installing it in the Museum. A summary of the osteological work is given in the following table: Mammals.| Birds. | Reptiles.| Fishes. | Total. Specimens received in the flesh ....--.........-.- 9 13 | ff \jecocesecce | 29 Cleaned: | | | Skeletonsi ace sseiecccis helene sac'walcisins sels ec 3 | 6 i | aeeoecee=4 10 IBDN ocesecaocnsocbacoLSCoaanneREeSoeesnabaT Joneeecceeees | Gh areca aiccins cert | 6 iSilayli Rice coe oe ae ge Re ee 1, 146 | ig (ee ie ae [ra | 4,147 Skeletons cleaned and disarticulated-..-.........- 3 | TS WIE a2 once Selec se | 16 BOWIE MIN ALI CULUOC sameeren cininveistecis steele cia s/eleisiee/alle'sisae se = sisi Th Peeters sisteretets)save"s 1 Mounted: SEGIGUONS) -oocciaisecieaisiwcinaics cosas cence ce cme css 4 5 1 1 | 11 Ell Steaeeniccc ccs ce seen ce nee ecoeeeset. sameness 1 | ll Pees eee! eee see 2 THICI Goze alee oS eee ee ea 1,166 | 46 | 9 i | eth aoa The workshops of the osteologist were transferred during the year to the new quarters on Ninth street, S.W., which have been leased by . the Museum for storage and other purposes. PHOTOGRAPHER, The photographer, Mr. T. W. Smillie, reports that 1,638 negatives have been made during the year. Many of these were for the depart- ments of ethnology, mammals, geology, anthropology, oriental antiqui- ties and religious ceremonials, botany, and technology. In addition, 106 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 1,022 platinum prints, 316 siiver prints, 321 cyanotypes, and 5 lantern slides were made. Considerable miscellaneous work was also done, such as numbering and filing negatives, testing inks, restoring large pictures for exhibition, and developing negatives brought in by col- lectors. COLORIST. Mr. A. Zeno Shindler has continued the work of cleaning and restor- ing such of the paintings in the Catlin Indian gallery as required attention. He has also continued work upon the series of paintings representing the races of men, nine pictures having now been com- pleted. In addition, two life-size casts of Indians have been painted, and other incidental work attended to. APPENDIX I. THE SCIENTIFIC AND ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF. [This list is simply a reprint of the list published inthe Museum Report for 1895, which was brought down to the actual date of sending the book to press, August 1, 1896.] KEEPER, EX OFFICIO, S. P. Langley, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. G. Brown Goode, Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the U.S. National Museum. Frederick W. True, Executive Curator. W. V. Cox, Chief Clerk. SCIENTIFIC STAFF. ARTS AND INDUSTRIES: G. Brown Goode, Curator. Historical Collections: A. Howard Clark,! Custodian. Religious Ceremonial Objects: Cyrus Adler,! Custodian, Technological Collections: J, E. Watkins, Curator. Electrical Collections: George C. Maynard,! Custodian. Graphic Arts: 8. R. Koehler, Curator. Materia Medica: J. M. Flint,' United States Navy, Curator. Forestry: B. E. Fernow,! Curator. Physical Apparatus: W.C. Winlock,! Curator. ETHNOLOGY: O. T. Mason, Curator; Walter Hough, Assisant Curator. Aboriginal Pottery: William H. Holmes,'! Curator, Pueblo Collections: F. H. Cushing,! Custodian. ORIENTAL ANTIQUITIES: Paul Haupt,! Curator; Cyrus Adler,! Assistant Curator. PREHISTORIC ANTHROPOLOGY: Thomas Wilson, Curator. MAMMALS: Frederick W. True, Curator. Brrps: Robert Ridgway, Curator; C. W. Richmond, Assistant Curator. Birps’ Eaes: Charles Bendire,' Major, U.S. A. (retired), Curator. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS: Leonhard Stejneger, Curator. FisHes: Tarleton H. Bean,! Curator; Barton A. Bean, Assistant Curator. Mo.tuiusks: William H. Dall,! Curator; C. T. Simpson, Aid; W. B. Marshall, Aid. Insects: L. O. Howard,! Curator; W. H. Ashmead,! Custodian of the Collection of Hymenoptera; D. W. Coquillett,! Custodian of the Collection of Diptera; O. F, Cook,! Custodian of the Collection of Myriapoda; E. A. Schwarz,! Cus- todian of the Collection of Coleopterous Larvee; M. L. Linell, Aid. MARINE INVERTEBRATES: Richard Rathbun,! Curator; J. E. Benedict and Miss M. J. Rathbun, Assistant Curators. Helminthological Collections: C. W. Stiles,! Custodian. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY: Frederic A. Lucas, Curator; Frank Baker,! Associate Curator. ‘Honorary, and: 3rving without salary. 107 108 . REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. PLants (NATIONAL HERBARIUM): F. V. Coville,! Curator; J. N. Rose, C. L. Pollard, and O. F. Cook, Assistant Curators; Miss Carrie Harrison, Aid. PALEONTOLOGY: C. D. Walcott,! Curator; Charles Schuchert, Assistant Curator. Vertebrate Fossils: O.C. Marsh,! Curator; F, A. Lucas, Acting Assistant Curator. Invertebrate Fossils : Paleozoic: Charles Schuchert, Custodian. Mesozoic: T. W. Stanton,! Custodian. Cenozoic: W.H. Dall,! Associate Curator. Fossil Plants: Lester F. Ward,! Associate Curator; F. H. Knowlton,'! Custodian of Mesozoic Plants; David White,' Custodian of Paleozoic Plants. MINERALS: F. W. Clarke,! Curator; Wirt Tassin, Assistant Curator. GEoLoGy: George P. Merrill, Curator; W.H. Newhall, Aid. Liprary: Cyrus Adler,! Librarian; Newton P. Scudder, Assistant Librarian. ASSOCIATES. Theodore Gill, Associate in Zoology. R. E. C. Stearns,! Associate in Zoology. R. W. Shufeldt,' Associate in Comparative Anatomy. C. A. White,! Associate in Paleontology. C. Hart Merriam,' Associate in Zoology. ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF. CHIEF CLERK: W. V. Cox. CHIEFS OF DIVISION: Correspondence and Reports: R. I. Geare. Registration and Storage: S. C. Brown. Editor of Proceedings and Bulletins: Marcus Benjamin. Disbursing Clerk: W. W. Karr. Property Clerk: J. 8S. Goldsmith. Photographer: T. W. Smillie. Superintendent of Buildings: Henry Horan. PREPARATORS. Joseph Palmer, Chief Modeler. William Palmer, Chief Taxidermist. A. Z. Shindler, Colorist. J. W. Scollick, Osteologist. Henry Marshall, Taxidermist. N. R. Wood, Taxidermist. A. H. Forney, Taxidermist. ' Honorary, and serving without salary. APPENDIX II. LIST OF ACCESSIONS DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. {All accessions which are marked (A) consist of material obtained primarily for exhibition at the Atlanta Exposition. | | ADLER, Dr. Cyrus—Continued. two photographs of papyrus of the ABBOTT, Dr. WILLIAM L. (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania): Pen drawing of a primitive still in actual use by the | natives of the eastern coast of Mada- gascar (28960); a large and interest- ing collection from Madagascar, con- sisting of ethnological objects, mammal skins and skulls, birds’ skins, birds’ nests, insects from Madagascar and Kashmir, shells, alcoholic reptiles and a snake skin, specimen of eel, 5musical | instruments, and a model of a dug-out | ‘lakana,” illustrating primitive boat- building in the region where it was obtained (29967); a valuable collection of ethnological objects and natural-his- tory specimens, comprising mammals, shells, eagles, hawks, and other birds | and asnake skin, from Kashmir (30743) ; | Septuagint (deposit) (29796); plaster model of the Temple Tower of Babylon (gift) (29805); 2 fragments of manu- script of a Hebrew Bible, the book of Joshua Haupt’s polychrome edition, Syriac New Testament, Sbadius Arabic version of the Pentateuch, Syriac Old Testament, 2 manuscript Arabic Bibles, and a manuscript Coptic Bible (29813) (4); piece of pottery found in the year 1891 in an ancient quarry near Jerusa- lem (gift) (30144) ; Bulgarian coin (gift) (30319); costume of a Moorish child from Tangier (gift) (80567). ADLER, Dr. FELIx (New York City): Eth- nological objects and 50 fragments of pottery from a cave, ‘‘ Dos Caminos,” ABEL, J. C. (Lancaster, Pa.): Arrow and near Acapulco, Mexico. Exchange. spear heads, drilled ceremonial objects, 30206. and fragments of pottery (29543); 283 | ADams, H. Q. (Grahamville, S. C.), stone implements, arrowheads, frag- through Miss Eva L. Kirk: Specimens ments of pottery, ete., from Harford County, Md. (29684); hammer stones, rude chipped implements, and other objects (29875) ; grooved hammer stones at and 2 grooved axes (29965); hammer | stones, grooved axes, arrowheads, and other objects from the banks of the Susquehanna River (30129). ACHESON, E. G. (See under The Carbo- rundum Company.) ACKLEY, 8. M., Lieut. Commander, U.S. _N. (Navy Department): Specimens of | American Sole or Hogchoker, Achirus lineatus, and Sole or Tonguetish, Apho- ristia plagiusa (?), from the Rio de la Plata. 30634. ADLER, Dr. Cyrus (Smithsonian Institu- tion): Facsimile of the Leicester codex | of the New Testament, the first Ameri- | can edition of the Hebrew Bible, and AGASSIZ, Prof. AGEXANDER. of ancient cord-marked pottery frag- ments, obtained from creeks. 29547. (See under Fish Commission, U. S., and Explor- ing Expedition, U. 8.) AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF, Hon. J. Sterling Morton, Secretary: Specimens of Ctenotenia variabilis, Stiles, 1895, from Long Island, Virginia, and Ames, Iowa (29663) ;' 7 specimens of land and fresh-water shells, representing 4 spe- cies, from the DismalSwamp, Virginia. (29680) ;! type specimens of Andrya americana leporis, Stiles, 1895; Davainea retractilis, Stiles, 1895; Davainea sal- moni, Stiles, 1895; Andrya americana, Stiles, 1895; and Moniezia oblongiceps, S. & H., 1893 (29936) ;! type specimen of Baryssinus leguminicola, Linell (30047) ;! 2 specimens of Zopherus costa- ! Deposit. 109 110 AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d, ricensis, Champ, and 30 specimens of Apanteles, collected by Senor J. Fid Tristan, National Museum, San José, Costa Rica (30091);! Tarantula, Lury- pelma sp., from San Domingo, West Indies, collected by Edgar G. Gedney, New York City (30198); miscellaneous insects, representing 38 species, col- lected in Kansas by F. F. Crevecceur, Onaga (30213); 25 species of Coleop- tera, collected by Rev. J. L. Zabriskie, Brooklyn, N. Y. (30247); 30 specimens of Diptera, representing 4 species, col- lected by William Brodie, Toronto, Can- ada (30248); 56 specimens of Diptera, representing 7 species, also collected by Mr. Brodie (30274); land and fresh- water shells from Mexico and the west- ern United States, obtained through Dr. C. Hart Merriam (30310) ; 68 species of Coleoptera, collected by Ralph Hop- ping, Redstone Park, Kaweah, Cal. (30320); fresh-water crabs and shrimps from Mexico, collected by Messrs. Nel- son and Goldman (30327); types of Ecyrus fasciatus, Amphionycha amena, and Aporataxia lineata, Hamilton, col- lected in Texas by C. H. Tyler Town- send (30353); 20 specimens of Aphodii, representing 7 species, collected by E. A. Schwarz at San Diego and Sharps- burg, Tex. (30357); 80 specimens of Brazilian butterflies, comprising 55 species, collected by J. G. Foetterle, Petropolis, Brazil (80397); 3 species of shells from Acapulco, Mexico (30400) ; 100 specimens of Diptera and Hemip- tera, representing 90 species, collected by William Metcalfe, Port Hope, Onta- rio, Canada (30478); 20 specimens of Hymenoptera, representing 20 species; 10 specimens of Coleoptera, repre- senting 9 species, and 8 specimens of Lepidoptera, representing 7 species, collected by J. G. Barlow, Cadet, Mo. (30502); 36 species of Hymenoptera and 30 species of Diptera, collected by William Brodie, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (30566); specimens of wild oats, Avena fatua, from Cornwallis, Oreg. (30583); 77 specimens of Hyme- noptera and 26 specimens of Diptera, representing 8 species, collected by REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT oF—Cont’d. Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, Las Cruces, N. Mex. (30623); insects collected at San Diego, Tex., by E. A. Schwarz, consisting of 1,500 specimens of Cole- optera, representing about 500 spe- cies; 220 specimens of Lepidoptera, representing 35 species; 120 specimens of Hymenoptera, representing 35 spe- cies, and 60 specimens of miscellane- ous insects, representing 25 species (380661) ; 100 specimens of Cerambycide, representing 357 species, collected at Brownsville, Tex., by Prof. C. H. Tyler Townsend (30662); 5 specimens of parasitic Hymenoptera, representing 2 species, and 2 specimens of Diptera, representing a single species, collected by Professor Lintner, New York State College, Albany, N. Y. (80663); 300 specimens of Hemiptera, representing 175 species, collected by E. A. Schwarz at San Diego, Tex. (30693); 31 species of miscellaneous insects collected by F. F. Crevecceur, Onaga, Kans. (30694) ; 1,000 specimens of Coleoptera, repre- senting 357 species, collected at Browns- ville, Tex., by Prof. C. H. Tyler Town- send (30695); miscellaneous insects, collected by F. F. Crevecceur, Onaga, Kans. (30830, 30213). DEPOSITED IN THE NATIONAL HER- BARIUM: Specimen of Xerophyllum tenax, Nutt., collected by Vernon Bailey, Summit, Mont. (29542); 13 specimens, collected by W. C. Blasdale in California (29572); herbarium speci- men from Mrs. E. J. Van Hasbrouck, Fanwood, N. J. (29599); herbarium specimen from C. A. Black, Winona, Kans. (29600); herbarium specimen of Rhododendron viscosum from Calyin J. Cowles, Wilkesboro, N. C. (29632); 102 herbarium specimens, collected by J. Medley Wood, Natal, Africa (29642); herbarium specimen from W. N. Suks- dorf, White Salmon, Wash, (29661); 8 herbarium specimens of Commelina nudiflora from B. F. Bush, Campbell, Mo. (29671); 8 herbarium specimens of Commelina virginica from B. F, Bush (29672); specimen of Juncus from T. H. Kearney, of Florida (29673); 5 herba- rium specimens of Commelina hirtella ‘Deposit. LIST OF AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. from 3B. F. Bush, Campbell, Mo. | (29687); herbarium specimen sent by W. L. McGee, Clemson College, S. C. (29695); specimen of Ficus elastica | from S$. J. Rhoads, Metropolis, Ill. (29703); herbarium specimen from _ David Jackson, Dungannon, Ohio (29704); 2 herbarium specimens from | S. S. Boyce, Rolling Fork, Miss. (29709); herbarium specimen from | G. K. Gilbert, Pueblo, Col. (29710); 10 herbarium specimens from E. G. Wei- | bel, Fort Huachuea, Ariz. (29724); 50 herbarium specimens collected by Mrs. | A. F. Stevens, Amherst, Mass. (29730) ; 80 herbarium specimens from the Ber- | lin Botanical Gardens (29739); 208 | herbarium specimens from C. Copi- neau, Paris, France (29740); specimen of Calochortus, collected by A. H. Cof- fern, Sheridan, Wyo. (29744); 2 herba- rium specimens, collected by H. C. Oberholser, on Roan Mountain, N. C. (29745); specimen of Sedum from Prof. | N. L. Britton, Columbia College, N.Y. | (29749); specimen of Phaseolus pauci- florus, Benth., collected by W. E. | Blackburne, Anthony, Kans. (29750) ; herbarium specimen of Corallorhiza from G. H. Grinnell, Holbrook, Mass. (29826); herbarium specimen of Sar- racenia from I. E. Boynton, Baltimore, Md. (29827); specimen of Viola sagit- tata from C. F. Wheeler, Agricultural | College, Mich. (29832); 36 herbarium | specimens from the University of Min- | nesota (29853); herbarium specimen of Cyperus dentatus, Torr, from L. H. | Plumb, Springfield, Mass. (29834); 3 | plants from W. S. Stamper, Vernon | Mills, Va. (29835); specimen of Rham- | nus from John Duncan, Louisville, Ky. (29836); herbarium specimen of Hiera- cium canadense, Michx., from G. J. Nel- son, China, Me. (29837); herbarium specimen of Prunus virginiana from | D. J. Halsted, Wales Center, N. Y. (29838); herbarium specimen of Salix nigra wardi from W. W. Ashe, Raleigh, N. C. (29839); specimen of Euonymus americanus collected by Mrs. J. S. R. Thomson in Spartanburg, S. C. (29845) ; 10 herbarium specimens sent by John L. Childs, Floral Park, N. Y. (29864); 3 | herbarium specimens from Mrs. J, 8. R. | ACCESSIONS. a i AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. Thomson, Spartanburg, S. C. (29872); 11 herbarium specimens from H. Wurz- low, Industry, Tex., consisting of Ver- nonia baldwintt and Gaillardia lanceo- lata (29879); 12 herbarium specimens belonging to the order Liliaceae, from Mrs. A. F. Eby, Lancaster, Pa. (29880) ; 6 herbarium specimens from M. J. Elrod, Wesleyan University, Bloomington, Ill. (29885); herbarium specimen of Verbena venosa, sent by F. W. Mally, Hulen, Tex. (29886) ; 2 herbarium speci- mens from James R. Freeman, Wash- ington, D. C. (29902); 31 herbarium specimens from Dr. N. L. Britton, Columbia College, N. Y. (29903); 30 specimens of Pteridophytes from C. E, Waters, Baltimore, Md. (29904); 161 herbarium specimens from A. E. Rick- secker, Oberlin, Ohio (29908); 7 herba- rium specimens from T, H. Hillman, State Agricultural College, Nevada (29926); 3 specimens of cultivated plants from L. H. Dewey, Dept. of Agri- culture (29956); 181 herbarium speci- mens from the Zurich Botanical Gar- den, Zurich, Switzerland (29968) ; her- barium specimens of Scirpus maritima from F. L. Seribner, Dept. of Agricul- ture (29969); specimen of Lespedeza from Dr. D. E. Salmon, Dept. of Agri- culture (29977); 6 plants collected by J.N. Rose (29988) ; 224 herbarium speci- mens from Washington and Idaho, col- lected by C. V. Piper, Seattle, Wash. (29989); 97 Australian plants from saron Ferd. von Miiller, Melbourne, Australia (29992); 9 plants collected by EF. W. Thurow, Harvester, Tex. (29993); specimen of Quercus douglasii collected in California by W. H. Turner (30026) ; 226 dried plants from B. Fink, Fayette, lowa (80027); specimen of Eryngium from Miss K. A. Taylor, Balti- more, Md.(29994) ; specimen of Artemisia frigida from E. D. Stover, Albuquerque, N. Mex. (30032); 2 specimens of Ribes from Samuel Goodell, Blaine, Wash. (30033); 725 plants collected by C. L. Pollard in the District of Columbia and vicinity (30050); 100 herbarium speci- mens from Canada, sent by James M. Macoun, Ottawa, Canada (30057); 20 specimens of Pteridophyta from C. E. Waters, Baltimore, Md. (30069); 3 her- 112 AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. barium specimens from Miss Juliet Fontleroy, Va. (80077); 7 specimens collected in Maryland by F. V. Coville _ (30071); 7 herbarium specimens from H. Wurzlow, Industry, Tex. (80078) ; 20 plants from California, sent by . W. L. Jepson, Berkeley, Cal. (30079) ; ' 30 plants collected in Nevada and California by C. F. Sonne, Truckee, Cal. (30086); 139 herbarium speci- mens from Michigan, sent by Prof. W.J. Beal, Agricultural College, Mich. (30095); 4 herbarium specimens from Florida, sent by I’. H. Farrell, Home- land, Fla. (30096); 107 plants sent by W.-M. Canby, Wilmington, Del. (30104) ; specimen of Hrigeron leibergi, sent by Thomas C. Porter, Easton, Pa. (30105) ; 260 specimens collected by the Hayden Survey, and 240 plants from Pennsyl- vania, sent by Thomas C. Porter (30106) ; specimen of Tribulus maximus from the District of Columbia, collected by G. H. Hicks, Washington, D. C. (30121); specimen of Anoda pentaschista, sent by G, C. Nealley, San Diego, Tex. (30135); 660 plants, sent by Prof. J. Fowler, Kingston, Ontario, Canada (30141); 189 plants from Buckhannon, W. Va., from W. M. Pollock (30142) ; 2 specimens of Ficus from Mexico, sent by Miss Alice Eastwood, Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, San Fran- cisco, Cal. (80143); 43 plants from New York, sent by A. K. Harrison, Lebanon Springs, N. Y. (30153); 43 Australian plants from Baron Ferd. yon Miiller, Melbourne (80154); 620 specimens of plants from Wyoming, sent by Aven Nelson, University of Wyoming, Lara- mie (30171); 469 plants from W. M. Van Sickle, West New York, N.J. (30172); plant from G. H. Hicks, Washington, | D. C. (30180); 2 plants from Miss Alice | Eastwood, San Francisco, Cal. (30181); | specimen of Pedicularis verticillata from Theodor Holm, Department of Agri- culture (30182) ; 3specimensof Colorado plants, sent by G. E. Osterhout, New Windsor, Colo. (30183); 74 plants from D. L. Topping, Washington, D. C: (30186); 6 herbarium specimens, ob- | tained from the Kiowa Indian Reser- vation, Oklahoma Territory, by James — Mooney, of the Bureau of American REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. Ethnology (30187); 145 herbarium specimens from E. E. Gayle, Port- land, Me. (30196); specimen of Lygo- dium palmatum, Swm., from C. E. Waters, Baltimore, Md. (30221); speci- men of Fimbristylis lava, collected by F. Lamson-Scribner in New Jersey (80222); 12 herbarium specimens from the westernsection of the United States, sent by C. 8. Sheldon, State Normal School, Oswego, N. Y. (80227); 4 plants from the District of Columbia, sent by Prof. E. L, Greene, Catholic Univer- sity of America (30228); 4 herbarium specimens from Colorado, sent by G. W. Osterhout, New Windsor, Colo. (30229) ; 102 Carices, sent by Prof. F. Lamson- Scribner, Department of Agriculture (30267); 4 herbarium specimens of Um- belliferze from Mrs. Katharine Brande- gee, San Diego, Cal. (30268); 6 Alaskan plants from Thomas Howell, Clack- amas, Oreg. (30282); specimen of Mal- vastrum splendens from Dr. A. Davidson, Los Angeles, Cal. (30283); 27 miscella- neous plants from California, sent by Miss Alice Eastwood (30284) ; part of a typespecimen of Pithecolobium acatlense, received through J. N. Rose (30299); specimen of Micromeria douglasii, sent by Gerhard Leff, San Luis Obispo, Cal. (30300); specimen of Botrychium bore- ale from G. E. Davenport, Medford, Mass. (30325); 16 specimens of Um- belliferze, collected by Marcus E. Jones, Salt Lake City, Utah (30354); 43 Alas- kan plants from Thomas Howell (30361); specimen of Eucalyptus mor- toniana, sent by Abbot Kinney, Los An- geles, Cal. (30387); 2 plants from Penn- sylvania, sent by C. N. Lochman, Bethlehem, Pa. (30388); 270 plants col- lected by Frank Tweedy, Washington, D. C. (30389); 17 Mexican plants from Mrs. Katharine Brandegee (30390); 6 Nebraskan plants from G. M, Bates, Long Pine, Nebr. (30391); 800 Florida plants collected by G. V. Nash, Colum- bia College, New York (30392); 2 speci- mens of Dryopteris marginalis from C. L. Pollard (30407); 23 herbarium speci- mens from Dr. N. L. Britton, Columbia College, New York (30416); 55 Cana- dian phanerogams, sent by the Geo- logical Survey, Ottawa, Canada (30417) ; LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 113 AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. | AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF—Cont’d. 500 plants from Guatemala, sent by J.D. Smith, Baltimore, Md. (30444) ;72plants | from New Mexico, collected by Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S. A. (30451) ; 2 specimens of Rhus michauxti, sent by C.D. Beadle, Biltmore, N. C. (30452) ; plant from Wyoming, sent by Prof. T. C. Porter, Easton, Pa. (30454); speci- men of Cotyledon from Lower Califor- nia (30461); specimen of Schizwa bifida from E. A. Schwarz, collected in Grey- mouth, New Zealand (30469) ; 50 mosses from J. Cardot, Stenay, Meuse, France (30470) ; 211 herbarium specimens from A. H.Curtiss, Jacksonville, Fla.(30475) ; 6 specimens of Naiadicew from Prof. William R. Dudley, Palo Alto, Cal. (30480) ; 266 plants from Tennessee pre- sented to the Museum by the University of Tennessee, Knoxville (30482) ; 36 her- barium specimens from E. Bethel, Den- ver, Colo. (30507) ; 564 Colorado plants from C.S. Crandall, Fort Collins, Colo. (30528); 425 specimens of western plants belonging to Hayden’s collec- tion, from T. C. Porter, Easton, Pa. » (80530); 7 specimens of Banksia from Baron Ferd. von Miiller, Melbourne, 23 specimens of | Australia (30549) ; phanerogams and cryptogams (30550) ; 33 plants from C. A. Davis, Alma, Mich. (80551); specimen of Phacelia stricti- flora from.T. VY. Munson, Denison, Tex. (30555) ; 10 plants from Lower Califor- nia, sent by J. E. McLellan (30560) ; 10 species of plants raised from seed col- lected by J. N. Rose from the green- houses of the Department of Agricul- ture (30562); 2 herbariam specimens (Arbutus xalapensis texana and Sophora secundiflora) from G. A. Schattenberg, Boerne, Tex. (30563); plant from Flor- ida from Mr. Benton, Department of Agriculture (50593) ; 8 plants from Ala- bama collected by Dr. Charles Mohr (30594); 69 species of Coleoptera and ants from Kansas, collected by F.F. Creveceeur, Onaga, Kans. (30595); 538 specimens collected by Vernon Bailey, Washington, D. C. (30617); herbarium specimen of Orthocarpus purpurascens from E.G. Still, Livermore, Cal.(30621) ; specimen of Medicago minima from J. Reverchon, Dallas, Tex. (30629); 2 her- NAT MUS 96 8 barium specimens (Syndesmon thalictroi- des (LL) Hoffmg. and Allium vineale (1) (30630); specimen of Delphinium tri- corne from E. L. Knightly, MeCul- loughs, O. (30631); 460 plants from southern California collected by Ed- ward Palmer (30669); 3 plants from H. J. Draut, Larned, Kans. (30672); 5 Californian plants from Dr. N. L. Brit- ton, Columbia College, N. Y. (30681); 3 plants from Tennessee sent by S. O. Barnes, Nashville (30684); specimen of Callitriche austini collected by Theo. Holm, Department of Agriculture (30686); 9 plants from Minnesota col- lected by L. R. Moyer, Montevideo, Minn. (30712); plant from Virginia sent by G. S. Miller, jr., Front Royal, Va. (30713); plants collected in Maryland by H. W. Olds, Woodside (30734) ; plant sent by Mrs. R. Van Dien, Anandale, N. J. (80735) 5 222 Alaskan plants sent by M. W. Gorman, Portland, Oreg. (30747); 30 dried plants from Texas, sent by C. L. Marlatt, Department of Agriculture (30748); 48 specimens of Florida alge sent by A. H. Curtiss, Jacksonville (30759); 118 lichens sent by Bruce Fink, Fayette, lowa (30760) ; 30 plants from Sonora collected by W J McGee, Washington, D.C. (30761); 225 plants from New York sent by W. W. Rowles, Ithaca, N. Y. (30773); 751 plants from Kansas sent by C.H. Thompson, St. Louis, Mo. (30778); 75 plants from Massachusetts, sent by Wellesley College (30787); 16 speci- mens of Junci from 8. M. Tracy, Agri- cultural College, Miss. (30789); 116 African plants sent by J. M. Wood, Durban, Natal, Africa (80794); plant from New York sent by Mrs. Mary W. Coy, Mount Morris, N. Y. (380797); 9 specimens of Umbelliferze from Idaho, sent by A. A. Heller Lancaster, Pa. (30804); specimen of Trillium cernuum from Amos L. Griffith, Pell City, Ala. (30818); specimen of Apogon humilis from C. N. Gould, Winfield, Kans. (30819); specimen of Jatropha berland- iert from R. H. Brown, Campbelltown, Tex. (30820) ; specimen of Asclepias ver- ticillata, L., from J. M. Brown, Eden, Ala. (30821); 3 specimens of plants be- 114 AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT Or—Cont’d. longing to the family Juncacex, col- lected by Prof. Marshall A. Howe, University of California, Berkeley, Cal. (30822); specimen of Cymopterus corru- gatus from J.B. Leiberg, Hope, Idaho (30823); 681 plants from J. B. Leiberg (30828). Aupricn, T. H., Hon. (Washington, D. C.): Species of Amphidromus from the Philippine Islands, 30569. ALEXANDER, A.B. (See under Fish Com- mission, U.S.) ALLEN, FRANK (Woodside, Md.): Speci- men of Scalops aquaticus. 30788. ALLEN, Dr. H. N. (See under W. W. Rockhill.) ALLEN, PARDON (Auburn, Me.): Antique candle-stick, snuffers, and lamp. Ex- change. 20738. Antuony, A. W. (San Diego, Cal.): Col- lection of mammals from California, consisting of 71 skins and skulls and 20 alcoholic specimens (purchase) (29675) ; 12 birds’ skins, principally from Cali- fornia (deposit) (one skin returned) (29909); 4 Petrels, consisting of 2 spec- imens of Pufinus tenuirostris and two of Fulmarus columba (gift) (30256); bird skin from Colorado (deposit) (30436) ; 3 birds’ skins from California (deposit) (30554) ; skeleton of Petrel (/ulmarus rodgeri), and 3 type specimens of birds (gift) (30676); 2 dried. specimens of Oceanodroma socorroensis (gift) (30805) ; skeleton of Puffinus griseus (gift) (30817). APPLETON, J. W. M. (Salt Sulphur Springs, W. Va.): Specimen of impure graphite. 30644. ARKANSAS COMMISSION TO COTTON STATES AND INTERNATIONAL EXPoOsI- TION (transmitted by L. Vincenhel- ler, Commissioner, Little Rock, Ark.): twenty specimens of minerals. (A.) 30294, ARNOLD, DELOS (Pasadena, Cal.): Speci- men of Scala lineata, Say, from the southeastern coast of the United States. 29807. ARNOLD, E. (Battle Creek, Mich.): Five eggs (1 set) of Western Grebe, 10 eggs (1 set) of American Goldeneye Duck, 6 eggs (1 set) of Canvasback Duck, and 4 eggs (1 set) of Redhead Duck from North Dakota. Exchange. 30215. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Arup BroTHers (exhibit at the Cotton States and International Exposition, Atlanta, Ga.): Six pieces of Royal Co- penhagen porcelain, 2 pieces of Ipsen’s faiénee aud 3 specimens of iridescent glass. (4.) Purchase. 30324. ASHE, W.W. (See under Department of Agriculture. ) ASHMEAD, W. H. (Department of Agri- culture): Specimens of Aphodii, con- sisting of Aphodius wgrotus, Horn., and Atenius lecontei, Harold, from Florida (new to the Museum collection). 30366. ATTWATER, H. P. (San Antonio, Tex.): Seventeen birds’ eggs, representing 4 species, also 2 nests (gift) (80090); 3 specimens of Woodpecker, Melanerpes formicivorus aculeatus from Texas (gift) (30162); 300 birds’ skins from Texas (purchase) (30639); 2 skins of Aphelo- coma cyanotis, and 4 skins of Dendroica chrysoparia, 20 eggs of Aphelocoma cya- notis, and8eges of Dendroica chrysoparia (purchase): (80697). | AUDENREID, Mrs. M. C. (Washington, D. C.): Japanese armor. Deposit. 30001. AuTocopyist COMPANY (London, Eng- land): Photo-autocopyist outfit and specimens of work. Purchase. 30688. Avery, W.. C. (Corinth, Vt.): Insects. 29921. AzmEz, Miss A, A. (Brooklyn, N. Y.): Four ancient Egyptian vessels of sta- lagmite marble, 6 ancient terra-cotta lamps, an oil vessel, and a Persian pierced lamp (30209); Egyptian amu- lets and carvings, Tyrian terra-cotta head and holy oil jug, and a brass holy- water vessel (the Holy Grail of the Imam) (30210). Purchase. BaBBitT, J. O. (Dighton, Mass.): Thirty- five arrowheads. 29723. BABBITT BROTHERS (Flagstaff, Ariz.): Voleanic sublimation products from near Flagstaff. 30408. BACHMAN, GEORGE W. (Freemansburg, Pa.): Arrowhead from Wasaington County, Pa. 30110. BAILEY, VERNON. (See under Depart- ment of Agriculture. ) BAKER, FRANK C. (See under Chicago Academy of Sciences. ) Baker, Dr. FRANK. (See under Smith- sonian Institution, National Zoological Park). LIST BALDASANO, SENOR ARTURO. (See under Soria y Mata, Senor Arturo.) BALL, E. P. (Palmer, Mass.): Photograph representing three views of a bird- shaped object. 29983. BanGs, OurraM (Boston, Mass.): Five eggs and two nests of Olive-sided Fly- catcher, Contopus borealis, from Mass. (29942) ; snecimen of Menippe mercenaria from St. Marys, Ga. (30584). BARBER, Dr. E. A. (West Chester, Pa.): Mouth portion of a tubular pipe from the southwestern section of Colorado. | 30240. BaARDROFP, JOSEPH & SON (Washington, D. C.): Imported English Blue Pouter Pigeon. 30611. BARLOW, CHESTER (Santa Clara, Cal.): Two eggs of California Pigmy Owl, Glaucidium gnomo californica. 29915. Bartow, J.G. (See under Department of Agriculture. ) Barnes, 8. O. (See under Agriculture, Department of. ) Barnes, Dr. WiLitiaAM (Decatur, IIl.): Seventy-five specimens of North Ameri- can Lepidoptera (new to, or poorly rep- resented in the Museum collection) (30004) ; 60 specimens, representing 35 species of North American Lepidoptera (30111). Exchange. BARNUM & Baiuey (Bridgeport, Conn.) : Specimen of Ovis tragelaphus. 30657. BARTLEMAN, R. M. (United States consul, Antigua, West Indies): Four photo- graphs of caribs and rock etchings. 30729. BARTSCH, PAUL (U.S. N.M.): Nest and 2 eggs of Ruby-throated Humming bird, | Trochilus colubris, from Four Mile Run, Wa. 30793: Bares, G.M. (See under Department of Agriculture. ) BAULCH, WILLIAM (Fort Monroe, Va.): An abnormal orange. 29667. BEADLE, C. D. of Agriculture.) BEAL, Prof. W. J. (See under Depart- ment of Agriculture. ) BEALE, C. F. T. (Georgetown, D.C.): Au- tograph of James Rumsey, constituting a receipt to a bill for making two bel- lows, £5 10s., rendered against the ““Potomack Company” February 11, 1786, bill approved by George Wash- (See under Department | OF ACCESSIONS. 115 BEALE, C. F. T.—Continued. ington with his autograph signature. 29636. BEAN, Dr. T. H. (New York Aquarium, Battery Park, N. Y.): Twospecimens of Nereis limbata, Ehlers, from near Abse- con Beach, N. J., obtained by Alfred Hand, Philadelphia. 29997. BECK, R. H. (Berryessa, Cal.) : Two birds’ skins, representing species, from Santa Cruz Island and Sonoma County, Cal. 29603. BELLUCCI, Prof. GUISEPPE (Perugia, Italy), through Thomas Wilson: A col- lection of archeological objects, con- sisting of cores, flakes, scrapers, and arrowheads of flint, polished hatchets, glass beads and dises, and clay spindle- whorls. Deposit. 30806. BENDIRE, Maj. Cuaries, U. S. A.: In- fusorial earth from White Head Lake, Herkimer County, N. Y. (29747); 4 eggs of Mountain Chickadee, Parus gambeli, from Arizona, and 5 eggs of Pine Gros- beak, Pinicola enucleator, from Maine (29941). (See under D. B. Burrows, W. B. Judson, and Dr. W. L. Ralph.) BENJAMIN, WILLIAM Evarts (New York City): Hebrew ceremonial manuscript, first and second edition of American- Greek Testament. (4.) 29660. BENTON, Mr. Agriculture. ) Purchase. (See under Department of BERGER, G. G., (Santos, Brazil, trans- mitted by H. C. Smith, United States consul): Skin of a Brazilian Sloth, Bradypus. 29842. BERGMANN, C. F.W. (Washington, D.C.): Specimen of Regal Walnut-moth, Cith- eronia regalis. 29639. BERLIN BOTANICAL GARDENS. (See un- der Department of Agriculture.) BETHEL, E. (See under Department of Agriculture. ) BETTESWORTH, G. W. (Omaha, Nebr.): Specimens of soil, sand, rock, bones, ashes, shells, pottery, flints, ete., from ash layers in ancient burying grounds at Smiths Canyon and Bellevue, Nebr. 30242. BICKNELL, J. Y. (Buffalo, N. Y.): Pair of Black Minorea Fowls. 30752. 116 BILiinas, W. R. (Ottawa, Canada): One hundred and thirteen specimens of Trenton brachiopods from the vicinity of Ottawa. Exchange. 30645. BINKLEY, 8. H. (Alexandersville, Ohio): Arrowhead with an accretion of lime- stone. 29727. Bisnop, H. R. (New York): Specimen of Silesian jade. 30057. BLACK, C. A. Agriculture.) BLACKBURN, Dr. J. W. (Washington, D. C2): Elizabeth’s asylum. 30315. BLACKBURNE, W. E. (See under De- partment of Agriculture. ) BLACKFORD, J. W. (Berkeley Springs, W. Va.): Bullet found in St. Johns Run, near Berkeley Springs, supposed to have been one of the bullets fired by the British troops under General | Braddock. 29781. (See under Department of Snake from the grounds of St: | BLACKMAR, Gen. W. W. (Boston, Mass.): | Two photographs of the ‘Grant chair.” | 30668. Buair, R. A. (Sedalia, Mo.): Twenty- seven specimens of Lower Carbonifer- ous (Choteau) fossils (29697) ; 18 speci- | mens of Lower Carboniferous (Choteau) | fossils (29765). BLAISDEL, Dr. F. E. (Mohel Hill, Cal.): Type specimen of Helops stenotricho- ides, Blaisdel. 30430. BuakE, W. P. (director Arizona School of Mines, Tucson, Ariz.): Two speci- mens of voleanic tufa. 50382. BLANCHARD, G. (Junction, Ohio): Ar- row and spearheads, grooved axes, and other objects from Paulding County. | 30273. BLANCHARD, Prof. RAPHAEL, (Paris, France): Alcoholic parasitic worms. Exchange. 29624. BLASDALE, W.C. (See under Agricul- ture, Department of.) BLoDGETT, FREDERICK (New Bruns- wick, N. J.): Specimens of Lygodium palmatum. 30113. Buiunck, A. E. (Johnstown, N. Y.): Prize Red Pyle Game fowl. 30722. Boas, Dr. FRaNz (New York): Series of cedar-bark ornaments and masks from Fort Rupert, British Columbia. Pur- chase. 30192. | BOYNTON, F. E. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. BEOEPPLE, J. F. (Muscatine, Iowa): Cu- riously formed pearl taken from a Unio. 30714. BoriLL, Senor ARTURO (Museo Marto- rell, Barcelona, Spain): Three speci- mens of Cretaceous gastropods. 30367. Bonp, G. J. (Washington, D. C.): Ar- row obtained from the Sioux Indians. 30340. : BONNET, ANDRE (Paris, France): Col- lection of Tertiary fossil shells from the Paris Basin. Exchange. 29607. Bootu, JOHN (Coalville, Utah): Min- erals. 30149. Boucarb, A. (Oak Hill, Spring Vale, near Ryde, Isle of Wight, England): One thousand three hundred and for- ty-six birds from various parts of the world (29707); 1,580 birds’ skins from different regions, containing many species and several genera new to the Museum collection (30421). Bowers, M. A. (Little Rock, Ark.): Galls of Pemphigus populicaulis. 30068. Bow rs, C. W. (Ponkapog, Mass.): Nest and 4 eggs of Swamp Sparrow, Melospiza georgiana, from York County, Me. (29754); nest and 5 eggs of Swamp Sparrow (30720). 30YCE, S. 8. (See under Department of Agriculture. ) (See under Department» of Agricuiture. ) Boynton, Mrs. H. V. (Washington, D. C.): Nest of California Bushtit from Pasadena. 30537. BRADLEY, EpGar J. (Happy Valley Waterworks, South Australia): Three crabs, a hermit crab, and two cray- fishes (29831); shells, crabs, specimen of Myrmecia forficata, Fab., and two Geckos (29895); 11 specimens of Chasmagnathus haswellianus, White- legge (30107); starfish, crabs, and specimens of Branchiopus (30575). Ex- change. Braipa, 8. C. (Washington, D. C.): Pair of iron stirrups from San José, Costa Rica, supposed to have belonged to the Cortez period. 30128. BrRALEY, Miss Etta, (Washington, D. C.): Specimen of Lachnosterna diffinis, Blanch, from Arkansas. 30603. BRANDAGEE, Mrs. KATHARINE. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) LIST OF ACCESSIONS. BRANDES, Dr. Gustav (Zoologisches In- | stitut, Halle, a/s, Germany): Speci- | mens of Ctenotenia leuckarti (—co-type | of Dipylidium leuckarti; Ctlenotwnia goezei (=co-type of Dipylidium latissi- mum; and Ctenotwnia pectinata (= Dipy- | lidium pectinatum, Riehm, Exchange. | 29946. Bray, P. H. (Washington, D.C.): Twelve | birds from Madagascar. Purchase. | 29645. BREED, EsTATE of Dr. DANIEL ( Washing- ton, D. C.), transmitted by Prof. B. T. Janney, administrator: Species of. coral, 7 species of mollusks, 100 species of Paleozoic fossils, 36 species of Meso- — zoic fossils. 30076. BRETHERTON, B. J. (Newport, Oreg.): Two specimens of Townsend’s Sparrow, Passerella iliaca unalaschensis, from Ka- diak Island, Alaska (exchange) (29641) ; 2 skins of Microtus montanus? (gift) (30217) ; 7 species of Lepidoptera (gift) | (30468). BRETT, WALTER (Lakeport, Cal.): Speci- menof Balbiania falcatula, Stiles, 1893. | 29933. BREWER, Dr. M. M. S. Lamb.) BREWSTER, WILLIAM (Cambridge, Mass. ) : One hundred and forty-one birds’ skins, representing 51 species, from various portions of Mexico and the United States. 30252. BRIAN, Capt. H. T. (Washington, D. C.): Specimen of Atalapha noveboracen- sis. 29552. Bricu, Capt. Jk Js, Wi. SNe Fish Commission, U. 8S.) British Wrst INDIA COMMITTEE (transmitted by Dr. David Sharp, Cam- bridge, England): One hundred and | sixty-five specimens of insects, repre- | senting 83 species of parasitic Hymen-_ optera, from Grenada, West Indies. | 29922. Britton, Dr. N. L. (See under Agricul- | ture, Department of.) BROCKETT, PAUL, U. S. N. M.: Twoskins with skulls of Brown Bat, Adelonycterus | fuscus. 29773. BBopie£, WILLIAM. (See under Agricul- | ture, Department of.) Bropnax, Dr. B. H. (Brodnax, La.): | Specimens of Bee (Colletes thoracica) (See under Dr. D. | (See under isha BRODNAX, Dr. B. H.—Continned., (30557); 2 Cathartes aura (30718). Brokaw, L. W. (Carmel, Ind.): Twelve eggs of Snowy Plover, gialites nivosa; 11 eggs of Least Tern, Sterna anbilla- rum, and 9 eggs of Pigmy Nuthatch, eggs of Turkey Buzzard, Sitta pygmea, from California, Ex- change. 29768. Brooks, W. E. (Mount Forest, Ontario, Canada): Three skins of Hippolais cali- gata, and 3 skins of Acrocephalus agri- cola. 30458. Brooks, Dr. W. K., Johns Hopkins Uni- versity (Baltimore, Md.), transmitted by Charles P. Sigerfoos: Skin of Sea Lion, Zalophus californicus, from Druid Hill Park. 30102. Brown, C. F. (Hot Springs, Ark.): Five specimens of quartz (erystals distorted and modified). 30296. Brown, Epwarp J.( Washington, D.C.): Paroquet (Palwornis torquata), in the flesh (29637); egg of Audubon’s Shear- water, Puffinus auduboni, from Ragged Island, Bahamas (30779). BRowN, Mrs. J. CRosBy (Orange, N.J.): Virginal from italy (purchase) (29593) ; musical instruments from Borneo (ex- change) (29793) ; 7 musical instruments from France, China, New Caledonia, England, Spain, and New Guinea (ex- change) (30167); Melodeon (30431). Brown, JAMES M. (See under Agricul- ture, Department of.) Brown, Mrs. N. M. (Ashtabula, Ohio): Hight hundred and six plants, collected by E. W. Nelson in New Mexico. Pur- chase. 30122. Brown, R. H. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) Brown, Capt. W. C., U. 8. A.: Apache carrying basket, and a basket in pro- cess of construction, with tools and materials used. 30140. Brown, WILLIAM Du VAL (Washington, D. C.): Sword, belt, and buckle pre- sented to Maj. Gen. Jacob Brown by the State of New York; gold snuffbox presented by the city of New York, and a gold medal presented by Congress for services at the Battle of Chippewa, Niagara, and Erie, in 1814. Deposit. 30137. BRowN, WILLIAM FINDLAY. (See under City Council of Philadelphia.) 118 BROWNELL, BEQUEST OF LigEUT. FRANK E. Transmitted by Washington Loan and Trust Company, executor of estate: Revolver, cap ornament, and scarf pin owned by the late Col. E. E. Ellsworth; gold medal presented to Lieutenant Brownell by the citizens of Troy ; medal of honor presented by Congress; medal | containing a piece of the Marshall House flag; badge of the Society of the | Army of the Potomac; dagger presented | by the citizens of Boston; rope watch- | | Catt, Dr. S. J. (Ungar Island, Alaska): chain made from a Marshall House flag- halyard, and a revolver presented by the New York Board of Brokers. 30411. | Bruce, M. W. (Washington, D. C.): Photograph of Eskimo children from Port Clarence, Alaska. 80513. Brunetti, £. (London, England): Ninety- | Ex- | six specimens of British Diptera. change. 29558. BRUNNER, F. J., (Washington, D. C.): Coleoptera from Kansas. 30308. BryYANT, H.G. (Philadelphia, Pa.): Model of a stone lamp and cooking pot from North Greenland. 380514. BUERBAUM, T. (Salisbury, N. C.): Casts | 30548. BurRDEN, C. E. (Washington, D. C.): Spec- imen of Cymindis neglecta, Hald. 29887. BurRGER, Peter (U.S. N. M.): Specimen of Atalapha noveboracensis, in the flesh. 29748. Burnett, Dr. 8. M. (Cosmos Club, Wash- ington, D. C.): Miniature Bible. (4.) Deposit. 29798. Burns, FRANK (U.S. Geological Survey): Shells from Northern Texas. 29817. Burns, W. R. (Concord, Ky.): Archzo- logical objects from Kentucky. (29649, 30671.) Burrows, D. B. (Lacon, Jl.), through Major Bendire: Four specimens of Cas- sin’s Sparrow, Peucwa cassini, from Texas. 29743. of two gold nuggets. BURTCH, VERDI (Penn Yan, N. Y.): Unio- nid from New York. (30462, 30520.) BUSCHING, HENRY (U.S. N. M.): Speci- men of Telea polyphemus. 29721. Busu, B.F. (See under Agriculture, De- partment of.) Busu, S. 8. (Louisville, Ky.): Cast of terra-cotta image. 30352. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Casar, Cou. G. (Franklin Furnace, N. J.): Specimen of fowlerite in calcite, and a specimen of caswellite with willemite. (30558, 30598.) CALCUTTA BOTANICAL GARDEN (Calcutta, India): 511 herbarium specimens. Ex- change. 29883. CALL, R. ELLSworru (Cincinnati, Ohio): Eighty-three bats, 250 alcoholic bats, Diptera and larye from Mammoth Cave, Ky. (30251, 30396, 30531, 30642.) Eggs of Golden-crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia coronata, Dwarf Hermit Thrush, Turdus unalaschke, Sandwich Sparrow, Ammodramus sandwichensis (29762); collections of birds’ eggs from Shumagin and Atka islands, Alaska, representing one new species, and several species but poorly represented in the Museum collection. (30063.) | CAMPBELL, J. MACNAUGHT (Kelvingrove Museum, Glasgow, Scotland): Forty disks and parts of 2 rings of cannel coal from the old section of Portpatrick church-yard, Wigtonshire. Exchange. 29881. CAMPBELL, Mrs. J. E. (Pasadena, Cal.): Shells from California. (80008, 30370, 30495. ) | CAMPBELL, W. P. (Bethany, W. Va.): Maori robe made of New Zealand flax. (A.) Purchase. 29561. CanBy, W.N. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) CarpotT, J. (See under Agriculture, De- partment of.) CARL, WOHLGEMUTH (Bozen, South Ty- rol, Austria): Beer mug, 2 copper wine pots, quillwork belt and a fur cap from the Tyrol. Exchange. 30402. CARROLL, B, F. (Blooming Grove, Tex.): Thigh bone of a mammoth. 30609. CARTER, JAMES C. (New York City): Specimen of Gadwall, Anas strepera, from Currituck Sound. 30195. CARTER, JOHN F, (Sistersville, W. Va.): Oil sand from Tyler County. 29647. CARTWRIGHT, O. E. (Detroit, Mich.): Piece of bedticking filled with feather down. 30616. Cask, H. B. (Loudonville, Ohio): Fossils. Exchange. 30385. LIST OF ACCESSIONS. Castor, T. H., & Co. (Boston, Mass.): “The Process Year Book,” 1896. 30798. Cawoop, W. H. H. (Weedonsville, Va.): Wrought-iron frame, made to fit the body of a man, in which was found a human skull. Deposit. 29598. CHAMBERLAIN, Dr. L. T. (The Chelsea, New York City): Thirty specimens of fresh-water shells, Unios, and other material from New Zealand (gift) (29962); collection of southern gems, gem minerals, and other specimens (pre- sented to the Smithsonian Institution, and deposited in the National Museum London, | | CHITTENDEN, IF. H. | | (Returned. ) | i CINCINNATI SOCIETY OF with the Isaac Lea collection) (30317) ; | specimen of green tourmaline, weigh- ing 574 carats, from Mount Mica, Me. (presented to the Smithsonian Institu- tion and deposited in the National Mu- seum with the Isaac Lea collection) | (30362) ; 22 species of shells principally from Borneo (presented to the Smith- sonian Institution and deposited in the National Museum) (30374); 14 species of Unios from Arkansas and Texas (pre- | sented to the Smithsonian Institution and deposited in the National Museum) (30427); 1,716 shells, representing 209 species from various localities in Texas (presented to the Smithsonian Institu- tion and deposited in the National Mu- seum) (30648) ; nugget of native silver, weighing 448 ounces, from near Globe, Pinal County, Ariz. (gift) (30664). CHAPMAN, N. A. (Twinsburg, Ohio): Plaster casts of stone implements and other archeological objects. Presented to the Smithsonian Institution and de- posited in the National Museum. 30675. CHAPMAN, R. H. (See under Interior Department, U.S. G. 8.) CHASTER, GEORGE W. (Southport, Eng- land): Specimens of Odostomia lactea, Jeff., from the coast of Teignmouth (exchange) (29615); 10 species of small Mediterranean shells (gift) (30214). CHATARD, Dr. T. M. (U.S. Geological Sur- vey): Specimen of margarite on emery from Chester, Mass. 30679. CuiIcaGo ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, (Chi- cago, Ill.), transmitted by Frank C. Baker: Unionidie from Illinois and Indiana. (30182, 30483, 30829.) 119 CuiLps, J. L. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) (See under Agricul- ture, Department of. ) CHITTENDEN, NEWTON H. (Mill River, Mass.}: Archeological objects Massachusetts, Arizona, British Colum- bia, and Mexico. 30486. Curisty, THOMAS & Co. (London, Eng- land): Bitter Kola nuts. 30457. NATURAL. His- roRyY (Cincinnati, Ohio): Casts of horn cores of a fossil bison. 380753. Cuapp, G.H. (Pittsburg, Pa.): Land and fresh-water shells, and 4 specimens of eretaceous oysters from Canada and Texas. (29652, 29843, 29851.) CLARK, Miss Epiru M. (Burlington, Vt.): Salamander. 29726. CLARKE, Lieut. F. L., U.S. A. Smithsonian Institution, Bureau Ethnology.) CLARKE, Prof. F. W. (U. 8. Geological Survey): Specimen of pectolite. 30678. (See under Interior Department, U.S. Geological Survey.) CLARKE, R. L. B. (Washington, D. C.): Luna Moth, Actias luna. 29620. from (See under of i CLERET, J. (Philadelphia, Pa.): Indo- Pacific pearl oyster. 30426. CLEVELAND, Miss Satire (Clear Spring, Tenn.): Fossils from the Ordovician rocks of eastern Tennessee. 30270. CoBLEIGH, W. 8. (Los Angeles, Cal.): Nest of Prothonotary Warbler, Pro- tonotaria citrea, from Illinois. 29822. CoBOLINI, Louts (Rockport, Tex.): Two specimens of Thread-fin (Polynemus), from the Gulf of Mexico, 30701. COCKERELL, Prof. T. D. A. (Las Cruces, N. Mex.): Specimen of Strongylus con- tortus (29928); 12 specimens of Dip- tera (30005); 7 specimens of Porcellio (30081). (See under Agriculture, De- partment of.) CorrerRN, A. H. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) : COLEMAN, -A. P. (Toronto, Canada): Fourteen species of recent and fresh- water shells from Niagara Falls and vicinity. 29947. COLLINGE, W. E. (Mason College, Bir- mingham, England): Six species of British alge. 30506. 120 Comps, K. B. (Washington, D.C.): Spec- imen of Sciwrus carolinensis. 29972. Conant, F. S. (Johns Hopkins Univer- sity, Baltimore, Md.): Three species of chietognaths. 30534, CookE, Miss J. M. (San Diego, Cal.): Shells from San Diego and Lower Cal- ifornia. 30740. CopiInrnau, C. (See under Agriculture, Department of. ) Corr, JOHN BRENTON (New Conn.) : Collection of household goods, wearing apparel, pottery, glass, pew- ter, jewelry, and other objects.! 30249. Copprren, H. St. L. (See under Andrew Tracy.) COPPER QUEEN CONSOLIDATED MINING Company (New York City), trans- mitted by James Douglas: Minerals from Copper Queen Mine, Bisbee, Ariz. 30576. CoquiILLETT, D. W. (Department of Agri- culture): Types of 28 new species of Empidie. 29640. (See under A. Davidson. ) Costa Rica, NATIONAL MUSEUM OF (San José, Costa Rica), transmitted by Senor J. Fid Tristan: Crabs. (30099, 30777.) CoupER, W. P. (Department of the In- terior, Washington, D. C.): Specimen of massive pyrite from near Hot | Springs, Ark. 30118. Covert, A. B. (Ann Arbor, Mich.): Skin of Rio Grande Yellow-throat and skin of Bronzed Grackle, Callothrus robustus, with malformed bill. 30365. Covitiz, F. V. (U. S. Department of Agriculture): Two herbarium speci- mens of Peucedanum graveolens (L.). 29937. (See under Agriculture, Depart- ment of.) CowuEs, C. J. (Seeunder Agriculture, Department of.) Cox, Emery (Brightwood, D.C.) : Speci- men of Scalops aquaticus (30158) ; Indigo Bunting, Passerina cyanea (30786). Cox, PHILIP (St. John, New Brunswick): Three frogs. 30254. Cox, W. VY. (chief clerk, Snake. 30304. U.S.N.M.): Haven, | REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Coy, Mrs. Mary WINEGER. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) CrancH, Mrs. C. D. (Urbana, Ohio): Collection of engravings (29855); prints of antique vases and urns (30518). CRANDALL, C. 8S. (See under Agricul- ture, Department of.) CRAWFORD, J. J. (San Francisco, Cal.): Limestone underlying oil strata at Santa Paula, Cal. 29557. CREDNER, Dr. HERMAN (Leipsic, Ger- many): 14 specimens of Branchiosaurus amblystomus from the Middle Permian Group of Germany. 30536. CRENSHAW, Mrs. W. H. (Sumterville, Fla.): Pieces of punk used by the In- dians for lighting fires. 30769. CREVECG@UR, F. F. (Onaga, Kans.): In- sects; land and _ fresh-water shells (30287, 30369, 30438, 30463, 30523, 30757, 30811). (See under Agriculture, Depart- ment of.) CROCKER, Rev. HENRY (Fairfax, Vt.): Four plaster casts of trilobites. 29764. Crossy, F. W. (Washington, D. C.): Geological specimens (29719); green antique porphyry from Greece (30010). Purchase. CrossBy, F. W. and W. O. (Boston, Mass.): Geological material from Eng- land, Italy, Canada, and the United States. Exchange. 30556. Cross, F. J. (Keystone, 8. Dak.): Pellets . of marcasite, from Foster Gulch, S. Dak. 30159. CROWFOOT, JESSIE (San Miguel, Cal.): Worm-shells (gift), and fossil skull and toe-bone of a fossil horse (exchange). 29537. CULIN, STEWART (University of Penn- sylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.): Three musical toys. 29698. (See under Penn- sylvania, University of.) Currigz, Rev. Hector (Thedford, On- tario, Canada) : Ten specimens of Ham- ilton group fossils. Exchange. 30014. Curtis, W. T. S. (Washington, D. C.): Herbarium specimen of Peonia albiflora, Pall. 29564. Curtiss, A. H. (See under Agriculture, Department of. ) ‘Presented to the Smithsonian Institution and deposited in the National Museum. Accessions 28273 and 27084 received from Mr. Copp in previous years have been referred to in the Accession Lists in previous reports. LIST OF ACCESSIONS. DaGGETT, ALBERT (Washington, D. C.): Maltese Angora cat, in the flesh. 30373. Dati, W. H. (U.S. Geological Survey): Human arm-bone from a prehistoric Eskimo grave, and a chipped imple- | ment of slate from a prehistoric village site on Table Island, Alaska (29964) ; | grip of a harpoon from the same local- ity (30046). Damon, ROBERT F. (Weymouth, Eng- | | DEANE, land): Plaster cast of Bothriolepis cana- densis and one of Cephalaspis lyelli (pur- chase) (30085); geological material, 2 specimens of minerals, 12 Indian im- plements, and 2 antique lanterns (ex- | change) (30208). DanreL, J. H., Jr. (Lynchburg, Va.): | Eggs of Whippoorwill, Antrostomus vo- ciferus; Crested Fly-catcher, Myiarchus | crinitus (29733); Prairie Warbler, Den- | and Yellow-breasted | droica discolor, Chat, Icteria virens (30698). DanieEL, Dr. Z. T. (Pine Ridge Agency, S. Dak.): Salamander (39544); arrow- head and a worked flake of flint (29669) ; iron arrewhead made by the Sioux Indians (29683); fossil shell of a land | snail (29731) ; luciana, sling used by a Sioux Indian boy (30114). DANNEFAERD, 8. (Auckland, New Zea- land): Nine birds’ skins from New Zealand and adjacent islands. chase. 20830. DANNHAUSER, MAX (Brooklyn, N. Y.): German bearded pigeon. 30577. DAVENPORT, G. E. ture, Department of.) Owl Moths, Davipson, A. (Los Angeles, Cal.), trans- | mitted by D. W. Coquillett: Specimen of Xysticus limbatus, Keys. 30602. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) Davis, CuartEs EK. (Parker, Ariz.): Model of Tule raft made by Hook- er-ow, chief of the Mojave Indians. 30405. Davis, C.A. (See under Agriculture, De- partment of.) DAWSON, SIR WILLIAM (McGill College, Catocala | H. Edwards (29763, 29783) ; | Pur- | (See under Agricul- | Dopar, Byron E. Montreal, Canada): Two gutta-percha | casts of Palaaster parviusculus and Paleaster granti. 30450. Day, CHarLES (Takoma Park, D. Specimen of 30175. DAN, IDie,- IDA aD I, Bg TS Survey): Crude and refined ozocerite from Soldiers Summit, Utah (80254) ; specimen of zaratite on chromite (30234); metallic manganese (30460) ; specimen of wavellite from Mount Holly Springs, Pa. (80640.) (See under The Carborundum Company.) (See Cavs Accipiter atricapillus. Geological WALTER. under J. N. Rose. ) DEEBLE, Dr. HORACE M. (Georgetown, D. C.): Scalp lock and leggings of Sitting Bull. 30802. | Drnnison, G. H. (San Juan Island, Wash.): Birds’ eggs from Puget Sound, Washington, comprising Rusty Song Sparrow, Melospiza fasciata guttata, and Townsend’s Sparrow, Melospiza iliaca unalaschensis. 30065. DE Turk, M. L. (Oley, Pa.): Arrow and spear heads, stone pipe and fragments of pottery. Exchange. 30264. Devins, G. W. (See under Jacob Se- dore. ) Dewey, L. H. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) DEXTER, NEWTON (Providence, R. I.): Abnormal specimen of Stilt, Himen- topus mexicanus. 30665, DIEUDONNE, JULES A, (Bladensburg, Md.): Cocoon of a Cecropia Silk Moth. 29736. DIEFFENBACH, J. G. (Northumberland, Pa.): Arrowheads and a caltrop from the vicinity of Fort Augusta, North- umberland. Exchange. 30488. (Richfield, Mich.) : Ornament of banded slate, and a ring- shaped natural formation. Deposit. 30169. DorsEy, G. A. (Peabody Museum, Cam- bridge, Mass.): Three photographs of ancient and modern Peruvian looms, basketry, and burial deposits. 29943. DorsEy, Dr. H. W. (Hyattsville, Md.): Brown Leghorn hen. 30255. DOUBLEDAY, Mrs. ABNER (Washington, D. C.): Garrison flag of Fort Moultrie. Lent by Mrs. Doubleday to the Smith- sonian Institution, and at her death to be presented to the Institution. De- posited in the National Museum, 30406. 122 DovuGias, JAMES. (See under Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company.) DraAkk, Mrs. Maria (Tacoma, Wash.): Marine shells from Puget Sound and | other localities. 29545. DRAWT, EH. J. Department of. ) DrRownke,. F. H. (Providence, R. I.): In- | sects, crustaceans, and worms, 30647. Drury, Dr. G. A. (Washington, D. C.): Gray Squirrel (Albino), Sciurus caroli- nensis, 29860. Du Boss, Mrs. J. W. (Huguenot, Ga.): Slate dial plate. Deposit. 29643. Duprey, Prof. W. R. (See under Agri- culture, Department of.) DUERDEN, J. E. (See under Jamaica, Institute of.) (See under Agriculture, | Dues, Dr. A. (Guanajuato, Mexico): | Shells, starfish, and three Gorgonians, | specimen of Chlorophonia occipitalis, and a specimen of VWerula migratoria pro- pinqua (29568); miscellaneous insects | (29685); plants and bulbs (29706) ; bronze medal of Charles Lucien Jules Lawrence Bonaparte, and marine and fresh-water shells (29751); insects (29801); collection of insects from Texcoco Lake and specimen of Vireo | bellit (30501) ; 8 specimens of Pseudoth- pelphusa jouyi (30542). DUMBELL, Mrs. PRENTICE (Hamlet, I11.): | Paper Nautilus containing animal. Purchase. 30218. . . | DUNCAN, JOHN. (See under Agriculture, | Department of.) Albino Turtle Dove, Zenaidura ma- croura, in the flesh. 30116. DuRDEN, HeENRy S. (San Francisco, Cal,): Specimens of crude sulphur, soft sandstone, and clay shale from the pe- | troleum region of Ventura County | (29785); hydrocarbon on lagging and | diamond drill core (29852); travertine from Tolenas Springs, Solano County (29914); specimen of onyx from near Healdsburg (30190); specimens illus- trating the occurrences of petroleum, from Santa Barbara County (29955). Dwicut, Dr. J., jr. (New York City): Skin, nest, and eves of Ipswich Swal- low, Ammodramus princeps, from Sable Island. 29732. Dyar, H. G. (New York City): 100 spe- cies of parasitic Hymenoptera. 30660. 1 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Earte, J. S. & Sons (Philadelphia, Pa.): Engraving entitled ‘‘Hector and An- dromache.” Purchase. 29678. EARLL, R. Epwarp (U.S.N.M.): Two medals relating to the Atlanta Exposi- tion, souvenir button of the Exposition, and also of the Baltimore Exposition (30292); two whistles and a rattle (30293). Earseman, W. A. (Pittsburg, Pa.): Oil- bearing sands from Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Kentucky. 29601. EaAstwoop, Miss ALICE. (See under Ag- riculture, Department of.) Epy, Mrs. A. F. (See under Agriculture, Department of.) EDGEMONT STONE COMPANY Nebr.): Grindstone. 50726. Epwarps, 8. M. (Argusville, N. Dak.), transmitted by T. S. Palmer: Speci- men of Unio rectus, Lamarck. 29597. EHXINGER, WILLIAM, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa.: Two Satinette pigeons (80174); Black-laced Blondinette pigeon (30721). EHRENBAUM, Dr. (See under Royal Bi- ological Station, Helgoland. ) (Omaha, | EHRENSBERGER, FRITZ, Eichstatt, Ger- =) ’ many: ossilmedusa. Purchase. 30812. ELECTRIC STORAGE BATTERY COMPANY (Philadelphia, Pa), transmitted by Herbert Lloyd, general manager: Two chloride plates in cells (whitish blocks) ; 2 reduced chloride plates (blue metallic), and 2 completed positive plates (brown or peroxide). 29654, | Exriort, R. I. (Fordham Heights, N. Y.): Duncan, W. J. (Barnwell, 8. C.): Partial | Blue prints of ‘‘Freezing Figures.” 30572. Evuiort, T. N. (Forreston, Tex.): Giant Water Bug, Selostoma americanum. 29555. Evrop, M. J. (See under Agriculture, Department of. ) Ewes, H.J. (Gloucestershire, England): North American diurnal moths. Ex- change. 29786. EMMERT, J. W. (Bristol, Tenn.): Arch- wological objects from Hawkins County. Purchase. 30774. ENGLISH, G. L., & Co. (New York City): Zircon from Ceylon (4) (29755); geo- logical specimens (4) (29715); section of stalactite from Copper Queen mine Bisbee, Ariz., and a specimen of thaumasite from West Paterson, N. J. (30435,) Purchase. LIST OF ACCESSIONS. Ennis, Mrs. J. E. (Washington, D. C.): Specimen of 30385 Parsons 2Drwiibis cee css eee eee 30394 inane, Ce 1B casonoscsaasasboooooGuEdouE 30360 Smithsonian Institution (National Zoo- Teil. 3 by BORO esocouacousicoosoocdosbar 29828 logicalbParl:)-ssseee teeee cess 30163, 30691 Hutchinson, Miss H. D..-....-..-..---- 30479 Squyon pPHOMenseseseeeee nea saeee aa 30499 Interior Department (U. 8. Geological NEBRASKA: SWINEh iy) cooccoomossoebocucsosbeeoEosse 30286 Agriculture, Department of....-.-.---- 30391 Senter, ITE ARNOT sooohoccooasooocasdce 29635 Bettes worthy Gs Bascacstenssoee tee 30242 IMKCG Raa UO! Go oodcodooanpeencerssscs 30745 Edgemont Stone Company..-.---------- 30726 Mackaya Gallssssnsesas seen se cee 29985, 30074 MUN ber, wW ees ce nce sateen nae ece ceeeee 30711 WiGayey Dig Js Ue peanencouaconecnacsande 29799 Ie vileye JY consassansccoce £9608, 29846, 30737 IMOTSO; CE ltiersciissecee see a-innice ees aaice's 30763 Pearse DrcAG sisaaaacee eae aee a 29802, 29948 Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U.S. Army .... 30194 Spanople; Samuelss sesso eee ee eee 30590 Rose, J. N.....-.--.2-----------+ +--+ 29869 Wihitehorn i WiOLrbleccse ose ees seit 30824 Sams; “AS Al ss icsisociscs case acises css 30393 | NEVADA: Samson. Claraiwe cease eciscec as selsciins as 30625 Agriculture, Department of-.-.-- 29926, 30080 Shove. Dy Pu scsssiacie oecedleseciccc 30378, 30485 | NEW HAMPSHIRE: SeuddereDr Sblvete-ses sea secoee sees 30303 Goodrich Revednvbececeneurinonececees 30278 Walder Drv. His sacaceceiancitaeccie cece 30522 Kereka, de;Gabriel: ca-cceee ee eee sees 30519 AWaLSOn = DAVACS! sacs sees nace ccicee ces 30031 Smithsonian Institution (National Zoo- MICHIGAN: losicalebark:) meses aeesee eee eee 30048 Agriculture, Department of... .-. 29832, 30095 | NEW JERSEY: Chm etal itty Oh C ooscacckoosespcsbeneode 30616 Agriculture, Department of............ 29599 (Ciny@iniy AG 1B abodes omoosadaspocnenbenee 30365 30172, 30222, 30735 WOU PEN BSH se < soem eee a ate icin 30169 Blodgett, Frederick ........-.--.--.---. 30113 High School Museum, Saginaw...-..--. 30083 Brown, Mrs. J. Crosby..---------- 29593, 29793 Mathew s® Psy oosse cuce cle as secoos eee 29907 C@xsariColiGscecceacteoteeete eee 30558, 30598 MillersGharlest yrs ses. se seas eee 30330 Clarke, Prof. F. W..----------.--------- 30678 INOTGHYO DS: Ge de cams e abeeaanaebedeais caer 29897 pnp lishyéciC Or Galuseseesiase ae eee 30435 IPUNGY wom Bites cs. so aon coats ects sileea 30409 LM Wii isececcces soc se cee nee hee 30246 Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Eth- Matthews, Miss'M. R...5.-.555-- 2... 39589 MOLOP Yee a neon asc aek cece nee anick 30517 Pollard) Colupessecesease- Eero as ES ooeac 30355 Stearns, Dr. Frederick...........-...-- 30029 Princeton College............-.---..--- 30404 WWialkertB myamiisscimeoene 6 Liy-toaselsccs 30139 SMithy Drie bacsesese ss asses eo oo aoUdLO MINNESOTA : Vani Materdi. Als ccsccesccclsciccces sctece 29569 Agriculture, Department of.....- 29833, 30712 | NEw MExIco: STUN, AM 18 oso cogcpcsnomaboneesseenesee 30042 Agriculture, Department of .--......--- 30623 Bhan Gishw bs esse smb eee oc ok cules 30733 IBTOWIIAMITS NR Ecce oes aot ee pesca 0122 Wilkinson} rhe O ceases cane cece 29638 Cockerell, Prof. T.D. A .... 29928, 30003, 50081 152 Accession number. New Mexico—Continued. Hapratt, B, Av... 0c. cones owen de ccnee === 30494 ITO ER ES PAC = ssa sateen en ein comer 30620 Matthews, Dr. Washington, U.S, Army. 30086 Matthews, Mrs. Washington .....--..-- 30674 NEw YorRE: Agriculture, Department of. 29749, 29838, 29864 29903, 30032, 30153, 30198, 30227, 30247 30392, 30416, 30663, 30681, 30797, 30773 Azeez, Miss A. A....-....2------- cence 30210 Bendire, Major Charles, U.S. Army.... 29747 Benjamin, William E ..-.-...----------- 29660 Bicknell ge jwexes onc sa sscseeieeencns 30752 Bishop, H.R .....-...-------------2-5 30037 IB MINGIGEAs Hie cee estes cceseeenan eine 30722 Breed, estate of Dr. Daniel ..--.-.------ 30076 Brown, Mrs. M.E ........-.------------ 30431 TRrtekeny WAsGlleteooesennecubeacons 30462, 30520 (CGRigianad Bl Gees eosecscdtensecceocsocsass. 30195 Ghamberiain: Dru. occ. n.-eesn- ose = 30317 IDE ip tegy Gh e 2588 Soo eoneosseecossee 30377 Dyar, H.G ...--.-----------------=--+-- 30660 Toy Hayir Jt Cae Ree aeeseoecereospoSocosco. 30572 English, G. E...--.-.------------------. 29715 Tiered bial Oy See oar nod aces oceos 30582 Funk & Wagnall Co..........--------. 30708 (Gloige bry hee pp senaanesu dee enc oc 29539 (Gotnigel tnd bee Soo censecce soosoacaeosece 30455 Germansky, Anus aoe tee maei te namie let 29658 Gd erst Wik aun Aatiwe cate thetiee 30023 Glen Island Museum...-.-.-.----. 30005, 30334 Ianselmanelictsee eimai ee eee toen eee 30120 (ei TABON PAL ert oeictsistale sie wine stcie= sletsiciere 29754 I8E ile yg daislocococobeeacacensoeeoahcooc 30825 TRIER Wa Be SAceonoadae aonebosute -capasc 30541 Telnet Weir So obacqossocbaonoc=noqn5 29816 Interior Department (United States Geological Survey)..-----.-.--- 80749, 30750 Japanese Fan Company..-.....-.---.--- 29810 Tiana) Vif Sepossnobesdqsdassosoascoocs 30597 UGiig 6S (OO 3 38) Seesscbouacsde 29876, 29604, 29949 Tigre, Clay We 55 Gabe doocseeadannoe 29824 LDR OA Das (Cs scobaestneotermne cosas scneos 29782 Opi etre 1051s Ese essaoe -boeecnoponoreabosrc 30473 Leggatt Brothers .....-.......--.--.... 29797 MOVE LTS Er Grind sae cio clsismctsenicice eis eet 30375 Macmillan ta COL. cemisciccenciesee sheen 29973 MST AS HISD (Ss yscete cicieicem cietecore ie ate sees 30516 Mayer és Co;, Roberticsc..-2sc.cee cesses 30635 Moore, MisstAmmnie.-<-<- 6. asec eee eee 30453 Vian Deusen, B.D 2 ose toecee s elec 30309 SVC RG, dA Soe ctatetetsimieinr= oe Gee ee 30704 Walcott,:C. Di 3s: s.c0st ¢2nesseoeseseeee 30754 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. 29550 29596, 29716, 29784, 30131 Williamsburgh Scientific Society ....-.. 30476 Wiasipht, BH ceoeaetnecwies eslels sistelsis eeae - 30279 NorTH CAROLINA: Agriculture, Department of........-... 29632 29745, 29839, 30452 Hane USSON eM maaan eee reee nese ee Cees 30650 Isler oy oe hig (hd Hesse case scossoooe 29712, 30738 Holmes, a. iS325 ati cise ines teenie aie eee 30776 Hutton, W. Me6G:.-cosecass.c cneeee eee 29890 Interior Department (U. 8. Geological SURVEY) ee crricieeestelsl oe [it eee 30346 Strait, Hons 0 22. -- eee nee nee eee 30710 Toms, C.W-s... 29708; 29713, 29728, 29767, 30125 NortH DakorTa: Edwards, ‘8. Mica. sassaeesaseseeeeeee 29597 Bish Commission, Ua Sis-scsseeceeeeseee 80215 Judd. iH: Ll -eeeec tee ees eee 29888, 30295 Ren oxe Mii ansieee ase sinets se eee e+. 30565 OHIO: Agriculture, Departmert of............ 29704 29908, 30631 Binkley,’S. Hi:.::.::.)5.4.oe a eee 29727 Blanchard:.G.25..05<.a005-26e eee 30273 Call, ROBsworths..222-0-eeee=a 30251, 30642 Case oH Bist no-sense Joaweenaeee 30385 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.. 30753 Chapman;N; Av. <<. 2-5 s-en-e ee see 30675 Kelly,cA. Hi Sc as= 25. 2seee see eee 30053 Kahn; Davids 2. -c2s-2- > cor see eer eee 30780 Moorehead, WK. =<. 2-2-5 m-n Seca eeeee 30487 Morlock; Hentry,--. 2. 2-s< oe s-eaeeeeee 30347 Rookwood Pottery Company...-.--.--. 30586 Roses Nica sss: in Gaon cee se eee 29895 Shelley nh eicceeemiee pe oases a eee 29682 Shipley, HOE warecc- scat vce cee 29961 Smithsonian Institution ..............- 30675 Le eedsdicWeeccc ot necec cee ee a eee 30133 “VaGkers; HW ic eemcae cies ccicaesaeee 30160, 30216 Wiheclock. si: Gboesecce=cescee=-e eens 30762 IWalson VChOMaS Je. eaiccnecneeceee 29612, 29630 OKLAHOMA TERRITORY: 4 Agriculture, Department of.....-.-.-.. 30187 30583, 30747 Bretherton, "Bi dias-ccseosssee sees 30217, 30468 Hemphill sHienryeee a. ene eee eae 30418 Tete) ote) spl Gd Se Sasa ssoc asia scooeooe 30339 Interior Department (U.S. Geological Siiin yen ia toss adoco se jos aenescaaeeos 30155 PONMBON GO eat. veh ane om ae ameci es com 29556 Devnansy DOR ceekme == aise mee eer 29916 erste TD rs salt, (Cts Se addon rdotoaaTAtobetc 30364 Randolph bse) strieiees cehisie cree 29966 PENNSYLVANIA: WN) aol Oe ereseasee 29543, 29875, 29965, 30129 Agriculture, Department of......--.--- 29880 20105, 30106, 30388, 30530 IBAOHIB ANT re WW es cnc ckte aie tis eis eile are tet 30110 LIST OF ACCESSIONS. 153 Accession number. PENNSYLVANIA—Continued. Bean eT: Depo petaeinn eee eles ciel ats 29997 Gulin Stewart /-cscss 25 -eewice cients ccs see 29698 IDR ID IDS AL) 666c SdcuSmete socaenOdcGOre 30640 WeEturkw Meine aeeee sansa sec se se 30264 Dieionbach> dh Gi seeeu set ae Saceienecmoes 30488 REIS T leissy COON eslacisisises = <= ssscesie =e 29678 UAT SOMIASD VP AG eek cee ease itace atiseels 29601 Ehinger, William, jr...-..--.---- 30174, 30721 Electric Storage Battery Company..--. 29654 LONER) Je 18inons Se caegoe sedaoa seasons 30348 Rootes Dr ACW sco. scass- os cecccmasace ae 29714 TitOns Wali 14 faeces eee enoceaarsacs 29982 (On are) Wie ds (odode see Shawne oreemaeS 30058 Geisman WaACOD see secc eases eseee cee 30028 artlands Owe sass sce esk aes ec 30379 IGG hy, 10K Ioceaeesecst seamaccne 30446, 30705 lares rs Goccese.==se— Sospcoepoceoeue 30415 KOCHer sD Padi bytes =i! e = 30059, 30060, 30351 ReremOr vO via Hie Nt ces alesse oa hecielne oais 29984 HGACOCN aD rece cc eke alae cc ecies 30266, 30581 GOW ACS Wiel «ase. css ice Sere seas aie 30259 ILOME Shs CS SONG Scos5gboboUeEodEeEeane 29588 Marshall Drak. Bea cto sass ose 30260 Mearns; Dr. KE. A., U.S. Army------.--- 29772 Merrill) GP saascteisceceesecesiiecoes se 30765 INGBT Ow ACI Rc stemaca saticcia note ste asic 29871 Philadelphia, City Council of........-.. 29918 Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Com- BEM oSeoosocdonmescsecteonsecussoccns 29735 Pennsylvania, University of ..... 29701, 29702 Philips Baw oen ioe sss oe ass ieocce cae 30831 Pollard sNorvale-s.s- sees 30345, 30766, 30827 Rand all WAG sae cemc sae et slacacece sss cc 30490 Sinn ore Dre MeMTyy = aos ae =< 30205, 30632 SHY der Dre iewciasteae ners secs see sisi 30012 Stewart word TeBe. ooo cacaes seascecenoe 29865 SOlZ bone er emt ose cee sees 29591 The Carborundum Company....---..-- 30290 Treasury Department, U.S-.-...--..--.- 30363 RHODE ISLAND: MexteryNewlOlaa.-csace ve ees sc css se cees 30665 DrawNe vw ibanoseseecetecce naceo cess 30647 Mews GavAtenae= =o ase cewioec asses ac 29774 pumpelliy aR s<< === syseo vedic 30051, 30329 SouTH CAROLINA: PAC ATES Ee OQ) fetelsiereras-e eee lsaatera soscenods 29547 Agriculture, Department of.-.......--. 29695 29845, 29872 PON CAMA Windlesscisee = aaa eee eace cecicia 30016 HGBOMENOMAR 2422 sce Sackce se oes cee cscs 30589 WIGS yal Ol ecesanenacecderecoaeeetpee 30559 IME BZN C Kom Why Gist setae crsereeiincte eis 30041 Mellioh am pds Ae a eence 22 =e saci ns a 29611 WIRING PACED = oe nossa Seen be eens ceeics 30832 WalltamswRevedioln Basen smsecs: sacs. 30054 SoutH Daxota: CrOSS PR Olemes sate einow ne ee cscaicieecrec 80159 HD) RUC Lg ic seloc aicieteis ees jac.cesccs 29544 29669, 29683, 29731, 29763, 29783, 30114 Ia TO PAC emcee le ects Se tie ais as yeas 30515 NSO ep amc See cisciicas cee fecal «aces 30538 MATIN Bay One sseen a acease as sss ce 30399 Accession number. SoutH DAKkoTA—Continued. Smithsonian Institution (Bureau of HLHNOLO CY) = ee ck eete cence ce meea ces 30646 The: Drake Company assess se se eee 30307 TENNESSEE: Agriculture, Department of...--- 30482, 30684 Cleveland, Miss Sailie....---.----.....- 30270 ApH ane Whose anussonssacecSooreseseS 30774 ley MANN, Siejawoses eee steweiecers ere 29540 Interior Department (U. S. Geological SULVCY) seeae Rete eee eer ee ane aamenceas 30706 JOHNSON Ike Wesee eae esc eseee 30588 Ibehmiany a Wie Vissasecnisase ean ce eae eats 30810 Means). = 3ee e205. idesccek sade See 30796 INIGELIn ei ae esas Same eso eee teeie 30087 Stilwell) Wa Wisees sce: | ese: soles 29818 Wihites Davidsson. cec cece tees. sree 29927 TEXAS: Agriculture, Department of --.-... 29886, 29879 29993, 30078, 30353, 30357, 30563, 30629 30661, 30662, 30693, 30695, 30748, 30820 Attwater, H.P...... 30090, 30162, 30639, 30697 Burns, Wrankss oo. seis. o| Diffany'& Cols. 222.2 2-2 cece secs seme ee 29759 Jamaica, Institute of ....................:- 29923 | Wayman, G. Turner................. 30344, 80700 La Plata Museum-..___.........- neat ete 30571 ASIA. PRDDOGL,, DY.) Witlusaasec coe ee tee ee ae eee 30743" | Clérets Oi oe eassc es hens ee ee eee 30426 Azeez, Miss A. Aco. 2-0 cbc ecens~ 42-525. 30209" | Mish Commission vse eees see ee eee 30232 Calcutta Botanical Garden............----- 29888. || Rukustima, kammacce-.eeeses eee cee eee 30496 Chamberlain, Dr; 1s Tue seco eee ences 30374 | Glen Island Museum ....-........-.-. 29572, 30413 LIST OF ACCESSIONS. Accession number. 155 Accession number. aE MOND Rete ccisaicce seo eereses see Seee ele 29610 | Royal Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy. 30742 Ibemialeny, 18 1@ins S585 cecocec cose esos ceseosec 29618 | Stejneger, Dr. Leonhard ......-......-..-_- 30089 IMIG G, TRG Eh 8 & See coc asoos sep EeconosoesBe 30544 | Smithsonian Institution ...............--.. 30374 hullips Barnet... iss sasee's 2 sn cis sey5- == = 30449 | Scidmore, Miss E. R...........--,--------- 30585 IMO VLA Gas NG ANE Socenccecueseace 30613, 30677 ASIA MINOR J\GlieTe, 10mm (Capa Ge sta goo pSneTacOSSsCbdos sadn bones 155550 unqoe aoqadon gUSKoL HOG DOnTeCCeoUaSseSOESC 30144 EUROPE. [Including Great Britain.] Agriculture, Department of...........--.-- 29739 29740, 29968, 30299, 40470 Autocopyist Company ..-.-...--..-----..-- 30638 PART PS TOLNOLS = asia esae ners (eee een easel 30324 Bellrcei Prot Guiseppes---5scccaes ot teeeeeeee 29637 Burrows; .D: Bi... > -oses%-s- cee seecea eee 29743 Carter dance se vteaciee » Shee tne cet aan 30195 Covert Aj Bisce.cs os cae e eee ee eee 30365 Cox} Nmery 2 2- soe eee eer ee eee 30786 Dannefaerd, |S: cess sane nsacccbeneeesaeseee 29830 Day, Charles ..2222.6.22 --3s-hense ete ee 30175 Duges, re. . 2. esst = aewee eee 29568, 30501 Duncan, Wid Sania. Se cate hoe eoeeeeeeeee Seer 30016 Dwight, Droid. jh. --cssct ese eacea eee ees 29732 Evermann, Prof: Bo W =. -2s-ccss sec ae-e ees 30049 Mérnyes, (rl oases seen aw c-means eee 30800 HishiCommission; WiS. acs ssasec eee see eee 30055 30123, 30147, 30232, 30244, 30289 Gerrard, Bdward 0. .2-s<--<2s--sceeee ae cee 29910 Glen Island) Museums. =. -c.--2sseesceee eae 30334 Heyde, Rev. Bib eessce-oaesicssee cence eee 29554 Hormang, Divdi. 5202-5 <- 2 sac 5- ose ee eee 29811 OWA, lise am alec aes N pase acts ae cee aeoeaee 30785 Hutchinson, Dr: WE... 52-2-ncceeneeneeeee 30692 Os Ci ae ORL! eR ee ete Ea rire 29888 JUGSON, Ws Docc sa ecole oe Se eceee ase eee 29971 Da Why ao Sd Oe Sp onesaasceacorincros=qAdecsosis- 30053 Oi Op ictesecsec@areace tees saat ancscesee 30056 amb; BOAR os occ heise dosisse ses ween 30730 Ta Plata, Minseo des3 oie es oo eee 30571 GG UN OMS tecete cine = cin anise siete te eee 30589 Eagenbelli Gs2-5- 5.5. 8s-ste= sees eeee eee 29694 MGI TG yoMian EKG Doss cae smal seca ae ee 30508 IMCGMGHON, bun Ctenicic. eiceeneie <2 ae setae 30614, 30745 McHhenny, HE. A......-.-. 29518, 29623, 29742, 29812 MeMillan, P. A............ SE 525 29824 IM eye) ehiey Cd 8 LR are sce Baeeaaeinr career 29985, 30074 Mareanid). Bidets oa. feted cc Saco eeee 29911 Marshall Sh Gnityzcss. sas esas sae 30164 Merrill; Dr, Ji; U.S. Army -cc.seseeenn sas 29746 LIST OF ACCESSIONS. Accession number. Wolly (Gs Sky access oocdcosonecbossccesdade 30626 Manian, AV 18 So ccocncooscossesogsosepsseped 29866 Palmer, William ....-....------ 29693, 29854, 30814 Temi TOR AG CrsacacegconocoocernopoboeEoeed 30364 Tnmhys db 2 iogogncocseeseedScosesocesaconoume 30409 TAD pol a, IDE \Wfigd Mecnseeased 30161, 30381, 30741, 30758 TRinimmlayey, 10) tne cone Saceeepceceeece ---- 29819 CHM s Chi Wiesacwerci=s-cccnn= <= =e 29648, 29788 Ridgway, Robert......--------------- 30509, 30510 Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U.S. Army .-.-. 30148, 30194 Selina is IDF) Ge soscoaseocec coon obemecoaeeS 30349 Symualeihrs IDR IRE NS SesceeeeanoadeconcoocsodD 29867 Smithsonian Institution................-.-- 30161 30381, 30741, 30758, 30800 Smithsonian Institution (National Zoolog- ge eb ele Be Seoeeeccnoes 30168, 30437, 30691, 30771 Sorensen; Rev. P. Hi --<-2- <<. .c-e-ccencaens 30044 Soulé, Lieut. H. B., U.S. Navy.--.---.------- 30127 Shiaariydie Bscshcoscdondoocconnaddsodosdseaes 29760 Stephens, F ......-.........-.-------------- 29741 Tallin, Okerbe-oonmacoseausscogucsesuce 29756, 29757 fy) Za dco gone soconessduseeseseoccCoees 30832 DEPARTMENT ITI. Birps’ EaGs. Aeon IDS Vigd We oconocsoncoscnnodoodeHsocE 29967 /\am@il Th poscoddebéeceoncurcsacocanecdoses 30215 Pt iwauer pel bet teijenicicicc scicscemcie= 30090, 30697 Bangs, Outram.........-..-..-------------- 29942 Barlow, Chester-.-....---.-..-..----------- 29915 Rata htie aulieseeseaecee see eeciseseieisices=—= 30793 Bendire, Maj. Charles, U.S. Army-....-..--- 29941 TEN ECE WG doo cess oandobsosscosanse 29734, 30720 BOyditon, Morse Hen Ve wet ste ete oe stele ain 30537 SLOG Make) Tesep esesie eterie cele eeiae iets olateleleatal= 30718 Tain koi be MVoceocaonbcecsanasaessaqeocobec 29768 TrGxwith JOnG) oscccéecaccunoqcesconsosscossec]e 30779 (GSD 103 SEA ee Ree eee 29762, 30063 (Coleen, WVGN) ceetacoc bcos osaecosesanbooses 29822 AMVAIC IH ELA] reese sea: esse cL se ee = 29733, 30698 iDarmireens (Gh 18 oa sccqodan aene sestesopapoons] 30065 JOR AINE, IOS loqahe Seco sooosteanseeenoocos50 29732 High Conimissyon; Wes. se. ce= eee ea 30055, 30147 (Grain, \Wiellboadossdoce pene sae 5 SAK: 29778, 30474 Aft 186 UM onaSocccsoenensassconquescn 29888, 30295 TRGians (CALNE ce5 SCS ED EOE US Sco DEE Hor eEEeecanS 30056 TST OL WY ecodhadeceotesssccesoseesso ase 30170 Toeseal Wil gis ee Coe odotaaaeBaaucasonencec 30730 GAH bITa Byte cite se ataye ces passe ates oe aro arial 380473 Mia THETA sm allaACe so mctecimn= else mi= =isn cleo 30803 itera 1D ki folk Oa Oleitss var eee se deeceee 29746 Peril ere Als G-accr cae hoses cincies we sccsct's 30364 lmaiiairs Dies We Uicanoonaudooes SaeneeecooCae 30746 PrehmMONds | C. W. cscs cicnaaien/ese ce sseecesersc 29648 lleiyg dis J8 ls ocssececsensbocods Sfoucequocson 30731 Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U.S. Army.. 29803, 29913 Sage, J. H...... See eeeie eiaysisieleiepisie/ata'=clefaieistere 30064 Smithsonian Institution .-...-............- 30746 VanDenburgh Uiecemisecossic sacs eee 20699 Wardman Olecemm skiccwisic imeitecindes vc sece csc 29769 DEPARTMENT IV. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. /AT OYA Ha Deg ii Ging aanee BeBe: Aceeeee ee 29967, 30743 SI SOE PREM Pt isn Wiettceteeyatcietaisatnctensie creme cere 30315 157 Accession number. ‘Bradloys he deeseecsceo este a eeee eee eee es 29859 Clariay Misses; Missa cece = sate ssecceateoceee 29726 CoxpPhilip esses: noes saceee coe ee acecsee 30254 COxt War Vicwecamenot ccseiicdse cee ere sree 30304 Daniele Wra Ziv leee seyret ote Aen ae Meee 29544 Everman Prot ssiWieeeecaee oan ee teeta 30311 Hig ginstIsDinsanemoses es coe ae Sane n nace 29823 Hishi Commission Wasmssess oo. cee eee eee 30244 Glen island Minseume-seeece st seses ee eee 30413 Held Cub sasccsseces scescascass sae ease 30725 Hoopes, B. A.......- Sqescdocccdaensacesocte 30620 Eiub bards Hs Gers erento ess seth tees 30326 Hunteredaliusre=socse cess esse ce eee 30342 Iba Plata, Museo;dets:2scs2 2222552422 2nee 30571 Miatthewsrb. Hie ags-etessecccecee sce tooo eee 29580 Matthews Rustteascenecse sees esa e aes 29567 Mearns): DrsH.PA., Ups sArmysn ena ene nae 30285 Mulls Ateetcrceses ceeecse sccm sence 30185, 30493 Morlocks Mommy oi aseccncesacecs -eee sae 30347 OrcuttiGoRs soo. pense seeeen cee sete eens 30052 Palmerswilliame-sccesessee eee 30257, 30814 PATSONS OT UW be aee atch ee ee eee eee eee 30394 ‘Richmond; iW <2: -2:-5-2--2-% 29648, 30306, 30312 Ridgway Robertissses-= oe eee eee e eens 30526 Robinson, Lieut. Wirt, U.S. Army__....... 29679 Schwarz, EH. A........ BECooBUReoLGccrodsaned 30328 Scollicks J AWicescssceeoee ose eee ee 30305 Sherwood: Wella. cesses ee eee eee 30724 Smith Me see, cee eee ee eee oe 30231 Smith} Drs Myce eee eee eee 30521 PesteDriW Crees acess eee cence ee 29560 Ehunberwiy Cees seececceeesneee eee 30703 Walker Bibi sce seseaen coeeeen nena 29631 Waymany Ga Corners eeeee eee ee 30700 Wilder) Dr. Hi Hiees: cecenee cesses eee 30522 DEPARTMENT V. FISHES. Ackley, Lt. Com.S.M., U.S. Navy......... 30634 Cobolini; Louis. aecnce- a aern oe eee eee 30701 Hish\ Commission Us Seeese eee eee ne eee 30000 30244, 30301, 30477, 30615 Glen Island Muscumessseese-ee eee eee 30413 Mewis; GA ossasccscacs ese e eee 29774 McGee: Wi disesnaicccccte secte cere eee 30403 OrcuttiCyR nS ss355 52 othe eee eee 30052 Palmer sWallamis-eseeee-eeeeeee eee 29873, 30814 Richmond; Ch iWisesneec eee eeaeee eee eee 29648 Ride way,eho Detinaacscecs= eee ee eee eeeaeee 30526 Sorensen; 2s Hy. .2 5 othe sb seca eee 30044 Wroolmany Avdissacosemss sos cenestemeceees 29565 DEPARTMENT VI. MOLLUSKS. AhbbottrWliecstrassccccereee cece. 29967, 30743 Agriculture, Department of.... 29680, 30310, 30400 Aldrich} HonwleH tesa scceee esse eee e 30569 Arn old Delosterena cso s sees eee Scene 29807 JeM OE, US Us sons coms eesecroececeseggeoe 30714 Bonnet wAMadre= ce ons-| cease tees oeee 29607 Bradley phn diecscscces cee cee ace seen eee eg RDo Breed, estate of Dr. Danicl.-.......2....... 30076 158 Accession number. Terie) Up pl eee esac Seon Ids 2odoadss Heo anr 29817 IBRRGH WeLOMsas fae sec = oe been ad 30462, 30520 Campbell, Mrs. J. E .....-.----- 20008, 30370, 30495 Chamberlain, Dr. L. T.--. 29962, 30374, 30427, 30648 CUR ray Cn eee nemeeoemodnoear ae 29615, 30214 Chicago Academy of Sciences... 30132, 30433, 30829 lappy Gl. oes. = =~ He ee ane See 29652, 29843 Gerretse sare csc ears ae oars Rielne te sem or 30426 Olts mein, Vs BB Apc eneoednoos ee sod eerreoue 29947 (ClaVUbie yaa) \\Vod ht Soones ce rsooeaoseeresseoqcsT 30506 Cooke, I ASO ae eee Pee Roa Se Se 30740 Creveceeur, F. F.... 30369, 30438, 30463, 30523, 30757 Orowioot Essie ese -os- -s =n = ieee eee 29537 AMexeT PNG WUOU sao necc cna eames ene me 30665 Nisie; ETA eNU ADs eiei cee eo seme lae ire le me 29545 Wares Dr Ane o. --- sence eens n nme ciene 29568 Dumbell, Mrs: Prentice.......-.-------.--- 30218 Gh ys) OS ee eee cabot. boOcsoces 29597 iSlchronc yl Dip wise Sognpoesooseeresaoes asco Ibo 30800 Ifo: }dlod8 & Sa peeoemaoceneee nee Gcee bor SOE 30359 Fish Commission, U.S..-.-.---- 30147, 30244, 30321 PIE L RON Ses «cee oe ane Ses ie nice a 30655 Glen-tsland Museum 22-2522 -----27++ ccc 30431 Cris yen gd Re pish wi lgoescarseeoeeeeeeeecoeaec 30007 KG DONTICH RO Velie em ane chinese seiaia lm) = tein 30278 ray) 02 yl OF esac oeacecor asc Spe enone 29976 IMM AT i Nie = aicle eee eo oelalee etree mia 29844 Hannibal Waterworks ......---- ape sacar 29553 Rime WibG Ned Bs ponnoooseetpeobeepoooroued 30356 1a aa teton 3a CSA Reese ap ecarcooap es aseonebe 29754 Henaup hill pHonnyieccsses- eaten sess eee 30241, 30418 Mermanncn On ducted. teers aes ease sae 29684, 30484 Smithsonian Institution. ..<.-.--,.-22.cee.e 30374 30427, 30648, 30800 Barensens evi s He es joce ste cscecen ase 80044 SEAMGOM es \Wiscea seinen s aes eee see 29677, 29849 ROR ONL Wealcta se cman soe = Sis tieiiaca elem 30808 NWialker Bry amtite= sce xem sash saeco amene dae 30139 NMI by MRODUIM HEL a0 ce cect = reise esis 30279, 30464 Young Naturalists’ Society..-. 30428, 30756, 30767 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. DEPARTMENT VII. INSECTS. Accession number. Abbott; Dre Wi. Lis. cc-- eeecee cee sc ceeeia seer 29967 Agriculture, Department of.....-..-..-.--- 30047 30090, 30213, 30247, 30248, 30274, 30320 30357, 30478, 30502, 30566, 30595, 30623 30661, 30662, 30663, 30694,30695, 30830 AIST GW 6 MEL smi arsenate a = te ate eer 30366 YiNovd ss aye Nis Coe oe pee ne Becc ease pebeonsasty =. 29921 BANOS, WT Wallan: seen seen eee 30044, 30111 Berpmianm. Carl Hy We epee eee 29639 Blarsdelie Dr. sh Bap aase saa ere ee ee 30430 Bowers, Nl. Ars. sera 2 sate as sear 30068 IBnadley. (is dlseae-1s seen eee eee ees 29859 Braley, Miss(Hita: 2.2 sedse0- soees sae 30603 Bretherton, B.di--.--.-----.:---- bias casiser 30468 British West India Committee..---........ 29922 Brodnax, DrvB: H-s a. -see-b seer oj teetoe 30557 Brunetti) 5-0 2. .2<- s2.c 55 40 Lee 30450 Mimens POUs er Mb Zem cme s > soo elena anne ecen 30812 Tana) e105 8 SSeS aoacreece opbeetoateeecaac 30535 1g eey esp ION Eh Gace secre sacceuas ese s9cceso5 30800 Hush @ommission, Us 9): =... 52. 2--505-6-e0 30147 Taaraiay 1D} 1b sagoga-iceoacconssecoosaccnqsne 29629 IGEISMIAN fOACOD tees ceeseea sen es ne theese 36028 KGOUUIC COLON ete ceintieicasemiseciao.-jsem cee 30272, 30504 ‘Gaomannis (Of LOR G pooscoscsdce Beet see = oe ae 30020 Ging i eM eh A geen aee: 30082, 30610 Cry, Wp CeO) So cee Sctodeserbeucorue roe c 29939 TELS SIS) La OS Oe ee eect 30168 TIGRIS. Wisc sss cscccencctcsewccce sees 30019 Owe WE din tess ccenicsesscocesmece ese uae 29691 Interior Department (U.S. Geological Sur- WGN) sancgeeseeane 80155, 30219, 30286, 30316, 30587 Tieominayyg JS 9d Massa coosedecnercesancestoadec 30016 Ina hy 1oAWVecacaoncasnguesbeecodses 30446, 30705 AKOMMAN AD, GOTO sc oee sce ca sscaseee asses 30015 Mapes oc. eer e dete SSeS 29970 BANG ZOLs Eis case nena aceite wisteseniel ee eee 30627 IKraTSS AU DEI ec o2cncsaietccateeemcsce see 30465 Memon OTs eles. concese 29574, 29650, 29692, 29980 ae latent 1800 C0 \ccenus 222 2c. asoaeeee 30571 BGACOR, lhe Daas wiela acciceeiias.cssacaanemeetes aoe 30581 pene kart Prot. Wudolph ssi. csen- eas os sene 30633 SVT IT els HEU as afeicle racic So css seme teenie 30358 VEO Remini ON WUAICOM <2 o ocicy-wios canine aiceee cee 30017 MGIC TORN Ev < naiaoe= aca acoeidaaslisctesemeee 30013 OTANI ETO OCs cna cc cacacslanoneskic amurcins 30119 MEGHIOCM MELON TYiccncicme-- Senecosc cso: ow Sale 30347 INGO ET Ole EL. tA hetero ees We scene 30097 IPAIMEr OW ALUAM cose s-Mece ene seccte eck es 30814 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Accession number. PPA VIO, ME. CA oan otecie casei tome ee eee 29690 Peace River Phosphate Company. .-..---.. 30336 Pettit, Dred s.c02 oon e ese eee 30018 Princeton College-c.-- 2c. = ee === aes 30404 Fad Or hs SCRIV OU pa tatters sees 30073 Rendall SW so2s sansa sence aa sane eee eee 30490 Rice WB. W) a. sac cies dcietieceemcca- eerste 30599 Schaefier: John 3B 26222 act een ene eeeeeeeae 30117 Schuchert, Charles ....-- 30030, 30038, 30039, 30040 Shbited hag Bit bd foe ececcosecerceesent cei: 30202 Smith sre MC cee se-cccer ec -l-coeeeeee eee 30277 Smithsonian Institution.........-...-----. 30800 Stose; Gs aesas-ac-s den ssssneneceeeeeee eee 29978 SturizsB ese soesendecceeneseacere eee eeees 30628 Thorpe, JOT. pH see eee eres ane eee 30764 Aaya St) Ba oem monceoemuoseseecconse 30704 Wagner Free Institute ..........-..---.... 29699 Walcott,:Charles D) 2-5. -2-: 55 a2. eee 30757 Walcott, Charles D. yjrscces: =e oe eee 29579 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. .-. 30131 30605 Whitehorn, Worth: 22-2 <2scee 2 ee eee 30824 hana Se Beenoeoeeeeoodon tc soasaoa-ossse>- 30577 Nowe ads hIs ooo peerece cee cree ese oonceo: = 30503 INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS (CENOZOIC). Frierson; Us8 | sc.m 0c. ces le seer eee eee 20201 Hemphill pHeniiyece.]-- eee eee eee 30239 SNAG bea a oeaaosoceecsrosaceSe cc 30093, 30165 Vara BIG popeononcncoce codesSccsconc sen see: 30101 FOSSIL PLANTS. Gaye, Mrvand Vins, He Mileeete eee eee eee 30199 Knight, Prof iWeiC. sees eans= eee ae eee 30045 Thates, RoDiss ik koe ee eee Cone 30266 Squy er HOMeCr seem ease eee Sesgece 30499 Voorhis; BiG c cose ee ose eee 29655, 29907 Miller; Charles, jr. =. 25ssc3- 222 -sessence see 30330 Montclar, M. le Marquis de........----..-. 30189 WWHOGT G5 ene te ae aaa as aera es oe 30166 Moorehead, “Wi. Ki. 3. 225 ieessco cee once 30487 New Brunswick, Natural History Soci- — @by Of <7 ~~ 3-225 - -0- 2 a Sta -ientee 30651 INiekK1in) el. Bose seas see eee eee 30087 INOVes, lsaac Ps isosseccee aah eee 30716 Owen, Miss Meta w. -5.. 252-2 enen eee 29899 Pearse, tA. Sie. s ees -2 ee aa ee eee 29802 Phelps, Go Wace. aes =e eee 30717 Plumb; di.'Nealle: 2-22 222e scan =e nee eee 30512 Pollard SNonvall coe -eeeee 30345, 30766, 30827 iPridemore, Gen--A. is s5) 4955-24 eee 29857 Royal Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy. 30742 Saison; FA). :A. ooo uk nance eee eer eee eee 30393 Shelley, 0D: Hi oe. noo ces secon ne aneseee 29682 Smith (DP Bt oss enickomechicecteencaseee eee 80042 Smithsonian Institution .--.-...---......-. 30675 Smithsonian Institution (Bureau of Eth- HOR) Eee bee ocercec ee eecenecnon se 29990, 30517 Shy (Gres Ohad fa fece sco pascese sonne oak tince 30012 Spanogle, Samueli--2-so22 2 eeeee sac ceeae 30590 Steiner, Dr. Roland..-.-..------ 29546, 29912, 30420 Stewart, Dr: 1. Bis. .ss.censsmcaeeaee 29865, 29963 Stilwell, oe)W? - 25.2320 25.8. 2th Sess eee 29818 Thompson, Mrs: J. Mic-soscse cess s- neers 30552 Torrey, Mrs: Mii@ iC. so. cseccee aes 30709 Pray, AMARGw; 2 eoa-a2- 3.) sete eee 30643 Tweed) J). Wi. sis. 232-0s2 2 sah aoe eee 30133 Way, ibn Go. 5 0 cites cys eee eee 30371 Weir, (Panlsss235 40 3255 bass acn eee 30619 Wilson (Miss SR. 3.5.25 2. 282 Seee 30775, 30816 Wilson, Thomas ....-.---- 29612, 29630, 30134, 30618 DEPARTMENT XV. ETHNOLOGY. SAUD both OTs aW eld eae emce cleo 29960, 29967, 30743 AdlersDriCyrnsis-s=.2ss BP . —— . z , Notes upon the group, key to the species, in the Museum collection. descriptions, and synonymy of four species. Description of a new Vitrea from —— The botanical explorations of Puget Sound. Thomas Coulter in Mexico and Cali- Nautilus, 1x, No. 3, July, 1895, pp. 27, 28. fornia. Vitrea johnsoni, from near Seattle, and V. subrupicola, var. spelea, Dall, from Cave City, ., XX, Dec. 16, 1895, pp. 519-531, ECR GBs eee 1 Gy 1893 DEES Calaveras County, Cal., are described. Both 1 map. 4 . 7 ar Ni 1M : This paper embraces a biographical sketch types are im the National Biuseum of Dr. Thomas Coulter, an account of his | —__ Three new species of Macoma from travels in America, extracts from his writings tial @ule of Moxicat descriptive of his travels in California, a bib- apap ; r : liography of papers based on Dr. Coulter’s col- Nautilus, 1x, No. 3, July, 1895, pp. 32-34, lections, and a chronological list of most of the Macoma limula, ranging from North Caro- species bearing his name lina to Barbados; I. mitchelli, from Matagorda Bay, Texas; and IM. leptonoidea, from the same —— Directions for collecting specimens locality, are described. The types are in the and information illustrating the abo- National Museum collection. riginal uses of plants. Synopsis of the subdivision of Holos- Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Part J, 1895, pira and some related genera. pp. (1]—[8]. Nautilus, 1x, No. 5, Sept., 1895, pp. 50-57. — Botany of Yakutat Bay, Alaska. The genera Holospira, Ccelocentrum, and Bucalodium are divided into five subgenera and eleven sections on the internal characters of the shell, of which five sections and two subgenera are described as new. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, 111, No. 6, Jan. 15, 1896, pp. 325-353. Field report by Frederick Funston, Cata- logue of species collected in Alaska by Fred- erick Funston in 1892. — On the discovery of fat and muscu- Report of the Chief of the Division lar fiber belonging to remains of a of Botany for 1895. mammoth on the peninsula of Alaska. Rep. Secy. Agric., 1895 (June 11,1896), pp. 159- | — —»—-Seience (New series), 1, No. 45, Novy. 8, 164. 1895, p. 636. A An account of specimens obtained by Mr. —— Some additions to our vegetable W.J. Fisher. hess specimens are see the dietary. ‘‘ eround-ice”’ formation on the Naknek River, Yearbook U.S. Dept. Agric., 1895 (1896), pp. Alaska, now in the National Museum. 205-214, 9 figs. Popular descriptions and illustrations of Alaska as it was and is, 1865-1895. native and introduced plants most commonly Annual presidential address, delivered used for pot herbs or greens. before the Philosophical Society of COX, Utysses 0. A collection of birds | Washington, December, 1895. from Mount Orizaba, Mexico. Bull. Philosoph. Soc. Wash., x11, Dec., 1895, 4 pp. 123-162. Auk, xu, No. 4, Oct., 1895, pp. 356-359. A list of species, with brief notes, and a de- | scription of the recently new Pipilo orizabe, This article reviews the changes of thirty years in Alaska, as observed by the author, and summarizes the results of explorations in the Cox. | territory growing out of the work of Robert See also under BarToN W. EVER- Keunicott and his party, with a bibliography party graph) MANN.) of scientific papers relating thereto. The text of this paper was reprinted in Science (New series), 11, No. 54, Jan. 10, 1896, pp. 37-45, and No. 55, Jan. 17, 1896, pp. 87-92. CULIN, Stewart. Chinese games with dice and dominoes. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. (U. S. Nat. Mus.), | 2 1893 (1895), pp. 489-537, pls. 1-12, figs. | — [Review of] A catalogue of the 1-33. marine mollusks of Japan, with de- DALL, WitttaM Heatry. The St.Elias 8¢?iptions of new species and notes on Boars others collected by Frederick Stearns. Science (New series), i, No. 30, July 26, By Henry A. Pilsbry. Detroit, 1895. 1895, p. 87. 8vo, pp. I-Vv11I, 1-196, pls. 1-1x. 200 DALL, Wi1t1AM HeaLEy—Continued. Science (New series), 1, No. 57, Dec. 20, 1895, pp. 855, 856. A review of a catalogue based on the litera- ture and on the collections made by Mr. Stearns. A portion of these collections is now in the National Museum. —— [Review of] Die Gastropoden der Plankton-Expedition. By Dr. H. Sim- roth. Kiel and Leipsic, Lipsius and Fischer. 1895. 4to, pp. 1-206, pls. 1-22. Science (New series), 111, No. 54, Jan. 10, 1896, p. 69. A review of the important work on the Plank- | ton gastropods by Simroth, published by Lipsius and Fischer. — New data on Spirula. Science (New series), 11, No. 59, Feb. 14, 1896, pp. 243-245. From specimens of Spirula in the National Museum collection the author is enabled to cor- rect certain errors in the Challenger Monograph of Spirula by Huxley and Pelseneer, and to show the probability that this animal, though able to swim, is generally sessile in deep water on stones or other solid objects. — On some new species of Scala. Nautilus, 1x, No. 10, Feb., 1896, pp. 111, bbs Description of an Oligocene, a Miocene, and one recent species of Scala represented in the collection of the National Museum and that of Mr. W. G. Mazyck. —— [Review of] Geological biology; an introduction to the geological history of organisms, by Henry S. Williams. New York, 1895, pp. I-xx, 1-395, with illus. Science (New series), 111, No. 64, Mar. 20, 1896, pp. 445-447. A review of the work in question, illustrat- ing its scope and character. —— Geographical notes on Alaska. Bull. Am. Geographical Soc., xxvitt, No.1, Mar., 1896, pp. 1-20. Summary of geographic notes made during the summer of 1895 together with cartographic data on the Aleutian region and some anthro- pological notes on native map drawing. — The so-called jeannette relics. National Geographic Magazine, vu, No. 3, Mar., 1896, pp. 93-98. In this paper the authenticity of the so- called Jeannette relics, found off the coast of Greenland in 1884, is questioned and discussed, together with the bearing of the discovery on Nansen’s polar explorations. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. DALL, Wi1LL1AM HraLEy—Continued. The Russo-American telegraph pro- ject of 1864-1867. National Geographic Magazine, vu, No.3, Mar., 1896, pp. 110, 111. This is a brief account of the chief facts connected with the expedition referred to Diagnoses of new tertiary fossils from the southern United States. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No, 1035, Apr. 23, 1896, pp. 21-46. Descriptions of forty-three new species, two new subgenera, one new section, and five new varieties, chiefly of Miocene and Oligocene fos- sils from the southern states and the Antillean region. The Opisthobranchiata, Terebridz. Conide, and Umboniide furnish most of the species. The presence of the Egyptian genus Carolia is for the first time noted in American beds. —— Diagnoses of new mollusks from the survey of the Mexican boundary. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, No. 1033, Apr. 23, 1896, pp. 1-6. Descriptions of eleven new species, one new variety and one new subgenus in the Museum collection, chiefly of land shells collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns in the vicinity of the Mexican boundary. — Diagnoses of new species of mollusks from the northwest coast of America. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1034, Apr. 23, 1896, pp. 7-20. Descriptions of twenty-seven new species and two new genera of marine mollusks dredged on the west coast of America by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. Types of these species are in the National Museum collection. —— New species of Leda from the Pacific coast. Nautilus, x, No.1, May, 1896, pp. 1, 2. Descriptions of three new species of Leda in the National Museum, from the western coast of the United States. —— [Review of] Text-book of Compara- tive Anatomy, Part 1, Mollusca. By Arnold Lang. Translated by H. M. and M. Bernard. London and New York, Macmillan & Co. 1896. 8vo, pp. xvi+618, with illus. Science (New series), 111, No. 75, June 5, 1896, pp. 847-849. Review of the work mentioned, with correc- tions of inaccuracies therein. — Note on Neritina showalteri, Lea. Nautilus, x, No. 2, June, 1896, pp. 13-15. The types of this species in the National BIBLIOGRAPHY. DALL, Witu1AM HeaLEy—Continued. Museum are discussed, and the animal shown to belong to a new genus, Lepyriwm, which is here described. — Scientific results of explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. No. XXx1vy.—Report on Mollusea and Brachiopoda dredged in deep water, chiefly near the Hawaiian | Islands, with illustrations of hitherto unfigured species from America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1032, July 8, 1895, pp. 675-733, pls. XXII-XXXI. This paper includes the description of mol- lusks and brachiopods dredged on the Archi- | benthal plateau about the Hawaiian Islands, as well as others obtained by the Albatross on the western coast of America. A large num- ber of species hitherto unfigured are fully illus- trated, and twenty-nine new species, four new subgenera, two new genera, and one new family are described. The types of all are in the Mu- seum. Apartfrom descriptions of new forms the most important feature of the paper is found in the anatomical data relating to the genera EBuciroa and Halicardia, Callocardia and Lyon- siella, the subgenus Spergo of the Pleuroto- | mide, Ancistrolepis of the Buccinide, and the brachiopod genus Frieleia. It is shown that in the genus Halicardia a peripedal septum is formed by a thick outgrowth from the mantle independent of the gills and siphonal septum; | that in Huciroa and Callocardia the gills differ in very important characters from those of their nearest relatives, and incidentally that the subdivision of the pelecypods into orders based on differences of the gills alone is unnat- ural and can not be maintained. pl. og. ds pl. 9, nip ts ple Oe. al Carolia (Wakullina) floridana. W. H. Dall. (Moll.) Oligocene, Florida. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1035, Apr. | 23, 1896, p. 21. Cassia depressa. C. L. Pollard. (Bot.) Florida and Missouri. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, xxii, Dec. 30, 1895, p.515, pls. 251, 252, fig. 6. Cassia multipinnata. (Bot.) Florida. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, xxi, Dec. 30, 1895, p. 515, pls. 250, 252, fig. 3. Cassia multipinnata nashii. C. L. Pol- lard. (Bot.) Florida. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, xxi, Dec. 30, 1895, p. 515. Catolaecus coeliodis.* (Hym.) Roslyn, Va. Soc., XX111, 1896, p. 226. Ceraphron grenadensis. W.H. Ashmead, (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLVI, 1895, p. 788. Ceraphron politifrons. W.H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Balthazar and St. Georges, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soe. XLVI, 1895, p. 789. Ceraphron rugifrons. W. H, Ashmead. (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. ool. Soc. Lond., XLVI, 1895, p. 788. Ceraphron subopacus. W.H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLVIII, 1895, p. 788. Ceratopria flavipes. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., XLVI, 1895, p. 807. ©. L. Pollard. | W. H. Ashmead. | Trans. Am. Ent. | Lond., | REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Ceratopria grenadensis. W.H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., XLV1II, 1895, p. 807. Cerion (Maynardia) pineria. W. H. Dall. (Moll.) Isle of Pines. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi11, No. 1033, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 6. Cerithium paskentensis. T. W. Stan- ton. (Gast.) Near Paskenta, Cal. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No, 183, 1896, p. 71, pl. 13, figs. 5, 6. Cerithium strigosum. T. W. Stanton. (Gast.) Near Paskenta, Cal. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 183, 1896, p. 71, pl. 18, fig. 7. Ceroptres frondose. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) St. Louis, Mo. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXI11, 1896, p. 186. Ceroptres politus. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Virginia. Trans, Am. Ent. Soc., XXII, 1896, p. 187. Ceroptres rufiventris. (Hym.) Cadet, Mo. Soc., XX111, 1896, p. 186. Charaxes chanleri. W. J. Holland. (Lep.) Tana River, Africa. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1063, May 27, 1896, p. 263. Charops apature. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Fairbury, Ill. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XX11, 1896, p. 193. Charops bimaculata. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Mount Gay Estate, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLVI, 1895, p. 778. Chordeiles virginianus aserriensis.* G. K. Cherrie. (Aves.) San José, Costa Rica. Auk, x11, 1896, No. 2, p. 136. Chorinzeus californicus.* W. H. Ash- mead. (Hym.) Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc,, XX1U, 1896, p. 200. Chorinzeus marlatti.* (Hym.) Riley County, Kans. Am. Ent. Soc., XXII, 1896, p. 200. Choristes carpenteri. W. H. Dall. (Moll.) Panama. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XvIitl, No. 1034, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 10. Chrestosema flavipes. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Mount Gay Estate, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLVI, 1895, p. 753. Chrysodomus insularis. W. H. Dall. (Moill.) Northwest Coast of America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvut, No. 1032, July 8, 1895, p. 707, pl. XXIX, fig. 3. W.H. Ashmead. Trans. Am. Ent. W. H. Ashmead. Trans. LIST OF NEW SPECIES Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) magnus. | W.H. Dall. (Moll.) Northwest Coast of America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVUL, No. 1032, July 8, 1895, p. 709, pl. XXIX, fig. 5. Chrysophanus abbottii. W.J. Holland. (Lep.) Masai Land, Africa. Proc. U. | S. Nat. Mus., xvii, No. 1062, May 27, | 1896, p. 240, pl. vil, fig. 4. Cirolanides texensis. J. E. Benedict. (Iso.) San Marcos, Tex. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., x viu, No. 1087, Apr. 14, 1896, | p. [2]. Advance edition. Closterocerus niger.~ W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Algonquin, Ill. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XX, 1896, p. 232. Coaxana purpurea. J. M. Coulter and J. N. Rose. (Bot.) Oaxaca, Mexico. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, 111, No.5, Dec. 14, 1895, p. 297. Coccophagus ochraceus. L. O. Howard. (Hym.) Alameda, Cal. Tech. Ser. No. 1, Dw. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agric., Sept., 1895, p. 38. Coecophagus scutatus. L. O. Howard. (Hym.) Los Angeles, Cal. Tech. Ser. No. 1, Diw. Ent., U. S. Dept. Agric., Sept., 1895, p. 38. Cocornis agassizi. C. H. Townsend. (Aves.) Cocos Island, Pacific Ocean. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxvu, No. 3, July, 1895, p. 128. Colaptes chrysoides brunnescens.* A. W. Anthony. (Aves.) San Ber- nando, Lower California. Auk, xt, 1895, No. 4, p. 347. Colastes grenadensis. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Mount Gay Estate, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Xuvii1, 1895, p. 782. Colpotrochia (?) cinctiventris.* W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Provincetown, Mass. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xxv, 1896, p. 200. Colubrina mexicana, J. N. Rose. (Bot.) Oaxaca, Mexico. Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herbarium, 111, No. 5, Dec. 14, 1895, p. 315. Cominella brunneocincta. W. H. Dall. | (Moll.) Panama. Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus., | xvill, No. 1034, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 11. Compsothlypis americana usnea.* Wm. | Brewster. (Aves.) Lake Umbagog, | Maine. Auk, x11, 1896, No. 1, p. 44. AND SUBSPECIES. Zot Concheecia agassiziil.* G. W. Miiller. (Ostra.) Gulf of California. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxvut, No. 5, Oct., 1895, p. 166, pl. 11, figs. 1-7, 12-14, 16-18. Conservula minor. W. J. Holland. (Lep.) Kilimanjaro, Africa. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xviii, No. 1062, May 27, 1896, p. 253, pl. vu, fig. 1. Conus chipolanus. W.H. Dall. (Moll.) Oligocene, Florida. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1035, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 42. Conus demiurgus. W.H. Dall. (Moll.) Oligocene, Florida. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1035, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 43. Conus isomitratus. W.H. Dall. (Moll.) Oligocene, Florida. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, No. 1035, Apr., 23, 1896, p. 438. Conus isomitratus, var. suleulus. W. H. Dall. (Moll.) Oligocene, Florida. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1035, Apr. 23, 1896, p. 438. Corbula (?) filosa. T. W. Stanton. (Pel.) Near Stephensons, Cal. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 133, 1896, p. 62, pl. 11, figs. 1, 2. Corbula (?) persuleata. T. W. Stanton. (Pel.) Near Paskenta, Cal. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 133, 1896, p. 61, pl. 11, fig. 3. Cormonema mexicana. J.N. Rose. (Bot.) Jalisco, Mexico. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, 11, No. 5, Dec. 14, 1895, Deolo- Cormonema nelsoni. J.N.Rose. (Bot.) Guerrero, Mexico. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herbarium, wt, No. 5, Dee. 14, 1895, p. 315. Cosmosphorus hopkinsii. W. H. Ash- mead. (Hym.) Morgantown, W. Va. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XX111, 1896, p. 216. Cosuma marginata. W. J. Holland. (Lep.) Masai Land, Africa. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1062, May 27, 1896, p. 251. Cothonaspis atricornis. W. H. Ash- mead. (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLV11, 1895, p. TAD. Crangonyx flagellatus. J. E. Benedict. (Amph.) San Marcos, Tex. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, No. 1087, Apr. 14, 1896, p. [2]. Advance edition. 228 Cremastobeus annulipes. W. H. Ash- mead. (Hym.) Balthazar, Grenada. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., XLviil, 1895, p. 798. Cremnodes alaskensis. W. H. Ashmead. (Hym.) Fort Wrangell, Alaska. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XxXii1, 1896, p. 211. W. H. Ash- Santa Cruz Moun- Trans, Am. Ent. Soc., Cremnodes: tuberculatus. mead. (Hym.) tains, California. XXIII, 1896, p. 211. Crepis barbigera. J. B. Leiberg. (Bot.) Washington. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Her- barium, 111, No. 9, June 30, 1896, p. 565, pl. XXVI. Crepis wonticola. F. V. Coville. (Bot.) California. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herba- rium, 111, No. 9, June 30, 1896, p. 562, pl. xxl. Crepis rostrata. Washington. F, V. Coville. (Bot.) Contrib. U. S. Nat. Her- barium, 111, No. 9, June 30, 1896, p. 564, | pl. xxv. Wyoming. Contrib. U. S. Nal. Herba- rium, 11, No, 9, June 30, 1896, p. 563, pl. xxiv. Cristellaria aculeata, marginuloides. -2---< 3240, 3314, 3327, 3360, 3419, 3447, 3527, 3592, 3689. (contra AMeTICA 2652-564. 6-2 = 3449, 3735. IN FESO Seay Sar eek ee 3292, 3502. United States: Aliabamarecs 82.4222 2208.2 coks 3265, 3480, 3517, 3670, 3718. esha weyers... 222 | 8aRe ATIZOUAL EE Ae tea. SUS 3248, 3259, 3267, 3522, 3574, 3576, 3596, 3656, 3676, 3681, 3745, 3757, 3762, 3773. PACA RASS toe as hae ee oC SOS 3297, 3370, 3390, 3460, 3463, 3482, 3546, 3685, 3707. (GHiliteranie) at pee ae eee emer 3258, 3265, 3338, 3371, 3431, 3464, 3467, 3471, 3498, 3507, 3519, 3534, 3538, 3539, 3554, 3567, 3593, 3618, 3614, 3721, 38762. GUlGT AG Oo 2-22) ee ae seers 3411, 3451, 3498, 3516, 3569. 3654. WornnechCwh <-----------4e-— 3242, 3278, 3347. District of Columbia. --------- 3344, 3346, 3348, 3481, 3672, 3727. liikeviats (ye See soe Seas yee pe ae 3323, 3330, 3337, 3415, 3466, 3486, 3513, 3532, 3595, 3606, 3617, 3634, 3666. Georgia: -2-----. hah so Serene fe 3237, 3261, 3286, 3333, 3406, 3638, 3765. TaN O roe ea ee See ee ee 3266, 3325, 3336, 3376, 3591, 3637, 3643, 3699. : NOS ee eee Sees en aos eee 3287, 3410, 3423, 3425, 3441, 3474, 3560, 3579, 3607, 3609, 3627, 3680, 3744, 3746, 3749, 3760. idianay = eee eee es 2 3310, 3313, 3321, 3397, 3521, 3530, 3610, 3663, 3664, 37511. Indian Perritory, -2-2- ==. seen 3390, 3478, 3641, 3728. TOW 252 eee: ey Eee 3552, 3586, 3600, 3705. Kean sasreets cf bil Sebo bea 3268, 8274, 3322, 3357, 3358, 3457, 3491, 3551, 3631, 3632, 3658, 3668, 3704, 3739, 3742. Kentucky 221: 2. 28s rece 3249, 3262, 3364, 3529, 3542, 3577, 3590, 3598, 3633, 3679, 3686, 3694, 3703, 3711, 3712, 3729, 3734. Louisiana.___._______. ---------| 8275, 3311, 3318, 3351, 3384, 3386, 3414, 3435, 3446, 3642, 3652, 3702. Mainees:. 2s We: . cee oe eo cela bbs: Maryilandsic:3:+ 5. bese se eo 3385, 3443, 3572, 3667, 3700. Weassachusettis. = 6-2: sos eee 3243, 3257, 3280, 3320, 3361, 3485, 3625. Michigan ___...____.__._...-.--| 3270, 3368, 3429, 3448, 3469, 3483, 3504, 3548, 3692, 3723. Minnesota -..:.....-.-...--_..-.| 8555, 3578, 3612, 3628, 3691, 3695, 3772. MAssissippilo-. 232. =e. See 3526, 3594. IMASSOUTT: 4 ae: ~ 3341, 3374, 3394, 3399, 3401, 8422, 3432, 3461, 3502, 3563, 3587. Montana's: 2. 82) ee | 3299, 3339, 3373, 3581, 3601, 3618, 3619. Nebraska -__.__...._....._...-.| 3239, 3247, 3396, 3403, 3571, 3603, 3616, 3661, 3724, 3767, 3771. INGyadaoese eco ics ae eae 3375, 3377, 3743. 3983, 3736, 3761. 3424, 3428, 3458, 3472, 3543, 3709. 3252, 3393, 3408, 3444, 3454, 3536, 3660, 3682, 3690, 3716, 3717, 3768. ; 3263, 3279, 3290, 3295, 3302, 3809, 3326, 3332, 3334, 3355, 3366, 3372, 3380, 3387 , 3400, 3420, 3439, 3459, 3462, 3465, 3473, 3477, 3489, 3501, 3503, 3510, 3553, 3599. 3628, 3645, 3675, 3687, 3710, 3770. 3269, 3288, 3312, 3315, 3362, 3379, 3427, 3507, 3512, 3515, 3564, 3731, 3754. 5720, 3738, 3756, 3766. 3759, 3367, D487, 3758, | 3282, 3283, 3284, 3307, 3329, 3382, 3402, 3417, 3452, 3492, 3496, 3541, 3584, 3615, 3629, 3649, 3662, 3688, 3697, 3775. 33895, 3470, 3537, 3544, 3672, 3752. 3416, 3453, 3484, 3499, 3506, 3508, 3533, 3562, 3624, 3758. . = EXAMINATION AND REPORT. 267 Index to list of specimens received for examination and report, ete.—Continued. Source. Record number of lots. North America—Continued. United States—Continued. Pennsylvania____--_-. ----- ----| 3236, 3271, 3293, 3300, 3319, 3828, 3354, 3378, 3415, 3436, 3437, 3440, 3450, 3479, 3490, 3511, 3514, 3525, 3570, 3592, 3644, 3671, 3674, 3733, 3748, 3750, 3776. hod en sland aaa oe 3304. South@aroling. s2.s-—-225-4- == 3258, 3404, 3421, 3497, 3547, 3582, 3646, 3777. South Dakotasess- ses ee eese 3254, 5298, 3508, 3407, 3433, 3434, 3540, 3764. MOENHECSSEC se aes sees Se ____| 8288, 3303, 3305, 3342, 3430. 3445, 3531, 3558, 3559, 3706, 3732. Maxaciemes oem. Senta oe F 3244, 3250, 3260, 3277, 33801, 3524, 3331, 3337, 3398, 3426, 3494, 3495, 3535, 3556, 3557, 3580, 3622, 3650, 3678, 3684, 3693, 3701, 3725, 3737, 3740. Heiianeeee ee eee nee sabe nee oar 3246, 3348, 3456, 3505, 3523, 3528, 3550, 3575, 3583, 3588, 3597, 3605, 3621, 3651, 3653, 3657, 3665, 3683, 3698, 3715, 3726, 3730. MGEMON Drones eee ea ee se 3655. Wirginias-_-- BE i ier Fat 2D : ____.| 8251, 3264, 3276, 3281, 3306, 3316, 3335, 5340, 3356, 3363, 3392, 3409, 3442, 3500, 3549, 3573, 3608, 3620, 3626, 3708, 3714, 3747, 3759. Washington ____---------------' 3255, 3272, 3289, 3294, 3296, 3317, 3350, 3552, 3365, 3381, 3389, 3412, 3464, 3488, 3518, 3565, 3589, 3602, 3636, 3639, 3713, 3719, 3763, 3769. NVVOSi AVEIRO A owl oP cnn tS 241, 3273, 8405, 3438, 3524, 3604, 3669, 3696. WWASCODSING# == 252 2-252. 2s 3475, 3566, 3611, 3635, 3722. SWE OIIIT Oe Se ee aes _ 3888, 3585, 3659, 3677. RIGS TEN OT OS sce meee 5 Se oe See | 3418, 3455, 3520, 3545, 3561, 3640, 3648. BoniheyAimericn 05 Seca sce s . | 3202, 3343, 3353, 3859, 3741. DVO eye ka ae oe ae aE: Se es | 3369, 3476, 3568. WeCani care =e eee eae | 3245, 3345, 3647. Number of lots of specimens referred to the departments in the Museum for exam- ination and report. Department. a embers ferred. SD ava 22 oe ee eR ee ER Sr Se Eo ea See ae ee eS ee 5 eft CS pee eee eet eee Seon ee es ay ce eee Was wae AE ioe sees ce ee 52 Resto uel Gare) Cy eb be DE) S eee ees eet ee oye Baa SS ng ROO TR ee een ee 6 LIT EY SCS ca ee ee ed Selo Sone ce as Se ae re ee 3 BVI HU SICS pee artes Senne eee on et ee ee ee I ee 12 PETES ts pee te eee ee oe ee a ae i Pa tee 95 Wanrinornvyerce brates te ee. sees oe MEA oon say ee LA ee gn GSO 17 Gomparablveran ao miyer sss a= 2 oe See Ae Ee A ee ee 7 RCO bOlOR Viste me ea ee ee we he A eee ee De A 33 FESO DEI ype eee eee Sn Sete ae LN ee oe Sun oe Oe yn age a a eae eel Wie sy ag Sy eS ee re er ee ce ee Fe ee ee ee eee Se ee eee C7 (EVsyol oven "SEE eB sen Se nee A eens ieee etc Se ae aye en a erg Aa ae 160 ere hishormcsantnTopolopyrus se nae ee a ye Se Oe Se ee ee 43 mEhnology 25 ee Soha f 2 ee ae ae ee are 6 Arts and industries 22 APPENDIX VII. LECTURES AND MEETINGS OF SOCIETIES. PAPERS READ AT THE ELEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN HIS- TORICAL ASSOCIATION, DECEMBER 26, 27, 1895. A Defense of Representative Government. Hon. George F. Hoar. The Critical Methods of Leopold von Ranke. Prof. E. G. Bourne. Arent Van Curler and his Journal of 1634. General James Grant Wilson. Raleigh’s Colony and its Present Remains. Talcott Williams. How far was Primeval Man a Modern Savage? Talcott Williams. A Classification of Colonial Government. Prof. H. L. Osgood. The Electoral College for the Senate of Maryland. Dr. B. C. Steiner. The Struggle of Democracy versus Aristocracy in Virginia in 1830. Dr. Jeffrey R. Brackett. The Political Activity of Massachusetts Towns during the Revolution. H. A. Cushing. The Land System of Provincial Pennsylvania. William R. Shepherd. Colonial Structure in North Carolina. Dr. 5. B. Weeks. The Agreement of 1817 Concerning the Reduction of Naval Forces Upon the Great Lakes. J. M. Callahan. The Political Aspects of the Homestead Law Agitation. Prof. B.S. Terry. Light on the Underground Railroad. Prof. W. H. Siebert. Historical Testimony. Dr. James Schouler. Commodore John Barry. Martin I. J. Griffin. Part and Place of Governor Edward Winslow in Plymouth Colony. Rev. Dr. W.C. Winslow. Locating the Capital. Gaillard Hunt. The Manuscript Journals of the Continental Congress. Dr. Herbert Friedenwald. A Plea for the Study of the History of Northern Europe. Dr. A. C. Coolidge. The German Imperial Court. Oswald G. Villard. The French Revolution as Seen by the Americans of the Eighteenth Century. Prof. Charles D. Hazen. The French in Mexico and the Monroe Doctrine. Dr. Frederic Bancroft. PROGRAMME OF THE MEETING OF THE NATIONAL SCIENCE CLUB, JANUARY 3, 1896. I. Lake Studies. Mrs. R.S. Eigenmann. (Read by Mrs. Barton W. Ever- mann.) II. Sense Organs of Lwmbricus agricola. Miss Fannie E. Langdon. III. Fermentation in Bread; Growth of Plants. Miss Katherine E. Golden. IV. Geology of Waverly, N. Y. Miss Marian B. Shepard. V. Quincy Granite of Massachusetts. Miss A. H. Gardner. VI. The Trees, Cur Friends. Miss H. B. Bailey. (Read by Mrs. Harriett D. Mitchell. ) VII. The Beauties and Mysteries of Nature as Revealed by the Microscope. Mrs. M. A. Booth. VIII. Yellow-fringed Orchis. Miss E. J. Hasbrouck. IX. Adaptation of Seeds and Fruits for Dissemination. Miss M. F. Boynton. X. Common Orchids of Northwestern Massachusetts. Miss Dora A. Radlo. (Read by Mrs. M. H. Weldon.) 268 LECTURES AND MEETINGS OF SOCIETIES. 269 PAPERS ENTERED TO BE READ AT THE MEETING OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF Walls Val Wait fe IX. X. ovals XII. XII. eV XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV. SCIENCES IN APRIL, 1896. . The Geological Efficacy of Alkali Carbonate Solutions. E. W. Hilgard. . On the Color Relations of Atoms, Ions, and Molecules. M. Carey Lea. . On the Characters of the Otoccelide. Prof. EH. D. Cope. . Exhibition of a Linkage whose Motion Shows the Laws of Refraction of Light. A.M. Mayer. . Location in Paris of the Dwelling of Malus, in which he made the Dis- covery of the Polarization of Light and Reflection. A.M. Mayer. (1) On Experiments showing that the X-Rays can not be Polarized by passing through Herapathite. (2) The Density of Herapathite. (3) Formule of Transmission of the X-Rays through Glass, Tourmaline and Herapathite. A.M. Mayer. On the X-Rays from a Statical Current Produced by a Rapidly Revolv- ing Leather Belt. W. A. Rogers and Frederick Brown. Biographical Memoir of James Edward Oliver. G. W. Hill. Biographical Memoir of Charles Henry Davis. C. H. Davis. Biographical Memoir of George Engelmann. Dr. C. A. White. Legislation Relating to Standards. T.C. Mendenhall. On the Determination of the Coefficient of Expansion of Jessop’s Steel, between the limits 0° and 64° C., by the Interferential Method. E.W. Morley and W. A. Rogers. On the separate Measurement, by the Interferential Method, of the Heating Effect of Pure Radiations and of an Envelope of Heated Air. W.A. Rogers. On the Logic of Quantity. C.5. Peirce. Judgment in Sensation and Perception. Maj. J. W. Powell. The Variability in Fermenting Power of the Colon Bacillus under Dif- ferent Conditions. A. W. Peckham. Experiments on the Reflection of the Rontgen Rays. O.N. Rood. Notes on Roéntgen Rays. Prof. H. A. Rowland. Some Studies in Chemical Equilibrium. Ira Remsen. The Decomposition of Diazo-compounds by Alcohol. lra Remsen. On Double Halides containing Organic Bases. Ira Remsen. Results of Researches of Forty Binary Stars. T. J. J. See. On a Remarkable New Family of Deep-sea Cephalopoda and its bearing on Molluscan Morphology. Prof. A. E. Verrill. The Question of the Molluscan Archetype, or Archi-mollusk. Prof. A.E. Verrill. On some points in the Morphology and Phylogeny of the Gastropoda. Prof. A. E. Verrill. Source of X-Rays. A.A. Michelson and S. W. Stratton. The Relative Permeability of Magnesium and Aluminum to the Réntgen Rays. A.W. Wright. The State of Carbo-dioxide at the Critical Temperature. C. Barus. The Motion of a Submerged Thread of Mercury. C. Barus. On a Method of Obtaining Variable Capillary Apertures of Specified Diameter. C. Barus. On a New Type of Telescope Free from Secondary Color. C.S. Hastings. The Olindiadz and other Medusw. W. K. Brooks. Budding in Perophora. W.K. Brooks and George Lefevre. Anatomy of Yoldia. W.K. Brooks and Gilman Drew. On the Pithecanthropus erectus from the Tertiary of Java. Prof. O. C. Marsh. 270 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. TITLES OF SATURDAY LECTURES FOR 1896. COURSE 1. March 21.—The Battle of the Forest. Dr. B. E. Fernow. March 28.—The Adaptation of Plants to the Desert. F. V. Coville. April 4.—The Spread of the Rabbit. T.S. Palmer. April 11.—Insect Mimicry. L. O. Howard. April 18.—The Persistence of Functionless Structures. F. A. Lucas. COURSE 2. April 25.—Relation of Primitive Peoples to Environment, illustrated by American examples. Maj. J. W. Powell. May ?.—The Dependence of Industrial Arts on Environment. Prof. O. T. Mason. May 9.—The Japanese Nation—a Typical Product of Environment. Gardiner G. Hubbard. May 16.—The Tusayan Ritual: A Study of the Influence of Environment on Aboriginal Cults. Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. May 23.—The Relation between Institutions and Environment. W J McGee. APPENDIX VIII. FINANCE, PROPERTY, SUPPLIES, AND ACCOUNTS. APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. For continuing the preservation, exhibition, and increase of the collec- tions from surveying and-exploring expeditions of the Government and from other sources, including salaries or compensation of all employees. $143, 225 For cases, furniture, fixtures, and appliances required for the exhibition and safekeeping of the collections of the National Museum, including salaries or compensation of all necessary employees-----~--------.----- Ie For expense of heating, lighting, electrical, telegraphic, and telephonic service for the National Museum co cL = i=) j=) i ' 1 1 ' ' ' ' ‘ t ( ' t 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' ‘ t ' ee Co S i=) i=) For postage stamps and foreign postal cards for the National Museum __ 500 For repairs to buildings, shops, and sheds, National Museum, including all necessary labor and material. .__.____._------- SEE felis Ses rn, Aon SS 4,000 For rent of workshops for the National Museum_-_._-__-_-__------------ 900 For the Smithsonian Institution, for printing labels and blanks and for the Bulletins and annual volumes of the Proceedings of the National Museum, and binding scientific books and pamphlets presented to and sequired by the National Museum: library. .-2 +... .-22522.2222.52.22 12, 000 For expense of constructing four additional fire plugs in the Smithsonian grounds for the better protection of the Smithsonian Institution, National Museum, and Astro-Physical Observatory, and the purchase Olmnecessaly tine: snOS@s= 2.2) gs 2. ety oe eo de ewccisscaee -b ee seee seeeee 800 FUNDS TO THE CREDIT OF THE MUSEUM JULY 1, 1895. Appropriation for 1894 (balance), $236.12; appropriation for 1895 (balance), $7,159.21; appropriation for 1896, $186,925.00; making a total of $194,320.33. This amount was divided as follows: Preservation of collections: TLS OA Seal gee en oe eee ey25 Bow Sehisis ee oe Se $235. 27 SO ee ai ah SE AEN CDS cys Se a eee see eS eS 4,950.88 NS OG psa Ses oe erect Re Rae raat ee poe 145, 225.00 $148, 411.15 1a} aa rs Ase fine st eee BES ROR Stas oe .09 HS OE) ats ete ee ee a See Se ee aay nea See ane 697. 48 SOG Ress seer ac sear See ce aL ee ae eee 12, 500. 00 —— 13,197.52 Heating and lighting: HS ENA Se eee = erat oe ee SE Ne a US hyphae yea 76 TSS ]SY Bae Saiki Ae ee eh eee eee eee eee See Se Meee ee Pa 1, 445. 07 ISOs ee Se ete ere re ce a me a Seg Steel 13,000.00 - 14, 445.83 Building repairs: SS Fee eee eee ee ees aS ee A A Ske ee 13.29 SOG yet a Pe aed 2s cl 8 fe ere ee ae es eo Ae 4, 000. 00 4, 013. 29 Rent of workshops: SO ee een ee eee meee hen, Be a ee 52. 54 LSC paren pei ene Mere te, Ce 900. 00 === 952. 54 EIN ORPRO LCG LLOMM BIS OO Manan Sas Msc Soe 2 eee foe pee oat ce ees 800. 00 TEAGISHRE NEEL) DUCA Oe SR SE es = 2 I ea A ee eC Beara oa 500. 00 (2revmanatiayes panel Loytave birayee, TS SLO} ee = pe meee ene tee =e se ee eee 12, 000. 00 ANON a eect et co A oa ees Pa ee ae 194, 320. 33 272 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. DISBURSEMENTS FROM UNEXPENDED BALANCES OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR 1894 AND 1895. Appropriation for 1894.—Preservation of collections, $227.87. No other claim having been presented against this appropriation, the balance remaining ($7.40), together with the balances of the appro- priations for furniture and fixtures ($0.09), and heating and lighting ($0.76)—in all, $8.25, will revert into the Treasury, to be carried to the credit of the surplus fund, under the provisions of section 3690 of the Revised Statutes. Appropriation for 1895.—Preservation of collections, 4,908.57; furniture and fixtures, $696.90; heating and lighting, $1,445.92; building repairs, $8.51; rent of workshops, $40. DISBURSEMENTS UNDER THE APPROPRIATIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. iPreservation of collections. =. <.---- 2-42-25 =e ee eee $140, 378. 47 Hurniture and fixtures. 2222252522... 5.252e=o. ee ee eee 11, 184.91 Heating and lighting ._..+... 2.0 22.4 2222, See ee ee ee 12, 052. 67 Postage 24 220 es se aces eile ie. pel ee ee eee eee 500. 00 iepairs to wulldings:.¢ .. 92 S42. 2 2c te ee eee ae 3, 070. 49 fpent OL workshops 222) [22 Sa2 lela Bee ee 825. 00 Wire sprotechion -. = iJa.- 22s se seh 2s en 2 pie a eee 798. 29 UNEXPENDED BALANCES REMAINING ON HAND JUNE 30, 1896. The expenditures from the appropriations for the fiscal years end- ing June 30, 1895 and 1896, respectively, leave the following unex- pended balances, which will be applied to the liquidation of out- standing indebtedness created within those years: Fiscal year 1895, $61.31; fiscal year 1896, $6,115.17. These balances are divided as follows: Appropriation for 1895.—Preservation of collections, $42.31; furni- ture and fixtures, $0.53; heating and lighting, $1.15; building repairs, $4.78; rent of workshops, $12.54; total, $61.31. Appropriation for 1896.—Preservation of collections, $2,846.53; furniture and fixtures, $1,315.09; heating and lighting, $947.33; repairs to buildings, $929.51; rent of workshops, $75; fire protection, $1.71; total, $6,115.17. The disbursements under the appropriation for printing and bind- ing aggregated $11,947.29, leaving an unexpended balance of $52.71. — APPENDIX IX. STATEMENT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIMENS DURING THE YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, 1896. AMERICA. NORTH AMERICA. Canada. NEw BRUNSWICK: Natural History Society of New Brunswick, St. Johns: Casts of prehistoric stone implements (106 specimens, set 55). Gift. (D.10009.) ONTARIO: Billings, Walter R., Ottawa: (51 specimens). Exchange. * 9937.) Brooks, W. E.. Mount Forest: Warb- lers (42 specimens); birds’ skins (3 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9288, 9597.) Currie, Hector, Thedford: Fossils (39 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9520.) Grant, C. C., Hamilton: Fossils and shells (493 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9536. ) Howard, S. W., Hagersville: Fossils Fossils (D. (59 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9228. ) Kearney. N. J., Thedford: Fossils (31 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9521.) Kernahan, George, Thedford: Fossils (82 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9522.) QUEBEC: : Dawson, Sir William, Montreal: Fos- sil sponges (3 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 9859.) United States. ALABAMA: Polytechnic College and Ladies’ Insti_ tute, Cullman: Rocks and ores (96 specimens, set 91). Gift. (D. 9386.) ARKANSAS: Arkansas Industrial University, Fay- etteville: Set alcoholic fishes (229 specimens) ; set alcoholic fishes (1,176 specimens). Gift. (D. 9930, 9485.) | NAT MUS 96——18 ARKANSAS—Continued. McNeill. Jerome, Fayetteville: Acrid- lide (24 specimens). Lent for study. (D.9596.) CALIFORNIA: Crowfoot, Miss Jessie, San Miguel: Atlantic coast marine shells (161 specimens). Exchange. (D.9226.) Falls, H. C., Pomona: Specimens of insects. Lent for study. (D.9711.) Gilbert, C. H., Stanford University: One specimen of Larimus breviceps. Lent for study. (D.9918.) Leland Stanford Junior University, Stanford University: Collection of alcoholic fishes (1,539 specimens); specimen of Chasmistes liorus; col- lection of alcoholic fishes (81 speci- mensf. Gift. (D.9487, 9698, 9932.) Matthiessen, A. H., San Diego: Fos- sils (67 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9848.) State University of California, Berke- ley: Fossils (4 specimens). Gift. (D. 9806. ) Stephens, F., Witch Creek: Bird’s skin. Lent for study. (D.9215.) Van Denburgh, John, San Francisco: Specimen of reptile. Lent for study. (D.9684.) COLORADO: Baker, Carl F., Fort Collins: Jassidz (1,476 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9831, 9881.) Gillette, C. P., Fort Collins: Speci- mens of Cynipide. Exchange. Ty- phlocybini (273 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9539, 9584.) of Denver, University University Park: Marine invertebrates (464 specimens, set 42, Series V). Gift. (D. 9781.) 273 274 CONNECTICUT: Peabody Museum, New Haven: Star- fishes (88 specimens). Exchange. Starfishes (306specimens). Lentfor study. (D. 9941.) DAKOTA: North Dakota Agricultural College, Fargo, N. Dak.: Alcoholic fishes (81 specimens). Gift. (D. 9713.) DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Academy of the Sacred Heart of Mary, Washington: Casts of prelistoric implements (106 specimens, set 48); rocks and ores (96 specimens, set 87); minerals (60 specimens). Gift. (D. 9872, 9424, 9969.) Central High School, Washington: Fragments of rocks and ores. Gift. (D. 9464.) Columbian University, Washington: Collection of rocks and ores. Gift. (D. 10004. ) Hornung, J., Washington: Birds’ skins (68 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9333. ) Karlsive, W. J., Washington: Speci- mens of Amblychila cylindriformis. _ Exchange. (D. 9825.) Matthews, Washington, Washington: Skin of Kit Fox. Lent for study. Brass plate from Morocco. Ex- change. (D. 9404, 9615.) Stevenson, Mrs. M. C., Washington: Birds’ skins (96 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 10046.) Stone, George W., Washington: Cre- taceous fossils (21 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 9448.) GEORGIA: Demorest Normal School, Demorest: Rocks and ores (93 specimens, set 93). Gift. (D. 9368.) Gordon Institute, Barnesville: Rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 79). Gift. (D. 9782.) Lucy Cobb Institute, Athens: Rocks and ores (set 81.) Gift. (D.9714.) Rogan, Mrs. J. P., Cartersville: Speci- mensof Indian pottery. Exchange. (D. 9803. ) Spellman Seminary, Atlanta: Corals and crabs (41 specimens). Gift. (D. 10038. ) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. IDAHO: State University of Idaho, Moscow: Alcoholic fishes (207 specimens); collection of rocks (92 specimens, set 97); marine invertebrates (540 specimens, set 200, Series IV). Gift. (D. 9218.) ILLINOIS: Barnes, W., Decatur: Lepidoptera (121 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9591.) Field Columbian Museum, Chicago: Birds’ skins (7 specimens). Lent for study. Set of alcoholic fishes (106 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9377, 9532, 9942.) Holmes, Samuel J., Chicago: Two specimens of Dermaturus mandti. Exchange. (D.9547). University of Chicago, Chicago: Rocks. Exchange. (D.9961.) INDIANA: City High School, Terre Haute: Set of alcoholic fishes (153 specimens). Gift. (D. 9933.) High School, Washington: Rocks and ores (93 specimens, set 94). Gift. (D. 9251.) Indiana University, Bloomington: Fishes collected by the U. 58. Fish Commission (1,270 specimens). Fishes from the North Pacific col- lected by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross (226 specimens). Gift. (D. 9479, 9891.) IOWA: Amity College, College Springs: Marine invertebrates (500 speci- mens, set 38, Series V). Gift. 9630. ) Buena Vista College, Storm Lake: Rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 5). Gift. (D:9979.) Calhoun County Normal School, Rock- well City: Rocks and ores (98 speci- mens, set 84). Gift. (D. 9655.) Historical Department of Iowa, Des Moines: Set of alcoholic fishes (100 specimens). Gift. (D. 9239.) Iowa University, lowaCity: Alcoholic fishes collected by the U. S. Fish Commission (652specimens). Gift. (D. (D. 9481.) DISTRIBUTION Tow Aa—Continued. Public schools, Fonda: Rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 78). Gift. (D. 9856. ) Public schools, Spencer: Minerals (57 specimens, set 187). Gift. (D. 9607.) St. Xavier's Academy, Manchester: Rocks and ores (96 specimens, set 86); minerals (57 specimens, set IS3))o | (Eahhe, “(1D Ghistek)) Upper Iowa University, Fayette: Set of alcoholic fishes (111 specimens) ; rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 74); casts of prehistoric implements (106 specimens, set 56); minerals (57 | specimens, set 189); marine inverte- brates (436 specimens, set 53). Gift. (D. 10042.) KANSAS: Crevecceur, F. F., Onaga: Shells (32 specimens). Exchange. Insects (4 | specimens). Lent for study. 9757, 9646.) Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan: Rocks and ores specimens, set 80). Gift. (D.9725.) Washburn College, Topeka: Rocks andores (98specimens, set'76). Gift. (98 (D. 9980.) KENTUCKY: Ulrich, E. O., Newport: Collection of fossils. Lent for study. (D. 9441.) LOUISIANA: Frierson, Lorraine 8., Frierson’s Mill: Unios (20 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9647.) MAINE: Allen, Pardon, Auburn: Ethnological material (18 specimens); stone im- plements (38 specimens); specimen of wood carving, from Indians of southeast Alaska. Exchange. (D. 9356, 9503. ) Damon, W. P., West Auburn: Min- erals and ores (16 specimens); stone implements and pottery (34 speci- mens). Exchange. (D.9670.) Westbrook Society of Natural His- tory: Marine invertebrates (428 specimens, set 54, series V). Gift. (D. 9681.) (D. OF SPECIMENS. 275 | MARYLAND: Donell-Smith, J., Baltimore: Guate- malan plants (877 specimens). Lent for study. (D.10043.) Murray, N., Baltimore: Astrolabe. Lent for study. (D. 9653.) School for Blind Children, Baltimore: Mounted mammals (10 specimens). Gift. (D. 9960.) Shriver, Howard, Cumberland: Fos- sils (227 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9531.) Woman's College, Frederick: Small collection of Foraminifera, lobsters and one crab. (D. 9405.) | MASSACHUSETTS: | Bangs, Outram, Cambridge: Five specimens of Putorius. Lent for study. (D.9577. City Library Association, Springfield: Casts of prehistoric implements (106 specimens, set 54). Gift. (D.10008). Dale, T. Nelson, Williamstown: Rock sections from New York and Ver- mont (67 specimens). Lent for study. (D.9412.) Faxon, Walter, Cambridge: Weasels (187 skins and 37 skulls); Cambarus pellucidus testii (3 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9298, 9327.) Hyatt, Alpheus, Cambridge: Fossils (10 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9695. ) Jackson, Robert T., Cambridge: Fos- sils (8 species). Lent for study. (D. 9524.) Massachusetts Institute of Technol- ogy, Boston: Geological material (91 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9694.) Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge: Fishes collected by the U.S. Fish Commission (1,636 speci- mens). Gift. Setof fishes from the North Pacific, collected by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross. Exchange. (D. 9684, 9878.) Robinson, Wirt, Cambridge: Birds’ skins (3 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9750.) Samson, Albert A., West Medford: Pottery (7 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9798.) 276 MASSACHUSETTS—Continued. Scudder, S. H., Cambridge: Orthop- tera (25 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9667. ) Sturtevant, E. Lewis, South Birming- ham: Specimens of charred corn. Lent for study. (D. 9576.) MICHIGAN: Arnold, Edward. Battlecreek: Birds’ eggs (21 specimens). (D. 9642.) Davis, G. C., Agricultural College Post-Office: Tryphomine (138 speci- mens). Lentforstudy. (D.9938.) Hope College, Holland: Casts of pre- REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. | NEw JERSEY: Exchange. | historic implements (106 specimens, | Gift. (D.9780.) set 52). St. Mary's Academy, Monroe: Casts of prehistoric implements (106 speci- mens, set 51). Gift. (D.9756.) MINNESOTA: Central High School, Duluth: Fishes collected by the U. S. Fish Com- mission (616 specimens). alcoholic fishes (136 specimens). Gift. (D. 9483, 9927.) High School, Winona: Rocks and ores (96 specimens, set 90). Gift. (D. 9385.) State Normal School, Mankato: Col- Set of | lection of alcoholic fishes (1,327 speci- | mens). Set of alcoholic fishes (146 specimens). Gift. (D.9480, 9981.) MISSOURI: University of Missouri, Columbia: Collection of fishes (95 specimens, | set 101). MONTANA: Gift. (D. 9248.) Montana Academy of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Bozeman: Fishes (77 specimens, set 107); minerals (57 specimens, set 185). Gift. (D. 9490.) University of Montana, Missoula: Duplicate fishes (85 specimens, set 105). Gift. (D.9275.) NEBRASKA: Gates College, Neligh: Rocks and ores (96 specimens, set 89). Gift. (D. 9384.) State University, Lincoln: Collection of alcoholic fishes (730 specimens). Gift. (D. 9482.) Smith, John B., New Brunswick: Two specimens representing the genus Agrotis; Noctuids (175 speci- mens). Lent for study. (D. 9493, 9659. ) NEw Mexico: Cockerell. T. D. A., Lascruces: In- sects (45 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9805.) NEw York: Allen, J. A., New York: Birds’ skins (70 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9526. ) : Beutenmuller, William, New York City: Insects (16 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9804, 9976.) Bishop, H. R., New York: Fragment of febrolite hatchet from Brittany. Exchange. Stone implements (3 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9535, 9765.) Boas, Franz, New York: Ten human skulls. Lentfor study. (D. 9707.) Brown, Mrs. M. E., New York: Nine musical instruments. Exchange. (D. 9627, 9723.) Chapman, Frank M., New York: Birds’ skins (49 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9561, 9568.) Clarke, J. M., Albany: Cephalopods (139 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9693.) Cook, O. F., Huntington, L. I.: Myri- apods (100 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9902.) Elmira College, Elmira: Foraminif- era. Gift. (D. 9440.) Farley, Thomas J., New York: Stone implements (17 specimens). (D. 9608.) For study. Franklin, T. W., New York: Skin of elephant; pair of bison horns. Ex- change. (D. 9925, 9963.) Glen Island Museum, Glen Island: Ethnological specimens, including 1 blanket and 5 pairs of Chinese sandals. Exchange. (D. 95138, 9832.) Harris, G. D., Ithaca: Collection of Midway fossils. Lent for study. (D. 9426). Hatcher, J.B., New York: Five skulls of mammals. Lent for study. (D. 9611.) DISTRIBUTION NEw YorK—Continued. Osborn, Henry F., New York: Fossils (18 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9644). Phillips, Barnett, Brooklyn: Two pieces of pottery. Exchange. (D. 9827.) St. Bernard Seminary, Rochester: Plants (104 specimens); rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 83). Gift. (D. 9712). Schuyler, E. O., New York: Baskets obtained from the North American Indians and the natives of Poly- ‘nesia (10 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9896, 9990, 10032.) Teachers’ College, Riverside Heights: Piece of Samoan cloth, and an orna- mented mat from Africa. Gift. (D. 9676.) Ward’s Natural Science Establish- ment, Rochester: Trilobites (366 specimens). Exchange. (D.9898.) White, Theodore G., Twenty-five rock sections. for study. (D. 9409.) Williamsburg Scientific Society, Brooklyn: Minerals (7 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9820). Woodward, A., New York: Fossil Lent Foraminifera. Lentforstudy. (D. 9682. ) Workingmen’s School, New York | City: Casts of prehistoric imple- ments (100 specimens, set 47); eth- nologica (90 specimens); pottery (12 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9334, 9562). Wortman, J. L., New York: Skull of Dendrohyrax validus. Lent for | study. (D. 9688.) OHIO: Adelbert College, Cleveland: Alco- holic fishes (94 specimens, set 94). Gift. (D. 9244.) Case School of Applied Sciences, Cleveland: Marine invertebrates (222 specimens). Gift. (D. 9754.) Case, H. B., Loudenville: Fossils (12 specimens). Exchange. (D.9760.) Oberlin College, Oberlin: Collection of alcoholic fishes (443 specimens). Gift. (D. 9486.) New York: | OF SPECIMENS. 277 Onto—Continued. Ohio State University, Columbus: Rocks and ores (92 specimens, set 95). Gift. (D. 9229.) Ohio Wesleyan University, Delaware: 12 vials of Foraminifera. Lent for study. (D. 9478.) St. Mary’s of the Springs, Shepard: Birds’ skins (93 specimens). Gift. (D. 9204. ) Vickers, E. W., Ellsworth: Skin of fieldmouse. Exchange. (D.9676.) OREGON: Oregon State University, Eugene: Al- coholic fishes (215 specimens); ma- rine invertebrates (464 specimens, set 41, Series V). Gift. (D. 9928, 755.) PENNSYLVANIA: Clapp, George H., Pittsburg: Unios (3 species). Exchange. (D. 9369.) Converse, G. G., South Bethlehem: Collection of deep-sea soundings, made by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross in the North At- lantic. Lent for study. (D. 9793.) Eakins, Thomas, Philadelphia: Shield, quiver, bow, and lance. Lent for study. (D.9413.) Fox, William J., Philadelphia: Col- lection of Monedula (98 specimens) ; collection of wasps. Lent forstudy. (D. 9234, 9396. ) Holland, W. J.: Lepidoptera (412 specimens). Lentforstudy. Afri- can Lepidoptera (6 specimens). Exchange. (D.9599, 9818.) Johnson, J. R., Pittsburg: Collec- tion of stone implements, shell beads, and plaster casts. Exchange. (D. 9906.) Klages, Henry G., Jeannette: Coleop- tera (100 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9762.) Lacoe, R. D., Pittston: Unios (21 spec- imens). Exchange. (D. 9702.) Philadelphia Normal School, Phila- delphia: Marine invertebrates (988 specimens, sets 39 and 40, Series V); minerals (57 specimens, set 188). Gift. (D. 9705.) Randall, F. A., Warren: Fossils and shells (25 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9880.) 278 PENNSYLVANIA—Continued. Rhvuads, 8S. N., Philadelphia: Skins and skullsof hares. Lent for study. (D. 9605, 9654. ) Skinner, Henry, Philadelphia: Butter- flies (8specimens). Exchange. 9518. ) Stone, Witmer, Philadelphia: Birds’ | skins (75 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9501, 9649.) The Philadelphia Museum, City Hall, Philadelphia: Fishes (86 specimens, set 104). Gift. (D. 9276.) Wagner Free Institute, Philadelphia: Fossil fishes (12 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 9761.) RHODE ISLAND: Brown University, Providence: Model | of Archeeopteryx. Gift. (D.9541.) Carr, Silas, Jamestown: Minerals (6 | specimens; arrowheads and spear- heads (16 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9657, 9889.) SouTH CAROLINA: Mazyck, W.G., Charleston: Shells (18 specimens). Exchange. (D.9851). Wayne, Arthur T., Mount Pleasant: Birds’ skins, Exchange. (D.9609.) TEXAS: Grayson College, Whitewright: Min- erals (57 specimens, set 184); rocks (D. | and ores (96 specimens, set 88). Gift. (D. 9414.) VIRGINIA: Hutchinson, W. F., Winchester: Birds’skins. Exchange. (D. 9993.) Virginia Normal and Collegiate Insti- tute, Petersburg: Rocks and ores (92 specimens). Gift. (D. 9220.) WASHINGTON: Dennison, George W., Friday Harbor, San Juan Island: Bones of Great Auk. Exchange. (D. 9425.) Fuller, William H., Fairhaven: Rocks (12 specimens). Exchange. (D. 10028.) Olds, Fred. W., Wenatchee: Specimen of cryolite. Exchange. (D. 9312.) University of Washington, Seattle: Collection of alcoholic fishes from the North Pacific (202 specimens); rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 77); set of alcoholic fishes (806 speci- mens). Gift. (D. 9877, 9879, 9934. ) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. WISCONSIN: Lewis, C. H., Brodhead: Specimen of stoneax. Exchange. (D. 9726.) Sacred Heart Academy, Madison: Rocks and ores (94 specimens, set 93); prehistoric implements (106 specimens, set 48). Gift. (D. 9371.) Sparta High School, Sparta: Rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 85). Gift. (D. 9715.) West Side High School, Milwaukee: Rocks and ores (98 specimens, set 85.) Gift. (D. 9618). SOUTH AMERICA. Argentina. La Plata Museum, La Plata: Alcoholic fishes (101 specimens, set 103); casts of prehistoric implements (106 speci- mens, set 46). Exchange. (D. 9264. ) ¢ Brazil. Foetterle, J. G., Petropolis: Central and South American butterflies (78 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9975.) Museo Paulista, Sa0 Paulo: Nine ethno- logical specimens. ‘Exchange. (D. 9911.) Chile. Reed, Edwyn C., Rancagua: Butterflies (50 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9622. ) WEST INDIES. Jamaica. Jarvis, P. W., Kingston: Specimens of crabs. Exchange. (D. 9709.) EUROPE. Austria. Imperial. Royal Natural History Mu- seum, Vienna: Plants (400 speci- mens). Exchange. (D. 9463.) Royal Zoological Museum, Vienna: Col- lection of alcoholic fishes (121 speci- mens); coliection of alcoholic fishes from the North Pacific (234 speci- mens). Exchange. (D. 9554, 9953, ) Belgium. Botanical Gardens, Brussels: Collection of herbarium specimens. Lent for study. (D. 9904.) aa Berg, DISTRIBUTION Denmark. Royal Zoological Museum, Copenhagen: Collection of alcoholic fishes (111 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9535.) R., Copenhagen: Mollusks (5 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9830.) England. British Museum of Natural History, London: Collection fishes (115 specimens); collection of alcoholic fishes from the North Pacific (258 specimens); specimens of Typhlomolze rathbuni. Ex- change. (D. 9552, 9952, 9995. Chaster, G. W., Southport: Pyramidel- lide (39 specimens). (D. 9565. ) Hewlett, S. G., Eastbourne: Arrow- heads and spearheads (22. speci- | mens). Exchange. (D. 9190.) Mason, George E., London: Insects from the Mammoth Cave, Kentucky. Exchange. (D. 10029.) Masters, Maxwell T., London: Plants (6 specimens). Exchange. (D. | 9940. ) Norman, A. M., Burnmoor Rectory, Fence House, Durham: Crabs (39 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9572.) Salford Borough Royal Museum and Library, near Manchester: Casts of prehistoric implements (106 speci- mens). Exchange. (D. 9958.) Stebbing, T. R. R., Tunbridge Wells: Amphipods (2 specimens). Ex- change. Amphipods (3 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 10047.) Tring Museum, Tring: Birds’ skins (2 specimens). Exchange. One bird skin. Lent for study. (D. 9973.) University Museum of Zoology, Cam- bridge: Collection of Termites. Exchange. (D. 9355.) France. Crossman, M., Paris: Cretaceous Gas- tropods (6 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9734.) Koehler, R., Lyons: (one specimen). (D. 9227.) Luidia elegans Lent for study. Exchange. | of alcoholic | OF SPECIMENS. 2i9 Museum of Natural History, Paris: Col- lection of alcoholic fishes (111 speci- mens); collection of alcoholic fishes from the North Pacific (211 speci- mens). Exchange. (D.9551. 9951.) Vignal, L., Paris: Tertiary fossils (75 specimens). Exchange. (D.9544.) Germany. Firbringer, Max, Jena: Specimen of Polistotrema dombeyi. Lent for study. (D. 9556.) Jaekel, Otto, Berlin: Fossils (142 speci- mens). Lent forstudy. (D.9810.) | Royal Botanic Gardens, Berlin: Dried plants (318 specimens). Lent for study. Dried plants (318 speci- mens). Exchange. (D. 9558.) Royal Zoological Museum, Berlin: Set of duplicate fishes, mostly deep sea forms, from the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans (109 specimens); set of alco- holic fishes from the North Pacific Ocean (240 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9550, 9950.) Hungary. Chernelhaza, Stefan Chernel von, Kés- zeg: Three birds’ skins. Exchange. Three birds’ skins. Lent for study. (D. 9418.) Italy. Bomes, O., Fortici: Herbarium material (134 specimens). Lent for study. (D. 9241.) Royal Zoological Museum, Florence: One specimen of Mytillus californi- cus; alcoholic bats (250 specimens) ; two skins of Neiirotrichus, with skulls. Exchange. (D.9968.) University of Pisa, Pisa: Collection of American fishes (93 specimens); specimen of Pentacrinus decorus; alcoholic fishes (122 specimens); specimens of crinoids. Exchange. (D. 9321, 9769.) Zoological Museum, Turin: Crustaceans (25 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9736.) 280 Norway. Royal Zoological Museum, Christiania: Collection of alcoholic fishes (107 specimens); collection of alcoholic fishes from the North Pacific. (27 specimens.) Exchange. (D. 9553, 9954. ) Russia. University of Moscow, Moscow: Creta- ceous fossils (29 specimens). Ex- change. (D.9779.) Scotland. Nicholson, H. A., Aberdeen: Grapto- lites (24 specimens). Exchange. (D. 9557.) Sweden. Tornquist, S. L., Lund: Graptolites (60 specimens). Exchange. (D. 5940. ) University of Stockholm, Stockholm: Specimens of Pentacrinus decorus and P. miilleri. Exchange. (D. 9735.) J REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ASIA. China. St. John’s College, Shanghai: Casts of prehistoric implements (106 speci- mens, set 50); plants (120 speci- ° mens). Exchange. (D. 9582.) OCEANICA. Australia. NEw SoutH WALES: Australian Museum, Sydney: Mounted skin and rough skeleton of opossum; 53 photographs of shells collected by the Wilkes Exploring Expedition; 2 skeletons of turtles. Exchange. (D. 9606, 9716, 9800. ) Carney, Joseph J.: Petroleum, rocks, and sands (21 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 9564.) SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Bradley, Edgar J., Happy Valley Water Works: Specimens of Rhab- dammina abyssorum and Forami- nifera. Exchange. (D. 9897.) New Zealand. Canterbury Museum, Christchurch: Pueblo pottery (31 specimens). Ex- change. (D. 9763.) APPENDIX X. THE WORK OF THE MECHANICS AND LABORERS. The following is an abstract of the report of the superintendent of buildings, Mr. Henry Horan, so far as it relates to the work of the mechanics and laborers. 1895. July.—Repairs were made in the south tower and in other portions of the Smithsonian building. Several crates of cases were brought from storage and packed for shipment to the Cotton States and International Exposition at Atlanta. Exhibits from the departments of minerals and paleontology were shipped to the Exposition during the month. In the room adjoining the dynamo room the floor was lowered and a large brick column removed. August.—The cases containing material for the Atlanta Exposition were placed in the storage sheds south of the Smithsonian building as soon as packed, to await shipment, and later 117 boxes and crates were forwarded. A number of push buttons, connected with the annunciator in the telephone room, were placed at different points in the Museum building. The collection of the section of physical apparatus was removed from the cases on the first floor of the south tower of the Smithsonian building, and a portion of the instruments placed on exhibition in the east hall of the Museum. Workmen were engaged for several days in taking the boats from the ceiling in the hall where they are exhibited, measuring them, and returning them to their former positions. September.—The work of shipping exhibits to the Atlanta Exposition was com- pleted early in the month. The lecture hall was thoroughly cleaned, new matting laid, etc. The sheds in the rear of the Smithsonian Institution were painted. New book-cases were made and placed in the office of the Assistant Secretary. In many places the worn-out floors of the Museum were taken up and replaced with new material. All the large cases were moved from the rotunda, and small ones containing models of cliff-dwellings placed therein. Several new fire-plugs were placed in the grounds near the buildings. A chimney-flue was constructed from the second floor to the roof of the northwest pavilion. October.—The floors in the offices of the Assistant Secretary and chief clerk were planed and cleaned. Wires were run to connect a signal bell in the department of materia medica with the telephone room, and the wires running from the Museum to the Department of Agriculture were overhauled. The top of the old well south of the Smithsonian Institution was arched over with brick. A new telephone instrument was put up in the office of the superintendent. The door- way leading from the vestibule to the stairway on the first floor of the northwest pavilion was altered, the opening being enlarged to a wide archway. Steam pipes were run from the boilers in the Smithsonian building to the east end of the shed just outside. The telephone wires were disconnected from the overhead cable and connected to the underground cablé. The vestibule of the northwest entrance was wainscoated. November.—Two radiators were placed in one of the sheds, and the pipe coils altered and improved. Water pipes were also placed in the same shed and a sink constructed. The lecture hall was put in readiness for the meeting of the Amer- ican Ornithologists’ Union. A radiator was placed in one of the rooms adjoining 281 282 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the east balcony. A workroom was fitted up for the plumber and pipe fitter. Incandescent electric lamps were put up in the coal vault and other cellars of the Museum. The work of painting the outside of the Museum building was com- menced. December.—Incandescent electric lamps were put up in the library. All the locks on the doors in the Museum were put in order, keys refitted, new ones made where necessary, and the records revised to correspond with the alterations and additions. The exhibition cases in the mineral hall were rearranged and four additional cases placed therein. The work of painting the outside of the Museum was continued; the walls in the east hall were also painted. The exhibition cases in the fisheries hall were rearranged. Two iron hitching-posts were placed at the east entrance of the Museum. A platform for the exhibition of certain large specimens was constructed in the east hall, and a heavy base for the serpent column of Delphi was made and set up. 1896. January.—The lecture hall was put in order for the meeting of the National Science Club. An excavation was made in the basement of the Smithsonian build- ing, and the space thus obtained, after having the floor and sides bricked up, was used for the reception of a small heating boiler. Six fire extinguishers were placed in different parts of the Museum building. Some additional cases were set up in the north hall. The fisheries hall was screened off for the reception of the exhibits returned from the Atlanta Exposition. The erection of asmall gallery, to be used for storage cases for the herbarium, was commenced. . February.—Much time was spent during this month in receiving, making space for, unpacking, and setting up in their proper departments the exhibits returned from the Atlanta Exposition. The three cases containing the Copp collection of New England historical and domestic objects were removed from the north hall to the lecture hall, to be photographed. The work of putting up the gallery for the herbarium was completed, and work commenced on the cases to be placed thereon. A large group belonging to the department of ethnology was installed in a case and placed in the rotunda of the Museum. The skeleton of Zeuglodon was hung from the ceiling of the southeast court. In the departments of minerals and comparative anatomy workmen were engaged in putting down concrete bases upon which to erect wall cases. March.—In addition to the large amount of work required of the laborers in con- nection with the arrangement and installation of the material returned from the Atlanta Exposition, much other work was performed. The old Mexican cart was suspended from the ceiling of the east hall, and the platform on which it formerly rested wasremoved. All the material from the Third-street annex was transferred to the new storage house on Ninth street. The model of the locomotive exhibited on the platform over one of the windows in the east hall was taken down, and the platform removed. The Siamese cart was suspended from the ceiling, opposite the Mexican cart. Ail the material stored in the lecture hall was removed, and the hall cleaned and putin complete order for the regular course of Saturday after- noon lectures. Several of the pier screens in the mineral hall were lowered to con- form with the others. Wires were placed under the floor of the lecture hall, from the desk to the stand used by the lantern operator. April.—Material from the osteological and other work rooms was removed to the Ninth street annex. The plaster casts of the winged bull and lion were placed in position at the entrance to the east hall, and two large wooden idols were taken off their bases and placed on the balconies west of the rotunda. The three large railroad maps which were mounted on the south wall of the east hall were taken down and placed on the front of east balcony. All the cases were removed from MECHANICS AND LABORERS. 283 the rotunda. In anticipation of the meeting of the National Academy of Sciences, the lecture hall was cleaned. The work of taking down and remounting the cases in the east-south range, preparatory to laying an artificial stone floor, was com- menced. The exhibition cases in the boat hall were removed to the fisheries hall to make room for the rearrangement of the boats on the walls and ceiling. The work of constructing new mahogany wall cases in the east hall was completed and the cases painted. The large arch screen at the east entrance to the Museum was altered. May.—One of the large wall screens in the east hall was strengthened, with a view to mounting the Hittite casts thereon. A large Indian war canoe was sus- pended from the ceiling of the boat hall. Painters commenced work on the storage sheds at the armory. The models of the locomotives ‘‘Arabian” and ‘‘Tom Thumb” were mounted on floor cases in the east hall. June.—The idols from Easter Island were moved from the vestibule and placed outside the north entrance tothe Museum. The storm doors at the north entrance were removed, certain woodwork cut away, and the top step reset. The old floor inside the north entrance was taken up, and other preliminary matters attended to preparatory to commencing work on the proposed improvements in the vestibule. A section of gallery was put up in the hall of geology and a case placed thereon, to test the appearance and effect of the galleries under contemplation. The seats along the wall of north hall were cleaned and oiled. In addition to the work of the mechanics, already mentioned, there were constructed in the shops of the Museum 38 moth-proof quarter- unit cases, 8 pine quarter-unit cases, 2 special unit cases, 2 oak and 3 pine book-eases, 3 pine catalogue-cases, 1 pine shelf-case, 5 pine storage-cases, 3 cases of drawers, 4 pine cases for lay figures, 1 pine ease for holding papers, 3 cupboards, 2 closets, 192 unit drawers, 2 case drawers, 4 pier-secreens, 2 floor-screens and 2 arch-screens, 4 step- ladders and 2 tables, besides many other articles. The following is a partial list of cases, furniture, fittings, ete., repaired and altered: Six book-ecases, | card catalogue-case, | key case, 9 pine bases, 5 oak bases, 12 unit boxes, 3 exhibition cases, 2 storage eases, 35 chairs, 4 case doors, 22 other doors, 462 unit drawers, 4 case drawers, 1,000 label-holders, 9 window sash, 20 floor, arch, and window screens, 60 shelves for cases, and 2 tables. Other incidental work included the following items: Cases painted, 10; fire buckets lettered, 29; fire buckets lined with tin, 21; exhibi- tion blocks made, 5,525; exhibition blocks painted, 5,469; exhibition blocks ebonized, 74; unit boxes painted, 14; unit boxes mounted on screens, 69; unit boxes fitted to cases, 140; door-screen cases, ete., painted, 18; doors painted, 9; unit drawers fitted to cases, 462; doors of cases, ete., glazed, 59; locks put on cases, ete., 80; case shelves painted, 107; storage-shelf racks put up, 15; sheds put up, 1; sheds painted, 3; transparencies lettered, 32; transparencies mounted, 31; ventilators put on windows, 12. A large amount of work has been accomplished under the direction of the engineer. The covering of the steam pipes in the trenches has been removed and replaced with new material. The pipe dies used by the steam fitter have received attention, and are now in perfect 284 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. condition. The height of the exhaust pipe of the gas engine in the Museum carpenter shop was increased, in order to carry the exhaust above the windows in the main building. A number of electric lights were installed, as indicated above, and several changes were made in the location of steam radiators. The time and watch clocks received careful attention, and have given good results during the year. The furnaces were repaired, and new grate bars provided. Automatic oil feeders were placed upon the pumps. The boiler rooms and vaults of both buildings were painted and whitewashed. dO iy 5 Cie Ee PAPERS DESCRIBING AND ILLUSTRATING COLLECTIONS IN THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. Page. An Account of the United States National Museum. By Frederick W. True-- 287 Prehistoric Art; or, the Origin of Art as manifested in the works of Prehis- CONIC AN ED veda OM ASE WEI SOME eee eee ena oe aise ce ee eee aan eee 325 Chessiand) Playime-Cardss) By Stewart Culan®:---.-2---.--.-+- -25--- -----25- 665 Biblical Antiquities. By Cyrus Adler and I. M. Casanowicz...---.-----.---- 943 he amp. of the Hskimo.. By Walter Hough =... 2.0222... ..25-. ss. 2sss- 2s2- 1025 AN ACCOUNT OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. BY FREDERICK W. TRUE, Executive Curator, U. S. National Museum. AN ACCOUNT OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM By FREDERICK W. TRUE. Among the powers conferred on Congress by the Constitution is authority ‘to promote the progress of science and useful arts, by secur- ing for limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries.”? A result of this provision was the establishment of the Patent Office and the assembling in connection therewith of numerous models of inventions. A building for the Patent Office was erected in 1812, but it was destroyed by fire in 1836, and with it the models and records it contained. “In the Patent Office building and with it destroyed,” writes Dr. Goode,’ “there was gathered a collection of models which was some- times by courtesy called the ‘American Museum of Arts,’ and which afforded a precedent for the larger collection of models and natural products, which remained under the custody of the Commissioner of Patents until 1858, when it was transferred to the Smithsonian Institu- tion and became a part of the present National Museum.” Though an assemblage of objects of more or less scientific interest was thus early formed as an indirect result of the policy pursued by the Government, the establishment of a national muséum was earlier in the minds of many American statesmen, especially in connection with the educational institutes which it was thought the Government should found for the intellectual advancement of the people. In the plan for a Federal university published in the Pennsylvania Gazette in 1788, and commonly credited to Madison,‘ section 8 relates to natural history, and in connection therewith the remark is made: To render instruction in these branches of science easy, it will be necessary to establish a museum, and also a garden, in which not only all the shrubs, ete., but all the forest trees of the United States should be cultivated. !'This article is reprinted from the recently published volume commemorating the close of the first fifty years of the existence of the Smithsonian Institution, entitled ‘*The Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1896: The History of its First Half Century.” Edited by George Brown Goode. City of Washington, 1897.—I’. W. T. 2 Article 1, section 8. 5’Goode, G. Brown. ‘The Origin of the National Scientific and Educational Insti- tutions of the United States,” Annual Report of the American Historical Associa- tion for the year 1889, page 7. *See Goode, ibid., pp. 66, 126, who believed Benjamin Rush of Pennsylvania to have been the author of the plan. NAT MUS 96 19 289 290 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The plan for a “National Institution” put forth by Joel Barlow in 1806 includes mention of the natural history and art museums of Irance in the preamble, and in the plan itself (though ambiguously worded) are provisions for collections of minerals and philosophical instruments. While these and other similar plans show that the formation of national collections of art and science was thought desirable by the fathers, they did not result directly in the establishment of museums under the Government. The first really scientific collection that came into the possession of the Government was probably, as Dr. Goode has remarked,! Smithson’s cabinet of minerals, which was delivered, with the remainder of the Smithson estate, into the hands of Richard Rush, the agent of the United States, in 1838. The collection is described by a committee of the National Institute as follows: Among tke effects of the late Mr. Smithson is a cabinet which, so far as it has been examined, proves to consist of a choice and beautiful collection of minerals, com- prising probably eight or ten thousand specimens. The specimens, though gener- ally small, are extremely perfect, and constitute a very complete geological and mineralogical series, embracing the finest varieties of crystallization, rendered more valuable by accompanying figures and descriptions by Mr. Smithson, and in his own writing. The cabinet also contains a valuable suite of meteoric stones, which appear to be suites of most of the important meteorites which have fallen in Europe during several centuries. Three years later, in 1841, there was formed in Washington, chietly through the exertions of Hon. Joel R. Poinsett, of South Carolina, a scientific organization under the name of the National Institute with the avowed purpose of assembling scientific collections. Article 14 of the bill of incorporation reads thus: The resident and corresponding members shall exert themselves to procure speci- mens of natural history, and so forth; and the said specimens shall be placed in the cabinet, under the superintendence of a board of curators, to be appointed by the directors. All such specimens, and so forth, unless deposited specially, shall remain in the cabinet; and, in case of the dissolution of the institution, shall become the property of the United States.” The Institute was dissolved in 1861 and its collections deposited in the Smithsonian Institution. ‘By this society,” remarks Dr. Goode, “the nucleus for a national museum was gathered in the Patent Office Building in Washington, and public opinion was educated to consider the establishment of such an institution worthy of the attention of the Government of the United States.”* The first collections of any magnitude which the National Institute 'Goode. ‘Genesis of the National Museum,” Report United States National Muse- um, 1891, p. 273. *Rhees, W.J. ‘‘The Smithsonian Institution: Documents Relative to its Origin,” p. 240. *Report of the United States National Museum, 1893, page 3. For a full account of the National Institute and its relation to the Smithsonian Institution, by Dr. Goode, the reader is directed to “The Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1896, the History of its First Half Century,” 1897, pp. 38-48. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. P45 took under its care were those of the United States Exploring Expedi- tion which was sent out by the Navy Department, under Lieutenant Wilkes, in 1838. Earlier expeditions under the auspices of the Gov- ernment had been organized, but they either made no collections or deposited such as they did make in private museums outside of Wash- ington. The first collections of the exploring expedition were received in Philadelphia in 1840 and were temporarily stored in a room belonging to the Philadelphia Museum. Poinsett induced the Secretary of the Navy, James K. Paulding, to forward these collections to Washington, and interested himself to secure from Congress an appropriation of $5,000 to defray the cost of their transportation and subsequent arrangement. In April, 1841, the collections were deposited in a portion of a room in the new Patent Office, designated for the purpose by the Secretary of State. Dr. Henry King, a geologist and mining expert and curator of the National Institute, was in direct charge. The compensation of the curator was paid from the appropriation of Congress already referred to. With what rapidity collections accumulated under the charge of the National Institute may be learned from the report of the committee of the Institute dated January 1, 1842. This report recites that ‘the entire collection is deposited in the upper rooms of the Patent Office; it consists of:! Donations from foreign governments. Donations from other institutions, foreign and domestic. Donations from ministers and consuls abroad, and fr m officers of our Army and Navy. Donations from individuals and from members of the Institution. The Iowa col- lection of mineralogical and geological specimens, made by R. D. Owen, esq., under the direction of the Treasury Department. The collection of mineralogical and geological specimens which had been on deposit in the bureau of the Corps of Topographical Engineers. The collection of portraits of distinguished Indians, and the collection of Indian curiosities which had been on deposit in the War Department. The minerals, books, papers, and personal effects of the Smithsonian bequest. The two shipments which have been received from the exploring squadron, con- sisting of minerals, specimens of natural history, works of art, implements of war, and curiosities. The books, minerals, and works of art belonging to the late Columbian Institute. The books, papers, and proceedings of the late American Historical Society. Cabinets and specimens, deposited by members in trust, for public use. These collections, according to the same report, comprised about 1,000 books and pamphlets, 50 maps and charts, 500 castings in plaster, medals and seals, 186 paintings, about 1,600 birds’ skins, 160 skins of quadrupeds, 50 skins of fishes; 200 jars, 2 barrels, and 10 kegs of fishes, reptiles, etc., in spirits; 50,000 botanical specimens, 3,000 eats: ‘Goode. eens of the United States National ceo page 347. 292 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. several hundred thousand shells, 500 corallines, more than 2,000 crus- taceans, 300 startishes, etc., 100 sponges, 7,000 separate specimens of minerals, and 50 boxes of the minerals and geological specimens. Those engaged in caring for the collections at this time were the cura- tor of the Institute, Dr. King, a taxidermist, a botanical assistant and two other assistants, a mechanic, and a laborer. Thus was established what in reality was a national museum, con- taining collections belonging to the Government, sustained by an appropriation from Congress, and employing a curator and assistants. For a time prosperity seemed assured, but complications soon arose which proved disastrous in the highest degree not only to the Museum but to the National Institute itself. The room in the Patent Office set apart for the collections by direc- tion of the Secretary of State was needed for the display of models of inventions, and the Commissioner of Patents made strong protests against its occupancy by the Institute. In August, 1842, Congress authorized the occupancy, ‘until other provisions be made by law,” and also appropriated $20,000 for the care and arrangement of the collections, but in addition ordered that the persons having the work in charge should be appointed by the Joint Committee on the Library. Only a month earlier a charter had been granted to the Institute, in which alf trusts previously held were confirmed. ‘‘The supporters of the Institute,” writes Dr. Goode,' “‘ were disposed to urge that this was applicable to the collections of the ‘exploring squadron’ at that time in the custody of the Institute. The question did not come up in a troublesome way at this time, for the Library Committee, at that time {not| unfriendly, simply confirmed the choice of curator made by the National Institute, and appointed Dr. Pickering to the position, Dr. Pickering being thenceforth subject to the Congressional committee, and only by courtesy acting for the National Institute.” A little later, in 1843, the Library Committee, having no longer any consideration for the Institute, without consulting its officers, appointed the Commissioner of Patents to have general charge of the Govern- ment collections, and Captain Wilkes, the head of the exploring expe- dition, to arrange and display them. Captain Wilkes proceeded with the work, pushing aside the collections of the Institute to make place for those of the Government, yet professing an interest in the welfare of the Institute and the security of its property. The drift of matters came to the attention of the officers of the Institute only by rumor, but Col. J. J. Abert initiated a correspondence with Captain Wilkes, inquiring whether he or his assistants would devote any time to the care of the collections of the Institute, and stating that if such was not the case the attention of the Institute would be immediately called to the necessity of otherwise protecting its property. The replies were not satisfactory. Captain Wilkes held that as he and his Goode. ‘Genesis of the United States National Museum,” page 311. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 293 assistants were paid by the Government they could not spend any time in working upon collections belonging to a private organization. Nevertheless, he expressed an intention not to disturb the coilections of the Institute more than should be really necessary in working out those of the Government, and to watch over them as far as possible. A few months later, in a correspondence relative to the ‘* Ontona- gon” copper bowlder now in the National Museum, the Commissioner of Patents took the same ground, and held also that he had entire control over the room in which the property of the Institute was deposited. At the end of 1843, therefore, the National Institute found itself bereft of the control of the Government collections, without funds, except the membership dues, which were much in arrears, and without quarters for its large and rapidly accumulating collections. “The real cause of the decline of the National Institute,” writes Dr. Goode,! “was simple enough. Failing to secure grants of money from Congress, the society was overwhelmed by the deluge of museum materials, which in response to its enthusiastic and widely circulated appeals came to it from all quarters of the world. The annual receipts from the assessment of members were insufficient to pay for the care of the collections, and although by virtue of the long term of its char- ter the collections were kept together until 1861, there was little science and little energy manifested in this administration.” : While the events we have mentioned were taking place extended dis- cussions were going on in Congress, and in the country generally, regarding the proper disposition to be made of the bequest of James Smithson. It is unnecessary in the present connection to consider the various views put forth, further than to remark that several schemes included provisions for museums of natural history and the arts. The act of incorporation of the Smithsonian Institution, passed August 10, 1846, provided that the Regents, having selected a proper site, “‘shall cause to be erected a suitable building, of plain and durable materials and structure, without unnecessary ornament, and of suffi- cient size, and with suitable rooms or halls for the reception and arrangement, upon a liberal scale, of objects of natural history, inelud- ing a geological and mineralogical cabinet; also, a chemical labora- tory, a library, a gallery of art, and the necessary lecture rooms.” It is further provided that the Regents “may so locate said building, if they shall deem it proper, as in appearance to form a wing to the Patent Office building, and may so connect the same with the present hall of said Patent Office building, containing the National Cabinet of Curiosities,” as to constitute the said hall, in whole or in part, the deposit for the cabinet of the said Institution, if they deem it expedient to do so.” This plan was not adopted. Section 6 of the same act provides that “in proportion as suitable ‘Goode. ‘Genesis of the United States National Museum,’’ page 328. 2See Goode, op. cit., page 301. 294 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. arrangements can be made for their reception, all objects of art and of foreign and curious research, and all objects of natural history, plants, and geological and mineralogical specimens belonging, or hereafter to belong, to the United States, which may be in the city of Washington, in whosesoever custody the same may be, shall be delivered to such persons as may be authorized by the Board of Regents to receive them, and shall be arranged, in such order and so classed as best to facilitate the examination and study of them, in the building so as aforesaid to be erected for the Institution.” Considering the section relating to buildings mandatory, and under the belief that the collections belonging to the Government must be accepted and housed, the Board of Regents of the newly established Institution proceeded at once with the erection of a large brown stone structure. For various reasons the building was many years in construction, and during this period the first secretary, Joseph Henry, became more and more pronounced in his opinion that the Government collections should not be cared for at the expense of the Smithsonian fund. Indeed, he was in doubt whether the Institution ought to form extensive miscel- laneous collections to be maintained permanently at the expense of its funds, although he fully appreciated the value of collections, and, as will presently appear, labored to carry out the programme adopted for the Institution by acquiring and caring for such special collections as could be made the direct means of increasing and diffusing know]l- edge. In the report for 1850 he remarked: It would not be in accordance with the spirit of the organization to expend the income in the reproduction of collections of objects which are to be found in every museum of the country. Natural history can be much more effectively promoted by special collections of new objects, by appropriations for original explorations and researches, and, above all, by assistance in the preparation of the necessary drawings, and by presenting to the world, in a proper form, the labors of naturalists. In conformity with these views it has been resolved to confine the collections prin- cipally to objects of a special character, or to such as may lead to the discovery of new truths, or which may serve to verify or disprove existing or proposed scientific generalizations.! Again, in the report for 1851, perhaps thinking that his position regarding museums might be misunderstood, he wrote: I would distinctly disavow the intention of underrating the importance of collec- tions in themselves. On the contrary, it ought to be the duty of the Smithsonian Institution to point out the means by which they may be made, and to aid in the work to the extent of its ability by embracing all opportunities which may offer for procuring specimens for distribution and by facilitating exchange and assisting explorations.” In the same connection he expressed his views regarding the impor- tance of a National Museum in the following words: Though the formation of a general collection is neither within the means nor the province of the Institution, it is an object which ought to engage the attention of ‘Smithsonian Report, 1850, page 21 (reprinted in report for 1853, page 202). ? [bid., 1851, page 24 (reprinted in report for 1853, page 227). AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 295 Congress. A general museum appears to be a necessary establishment at the seat of Government of every civilized nation. *~ * * An establishment of this kind can only be supported by Government; and the proposition ought never to be encouraged of putting this duty on the limited though liberal bequest of a foreigner. The Smithsonian Institution will readily take the supervision of an establishment of this kind, and give plans for its organization and arrangement, provided it be requested to do so and the means for effecting the object be liberally supplied. ' In 1850 Prof. Spencer F. Baird was appointed assistant secretary of the Institution, in charge of publications and museum. He brought with him from Carlisle, Pa., not only a considerable zoological collection assembled by his own activity, but, what was vastly more important, a system of recording, assorting, and distributing coilections which was sufficiently comprehensive and elastic to meet the needs of a great museum. In December, 1850, he placed in the hands of Secretary Henry a full outline of operations, which he afterwards carried into practice with the most signal success. He perceived that the numerous surveying parties which the Government was sending out from year to year into the Western Territories would be powerful agencies in increasing the knowledge of the natural history of the country if they could be induced to make collections of natural objects along the various routes they traversed. To this end the influence of the Insti- tution was brought to bear on those officials of the Government who had the several surveys in charge. The extent and torm of participation by the Institution in the explo- rations of the Government surveys varied in different cases. In some instances the Secretary of War was induced to grant an officer of the Army leave of absence for the purpose of making scientific explorations in some little-known part of the country. Again, the Institution fur- nished outfits and directions for collecting to such surgeons and other officers of the surveying and exploring parties as manifested an interest in natural-history explorations. In some cases the personnel of an exploring party included a naturalist of known abilities and experi- ence, and the Institution furnished every facility for collecting. On this point Professor Baird, referring to the Mexican Boundary and Pacific Railroad surveys, reported in 1853 as follows: Without a single exception, all these parties have been fitted out at the Smith- sonian Institution with all necessary instruments and apparatus for natural-history research, much of it contrived with special reference to the exigencies of the par- ticular service involved. Full instructions were also supplied, by which persons without previous practice were enabled to master all the general principles required for making observations and collections of every kind.* The participation of the Institution also took the form of aid in the publication of results. Every year one or more publications based on the collections of the Government parties were published. Fostered by the Institution to whose interest Professor Baird lent enthusiasm and untiring energy, the work of collecting yielded abun- ' Smithsonian Report, 1851, page 25 (reprinted in report for 1853, page 227). * Tbid., 1853, page 52. 296 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. dant fruits. In 1853, three years after his arrival at the Institution, Professor Baird, having worked along the lines laid down by Henry in procuring such series of specimens as were calculated to open up new fields of study and to increase knowledge, was able to report on the wonderful development of the natural-history collections in the following words: It may be well to call attention to the fact that it has been the work ‘of but three years to raise this collection from nothing to the front rank among American cabi- nets, exceeding all, perhaps, in the number of new species first brought to light within its limits. Nor has effort been confined merely to the acquisition of speci- mens, but to their concentration in mass, so as to supply all working naturalists with the materials of research. As already stated, applications for such assistance are constantly being received, and always met with all possible promptness; so that searcely any natural history monograph or memoir of any extent has been published in this country within a year or two which has not been indebted in this way to the Institution. From the care, too, taken to keep separate all the localities, however near together, of any species, the collection affords information in reference to the geographical distribution of species of the very highest value.! At the end of a decade, in 1860, Professor Henry was abie to say: The scientific material thus collected is very valuable, and, in number and variety of specimens and duplicates to illustrate the natural productions of the North American Continent, far excels any other collection ever made.’ While the Institution was thus exerting itself to obtain special collec- tions to serve as the basis of research, the Commissioner of Patents was growing each year more desirous of having the use of the space occupied in the Patent Office by the national collections, and appealed frequently to Congress and to the Regents of the Institution to relieve him of their care. In 1857, when Professor Henry brought the matter before them anew, they finally agreed that the transfer of the collections to the Smith- sonian building should take place, but stipulated that an appropria- tion should be made to cover the expense of the transfer and the con- struction of cases in the Smithsonian building, and that the Secretary of the Interior should undertake to obtain from Congress, as before, an annual appropriation for the care of the collections. In his report for 1856, Secretary Henry said: For the present, it may be well to adopt the plan suggested in a late report of the Commissioner of Patents, namely, to remove the museum of the Exploring Expedi- tion, which now fills a large and valuable room in the Patent Office, wanted for the exhibition of models, to the spacious hall of the Institution, at present unoccupied, and to continue, under the direction of the Regents, the appropriation now annually made for the preservation and display of the collections. Although the Regents, a few years ago, declined to accept this museum as a gift, yet, since experience has shown that the building will ultimately be filled with objects of natural history belonging to the General Government, which, for the good of science, it will be necessary to preserve, it may be a question whether, in consid- eration of this fact, it would not be well to offer the use of the large room immedi- 1 Smithsonian Report, 1853, page 54. 2 [bid., 1860, page 44. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297 ately for a national museum, of which the Smithsonian Institution would be the mere curator, and the expense of maintaining which should be paid by the General Government. ! : “T can find no record in the minutes of the Regents,” writes Dr. Goode, ‘but have been informed by Mr. W. J. Rhees, of the Smith- sonian Institution, that an urgent request for the use of the hall was made by the Commissioner of Patents and the Secretary of the Inte- rior, and that the board decided to grant this request on the condition that Congress should appropriate money for the construction of the cases and the transfer of the collections, and that the Secretary of the Interior should provide for the expenses of the care of the collections after their transfer in the same manner as before.”” The collections were transferred to the Institution in 1858. Pro- fessor Baird reported that year* that twelve separate collections were received from the Patent Office, of which the most considerable was the collection of the exploring expedition under Captain Wilkes. He estimated that the Patent Office collections together constituted about one-fifth of the objects in the Smithsonian museum. He pointed out also that there were then in the museum twenty-three other Govern- ment collections which had never been in the Patent Office. These were chiefly assembled by the different field parties of the Pacific Rail- road Survey, the Mexican Boundary Survey, and other Government expeditions engaged in exploring the national domain. The policy relating to the treatment of the collections adopted by the Institution was fully explained in the report of the Secretary for 1861, though in most of its essential features it was in operation as early as 1857. Secretary Henry remarks: * The specimens may be divided into two classes—first, those which have been described in the reports of Government expeditions or the transactions of the Smith- sonian and other institutions; and, second, those which have not been described, and which consequently are considered of much value by the naturalists who are interested in extending the several branches of natural history. Of both classes the Institution possesses a large number of duplicates, in the disposition of which some general principles should be kept constantly in view. After due consultation with naturalists, the following rules, which were presented in the last report, have been adopted relative to the described specimens: First. To advance original science, the duplicate type specimens are to be dis- tributed as widely as possible to scientific institutions in this country and abroad, in order that they may be used in identifying the species and genera which have been described. Second. To promote education, as full sets as possible of general duplicates, prop- erly labeled, are to be presented to colleges and other institutions of learning that profess to teach the principal branches of natural history. Third. It must be distinctly understood that due credit is to be given to the Insti- tution in the labeling of the specimens, and in all accounts which may be published ' Smithsonian Report, 1856, page 22. *Goode. ‘Genesis of the United States National Museum,” page 342. 5Smithsonian Report, 1858, page 52. 4 Ibid., 1861, page 41. : 298 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of them, since such credit is not only due to the name of Smithson, but also to the directors of the establishment, as vouchers to the world that they are faithfully car- rying out the intention of the bequest. Fourth. It may be proper, in the distribution to institutions abroad, as a general rule, to require, in case type specimens to illustrate species which have been described by foreign authors may be wanted for comparison or other uses in this country, that they be furnished at any time they may be required. Fifth. In return for specimens which may be presented to colleges and other edu- cational establishments, collections from localities in their vicinity, which may be desirable, shall be furnished when required. In the disposition of the undescribed specimens of the collection, it is impossible to be governed by rules quite as definite as those which relate to the previous class, but the following considerations have been adopted as governing principles: 1. The original specimens ought not to be intrusted to inexperienced persons, or to those who have not given evidence of their ability properly to accomplish the task they have undertaken. 2. Preference should be given to those who are engaged in the laborious and diffi- cult task of preparing complete monographs. 3. As it would be illiberal to restrict the use of the specimens and confine the - study of them to persons who can visit Washington, the investigator should be allowed to take them to his place of residence and to retain them for a reason- able time. 4. The investigator must give assurance that he will prepare a set of type speci- mens for the Smithsonian museum, and will return all the duplicates, if required. 5. In any publication which may be made of the results of the investigation, full credit must be accorded to the Institution for the facilities which have been afforded. All these provisions on the part of the Institution were carried out as far as the circumstances would permit. The money available was insufficient for employing paid assistants to any considerable extent, and the Institution had the benefit of the voluntary assistance both of many recognized authorities in the several branches of science and of young students. The extent and importance of this aid can not be overestimated. Collections which would have remained useless for years were rapidly classified by competent naturalists and separated into series, some to be reserved by the Institution and others to be distributed to kindred scientific establishments and to colleges and schools. The list of collaborators includes almost every name prominent in American natural history in the last half century. Nor is this a mat- ter for wonderment. The collections made by the exploring parties of the Government in the twenty-five or thirty years following the found- ing of the Institution contained a great number of highly interesting forms of animals and plants previously unknown to science, and the naturalists in whose hands the various series were placed constantly enjoyed the delight of discovering these and making them known to the world. The boundaries of American natural history were widened in every direction. As regards vertebrates, Professor Baird remarked as early as 1856: Messrs. Audubon and Bachman describe about 150 North American species of mammals. This Institution possesses about 130 of these; and about 50 additional AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 299 species have already been detected, although the examination of the entire collec- tion has not yet been completed. Of North American birds, the Institution possesses nearly all described by Audubon and at least 150 additional species. Of reptiles, the North American species in the museum of the Smithsonian Insti- tution amount to between 350 and 400. Of the 150 species described in Holbrook’s North American Herpetology, the latest authority on the subject, it possesses every genuine species, with one or two exceptions, and at least 200 additional ones. It has about 130 species of North American serpents for the 49 described by Holbrook. Of the number of species of North American fishes it is impossible to form even an approximate estimate, the increase having been so great. It will not, however, be too much to say that the Institution has between 400 and 500 species either entirely new or else described first from its shelves.! The scientific elaboration of the collections resulted in the publica- tion of a great number of monographs and preliminary papers in the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge and Miscellaneous Collee- tions, in the reports of the Government surveys, and in the journals of learned societies at home and abroad. Many of the more compre- hensive of these works remained as standards for a quarter of a cen- tury, and some have not been supplanted at the present day. In this work no one labored with more enthusiasm or more success than Professor Baird, who, while carrying the burden of caring for the collections and planning for the exploration of new fields, prepared and published a series of works on North American vertebrates which commanded the admiration of naturalists throughout the world. Side by side with the activities resulting in the increase of knowl- edge, the work of diffusing knowledge by the distribution of named natural history specimens was carried forward on an extensive scale. In the first twenty years of its history the Institution, according to the estimate of Professor Baird,’ distributed more than one hundred thousand specimens, of which the larger part were identified and labeled. In 1861 the charter of the National Institute expired and the various objects belonging to that organization became the property of the Government and were transferred to the care of the Smithsonian Institution. At this date, therefore, all the scientific and art collections belong- ing to the Government and the collections made by the Institution itself were assembled in the Smithsonian building. They comprised many thousands of objects, and were administered by Professor Baird as Assistant Secretary of the Institution. From the time the Government came into possession, in 1841, of the collection made by the Wilkes Exploring Expedition Congress appro- priated each year a small sum for the preservation of the objects accumulated in the Patent Office, which money was disbursed at first by the National Institute, afterward by the Commissioner of Patents or the Joint Library Committee of Congress. ‘Smithsonian Report, 1856, page 60. 2 bid., 1865, page &d. 300 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. After these collections were transferred to the Smithsonian Institu- tion, in 1858, the appropriations for maintenance continued year by year, though small in amount. In 1858 the appropriation was $3,650; in 1859, and for eight years following, $4,000. The Institution never received any compensation for the occupancy of its building. As early as 1856! Professor Henry expressed the opinion at an early day that the Government might with. propriety and advantage purchase the Smithsonian building from the Institution for housing the Govern- ment collections “of natural history and the fine arts,” but no action in that direction was ever taken. When these collections were transferred from the Patent Office a series of new cases, designed by Thomas U. Walter, were erected in the main hall of the Smithsonian building for their display. Great progress has been made in museum methods in the last two decades, but the cases, arrangement, labeling, and taxidermy in the Smithsonian museum thirty-five years ago were probably as good as could be found in any scientific museum in the world at that time. The exhibition of many examples of a single species of animal or mineral, or of a single kind of ethnological or geological object, was not considered objection- able, and it was a common practice to mount and exhibit type speci- mens of animals. To such matters as the size of glass in cases, the color of woodwork and labels, the effect of different groupings of specimens, little attention was devoted. Indeed, the amount of money spent upon scientific museums was not sufficient for great refinement in display. Collections were exhibited for the satisfaction of the mature man of science, rather than the youthful student and the layman. Yet these latter classes were neither purposely neglected nor did they complain of the methods in vogue. It is with interest that we read the following comment by Professor Henry on the Smithsonian museum in 1861: During the past year Washington has been visited by a greater number of strangers than ever before since the commencement of its history. The museum has conse- quently been continually thronged with visitors, and has beena never-failing source of pleasure and instruction to the soldiers of the Army of the United States quartered in this city or its vicinity. Encouragement has been given them to visit it as often as their duties would permit them to devote the time for the purpose.? In 1865 an event of much importance occurred. A fire broke out in _ the second floor of the Smithsonian building and destroyed the upper portions of the edifice. Many collections were entirely destroyed or injured beyond repair, among which the most important were Smithson’s personal effects and cabinet of minerals, a large series of portraits of Indians painted and owned by J. M. Stanley, and the collection of physical instruments, including Hare’s experimental apparatus and “the lens used by Priestley for the evolution of oxygen from the oxide 1 Smithsonian Report, 1856, page 22. 2Tbid., 1861, page 44. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 301 of mercury, and by means of which the first distinct recognition of this elementary substance was effected.” ! This event produced results affecting the Museum in many ways. It called attention to the fact that the library of the Institution was kept in rooms not fireproof, and the transfer of the books to the Library of Congress was hastened, the space being subsequently occupied by the less valuable portions of the natural history collections. By the destrue- tion of the Stanley portraits of Indians, which, though really an ethno- logical collection and only on deposit in the Institution, formed an important part of what (with frequent apologies) was called ‘the gallery of art,” the attempts to form an art collection of merit received discouragement. The reconstruction of the building, made necessary by the fire, led to a new assignment of rooms for the ethnological col- lections. Previous to the fire the upper story had been used principally as a lecture room, but the interest in lectures flagging for a time 1t was determined after the reconstruction to place the ethnological collections in that portion of the building, but the transfer was not effected until several years later. Though the formation of an art gallery was provided for in the organi- zation of the Institution and a few art objects came into the possession of the Government from time to time, Professor Henry took the posi- tion at an early day that with the funds available the establishment of an art collection worthy of the name was impossible. When Mr. W.W. Corcoran first took active steps toward the formation of the Cor- coran Art Gallery, in 1869, Henry recommended that art objects belonging to the Institution should be deposited therein. In 1873 the Board of Regents approved the plan, and in the following year a few paintings, sculptures, and engravings were transferred. In the early days of the Institution the valuable collection of engrav- ings made by Hon. George P. Marsh was purchased (the only large purchase by the Institution in the direction of art), and soon after the fire in the Smithsonian building it was transferred to the Library of Congress. By 1874, therefore, the Institution had detinitely abandoned all efforts toward the establishment of an art gallery, and though some few objects connected with the fine arts have come under its care in later years, they have never been assembled so as to form a proper “ gallery.” In 1871 Congress established the United States Fish Commission and Professor Baird was placed at its head. The organization of the Com- mission on this basis had a most important effect upon the development of the National Museum in certain directions. The work of the Com- mission had to do largely with the natural history of fish and other 302 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of marine life were deposited in the Museum. Later the work of the Commission turned toward the investigation of the phenomena of the deep sea, and in 1882 a seagoing steamer, the Albatross, was built, and extensive sounding and dredging operations in great depths were carried on. The collections made during the progress of this work, and deposited in the Museum, were of the highest scientific interest, and the results already published by Goode, Verrill, Bean, Rathbun, Smith, and other naturalists have attracted worldwide attention. In many other ways, which can not be detailed in the present connection, the work of the Commission was of direct and indirect benefit to the Museum, and the cooperation of these two governmental organizations has continued until the present. Not many years after the organization of the Commission the ques- tion of the desirability of holding a great world’s fair to commemorate the hundredth anniversary cf the Declaration of Independence began to be agitated in the country. The movement culminated in the organ- ization of the Centennial Exhibition of 1876, held in Philadelphia. This event was destined to have a more important effect upon the National Museum than any which had occurred since the founding of the Smithsonian Institution. The Government determined that the various departments and bureaus should make extensive exhibits indicating their several func- tions, and on January 23, 1874, the President appointed a Government board to have general charge. The Smithsonian Institution was repre- sented by Professor Baird. In the first plans of the board the National Museum exhibit was included under that of the Institution, and the Fish Commission apparently under the Interior Department. They included also an item of $200,000 for an exhibition building which should be ‘“‘capable of removal to Washington after the close of the Exhibition, to be used as a National Museum at the capital of the nation.”! Congress, however, saw fit to modify these plans and pro- vided for the erection of a general Government building, to be paid for. pro rata from the appropriations of the several departments and bureaus, and to be sold at the close of the Exhibition. An appropriation of $67,000 was made for the Smithsonian Institution, and of $5,000 for the Fish Commission, the provision for the National Museum being included in the former. When the several officers of the board began to examine the situation in detail it became apparent that different bureaus would duplicate one another’s exhibits unless some compro- mise were made. Accordingly the exhibits of the Institution, the National Museum, and the Fish Commission were merged into one comprehensive exhibit; while, on the other hand, the National Museum cooperated with the Indian Bureau of the Interior Department in an ‘Smithsonian Report, 1875, page 59. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 303 exhibit representing North American anthropology. The combined exhibit was divided into five sections—Smithsonian Activities, Animal Resources, Fisheries, Mineral Resources, Anthropology. In the preparation of the exhibits of animal resources and fisheries, Professor Baird, then curator of the National Museum, had the assist- ance of G. Brown Goode, who held the position of assistant curator of the National Museum, Tarleton H. Bean, and H. C. Chester; in eth- nology, Charles Rau, Edward Foreman, and F, H. Cushing; in mineral resources, William P. Blake and Thomas Donaldson. When the idea of holding a great exhibition under the Government was first put forth, both Secretary Henry and Professor Baird foresaw that the effect on the National Museum must be of the greatest moment. The objects purchased and exhibited by the Government of the United States would find their final resting place in the Museum, and many foreign governments and private exhibitors would doubtless present their exhibits to the United States, with the result that they also would find their way into the Museum. The results of the operations of the Institution in connection with the Centennial Exhibition [wrote Professor Henry in 1875] will probably have a much greater effect on the future of the establishment than is at first sight apparent. The large num- ber of specimens which have been collected by the several departments of Govern- ment and by the Institution itself in view of this exhibition will greatly increase the contents of the National Museum, and if we add to these the specimens which will be presented by foreign powers, of which we have already had intimations, the number will be swelled to an extent far beyond the capacity of the present building to contain them, and an additional edifice will be required for their accommodation. In the consideration of this matter the questions will arise whether the building required shall consist of an extension of the present Smithsonian edifice or an entirely separate building, and these questions will involve another, viz, whether it is advisable to continue, at least without some modification, the connection which now exists between the Smithsonian Institution and the National Museum. The Museum is destined to an extension far beyond its present magnitude. It is an object of much interest to all who visit the national capital, and is of great value as exhibiting the natural resources of the country, as well as a means of public education. Professor Baird, as exhibition representative of the Institution, wrote in the report of the same year as follows: Tt will, however, be readily understood that the Smithsonian building will be entirely inadequate to accommodate this collection on its return from Philadelphia, especially as even now it is overcrowded and packed from top to bottom with thousands of boxes, for the proper exhibition of the contents of which there is no space or opportunity at the present time. It is to be hoped that action at an early day will be taken by Congress looking toward a proper provision for this emergency, especially when it is realized that the materials are thus available for a national museum that shall be equal in its extent and completeness and in its educational advantages to that of any nation in the world. The collections made directly through the Government appropriations wil! also be very largely supplemented by the donation of series of American and foreign exhib- itors, a very large proportion of which will be placed at the disposal of the United States Government. 304 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The anticipations of Henry and Baird were fully met. In the report for the centennial year Professor Baird wrote: At no period in the history of the National Museum, from the time when it was organized to the present, has the increase been so great as during the year 1876.' After referring to the accessions from the Government exhibits, he remarks: In addition, however, to the sources of increase to the Museum during the years 1875 and 1876, mentioned above, still another presented itself of perhaps even greater productiveness, viz, acquisitions from foreign exhibits. Withscarcely an exception, the best and most important of these were presented to the United States at the close of the exhibition, embracing as they did many complete series of objects illus- trating the geology, metallurgy, the ethnology, and the general resources of all nations. Of about forty governments and colonies, the choicest of the exhibits of thirty-four were presented to the Smithsonian Institution for the National Museum, the remainder either having nothing to give or being restricted in the disposal of their articles. It was, however, not from foreign commissions alone that collections were received by the Institution. Several entire State exhibits and many belonging to private parties were also added to the general increase. Nevada, Montana, and Utah pre- sented the whole of their mineral exhibits, while partial collections were received from several other States and Territories. The Regents of the Institution submitted a memorial to Congress the same year (1876) asking an appropriation of $250,000 for a building for the National Museum. A bill was introduced, but failed of passage that year, and it was not until 1879 that the amount asked for was provided. As soon as the law was enacted a building commission appointed by the Regents of the Institution was organized, consisting of the resident members of the executive committee of the Institution (Hon. Peter Parker and Gen. W. T. Sherman) and Secretary Baird. General Sher- man was chosen as chairman and Gen. M. C. Meigs was invited to act as consulting engineer. . ‘ The commission selected the firm of Cluss & Schulze, whose design. for the building had been approved by Congress, as superintending architects, and received the benefit of the advice of Mr. Edward Clarke, Architect of the Capitol. The erection of the building was begun April 17, 1879, and completed in 1881. In design the structure is of the type commonly employed for exhibition buildings, being entirely open above the ground floor. It covers a space of 24 acres. On account of the relatively small amount appropriated for the building and the enormous growth of the national collections, it was necessary to use building materials of low cost and to cover in aS much space as possible. The building is regarded as one of the cheapest of its size ever erected. While admirably adapted in most respects for the purpose for which it was built, it does not, of course, present, either externally or internally, an appearance as pleas- 1 Smithsonian Report, 1876, page 38. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 305 ing or dignified as would have resulted from the use of a more expen- sive system of construction and more costly materials. While the building was under construction, Congress decided that the United States Government should be represented at the Berlin Fisheries Exhibition of 1880 by the Fish Commission. Professor Baird, then both Secretary of the Institution and Fish Commissioner, appointed G. Brown Goode, the curator of the National Museum, as his deputy at the exhibition. By this fortunate combination of circumstances, Dr. Goode, the working head of the National Museum, was afforded an opportunity to study the museums of Germany and other parts of Europe, and brought home with him a knowledge of the most approved methods of installation of collections, labeling, and storage, which was invaluable. Far more fortunate was it that the Museum at this critical time in its history had as its curator a man of such surpassing merit as the lamented editor of this volume.! Gifted with a philosophical mind, a profound love of nature, a marvelously retentive memory, and untiring energy, he acquired a range of knowledge and a grasp of affairs which astonished his associates, while his modesty, gentleness, and love of fair play attracted to him and bound to his service men of the most diverse capacities and opinions. His genius was known to Secretary Baird, but hitherto he had not found a sufficiently wide field for the exercise of his powers. The reorganization of the Museum afforded an opportunity, and Baird gave him free scope for the development of his plans, aiding him as no one else could have done, from the stores of a lifetime of experience along the same lines. Out of the heterogeneous materials accumulated by the Government, especially as a result of the Centennial Exhibition, Dr. Goode organ- ized, under the approving guidance of Secretary Baird, a public museum of wide scope, attractive, instructive, orderly, and full of the elements of life. He elaborated with the greatest pains a philosophical and comprehensive classification for the collections of the Museum, and planned a complete reorganization of the staff of curators and assist- ants. He devised an entirely new series of cases and other fixtures, for the installation of both the collections exhibited to the public and those reserved for the use of investigators, adopting the best features then developed in European museums, and adding many of his own invention. This regeneration of the National Museum soon made itself felt in similar organizations throughout the United States and in other parts of the world, and the methods of installation and labeling employed in Washington have been widely copied. The influence of the National Museum has not, however, stopped here. Already at the Berlin Fisheries Exhibition of 1880, with the experience gained during the Centennial Exhibition, Dr. Goode was 'The History of the Smithsonian Institution, {rom which this article is extracted, was edited by Dr. Goode. NAT MUS 96 20 306 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. able to secure for the United States Fish Commission and the National Museum the Emperor’s prize for the highest excellence of display. Not satisfied with this recognition, and always aiming to advance, he endeavored to install the exhibits of the Institution and Museum at later foreign and domestic exhibitions, in accordance with the best museum methods. As a result the exhibits of the Institution always won high praise, and it is not too much to say that the work of the National Museum in this direction has had a powerful influence in revolutionizing exhibition methods in America. Since the Centennial Exhibition of 1876 few years have passed in which the Museum has not been engaged in preparing for public expo- sition of greater or less magnitude. It made displays at London in 1883, at Louisville in 1884, at Minneapolis in 1887, Cincinnati and Marietta in 1888, at Madrid in 1892, at Chicago in 1893, and at Atlanta in 1895. As might naturally be expected, the necessity of carrying on exhibition work outside of Washington has affected the National Museum in many ways. Probably no other great permanent museum in the world has had constantly before it the problem of guarding its treasures from deteri- oration and at the same time transporting no inconsiderable portion of them thousands of miles and displaying them under the ordinarily unfavorable surroundings of temporary exhibitions. The advantages lie in the direction of making the work of the Museum known to the people of the Republic and the world at large and securing new objects with which to fill out the deficiencies in its various collections. The disadvantages are found in damage done to objects in the collections, by breakage or otherwise, the interruption of the regular Museum work, and the dissipation of the energies of the scientific officers; for a museum, like any other permanent institution, requires abundant time and uninterrupted activity for its best development, and does not flourish in the midst of commotion and excitement. Thus far I have considered the National Museum in its historical aspects. It remains to explain briefly its function and aims and to mention the most notable objects in its collections. It will be perceived, from the statements already made, that the Museum is essentially a natural development springing from the activi- ties of the Government, growing with their growth and expanding with their expansion. It had its origin in the great naval exploring expedi- tion which the Government organized in the early part of the century, and found an important expansion in the long series of topographical surveys of the public domain and geological surveys of later years. The scientific investigation of the primary industries—agriculture, fisheries, and mining—by the Government have also resulted in large additions to the Museum. Finally, the desire on the part of the Govern- ment that the people should gain a better understanding of its practical workings, through representative displays of processes and objects in AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 307 the great public exhibitions, have broadened the activities and increased the wealth of the Museum, both directly and indirectly; directly, because the Museum has need to bestir itself to bring together and arrange exhibits which will be acceptable to the public; indirectly, because the participation of the Government of the United States often leads other governments to participate, and the exhibits of these, in greater or less proportion, are ultimately presented to the United States for its National Museum. The field of activities of the Government has had a strong influence on the character of collections of its National Museum. While Kuro- pean governments have been engaged in exploring new regions and founding colonies in distant sections of the globe, that of the United States has confined its attention almost exclusively to North America. The collections of the National Museum, therefore, are predominantly North American. Leaving out of consideration the important foreign collections of a few early expeditions, and those resulting from the deep- sea investigations of the United States Fish Commission, the additions in this direction have chiefly come from the activities of private explor- ers, by gift of foreign governments at expositions, by exchange of speci- mens, and only in a few instances by purchase. In the organic law of the Smithsonian Institution it is provided that— in proportion as suitable arrangements can be made for their reception, all objects of art and of foreign and curious research, and all objects of natural history, plants, and geological and mineralogical specimens belonging or hereafter to belong to the United States, which may be in the city of Washington, in whosesoever cus- tody the same may be, shall be delivered to sueh persons as may be authorized by the Board of Regents to receive them, and shall be arranged in such order and so classed as best to facilitate the examination and study of them. In the act of June 30, 1880, making appropriations for the sundry civil expenses of the Government, it is enacted that ‘all collections of rocks, minerals, soils, fossils, and objects of natural history, archeology, and ethnology, made by the Coast and Interior Survey, the Geological Survey, or by any other parties for the Government of the United States, when no longer needed for investigations in progress, shall be deposited in the National Museum.” ! In the same year, as we have said, Congress appropriated money ‘for a fireproof building for the use of the National Museum.” As may be seen from the statutes cited, the National Museum is the recognized depository for all objects of scientific and artistic interest and value which come into the possession of the Government. Its function is to preserve these treasures perpetually, and to administer the collections in such a manner as to render them of the highest service to research and education. In pursuance of these ends it exhibits a portion of the collections for public inspection and instruc. tion; another portion it assembles in laboratories for the use of investi- ‘Statutes United States, Forty-fifth Congress, third session, chapter 182, page 394, 308 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. gators. Out of the surplus accumulations it selects series of specimens for distribution to educational institutions, and it encourages publica- tions which will make its treasures known to the world. Of these latter activities it will be necessary to speak somewhat more in detail before closing, and I will return to them presently. It is desirable to point out here the fact, which will become evident to any one upon reflection, that an institution such as the National Museum, with its facilities for investigation and its corps of trained specialists, soon becomes a center of intellectual activity, attracting to itself students and savants, and being called upon to impart technical information and advice. In these lines lies no inconsiderable part of its labor and usefulness. It is to be said further that the Museum of to-day, owing in part to a natural development and in part to the labors of a few advanced leaders, among whom none have rendered more important service than the late Dr. Goode, is no longer content with a passive existence, but strives by the arrangement of its collections, by its labels, its hand- books and other publications, and its lectures, to impart instruction of a definite character and in definite lines. It assembles great collec- tions of natural objects and treasures of art, not merely to satisfy idle curiosity but to diffuse knowledge among men. Thus it allies itself to the university and the library, and must be counted among the chief agencies for the spread of culture. To describe in detail all the more important objects in the National Museum would require more space than can be devoted to such an enumeration in this place, but it will be of interest to point out the chief excellencies of the collections and to mention some of the treasures. The collections are at present divided among the following depart- ments and sections: Zoological departments: Mammals, Birds (with a section of Birds’ Eggs), Reptiles and Batrachians, Fishes, Mollusks, Insects, Marine Invertebrates (with a section of Parasitic Worms), Comparative Anatomy. A Botanical Department. Geological departments: Geology, Mineralogy, and Paleontology. Anthropological departments: Prehistoric Anthropology, Ethnology (with a section of American Pueblo Collections), Oriental Antiquities. A Department of “Arts and Industries,” with the following sections at present: Historical Relics, Transportation and Engineering, Naval Architecture, Physical Apparatus, Electrical Collections, Technolog- ical Collections, Materia Medica, Forestry, and Graphie Arts. The Department of Mammals comprises the collection of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition and of the numerous geographical and geolog- ical surveys of the public domain, including the type specimens of spe- cies described by Baird in his great work on North American Mammals, and numerous types of J. A. Allen, Elliott Coues, Harrison Allen, and AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. 8S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309 other American naturalists. The collections from the Mexican bound- ary recently made by Dr. E. A. Mearns, U.S. A., are large and of high scientific value.! A series of casts of porpoises and other cetaceans, including a young humpback whale, forms a unique feature of the department. The representation of foreign mammals, though deficient in many directions, includes a considerable number of type specimens and some important local collections, chief among which are those from German East Africa and from Kashmir and Eastern Turkestan, made and pre- sented by Dr. William L. Abbott. The collection of skulls of North American mammals is probably unrivaled elsewhere in extent, and the department also contains a large alcoholic series. Of the Department of Birds the curator, Mr. Robert Ridgway, writes: Among the most important collections and single objects contained in the Depart- ment of Birds are the following: 1. The collections made by the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, the various Pacific Railroad surveys, the Mexican Boundary Survey, the Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel, the Geological Survey of the Territories, Geographical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian, the United States Astronomical Expedition (Gilliss), and various other Government expeditions.” 2. The collection made by Col. A. J. Grayson in Western Mexico, including the Tres Marias and Revilla-Gigedo islands; collections made by Prof. F. Sumichrast on the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, and by Prof. C. Sartorius in the State of Vera Cruz, Mexico; collections made by F. A. Ober in the various islands of the Lesser Antilles. 3. The collections made by the United States Fish Commission during a cruise of the steamer Albatross around Cape Horn and in the Bahamas. 4. Specimens from Audubon’s collection, among them a considerable number of types of his new species—that is, specimens from which the descriptions and colored plates in his great work were taken. These formed part of Professor Baird’s private collection, and were given by Mr. Audubon to Professor Baird. 5. The private collection of Professor Baird, numbering nearly four thousand specimens, which formed the nucleus or beginning of the present national collection. 6. Other private collections donated to the National Museum. 7. The collections made by Dr. William L. Abbott in Eastern Africa, Madagas- car, etc., generously presented to the National Museum and embracing a very large number of species entirely new to the Museum collection, many of them being new to science. These collections of Dr. Abbott, moreover, represent practically all that the Museum possesses from the countries named. 8. The collection of several thousand specimens from various parts of the world, presented by Mr. A. Boucard, of Spring Vale, Isle of Wight, England. 9. Extinet Birds: Great Auk (one specimen), Labrador Duck (several), Guade- lupe Caracara (good series, old and young), and Philip Island Parrot, the latter purchased for the Museum by Dr. William L. Ralph, of Utica, N. Y. ' The very extensive series of North American mammals made by the United States Department of Agriculture under Dr. C. Hart Merriam, the finest ever assembled, is deposited in the Museum building and catalogued in its registers. ?The valuable collections of birds made by the United States Department of Agri- culture under direction of Dr. C, Hart Merriam in the United States and Mexico are deposited in the Museum building, as in the case of the mammals. 310 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 10. Very rare species, or those nearly extinct, as the Carolina Paroquet, Ivory- billed Woodpecker, Black-capped and Jamaican Petrels, Hawaiian Coot, Cuban Macaw, Peale’s Sandpiper (several specimens, the only ones known to exist in col- lections), and numerous other species. 11. Unique types, such as Fisher’s Petrel, Townsend’s Bunting, Cooper’s Sand- piper, Cooper’s Hen-Hawk, Riker’s Woodhewer. The National Museum collection of North American birds is by far the most com- plete in existence, and is the basis of every important work on North American birds since Audubon’s time. That of the birds of the West Indies is also the most impor- tant, although exceeded greatly in number by that of Mr. C. B. Cory, now the property of the Field Columbian Museum in Chicago, Ill. That of Central Ameri- can and South American birds is exceeded in extent and value only by the British Museuw’s series of birds from the same region, and has been freely used by Messrs. Selater, Salvin, Godman, Count von Berlepsch, and others in their various publica- tions on neotropical birds, and is also largely the basis of Professor Baird’s “ Review of American Birds.” Museums throughout the world have been supplied with American birds by the United States National Museum, and the existing specimens of several species, such as the Roseate Gull, Greenland Redpoll, and several Alaskan species, have mainly—in some cases exclusively—been distributed by the National Museum. It can safely be said that no collection of birds in the world compares with that of the United States National Museum in value or importance as a basis for scientific investigation already accomplished or yet to be done, since as many species as possible, with the facilities at command, are represented by large series of specimens from all parts of their geographical range and of all known variations dependent on climate, sex, age, or other circumstances. The unparalleled collection of North American birds’ eggs in the United States National Museum is the result of many years’ growth. In the early years of the Institution Professor Bird interested the naturalists of the various Government sur- veys and members of the Hudson Bay Fur Company in the subject, and from them (and especially the latter) thousands of eggs were received. Mr. R. McFarlane! was particularly active, and with him were associated B. R. Ross, James Lockhart, John Reid, M. McLeod, A. McKenzie, and others, who sent not only eggs, but large collections of other kinds. The Institution sent Robert Kennicott to Arctic America in 1859, where he remained three years, collecting the natural productions of the region, and with them many eggs of Arctic birds. Naturalists visiting Alaska and Labrador also made large contributions to the oblogical collections. The eggs of the rare northern water birds and waders so difficult to obtain for private collections were thus sent (often in large series) to the Institution. In 1884 Major Bendire added to the already large collection his unrivaled series of eggs of western birds, obtained during twenty-five years of duty in the Territories. This collection numbered eight thousand or more beautifully prepared specimens. From that time till his death Major Bendire was untiring in his efforts to obtain the desiderata of the collection. More recently Dr. William L. Ralph, of Utica, N. Y., has presented his magnificent collection of eggs to the Institution, and is now actively engaged in filling gaps in the series. To mention specifically all the rarities in the North American series of the odlogical department would be an almost endless task. A few of the more important ones are the following: Great Auk, one egg; Heermann’s Gull, two eggs; Craveri’s Murrelet, two eggs; Jabiru, one egg; Purple, Aleutian, Coues’s, Baird’s, Pectoral, White- rumped, and Curlew Sandpipers; Sanderling, two specimens (McFarlane); Heath Hen, one ppenynees Passenger Pigeon, about ety eggs; California Vulture, one 1See his report in Pp dees of the Tae States National Museum, Vol. XIv, pages 413-446. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 311 egg; Harlan’s, Krider’s, and Short-tailed Hawks; Peale’s, Richardson’s, and Aplo- mado; Elf, Flammulated, and Californian Pigmy Owls; Carolina Paroquet; Ivory- billed Woodpecker; White-throated and Vaux’s Swifts; Clarke’s Nut-cracker, several eggs; Western Evening Grosbeak; American and Mexican Crossbills; Pribilof Snow- flake, several. Among the rare warblers may be mentioned: Brewster’s, Virginia’s, Lucy’s, Cape May, Olive, Sennett’s, Grace’s, Townsend’s, Hermit, Golden-checked, Gray, and Connecticut Warblers; Rio Grande and Belding’s Yellow-throats; Red- faced Warblers. Of foreign eggs may be mentioned Kamtschatkan Sea Eagle, Quesal, etc. Also various series of eggs, like those collected by Dr. Jerome H. Kidder on Kerguelen Island, Dr. William L. Abbott in Africa, Seychelles Islands, Asia, ete. On some of these reports have been made.! Of the Department of Reptiles and Batrachians, the curator, Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, remarks: The distinctive characteristic of the reptile collection in the Museum is in the completeness with which it illustrates the geographical distribution and morphology of the species inhabiting North America. In this respect it stands unrivaled. As the depository of the types of the species described by Baird, Girard, Kennicott, Cope, and other distinguished American herpetologists it also takes first rank. The importance of the individual collections must therefore be judged with refer- ence to their richness in such types and the advance in our knowledge of the reptiles and batrachians of this continent that has ensued. The collections which have undoubtedly contributed most in these respects are those of the Pacific Railroad sur- veys, the first Mexican-United States Boundary Survey, and the Wilkes Exploring Expedition. The collection of fishes are almost exclusively North American, with one notable exception in the case of the deep-sea fishes dredged by the United States Fish Commission steamer Aliatross in the North Atlantic and North Pacific. The latter collection is of equal importance with that of the Challenger expedition, if it does not surpass the same, and formed the basis of the recent work of Dr. Goode and Dr. Bean on ‘Oceanic Ichthyology.” The department contains the most extensive collections of fresh- water and littoral fishes of the United States anywhere assembled, con- sisting chiefly of the great series formed by the United States Fish Commission, supplemented by the collections of many American nat- uralists. The collection of Alaskan fishes is very large and is not extensively duplicated elsewhere. The series of fishes collected in connection with the Pacific Railroad surveys and the first Mexican Boundary Survey are of special impor- tance as containing the types of a large proportion of the species of the middle and western United States. They have been supplemented in recent years by important series collected under the auspices of the Fish Commission and by private collectors. ‘Contributions to the Natural History of Kerguelen Island, made in connection with the American Transit-of-Venus Expedition, 1874-75, being Bulletin No. 3, United States National Museum. Also ‘‘ Description of Nests and Eggs of some New Birds, collected on the Island of Aldabra, Northwest of Madagascar, by Dr. W. L. Abbott.” Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Vol. XVII, 1894, pages 39-41. 312 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The department contains also many single specimens of great value, which have been made the basis of new families and genera. Regarding the Department of Mollusks, Mr. William H. Dall, the honorary curator, writes as follows: The collection of mollusks was founded primarily upon the specimens gathered by the United States Exploring Expedition under Wilkes during 1838-1842, which formed the types of the folio volume on the mollusks and shells by Dr. A. A. Gould, included in the series of United States Exploring Expedition reports published by Congress. ‘To these were added the types of the mollusks of the North Pacific Explor- ing Expedition under Ringgold and Rodgers, collected by Dr. William Stimpson, and described by Gould. The collections were very rich and valuable, for the time, but underwent serious vicissitudes before and after being received by the Smith- sonian Institution previous to the organization of the Museum, so that the series as it now exists is by no means complete. Nevertheless these shells form an interest- — ing and important portion of the collection. Next in point of number and value comes the collection, especially of Unionidx, given by Dr. Isaac Lea, and subsequently enriched by his son-in-law and daughter, the Rey. and Mrs. LL. T. Chamberlain. This collection is, in its specialties, the fresh- water mussels of the world, unrivaled for extent and value, comprising an enormous number of types and having full data in relation to the habitat, etc., in nearly every case. Almost as important for the mollusks of Great Britain, Northern Europe, the Med- iterranean, and especially for the various deep-sea dredging expeditions sent out under British auspices before the Challenger expedition, is the Jeffreys collection, purchased from Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, and comprising the results of nearly half a century of active collecting, exchanging, and purchase—in all some 25,000 lots of specimens, by far the most important and complete series of British shells in exist- ence, and forming the basis of some hundred publications. The fauna of West America, both littoral and deep-sea mollusks, is represented by the combined collections of Robert E. C. Stearns, William H. Dall, the United States steamer Albatross of the Fish Commission, the Arctic cruisers of the United States revenue marine, and many private donations, in all comprising the most complete existing representation of the fauna, with full data in nearly every case. The fauna of the east coast of North America is represented by the unrivaled col- lections of the United States Fish Commission, angumented by a series of those of the Blake and many private collectors in the West Indies and on our Southern coast. The land and fresh-water shells of North America, apart from the fresh-water mussels, are represented by the best existing collection derived from many sources, including types of Binney and Bland, Lea, Lewis, Dall, Stimpson, and many others. To sum up, the collection of mollusks has the best series in the world, supplied with the fullest data, in the modern sense, of the land, fresh-water, shore, and deep- sea mollusks of North America, the Arctic regions, the North Atlantic and Pacific, and the British Islands. In the total number of specimens, the collection is the largest in the world, including over six hundred thousand specimens of dry shells and five thousand jars af alcoholic molluscan material. The collection of Cenozoic fossil shells comprises the largest existing series of the Tertiary fauna of the United States, and probably the largest series of Antillean Tertiary shells in any museum, though much remains to be done in naming and classifying the fossil material. It may be said without fear of contradiction that for the regions mentioned the Department of Mollusks is unrivaled, not only in the amount and variety of material it contains, but especially in the full and correct data recorded in respect to the specimens, and which give to them a really scientific value, which is wanting in most of the great collections of the world, which were mostly made at a period when the importance of such data was not fully recognized. No other collection contains AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Oona nearly as many American and British type specimens; and only the British Museum rivals ours in the number of species represented from the whole world. No other collection has so large a representation of deep-sea mollusks and brachiopods, for the study of which the national collection is indispensable. Of the Department of Insects, Dr. L. O. Howard, the honorary curator, writes: Taking the collection as a whole, and aside from the consideration of the individual collections of which it is composed, I should say that its most important features are, first, the rapidly accumulating number of types in all orders, amounting already to more than 3,500 species; and, second, the biologic features of the collection, due largely to the fact that the original deposit by Dr. Riley was mainly biologic in its character, and to the further fact that the biologic accumulations of the United States Department of Agriculture for seventeen years, which have been very great, are now in the possession of the Museum. The subjoined statement refers to the source of the different collections now brought together. Looking at the collection as a whole, however, the departments which stand out conspicuously are (a) the collection of North American Noctuide (probably the most complete in existence), (>) the collection of parasitic Hymen- optera (undoubtedly the largest collection of bred specimens in the world), (c) the orthopterous family, Acridiid, (d) the homopterous families Coccide, Aphidiide, and Psyllide (without doubt the largest accumulation of North American species), (e) the dipterous families Syrphide and Empide, (/) the collection of Myriopoda. The department is at present in excellent working condition. It contains a very great amount of material in all orders, and in many unusual directions surpasses any collection in the country. Among others the following are of special interest: 1. The large collection, in all orders, of Dr. C. V. Riley. 2. All of the material gathered during the past eighteen years by correspondents, field agents, and the office staff of the Division of Entomology, United States Depart- ment of Agriculture. 3. The greater part of the collection of Asa Fitch. 4. The large collection, in all orders, of G. W. Belfrage. 5. The collections in Lepidoptera and Coleoptera made by Dr. John B. Smith down to 1889, together with the types of the Noctuide since described by Dr. Smith. - 6. The collection of Lepidoptera of O. Meske. 7. The collection of Lepidoptera of G. Beyer. 8. The collection of Coleoptera of M. L. Linell. 9. The bulk of the collection, in all orders, of H. K. Morrison. 10. The collection of Diptera of Edward Burgess. 11. The type collection of Syrphidze made by Dr. S. W. Williston. 12. The collection of Ixodidie of Dr. George Marx. 13. The collection of Myriopoda of C. H. Bollman. 14. Sects of the neo-tropical collections of Herbert H. Smith. 15. The collection of Hymenoptera of William J. Fox. 16. The collection of Tineina of William Beutenmiiller. 17. The large Japanese collection, in all orders, of Dr. K. Mitsukuri. 18. The African collections, in all orders, of Dr. W. L. Abbott, William Astor Chanler, J. F. Brady, the Eclipse expedition of 1889-90 to West Africa, and of several missionaries, 19. The large collection from south California of D. W. Coquillett, in Coleoptara, Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, and Orthoptera. 20. The Townend Glover manuscripts and plates. In addition to this material, there are minor collections which have been the result of the work of Government expeditions, or are gifts from United States con- suls and many private individuals. 314 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The most beautiful, and in many respects the most important, of the numerous series in the Department of Marine Invertebrates is the collection of corals made by the United States Exploring Expedition, and described by Dana. It includes many types of new forms. The great deep-sea collections from the North Atlantic and North Pacific, made by the United States Fish Commission, deserve notice; as do also the exhaustive collections from the New England Coast and the Fishing Banks, and from the west coast of Alaska, received from the same source. All the collections are very rich in the types of new species and higher groups. Among the notable specimens in the Department of Comparative Anatomy should be mentioned the skulls and partial skeletons of the great extinct Arctic Seacow (Rytina); several skeletons of huge Gala- pagos Tortoises; and an unrivaled series of bones of the Great Auk. The collection is rich in skulls and skeletons of the various species of porpoises. In the Department of Geology the following series and separate objects are pointed out by Dr. George P. Merrill as deserving special mention: 1. The Leadville, Colo., collections of rocks and ores, comprising some 380 speci- mens, illustrating the work of 8. F. Emmons and Whitman Cross,! 2. The Washoe collections, comprising 198 specimens, as selected and studied by ' George F. Becker.? 3. The collections of the Fortieth Parallel Survey. These comprise some 3,000 specimens of eruptive and sedimentary rocks collected by members of the Fortieth Parallel Survey, under the direction of Clarence King, in 1867-1873. The eruptive rocks of the series were described by Prof. Ferdinand Zirkel.* 4. The Hawes collections. These comprise some 350 specimens of eruptive altered rocks, representing in part the work done by Dr. Hawes in connection with the New Hampshire surveys.‘ It also includes the small fragments described in his paper® on the Albany granites and their contact phenomena. 5. The Pacific Slope quicksilver collections. These comprise several hundred small specimens (mostly 4 by 6 cm.) of rocks and ores from the quicksilver regions of the locality above noted, as collected and described by G. F. Becker® and col- leagues in ‘‘Geology of the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific Slope.” 6. Pigeon Point collections. These comprise 400 specimens illustrating various contact phenomena, as occurring at Pigeon Point, on the north shore of Lake Superior, and as described by Prof. W.S. Bailey in a bulletin’ of the United States Geological Survey. Emmons, Samuel Franklin. ‘‘Geology and Mining Industry of Leadville, Colo., with atlas.” Monograph x11 of the United States Geological Survey, 1886. 2“Geology of the Comstock Lode and the Washoe District, with atlas.” Mono- graph m1 of the United States Geological Survey, 1882. 5““Microscopic Petrography,” United States Geological Explorations of the For- tieth Parallel, Vol. VI, 1876. 4«The Geology of New Hampshire,” Concord, 1878, Vol. III, part Iv. 5 American Journal of Science, 1881, Vol. XXI, pages 21-32. 6 Monograph x11 of the United States Geological Survey, 1886. 7“The Empire and Sedimentary Rocks on Pigeon Point, Minnesota, and their Con- tact Phenomena,” 1893. Bulletin No. 109. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 315 7. Menominee Valley and Marquette River collections. These comprise 254 speci- mens illustrative of the dynamic metamorphism of eruptive rocks as described by Prof. George H. Williams.! 8. The Eureka (Nevada) collection, comprising some 506 specimens, rocks and ores, as studied and described by Arnold Hague,? Whitman Cross, and J. 8. Curtis.® 9. The Cripple Creek (Colorado) collections. These comprise some 800 specimens of rocks and ores. The material studied by Whitman Cross and R. A. F. Penrose and described in their report on the ‘‘Geology and Mining Industry of the Cripple Creek District.” ! 10. The Silver Cliff collections, comprising 300 specimens of rocks and ores. The collection upon which is based the report by Whitman Cross and R. A. F. Penrose. 11. The Tenth Census collection of building and ornamental stone comprises some 3,000 specimens, mainly in the form of 4-inch cubes, and 2,000 thin sections.®° These formed the basis of the results given in ‘‘The Collection of Building and Orna- mental Stones; a Handbook and Catalogue.” ® 12. The Tenth Census collection of iron ores, comprising some 2,200 hand speci- mens and 506 thin sections. This formed the basis of Prof. Raphael Pumpelley’s report.7 13. The collection illustrating Kirkaldy’s experimental inquiry into the mechanical properties of Fagersta steel. 14. Collections from the Archean division of the United States Geological Survey made in Vermont and Massachusetts, and forming the basis of the petrographic work to be published in a forthcoming monograph.* Among the materials of greatest historical importance may be mentioned: (a) A mass of iron smelted by members of the Frobisher expedition during their stay at Frobisher Bay in 1578. (b) A piece of metallic tin smelted by Dr. T. C. Jackson in 1840 from ore found at Jackson, Carroll County, N. H., and believed to have been the first tin smelted in America, (c) The first steel car axle made in America and bent cold (d) Copper medal. Struck from the first copper produced in Colorado in 1866. (e) Placer gold. First gold discovered in California, from tail race 206 yards below the mill, panned by J. W. Marshall on the evenings of the 19th and 20th of January, 1848. Marshall’s Claim, Sutter’s Mill, Coloma, El Dorado County, Cal. (f) Sample of petroleum from the first flowing well in the United States. Drilled in 1829 near Burkesville, Ky. Among the more striking collections of the exhibition series may be mentioned the one illustrating limestone caverns and associated phenomena. This includes not only a large and variegated series of stalagmitic and stalactitic minerals, but also representative forms of animal life such as inhabit caverns. The collection as a '«The Greenstone Schist Areas of the Menominee and Marquette Regions of Michi- gan.” 1890. Bulletin No. 62 of the United States Geological Survey. *Hague, Arnold. ‘‘Geology of the Eureka District, Nevada, with Atlas,” 1892. Monograph xx of the United States Geological Survey. 5’Curtis, Joseph Story. ‘‘Silver-lead Deposits of Eureka, Nevada, 1884.” Mono- graph vit of the United States Geological Survey. 4Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, part 11, 1894-95. °Merrill, George P. ‘‘Special reports on Petroleum, Coke, and Building Stones, Tenth Census of the United States,” 1880, Vol. X. °Report United States National Museum, 1886, page 277. 7 Report on the Mining Industries of the United States, with special investigations into the iron resources of the Republic, and into the Cretaceous coals of the North- west. Vol. XV. ®See also Thirteenth and Fourteenth Annuai Reports of the United States Geo- logical Survey, 316 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. whole is doubtless the most complete and systematic of its kind in any museum in the world. In the economic section are very full and systematic collections illustrating the mineral resources of the United States, arranged geographically, and also a sys- tematic series in which minerals of the same nature and from world-wide sources are arranged by kinds. This collection comprises probably not fewer than 10,000 specimens. Mr. F. V. Coville, honorary curator of the Department of Botany, furnishes the following brief account of the collection of plants: With reference to the collections in the Department of Botany, it may be said that they constitute what is commonly known as te National Herbarium. The nucleus of the herbarium consisted of the plants collected by the Wilkes exploring expedi- tion during the years 1838 to 1842. To these were added later the material from the North Pacific exploring expedition of Ringgold and Rodgers, followed by those of Frémont, the Mexican Boundary Commission, the Pacific Railroad surveys, and all the later explorations and expeditions of the Government. In recent years the largest amount of material received has come from the Divi- sion of Botany in the Department of Agriculture, material brought together in the pursuit of the investigations of that establishment. Especially noteworthy among these is the collection of grasses which Dr. George Vasey gathered during his studies of the forage plants of the United States during a period of about twenty years. To the collections of the exploring expeditions and those of the Department of Agriculture has been added a large amount of material donated by American botan- ists or purchased from collectors, besides large consignments of plants received from various foreign institutions or individuals principally as gifts or in exchange. The collections of the exploring expeditions and the collection of grasses are espe- cially rich in type specimens. Mention should be made of the collections of George Joad, comprising about 10,000 species of representative plants of the globe, more especially those of Europe; and the collection of Prof. Lester F. Ward, comprising the specimens on which his ‘ Flora of Washington and vicinity” is based, in addition to important collections made by Professor Ward and his correspondents in other parts of the United States. Both the Ward and the Joad collections were acquired by the Museum in 1885. The important collections of the Department of Minerals are sum- marized by Mr. Wirt Tassin, assistant curator, as follows: At the request of Prof. F. W. Clarke, the honorary curator, I have prepared, and transmit herewith, a list of some of the most important collections and single objects in the Mineral Department. They are: The Isaac Lea collections, including a collection of minerals, a collection of micas and quartzes, and a collection of gems and ornamental stones, among which may be noted as of especial interest a fine green tourmaline of 57 carats, a red specimen of 18 carats, and a hair-brown one of 16 carats, from Mount Mica, Paris, Me; a doubly terminated emerald crystal from Stony Point, Alexander County, N. C., one of the largest ever found, measuring 3.1 by 2 inches and weighing 8 ounces and 3 penny- weights; a crystal ball cut from North Carolina quartz; a silver nugget weighing 448 ounces, from near Globe, Ariz; one of the largest known cut Ceylon essonites; four large Ceylon asteria; a fine suite of opals in argillaceous limonite, Baracoo River, Queensland. The Leidy collection of minerals, received from the United States Geological Survey. A series illustrating the occurrence and associations of the zinc and lead minerals of southwest Missouri, collected by W. P. Jenney. AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 317 A series illustrating the mineralogy of the Pikes Peak region, collected by Whit- man Cross, of the United States Geological Survey. A series of original and type zeolites from Table Mountain, Gunnison County, Colo., collected by Whitman Cross, of the United States Geological Survey. A series of uranium minerals used in the work leading to the discovery of nitro- gen in uraninite and later ef argon, given by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. A series of copper carbonates from Copper Queen mine, Arizona, a gift of the Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company, through James Douglas, president. A series of azurite crystals and associated minerals from the copper regions of Arizona, together with a series of vanadium minerals from New Mexico, collected by Dr. W. F. Hillebrand. A series illustrating the occurrence and association of the zinc minerals of New Jersey, collected by Wirt Tassin. The type specimens of warrenite. A slab of sodalite, size 2 by 2 inches; a polished slab of labradorite, 2 by 2 inches; a slab of calcite crystals, 4 by 4 inches; two large sections of agatized wood from Arizona, deposited by the Drake Company; the Ontonagon copper bowlder; a series of Sicilian sulphur crystals; the Shepard collections of meteorites; the Ring or Irwin meteorite; a suite of meteoric irons from Canyon Diablo, Arizona, varying in weight from 964 pounds to a few ounces. To the list may be added the Stroud collection, the Hawes collection, the Abert collection, the various accessions received at different times from the United States Geological Survey, and other smaller collections containing valuable material of scientific and other importance. Of the Department of Paleontology, Mr. Charles Schuchert, assistant curator, writes: The feature of greatest importance is that much of our material has served in Gov- ernment reports and is the basis for the geological and paleontological work treating of the western part of our country. This fact is well exemplified in the great number of species which have served in description and illustration, many of which are the original type specimens. There are of such species 5,741. These are distributed in the sections of this department as follows: Paleozoicinvertebrate species.....-<------+-.--+--------- 1, 155 Mesozoic) invertebrate) species=-s2-- 2+ = 222-2 = 1, 024 Genozolcinvertebrate speclesss=s-e s265 = sees e eae 1, 304 Wertobrate species = 222.55 cosso ees ee eee = eiauee teense 161 Paleozoic plant species (Lacoe collection) .-...----..----- 504 Mesozoic and Cenozoic plant species....-..--------.------ 1,531 IMSECHISD OCIS secre caeteceerec ice erie see eet eee eee 62 The most complete series is the Lacoe collection of American Paleozoic plants, the labeled specimens of which alone number upward of 18,000, and of these more than 500 species have been described or illustrated by Lesquereux and White. This mag- nificent collection is the result of many years’ accumulation, and cost upward of $50,000. It was donated to this Museum in 1891 by Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa, The collection of Cambrian fossils is very large, and when Mr. Walcott shall have completed his studies upon this material it will be the most complete and valuable series of fossils of this system extant. The Cretaceous collection is also quite extensive and represents much work by F. B. Meek, C. A. White, and T. W. Stanton. The Tertiary collection of Mollusca is one of the conspicuous features of this department. This collection was accumulated chiefly by William H. Dall. Among single objects the following deserve mention: A composite slab of Lower Carboniferous fossils measuring 4 by 6 feet, and show- ing in high relief 106 crinoids (16 species) and other fossils. 318 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. A Lepinodendron trunk 3 feet wide and 30 feet long (Lacoe collection). A series of 6 cycad trunks from the Lower Cretaceous of South Dakota. Bones representing a nearly complete Zeuglodon cetoides from the Eocene of Ala- bama, and of which a life-sized restoration is exhibited. Skulls and limb bones of the huge Cretaceous dinosaur, Triceratops, from Wyoming. An excellent skeleton of the Irish elk, Megaceros hibernicus Owen. The collections of the Department of Prehistoric Anthropology are thus described by the curator, Dr. Thomas Wilson: There are three great stages of culture, or civilization, represented in this depart- ment, which are separated and installed according to locality. The first, and probably the earliest, is that of western Europe, of which the Museum possesses an extensive collection, the largest in the United States, showing the culture of prehistoric man, from the earliest times down to the Bronze Age and the Etruscans, where it joins history. The second great division represents the territory of the United States and British Columbia. This constitutes the bulk of the collection, and comprises the hatchets, axes, implements, and other objects of stone. The mounds of the Ohio and Missis- sippi valleys have yielded large representations of pottery. The third stage of culture is that belonging to Mexico and Central America, variously called Aztec and similar local names. While it comprises many stone implements, it extends further and wider than either of the foregoing, having jade, obsidian, and gold objects and ornaments. Its pottery is fine and beautifully made and decorated, while some of the ruder pieces, representing gods, especially from Mexico, are made with a wealth of detail that has increased the difficulty of manu- facture almost beyond the belief of possibility in savage life. The display from South America is important, resembling the culture of Central America more than that of North America. The department has one of the richest displays of prehistoric objects in the United States. It contains more than 250,000 objects, which it is impossible toname. They, however, are divided both technologically and geographically, and by comparison in these two regards the endeavor is made to determine the stage of culture and obtain some insight into the history of prehistoric man. Regarding the Department of Ethnology, the curator, Prof. Otis T. Mason, writes: The ethnological collection of the Museum relates chiefly to the North American Indians, but it includes also valuable series of objects from Polynesia, obtained by the United States Exploring Expedition, such as the old Tapa cloths and weapons, - which are no longer obtainable. The Eskimo collection is unrivaled. The collections of the Bureau of Ethnology and other Government surveys on the west coast of the Pacific Ocean in North America and in the Pueblo region of the southwestern United States are the most extensive and valuable ever assembled. Among single objects of high value and rarity may be mentioned a large jade knife from Alaska, obtained by E. W. Nelson; a fine series of boats and totem posts from the west Pacific Coast of America, by J. G. Swan. In the Powell collection there are rare old pieces of pottery from the ruined pueblos. A Hawaiian feather cloak, of large size and well preserved, also deserves mention. I present the following list of the most conspicuous and useful collections in alphabetical order, by collectors: A collection of great value from eastern Africa, Kashmir, and southeastern Asia, by Dr. William L. Abbott, of Philadelphia; a collection illustrative of the ethnog- raphy of Korea, by Lieut. J. B. Bernadou, U.S.N.; a collection from the department of education in Japan to illustrate the practical industries of this country, in com- AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 319 parison with the tools and appliances brought home by Commodore Perry; the collection of Dr. Franz Boas, illustrative of the ceremonial usages of British Colum- bia and the Northwest Coast; of Capt. John G. Bourke, U.S. A., gathered from Indian tribes in the United States during his long engagements on the frontier; of Dr. J. F. Bransford, U. 8. N., pottery and other materials from the graves of Nica- ragua; enormous collections from the great Interior Basin and Pueblo region to illustrate the costume and arts of the Shoshonean and Pueblo tribes, also materials gathered by James Mooney and others of the Bureau of Ethnology from the tribes in the Indian Territory; collection of Heli Chatelain, from Angola; large collection from the Chinese Imperial Commission in the Centennial Exposition in Philadelphia; a rare old collection from Liberia and vicinity, made by the Colonization Society of Washington; collection illustrative of the games of the world, by Stewart Culin, of Philadelphia; collections especially from South America made by the Government agents for the World’s Columbian Exposition in Chicago; collections of William H. Dall, associated with Dr. Tarleton H. Bean and Marcus Baker, in various parts of Alaska; collections, well labeled, from the Tlingit Indians, by Lieut. George T. Emmons, U.S. N.; a small but extremely valuable collection from west Greenland, by Governor Fenckner; a precious collection of pottery and other objects from old ruined pueblos in New Mexico and Arizona, by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes; collection of William J. Fisher from the Eskimo and Aleuts on the Alaskan Peninsula, the Island of Kadiak and vicinity; collection of William M. Gabb from Central America; old and precivus collections from Oregon and British Columbia, by George Gibbs; a small and rare collection from the west coast of South America, by Lieut. J. M. Gil- liss, U.S. N.; a small and extremely rare collection from Fury and Hecla Straits, by Capt. Charles F. Hall; collections of the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Territories, by Dr. F. VY. Hayden; small collection from north Greenland and Grin- nell Land, by Dr. I. I. Hayes; collection from the Amazon River, by Lieutenant Herndon, U. 8. N.; collection from the Ainos and northern Japanese, by Romyn Hitchcock; collections from the Indians of the western Great Lakes, by Dr. W. J. Hoffman; collections from the Swiss lake dwellings, by Prof. Joseph Jillson; col- lections from southeastern Japan, by P. L. Jouy; collections from the Mackenzie River district, by Mr. Robert Kennicott; royal gift from the King of Siam, through Gen. J. A. Halderman; collection from Cumberland Gulf, by Ludwig Kumlien; a priceless collection of antiquities from Puerto Rico, by George Latimer; collection trom Bristol Bay, by Charles L. McKay; extremely valuable collection from Mac- kenzie River district, by Robert MacFarlane, of the Hudson Bay Company; collec- tion from the Kongo region, by Dorsey Mohun; collection from the Sioux tribes of Dakota, by Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S. A.; an immense collection, covering many thousand numbers, from Alaska, by E. W. Nelson; collections from the South- ~west and Mexico, by Dr. Edward Palmer; collections from Japan, by Commodore Perry, U. 8. N.; collections from the tribes of Utah, by Maj. J. W. Powell, of the United States Geological Survey; collections from northern and central California, by Stephen Powers; collections from Kotzebue Sound and of the Hupa Indians from northern California, by Capt. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.; collection from Tibet, by W. W. Rockhill; collection from the Chukche country and Alaska, by Commodore John Rodgers, U.S. N.; collection from the Mackenzie River district, by B. R. Ross, of the Hudson Bay Company; collection from South America, especially Peru, by Lieut. W.E. Safford, U. S. N.; collection by Rev. George W. Samson, from the Holy Land; collection by Paul Shoemaker on the shell heaps of the West Coast, especially Santa Barbara Island; collection of Lieut. G. M. Stoney, U.S. N., from Kotzebue Sound; collection by James G. Swan, from the North Pacific Coast of America; collection by Talcott Williams, from North Africa; collection by Lieut, E. H. Taunt, U.S. N., from the Kongo region; collection of Dr. William M. Thomson, U.S. N., from Easter Island; collection of Hon. W. P. Tisdell, from the Kongo region; collection of Lucien M. Turner, from Labrador and North Sound; collection of Capt. G. M. Wheeler, U. 520 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. S. A., from southern California; collection of Capt. A. W. Whipple, U.S. A., from Southwest; collection of Rouncevelle Wildman, from eastern Cnina; collection of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition from Polynesia to the West Coast of America. In addition to those already named should be mentioned the various branches of the United States executive service, the Department of State, the War Department, the Navy Department, and the Department of the Interior. Of the Section of Oriental Antiquities and Religious Ceremonials, Dr. Cyrus Adler writes: This section comprises a small collection, interesting not so much because of the intrinsic value of the objects as because of the relation in which they are shown. It may be divided, according to religions and nations, into nine sections: (1) Bib- lico-Judaic, (2) Christian, (3) Mohammedan, (4) Egyptian, (5) Assyro-Babylonian, (6) Hittite, (7) Greeo-Roman, (8) Brahman, (9) Buddhist. Of the Biblico-Judaic section, the collection of manuscripts and editions of the Bible and its versions (forty-one in number) may be considered as the most impor- tant, having both a literary and paleographic interest. Next to this may be men- tioned the collection of objects of Jewish ceremonials, which, besides being a complete set of the objects used by the Jews in their religious observances, is of much artistic and historical value. In the Egyptian section the mummy with its cases and the facsimile of the “‘ Book of the Dead” ranks foremost. In the Assyro-Babylonian section the most imposing objects are the two colossal composite figures and the model of a temple tower of Babel, the latter being unique. For purposes of the study of the mythology and culture of Mesopotamia, the collection of seals (upwards of 300 in number) is important. The whole collection of Hittite casts (thirty-eight) is unique in America, and affords a basis for the study of the history and civilization of this people, who played such an important part in the ancient history of the Orient. __ In the Greco-Roman division rank foremost the Serpent Column of Delphi and the reliefs of the pedestal of the Obelisk, both from the Hippodrome in Constantinople. These casts are unique. In the Buddhist section there aresome fine images of Buddha of carved wood and bronze, models of pagodas from Japan, and a rare collection of musical instruments as well as other religious implements from China. A rare piece of mosaic, representing a lion attacking a horse, from an ancient temple in Carthage, also deserves especial mention. The varied collections grouped together in the Department of Arts and Industries are not readily summarized, but the following state- ments of those having the most important series in charge will be of interest: In the section of historical collections [writes Mr. A. Howard Clark, honorary curator] are exhibited personal relics of representative men and memorials of events and places of historic importance. The nucleus of the collection was the Washing- ton relics transferred from the Patent Office in 1883, and these still comprise the choicest of the historical treasures, including, as they do, so many objects intimately associated with General Washington during his home life, as well as military campaigns. Furniture, porcelain, glassware, and ornamental articles from Mount Vernon, Royal Worcester vases presented to him by Samuel Vaughan, the Martha Washington china, presented by Van Braam, a beautiful Niederweiler bowl, per- sonally presented in 1792 by the Comte de Custine, and a nearly complete dinner service of Chinese ware decorated with the insignia of the Society of the Cincinnati; and besides these, the tents, camp chest, field glass, and writing case used by Wash- AN ACCOUNT OF THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. S24 ington during the War of the Revolution, as also miniature portraits of the General and Martha Washington painted on wood by the artist Trumbull. Next in importance to the Washington relics are the almost priceless memorials of General Grant—the saddle, sword, field glasses, and other objects used by him during his military career; all his commissions in the Army, from lieutenant by brevet during the Mexican war up through the several grades to general, and his certificate as President of the United States; handsomely mounted swords; and the great gold medal with which he was honored by Congress for his military services; many ele- gant gifts received during his tour of the world, including the beautiful jade vase and ornamented bell standard given him by Prince Kung, of China. By the side of these treasures are valuable gifts to Presidents of the United States aud to statesmen, soldiers, and other representative Americans ; some Moorish guns, highly decorated with gold and coral, and a gold-mounted sword, gifts to Thomas Jefferson from the Emperor of Morocco; jeweled and gold-scabbard swords pre- sented by citizens of States and cities for military bravery to General Ripley, Com- modores Elliott and Biddle, Admiral Trenchard, Generals Hancock, Paul, and others. Here, too, are exhibited the great gold medal presented by Congress to Joseph Francis for his service to the world as inventor of life-saving appliances; the beau- tiful vase presented to Professor Baird by the Emperor of Germany as the grand prize of the Berlin International Fishery Exhibition; the silver urn from the citi- zens of Baltimore to Commodore John Rodgers for his services in defense of that city during the war of 1812; the garrison flag of Fort Moultrie in December, i860, when that fort was evacuated by Anderson; the war saddle of Baron De Kalb, who gave his life for American independence; the uniform worn by General Jackson at the battle of New Orleans, and many other individual objects of great historie value. A most instructive historic treasure is the Copp collection of household objects and wearing apparel, illustrating the home life of the New England colonists from 1635 to the period of the war of the Revolution, the gift of Mr. John Brenton Copp. As a precious treasure in memory of the immortal Lincoln, there is the original plaster life-mask. Kqually interesting are the molds of the hands made by the sculptor Volk, in 1860, just prior to the nomination of Lincoln for President of the United States. As a most conspicuous object, and a treasure as well, may be mentioned the original full-sized plaster model of Liberty by Crawford, from which was cast the bronze statue surmounting the United States Capitol. Of the sections of Transportation, Engineering, and Naval Archi- tecture and Physical Apparatus, Mr. J. E. Watkins, curator, writes as follows: The collections in transportation, engineering, and naval architecture, although not great in extent, are particularly valuable on account of the historical interest of almost every object which has been collected and is now on exhibition. Notable among the objects is the cylinder of the first steam engine erected on the Western Continent, by Josiah Hornblower, in 1753, sixteen years before James Watt began his investigations of the properties of steam. The Museum has also been fortunate in obtaining the original machinery of the Stevens twin-screw propeller steamboat, constructed and operated in the year 1804, three years before Robert Fulton operated the Clermont on the Hudson River. The original multitubular boiler of the Stevens locomotive of 1825, which ran in Hoboken, N. J., four years before Stephenson’s Rocket, also forms a part of this collection. A cylinder and other portions of the locomotive ‘‘ Stourbridge Lion,” the first locomotive built for traffic on the Western Centinent, was obtained several years ago through the cooperation of Horatio Allen, who, in August, 1829, first ran this locomotive near Honesdale, Pa. The series showing the development of permanent way in America is unique, as is the NAT MUS 96 21 322 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. two collections of models showing the development of wheel vehicles and machinery of the steamboats invented by Rumsey, Fitch, Fulton, and Ericsson. The Ramsden dividing engine, used in the last century to divide equally the circles of quadrants and other mathematical instruments, which is the earliest machine of this kind extant, also forms a part of the collection of apparatus. A very important and valuable recent addition to this section is the seismological apparatus, displayed at the World’s Columbian Exposition in the Japanese exhibit, and since presented to the Museum by that Government. The electrical collections contain objects of extreme importance and value. Among these may be mentioned one of the first three large horseshoe electric mag- nets, wound and experimented with by Henry, together with the battery, first motor, and other similar appliances constructed by Henry while in Princeton; and the original telegraph apparatus invented by Professor Morse. The original telegraph instrument from which was received the historic message, ‘‘ What hath God wrought,” in Baltimore, 1844, also forms part of this collection, together with objects illustrating the beginnings and development of the storage battery and electric incandescent and are lamps, and other electrical apparatus. The telephone which Johann Philipp Reis, of Frankfort, invented in 1860 is another object of much interest and value. The collection of materia medica is probably the most complete and most carefully labeled collection of its kind exhibited in any museum. It is very full in many directions, and is especially rich in specimens of cuinchona. Of the latter series Dr. J. M. Flint, U.S. N., the honorary curator, writes: IT regard the collection of cinchona products as the most important in the Materia Medica Section. This collection embraces specimens of nearly all the natural cin- chona barks of South America, every variety of the cultivated product from the Government plantations in India, together with most of the cultivated sorts from Java, Ceylon, Jamaica, and Mexico. The India and Jamaica collections comprise also herbarium specimens of the leaf and flower, and in many cases the fruit of each variety of cinchona tree from which the bark is taken. Of the section of Graphic Arts, Mr. 8. R. Koehler writes: This section was definitely organized in January, 1887, although its beginning goes back to at least the year 1884. From a very few specimens then on hand the collections in this section have increased to the number of 5,620 specimens at the present writing, but as many of the entries on the catalogue cover more than one specimen, it will be safe to say that the total number is about 6,000. The aim of the section is to illustrate the various processes of making pictures by lines and masses, either black or in colors, by hand, or with the aid of machinery, and the application of these processes in the industrial arts. To reach this aim, all the methods of making pictures that have ever been essayed are eventually to be illustrated—and many of them are already illustrated—by the tools and materials used, by the product in the various stages of progress, and by historical examples showing the development of each process, from the invention to the present time. In addition to the collections already noticed, the Museum possesses a good series of musical instruments, assembled under the immediate direction of Dr. Goode; a collection of porcelains, bronzes, and ivory carvings; a large and varied collection illustrating fisheries, which was brought together chiefly in connection with the Fisheries Exhibi- tion of Berlin and London; a small forestry collection; a collection of foods; a collection representing the utilization of industrial products AN ACCOUNT OF THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM. aae derived from animals; a collection of fibers and textiles; and a series of objects illustrating the chemical composition of the human body. I have already alluded to the work done by the Museum in the diree- tion of supplying from its surplus the needs of other scientific and edu- cational establishments. This undertaking was inaugurated at an early date, as I have stated on a preceding page (p. 297), and already in 1866, at the end of the second decade of the Institution, 110,000 specimens from the collections had been distributed. At the close of the fifth decade, in 1896, the number had risen to 521,000 specimens. These included animals of every class and many geological and mineralogical specimens and plants. Every State and Territory in the Union has received a share of these collections, and numerous institutions outside the United States have also been beneficiaries in the distribution. The majority of these specimens were distributed without demand for or expectation of a return; but the National Museum has received from other institutions in exchange for the collections sent out a body of specimens amounting in all to perhaps one-third the number dis- tributed. Important additions have been made to the Museum in this way, and, indeed, its surplus collections, owing to the comparatively small amounts available for purchases, have constituted its chief capi- tal. The system of exchanges, however, has its limitations, which are soon felt. Few institutions carry large quantities of surplus mate- rial, and none, of course, dispose of their most precious posses- sions. Exchange, therefore, takes the place of purchase only to a limited extent. The Smithsonian Institution has carried on the distribution of sur- plus specimens from its own collections as a part of its regular activities having for their object the diffusion of knowledge. The Government has shown its acquiescence in this policy, so far as the national eollee- tions are concerned, by several enactments making appropriations for the work and in other ways. In 1878 the Museum began the publication of a scientific journal, which has become well known to the world of science under the name of ‘Proceedings of the United States National Museum.” The object of this journal, as indicated in the “advertisement” inserted in the vol- umes, is “the prompt publication of freshly acquired facts relating to biology, anthropology, and geology; descriptions of restricted groups of animals and plants; the settlement of particular questions relative to the synonymy of species, and the diaries of minor expeditions.” Kighteen volumes had been published to the close of 1895, containing in all no fewer than 1,100 papers, comprising 12,056 printed pages. All the papers relate directly or indirectly to the collections of the Museum and serve to make them known to specialists. The volumes include! a large ‘With the “ Bulletins” to be mentioned presently. 324 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. share of the scientific publications of the curators of the Museum, whose investigations have very naturally been based for the most part on the collections under their care. The ‘“ Proceedings” is a great store- house of facts relating to natural history, and especially in the field of systematic zoloogy, but the work of every department of the Museum is reflected in its pages. A few years before the establishment of the ‘‘ Proceedings,” in 1875, the Museum began the publication of a series of monographic works, under the general title of the “ Bulletin of the United States National Museum,” whichin 1895 had reached 49 numbers. This series does not differ essentially in character from the ‘“ Proceedings,” but comprises for the most part works too large to be conveniently included in the latter journal and generally of a more comprehensive scope. The regular series of both ‘ Proceedings” and “ Bulletin” are in octavo, but the Museum has also published three numbers of the latter series, as “Special Bulletins,” in quarto. Two of these contain ‘“ Life Histories of North American Birds, with special reference to their breeding habits and eggs,” by Major Bendire, and the third, a treatise on ‘Oceanic Ichthyology,” by Dr. Goode and Dr. Tarleton H. Bean. The report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution until 1884 consisted each year of a single volumein which was included a statement of the operations of the National Museum. The report of 1884, however, and those of subsequent years have been published in two volumes, of which one is devoted exclusively to a statement of the work of the Museum. In connection with the administrative reports contained in these volumes has been published a series of illustrated papers of a nontechnical character descriptive of various collections in the Museum. These papers have the same interest for nonprofessional readers that the technical papers in the “ Proceedings” have for inves- tigators, and the demand for them reveals a widespread interest in zoology, botany, anthropology, and those other subjects with which the work of the Museum has been most closely connected.: FRONTISPIECE. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. —Wilson. ‘ozIs [RANgeU ¢ “TN'S'D ‘L908FT “ON “9RD ‘URSITONN “Ayano veseuey ‘preyyory ‘espoq ‘gq uorkg Jo uoMaTToD “ATONVH N3GOOM TVYNISIYO SLI NI LAHOLVH ANOLS G3HSI1Od NVOIYAWY IVNIDIYOREY PREHISTORIC ART; OR, THE ORIGIN OF ART AS MANIFESTED IN THE WORKS OF PREHISTORIC MAN. BY THOMAS WILSON, Curator, Division of Prehistoric Archeology, U. S. National Museum. AT yh? Ceara is ics oe d a TAB OR CONTENTS. Tera ts12@ CLIT Gi ae eter ae ee eerie wire ne evs RUS ay staat ols es ave ie ois wisi sii 's/e sc i hain ah oye) bao eae Sela Rae So Cosme norccoseisee ene SooeOSeecraecn cece so nosor Es Cinclliéem Gno@a(edilmyateen)) j2. 66.6505 cnc Gen ses e cogbcoceoces Savecr Geocnsac Sti AWolnemilvemn eyo@ln (GUNNA AMMEN) — peng eSccpe scHSaneoce sa0cs6 2500 Eee Seater Hint implements im the Wmnited Statese= secs ase ala al Mousterienvepochn (Cavern period) eset aman ey alesis eee oar ol SOMRRGIN G]HOO Ngo coos eoho.c ces sea nee ohoSas SoneEs o2 Cocsbee cop bees snesEse nema os Seu pie yy aC yA GL ys oe er tela aeolian Mad olainienkepochijses teaser eeet ae eae eee ee eee CHROME TNO ono 5 conn cdsoodHS Seon SsnSks GsdcGe DOdead ONS EHs Guessosasead WAUCETIGU BASS Clee see te seat ee a a a se ee sae ate oe chert iey IMAE AAS Cis! Woe, INGyua, ERG sho y sees ose soo send ones coeced asc eensee GN AVOL Sse area Se eee eye a ere eee ne oe Sele Serene = ae clemson 1EPha KO oo odocEos Cube Copa actor bas UlOeae HOSHED PanbODmoEnCooneaoeoor ASrailirneal ean epee ete stove ote Sie = ee eee ee tol ine vars Sie. oes Slee ake aaa Cave bean seme osc seca te ate Se Se aces Ba avers tae aera eee Mammoth eeecne sa ctis aaester eee sea a sysee on co ctie soem seme Sasa eae eet Mamimnotht @senaperstome) me eset essere sae aoe ate rans eae Mamm othe) res Cresson elawane) ease eee ease ao rere eterna Reimd Ceres actmad= ae ae cea crea cee eee ee oe eee cease Batons dercommandement s2- =a. sae 2-2 ac ne sews oem see see ae soceee BIsSOnsoroxd (UBUSTOR AULOCHS) eee eet ee eens a eee nares eee Gave tee se eee ee eo ey TE SEE ee OR ey Sal acters a eters FEURITIUTN PINGS er eS te ay epee eye cre ache ot Bete eerie eS a aa ee eee es BOWLS Leaves wObCi. =.acs ccs sore eiloeere sane aise eiepssintceierseee ae eee Marin eramim a Si 5.:-\(2scters cs aoe ercinere ciel e sere eee eaters ee ioe ee aaa ORTON HIS GH Eheth | HuEKCUNK 434 S56 cnocosanbSes Ha soue cnoUSoKooSH iSsouIoSEe CW NWT RO ccocde aaeeo oOREUD CnORM ESE oopeConcanic cneHo coomacddar costae eseee Methods of cngravingand sculpturing: . =<: - 2225-02 oso2 samen eo acncl nae ISIE es Soe cence ee Na ee PE RR Oa te rene aoer SLOMeTVvOnysbones NOL, WOOG 2 .-2- 2--\-sceni elec sem eess «tenes DE Ev LAU inn Oe eee os coh Seca ar oS are, clavate, «See meer aint (este ae a epee Characteristics of the art of the Paleolithic period..............-.-----.- MOC AUC eee te See eo as he cane = oy) Saniora mre te ela eh iste aso a yaar NUCCESSLONU GaN UsPELlOUS =e aa catosen oe ors oe ne ee eiele cists ae sates oeiesicie ele Aspect of man of the Paleolithic period... - <2 2. <--2---s~ Ja-2naccne cess Conclusions Comparediwithy Paleolithic tas 22505 Jo 5.6 coe Soe eel oan aerecee eee oniocves ees DPeierences im arcioL the two Periods... 04.2 e-- couse ase) na eo tnsstee sis a = 328 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Paga GeonisiliG OMAMPN <-> .na0 ssi oaes Meee cone ce ssle ole isce eee cence oeiae 421 MMIC HIP PING 35. os sw sce ce cee ees cous Soe ates cokes oeelenie Cee ee eee eee 422 Bong dakes or TAvres du Beurre. . 22.226 sen sc cnvseede secuew toes eee 422 IBERNOON COLE 252 .J22.002 Scee eee nce ees Sess eect oe cee cena see 427 Gonchoidal fracture.2: tl 2)0 12 = 5 5-2 4- . Seco te se fs ee eee 4S BORGMPKCTS. «5 cse -Sek: seas dicta cos Oeeoe cee ons seabed Sete eee 427 Scandinavian flint chipping. -. 22. 20. .ccen- oe cee ee ae eee eee 428 DAP POIS ca - cenee seas Saeco. heey ssc s eee eee eee 428 IMIGXICO: . 52 scclo es scnd osc ete cctiecce ov saccsscw ss coomecs ee peat ee een 428 eat-shaped, Class A-. 0-2. <<. . f0c< con Son 4 eee 428 United States of America’. <-.2. o3- 252 ce sen 4-0 Coe eee eee 428 Leaf-shaped, Class A. .2.2 2.22 5.cuiw cass sees eee eee ee eee eee eee 428 Obsidian 522... 22. ee ee ee ee ee 435 Curious: fornis../.522 3225. ose 22 hoe oe ee Oe eee 436 Polishéd stone hatchets 032. cS ehsecces seas eee ee ee eee 440 Scandinavia. 6 22-2 fees ee ee eee Spey Seas a eee eet 442 aNd i aoe soe asic eaie als orotic S Sak een re eee 442 Drilling in BOONE {2 6 22s. es we SOUS oe ee ee eee ee eee ee 446 Pipes; tubes, ete... 2 4s. 2255's. 2 See eee ee eee ene nee ee 447 Ceremonial objects j.22.. /. 2.5 32 52S eee ee ee 447 Banner stones .\-~ 20 sso st ete ee = tat eee ee ee ee ee 448 Bird-shaped objects... 200225 22.2 2s ee ee eee 450 Boat-shaped objects .. .. 250. so a ee ee eee ae eee eee 450 Gorgets and pendanta : J... 0... 0-c ct bees eacce ee eee eee 452 Chunokee stones... Y: <3 Se ss es see ee eee OS a te 453 Beads. oof. ssi bse wicca oc Sa eeres Se ae ee ee 454 hapidary WOrk 220. Js5.'Seiec ele sda dan we ee eee ee ee 455 Jade and hard. stone ebjects.\... “<< --os25 geen ee eae 455 Migration. -.0.02 soe 2000 Sedo VS Sue ee ee ee ee ee 456 Jaderie MASKS: (5. oo. ek oe 3 eS Se eee ee ee et 461 Crystaliskull so. cee. eels Sos eo eee 462 Patu-patu *. 2. ss etesss os cet oc oe ee ee 464 PCUMPtUTS oo. se le ek eee le le 465 HULOPe "| 2W 2. a oh se ane sen cee cos = cee ee eee eee 465 Worbli ‘Amteri¢a,.2 255s oa 468 In ‘stone. S82 re eee eee 468 In pottery . 22200 sche oe ees ts ee oe 475 Different areas and styles ..: os... se. eee 480 Brouze head (Louvre). 2.22. ee eke eee 482 Masks 22. 0.225 22 LS ee 486 Pipes. cose econ tee oa ees oe ee ee oe ee ee 488 Bngraved ‘tablots 22-002... ce we eh cs eee eee 488 POOtprints $2.5 sa se Dee ces ke ee 491 Pottery. 2.5.22. SS Sel see oe ae Beet see ee ee 492 Buropean 2-2. 1.5053 sos. Deck soko eb Sock eee De 493 Neblithic 002.2... 8 cae PERSE SEL ee ee 493 Bronze age 2 2s. Joo ce kee e ee ee eee ates ae eee -- 494 United States (excluding ‘Pucblos)-2.2 20.222. he eee 495 Neolithie w2 0.3.0 us 5 s2as il Dobe eat ene bee eee eee 495 Professor Holmes’s description 122 2.50 5.c-cccaseed csccse eeeeeen eee 495 ERORUG BRE! u's sche e chs ot ss a oc os ae ee Sale vis's weleaie aeteeteeeteeee 497 Bivles of decoration: : .c.:; .-.- 55. sceensee eee ee cds eSiccieeecetemeeeeae 499 Copper in Amoriog.. eee ae eee 648 British Guiana 122 22s ocee Acsccal- Was as sere os ecb ene ee eee eee 649 Rattles, flutes,and trumpets oat. serio ce) See ie are eee ee eee 649 Bla cso wees ohe tas Ace gece weioeee vo Se sine see oe See eee eae eee 652 Bone: whistles or-fageolets\2222-25-2-ccs eee ee ee eee en Oe ee 652 POTU; Fessis neice bes steeds cose cooks ce adeses cose cece een ee eee Eee ane 653 Whistling bottlesi. 22 soe cick sectws ose sein ce ese eee eee eee 653 Whistles, bird-shaped.:. 22. sa/Giee-css coccce ten seen eee eee 661 Bone flute coc ees 2) eos secs tee oe Sone cue Son cee eee eae 661 Syrinx or Pan pipes (reed and stone) ....---..-..---- cpa ae 662 Concluston) m2 eck. Saba Sitee ss sees ee ee ets cob een cee ee eee 664 PISO ie west RATIONS, FRONTISPIECE. Facing page. ABORIGINAL AMERICAN POLISHED STONE HATCHET IN ITS ORIGINAL WOODEN HaNnpLe. Found in the State of Michigan, 18 inches beneath the surface, pre- served in a bed of peat or muck. Collection of Byron E. Dodge, Richfield, Genesee County, Michigan. Cat. No. 148067, U.S.N.M. See pages 442, 445.... 325 PLATES. 1. Portion of the floor of the prehistoric cavern of Les Eyzies, France. Cat. No. 9106, U.S.N.M., showing the objects used by prehistoric man and how they are preserved:and. founds 2 2.222 Ss 2a2 Sec cain non Seer sie vee ae 358 2. Prehistoric station of Chelles showing alluvial deposits, in the valley of the River Marne, 19 kilometers east of Paris, wherein Chelléen Paleolithic implements are found. Cleuziou, Creation de l’Homme et les Premiers Aces de wbumanité, page: Lid, tiv, lOlSss22. See, oo oe eee eee 360 3. Rudely chipped quartzite implements of Paleolithic type. District of Colum- biaseaCUs SeNationaloMuseum)) is. -oco 8 code) Soon ccc sans crce eee ae eeeee 368 4, Series of rudely chipped quartzite implements of Paleolithic type. Mount Vernon,aVvircinia. (Cat. Nos: 136952, 1503780. SIN: Mesos. sone seen 368 5. Map of the River Vézére (Dordogne), France, showing settlements made by Manpinewnepealeolithic!perlod. 22. sass es sire cian ss oe = eee ele eee 369 6. Perspective view ofthe cavern of Le Moustier, from the Vézere ..-.-------- 370 7 a, b,c, d. Mousterien points (Paleolithic), obverse and reverse. Cat. No. 9015, (WESENG Mea i aematceclotcceas socio ese ce ceisecs ee bgt sghaclna mee oeeere cae 370 8a,b,c,d. Mousterien scrapers (Paleolithic), obverse and reverse. Cat. No. CSCI LUIGI N SIN Urea eat cee es es ra ieee ee ei ee iS ere Be racy rs 370 9. Series of Solutréen (Paleolithic) leaf-shaped blades. Cast, Cat. No. 99747 UWS SNR eee oat terre an tate, Seis era toons Wa Se ete nals inate Soe eveciers Sesser 371 10. Notched or barbed Solutréen (Paleolithic) points. a,rudest form; b, from leaf-shaped; c, finest form, broken; d, finest form, restored. --..-.....---- 371 11. Rock shelter of La Madelaine, River Vézere, Dordogne, occupied by man durinosthe Paleolithic periodeeey.ssse- - ores oe pases cece ce sae se eee eee 372 12. Perspective view and section of the rock shelter of Laugerie*Basse, River V6ZEre= DOTdOONei oso afoomec oss ones sme beisiccis Seo acis os Sortie wie nlecic tie wiles 373 13, 14,15. Decorative geometric and conventional designs of the Paleolithic PeLiGdeinyEUrOPeee sane Aka s Less Socata se seme seems cevaeme ate ecls 377 16. Fig. 1. The Lenape stone, a slate gorget with figure of mammoth or masto- don engraved thereon. Found by Bernard Hansell, near Doylestown, Bucks County. hennsylvania.. baxonicollectionvss+--+e-s2- see. ee oe > eee 380 Fig. 2. Fulgur shell, with figure of mammoth or mastodon engraved there- on. Found by M. Sarault at Hollyoak, Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, DelawareseCabaNow48ats 5 WLS IN Mice. seecc mec ccc ee ca sciracs cess cece 380 17. a. Perspective view and (6b) section of the cavern of Placard, (Charente), France. c. Section of the prehistoric cavern of Schweitzerbild, Switzer- land. Strata showing superposed successive epochs of culture .........-. 415 331 332 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Facing page. 18. Fig. 1. Group of artists of the Chelléen period engaged in chipping flint Implements --.-.----- -.02 -2 ce ne n cee oo soe eo een ese enne gana cose nee 417 Fig. 2. Family of the Madelainien epoch, with representation of the rock shelter of Langerie Basse. From groups at Paris Exposition, 1889. ....-. 417 19. Geometric decorative designs in use in western Europe during the Neolithic period, some of which were continued into the Bronze age.........----.- 422 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19. Fig. 1. Dots slightly prolonged, arranged in horizontal parallels, with panels of the same arranged perpendicularly. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 67, fig. 54. 2. Ornamented rim of cinerary urn, parallel] lines in relief, with a single row of indentations forming a bead or molding with panel between. Idem, page 68, fig. 55. 3. Thumb-nail decoration in parallel horizontal lines. Idem, page 69, fig. 56. 4, Ornamentation by lines of twisted cord arranged in parallels alternately horizontal and vertical. Idem, page 70, fig. 57. . Large indentations, crescents, made with the thumb nail. Idem, page 71, fig. 58. 6. Rim decoration of alternate bands of dots and incised lines, with scallops in high relief. Idem, page 73, fig. 60. 7. Zigzag or herring-bone decoration, rows of parallel incised lines. Idem, page 74, fig. 61. 8. Ornamented band for rim of vessel, rolled in high relief, zigzag between two moldings. Idem, page 72, fig. 59. 9. Zigzag or dogtooth decoration, imprint of cord. Idem, page 75, fig. 62. 10. Imprint of cord, in horizontal parallel lines. Idem, page 75, figs. 62, 63, 64. 11. Lines of dots in horizontal parallels divided into chevron, dogtooth, and square forms. Idem, page 76, fig. 65. 12. Decoration of rim of bowl by dots and marks, in parallel lines with dog- tooth or Vandyke points formed of incised lines parallel to each other and to the sides of the triangle. Idem, page 86, fig. 71. 13. Lines made by dots with bone point or hard wood, drawn in horizontal bands divided by perpendicular column into panels forming a square the center of which, left vacant, forms a St. Andrew’s cross. Dawkins, Early Man in Britain, page 361, fig. 127. 14. Combination of small herring-bone, dogtooth, and twisted-cord decora- tion for the rim, and perpendicular lines of short incisions in groups of four or five alternating, covering the body of the vase. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 88, fig. 73. 15. Engraving (intaglio) on support of dolmen of Petit-Mont Arzon (Morbihan). De Mortillet, Musée Préhistorique, fig. 581. 16. Furrows (intaglio), four or five together in parallel lines, some horizontal and continuous around the vase, others in reversed festoons. Green- well, British Barrows, page 89, figs. 75, 76. 17. Combination of lines, some incised, others the imprint of a cord, hori- zontal, perpendicular, and zigzag. Many combinations. Idem, page 94, fig. 81. 18. Pottery stamped in imitation of basket work. 19. Ornamentation in combinations of incised lines and cord imprints arranged in horizontal parallel zones and in lozenge form; a center zone broken by parallel panels or bands of smooth surface. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 101, fig. 89. or PREHISTORIC ART. Bao Fig. 20. Same specimen as No. 19, with incised lines and cord imprint in horizon- tal bands and double zigzag, filled with parallel lines at 45 degrees. Idem, page 101, fig. 89. 21. Small dots in continuous parallel lines at an angle of 45 degrees both ways, arranged in bands or zones of herring-bone pattern. A common form of decoration in Brittany. Vase from dolmen of Portivi, Quiberon. Original, Museum of Vannes. De Mortillet, Musce Préhistorique, fig. 531. 22. Dots slightly prolonged, in parallel lines, forming reversed pyramids, and arranged in bands around the vase. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 96, fig. 83. 23. Imprints of cord showing only three or four twists, applied in different forms, the whole arranged in bands around the vase. Idem, page 97, fig. 84. Facing page. 20. Geometric decorative designs in use in western Europe during the Neolithic period, some of which were continued into the bronze age..--..-.---. ---- 422 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20. Fig. 1. Crossed lines of small dots, arranged in bands—one of the common deco- rations of pottery in Brittany. From a fragment found at the Cromlech of the Isle des Tisserands (Morbihan). (Original in Musée St. Germain.) 2. Scallops made by thumb and finger on rude pottery at or near the edge. Lake dwelling of Robenhausen, Zurich, Switzerland. (Musée St. Ger- main.) 3. Incised perpendicular lines in groups of five or six, interspaced with small chevrons. Denmark. After Madsen, plate xtiv, page 44, fig. 11. 4. Lines of large dots arranged in zones, alternated with bands of small dots, in parallels at 45 degrees. A single band, also of fine points, arranged in horizontal parallel lines in dogtooth or Vandyke points. Dolmen of Er-Roh Trinité—sur-Mer (Morbihan). (Original, Museum of Vannes.) 5. Fine points arranged in bands of Vandyke points in parallel lines at 45 degrees. Museum of Vannes. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 536. 54. Coarse pottery rudely ornamented with thumb-nail marks alternated. (Musée St. Germain. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 534.) 6. A different ornamentation on the same specimen as fig. 3. 8. Small points arranged in bands and zones, parallel, some of which are in single lines, others wider, wherein the lines of points are parallel at angles of 45 degrees both ways. On same specimen as fig. 4. 9. Lines of points close together, horizontal and paraliel. Underneath are parallel incised lines in groups of seven or eight, arranged in festoons, the plain surface above representing Vandyke points. Monsheim, near Worms. (Museum of Mayence.) 10. Cup-markings, single, plain, surrounded by a circle and connected by a line. Covering-stone of dolmen, Baker-hill, Ross-shire, Scotland. Simpson, Archzeic Sculpturings, plate Xrv, fig. 1. 11. Bands of incised lines, horizontal and parallel, the two upper ones plain, at angle of 45 degrees both ways; lower band of horizontal incised lines, Vandyke points. Dolmen de Keriaval (Morbihan). (Original, Museum of Vannes. Mortillet, Musée Prehistorique, fig. 541.) 12. Waved lines, zigzag, parallelandin bands. Those in the middle are broken at alternate intervals. (Madsen, Antiquities of Denmark, plate xLiI1, fig. 2.) 15. Medium dots alternated with small broken incised lines. The latter ar- ranged in horizontal parallels at the top and middle, indicating the out- line of dogtooth ornament between. These are filled with medium dots arranged in horizontal lines; a lower band of three horizontal parallels of medium dots: (Museum of Zurich. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 538.) 334 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 16. Ornamentation on same specimen as fig. 12. 17. Spirals and concentric circles cut (intaglio) on aslab of sandstone. Eday, Orkney, Scotland. (Original, Museum of Society of Antiquities, Edin- burgh. Simpson, Archeic Seulpturings, plate XIX, fig. 4.) 18, Concentric circles in pairs with interfering and joining lines. Dolmen d’Availles-sur-Chizé (Deux-Sevres). (Originalin Museum of Niort. De Mortillet, Musée Prehistorique, fig. 542.) 19. Vandyke point, double, arranged in perpendicular parallel lines, with intermediate spaces. Dolmen, Island of Men. (Madsen, Antiquities of Denmark, plate xVvI, fig. 5.) 21. Ornamentation of many styles, reduced thirty-three times, engraved on one of the supports of the dolmen of Gayr ’Inis. (Mortillet, Musée Pre- historique, fig. 580.) 23. Dots and cireles arranged in parallel lines surrounded by incised lines, and all inclosed so as to form a cartouch. Support of the dolmen of Pierres- Plates, Lochmariaquer (Morbihan). Facing page. . Nucleus or core of beeswax flint. Flake, side and edge views. Grand Pres- siony, Prance: ‘Cat. Nos. 136657, 146062) UsSNOMiose essere oes eee eee 422 . Nucleus and flake of beeswax flint. Grand Pressigny, France. Cat. Nos. 99889) T8660, MUS NM. 2552202 roe ce sins ciao aaa ere ae eee ee ee 423 . Poniard of flint, finely chipped. Scandinavia. (Collection of Rev. Dr. Nevin, Rome) s..e20 04 aise - Scie e SSR las SE see See eee ete eae eee ee 428 . Poniards or daggers of flint, finely chipped. Scandinavia. Cat. Nos. 1OUG44—45,/58495,.77) U.S NM oso 2. so eae ie ene 428 . Solutréen leaf-shaped implement, white flint or chalcedony, Class A, ‘clas- sification of arrow and spear heads.” Oaxaca, Mexico. Douglas col- lection = 2 seesw steed sce ss uta fe ose seiias aes Sosce eee eee ee eee 428 . Large quartzite blade, finely chipped. Arvedson collection, Carpenters- Wille, Tinos: .. 2. 2.222525 236 Se SS eee eee ee Oe eee 428 27. Five large spearheads, chalcedony. Little Missouri River, Pike County, Arkansas, Cat. No.150176; UsSiNsMbe. aoe eee eee ere eee eee 429 . Obsidian cores and flakes from Mexico and California. Cat. Nos. (see speci- mens’), UW.SiNe Me 2icij2) Seo ae Se a cae See eerie ae eee 435 . Twenty flint objects of curious form, none utilitarian—art for art’s sake. Cat. Nos. \(see Specimens). Ui SiN Mise Sia are eerie eet pel mere ee ees 437 . Two flint hatchets. (a) Chipped to form; (b) polished. Lund, Sweden. Cat: Nos: 101035, 100990; TW. SIN IM 222 35222 aeons ae ee nee eee eee 442 . Polished stone hatchet and handle combined, worked out of solid rock. Dio- Tite (7)... (U.S. National Museum) 22 255 3 ee eee 445 2. Three banner-stones (two broken). Cat. Nos. 42540, 17923, ea 115685, TW, GNM» fee jc psode cee, he Ee ote 449 . Gorgets, pendants and plummets or charms. Cat. Nos. 97853, 62578, 97423, 60206; 139531, Ui. SuN.Mics. 2.5 joo. aac ccebeeceo oe tee ek Soe ae 452 . Series of European prehistoric polished jade hatchets. (U. S. National Museum) = 22. cei cjoe wick oe ASS Se sa oC Ee ee eee a 455 5. Series of American prehistoric polished jadeite and nephrite hatchets. (U.S: National Museum), ¢..5=-\525 65 tees oe ee eee eee 455 }. Series of polished and grooved actinolite axes and hammers, from the pueblos of New Mexico and Arizona. (U.S. National Museum)......../....-.--.. 455 . Series of polished nephrite axes and adzes (one pectolite hammer), from Alaska. Many show signs of sawing. (U.S. National Museum)......-.. 456 . Series of nephrite bowlders and fragments thereof, Alaska, discovered by Lieutenant Stoney, United States Navy. The center of the plate shows some finished implements. (U.S. National Museum)..........--......-.. 456 39, 43. 44. 48. PREHISTORIC ART. 335 Facing page. 40. Series of polished, wrought, and sawed stone objects of semiprecious character, principally jadeite, from Central America. Obverse and reverse views of same objects. (U.S. National Museum) ----..-...----..---.---- . Series of objects of polished stone, principally jadeite and obsidian, from Mexico and Central America. (U.S. National Museum).------..---------- 2. Patu-patu from the Pacific coast of the United States, similar to those from Weir Zena, © Obits INGE. TBO), IBB ies, WS SINGS S55 cé656e ose scaeese ssec Four statues, sandstone, rudely representing the human figure, found in 1890, Aveyron, France. Cartailhac, ’ Anthropologie, 1892, III, No. 2, page 222; G. de Mortillet, Revue Mensuelle de Ecole d’Anthropologie, No. 10, Oeuoloyarr U5, WEES nee BIB. Bae edo sue bag doe csoese che nec doeaseSsegee seb Human figure, stone, 214 inches high, 56 pounds. Found in 1888 near Stiles- lncioy 1Bartiony Crominting CGO ieee sad ongcaneocoos Goods sSEcer cOSees dacbas sac . Stone statue, front and side views. Etowah mounds, Bartow County, Geor- gia. Original in Tennessee Historical Society collection. Cast, Cat. No. (SIGE DAS bIN IN is ons aa nis ee We oe aR recor nr Asam one ogo eEeoce.aosd . Three stone statues. Kentucky. Originals in Louisville Publie Library. Casts OatwNosso0snl—o2 612595 WES INE Mees se ose aaa ea emie ces ee eee aeee . Statue of gray sandstone, height 13 inches. Williamson County, Tennessee. In Tennessee Historical Society collection. Thruston, Antiquities of Ten- MESSCON |) BCH OA ecis oe seleeeie as cloaisasae oslo sitere a cline sine oa aclnns ems saaeteleiere Two head-shaped vases, Pecan Point, Arkansas. (1) Cat. No. 94598; (2) Cast, Cat. No. 94398a. Holmes, Fourth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1882-85, pages NOP OS) sie e OB aoe . a6 gates HSE oa eriateOB OER ara UenOBAESdomouoEScces . Two head-shaped vases, one a death mask, the other not. (U.S. National IMIWSOUIN 5 Sec oa Sates nese te osnenesrcoee ser Boat Se nioe BUSceeroSeeea See peat 51. (Two plates.) A series of 18 effigy bottles from stone graves, Tennessee, representing the human face. General Thruston’s collection, Nashville, Mennesscese One-thindinaturalistZep err asa seer asta as mae See ar . Two rude sculptured heads in stone. The smaller one from Monmouth, New Jersey (American Naturalist, page 70, 1889), Cat. No. 61474, U.S.N.M.; the larger one from Southfield, Staten Island, Cat. No. 98133, U.S.N.M.....-.-- . Roman (?) situla in bronze representing human head, believed to be of a North American Indian. Louvre Museum. A. de Ceuleneer, Antiquites du JE OUIV RO; USO 0 eee ease eecte erste oe pare aN ete ae ae ote renee a ciate aS elapai claveeiens é . Two crouching lions, sculptured from solid rock. Pueblo region, New Mexico. Reproduced from painting of E. W. Deming, artist.-.-...----- 55. Pottery vases of tulip, form, the standard of Dolmen pottery. St. Vallier (Alpes-Maritimes), France. Collected by M. C. Bottin --.----- setae oe 56. Art forms of various pottery vases in European countries ...---.----------- EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56. Fig. 1. From Morbihan, France. 2. From Vienne, France. 3. From Morbihan, France. 4. From Northumberland, England. 5. From Seine-et-Marne, France. 6. From Terramara of Mercurago, Italy. 7. From Denmark. 8. Prom Paris. 9. From Morbihan, France. 10. From Moénsheim, near Worms, Germany. 11. From Denmark. 12. From Robenhausen, Switzerland. ATA 480 481 336 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 63. Facing page. . Bronze sword and dagger handles. Europe...-----------+-++--+-+-----+------ 499 . Bronze knives and scabbards. Europe ..-.-.-------------------------+----- 499 . Thin copper plate, repoussé, human figure. Mound C, Etowah group, Georgia. Twelfth Aun. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1890-91, plate xv1. Cat. No. 91117, _ MUESONGIM cei 2 ance stone ice me witei d= 35 5 spe ose oie clersinie ole = eee ee 500 . Thin copper plate, repoussé, bird figure. Mound C, Etowah group, Georgia. Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., plate xvin. Cat. No. 91116, U.S.N.M.... 500 . Thin copper plates representing various objects. Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Wilson, Swastika, figs. 244-49. Originals in Field Colum- bran: Museum ..3..-< <5 1 Soc6 Sos dee Seem eminem arlene eee eee ere 501 . Human skull with copper head-dress (imitation elkhorn), Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Wilson, Swastika, plate 18. Original, Field Colum- brane Mumsemmi eo. 2) EES. Seer oom boca soo seb ads Ste athsage sds 501 Copper head-dress, sprouting horns. Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Putnam and Willoughby, Symbolism in Ancient American Art (Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci., LXIV, 1896, page 305, fig. 4). Original in Field Colum- bian Museum) .o26....22 02 sos 42 220g ae oor Serre eee ae ee er eee 502 . Gold objects from Chiriqui, Colombia, South America. (String of beads and bells at the bottom are from Peru.) Cat. Nos. 148148 to 148172, U.S.N.M.-. 510 . Gold objects from Quimbaya, Antioquia, Colombia, South America. Some are casts and some originals. Cat. Nos. 147738 to 147746, U.S.N.M-_..-.---- 510 . Gold ornaments, Costa Rica. Originals in National Museum, San José. Though some of these appear to have been made of gold wire coiled and soldered, an investigation proved them to have been melted and cast. .--. 511 . Gold objects. Chibcas. Ruiz-Randall collection, from Bogota, Colombia, South America -2.2 22 $2. 22 eace ce eae ee eee eee eee ee eee 511 . Shofars and other horns. Palestine and Syria. Adler (Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1692 plate exG Vil) a. seer risa ae Ui doe mae SES Saeko sk isioee eee oe eee 553 . Whistles and jew’s-harps. Tibet. Rockhill (Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1893, plate: 24). oes cee cade tone acee one ee pe eee ee ee ee 556 . Medicine and dance drum. Tanned sheepskin stretched over a wooden frame. Totemic figure, the bear. Beaten with an ordinary stick padded with cloth. Tlingit, Sitka, Alaska. Cat. No. 127613,U.S.N.M. Coilected by Paymaster E. D. Webster, United States Navy. (Niblack, Report U.S.Nat.Mus., 1888, fig. 302, plate LVII)..--..-.....-.-.------------------ 565 . Wooden whistles and trumpets. Indians of Northwest Coast ......--.----- 565 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 71. Fig. 1. Dance whistle. In form ofa toy balloon, with a bladder attached to wooden mouthpiece to operate the whistle. Cat. No. 89069, U.S.N.M. Haida, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. (Niblack, Report U.S.Nat.Mus., 1888, fig. 298, plate LvII.) . Dance whistle. With double reed mouthpieces backed with bellows. The cheeks of the bellows are painted, representing Hoorts, the bear. Cat. No. 89064, U.S.N.M. Haida Indians, Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. (Idem, fig. 329, plate TeX) 3. Ceremonial trumpet. Made in six pieces (see fig. 4, this plate), which, when joined, form six chambers, in each of which a piece of fabric is stretched. The different tones are not set to a scale. Cat. No. 20687, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. (Niblack, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, fig. 301, plate LV.) 4. Wooden trumpet. Five-chambered. Compare with fig. 3, this plate. (Idem, fig. 319, plate Lx1.) bo PREHISTORIC ART. ao Facing page. 72. Wooden whistles and trumpets. Indians of Northwest Coast .........-.--- 565 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 72. Fig. 1. Dance whistle. Blown like a fife. Compare fig. 2, this plate. Cat. No. 7TH. -~] x9057, U.S.N.M. Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G.Swan. (Niblack, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, fig. 299, plate LVII. ) 2. Ceremonial whistle. Cat. No. 89057, U.S.N.M. Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. (Idem, fig. 326, plate LXI.) 3. Ceremonial trumpet. Of wood; made in two sections with reed between. Cat. No. 20689, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia, Collected by James G. Swan. (Idem, fig. 324, plate LXx1.) 4. Ceremonial trumpet. Of wood; in section, to show the vibrating piece. Cat. No. 20695, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. (Idem, fig. 327, Plate Lx1.) Facing page. . Whistles, rattle, and drum. Hupa Indians. Collected by Gen. P. H. Ray, U. S. V. Mason, Ray collection, Smithsonian Report, 1886, Pt. 1, plate TEXT FIGURES. Page. . Quaternary gravelly deposit at Chelles, section wherein Paleolithic imple- ments are found. Cleuzion, Creation de ! Homme et les Premiers Ages de LE umanive pace ilo IS ae eee yaperee aoe intra yaaa Sas electra ee Ae ate ree 360 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped flint. From river Arve, at the prehistoric station of Thennes, France. Cat. No. 99440, U.S.N.M...---.---- 362 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped flint. Gravels of the Little Ouse, Norfolk bnolandt Cate No sl l083sUnSe Nee seem emer seen ae eee ee ee 362 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped flint. Loire Valley, central ran ceye CatHNo vol aie UES JNe Meee ees a eee eee oo Seinen eee Aer eee 363 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped flint. From the (surface) forest of Othe, eastern central France. Cat. No. 99457, U.S.N.M...--..--.--- 364 . Paleolithic cheiléen implement of chipped quartzite. Bois Du Rocher, near Dinan, Brittany, France. Micault and Fornier. Cat. No. 99541, U.S.N.M. 365 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped quartzite. Leiria, near Lisbon, Portugal. Cartailhac, Spain and Portugal, page 30, figs. 23 and 24.... 365 . Paleolithic chelléen implement of chipped quartzite. Laterite beds near Madraswin dit C atiNOssol 90s We Sune Mise sets see ye re 366 . Paleolithic chelléen quartzite implement. Africa. Cat. No. 170677, U.S.N.M. 366 . Paleolithic Achenléen implement of chipped flint. Gravels of the River Somme, at St. Acheul, France. Side and edge views. Cat. No. 137535, LOSI ISNY [SOURS ase ai Sere eRe OI pectin Reem Yas ae Cem Rega TOs Ce at POR na age 367 . Rude chipped flint implement of Paleolithic type. Side and edge views. Mexasm eC kta NOmo logy OU Sane Ata s2 2 tec, a RA eee ee wee ese coe ske 368 2. Rude chipped flint implement of Paleolithic type. Side and edge views. LGxanaer CANO lie neo aU SN Sera oe oreo oe ees har oes 368 3. Rude chipped implement of Paleolithic type of black flint. Side and edge Vie wees Woy.OMminge es CatwNonllbos, ULS.N.ME 226s moc onc. Secs oee ee 369 . Rude chipped implement of Paleolithic type, brownish-yellow jasper. Side andedge views: Wyoming. Cat. No.10543, U.S.N.M .-...2....<0..2-.2-: 369 Rude chipped quartzite implement of Paleolithic type, made from a pebble. Side and edge. Mount Vernon, Virginia. Cat. No. 1073, loan, U.S.N.M.... 370 NAT MUS 96 22 md 338 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ; Page. 16. Round-ended solutréen (Paleolithic) scraper. Cat. No. 99812, U.S.N.M.....-- 371 17. Flint scraper with rounded end (Paleolithic). La Madelaine (Dordogne), Emaneen auarbet;and Christy. 22-25 =a cece = ee aie oe elt ae 372 18. Flint flake (Paleolithic), probably a saw or knife. La Madelaine (Dor- dogne), France. Lartet and Christy...--.----------- ------+--+-: --0----- 372 19 (a and b). Flint points or drills. La Madelaine (Dordogne), France. Lartet and @hristy,..--c- -22 --: voce creoesee cece ce = se cece ae eae ee 373 20 (a,b, ¢,d). Flint gravers. La Madelaine (Dordogne), France. Lartet and Ci ee "acm teu = fdciseedabalczegeee eee eee ee 376 21 (a,b, c,d). Harpoons of reindeer horn. La Madelaine (Dordogne), France. artet and Christy <..-2- 2-2 s25- sie S20 ees ee ee eee 377 22. Cave bear engraved ona flat oval pebble of schist. Grotto of Massat, Ariege. Original, Musee de Poix..<-..-:-@F !< 2-202 -Paen poe eee ee re ee 23. Engraving of mammoth on a fragment of his own fuck La Madeline, Dor- dogne. Found by Lartet and Christy. Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Cast; ‘Cat: No. 99736, U.S.NMo 2: oe oe ee ee ee eee 379 24. Reindeer browsing, engraved on reindeer antler, both sides represented. Grotto of Thayingen, near Lake Constance, Switzerland ..........-..---- 381 25. Reindeer (hind legs) and body of a woman, engraved on a fragment of shoulder blade. Reverse, rude sketch of horse. Found by Landesque at Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. Collection of Judge E. Piette. Cast, Cat. No. 99741, ULS.N. Muss 22 secs eet bt bee eee eee eee Ee eee 382 26. Reindeer with javelin in his flank, engraved on the rib bone of ox. Found by E. Douliot, Grotto of Carnac, Dordogne. Musée St. Germain.....--. 382 27. Reindeer (?) engraved on one of their own metatarsals. La Madelaine. Lartet and Christy. British Museum. Cast, Cat. No. 8144, U.S.N.M-.-..-. 383 28. An animal of the horse species, engraved on bone. Grotto of Thayingen, Switzerland.” Collection; Piette:.2.-')--2.- Ses eeeee eee ee eee 384 29. Horse engraved on bone. Cavern of Bruniquel (Tarn-et-Garonne), France. British Museum. 22.23. 222 2-. 2S eee ee ere ieee eee ere 384 30; Pony horse.- From one of the Dordogne Caves=seces-eaee eee === eee 384 31. Bdton de commandement (a, obverse; b, reverse). A shed reindeer antler, one hole drilled, droves of horses following, three on one side, four on the other. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Musée St. Ger- main. --Cast, Cat.-No:8133, U.S:.NaM 322 ee ee eee 385 2, Horse engraved on fragment of reindeer antler, with hole bored after deco- Pation: 2. 2. s.sce5 decker cones ote ee eee he ee eee ee ee 386 33. Bdton de commandement, with four holes, bored before decoration. Made of the shed antler of a young reindeer. La Maelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Cast, Cat. No. S135, 1.8. Ni Mee pase sees eee ee eee 387 34. Baton de commandement, with one hole, of reindeer horn, engraved with eels and fishes. Obverse and reverse. Grottoof Montgaudier. Found by MM. Paignon and Gaudry. Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris......-....-..-.. 388 35 (a, b, c). Batons de commandement (?) of reindeer born fragments, bored, carved, and decorated with animal and geometric designs. Lanugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat. a. Cast, Cat. No. 136645, U.S.N.M. 6. Cast, Cat. No. 136640; UsS:NsMansc 2283 232 2 oo oe oe eee ee 389 36. Bison and man, engraved on reindeer antler. Hunting scene. Obverse and reverse. Langerie Basse, Dordogne. Collection, Massenat. Cast, Cat. No. 99740, U.S.N.M out 37. Three calves’ heads, on reindeer antler, both sides the same. Fragment of handle of poniard. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat. Cast, Cat. No. D987, UISSN Moe cece css Ao oe eee eee ood eee Be ae ;, 893 38. Calves’ (?) heads engraved on bone. Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. Collec- UiON, MaSSONaAG. 20 Fs ieics cn oe wc c eee cimce a stele cae oelee eer eee ae eee ecco be PREHISTORIC ART. 339 Page. 39. Ruminant (?) engraved on fragment of reindeer horn. Les Eyzies, Dor- dogme MUSE Sta G CuMaIMe eee ee sey stance acta stones eeie els eenei eh are 392 40. Bovine animal, engraved on reindeer’s brow antler palm. Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Cast, Cat. No. 8141, U.S.N.M..-.....----- 393 41. Harts or does, following, engraved on reindeer horn. Found by M. Brouil- let, 1851, in Grotto of Chaftaud, Charente. Musée Cluny-...--.....--.-.-.-. 393 42. Ibex or wild goat, engraved on reindeer’s brow antler palm. Laugerie. LartetiandsiChristy. (Cast~Cat. No. S142) U).S°NEM &. 22 242.6, 2-25 cis - 2-2 --2 394 43. Ibex or goat, engraved on fragment of reindeer’s brow antler palm. Dordogne. Casts. Cat tNogsl sod Wiss N 5 Mies spe pete owe alot, cree qereeeeeeeee a 394 44, Head and neck of ibex, engraved on reindeer’s antler. Laugerie Basse, Dordogne bartebamd, Christyaeee senna oe oem eect eee eee senate: 395 45. Head of saiga (antelope) ona fragment of bone. Grottoof Gourdon. Judge BiG tles-6 a5 eee ee ts aee vat oe wcities seca eae oe cia Smeomeeeelee ne 395 46. Head of wild goat on reindeer horn. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat- 395 47. Harpoon or dart, with engraving of outstretched skin of a fox (?), two fOWwerss ua Madelaines. Wartetand!( Christy ss. se2 o>. eee eee eee 396 48. Whale (?) engraved on bone. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat....... 397 49. Seal engraved on bear’s tooth. Cavern of Sordes (Landes). Collection, Chaplains Dupatcias sos ccte 5 o's tae ee eee deta ae Set ee a Se ose Scone Gti 50. Musk-ox ..-.-- eee eee aeiws SORE oH SO OS REI ACEE 0G GE OHINCOR SA Cat hes Soar meee 397 ail DUN - 5 Sep oe es pence ee eae eee eee Sch Se at A oer oR epee Tae eee ee 097 52. Engraving on bone fragment of uncertain animal. Cast, Cat. No. 14870, US SINE eae eer aro Se AD Oe een ee Se oe aah ue oe OO Baa ee 398 53. Engraving on bone fragment of uncertain animals, probably reindeer follow- ing each other. Grotto of Massat (Ariege). Collection, Cartailhac......... 398 od; Aninial, enekavyed On bone quMCeLualians 542. 0-'* 422 cet ese oce Seti een ee 398 5d. Engraving of animal, uncertain. Cast, Cat. No. 99858, U.S.N.M-.........---- 399 56. Engraving of reindeer on beam of reindeer horn. La Madelaine. Lartet HOO MGA AI Ich et oa oe ee Spee ee I ae Se eee eee ee ee ee Re Ee 399 57. Fragment of stag horn, with portion of hole drilled in one end, and engray- ing of uncertain animal, probably stag (Cervus elephus). Engraving on oppo- site side of sketches. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy.... 399 58. Dise of bone, animal uncertain, resembling a cat, with geometric designs for for decoration. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Hardy, Dieppe, France.....-. 400 59. Figure of a man with a stick or staff on his left shoulder engraved on a fragment of baton de commandement, of reindeer horn. Two horses and a serpent. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Musée St. Ger- ICUs CAST g Clem NOM SGOG Am We sa NaW les ets 5) 2c eres nyc eis CP ete 400 60 (a) Fragment of harpoon of reindeer horn engraved with two human hands, one on each side, La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. British IWINIS BR pecs b eye eee serene ectre Va lea ews Ua LDN ne SS Se eee 401 (>) Human hand engraved on a fragment of harpoon or reindeer horn. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy.........:....-:..2----.-2-- 401 Gl; Human‘head: . Langerie Basse... Massenat... 5.2.2 22. -sn cee ce esse cee e 401 62. Fragment of schistose slate with five reindeer engraved thereon, simply unfinished and from different view points. Art trials orsketches. Laugerie Basse. Found by Franchet. Collection, Marquis de Vibraye ........---- 402 63. Engravings on bone, trial sketches. Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. Collection, Waist sae Ot ORIG Ss en Sees fee ate de Se ol en gates bet Ga 402 64. Horses and deer, trial sketches on fragment of shoulder blade. Grotto of Lortet (Haute Pyrenees). Collection, Piette ..........--..2----..-.-2-- 403 65. Various uncertain animals, engraved on bone, trial sketches. Laugerie BASE pe OOUeCtion, Magsenalr osteo con. Sata e acto se eee Pode dk ewneee 404 340 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Page. 66. Sculptured poniard of reindeer horn, the handle representing the reindeer himself. Laugerie Haute, Dordogne. Collection, Massenat. Cast, Cat. No. Side, VS. NUM: ooo 3¢). oslo te oo cet = tse os ee Stk ee pee 405 67. Sculptured reindeer in ivory; handle of a poniard with blade broken and lost. The nose is thrown up and the horns laid on the back. Cavern of Bruniquel (Tarn-et-Garonne). Collected by Peccadeau de V’Isle and sold by him to the British Museum. Cast, Cat. No. 8146, U.S.N.M ...--...---- 406 68. Mammoth sculptured on palm of reindeer horn. Handle of poniard, with blade broken. Bruniquel (Tarn-et-Garonne). Peecadeau del Isle. British Museum, - Cast, Cat. No. 8074, USN. M ---2-3 2 ee eee eee 406 69. Ivory sculpture representing a woman (headless). Laugerie Basse. Collec- tion, Marquis Vibraye .--=-:+--.----.----- ---3e~ sae on ene es eee ee 407 70. Human head rudely engraved on a fragment of reindeer horn. Grotto of Rochebertier (Charente). Found by Abbé Bourgeois. Museum of School of Anthropology, Paris... --..-:---.-2- <2. --eeee 222 2== see eee ewes eee 407 71. Horses’ heads sculptured from reindeer horn. Grotto Mas d’Azil (Ariege). Collection; Pichte:= 55s. -ssso> een — 2 eee eee eee 408 72-77. Various specimens of Paleolithic sculpture from divers caverns of the period in central and southern France, not requiring separate description. Cast, Cat: Nos. 99860, 99856,°U.S.N-M ~- Sree ae eee ee 409 78 Hammerstones. (a) White jaspery flint, Ohio. Cat. No. 17311, U.S.N.M. (b) Quartzite, pitted, New York. Cat. No. 6602, U.S.N.M ............---- 423 79, 80. Core of black flint, and flakes stricken from the same. Brandon, England. Cats NOs T3918 ASU Seis MS te a tem ear eat 426 81. Core of black flint, with its blades as struck off arranged in place. Brandon, England. Evans, Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, fig. 2-.---- 427 82. Leaf-shaped flint implement. Gilmer County, Georgia. Found by H. M. Ellington. Cat. No. 98028, USN. MS <.- S20 hee aene ene eee 429 83. Leaf-shaped implement of white flint, beantifully wrought. Columbia County, Georgia. Steiner collection. Cat. No. 172559, U.S.N.M......---- 430 84. Spearhead, cherty flint. La Paz, Lower California. Cat. No. 61407, U.S. 1 GY eee ee ee en es RE OSE nN a Seon Sn comatomeoce: cede 431 85. Leaf-shaped implement, chert (nodule). Naples, Illinois. Fine specimen of flint chipping; the flakes are broad, thin, and regular. Cat. No. 43133, WS NEM. cos Sai cds 228 Ss foe Sc ee a ee ee ee es 432 86. Spearhead, stemmed, shouldered, and barbed, Class C. Naples, Illinois. The finest piece of flint chipping in the Museum. Cat. No. 43133, U.S.N.M-.... 433 87. Poniard or dagger of white flint, finely chipped. Pike County, Illinois. Cab: No 32831, USN: Mis ce oi oe Sie cee ee eee ear eer eaee 434 88. Large hooked implement of obsidian. Length, 144 inches. Tepoxtlan, Mexico. (Cat: No:.98824, U.S.N2M iis? sp cciosce eee een eae eens eee eee ae 435 89. Obsidian blade (sword?). Oregon. Cat. No.30190, U.S.N.M........-...-... 436 90. Spearhead, stemmed, shouldered, and barbed, Class C. This beautiful speci- men is of rose quartzite, more refractory than flint. Cat. No. 137927, U.S.N SM. ccc casess esecis ised ee Secale oe Soe eee ee eee 437 91. Spearhead of chalcedonic flint. Side and edge views. Groveport, Ohio. Cat. No. 7659; U.S.N.M iv o.oo. 3S bese Seo eee 438 92. Spearhead, stemmed, shouldered, and barbed, Class C. White and rose flint. Ohio. W.K. Moorehead. Cat. No: 172831, U.S.N.M --..-2 22-2 --2-- 439 93 (a, b, c,d). Four arrowheads of flint finely chipped, with sharp edges and fine points. Cat. Nos. 43060, 149373,3287; U.S.NOM 22-22. 222225222. Sees 439 94. Fanciful form (lobster claw) of flint. Length, 11 inches; 4 inches wide. Humphreys County, Tennessee. Cast, Cat. No. 98665, U.S.N.M. ...---.---- 440 PREHISTORIC ART. 341 Page. 95. Hatchet of flint rudely chipped, first stage of manufacture. Cat. No. 99916, EDS SINR ete erecta seer rae een eee le clas coya cies acisce moe sss as tates 4 96. Hatchet of flint finely chipped, second stage, ready for grinding. Cat. NOSE EMIS} Wictsbliilss gsccsé SSBS eo ceapeoues 6s acbG Sao e= Spa DOSOEsE Reese é 97. Grinding or polishing stone for the manufacture of hatchets. Hiawassee River, Polk County, Tennessee. - Cat. No. 65712) U.S-N.M ...-.....-...-.- 98. Hatchet of flint, partly ground, third stage. Cat. No. 99925, U.S.N.M..-.---- 99. Polished stone hatchet, completed. Cat. No. 35164, U.S.N.M .....-.--...---- 100. Banner stone, quartz, drilled and finely polished. Illinois. Cat. No. 30191, WUE SS NAMS ae ete ei a as are ise ee eine Siento eta oe eS ut a 101. Banner stone, syenite, drilled and finely polished. Prince George County, MarylandetnG@ate NO: 54648 ae One Mine cence cite ssitirs eh, Seer ata 102. Banner stone. Hudson City, New Jersey. (Original, New York Museum.) Cast iC atsNorlliO UW SaNe Mi oe cee, oe Sotelo eels tates ea oe a eee 103. Banner stone of banded slate. Paris, Kenosha County, Wisconsin. Cast, Cacao GOI USSIN Mie wae see eo aren ort ote emer ye hs reeset Lise ane 104. Banner stone, slate, curious form, broken. Norristown, Pennsylvania. CatNors02d sWsSsNG Met sent ook pee, see mae epiaiete ces one eleven esters see 105. Bird-shaped (?) object. Western New York. Cat. No. 32298, U.S.N.M...--- 106. Boat-shaped object. Sterling, Connecticut. Cat. No. 17903, U.S.N.M...--- 107. Boat shaped object (?) of peculiar form, slate. Indiana. Cat. No. 98059, WE SENG Meee Se esto aaer oe Sane peewee eae ae eS ce eae a ORE eee ease 108. Pendant, with decoration of zigzag points. Norwich, Connecticut. Cat. No: P7905 UR SENG MIE s Me eral erste cere tN Ve i ee eee cr eee 109. Pendant, oval flattened pebble with decoration of incised lines. Tiverton, RhodewslamdeenCabaNoml 5 IG AUESeNeW lh aaa. oe seee aes Seen ee ee eee 110. Chunkgee stone, side and sectional views. Yellow quartz. McKenzie, Car- roll County, Lennessee:, (Cat.INo: 34513, WES UNM 222-25. 22 ee ee 111. ‘‘Crying Baby,” a mask of jadeite from an Aztec (?) grave. Face and edge Views.) Mexicos Cast. Cate No.4 26525 UE SUN Mis 2a eee 112. Representation of a human skull in rock crystal. Mexico. Cat. No. 98949, SSN Mg rere a te a eters Smears, seme SaaS peEEearrooerce 502 152. Human figures in grotesque attitudes. Thin copper plate, repoussé. Union County, Ilinois. Thomas, Fifth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1883-84, page 106, fig. 49, Cat. No. 88142, U.S.N.M ...-.-.--.-.-----------------+------ 502 153. Spool or pulley-shaped ear ornament, copper. Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Wilson, Swastika, page 891, fig. 250. .----.---....------- 503 154. An incised carving on human femur. Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Putnam and Willoughby, Sym. Anc. Amer. Art. (Proc. Am. Ass. Ady. Sci., DELI TS aentetsy GUI, Tes ON ER ee ee soo oecone cosmos sadn sspecuicr epor 504 155. Gold collar. Dolmen at Plouharnel-Carnae. neoariey collection Gaillard, Plouharnel-Carnac, Morbihan, France. Been ee ee I et oe 2 Ie Reet) 156. Gold bracelet. Dolmen near Belz, Monuihae FranGe! tees nee aao See eee 505 157. Bronze bracelet of round rod, the commoner primitive form in bronze and copper thromehoty) thesworldS > 52 se. Soa ae tals lalallala 505 158. Bronze bracelet of thin metal with crimped edges. Standard style dur- ine the bronzevage im Wurope:---------- -2------=-- --==-—4-==" =-=--~ ~~ ==" 505 159 (a, b). Ends of heavy bracelets, armlets, torques, ete., in gold or bronze, showinesst lero d eConablOl= sy Ein O pCa == elatat= aa lat tear 506 160 (a, b, ce). Gold torques, collars, and bracelets. Vieux-Bourg Hinguet (Cétes- du-Nord), France ------ shee A PS ot ss0 HUT 160 (d). Gold torque. Weisht, 389 grams. nontes (Ille- et- Values rr rance Mius6erClitimtypeeeer se erates serena i ne ata ean eco tstare Seren eer re eersarars "508 161. Gold bracelet, one of a series from large to small. Museum of Science and Gar (Ceo nesolocry). ID obi, IONE 556 ho5 5 cc scons ooe5 des sac Sees) 162. Gold torque, Gaulish. Laissegraisse (Tarn), France. Musée Toalerse Eee 509 163. Gold bracelet. Jaissegraisse (Tarn), France -:---....--..------------.--- 509 164 (a, b, c). Details uf the ornamentation of figs. 162, 163 .........-.-..-.----. 510 165 (a, b, c). Details of mode of fastening collar and bracelet, figs. 162, 163.--..-- 511 166. Bone whistle, phalange of reindeer. Paleolithic period. Cavern of Lau- gerie, Basse: Mrance. Natural siz@s-sc2- s-sss6 2222-5. yes] tae se ee ie) OIE. 167. Terra-cotta whistle, bird-shaped. Bronze age. Near cavern of Furfooz, ROWNEMIN IBENENUN go oso cheno thesee0nsde0 no bne sna cneons dacecsoosssece 525 168. Bronze horn, molded. Length,8 feet. Maltbeck, Denmark. One of twenty- threesumCopenhacent Museums: sis= soe once ee a ene etne ee eee ae 527 169. Details of fig. 168. (a) mouthpiece; (b) disk at bell mouth; (¢) chain for suspension; (d) strap and swivel for chain...-......--..-----------.---- 528 170. Bronze horn. Second age of bronze. Length, 3 feet 4 inches. In Archieo- logical Museum of Lund, Scania, Sweden. Sack Meet een ooll 171. Ox horn with bronze mountings, for music or deinicing ie or See Oseaen man- Vande Swiedent pe ses sn oe ean seis Shei a ahs Sh ates make See bebe case cle Sciosied 532 172. Ox horn with bronze mountings, for either music or drinking. Gotland, Sweden. Montelius, Antiquités Suédoises, II, page 114, fig. 58la......--. 533 173 Bronze hormerroml scam dinavalaee eV OLS a2 ssa. sea ee es een can OOD 74. Golden horn, molded in bands, soldered and crimped. Length, 34 inches; weight, 6 pounds 64 ounces. Found in 1639 at Gallehuus, Denmark. ----. 534 175. Golden horn, fragment. Weight, 7 pounds 54o0unces. Found 1734 at Galle- huus sD enmarkeee--eeentacemesent canes ee ores -cce eee eee ose feeese cass OOD 176. Details of first golden horn (fig. 174): Seven bands molded and crimped, with some ornaments molded and soldered on, others punched ......---- 5386 177. Details of second golden horn, five bands (fig. 175) ........ 2.0.22... --20-- 537 344 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 178. 179. 180. 181. Page. Bone flageolet (?), fragment, metacarpel of deer. Museum of Science and ASR Dal Dibner eee see Be Iconetecn Cameras pecmoaeiacad hme: Stas Gas Ses 539 Bronze horn. County Derry, Ireland-.-.-..-..----------------------------- 542 Bronze horn, broken at the mouth hole and repaired. Tralee, County Kerry, Uren dl eteans cose cata 6 Sac wcle see cle c als ojee atetie aeeyelaiete Sie eee 542 Bronze horn, cast. Length, 24 inches. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Sir Wm. R. Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Royal Irish Academy, I, pages 627, 628, fig. 1] ..-..-------- .- 20-5 22-8 eo oe emg ea eee 543 . Bronze horn. Length, 22} inches. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wilde, ident, fig. 530, No.6, page 620:.. 2.22 .2sce.eete rete eee 543 . Bronze horn. Derrymane, County Kerry, Ireland. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wilde, idem, pages 627-629 ...-. -2.---) oe ee ec 544 . Detail of mouth hole of fig. 183, showing mode of repairing fractures by pouring on melted metal ..-. .--- ~~. ~~ 8 ee nn noe ee 544 . Bronze horn. Tralee, County Kerry, Ireland. Sir John Evans, Ancient Bronze Implements, page db) fie. 44 ee eee eee ee ee 544 5. Bronze horn. Tralee, County Kerry, Ireland. Evans, Ancient Bronze Im- plements, fig.,440 2222. 2a. acca boone eae Sele oe eee 545 . Horn of hammered sheet bronze. Length, 6 feet. In Museum of Sajanca and Art, Dublin. Wilde, idem, pages 625-627, 630, fig. 527, No. 8..-..---------- 545 . Detail of ornamented cast boss on bell mouth of fig. 187 Sask eeeer eeEe ee 546 . Horn of hammered sheet bronze. In Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wailde, iden, paces 625,63 hie 2528 (NO 39 ee aera eee er 546 . Detail of joining of the edges of fig. 189; (a) interior, showing the rivet heads; (b) exterior, showing where riveted down ......-..-....--.------- 547 191. Hollow bronze tube. Length, 244 inches; diameter, 1} inches; fragment, possibly a musical instrument. Wilde, idem, page 492, fig. 360, and Evans, Ancient Bronze Implements, page 357, fig. 438 ..-.....---.------- 547 192. The ‘‘Caprington horn,” bronze, molded. Length, 25 inches. Tarbolton, Ayrshire, Scotland. Proceedings Society of Antiquaries, Scotland, XII, pare: 565e. (2 oe isle oe tee aero eee eee eee eee ne SEE igs i 547 193. Bronze bell, molded. Dowris find, Ireland. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wilde, idem, pages.612, 613, fig. 523.....-...----- +--<----.-0<- 040 194. Bronze war trumpet (Carynx), cast. Used in Gaul, in the time of Cesar. After Gresset. .:..22 520.2. <6 Gaoc Ss seeeriode ee Ree eee ee eee 550 195. David’s pipe (naigha). A double pipe of parallel tubes of cane attached by cords. “Palestine: - Cat. No. 92863" U.S: NiMiose- oo soe ee 553 196. Pottery drum (derbouka). Beirut, Syria. Cat. No. 95147, U.S.N.M...-..---. 554 197. Single reed instrument (zoommarah), Thebes, Egypt. Cat. No. 74600, WORN Ma. Sesid ere iter Sale ioe Saat Skane UE Ne rr ee gre 556 198. Wooden rattle. (a, completed drawing; 6b, longitudinal section.) May- umba, Africa.’ “Cat..No. 95216; 25 0M, tance eens Oe eee eee ee 559 199. Pandean pipes. Levuka Island, Fiji. Cat. No. 23942,U.S.N.M..-......---- 560 200. Eskimo drum. Point Barrow, Alaska. Cat. No. 56741, U.S.N.M ..-.----.---- 561 201. Handles for Eskimo drums. Point Barrow, Alaska. Cat. Nos. (a) 89267, (b) 89266, (c) 56514, (d@).56742, USN. Meo oe eee eee 562 202. Rattle of caribou dewelaws. McKenzie River district, Fort Anderson Bskimo. Cat. No. 7443, UsS.NiMigeses |. occ. eae eee eee 563 203. Drum. Nenenot, Hudson Bay Eskimo) U.S:N.M .22ssc 22-2 see oe eee 564 204, Bone whistle. Santa Cruz Island, California. Cat. No. 18323, U.S.N.M. ---- 567 205. Bone whistle. La Patera, Santa Barbara County, California. Cat. No. 62664, 'U,S.NoM 05.2.0. 2 oen.b-. ncee anes ese ee oat ee ee 568 206. Bone whistle. Santa Cruz Island, California. Cat. No. 18162,U.S.N.M..-.. 568 207. Bone whistle. San Miguel Island, California. Cat. No. 29657,U.S.N.M. .--- 568 208. Bone whistle. San Clemente Island, California. Cat. No. 172843,U.S.N.M. 569 PREHISTORIC ART. 345 Page. 209. Double bone whistle. San Clemente Island, California. Peabody Museum, Camibridme wMassiGhms@uts) set a= 1 ae ee oe tsa lant = = 2 nl eine 569 210. Bone whistle or flageolet. Santa Barbara County, California. Cat. No. ORR BE UESEISGINU! & Boo Sac coco chaaue eeem Dae tonne ee HOSE He BeOne Re EeRe oneare 570 211. Bone whistle or flageolet. San Miguel Island, California. Cat. No, 14987, LOS EIN Gl Se tGneo choos cond Caoecace ed oop aU Soe SECO COO Se Onn Dee rane tee 571 212. Double wooden flute. McCloud River Reservation, Shasta County, Cali- fori, (Cling IN@, TR BIB, Wotan os 25 cS nase ease cosa cee Sopsas Soe men Bearer 573 213. Pottery rattle (or doll?). San Diego, California. Cat. No. 19739,U.S.N.M. 574 214. Bone whistle, Ponea Grave (?). Fort Randall, South Dakota. Cat. No. IONE WWASisNGl Uaease acddas coos Beemee as Saceuscneae Oupos Suse aso Ro se Se aes 575 215. Wooden flageolet. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 153584, LOSS (SN URES ao. Gaba Da og Oe ase Soa ene CHC AbE Aes ner OOS ace doer Se SeEpananee 575 216. Dance rattle of tortoise shells. Lake Okechobee, Florida. Cat. No. 15543, WSS ANI Ss Sari ok En ato on Bomb acecd and Sanna ee ode CopeanoorSaeneeaec 576 217. Whistle, limonite concretion. Blackwater Creek, Saline County, Missouri. Douglas collection, Museum of Natural History, New York.-....-------- 579 218. Whistle, limonite concretion. Blackwater Creek, Saline County, Missouri. Douglas collection, Museum of Natural History, New York.-.--.-------- 579 219. Whistle, limonite concretion. Blackwater Creek, Saline County, Missouri. Douglas collection, Museum of Natural History, New York-...---.-.----- 579 220. Whistle, limonite concretion. Chariton County, Missouri. Cat. No. 62057, LURS NGI bie cacelsto cere uae sacoe eens Saas Gabe He Ro nnenoa Berner ac saare coe 579 221. Stone whistle. Warren County, middle Tennessee. Thruston, Antiquities ie ASMA ISES, FORMED Aes, wiley MS) nn S568 cobs co ooes coco see Beas gecH esesce 580 222. Fragments of wooden flute. Colorado. Nordenskiéld, Cliff Dwellers of the Wigse, Wemale, qa IQ, Mee (eb 8 eee dese cdaned sata re cece csaceoetes case 582 223. Bone whistle (?). Colorado. Nordenskiéld, Cliff Dwellers of the Mesa Wierd es deserip bom more pl cy eye k le pera eee artes easter eae area 582 224. Drum. Pueblo Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No.41176, U.S.N.M.........--. 583 225. Dance rattle. Wolpi, Arizona. Cat. No. 42042, U.S.N.M....-....----.----- 584 296. Dance rattle. Wolpi, Arizona. Cat. No. 41862, U.S.N.M ..-....--..-.---- 584 227. Rattle made from ox hoofs. Wolpi, Arizona. Cat. No.41855, U.S.N.M..--.. 584 228. Dance rattle of tortoise shell and deer hoofs. Silla, New Mexico. Cat. INOS 47234 UE SaN Mea eee tea ee Scere ars Soon ne oe acta Sean tOSee 585 229. Dance rattle. Zuni, New Mexico. Cat. No. 41853, U.S.N.M.....---------- 586 230. Notched stick (truh-kun-pi). Moki, Arizona. Cat. No. 41982, U.S.N.M....--- 586 231. Flageolet. Zuni, New Mexico. Cat. No. 96479, U.S.N.M ...--.-.------.---- 587 232. Pottery whistle. Moline, Illinois. Cat. No. 195269, U.S.N.M ......-...---- 587 233. (a and b.) Drums. Teponaztli of the Aztecs. Carl Engel, Descriptive Catalogue of Musical Instruments in the Kensington Museum, page 77, Mie) pee Se BGO Deus ASSO DECC o mE nee BEE Ere eae Pp eeomns Gees oaapee raooas 589 234. Pottery rattle (ayacachtli). Mexico. Cat. No. 133206, U.S.N.M-_-.-..--.-.--- 590 235. Double bell or rattle of pottery. Tlalteloleo. Mexico. Cat. No. 99109, WES CINGIN Ce Seana SOMO SCs CORO O Ca ee SSE Ese eR ae nate ha ere 590 236. Handle of incense burner with rattle. Hill of Tepeyac, Mexico. Cat. NOs 90825 WE Ss Ne Meee seme ites fee Setecieai tyes aac an Sameera ee 591 237. Incense burner of pottery. Burial cave, Dos Caminos near Acapulco, IMe@xI COnmEC aia NO we lTOO Ml US SEN ie Mia 2 sere one nre Sonia Sea ere Semaree 592 238. Dance rattle of butterfly cocoons. Yaqui Indians, Sonora, Mexico. Cat. INOS SB BITs Weslo Gll CeSe ka aR OES Ss Gee sod Ba ee nae Se SeURe me see ad Sonose Gabe cone 593 239. Ancient copper or bronze bell. Mexico. Cat. No. 99041, U.S.N.M......--- 594 240. Pottery whistle, double eagle. Mexico. Cat. No. 133213, U.S.N.M-.....--- 095 241. Pottery whistle, mutilated. Mexico. Cat. No. 133210, U.S.N.M.-......--.. 595 242. Pottery whistle, pear or gourd shaped. Valley of Mexico, Received from Museo Nacional, Mexico. Cat. No. 27869, U.S.N.M...... Sietenetfeafut estate crete 596 346 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Page. 243. Pottery whistle, ornamented. Tlalteloleo, Mexico. Cat. No. 99108,U.S.N.M. 597 244. Pottery whistle, elongated form. ‘Tezeuco, Mexico. Cat. No. 99074, TUES Nin ae Seth Ce ete Nei Soils Sachau eo cee eee See 598 245. Pottery whistle. Tezcuco, Mexico. Cat. No. 10069, U.S.N.M..-.--.......-. 599 246. Large pottery whistle, complicated design. Excavations near Mexico by Dr. Antenie-Penafiel. Cat: No. 10482; UsSANi Mi 22222-25522 eee 600 247. Small pottery whistle, grotesque human head. ‘Tlaltelolco, Mexico. Cat. INOS99072, U.SIN. Mi sicci silo it Sk i oo cccee gee eae oe se me eee 601 248. Pottery whistle, caricature of human face. Ruins near Cordova, Mexico. Cat. Nov 9316; US:Ne Men 22k ot ce opie ree 602 249. Tube-shaped pottery whistle. Cordova, Mexico. Cat. No. 20037, U.S.N.M. 603 250. Tube-shaped pottery whistle. Cordova, Mexico. Cat. No. 20036. U.S.N.M. 604 250a. Tube-shaped instrument of pottery. Colima, Mexico. Cat. No. 197171, WSS INIM: 232s See ien ase ssc are 2 See ae oleae eee ee 604 2506. Double flute or flageolet of pottery. Colima, Mexico. Cat. No. 197173, US IN. NB coos Soee Se ot Sees ee ae cere ea ree 604 251. Flageolet. shaped instrument of pottery. Valley of Mexico. Received from Mirseo Nacronal.” Cati°No: 27891, UisSiNOME 3 oe eee eee 605 252. Flageolet-shaped instrument of pottery. Aztec ruins, Mexico. Cat. Nov172819; U.S.N.M. 2226+ 2522 2 on. eee le ae ee eee ee eee eee 607 253. Flageolet in form of reptile. Mexico. Cat. No. 93873, U.S.N.M.......---- 607 254. Instrument carved in marble. Mexico. Cat. No. 98948, U.S.N.M.......... 608 255. Whistle made from hollow reed. Cavern, Bay of Angels, Lower California. Cat: No: 139588; U0S.N OM. 3... i225 soe eee oe oe eee ee ae 609 256. Flageolet made from hollow reed or cane. Sonora, Mexico. Cat. No. 152695, U-SUNGME 2 25.282 Geet S oe ee eee ee Cane te ee ee ae 610 257. Pottery whistle—animal head. San Salvador. Cat. No. 9643, U.S.N.M-.... 611 258. Pottery whistle—grotesque. Front and profile. San Salvador. Cat. INO.’ 9658) USN Mite: 222. ads Se ee ee ee eee 611 259. Pottery whistle—bird-shaped. Front and profile. Ometepe Island, Nica- racud. | Cat: No: 23759) WSN. Masse eee Sa aicy neat Sire Set eS 612 260. Pottery whistle—capricious piece. Moyogalpa, Nicaragua. Received from Government of Nicaragua. Cat. No. 172014, U.S N.M......-...----:-<-:: 613 261. Pottery whistle—bird-shaped. Front and profile. Acientio, Costa Rica. Cat: No. 28957, USN. Me 252 3252 oS oe Seam ee eee a eee et eer 614 262. Pottery whistle—bird-shaped. Front and profile. Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. Wo. 28952) USN Me. sa ot oe Oe a ap eae ee ee ee 615 263. Pottery whistle—bird-shaped. Front and profile. Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. No.- 59969, WSN. oss 22 esos ayers a teere cream ae Rin eee 616 264. Pottery whistle—grotesque form. Sardinal, Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. No. G0044, WSN. Mo ei ek eee See eee eee 617 265. Pottery whistle—grotesque human head. Front and profile. Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat: INO: 59892; UCS°N. M22 ce. ee eee = eee eee 618 266. Outlined back view of tig. 265, showing position of finger holes......-...-- 619 267. Pottery whistle—animal-shaped. Nicoya, Costa Rica, Cat. No. 28955, US NM ooo oa sole cache Sato one Sele = See = a ere 620 268. Outline of fig. 267, showing position of finger holes. ......-.-...--..------ 620 269. Pottery whistle—tortoise-shaped. Costa Rica. Cat. No. 28956,U.S.N.M.... 620 270. Pottery whistle—tube-shaped. Miravalles, Costa Rica. Cat. No. 6423, UiS.N.M foi 2c cede ok at oe eee ee oe ee ee 621 271. Whistling vase. Costa Rica. Cat. No. 107356; U.S.N.M...............---- 622 272. Bone whistle. Costa Rica. Cat. No. 15390, U.S.N.M.......-.-..--.-.----- 624 273. Bone flageolet. Costa Rica. Cat. No. 18108, U.S.N.M.......-........----- 624 274. Drum of gray unpainted clay. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 115353, U.S.N.M....... 625 275. Drum with painted ornament. Chiriqui. U.S. National Museum......... 625 289. PREHISTORIC ART. 347 Page. . Rattle of painted ware. Chiriqni. Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Hthnoloowe hese oonl © wie NOmlOIG23; "Wisse INMMespest oa) netat - 628 + Dowble whistle; Chiriqri. U.S: National Museum. = 2-2. ---2-- 22. 52-2- 628 a Section or double) winistlennonZ3Be meas ene as sats a ee els eet se elo 628 5. Bird-shaped whistle, unpainted ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109708, U.S.N.M_ 631 . Bird-shaped whistle, colored red. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 131938, U.S.N.M...... 632 . Bird-shaped whistle, painted decoration. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109656, U.S. INEM sa ase & sen easton eae s PaaS Oa See Se reas hese asia nee ceases Soe kee 632 . Bird-shaped whistle, conventional decoration in black and red. Chiriqui. Cat: NowlO M2 SUES INT Mintaro tere Seen seein eel me aes aemebarcriee irs 635 Donble whistle, two birds. Chiriqui. Cat No. 133462, U.S.N.M-...-..-.---. 636 290 (a and b). Animal-shaped whistle of blackish ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No. LOQTS2.UESS NEM Sater See tasers sro k eel creile sieve stale bluse a aaa ne marta 636 291. Cat-shaped whistle of painted ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No.109657, U.S.N.M.. 638 292. Whistle with four ocelot-like heads. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 182751, U.S.N.M--. 638 293. Alligator-shaped whistle of painted ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 132970, Wii. Mis eee cee tric sae nee er eaiaenehice wine Sars Sak sas Seem ae eee 639 294, Crab-shaped whistle of painted ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 1327 2,U.S.N.M.. 640 295. Whistle, complex form. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109660; U.S.N.M .............- 640 296. Whistle, complex form. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109650, U.S.N.M.............. 641 297. Whistle, complex form. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 133448, U.S.N.M.............. 642 . Whistle, grotesque form. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109722, U.S.N.M.........---. 642 9. Whistle representing female figure. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109706, U.S.N. M.. 644 . Whistle, grotesque form. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 131943, U.S.N.M..........-.. 644 301. Drum-shaped whistle of plain ware, bird figure attached. Chiriqui. Cat. INOS LOOK2A AUR SS Nie Mie Ses spe eeteey ee ise ote ears sae ee ae oe ee 645 302. Drum-shaped whistle of plain ware, grotesque animal figure attached. Olu s, MCeRINGs TOD: WESLIN IM oocace Sostasshets ese codecs oben dsssce 645 303. Drum-shaped whistle of painted ware. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 131944, U.S.N.M. 646 304, Top-shaped instrument with three finger holes. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109682, Det TR GL ee Res ae ae pg RI nd ae ey 646 305. Section and vertical views of instrument shown in fig. 304........-....---- 647 306. Tubular instrument with two finger holes. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109630, ITS SIN GMI ame Se este ran cise ae norco cae Sie ela aa a ntcine ecie ses ane eee ee 648 SUemOCC LON evil OWa Oth Cen oUO See eee niaae- saic neo oon ce eee ee yee ee 648 308. Rattle (shak-shak) made of plaited strips of cane. Carib Indians, British Gmianaa nC ate NOso4S6nUeSoNe Mie. os= eee meena se ee ae ee 650 309. Bone flute or flageolet (wat-sa-pua). British Guiana. Cat. No. 4346, [Waren 2s! Bae She Sea Mics me ak 7 tI gle eR 650 310. Trumpet (?) of pottery. British Guiana. Cat. No. 58603, U.S.N.M .....--- 651 311. Trumpet (?) of pottery. British Guiana. Cat. No. 4361, U.S.N.M .....-...- 651 312 (a,b, c,e, f). Bone flutes. Brazil. Thomas Ewbank, Life in Brazil, page dP leis SES ee Gb SSS SAID nS ee AO Te Sm SO es Es 652 313 Whistling vase, painted ware, onechamber. Peru. Cat. No. 1398, U.S.N.M. 654 348 314. 315. 316. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Page. Double whistling vase, painted ware, parrot. Peru. Cat. No. 88263, MWe Ml sae oe fae SLi Se SS opie sence seme Gee ete: One ee 655 Whistling vase, painted ware, animal figure, two chambers. Peru. Cat. INOWb2259) W.S.N Mis. Jo 5. coc So se i cc ne oon eee nin ee teres = = eee 656 Double whistling vase, painted ware, band ornamented in relief, human figure. Peru. Cat. No. 1399, U S.N.M ....------------------------------ 657 . Double whistling vase, painted ware, animal figure in relief. Cheperi, Prov- ince of Pacasmayo, Peru. Cat. No. 107548, U.S.N.M ...--.-......-......- 658 . Double vase, polished black ware. Ancient grave, Peru. Cat. No. 15719, WES-NSM 22.5. eee ol ccess- cee Seno = Soe ee ipa oe 658 . Double whistling vase, polished black ware, figure of bird. Peru, Tryon collection. ‘Cate -No. 148015; (WS IN avo ee orem te eee ate 659 . Double whistling vase, black ware, band decoration in relief. Cheperi, Province of Pacasmayo, Peru. Cat. No. 107552, U.S.N.M....--.---.--.--- 660 . Pottery whistle, bird-shaped. Ancient grave near Lima, Peru. Cat. No. SEAVER TESS TOSS IN SM ce eee pec wea a 661 . Fragment of a bone flageolet. Ancient grave near Lima, Peru. Cat. No. UMBC Sls (Gl Bee ae See aS eeoemne eso Sees isos too sag sodesuadag ss2se: 661 . Syrinx or Pan-pipe (huayra-puhura), composed of six reeds. Grave near the beach at Arica, Pern, Cat. No. 136869 5U.SsNaMaeee sane eee eee 662 . Syrinx or Pan-pipe, composed of five reeds. Grave near the beach at Arica, Peérus) Cat: No: 129385; U.S Nites ee ee bee eer eee ee 662 . Syrinx of stone. Peruvian grave. Engel, Musical Instruments, page 66. 663 PREHISTORIC ART; OR, THE ORIGIN OF ART AS MANIFESTED IN THE WORKS OF PREHISTORIC MAN. By THOMAS WILSON, Curator, Division of Prehistoric Archwology, U.S. National Museum. INTRODUCTION. Art and science have, in these later days, come to be closely connected. Artists of all countries and periods are conditioned by the circumstances in which their lives are passed, and by the ideas prevalent among their peoples. Thus Art history becomes a function of social history, and can not wisely be disregarded by the student of the history of the human race. Ancient works of art bring us into con- tact with bygone peoples, and are often the only avenue whereby we can approach far-distant civilizations lying silent on the verge of time. Thus the study of Art history becomes a branch of Scientific inquiry. It has to be pursued by Scientific methods. Its results are of Scientific importance. It is a chapter, and perhaps the most pregnant chapter, of the Science of (Prehistoric) Anthropology, which seems destined in the near future to no insignificant growth. (Conway: “Art and Science.”’) Art is the manifestation of human emotion externally interpreted by expressive arrangements of line, form, or color, or by a series of gestures, sounds, or words, governed by particular rhythmical cadences.! Art is the harmonious expression of human emotion.’ These definitions are general, and include all kinds of art. Emotions, whether grave or gay, are thus manifested or interpreted; when by color, the art is painting; when by line, drawing or engraving; when by form, sculpture; and a combination of these may produce architec- ture. When the emotion is manifested by gesture or rhythmic move- ment it produces the dance; when by rhythmic notes, music; when by rhythmie words, poetry. These are the exterior signs by which the human emotions are manifested. Each art is the peculiar language of a more or less extensive category of ideas and sentiments, to which it alone is able to give adequate expression. Certain of the arts appeal to the brain through the organ 0 sieht— painting, sculpture, engraving, architecture, and the dance; while cer- tain others appeal through the organs of hearing—poetry, music, and ‘Thoré, Salon de 1874, title Delacroix; Véron, Aisthetics, p. 89. 2W,J. Stillman, ‘‘Old Rome and the New.” 349 350 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the drama. In the former group, action is arrested and the representa- tion is confined to a single moment of time; in the latter, the action is continuous. But the laws governing both groups are the same. Their success requires concord and harmony between the external vibrations and the nerves which convey the impressions to the nerve centers. A work of art is a material expression of its maker’s delight. It excites the nerve centers and produces the sensations of delight or pleasure. We see or hear the artist’s ideal through his work, and the success of his effort as a work of art depends, first, upon the brilliancy and clearness of his perception of his ideal, and, second, on his ability to translate and render this perception correctly. A copy, however accurate, even of the most beautiful scenes in nature, is not art. No artist can hope to equal the faithfulness of the photograph in repro- duction, yet this is only the art of photography. A work of art is the ideal of the artist. It is his own thought; is a part of himself. Not nature as it actualiy is, but as he sees it, as he idealizes and then depicts it. It is this presentation of the ideality of artistic genius, whether in picture, statue, poem, music, the dance, in architecture, or what not, that stamps the work as one of art, and herein it differs from amere mechanical copy, however accurate. It is this ideality of artistic genius which produces the sensation of delight. Art is susceptible of several divisions. The commonest division is into fine, decorative, and industrial. It is not the intention of this paper to treat of industrial art per se. Fine art deals with painting, drawing, engraving, sculpture, architecture, music, poetry, and the drama. This is sometimes called “flaking,” and perhaps with equal right. My preference is for the term ‘‘chipping,” if for no other reason than because it is in more common and greater use. A distinction can be made between the two terms, between the objects which are obtained and the processes by which it is accomplished, though usually no such distinction is made. Webster in his definition of— “Flake, n.,” speaks of ‘(1) small collection of snow, (2) a platform of hurdles, (3) a layer or stratum,” but nothing relating to the present question. ““Whake, v. t., to form into flakes. “Flake, v. i., to break or separate into layers, to peel or scale off.” We more usually say ‘‘to flake off.” The Standard Dictionary gives— “Flake, n. 1. A sinall flat fragment or loosely cohering mass; a thin piece or chip of anything; scale; fleck.” According to Webster, the words ‘‘flake” or “flaking” have no reference either to the thing or process involved in this discussion. He says: “Chip, n. (1) A piece of wood or other substance separated from a body by a cut- ting instrument, particularly by an axe. It is used also for a piece of stone sepa- 356 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. This period has been divided according to progress in human culture, and divers names have been given thereto, following the taste of the writers or discoverers. M. Lartet named the epochs after the animals associated with the implements and called them, respectively, the epochs of the Cave Bear, the Mammoth, and the Reindeer. M. Dupont, of Belgium, divided it into only two, and named the epochs after the Mammoth and the Reindeer. M. de Mortillet has divided it into five epochs, and has named them, respectively, the Chelléen, after the station of Chelles, a few miles east of Paris; the Acheuléen, after St. Acheul on the river Somme; the Mousterien, after the caverns of Moustier on the river Vézcre, Dordogne; the Solutréen, after the rock shelter of Solutré near Macon; and the Madelainien, after the rock shelter of La Madelaine, Dordogne. In later days the tendency seems to be to divide them otherwise. M. Cartailhae and M. Reinach, following Sir John Evans, are in favor of the first period being called the alluvium, and the second the cavern. All authorities are, however, unanimous in their agreement that this period and all these epochs, whatever they are to be called, belong to the Quaternary geologic period; that they were earlier than the rated by a chisel or other instrument in hewing. (2) A fragment or piece broken off; a small piece. “Chip, v. t. To cut into small pieces or chips, to diminish by cutting away a little at a time, or in small pieces. f “Chip, v. i. To break or fly off in small pieces.” The Standard Dictionary says: “‘Chip,n. 1. Asmall piece cut or broken off. (1) Asmall thin or flattish piece of wood or stone cut or chopped out. (2) A small fragment with at least one feather- edge, broken off from any hard or brittle body; spall.” According to the author’s opinion, the definitions and differences are as follows: A flake is that object which, of flint, is struck always by a blow, from a core or nucleus in large and usually long and thin pieces. The process by which this is made may be called ‘‘flaking.” It is, or ought to be, confined to the single blow by which the flake is stricken off. Chipping comprises all other methods of striking off pieces of flint. It may be used for preparing the nucleus, or for transforming the flake or other material or object into the implement desired. The fine handiwork done on many, and, indeed, most, of the flint implements described in this paper, has been done by chipping and can not be regarded in any proper sense as that of flaking. The infinitesimal chips by which the deep notches, the fine points, the serrated edges, of spear and arrow-heads, by which the herring- bone handles of Scandinavian daggers and the broad and thin leaf-shaped imple- ments are and have been made, and indeed by which all finely finished and delicately worked flint implements have been brought to their present condition, can not, with any degree of propriety, be called flaking, but should be called chipping. The pieces striken from these objects by the processes to which they have been submitted can not, without violence to the sense, be called flakes. It appears to the author much more proper to call them chips. He is well aware that the implement of beaver’s tooth used by the Eskimo has been called ‘‘the flaker,” but this was only the determination or name given by its discoverer and has no other value than that of his opinion. The pieces pressed off with this implement are chips, and not flakes. PREHISTORIC ART. 357 present geologic period, and that they came to an end before its beginning. The most certain, and therefore the most satisfactory, division has been that of M. de Mortillet, named after the various localities where the respective implements have been found in their ereatest purity. I give my preference to it, subject to the correction incident to further discovery, if for no other reason, because it is more convenient. The names given are for localities, and consequently are purely arbitrary. They may not, perhaps, serve for general terms over the world, but within their own locality they have a definite and certain meaning; while to say the epoch of alluvium, the epoch of caverns, the epoch of the drift, or of the mammoth, bear, reindeer, etc., might have an application in other countries which would deceive the reader. The names Chelléen, Mousterien, etc., have no such application, and can not be applied to other countries. They indicate and describe only one kind of implement and one stage of culture, and, as definitions, they are exact. If other countries have other things to be deseribed, if different epochs are found, then other names may have to be given; but when we speak now of these epochs, the Chelléen, Mousterien, etc., and the implements that belong to them, the speaker and hearer are on a common ground, and both use the terms in the same sense. These epochs seem to have brought forth the earliest examples of wsthetic art. The man of this time has passed for a savage, and he doubtless was one. He had no tribal organizations, no sociology, no belief in a future state, no religion; he did not bury his dead, he erected no monuments, he built no houses; he was a hunter and fisher, he had no local habitation, dwelt in no villages except such as could be so called from a number of people living in a cavern for the purpose of shelter. Yet he occupied, in the Solutréen epoch, the highest rank as a flint chipper, and in the Madelainien epoch the highest place as an engraver on bone and ivory. His materials were the bones, horns, and tusks of the animals he killed. His tools or implements were sharply worked points or gravers of flint. Most of the specimens of art work are found in caves which had been his habitations. No one has sufficient knowledge to justify the declaration that all specimens of this art work belong to western Europe, but certain it is that most of the known specimens have been from that country. They are found chiefly in the caverns of central and southern France, and while about 400 specimens have been found and preserved, no one knows how many have been missed or remain undiscovered. The specimens found in caverns were originally thrown aside and lost in the débris, and have been protected by stalagmitic or other processes of induration. In making these excavations there is nothing to guide the searcher to the places where these are likely to be found. He must depend on his experience or good fortune. The specimens are usually enveloped in blocks or slabs, which by infiltration and induration became hardened, and must be quarried almost like stone. In bringing these blocks or 358 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. slabs to the surface or light many specimens are necessarily broken and lost and many others in the interior of the block or slab are never discovered. It is, of course, not known what number are lost in this, or, indeed, in any way, but the specimens being scattered throughout the mass with nothing to indicate their whereabouts, it would be strange if such was not the case. Specimens of these slabs or layers can be shown which would not only explain but demonstrate the truth of these assertions. Plate 1 is a representation of a portion of the indurated floor of the cavern of Les Eyzies, and is taken from a specimen in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 9106). A few specimens of the art work of the Paleolithic period are purely decorative and without attempt to make representation of anything, but for the most part the objects were the animals of the period and lovality. Many animals now extinct were represented, and in this way knowledge of their appearance has been preserved. The animals most frequently engraved were the mammoth, cave bear, Irish elk, musk ox, reindeer, chamois, mountain goat, urus or aurochs, horse, deer, and similar animals, and finally man. The marine animals were well represented—the seal,.sea lion, tortoise, turtle, fishes, and serpents. Some of the objects thus treated were purely ornamental, while others were utilitarian; batons de commandement, poniard or dagger handles, and similar specimens were for utility, while other specimens were apparently intended as playthings. Many of them are so broken as to afford no clue to their purpose. This was the art of the Paleolithic period. That of the succeeding periods, the Neolithic and Bronze ages, was of a different style. It was almost entirely decorative and was etched or cut on pottery and bronze objects of utility. During this period there was only the slightest attempt on the part of the art- ists to represent living or material objects. The decorative art of that period consisted mostly of designs in geometric forms, as squares, circles, lozenges, chevrons, herringbones, zigzags, and crosshatch. Dr. Schliemann thought he found, upon some of the objects found in the Third City of Troy, representations of burning altars and occasional rude representations of animals like the hare. The Swastika seems to have been used throughout the latter period, and is believed to have been a symbol representing good luck, good fortune, long life, much happiness, ete., and to have been the first and earliest symbol in use among men. These periods (Neolithic and Bronze) brought an entire change in the culture of man as well as in his art. He became sedentary, having a local habitation and place of residence. He became an agriculturist as well as a hunter and fisher; had a religion—at least he buried his dead as though in recognition of a future state. He built houses, con- structed forts and fortresses; he built tumuli, mounds, and dolmens, and erected great stone obelisks, sometimes in groups and lines, which, National Museum, 1896 \ on PATEL PORTION OF THE FLOOR OF THE PREHISTORIC CAVERN OF LES EyYZIES, FRANCE. Cat. No. 9106, U.S.N.M. Si 12 inches PREHISTORIC ART. 859 for want of a better name, are called alignments. He acquired the art of and became an adept in chipping, grinding, polishing, and drilling stone, especially the hard flint and tough jade, of which he left some magnificently wrought specimens. A few whistles have been found belonging to the Paleolithic period, but the greater proportion of them belong to the Neolithic period and Bronze age. The American Indian and his congeners, those on the West Indian Islands or Antilles, were in the Neolithic stage of culture and their decorative art was practi- cally the same as of that age in Europe. They excelled their European brethren, however, in making rude drawings and pictures, principally petroglyphs, many of them, doubtless, ideographs, telling a story by their description. They often reproduce the human figure, which the European rarely did. The aborigines of Mexico, Central, and the north- western part of South America, although still in the Stone age, reached a higher civilization, mainly manifested by their fine sculpturing of stone, the erection of extensive and magnificent temples, and their ideographic language. No theory will be propounded in this paper, the only intention being to present facts on which arguments can be made and theories built. The sociology of the prehistoric man will not be essayed, and no a priort arguments will be introduced to explain the psychology of prehistoric man, nor will any philosophic treatise be attempted, giving pretended explanations of the causes which impelled aboriginal man to indulge in essays at «esthetic art other than the requirements of his condition or the suggestion of his fancy. ‘To do this would be to substitute theory for fact. The present paper will be devoted to Prehistoric art, and will not deal with Prehistoric anthropology. That subject is left to other works, a list of the principal of which is given in the author’s Handbook,’ published in the Report of the United States National Museum of 1887-88, : The Paleolithic period, the earliest epoch of the Stone age, obtained its highest known development in western Europe, possibly because it has been more profoundly studied there than elsewhere. By common consent it has there been subdivided into epochs according to the degrees of art manifested. Different names have been given to these epochs, and while there has been some dispute about details, the main proposition of a Paleolithic period earlier than the Neolithic has been accepted by all. The peculiar characteristic of the implements of the Paleolithic period is that man’s cutting implements, usually of stone, preferably flint, were always made by chipping. In the later epochs of the Paleolithic period certain implements were made of bone and horn, which were ground or smoothed, while those of stone were not. It is not, however, to be supposed that every chipped stone implement. belonged to the 1A Study of Prehistoric Anthropology, p. 597. 360 - REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Paleolithic period, for the prehistoric man of the Neolithic period chipped many implements of stone. All implements of flint, whether Paleolithic or Neolithic, were made partly or wholly by chipping. Arrow and spear heads, knives, scrapers, drills, perforators, and such, of whatever age, period, or epoch, when of flint, were made wholly by chipping, while many implements of stone made by grinding or polish- ing were first prepared by chipping or hammering. It is, therefore, proper that a paper on Prehistoric art should begin with flint chipping. CHELLEEN EPOCH (ALLUVIUM). The beginning of flint chipping is found in the flint implements of the Chelléen epoch, called by some persons in Europe the Alluvial, by others the Cave Bear period. M. de Mortillet, in his subdivision of the Paleolithic period, names this the Chelléen epoch after the station of Chelles (Plate 2), in the val- ley of the River Marne, a few miles east of Paris. This station was tt ly Paganini, Ny, Sys iia MENG wane UT Milly, Willis Mins HE Me Muh ile 2 Lees AW, sd dng Te al Mang ii He ALL iain fle TTT ihe Wii (ast Ne le GPM Add te Se iy eee ‘td 11) B ppterts woes are et ALMA Ni, betsy ls : eee; TY ES re TETEOREET aE ae pee at aii Te x ait ana 165) ULE SS cea EB nes rane SY Fig. 1. QUATERNARY GRAVELLY DEPOSIT AT CHELLES, SECTION WHEREIN PALEOLITHIC IMPLEMENTS * ARE FOUND. Cleuziou, Creation de 1’Homme et les Premiers Ages de l’Humanite, p. 172, fig. 98. chosen as representative because the implements were there found in their greatest purity, though not in their greatest number. These have in England been called drift implements because they have been found principally in the river drifts or deposits. Their original position indicates the same antiquity as the gravel deposits themselves. There was a time when the water of the rivers filled the valleys from hill to hill, pouring down with a rush its irresistible current, eroding the earth, and, if need be, the rock, to make for itself an outlet. As time progressed the water subsided and the current became less pow- erful. The sand and gravel which had before been carried out to the sea began to be deposited in this bend and on that point, until at last the deposit came to the surface of the water, and formed what is now the highest terrace. This narrowed the river and the terrace became a new river bank. This process was repeated again and again, until the river finally retreated to its present bed and left its terraces, sometimes Report of U. S, National Museum, 1896.—Wilson PLATE 2. TS a eines 7A = Midd i ae, A: ——s Se An Hh LAY 5 A 4 ANNUAL NK wiih cs fe NSS. = CAAT DIEZ tial ea tae cae Ape AM 2 rae ate ee Ae ip tt * TS Lats NY = = —S FSS ey: Wy Pa Zw PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED FLINT. as do most of the flints from From the River Arve, at the prehistoric station of these countries. Fig. ie (Cat. Thennes, France. No. 35121, U.S.N.M.) repre- Cat. No. 99440, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. sents a standard type of these implements from the valley of the Loire, central France. It is oval or almond-shaped, with the cutting edge at the point, but has been made of flint from a ledge, and not from a nodule or pebble. The entire surface, both sides and edges, has been worked by chipping, though the butt or grip is thicker and has its edges battered so that it can be better held in the hand. The hand may also have been protected against the sharp edges or cor- ners by a bit of skin, fur, grass, or similar substance. It is doubted whether any of these implements were attached to a handle. It required great care and labor for the Paleolithic Fig. 3. workmen to chip them to this parsorrrmic caeLibeN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED FLINT. sharp edge all aroun d, and when Gravels of the Little Ouse, Norfolk, England. so doneit produced an implement Cate Nog Ml08, UPR eee as the form of which was the most difficult to successfully insert in a handle, To make a firm attachment of an implement of this form, the handle must PREHISTORIC ART. 363 envelop it at its greatest diameter, and herein lies the first difficulty. If the sharpened implement be insufficiently inserted it will drop out; if only partially inserted a few hard blows would split the handle; if it be inserted too far the same blow will drive it through. The particular or special use of the Chelléen implement is unknown, though it may easily be surmised. The wise men of Europe have made many guesses and suppositions, but beyond the suggestion of a cutting or digging implement adapting itself to varying daily needs of the abo- riginal man, all these are naught but speculation. Many of the implements bear undoubted traces of use on their cutting edges. Sir John Evans, in his latest work, reverts to his first and original opinion, that ‘it is nearly useless to speculate as to the pur- poses to which they were applied.” Sir John Lub- bock says: Almost as well might we ask to what would they not be applied. Infinite as are our instruments, who would at- tempt, even at present, to say what was the use of a knife? But the primitive savage had no such choice of tools. We see before us, perhaps, the whole contents of his workshop, and with these weapons, rude as they seem to us, he may have cut down trees, scooped them out into canoes, grubbed up roots, killed animals and enemies, cut up his food, made holes in winter through the ice, prepared firewood, etc. Attention is called to the relation of width to thickness of the speci- mens shown, especially in fig. 4, because this is a characteristic of Paleolithic types, and one of the recognizable differences between Chelléen and all other implements. This specimen is 3,; inches in width and 13 inches in thickness—or the thickness is 53 per cent of the width. The average Solutreen and Neolithic leaf-shaped implements of this width are about three-fourths of an inch, or 22 per cent of the width. The flint of which these implements are made has, in many specimens, passed, since their manufacture, through certain chemical and physical changes on the surface. Some show a certain brillianecy, in some the color has changed to red or yellow, and so on through the scale to chalky white. This change, called patina, is produced by contact with Fig. 4. PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED FLINT. Loire Valley, central France. Cat. No. 85121, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. 364 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the atmosphere or the earth, or with the water which has percolated through the earths in the neighborhood, generally. those containing iron, and these have changed the chemical combination of the flint on its surface. This change sometimes extends deep into the stone, and in small specimens under favorable conditions may pass entirely through it.!| In the United States all this might be called weathering; in France it is called patine. The objection to the former word is that it conveys, possibly involuntarily, some relation to the weather, while the patine may be formed on specimens deep in the earth. Dendrites are also formed on the speci- mens. These changes are evi- dences of antiquity of the specimens, and to the experi- enced eye become _ testi- monials of its genuineness. Fig. 5 (Cat. No. 99457, U.S. N.M.) represents a_ slightly different form. It is longer, narrower, thicker, and is more pointed. Its length is 6% inches, width 23 inches, and thickness 1% inches, or 71 per cent. It comes from the forest of Othe, department of Aube or Yonne, eastern central France, and is one of the many surface finds of France. It has been strongly objected to similar specimens found in the United States that, being found practically on the sur- face, they are not evidence of a Paleolithic period; and the From the (surface) forest of Othe, eastern central force of this objection is ad- France. mitted. However, many such Cat. No. 99457, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. implements have been found on the surface of the high plateaus of western Europe, and they have always been considered as true paleoliths. This question is not to be argued here; those interested in it are referred to the handbook? pre- viously cited, where some of the instances are stated and authorities quoted. It has already been remarked that most of the Paleolithic imple- ments from western Europe are of flint, but all are not so. An exten- Fig. 5. PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED FLINT. 'Geo. P. Merrill, A Treatise on Rocks and Rock-weathering, U.S. National Museum, New York, 1897. 2Page 611. PREHISTORIC ART. 365 sive workshop for the manufacture of Paleolithic implements was found on or near the surface at Bois du Rocher not far from Dinan, France, by MM. Micault and Fornier, of Rennes. The ma- terial was quartzite, and chips, flakes, hammer stones, and un- finished implements, with the usual debris, were found, and along with them a number of finished implements, of which fig. 6 (Cat. No. 99541, U.S.N. M.) represents one. It has the same peculiarity of relative thickness as other Paleolithic implements, but is more disk- shaped than any heretofore PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED shown. QUARTZITE. Implements corresponding 30is Du Rocher, near Dinan, Brittany, France, Micault and Fornier. Cat. No. 99541, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. to those of the Chelléen epoch are found practically over the world. This would indicate the expan- sion of that civilization and the duration of the epoch to have been much greater than has been supposed. Those from Great Britain are found only in the eastern and southern portion from Norfolk around to Devon- Shire and Lands End. They have been found in every quarter of France aud southern Belgium, in all parts of Italy, and in Spain and Portugal (fig. 7). They have not been found in northern England, Scot- land, Wales, nor northern Ireland; neither in north- ern Belgium, nor Holland, nor in the Seandinavian countries, nor that portion of Germany bordering on NE the Baltic, nor in northern Fig. 7. Russia. These countries PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED QUARTZITE. may have been covered Leiria, near Lisbon, Portugal. with glaciers at that epoch, or possibly by the great North Sea. Paleolithic implements have been found in Asia, in Pales- tine, in India from Bombay to Calcutta (fig. 8, Cat. No. 838190, U.S.N.M.), oF) ‘ NOMS I-Ie AN a AY RNa My aay mes ANSON >" Cattailhac, Spain and Portugal, p. 30, figs. 23 and 24. 44 naturalsize. 366 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. mm Cambodia, in Japan, in Africa (fig. 9, Cat. No. 170677, U.S.N.M.), up the valley of the Nile, and lately in the United States. ST. ACHEULEEN EPOCH (ALLUVIUM). Some of the prehistoric archeologists of France have sought to make a subdivision of the culture of the Chelléen epoch and to denominate the specimens from St. Acheul near Amiens on the Somme River, France, by the name of that station. These specimens are thinner, with smaller flakes; are finer in their manufacture, and show an improved art of flint chipping. Fig. 10 represents one of these speci- mens. It is of flint, pointed, almond-shaped, showing part of crust of pebble left for grip, and with cutting edge at the small end. Fig. 8. oe, Fig. 9. PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED PALEOLITHIC CHELLEEN QUARTZITE IMPLE- QUARTZITE. MENT. Laterite beds near Madras, India. Africa. Cat. No. 88190, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. Cat. No. 170677, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. FLINT IMPLEMENTS IN THE UNITED STATES. Implements in large numbers have been discovered in nearly every State of the United States, bearing great resemblance in form, appear- ance, and mode of manufacture to the Paleolithic (Chelléen and St. Acheulcen) implements from western Europe and the localities just mentioned. If accepted as such, their presence would prove the occu- pation of America by a prehistoric race of the same culture status. The investigation concerning these implements has not been very pro- found, nor has it been settled to the satisfaction of all prehistoric arche- ologists, perhaps not even to a majority, that they are truly Paleolithic implements. There have been various contentions concerning this. On this subject the author has formulated his conclusions as follows: It is apparent on slight inspection that these implements found in the United States, although mostly on the surface, are of the same Paleolithic type as those found in the gravels of Europe and elsewhere. PREHISTORIC ART. 36 No attempt is made to define Paleolithic civilization or culture, nor to describe the man who made or employed these implements. These implements are not declared to be either glacial or preglacial, yet they have been found in glacial gravels, and they are decided to be different from the implement common to the Neolithic civilization of America. Thus they furnish a working hypothesis indicating a stage of Paleo- lithic culture in America. This conclusion is expressed under all reserve, and subject to future discoveries. As a working hypothesis, it may stimulate investigators to search in such gravels, fluvial or glacial, as may be sus- | pected of containing them. This might induce inves- tigators and collectors to gather and save them as valuable to science, to note all objects, and to correctly report all possi- ble information concern- ing them. In Europe, Pa- jeolithic man belonged to a past geologic age called there the Quaternary ; the objects of his industry were found associated with the remains of ex- tinct animals usually fos- silized, belonging to the aforesaid geologic epoch, and, therefore, if we are to find Paleolithic man in America in times of simi- lar antiquity, we must call to our aid the science of NG) i y Fig. 10. geology. If Paleolithic PALEOLITHIC ACHEULEEN IMPLEMENT OF CHIPPED FLINT. man occupied America, Gravels of the River Somme, at St. Acheul, France. whether he be the Indian Cat. No. 137535, U.S.N.M. 36 natural size. or his ancestor, the implements will surely be found sometime and somewhere; and then those who are now opposed will agree. If the implements are not found, then those now favoring will be compelled to give it up. In any event, the investigation should be made, and no adverse decision is justifiable while the question is pending. It is not intended to make here any argument favoring a Paleolithic epoch in America, but only to note the similarity in the early prehis- toric times in the art of flint chipping in Europe and other localities with the same art in America. j ; << Ld, . = 2. & = ae 2 DECORATIVE GEOMETRIC AND CONVENTIONAL DESIGNS OF THE PALEOLITHIC PERIOD IN EUROPE. 2 natural size. it i A wits ras, ra 1 ial vee Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. aN PT AGT NNN ee Si ex = = KG Af o ANY) : 1 Ven te ees eE rt # aecaco 8 ee aa Ou ae Eee Ges DECORATIVE GEOMETRIC AND CONVENTIONAL DESIGNS OF THE PALEOLITHIC PERIOD IN EUROPE. # natural size. PLATE 15. PREHISTORIC ART. ott cave bear was engraved on a pebble of schist, a poniard was made of reindeer horn, the handle being in the form of the reindeer himself. These all came from southern France, and are evidence of the existence of these animals in that locality, for the artist must have seen them before he could depict them. They are the first known drawings from life. Gravers.—Fig. 20, a, b, c, d, represents gravers of flint. These gravers are not dressed to a sharp point from all sides, but have a V-shaped point, as does the graver’s tool of to-day. We have many of the originals in the Na- tional Museum, of which some are quite worn, while others are sharp and could be now used to engrave the bones as in prehistoric times. The implements and utensils of everyday use were decorated with an En art by no means contempt- a ible. The ornamentation ‘ | of harpoons, daggers, and a similar objects shows an F| appreciation of decorative Bh art as applied to house- i, hold or domestic uses not unworthy of the nine- Fig. 21. E -anth century. These HARPOONS OF REINDEER HORN. austitute the first or ele- La Madelaine (Dordogne), France. antary series. The de- Tee S) aata eece Sa signs are geometric, and made by dots or lines arranged with greater or less regularity, straight, curved, or broken. The figures are formed in festoons, zigzags, hatched work, but more frequently in chevrons. With the employment of almost every kind of geometric design, forming elaborate combinations, we have to remark that the more simple—nota- bly circles, crosses, or triangles—were not employed. (Plates 13, 14, 15.) Harpoons.—The art work on harpoons exhibits considerable artistic ability as well as manual dexterity (fig. 21, a, b, ¢, d). The art work of these is displayed in the purity of the drawing, in the straightness of the lines, in the symmetry of the design, and in the general accu- racy and truth with which it has all been executed. The main shaft of 378 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the harpoon is straight from one end to the other, while the barbs are symmetrically placed; whether opposite or alternated, their spaces are equal, they have the same form, and point in the same direction. Animals.—The animals of this epoch were represented in great num- bers, about three hundred specimens having been discovered, compris- ing nearly every animal known. There are some reptiles, more fish, a few birds, and many mammals. The reptiles are scarcely determinable. Of the fish, the salmon, the trout, and the brochet have been recognized. A swan was found at Laugerie Basse. There is a fair representation of what is probably the entire fauna of the epoch. The principal ones were the cave bear, mammoth, reindeer, horse, ox (two species, the urus and the aurochs), deer, mountain goat, antelope, chamois, wild boar, wolf, fox, Fig. 22. CAVE BEAR ENGRAVED ON A FLAT OVAL PEBBLE OF SCHIST. Grotto of Massat, Ariege. Oviginal, Musée de Foix. Natural size. bear, lynx, otter, seal, walrus, and rabbit. There are a few representa- tions of animals as yet unrecognized. One is the small animal resem- bling a cat, engraved on both sides of the bone disk (fig. 58). To this list of animals, of course, man must be added. The cave bear.—Fig. 22 is an engraving on a flat stone or water-worn pebble of schist, about 6 by 4 by 1 inches, found by Dr. Garrigou in the Grotto of Massat (Ariege), a few miles south of Toulouse. The original is in the prehistoric museum in Foix, where the author saw it. The characteristics of the animal are well represented; one can see its prominent forehead, the irregular line ef its back, immense body, short and heavy legs. Itis identified as the Ursus speleus, or great cave bear, which occupied that country in numbers during the Quaternary geologic period. It is extinct and has been during all historic time. oil a PREHISTORIC ART. 379 Its existence is only known from the finding of its fossil bones (fifty- seven individuals were found in the neighboring Grotto of ’ Herm), and from this the only pictorial representation of it ever made from life. The engraving bears its own evidence of genuine antiquity. It shows a cer- tain degree of art and will compare favorably in point of execution with the average representation in outline of such an animal in our natural- history school-books. The correctness of the drawing seems to be indisputable, for it corresponds exactly with the fossil skeletons of the animal. The United States National Museum possesses a Skeleton of one of these animals in Anthropological Hall (Cat. No. 172850). Mammoth.—Fig. 23 rep- resents a mammoth, Hle- phas primigenius (Blum.), engraved on a laminated fragment of his own tusk. It is a thin, oblong piece of ivory, convex on the side according to the cylinder of the tusk, and slightly con- cave longitudinally accord- ing to its curvature. It was found at La Madelaine by M. Lartet, and was de- scribed in “‘ Compte Rendus de l Academie des Scien- ces,” 1865. The original is in the Museum of Natural Historyin Paris. The lofty skull, the bulging and curved forehead, the curved tusks and shaggy hair, iden- tify it satisfactorily. There have been many skeletons of the mammoth found in various parts of the world, all fossil. That from the Arctic regions of Siberia, found by a Russian merchant, is well known. It was brought down, reconstructed, and is now exhibited in the museum at St. Peters- burg. The sketch of that specimen, made by the traveler who discovered it, was not better made than is this one, done by the cave dweller of southern France. It is so well done that one must believe the artist had seen the animal, if he did not make the drawing from real life. *AqsiayO pur gayawy Aq punoy [[PANIV AY A1L0ISIFT,P UMasn yA “SLUG * ‘oUDOpPsOg ‘euIvepeyK eT “HSNL NMO SIH 4O INAWDVUA V NO HLONWVW JO DNIAVUDNGA IN "FBO “SBD N'S'A “982166 “« AW *aZzis [BANjVU 3 380 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. This paper has nothing to do with real mammoths, when or where existing. It deals only with artistic representations of the animal made by prehistoric man. Certain engravings of the mammoth have been found in the United States which are claimed to have been made by the aborignes. The author inserts them here, so that all pictures of this animal will be grouped together for comparison as works of art, and not at all with the contention that they belong to the same epoch, were made by the same people, or that they represent the same cul- ture. The American specimens are inserted solely for convenience of comparison. Mammoth (Lenape stone).—Plate 16 (fig. 1) shows the celebrated Len- ape stone which has been described by, and received the approval of, Mr. Henry C. Mercer, Curator of American and Prehistoric Archeology, Museum of the University of Pennsylvania. This paragraph has been submitted to Mr. Mercer with a request for his criticism. He wrote the following: Eleven years have passed, during which I have continually watched the subject. IT have found no reason to doubt the genuineness of the Lenape stone. The specimen still in the possession of Col. H. D. Paxson is an isolated case that might well have deserved prolonged study on its merits. At a time when uncertainty prevailed as to human antiquity in North America, as to the late survival of certain Pleistocene animals like the tapir, sloth, peccary, cas- toréides, mastodon, and mammoth, and as to the true scope of Indian picture writing, this surprising document came to light suddenly near a center of archeological study.! Not marred by any patent flaw, or notoriously treacherous association, it seemed to invite active investigation from the outset. But the position of those then responsible for the welfare of archeology, who at little pains deposited an onus probandi on the shoulders of the witnesses for the stone and went on their way, has been negative from the first. To say again that they have not visited the locality, have not addressed themselves to the pros and cons, and have ignored three other carved stones found at the same locality, is to reiterate a conviction that they have slighted the subject. It has been objected that, while the object itself was original, the design or engraving thereon was modern. Mr. Mercer still believes in the genuine aboriginal character of the engraving as well as of the object. No argument is here made on this question, which belongs to archee- ology more than to art, but the author sees no reason to doubt the authenticity of the design or engraving, and it is presented as an example of aboriginal American art, representative of a mammoth or mastodon. Mr. Mercer wrote an elaborate description of the stone and its discovery, entitled ‘‘The Lenape Stone, or the Indian and the Mam- moth,” published in 1885, and the reader who desires to examine the details and arguments is respectfully referred thereto. The circum- Stances, so far as concerns us, are that the aboriginal implement of slate represented in plate 16 (fig. 1), of the form called gorget or per- forated tablet, drilled and broken as shown, was found in the years ‘Doylestown, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 16. THE LENAPE STONE, A SLATE GORGET WITH FIGURE OF MAMMOTH OR MASTODON ENGRAVED THEREON. Found by Bernard Hansell, near Doylestown, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Paxon collection. 3 +; natural size. CM ihe: aga Ge 2 Zs, ote LGW an Ra Nese Ss SREISN EPR SIN PRESS < 5 SENSES SS FULGUR SHELL, WITH FIGURE OF MAMMOTH OR MASTODON ENGRAVED THEREON. Found by M. Sarault at Hollyoak, Delaware, Cat. No. 148313, U.S.N.M. got ais SS Natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 381 1872 and 1881, being turned up by a farmer while plowing on his farm, 43} miles east of Doylestown, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. The two pieces were found in the same spot, but at different times, with an inter- val of nine years between. Mammoth (Dr. Cresson, Delaware).—Plate 16 (fig. 2) is another aborig- inal drawing of a mammoth in America. It was found by Dr. H. T. Cresson and Mr. Saurault, in the neighborhood of Holly Oak Sta- tion, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad, Delaware, on the surface of a tilled field which had been covered for manuring purposes with peat taken from what Dr. Cresson calls “the fallen forest layer in one of the adjoining estuaries of the Delaware River.” The engraving represents a mammoth resembling somewhat that found at La Made- laine (fig. 23). It was engraved in much the same manner, and might Fig. 24. REINDEER BROWSING, ENGRAVED ON REINDEER ANTLER, BOTH SIDES REPRESENTED. Grotto of Thayingen, near Lake Constance, Switzerland. 2 natural size. have been done with the same kind of flint gravers. It is on a Fulgur shell, indigenous to America, and found on the coast from Delaware to Florida. The authenticity of this engraving has also been attacked. Dr. Cresson and Mr. Saurault are both deceased, and no other than the internal evidence presented by the object itself and the declaration of its finding as aforesaid can now be furnished. Without stopping to argue for the genuine aboriginal character of the engraving, it is only fair to say that the appearance of the object and of the engraving are indicative of antiquity, and that it presents no traces of modern work. There are no indications of its having been doctored or in any way tampered with, and, like the former disputed engraving, it is presented (subject to future discoveries) as a genuine example of aboriginal art. The reindeer.—Fig. 24 represents a reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) brows- 382 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ing. This specimen is from the cavern of Thayingen, near Lake Con- stance, Switzerland. It is engraved upon a piece of reindeer antler and possibly was the fragment of a baton de commandement. The piece here represented is, taken in its entirety, probably the best art picture yet found belonging to the Paleolithic period. The one view shown represents both sides of the antler, as though it had been un- rolled. Spread out thus, it has the appearance of a veritable landscape with water in the foreground, herbage around it, and the grass, etc., in the back- ground where the reindeer is feeding. This specimen REINDEER (HIND LEGS) AND BODY OF A WOMAN, ENGRAVED ON , 2 A FRAGMENT OF SHOULDER BLADE. REVERSE, RUDE SKETCH isengraved two-thirds nat- OF HORSE. ural size. The size and Found by Landesque at Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. outline of the body with Collection of Judge E. Piette. Cast, Cat. No. 99741, U.S.N.M. 2% natural size. development of the antlers denote a full grown male. The peculiar the pinched form of the belly, apparently exaggerated by the artist, is common after the rutting sea- son. The head, horns, and body lines are true and correct. The eye is of the proper form and is rightly placed. The attitude of the animal indicates him to be walking slowly, browsing or grazing as he goes. Fig. 25 is an illustration (of which others will be shown) of the use of a piece of material to repeat different objects or views, sometimes each from a_ different point of view, and one overlaying the other. This is a fragment of shoulder blade. It repre- sents a woman’s form which has been engraved, and over it afterwards a reindeer of which the two hind legs only remain. he uit tas peed Wok Ahi : Fig. 26. Misc : This Specrmen was found REINDEER WITH JAVELIN IN HIS FLANK, ENGRAVFD ON THE RIB at Laugerie Basse and be- BONE OF OX. longs to the collection of Found by E. Douliot, Grotto of Carnac, Dordogne. Musée St. Germain. Natural size. Judge Piette. The woman has a collar about her neck and bracelets upon her arms. There are marks said to represent hair, but which may be only the effort of the art- ist to represent the rounded appearance of the human form instead of presenting it in profile. The foregoing specimens are particularly fine art work. They illustrate the proposition emphasized and repeated PREHISTORIC ART. 383 throughout this chapter, of the natural desire of man in his original state of savagery to enjoy and possess objects which to him were beauti- ful, and that he was thus prompted to make them in his chosen style of beauty. These specimens represent art for art’s sake. In them sav- age man was at play with art, and apparently for the sole purpose of gratifying his natural taste for beauty—to satisfy his natural desire for beautiful things. And the same is true of many other specimens. There is no pretense of utility in these. They indicate the use by aboriginal man of such materials as he had within reach to make objects the beauty of which would give him pleasure. This was equally true whether the objects, as harpoons, bone points, spears, batons, were for use or were, like the foregoing, only pictures to be hung on the wall. Fig. 26 represents an engraving on several fragments of the rib of an ox or bison. These fragments were found in the Grotto of Corgnac, Dordogne, and being joined together, were found to fit and to represent a reindeer with a javelin or arrow in his right flank or hip. It was collected by E. Douliot and is in the Musée St. Ger- main. It has the same pinched appearance of the belly as noticed in the Thayingen speci- men. Although imper- fect and incomplete, it shows with a few : Fig. 27. strokes and in no uncer- REINDEER (?) ENGRAVED ON ONE OF THEIR OWN METATARSALS. tain manner the charac- La Madelaine. Lartet and Christy. teristics of the animal. British Museum. Cast, Cat. No.8144,U.S.N.M. Natural size. Fig. 27 is an engraving made upon a fragment of the metatarsal of a reindeer, showing parts only of two animals. The principal one is in view and has been taken for a reindeer. This has been decided by the general outline, the form of the shoulder, and the tuft of hair charac- teristic of the male reindeer, which appears on the brisket. In front of the ear is an indication of antlers, a slender horn without brow antler, which would indicate a young animal. The hatchings or hair mark- ings on different parts of the body indicate the projections of either bone or muscle. There are imperfections to be noted about the head, if a reindeer was intended to be represented. Though well set on, the head is short, the angle of the lower lip, compared with the chin, is too salient, the nose is dilated as it is not in the reindeer and the eyes are immoderately large. The horse.—The bones of the horse have been found in some of these caverns in great profusion, and it would appear that this animal spread generally over western Europe in Paleolithic times. Fossil bones have been found which belonged to other varieties of the horse, now extinct. 384 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Whether they were ancestors of the horse or not, as is said by Prof. Edward D. Cope in his celebrated ‘“‘ Phenacodus Primeevis,” has never been satisfactorily determined. There has been found, in the Grotto of Thayingen in Switzerland, near Lake Constance, an engraved bone (fig. 28) representing an animal of the horse kind, but dif- ferent from any known variety. It may have been a horse, the drawing of which owes its peculiar- ity to the inability of the artist, but one can hardly think so, for, while in form, shape, and general appearance this might be, pee yet he could hardly have AN ANIMAL OF THE HORSE SPECIES, ENGRAVED ON BONE. so misrepresented the tail. Grotto of Thayingen, Switzerland. It is, however, remarkable Collection, Piette. that in all those peculiar- ities wherein it differs from the horse it should be found to correspond with the anoplotherium, an animal belonging to the Upper Miocene and reported by Prof. W. Boyd Dawkins! as having been found in western Europe. There is a similarity between them which, to say the least, is remarkable. Fig. 29 represents a horse on a fragment scarcely more than an inch long. It was found at Bruniquel, and the original is in the British Museum. Horses were frequently represented. They are all pecu- liar, but the peculiarities are reproduced in every — Gavern of Bruniquel (Tarn- engraving. Their heads are large beyond the et-Garonne), France. proportions of the modern horse; they have hog = *™*" Mum Natwalsize, manes bristling upright; the tail is thin and small, and stands out nearly straight. These were attributed to the peculiarities of the artist rather than to the horse, but since the discovery and reconstruc- tion of the skeleton, notably that by M. E. Chantre in the Zoologie Museum in Lyons, these peculiari- ties are found to belong to the animal and to justify the fidelity PONY HORSE. of the artist. I‘ig. 30 represents From one of the Dordogne caves. one of the prehistoric pony horses, : with large head, carried low, big muzzle, straight back, rat tail. It is on one of the engraved bones from Dordogne of which we have seen so many. Batons de commandement.—These are of stag or reindeer horn, with HORSE ENGRAVED ON BONE. 44 natural size. ' Karly Man in Britain, p. 33. PREHISTORIC ART. 385 one or more holes drilled through the center, transversely. On the beam of specimen, fig. 31, a, b, is an engraving of a string of four horses following each other. The specimen comes from La Madelaine : OSLOAGO D) JUWaAUlaPUDULULOD ap UoIv_T *(QSLOAoL ‘q *Aqs1ayo Puy 49}1B'] *“aBULLay 4S adsn yy = s << aN LoS oes SS ~~ N a, ae = wa > ‘ousopsoy ‘oulelopey_ BT ‘UGHLO AHL NO wO0d ‘AdIS HNO NO FEUHL ‘ONIMOTION SHSUOH JO SHAOUC ‘AATIING AION ANO ‘HH TINY UAHAGNIGY GHHS V INN'S’ ‘8818 “ON “98D “488;) *AZIS [BANJBU 94 and was found by Lartet. This figure shows two sides, obverse and reverse, of the same implement. It is the shed antler of a reindeer. The first tine has been cut off apparently with a flint knife or saw; NAT MUS 96 25 586 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. three horses have been engraved on one side, four on the other. The horn is of such conformation as to afford a grip at the lower or heavy end, like a pistol grip, while the hole is so placed as to permit the insertion of the index finger. It is evident from inspection that this hole was bored subsequent to the engraving of the horses, for it passes through and cuts off the head of one horse on one side and of two horses on the other. Fig. 32 is a representation of a fragment of a similar bone with a horse engraved thereon and a hole bored, likewise after the engraving. Fig. 33 represents the shed antlers of a young reindeer from La Madelaine, showing the amputation of three tines, and with four holes. Tie holes in this, contrary to the former and many others, have either been bored before the decoration, or it was designed in advance for them. The stem or beam has been cut away laterally on each side so as to make a flat surface for the boring of the holes. The top or concave side bears thirty-three transverse notches or cuts, mostly equidistant, though some are arranged in pairs. ; A number of these implements Se SS have been found in the Paleolithic JN lls SS — caves of western Europe. Their use is unknown and they are so peculiar that nothing should be omitted which will serve for their elucidation. Various uses have been suggested for them, as split- ting soft wood, barking trees, or as weapons for game and for war. Fig. 32. HORSE ENGRAVED ON FRAGMENT OF REINDEER It has been suggested that they ANTLER, WITH HOLE BORED AFTER DECORATION. were to be held aloft in battles es aes: in the hands of the chief like an imperial standard, and so they have been called in French “‘bdtons de commandement,” but none of these uses have been proved. The last has attached itself to them as a name, but possibly only in default of a better. Other persons have considered them as mere weapons. M. Pigorini, director of the Kircheriano Museum in Rome, suggests they might have been used as bits for horses’ bridles. Implements analogous and made also of reindeer horn are found among the Eskimos and are said to have been used principally to kill game when near enough to be struck with it in the hand. Some tray- elers have given to them the name of “slave killers,” from their alleged use by the Eskimos. Lartet noticed in his early explorations that they were lacking “ in the more ancient caves or stations which were characterized by the presence of lanceolate (leaf shaped) implements and by older fauna.” He remarks ' their absence in the stations Aurignac (Haute Garonne), La Chaise (Charente), Des Fées (Allier), and Gorge d’Enfer. On the contrary, in stations having the barbed bone harpoons, these batons 'Reliquiw Aquitanice, p. 102. 387 PREHISTORIC ART. Fig. 33. Bdton de commandement, WITH FOUR HOLES, BORED BEFORE DECORATION. MADE OF THE SHED ANTLER OF A YOUNG REINDEER. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Cast, Cat. No. 8135, U.S.N.M. % natural size. 388 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. were found, and he mentions the rock shelters of Bruniquel (Tarn et Garonne), Le Chaffant (Vienne), and the caverns of Massat (Ariege), Les Eyzies (Dordogne), Mont Saléve (Geneva, Switzerland), and Schussenried (Wurtemburg), as having them. Fig. 34 is an important and inter- esting specimen of these batons de commandement of reindeer horn. The two figures represent the opposite sides of the same piece. They are, however, turned end forend, and were discovered in 1886 in the Grotto of Montgaudier, not far from Angou- leme, in the valley of the River Tar- doire (Charente), near the western coast of France, by M. Paignou, who worked in company with M. Albert Gaudry. The archeologie stratum contained another engraved bone, bone needles, polishers, an ivory point, scrapers, and a magnificent Solutréen leaf-shaped blade. M. Gaudry, the eminent paleon- tologist of the Museum of Natural History, Paris, received this baton de commandement and it is now dis- played in the museum. He made an extended description of the object before the Academy of France in July, 1886. In November he con- tinued the account of his excavations in this grotto, and reported what he found in the lower strata—speci- mens of bones of the Rhinoceros tichorhinus, corresponding to and contemporaneous with the Mouste- rien epoch. Below this baton de com- mandement, in the same stratum and associated with it, were bone points and a barbed harpoon, so M. Gaudry concludes that the stratum contain- ing this baton was subsequent to the epoch of Moustier and contempora- neous with the cavern of Chauffaud, in the same neighborhood. He says of this specimen: OBVERSE AND REVERSE. J, natural size. x Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Sees Grotto of Montgaudier. Found by MM. Paignon and Gaudry. FCC lel ts ‘ oe a eters px Bdton de commandement, WITH ONE HOLE, OF REINDEER HORN, ENGRAVED WITH EELS AND FISHES. It is made of reindeer horn and is pierced with a large hole at the end. Itis covered with engravings which show the certainty of the artist’s mind and the sentiment of PREHISTORIC ART. 389 Bdtons de commandement (?) OF REINDEER HORN FRAGMENTS, BORED, CARVED, AND DECORATED WITH ANIMAL AND GEOMETRIC DESIGNS. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat. a. Cast, Cat. No. 136645, U.S.N.M. Naturalsize. 4. Cast, Cat. No. 136640, U.S.N.M. 15 natural size. c. Natural size. 390 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the forms which he depicts. The work is so fine that it requires the magnifying glass to bring out all its beauty. One face of the baton represents two seals, such as inhabited the sea off the coasts of France. One of them is seen in its entirety with his four members. The hinder members, so singularly carried among these animals, are exactly rendered, each foot having five toes. The size and extent of the tail is plainly to be seen. The head is delicately executed. The muzzle with its mustache, the mouth, the eyes, the hoie for the ear, all indicate a degree of artistic ability. The other seal is not to be seen in its entirety; it is larger and has indications of long hair aboutits neck. The fore foot is exact. In frontis a fish, which is either a salmon ora trout. Its spots are shown and the ventral fins are affixed to the abdomen. On the opposite side of this baton are two animals, long and slim, the longer being 34 centimeters, or 134 inches. They are not complete, but one shows its head and the other its tail. M. Gaudry thinks they represent eels, possibly serpents; non constat, but they may have been sea serpents. All these are represented on other specimens from various caverns and grottoes. Engravings of the seal have been found in the cavern of Varier (?), Haute Savoy, by M. Gosse, one in the Grotto of Gourdan, by Judge Piette; the salmon, or trout, in the cavern of Goye!, Belgium, by M. Dupont; and the eel, or serpent, in Laugerie Haute, by Lartet and Christy.' Implements have been found which, while similar in form, are in such fragmentary condition that one can not determine their function, but they p:rsistently represent the hole bored as herein described. Some of these should be classed with sculptured rather than engraved objects, bu cross reference should be made so that they may be studied in both classes. Fig. 35, a, b, ¢, shows three of these objects, all bifurcated, and of which a and b represent animal heads on the end of the bifurcation, while ¢ represents a different decoration. The relation between these fragmentary implements, with their respective holes, and the former implements, batons de commandement, is as yet unknown. The bison or ox (urus or aurochs).—Fig. 36 represents a man chasing an aurochs or bison. It is engraved on reindeer horn, comes from Laugerie Basse, was found by M. Massenat, and belongs to his collec- tion. The man follows the bison and is in the act of throwing a spear or harpoon at him. Action on the part of both is shown, and the chase is well represented. It is an artistic representation of a prehistoric hunting scene. The position of the arms, especially the right, is awk- ward. The man has a sardonic grin. The marks, possibly represent- ing hair, nearly cover his body. Whether they were really hair or were intended only to show light and shade and the rounded parts of the body has never been fully decided. M. de Mortillet believes them to represent hair and, therefore, that the man of this epoch was covered with hair. This piece furnished the basis for the reproduction of the man of the Cavern period displayed in the anthropological section of the Paris Exposition of 1889. (Plate 18b.) Fig. a of this plate represents the artists of the Chelléen epoch displayed at the same time and place. ' Materiaux, 1864, pp. 8-9, 73-74. 391 PREHISTORIC ART. fares \ Wk Wwe . OOM Y > Fig. 36. BISON AND MAN, ENGRAVED ON REINDEER ANTLER. HUNTING SCENE. Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. OBVERSE AND REVERSE. yn, Massenat. Cast, Cat. No, 99740, U.S.N.M. natural size. 392 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Calves.—Fig. 37 represents an engraving on reindeer antlers from Laugerie Basse, collected by Massenat. The figures are three calves’ heads in arow. The reindeer horn has been flattened by cuttin scraping on the sides, and the engraving done on the surface. = The object prob- ably served as Fig. 37. 5s the handle of a THREE CALVES’ HEADS, ON REINDEER ANTLER, BOTH SIDES THE SAME. FRAG- ; MENT OF HANDLE OF PONIARD. poniard, but the Laugerie Basse. blade is broken Collection, Massenat. Cast, Cat. No. 99857, U.S.N.M. Natural size. off. The top and bottom edges of the handle have been wrought into festoons, with cres- cents engraved opposite each point of the festoons. The sculpture is entirely ornamental, except so far as it may roughen the handle for pre- hensile purposes. The opposite side of the handle is similarly engraved. Fig. 38 represents an engraved bone from Laugerie Basse. The engravings are supposed to be calves, as in fig. 37. It was one of the peculiarities of the art work of this epoch that Fig. 38. in such examples as we are now CALVES’ (?) HEADS ENGRAVED ON BONE. considering the animals or heads Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. Collection, Massenat. Natural size. engraved followed each other in single file. They appeared to be always uniform in size, height, age, sex, and species. ; Ruminants (?).—Fig. 39 is one of those uncertain animals classed by Lartet and de Mortillet as ruminants, leaving the species undetermined. Lartet says: ! The size and shortness of the shoulder, while excluding the reindeer, the stag, and the horse, might yet serve for a bovine animal, but the fracture at the attachment of the horns de- prives us of the means of judging if it be of this character. The withers do not seem high enough for the aurochs; or, at least, they would do only for a young individual. The marks for hair, in- dicated on different parts of the body, are also distributed with intelligence for the purpose of ih, lias yi : Ayia A ’ a) oF hin a SNe / ee i) Me WH LG Fig. 39. "making the drawing more effective. RUMINANT (?) ENGRAVED ON FRAG- “ 7 ents Eh eC a ee The specimen was found by Lartet and Les Eyzies, Dordogne. Christy in the Grotto Les Eyzies, and is in Musée St. Germain. Natural size. the Musée St. Germain. De Mortillet be- lieves that the mark on the left shoulder represents an arrow or javelin. Fig. 40 is an engraving on a reindeer’s brow antler palm, found by Lartet in Laugerie Basse. The fracture is old. The fragment bears a bold sketch made by no uncertain hand, of the hind quarters and ! Reliquizw Aquitanicie, description of plates, p. 14. PREHISTORIC ART. 393 barrel of a large bovine animal. That it is bovine is indicated by the smallness of the tail, straightness of the hocks, advanced position of the male organ, and the sudden rise at the withers; unfortunately the fracture occurs where the long, shaggy mane, determinative of the species, ought to begin; but the fore- going are all characteristic of the bison. There is no drawing upon the opposite side. The specimen represented by fig. 41 is remarkable in that it was discovered and displayed long before any person in Europe suspected the existence of prehistoric man. This specimen was found in 1824, by M. Brouillet in the Grotto of Chaffaud, in the valley of the | Charente. M. Brouillet was a notary at Charroux. He kept this specimen in his collection until the year 1851, when he sent it to the Musée Cluny. The specimen remained there, under the catalogue number of 2467, along with other objects found at the same time—bits of flint, bone points, har- poons, ete.—without attracting atten- Pig. 40. tion to its (or their) prehistoric charae- BOVINE ANIMAL, ENGRAVED ON REINDEER’S BROW ANTLER PALM. ter. Itis of reindeer horn and has been Tangerte Baswe, Donnan: broken into three pieces, two of Which _ tartet ana christy. Cast, Cat. No. S141 U.S.N.M. only remain together. It bears the en- Ape ae graving of two animals, one following the other; the one in front is complete, standing, and at rest, the chin or nose prominent, the lips hanging, and the ears straight and long. ‘The dorsal vertebrie are indicated by a series of vertical marks. The animal has no horns and has the appearance of a hart or doe—the female of the stag or deer kind. The second ani- mal, which follows the first, is cut in two across the shoulders by the breakage of the bone. Its head is finer bull bing Wp Wi Fig. 41. and its muzzle ismore HARTS OR DOES, FOLLOWING, ENGRAVED ON REINDEER HORN. 5 a Found by M. Brouillet, 1851, in Grotto of Chaffaud, Charente. pointed. i he ears are Musée Cluny. 4 natural size. straight. This speci- men was discovered in the Musée Cluny by M. Gabriel de Mortillet, and his son Adrien made a drawing and a full report of it, which was pub- lished on November 25, 1885, in the Magazine /Homme. This speci- men, therefore, is evidence incontrovertible of the genuineness of this and similar objects made by prehistoric man and found in the caverns 394 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. which he occupied of western and southern France. This was found thirty years before anyone had an idea of even the existence of pre- historic man—certainly that long before it was suggested that prehis- toric man made or used such objects or orna- ments. It was deposited in the principal museum of Paris—still before the discovery of prehistoric man—where it has re- mained practically until the present time without suspicion of its relation to, or use by, him. It would have remained there unknown but for IBEX OR WILD GOAT, ENGRAVED ON REINDEER’S BROW ANTLER PALM. the fortunate discovery Laugerie. . of M. Mortillet. Lartet and Christy. Cast, Cat. No. 8142, U.S.N.M. 4, natural size. Tbhex Fig 42 is the —— . Fie | ; palm of a reindeer’s brow antler, found by M. Lartet at Laugerie Basse. It bears the nearly entire engraved outline of a horned animal. The horns point upward with a slight backward curve; a short distance behind the horns is an indication of ears; below the chin is a tuft of hair or beard. The croup, tail, and fore feet are destroyed by fractures. The hind legs are sadly distorted in whatever position the animal may be represented; even if he was engaged in scratching himself with his feet, it was impossible that he should scratch his belly with both hind feet at once. But all the characteristics mentioned point to the possibility of an ibex or similar animal. Fig. 43 represents another engraving, also supposed to be of the ibex or goat family, made on a frag- ment of areindeer’s brow antler palm. Figs. 44, 45, and 46 are engravings of animals of the goat or ante- lope tribe. Fig. 45 represents the head of a large oe saiga (antelope). It was engraved on bone and Fig. 43. was found by Judge Piette in the Grotto of Gour- ""* ©® GOAT, ENGRAVED ON FRAGMENT OF REIN- don(Haute Garonne). This animal has been extinct prrr's prow aNTLER in that locality throughout historic times. Fig. 46 Signe represents an ibex engraved on reindeer horn. It qu cat, no. 126841, U.S.N-M. was found at Laugerie Basse and is in the collection 2% natural size. M. Massenat at Brives. This animal has migrated to the high altitudes. Flowers, leaves, etc.—Designs imitating flowers, leaves, and branches PREHISTORIC ART. _ 395 were engraved on harpoon or similar points of bone, horn and ivory. One on a reindeer antler represents flowers with eight and nine petals, respectively,! There is a long branch with its leaves on the baton de commandement on reindeer horn from the cavern at the foot of Mont Saleve, Geneva, and the branches with their leaves on the baton of Montgardier (fig. 34). Fig. 47 represents a truncated harpoon or dart from La Madelaine. In the center and lower part are two representations of what are believed to have been flowers, the upper one with nine petals. Nearer the top is an animal form resembling the outstretched = — “Wig. 44. skin of a carnivore with a narrow snout and thick EAD AND NECK OF : . . . IBEX, ENGRAVED ON tail like the fox or some allied animal. On the oppo- — gemmprer’s anruer. site side (not shown in the figure) are two horses’ Laugerie Basse, Dor- heads placed back to back. This figure is taken from _ ,,.,,, eee saint ‘“Reliquie Aquitanice,”? Fig. 5 on the same plate ural size represents a similar implement, on which a horse is carved partly on side and partly on edge, which is unusual in these objects. Marine animals.—Fig. 48 represents an engraving found by M. Massenat at Laugerie Basse. It is on bone and is rude and incomplete. It is supposed to represent a whale. Fig. 49 shows a seal engraved upon the canine of a cave bear. It is from Sordes cavern (Landes) and belongs to the collection Chap- lain-Dupare. Fig. 50 represents an ovibus (?), while Mae A 2, fig. 51 represents a fish. LOPE) ON A FRAG- Some of the engravings found in these caverns, MENT OF BONE. while undoubtedly showing human intention and Grotto ofGourdon. handiwork, are difficult of identification. If we were Judge Piette, A naturalsizee — studying this from the view-points of a biologist or a zoologist it might be necessary to use greater precaution in the naming of the animals, but as they are here considered from an artistic view-point, the special name of the animal isnotimportant. (Figs. 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, and 58.) Man.—The paleolithice artist was not so successful in his representations of human kind as he was of cer- tain animals. The figure of a man chasing an aurochs (fig. 36) has been described. Fig. 59, on a beam of reindeer horn, represents man, but not in an artistic PCa nea manner. He is in the midst of a line of horses with @ cottection, Massenat. ¥ nat- serpent or eel at his heels. It is the fragment of a Pie baton de commandement, was found by Lartet and Christy in the rock shelter of La Madelaine, and is now in the Musée St. Germain. On the other side are figured two calves’ heads, one following the other. as usual. Other representations of human form will be noticed in the HEAD OF WILD GOAT ON REINDEER HORN. 1 Reliquize Aquitanice, plate B, IX. 2Page 70, B. plate IX, fig. 4. 396 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. paragraph on sculpture (fig. 69). Fig. 60, a, b, represents a fragment ot harpoon head of reindeer horn on which has been engraved repre- sentations of human hands. The two figures represent the obverse and reverse of the same specimen. The four fingers are represented, but the thumb is omitted. Fig. 61 is a faint representa- tion in profile of an inartistic head from Laugerie Basse, collection Massenat. Examples of art practice.—These art manifestations were intended by their makers not: alone for utility, "as in the decoration of implements, weapons, and utensils, but they display a love of art for art’s sake. Many of them, as already shown, appear to have been made for practice, or from a natural and innate love of the beautiful. They are mere essays, in which the artist used the same piece without any attempted relation of one figure to the other. The sketch of five reindeer, Marquis de Vibraye’s collection (fig. 62), is an example. Another is the sketch (fig. 64) of eight animals, horses and deer, from the cavern of Lortet. . Each of these specimens consists of a single piece, the lines of each figure running into each other. The drawings have been done on different planes, so that some are upside down, some are complete, others incomplete. The ancient artist utilized his material, as does the artist of to-day when he uses the same canvas again and again. The mammoth engraved on a lamination of his own tusk, and the bear on a flat pebble, are done solely for their art; while the sculpture of the mammoth and reindeer, decoration of the handles of daggers and poniards, are such utilization as put one in remembrance of similar work done by Benevenuto Cellini. Fig. 62 represents an engraving upon a fragment of schistose slate found at Laugerie Basse by Franchet, and belongs to the collection of the Marquis de Vibraye. It represents five reindeer engraved from different points of view. Two of the animals are shown upright, while three others are represented upside down. One sketch is complete and is well done. Nearly every person has seen similar sketches in modern studios; the artist practices by making different sketches or fragments on the same canvas. These specimens are evidence of the art tendency of prehistoric man, at least in this locality and epoch. While the evidence points in that direction and is hardly explainable upon any other theory, yet the number of these specimens has hardly been sufficient to establish the See SSSSSSssssss TWO FLOWERS. Natural size Fi HARPOON OR DART, WITH ENGRAVING OF OUTSTRETCHED SKIN OF A FOX (?). La Madelaine. — Lartet and Christy. SALE — PREHISTORIC ART. ( 397 theory in every country inhabited by Paleolithic man. If a greater number of art works had been found, or if the distribution had been more extensive, the general proposition would be better established. We are to remember that in our search for the evidences of prehistoric fie oP A Ltt Fig. 48. WHALE (?) ENGRAVED ON BONE. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat. # natural size. man we are but groping in the dark; we have no, or but few, indica- tions as to the locality of the traces of his existence, and so we may have missed those evidences greatest in number and most important in bearing. Fig. 49. SEAL ENGRAVED ON BEAR’S TOOTH. Cavern of Sordes (Landes.) Collection, Chaplain-Dupare, Natural size. Fig. 63 is another specimen of artistic essay, an engraving on bone from Laugerie Basse, in the collection of M. Gustave Marty, Toulouse. It is a fragment of shoulder blade, which we have seen was a favorite material with the prehistoric artist. Its surface is large and flat, and was convenient for the en- eraver. The artist has made divers essays, and has represented the legs of the horse in various Fic, 50. positions and attitudes, always in action, possi- MUSK-OX. bly on the trot. Not being satisfied with them yj natural size. one way, he has represented them in auother. May not this speci- men suggest evidence of the artistic longing of him who may have been an engraver and de- signer of renown, whose reputation may have re- FISH. sounded along the banks 1 natural size. of the Vézere, up and down the Pyrenees, in much the same way that artists from these localities, possibly his descendants, are figuring in the world of art in the expositions and museums of to-day? 398 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 64 represents another series of engravings in the same tableau. It contains specimens of equide and cervide in all postures and from differ- ent points of view. This specimen is from the Grot- to of Lortet (Haute Pyre- nees) and belongs to the collection of Judge Piette. Fig. 65 represents similar sketches in the collection Massenat and from Lau- gerie Basse. Theseare all “art for art’s sake.” SCULPTURE. The paleolithic artist did not confine his efforts to the fine arts of drawing or Fig. 52. engraving, but included ENGRAVING ON BONE FRAGMENT OF UNCERTAIN ANIMAL. sculpture, and his manual dexterity and artistic abil- ity were more successful in this direction than we would have supposed. Fig. 66 represents a poniard made from a single piece of reindeer Cast, Cat. No. 14870, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. Fig. 53. ENGRAVING ON BONE FRAGMENT OF UNCERTAIN ANIMALS, PROBABLY REINDEER, FOLLOWING EACH OTHER. Grotto of Massat (Ariege). Collection, Cartail Lac. 23 natural size. horn. The weapon is about 16 inches in length. The blade was first sawed from the reindeer horn longitudinally, then cut or scraped to a point. It is intended for thrusting and not for cutting. The handle is sculptured to represent a reindeer. The blade is a prolongation of the hind legs, the fore legs are drawn close to the belly, and, with the body, form the handle, which can be held firmly, while the head of the animal forms the pommel. The nose is thrown up, Fig. 54. which brings the horns on the back, to which. 445 ENGRAVED ON BONE they are attached. While the sculpture of this See specimen may not be so fine or delicate as some others, or may have deteriorated by use or exposure, yet the general outline is correct and PREHISTORIC ART. 399 the animal is well represented. This specimen was found in Laugerie Basse by Lartet and Christy, and belongs to the Musée St. Germain. Fig. 67 shows one of the most important specimens of sculpture yet found belonging to Paleolithic man. It is sculptured in the round and represents a reindeer. It was the handle of a poniard or dagger and is quite long enough to be easily and firmly held. The reindeer is shown in a conventional manner and in a position suitable for the pur- pose indicated, much the same as was the former one (fig. 66). The head is thrown back, the nose up, the horns flat upon the back and brought out in relief, the fore legs drawn to the front and the hind legs drawn up and to the rear. Their exten- sion formed the blade. The specimen is ivory, was found at Bruniquel ENGRAVING OF ANIMAL, UNCERTAIN. Cast, Cat. No. 99858, U.S.N.M. 44 natural sixe. ENGRAVING OF REINDEER ON BEAM OF REINDEER HORN. La Madelaine. Lartet and Christy. 23 natural size. (Tarn-et-Garonne), belonged to the collection of M. Peccedeau de V’Isle, and formed part of the later purchase by the British Museum. It is somewhat remarkable that the finest work of this kind done by the prehistoric man should have been for the handles of daggers or pon- FF ee et Dea heap Ca oe nr ana Fig. 57. FRAGMENT OF STAG HORN, WITH PORTION OF HOLE DRILLED IN ONE END, AND ENGRAVING OF UNCER- TAIN ANIMAL, PROBABLY STAG (Cervus elephus). Engraving on opposite side of sketches La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Cast, Cat. No. 136625, U.S.N.M. Natural size. iards. Some of the most celebrated artists, gravers, and sculptors of medieval and modern times have employed their talents in much the same direction, and some of their chef d’@uvres have been the handles of daggers, poniards, and swords. Fig. 68 represents a sculp- ture of a mammoth on the broad part of a reindeer horn. It is the 400 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. handle of a poniard, comes from Bruniquel (Tarn-et-Garonne) and was found by M. Peccedeau deV’Isle. This gentlemen was an indefatigable searcher. He has made several profound and long-continued investi- gations. He made almost the entire excavation at the cavern of Bruniquel, and it has been, like several others, emptied; all the earth or débris taken out, sifted, and examined. His col- lection of these prehis- toric engravings and sculptures has lately been purchased by the British Museum, and now forms part of its dis- Fig. 58. ks play of the arts and DISC OF BONE, ANIMAL UNCERTAIN, RESEMBLING A CAT, WITH 5 * f a GEOMETRIC DESIGNS FOR DECORATION. industries of paleolithic Laugerie Basse. : man. I had no right to Collection, Hardy, Dieppe, France. Natural size. ask what price the Brit- ish Museum paid for this collection, but when I saw it in Toulouse its owner demanded for it 40,000 francs ($8,000), and the British Museum must have paid nearly that amount. This specimen was the handle of a poniard, the blade of which had been broken off. The tusks of the mammoth are laid up by the side of the elongated muzzle and are a” \ = ae < ee —__—_= (—~— a AS ner Eee = SS See Ses a = = a 2 ~ ~— - ———~ v\uteh ! oe — ee =/ Vy VI AY pF? =~ ——— ote 1% Fig. 59. FIGURE OF A MAN WITH A STICK OR STAFF ON HIS LEFT SHOULDER ENGRAVED ON A FRAGMENT OF baton de commandement, OF REINDEER HORN. TWO HORSES AND A SERPENT. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Musée St. Germain. Cast, Cat. No. 136664, U.S.N.M. % natural size. represented in a conventional manner. The feet are brought together, owing to the requirements of the material. The tail is represented as curled up over the back, which proves it to have been a mammoth rather than an elephant. The tail was broken by the artist in manu- facture and, in order to repair it, a hole was drilled down through the backbone and a new tailinserted. The representation of it here shows PREHISTORIC ART. 401 the tail displaced; not in its proper position, as was the original when L sawit. Fig. 69 represents a fragment, important in its lesson on paleo- lithic art. It is a female figure sculptured in ivory. It is without head or arms and almost without feet. The breast is flat, the sexual organs exaggerated, and the hips prominent. It was found at Laugerie Basse and belongs to the collection of Marquis de Vibraye. Fig. 60. (a) FRAGMENT OF HARPOON OF REINDEER HORN ENGRAVED WITH TWO HUMAN HANDS, ONE ON EACH SIDE. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. British Museum. 43 natural size. (6) HUMAN HAND ENGRAVED ON A FRAGMENT OF HARPOON OR REINDEER HORN. La Madelaine, Dordogne. Lartet and Christy. Judge Piette’s persistence and success as an explorer into the pre- historic stations of the Paleolithic period in France have already been mentioned. One of his most extensive and successful explorations was in the cavern of Brassempouy at Chalosse (Landes). The usual strati- fication of occupation was found, beginning with the early Paleolithic at the bottom and progressing successively through the later epochs toward the top. The mammoth and rhinoceros, cave bear, cave hyena, and reindeer were found in their respective strata. Ivory was suffi- ciently plentiful to be dug out by the spade full. Worked points of bone and horn, flint points, scrapers, and flakes, and similar evidence of human occupation abounded. Engravings on bone and horn were found as in other paleolithic caverns in the district. In stratum E, about 18 inches in thickness and at a depth of 11 to 12 feet, x specimens of the human form were found sculptured in Fig. 61. the round from ivory. The collection of Judge Piette = #UMAN HEAD. contains nine statuettes of the human female figure in P@vserie Basse. ivory, Seven from Brassempouy, one from Mas d’Azil, and one from Laugerie Basse. They were divided into two groups. One represented women, fleshy, gross, with breasts pendant, abdomen round and protuberent, and thighs firm and heavy. One of these Judge Piette has named the Venus of Brassempouy. The second group were the reverse of all this, with figures thin and straight, without protuberances, and slight representation of flesh or muscle, having much the same appearance as fig. 69. One of the latter group, more complete than any other, represented a female head covered with a capuchin bonnet. NAT MUS 96 26 Massenat. 402 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Reproduction of these figures without special license has been inter- dicted, but anyone can see them in the report.’ Fig. 70 represents, in a rude and conventional manner, a human head Fig. 62. FRAGMENT OF SCHISTOSE SLATE WITH FIVE REINDEER ENGRAVED THEREON, SIMPLY UNFINISHED AND FROM DIFFERENT VIEW POINTS. ART TRIALS OR SKETCHES. Laugerie Basse. Found by Franchet. Collection Marquis de Vibraye. 4 natural size. sculptured from a fragment of reindeer horn 2 or 3 inches long. It was found by Abbe Bourgeois in the Grotto of Rochbertier (Charente), and is in the museum of the Ecole d’Anthropologie, Paris. It is from the 5 same department as the baton de commandement of Montgardier (fig.34). Fig. 71 represents a frag- ment of reindeer horn of which two tines or palms have been sculptured in the form of horses’ heads. JItis from the Grotto Mas d@Azil (Ariege) and belongs to the collection of Judge Piette. Figs. 72 to 77 represent other specimens of Paleolithic sculp- tures from divers caverns of the period in the same general localities as those heretofore Fig. 63. ren _ENGRAVINGS ON BONE, TRIAL SKETCHES. figured. They show different .Laugerie Basse, Dordogne. objects and do not require sepa- Collection Marty. Toulouse. %% natural size. rate descriptions. The engravings and sculptures found in excavations of the caverns of this epoch have been, for the most part, but the débris—broken and rejected pieces. They have been found principally among the ashes from the hearth, and are rarely perfect or complete. During this 'L’Anthropologie, VI, 1896, plates 1-v11; VII, 1897, plate 1, p. 168. PREHISTORIC ART. 403 period there does not appear to have been any care or preservation of anything for future generations, for there were no tombs, no burials, no monuments, and, except the caverns, no habitations. There appears to have been neither opportunity nor incentive to preserve such objects. But in the fragments we can recognize the artistic feeling of the people. It is even contended by some investigators that different schools of art Fig. 64. HORSES AND DEER, TRIAL SKETCHES ON FRAGMENT OF SHOULDER BLADE. Grotto of Lortet (Haute Pyrenees). Collection, Piette. 2, natural size. can be recognized in different localities; that the art of the Pyrenees was different from that of the Dordogne, and the same between the caverns of Switzerland and Savoy and those of western France. The animals represented have been done with sufficient exactness to enable us to determine what was intended. M. de Mortillet has said that while we are here in the presence of the infancy of art it is far from being the art of an infant, and MM. Cartailhac, Chauvet, Piette, Perrot, and AO04 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 65. VARIOUS UNCERTAIN ANIMALS, ENGRAVED ON BONE, TRIAL SKETCHES. Laugerie Basse. Collection, Massenat. PREHISTORIC ART. 405 the others who have written upon this subject have followed him in this. These, with other introduced specimens, show the innate desire of man for things beautiful and his natural wish to make them so. Philosophers, psycho- logists, and even anthropologists have theorized and speculated as to what aboriginal or natural man may have thought, wished, or desired in originating art, and they will continue to do so; but we are, by this work, brought face to face with the solid and irrefutable fact of what he did. The artifacts are our only evidence in this regard. We are dealing with the prehis- toric. There is no history, no written record, no record at all, other than these objects. As by them only do we know of the existence of man at this epoch,so by them only can we dis- cover the origin of the art by which they were made and the thoughts, wishes, and desires of the man who made them. In order to justify any speculation concern- ing the ratiocination or psychologic manifesta- tions of primitive man in matters of art or deco- ration, it is proper we should first know as much as possible of the facts of those manifestations. Almost the sole purpose of this memoir is to collate and present these facts. Its title de- clares this purpose. With mere speculations it has little to do, but in the presentation of facts concerning the origin of human art as shown in its earliest known manifestations it makes serious claims. The specimens of engraving and sculpture may be divided as follows: (1) The engraving by simple lines cut in plain surfaces which corre- sponds to the engraving of our own time; (2) engraving more or less in relief, and (3) seulp- tures in the round, representing human or ani- mal figures. Piette reverses their order and contends that they oceurred thus. *uooaljop “yeuasse yl ‘ON “38D “488D ‘gus0pi0g ‘e}ney elesneyT ‘ATASWIH UAAANIGU AHL ONILNASAUdMUY AIGNVH FHL ‘NYOH UAAANIGA AO GUVINOd AHAALd1N0S ‘INN'S’ “Y318 3 id *aZIS [BANU METHODS OF ENGRAVING AND SCULPTURING. The manner of working would seem to have been as follows: With the aid of flint instru- ments, which may have been knives, flakes, points, scrapers, or what not, the surface of the material was prepared by the removal of the outside or rough portion. The reindeer horn was preferred to that of other deer, probably because its surface was smooth 406 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. and firm. These pieces of flint or similar ones are always found as- sociated with the engravings. The surface having been prepared, the objects to be represented are outlined, probably, by marks with the graver, cutting away the substance to a greater or less depth, accord- ing to the sketch desired. The knives, flakes, and gravers may have Fig. 67. SCULPTURED REINDEER IN IVORY; HANDLE OF A PONIARD WITH BLADE BROKEN AND LOST. THE NOSE IS THROWN UP AND THE HORNS LAID ON THE BACK, Cavern of Bruniquel (Tarn-et-Garonne). Collected by Peccedeau de I’ Isle and sold by him to the British Museum. Cast, Cat. No. 8146, U.S.N.M. Natural size. been inserted in handles or operated directly by hand. No evidence has been found of the actual employment of a handle. The scrapers are more likely to have been so used, for the same implement inserted in a handle has been employed in modern times by the Eskimo. In the sculptures the surface, after having been reduced to proper form, seems to have been polished by rubbing, and ac- cordingly there is found just such an implement as would perform this service, and no other service than this has ever been suggested to ac- count for the existence of the implement. Itis a piece of flint, called in French re- Fig. 68. touchoir,' rudely chipped MAMMOTH 2 eee ON Hes OF REINDEER HORN. HAN- jnto the general form of a DLE OF PONIARD, WITH BLADE BROKEN, Brisiuael (Paaisheaaee man’s forefinger. The ex- Peceadeau de VIsle. British Museum, Cast, Cat. No. 8174, U.S.N.M. %nat- treme point of the finger is ere smooth and polished, evi- dently the result of much rubbing, and apparently not done by grinding. Of course this description and the assignment of these utensils is more or less theoretical, but it is not open to the objection of many of the theories propounded by wise men of our day, for— (1) The existence of these objects is certain. 1 De Mortillet, Musée Prehistorique, plate xiv, figs. 411-417. PREHISTORIC ART. 407 (2) They were made by the man of the Paleolithic period. (3) With these tools and implements it is quite possible to do the art work ascribed to that period. (4) With the engraving implements and tools herein described are found other objects made by man, and all these are associated in suf- ficient numbers to establish their common use. From these facts the conclusion is drawn that the work was done with these implements. MATERIAL. Stone, ivory, bone, horn, wood.—There are several engravings and sculptures in stone, but they are comparatively few. The fragments of two such were found at the station of Solutré, but it is not well determined what animals they were intended to represent. The great cave bear on a waterworn schist or schistose pebble, found at the Grotto of Massat; a horse found at Les Eyzies by Lartet and Christy; and the sketches on slate of five reindeer from La Madelaine; with some small examples from the Grotto of Chaffaud, are the principal examples of the use of stone. Ivory was employed principally for sculpture, as witness the discoveries of Judge Piette at Brassem- pony and Mas d’Azil just described (pp. 574 and 400), though the representation of themammothon hisowntusk, ‘VOE® SCULPTURE. REP RESENTING A WOMAN found by Lartet at La Made- (HEADLEss). laine, was anengraving. The Laugerie Basse. jesth= of animals were: also > employed. The canines of the bear have been found with a seal engraved in feeble relief. HUMAN HEAD "RUDELY EN- Shoulder blades and ribs were often utilized. BERG Cae ce ite Deer horns frequently served, but the material Grotto of Rochebertier (Char. oes not seem to have been altogether satis- ente). factory to the prehistoric artist. The reindeer school af Authrophcy, Paris, gaa. HOLD answered better. It was smooth, hard, ural size. homogeneous, tough without being fibrous, and would cut or scratch in any direction. It furnishes about three-fourths of the specimens of the art work of the period. Wood may have been employed for art work, but of this we have little or no proof. Reasoning by analogy, we may conclude that it was so used. It was easier to work than was bone or horn, and would serve equally as well for many objects. The objection that no such specimens of wood have been found is offset by the answer that they may have all decayed. 408 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. PAINTING. While the art products of Paleolithic man ran principally to sculp- ture and engraving, there is evidence of his acquaintance with and practice of the art of painting. Color has been used in decoration by prehistoric man. ie E nf efi ie , ge Judge Piette made extensive excavations in theGrotto Masd’Azil (Ariege), France, and reported interesting discoveries relating to prehistoric art in the direction of painting. He assigned this art to a time near the close of the reindeer epoch of the Paleolithic period, to which he gave the name Asylienne. The characteristics speci- ally noticeable in the present connection were the hundreds of waterworn pebbles, flat, oval, with rounded edges, resembling in size the net sinkers of ly iy § Pill . (fv y Wore ") (nyse alae a “ls w ih ae a4 owe ff * A cane United States, ie Hh " % “CG which had been painted tail} hi i or colored in different ee ; wilt ft figures. A series was es nH exhibited by Judge Pi- ty, yy ette at the Paris Expo- eee sition, 1889, where the HORSES’ HEADS SCULPTURED FROM REINDEER HORN. author had good oppor- Grotto Mas a’ Azil (Ariege). tunity for their inspec- Collection, Piette. tion. Judging from their appearance and material, the pebbles had been gathered in the bed of the stream Arise, which flows through the Grotto Mas d’Azil. They were of quartz, quartzite, and schist, and run from white to gray. They were artificially colored with iron peroxide, still found in the cav- ern. It was ground and kept in shells (Pecten jacobeus) and in cup stones, specimens of which were found with the paint still in them, and was served with spatulas of bone. The color was red or reddish, rather maroon, about the color of iron rust. The figures consisted of dots PREHISTORIC ART. 409 VARIOUS SPECIMENS OF PALEOLITHIC SCULPTURE FROM DIVERS CAVERNS OF THE PERIOD IN CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN FRANCE, NOT REQUIRING SEPARATE DESCRIPTION. Cast, Cat. Nos, 99860, 99856, U.S.N.M. All natural size. 410 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. from one-fourth to one-half or five-eighths inch in diameter, placed in rows on the flat sides of the pebbles, from one to eight on each pebble; of bars or parallel bands of the same character; of zigzags, crosses, some circles with central dot, and others of similar designs in great number. The painting can best be described by supposing much of the work to have been done by light touches of the finger. It was Judge Piette’s theory that these marks and signs had some meaning. They might have formed a numerical system. Still others may have been alphabetic or ideographic signs, still others symbolic. These pebbles were found in a particular stratum of the grotto. They were not placed in any order, but were scattered throughout the stratum. The meaning of the painted designs on these pebbles has never been decided and probably never can be; but in our present state of knowl- edge they represent man’s earliest use of color for purposes of decora- tion; and, consequently, were the very beginning of the art of paint- ing. They may be more than this, but of this much we may feel certaiin, that whatever was intended by their makers, whether they were for ornamentation only, “art for art’s sake,” or had some special significa- tion as numbers, signs, symbols, etc., they were surely an appeal to the color-sense through the eye, and so represent the very beginning of the painter’s art. They were an advance upon the glyptic art which had theretofore prevailed, and had thus far been the only artistic mani- festation by man. For description of the excavation of Mas d’Azil see “Etudes d’Eth- nographie Prehistorique,” by Judge E. Piette,’ and for illustration of the colored pebbles see supplement to same paper.’ The employment of colors in the execution of savage art can be traced to a considerable antiquity; and their use, though continued into modern times, does not at all depend upon the intervention of: civilized man. The original mineral colors were probably the red and yellow ochers, red and yellow iron oxides, black from charcoal, and white from chalk and lime; but vegetable colors were not difficult to obtain from leaves, fruits, roots, stems, and seeds; for the extraction and use of these pig- ments and colors in the various savage decorations and adornment was not above the most primitive conceptions. While there is no trace of the use of colors in Paleolithic times in Europe until the late discovery of Judge Piette, and but little in Neolithic times of that country, yet the employment of colors by prehistoric peoples of other countries was extensive and effective. Beyond this, it displayed considerable power and was withal difficult of execution. The use of an extensive scale or palette of colors by our North 1 The coloring of human bones preparatory for secondary burial is not forgotten; but it was ceremonial or religious and not decorative; besides it was later. 2T/Anthropologie, VI, 1896, pp. 274-292. 3Jn quarto, 25 plates, chromolithograph. PREHISTORIC ART. 411 American Indians is well known. The works of Col. Garrick Mallery on “Picture writing of the American Indians,” of Dr. Washington Matthews on the Navajos, of Dr. W. J. Hoffman, Dr. J. W. Fewkes, Mr. F. H. Cushing, Col. J. J. and Mrs. Stevenson, and others, are filled with illustrations of the use of color by these savages. One has only to call to mind the descriptions and representations of the early trav- elers, or the pictures of Catlin, whose “Gallery of Indian portraits” is in the National Museum! to recognize the fact. These instances, while perhaps all historic, are representative of culture beginning before the advent of the white man. The Peruvians and the Mexicans were adepts in placing the colors upon their cloths. The colors were so well fixed that they were not even modified by the decomposition of the dead bodies, and the wrap- pings of mummies buried centuries ago retain their primitive colors, even when the original fabric is decayed to shreds. The Mexicans probably obtained the remarkably brilliant coloring of their pictographs by somewhat analogous processes. These picto- graphs in manuscevipt, of which only a small number have reached us, embrace the history of the country, its national traditions, the geneal- ogies of its kings and nobles, the rolls of provincial tributes, the laws, the calendar, religious festivals, and the education of the children—a complete summary, in fact, of all that concerns the manners, customs, and life of the people. They were painted in various colors on cotton cloth, on prepared skin, or on a strong and tough paper made from the fibers of the agave. At times the artist depicts scenes from rea) life. At other times he records facts by means of hieroglyphic, symbolic, or other characters—conventional signs that have been handed down for generations, and on which innovation is prohibited. Another series of pictures illustrates the education of children, their food and pun- ishments. The father teaches his son to carry burdens, to steer a canoe, or to manage the fishing tackle. The mother instructs her daughter in domestic duties; she sweeps the house, prepares tortillas, and weaves cloths. These pictures present the distinct outlines and bright colors which the Americans sought most of all. Evidently we must not ask them for models of decorative painting. Their complete ignorance of proportions and the laws of perspective demonstrates that their art was the exclusive product of their own genius or of the instinct of their race, and that they had not been subject to any foreign influence. The region of piedras pintadas (painted stones) in South America extends from Guiana to Patagonia. They are found in the wilds of 3razil and La Plata as well asin the more civilized districts of Peru and Chili, and they betray everywhere a reniarkable analogy. In the solitudes of Para and Piauhy, Brazil, are numerous intaglio sculp- tures executed by unknown peoples. They represent animals, birds, ‘Report of the U.S. National Museum, 1885. A12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. and men in various attitudes. Some of the men are tattooed; others wear crowns of feathers; and the picture is finished with arabesques and scrolls. At La Sierra de On¢a are drawings in red ocher, isolated and in groups, without apparent order; and the rocks of the province of Ceara and those of Tejuco are covered with tracings not unlike those on the rocks of Scandinavia. Humboldt describes intaglios on the right bank of the Orinoco representing the sun, moon, pumas, croco- diles, and serpents, ill-formed figures defined most frequently by a sim- ple outline and manifesting slight advancement in art. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ART OF THE PALEOLITHIC PERIOD. A few words as to the characteristics of the art of the Paleolithic - period. It has been already said there were some geometric designs. These were by lines or dots, and, curiously enough, never or rarely in the form of a cross, triangle, square, or circle, concentric or otherwise. They consisted of parallel lines, sometimes crossed, sometimes drawn in different directions, zigzags, chevrons, and sometimes the double chevron, giving it the appearance of the letter X. On some of the long, straight instruments of bone appear undulating, wavy lines, and in a few cases are round, slightly pointed projections—protuberances like a mamelon. In all these combinations of figures none have been found which seem to have any meaning or to have the form of any letter, word, or hieroglyph. They do not correspond to any sign, ideographie or hiero- glyphic. The cross is not found; there is no representation of sun wor- ship, nor of the sea, nor of any divinity, good or bad. Apparently there had been no thought other than that apparent upon the face of the picture. For instance, when horses are represented following each other we can understand there is a drove. When the mammoth is rep- resented, we understand that the artist has seen the animal. Whena man is represented following the bison and in the act of throwing his spear, we can understand that a hunting scene is meant. Beyond these and similar views no ideas seem to have been attempted. But we are to remember the paucity of the sources of our knowledge. The designs, whether of drawing, engraving, or sculpture, seem to have been original in so far that they were neither copied from other drawings nor adapted from other schools or masters. They do not seem to have been composed pieces, but drawings made direct from nature with the original before the eye of the artist. Those represent- ing the two horses’ heads and that representing the hind legs of the reindeer and the naked woman would appear to have been of this kind. There have been found in western Europe about four hundred speci- mens of this engraved and sculptured art work belonging to the Paleo- lithic period. Of these, four fifths are representations of animals. How many sketches—mere essays or attempts—have been found, the author has no means of knowing. The-e are on fragments and are not sup- PREHISTORIC ART. 413 posed to have had any utility. Of the implements imtenaded for use and thus decorated, the batons de commandement are in the greatest number; then dagger points of deer and antelope horn, and the handles of poniards. The Musée St. Germain possesses one hundred and sixteen objects of the art of this epoch. Among these are twenty-nine batons de commandement, twenty-two daggers of antelope or deer horn, and five handles of poniards; total of these specimens fifty-six, or about one-half the entire art collection of that museum. The rest are either objects of unknown use or else sketches not intended for any use. The United States National Museum possesses one hundred and fifty- six specimens, originals and casts, belonging principally to the Wilson collection. LOCALITIES. Be it understood that only those stations or caverns in which art objects have been found can be reported. We can easily believe that there are many wherein they exist but have not yet been discovered. Industrial objects and implements are found associated with the art objects, and consequently were made by and belonged to the same people, and these are disseminated throughout western Europe in almost every locality occupied by Paleolithie man. These localities extended from the Pyrenees to central England and from the Atlantic Ocean to northeastern Switzerland. Divided according to depart- ments in France, cantons in Switzerjand, and shires in England, the distribution, with the names of the principal caverns containing this art work, is as follows: Beginning with the department of Dordogne, which has furnished about one-third of the number found, the caverns are: La Madelaine, Laugerie Basse, Laugerie Haute, Gorge d’Enfer, les Eyzies, Cor- nac; Mayenne—Cave Margot; Vienne—Cottes, Chaffaud; Charente— Chaise, Montgaudier, Placard; Tarn-et-Garonne—Bruniquel; Landes— Sordes; Haute Pyrenees—Auresan, Lortet; Haute Garonne—Gourdan; Allier—Massat, Vache; Aude—Bize; Gard—Pont du Gard; Haute Savoy—Saléve; Schaffhausen, Switzerland—Thayingen; Arrondisse- ment de Dinant, Belgium—Goyet, trou Magrite; Derbyshire, Eng- land—Cresswell. Discoveries of paleolithic art are being continuously made in western Europe, thus demonstrating the correctness of former conclusions and the genuineness of former discoveries as well as the long and extensive human occupation in paleolithic times. Some of those reported since the writing of the foregoing chapter are that of M. Julien of the statuette in steatite of a woman in the caverns of Moutone, now in the museum of St. Germain, reported by Solomon Reinach;! that of E. Riviére in the grotto of la Mouthe, Commune de Tayac, near Les Eyzies, Dordogne, wherein the art work consisted principally of carvings of animals on ‘L’Anthropologie, 1898, p. 26, plates 1, 1. 414 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the rocky walls of the cavern! associated with objects and evidences of Madelainien art, gravers bone points, etc.; further discoveries of M. Riviére in the celebrated Cavern of Cro-Magnon at Les Eyzies.? There not only former paleolithic objects of industry were continued, but the gravers and engraved bones were found, the most important being a fragment of rib bone with the figure of a female engraved in profile and at full length. Also art works similar to those in the Grotto de la Mouthe found in the cavern of Pair-non-Pair, excavated by F. Daleau (Bourg-sur-Gironde) and I’. Regnault.° SUCCESSION OF ART PERIODS. The nomenclature of the different art cultures heretofore described belonging to the Paleolithic period in Europe is of small importance compared with the facts of their superposition and succession in point of time and their evolution in art. The fact of progression from an earlier and ruder to a later and higher art culture seems to have been satisfactorily established by investigation of the caverns themselves. The caverns were gradually filled up, either by natural or artificial causes, or by both. By examining the strata in their succession the investigators have demonstrated that there are marked differences in the art and industry between the objects found in the different strata. Of course, the filling up of the caverns must have been in chronologic sequence. Superposition means succession. The distinction between the various epochs in the Paleolithic period or the distinctions between the Paleolithic and Neolithic periods are not to be discussed here. The reader is referred to standard works upon the subject. A list of these is given in the Handbook?‘ and in Primitive Industry.° A few salient facts may be presented showing this superposition and consequent succession, explaining an improvement in art culture from the bottom of the cavern toward its top. For example, at Kent’s cavern, near Torquay, England, in the caverns investigated with all possible care during a period of twelve or thirteen years, in which as many thousand dollars were expended, under the direction of a com- mittee appointed by the British Association, the strata of these early occupations were covered by layers of stalagmite spread over what was then the entire surface, separating and sealing it hermetically from sub- sequent occupation. Under this, in various parts of the cavern, were found specimens of Chelléen chipped-flint implements, and beyond the chips and flakes, possibly the hammers incident to their fabrication, no ‘Bull. Soc. d’ Anthropologie, Paris, July 1, 1897, VIII, pp. 302-329; November 4, pp. 484, 497. *Nouvelle’s recherches anthropologiques et paléontologiques dans la Dordogne (Assn. frangaise pour l’Avancement de la Science, Caen, 1894); Bull. Soc. d’Anthro- pologie, Paris, November 18, 1897, VIII, pp. 503-7. _ > Bull. Soc. d’Anthropologie, Paris, 1897, VIII, p. 315. *Report of the U.S. National Museum, 1887-88, pp. 597-672. 5Smithsonian Report, 1892, pp. 522-534. PLATE 17. —Wilson. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. (t , PERSPECTIVE VIEW AND (b) SECTION OF THE CAVERN OF PLACARD (CHARENTE), FRANCE. PREHISTORIC CAVERN OF SCHWEITZERBILD, SWITZERLAND. Strata showing superposed successive epochs of culture. (oh b SECTION OF THE PREHISTORIC ART. 415 other traces of human industry was found. In the Grotto of Placard in southwestern France (Plate 17), the same superposition was found, which gave satisfactory evidence of this succession of human occupa- tion and of the accompanying changes and improvements of human culture. The strata containing Neolithic and Paleolithic objects are distinctly marked, and are separated by a sterile stratum made up of imported clay, or earth or of broken stones from the roof of the cavern, several, sometimes many, inches in thickness. The cavern of Laugerie Haute gives the same evidence and is even more positive, for the sterile stratum is about 4feet 3 inches in thickness. In the Grotto dela Vache the stalagmitic stratum between the Paleolithic and Neolithic indus- tries is about 18 inches. The latest indications we have was when M. Boule, of Paris, visited the prehistoric cavern of Schweitzerbild, near Schaffhausen, Switzerland, in the neighborhood of the cavern of Thay- ingen which furnished the celebrated engraving on bone of the rein- deer browsing (fig. 24, p. 381). M. Boule has published a report of his investigations! in which he describes the walls of the cavern with their superposed and consequently successive occupations and corresponding improvements in human invention and human culture. (See Plate 17 c¢.) Plate 17 (fig. a) shows a perspective of the Grotto of Placard with a section ov. the right side ) giving the various strata from bottom to top. The spaces marked A, ten in number, show the strata which were barren, and were without any objects or evidences of man’s industry or occupation. They were formed of rock which had fallen from the roof to the tloor during periods when the cavern was not occupied by man. The other letters represent spaces, the strata of which were the opposite of this, and contained objects representing the various epochs of human culture within the period of occupation. LZ contained Mous- terien points; A, Solutréen leaf-shaped points; J, upper Solutréen, with bone points and those of flint, shouldered (pointes a cran); H, F, F, and D, contained objects clearly Madelainien, bone points, engraved bones, and even a baton de commandement; C, the archelogie stratum nearest the top, contained Neolithic objects, polished stone hatchets, arrow points, fragments of pottery, and bones of modern animals. The same difference of industry, showing a difference in culture by the stratification in the caverns, occurs in the investigations by Judge Piette in the large number of caverns in southern and southwestern France, and referred to in this paper (p. 374). In fact, this stratification of culture is the foundation of his classification. At the conclusion of the excavations and investigations by Lartet and Christy, it was the opinion of many prehistoric archeologists that there was a complete solution of the continuity in the human art and industry, as there was in the human occupation of western Europe at the close of the Paleolithic period. This opinion grew in strength until nearly everyone became an adherent of it. It was evident that the ‘Nouvelles Archives des Missions, III, plate 11 (plate 17, fig. c). 416 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. animais which occupied that country during that period materially changed their habitat. The causes of this change have never been com- pletely determined, but it is supposed that climate was the principal one. The fact of the change seems well established. The three species of Ele- phas—the last being the mammoth, the cave bear, cave lion, cave hyena, and several others—became extinct. Others—the musk ox, blue fox, and more than any other, the reindeer—to the number of thirteen species of animals, all cold loving, migrated to the far north and have never since occupied any portion of the territory in western Kurope wherein they were so plenteous during this Paleolithic period. Five other spe- cies of animals, like the chamois, also cold loving, changed their habi- tat by migrating to the mountains, thus making a complete change of eighteen animals at the close of that period. What became of man? It was believed, as has been said, that he also migrated or perished. At all events, it has come to be the general belief that the evidences of his presence, by objects of either art or industry, ceased altogether; that _ there was a hiatus in the occupation of that country by man, which was brought to a close by the migration or entry from the far east, of Neolithic man or man with a Neolithic civilization. The differences between these two art epochs will be treated in the next chapter. Learned men have speculated considerably concerning the happenings at the close of the Paleolithic period in their relation to man. This was necessarily speculative. It was impossible to procure definite or posi- tive testimony. The only evidence obtainable consisted of the remains of man or of his art or industry, while the chronologic identification of these as subsequent to the Paleolithic period was extremely ditficult, if not impossible. One theory is that he migrated to the north, as did the animals which were his contemporaries. The similarity between the art of the Eskimo in carving on ivory and those carvings found in the cav- erns in southern France and described in this paper has furnished the foundation for this theory. Another theory is that man in western Europe at the close of the Paleolithic period perished. A third theory is that he migrated to the far east, the Orient, assimilated with the peoples there, became a part of the Aryans, and that his art, taking a new lease of life, began its western peregrinations through Mesapo- tamia, Chaldea, the Caucasus, and culminated in Greece, where it formed another center of culture, and, spreading through Italy in the period of its decadence, it at last reached western Europe, the place of its origin and birth.! A fourth theory is that he went—just how is not explained—to the north of Africa. The foundation or authority for this is the supposed resemblance in the anatomical and physical characters between some of the tribes belonging to that country and the Paleolithic man of southern France. The Berbers of Africa and the Guanches of the Canary Islands and the Caribs of still other islands in the same ‘Solomon Reinach, La Sculpture en Europe; l’Anthropologie, V, pp. 19-21. mS > aif 7) ry > ate oa - “ad ty Report of U. S, National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLaTE 78. es \\ : Ve ui fe VIN TS ‘a My \ Mol. oN yi" be. v ye Ni * ew iW ’ ae FAMILY OF THE MADELAINIEN EPOCH, WITH REPRESENTATION OF THE ROCK SHELTER OF LAUGERIE BASSE. From groups at Paris Exposition, 1889. PREHISTORIC ART. ALT latitude or direction are said to be of the same stock as the cave dwellers of France. But these are archeological or anthropological questions, only inci- dentally affecting art, and therefore need no further argument or cita- tion of authority. THE ASPECL OF MAN OF THE PALEOLITHIC PERIOD. Of course no man of any of the epochs of the Paleolithic period has ever been seen, and therefore he is not described by any person of modern or historic times. No history, however ancient, will contain any representation of him. Egyptian, Chaldean, and other Oriental civilizations may contain sculptured representations of man of high antiquity, and possibly one can not say that these were not individuals of prehistoric ages, but no one can say, with any certainty, that they are. Any attempt to reproduce or represent the cave man must be largely theoretical. We have some of his skulls and long bones. We have his pictorial representations as shown by the engravings of that time and figured in this paper (fig. 36). It is said by those anthropolo- gists who have investigated the subject most profoundly, that the Ber- bers of northern Africa and the Caribs of the islands in the Atlantic Ocean most nearly correspond with the man of Paleolithic times. They judge this by comparison of the anatomy and from a considera- tion of the evidence. With this for a foundation, the anthropologists of the Paris Exposition of 1889 reproduced groups of the people of the Paleolithic period, which were installed on the foyer of Anthropological Hall. Plate 18 represents two of these groups. Fig. 1 is a man and a woman of the Chelléen epoch, represented in the act of chipping flint nodules and making the implements belonging to their epoch, such as are shown in figs. 1 to 9. Fig. 2 of plate 18 is a reproduction of the cavern of Laugerie Basse, representing a man standing, just returned from the chase; while seated opposite him are two women, presumably his wives, engaged in engraving the bones of the cavern, some of which have possibly been shown in this paper. Whether the statuettes found by Judge Piette and forming part of his collection were actual representations of the peoples who made them or who inhabited the localities is not determined. Piette is of opinion that they were, and that the specimens represented two groups or races of people—one fat and heavy, the other thin and light. CONCLUSIONS. Sundry modern authors have enunciated various theories of art, based upon the pyschologic proposition of the parallelism of human thought and the similarity of human needs. With this and the assump- tion of a permanence of the relations of man to his environment for a foundation, they have formed the conclusion that peoples or tribes in a given stage of culture adopt similar arts and indeed a general NAT MUS 96 27 418 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. technologic similarity. They assert the foregoing rule to be a natural law and applicable to widely separated peoples, and not at all depend- ing upon any communication or correspondence between them. Others applying this theory of similarity of human thought to the evolution of art, principally of ornament, seek to explain every design or pattern, whether historic or prehistoric, savage or civilized, ancient or modern, by declaring that they originally had some occult meaning and that they represented some idea (to us unknown) of the aborigines who invented them. It is declared that if the psychological, including the anthropo- logical, student of the present day could follow these aboriginal designs back to their origin they would find them based on this occult, unknown meaning. Some of these authors, elucidating this proposition, investi- gate the ornaments of savage or primitive peoples, and seek to demon- strate this occult and unknown thing to have been the origin of all ornament and design. They argue that by the various processes or. evolution, the design changing as the idea changed, gradually, step by step, the idea is lost, and nothing remains to represent it but the pres- ent unmeaning ornament. The author, deprecating the tendency to lay down general rules, con- cedes the possibility of this genesis of ornament in some cases, but declines to accept it as one of the rules. He believes his illustrations of the earliest designs made by man, their great numbers, and their evidently original invention and adoption as ornaments show that the foregoing genesis of ornament is not the rule, whatever its application in particular cases. He denies the correctness of the general proposi- tion of Professor Haddon, especially in its applicability to prehistoric art, “that those who write in the future on decorative art will have to prove that any pattern or design is a purely arbitrary form. That assump- tion is no longer permissible.” ! It is always said by the reformers in the psychology of art that their position could be sustained if we could only get back to the beginning of the ornament or to the origin of the art. In the present chapter the author has presented the very beginnings of art. No art can, either in point of time or of civilization, be earlier than that here given. The specimens, in their relation to time, date to the Glacial epoch, and in point of civilization to the Paleolithic period. Nothing that we know of man, not even his existence, is earlier than the art works set forth herein. There was no other beginning to art: there is no relation between this and any preceding period, for so far as relates to art and ornament there was no preceding period. Art begun here; these speci- mens show the natural or original germ of art in the human mind unin- fluenced by anything beyond the necessary environment of life and the inevitable conditions of existence. So far as can be known, the impulse which moved man in this art 'A.C. Haddon: Evolution in Art as Illustrated by the Life Histories of Designs, p. 164, PREHISTORIC ART. 419 work was his love of beauty and his desire to gratify it. This love was purely «esthetic and without any utility so far as relates to the engravings on bone, ete., and only partly utilitarian when employed in the beautifying of weapons and implements. This innate love of ornament has been pushed by some primitive peoples to such extremes as to interfere with the utility of the decorated object, as in the carving of the handles of Mangaian symbolic adzes of the Hervey Islanders; but this belongs to more modern times. We are now dealing with the earlier, the Paleolithic man, with man in the infancy of his race, and we find his ornaments to have been more simple; they had not then run to excess nor interfered with the utility of the decorated object. These engravings and decorations during the Paleolithic period stand as the foundation or beginning of all art, and we will see how, through the civilization to come after them in the Neolithic and Bronze Ages, these Paleolithic motifs were repeated again and again, how they varied, how they grew, and yet how, down to the end of the pre- historic and the beginning of the historic period, they never got beyond lines or dots, which combined made the parallel lines, the chevron, the herringbone, the zigzag, and similar simple geometric designs. They all grew out of the same beginning and had the same origin. They had no occult meaning; they never stood for any great divinity or power, whether natural or supernatural; they were simply lines and dots arranged in ornamental form to gratify man’s innate sense of beauty and because he wished the things he possessed to be beauteous in his eyes. It is needless to discuss the causes of this natural and innate taste on the part of man. He is bor» with it, it is part of him, its manifes- tations afford him pleasure, they gratify his senses, and are to be classed in the same category as the delights of the palate, the beauties of color, and the sweetness of music. He has these tastes, he enjoys their gratification, and he indulges them when he has the opportunity. Mr. W. J. Stillman, in “Old Rome and the New,” says: The modern conception of the arts of design is that they are intended as the mirror of nature; the ancient and true one is that they were the outcome of emotion, aspiration, and imagination or spiritual conception of the artist. These observations may find other illustrations throughout this paper. They might have been postponed to another portion, but they come properly in this place, and the author has deemed wise to insert them here at the conclusion of this chapter, that reference may be made to them in the future reading. While there have been inventions and duplicate inventions of new designs and reinvention of forgotten ones, yet it is the belief of the author that as a rule the perpetuation of ornamental designs was by imitation and teaching, passing from generation to generation, from parent to child, and from master to servant or slave. Decorative art 420 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. forms part of human culture and civilization, and its extension and distribution among men was accomplished in much the same manner as Sir John Lubbock says of the geographical distribution of human races, which, curiously enough, coincides with that of other animals. “There can be no doubt,” he says, ‘that he [man] crept over the earth’s surface little by little, year by year, just, for instance, as the weeds of Europe are now gradually but surely creeping over the surface of Australia.” ! Out of this erroneous theory of the parallelism of human thought has grown that other equally erroneous declaration of the absolute uniformity in man’s thoughts and actions, in his aims and methods while he is in the same degree of development, without regard to the country or epoch in which he lived. And this theory has been pushed until it has been said nothing but geographical environment seems to modify the monotonous sameness of man’s creations. The theory may be applicable to certain peoples under certain conditions. But it surely has its limitations and is not applicable to individuals. When stated as a rule it does not take into consideration the will, energy, or reason- ing powers of man. It leaves out his egoism and his desire for power, improvement, and happiness, which lie at the very foundation of human civilization. The progress of peoples through consecutive stages of civilization is entirely compatible with the author’s theory that knowl- edge of specific objects, the uses of material things, the performance of certain rites, the playing of certain games, the possession of certain myths and traditions, the carrying on of certain industries, were trans- mitted from one generation to the next, from father to son, mother to daughter, teacher to pupil, boss to apprentice, master to servant or slave; that the future generations improved or were retarded accord- ing to their conditions and surroundings, principally their needs, and their relative intellectual faculties and powers of imitation, and that this knowledge passed from one country to another chiefly by the migration, contact, or communication between their peoples. The knowledge of the same things by separated peoples, within reasonable bounds of similarity, increased by complication of machinery and the * difficulty of construction, may be treated as reasonable evidence of such migration, contact, or communication. II. NEOLITHIC PERIOD. COMPARED WITH PALEOLITHIC. The Neolithic period was first discovered in western Europe, although Savages in that culture-status in other parts of the world had been known long before. It, along with the Paleolithic period, is classed as part of the Stone age because the principal cutting implements contin- ued to be made of stone. There were radical differences between these 1 Sir John Lubbock: Prehistoric Times, pp. 587-601. PREHISTORIC ART. 421 two periods; differences in climate, geography, fauna, domesticity of animals, sociology, industry, and art. In the later epoch of the Paleolithic period the climate was cold and dry, with extreme temperatures, while in the Neolithic period the cli- mate was temperate and uniform. In the Paleolithic period were living many great animals, now fossil, like the cave bear, the giant beaver, and, most plentiful of all, the mammoth. In the Neolithic period these and others to the number of seventeen, became extinct. Out of forty-eight well ascertained animal species living in France and England during the Paleolithic period, only thirty-one continued into the Neolithic period. Highteen species of the animals living in the center of Europe associated with man in the Paleolithic period were cold loving. In the Neolithic period, thirteen of them, such as the reindeer, antelope, musk ox, blue fox, and white bear, emigrated to colder countries by latitude, while five, the chamois, marmot, wild goat, and others, have emigrated to colder countries by altitude, going up the mountains. In the Paleolithic period there were no domestic animals; in the Neolithic period they were abundant. In the Paleolithic period the population was nomadic; they were hunters and fishers, but not agriculturists; in the Neolithic period the population was sedentary, and agriculture became well developed. In the Paleolithic period there was practically no pottery in England or France. There are two localities in Belgium where pottery is alleged to have been found. In the Neolithic period pottery was everywhere made and used. In the Paleolithic period there were no monuments or burials, appar- ently no respect for the dead, and therefore no evidence of any belief in a future state. DIFFERENCES IN ART OF THE Two PERIODS. Among these differences the strangest was in the fine arts. In the Paleolithic period we have seen the large number of sculptures and engravings, and that even painting was attempted; how nearly every animal belonging to that epoch, from man down, has been graphically represented in the fine art of that period. On the contrary, in the Neolithic period there are innumerable specimens of decorative art as applied to industry, while we are wholly without graphic delineations of the animals of the period, and no attempt appears to have been made to represent any living thing or to make a representation of nature in any of its forms. GEOMETRIC ORNAMENT. The art of this period was entirely decorative, and consisted of marks, lines or dots, usually by incision, in geometric form, such as hateh marks, zigzags, herring bone, chevrons, parallel lines, and thumb marks. 422 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. These decorations were principally employed in plastie art, and usually for the decoration of pottery. Graphic representation of this decora- tion shows it to have been similar to that of the Paleolithic period. Yet the likeness is more apparent than real. In Paleolithic times the decoration was, as we have seen, principally by representations of objects taken from nature. The geometric designs were used, and it was therefore correct to show them. Their omission would have been improper. But they were used on few specimens, and on these but sparingly. Harpoons and points of bone were the principal objects of such decoration. Turning back to plates 13, 14, and 15, we will see by these harpoons and points how slight was the opportunity of the paleo- lithic artist, and we know in how few instances he embraced it. His decorations consisted principally of short marks arranged in parallels and repeated so as to make a pleasing effect. Not so, however, in Neolithic times. The designs, still geometric, were more complete, were larger, more extended, had greater continu- ity, and, as before remarked, were used a thousandfold more than in Paleolithic times. Plates 19 and 20 contain representations of geometric decoration. They are all from western Europe, were taken from actual specimens, and ean be identified with the originals. The most of these undoubt- edly belong to the Neolithic age, though some may be related to the Bronze age. This is a matter of no consequence, for the Bronze age was but the continuation of the Neolithic age. They are both believed to have been the same race of people throughout western Europe. Some of these decorations were used indiscriminately during both ages. FLINT CHIPPING.! This art was begun in the Paleolithic and continued throughout the Neolithic period. The fundamental distinction was that in the Neo- lithic period, after the preparation of flint implements by chipping or battering and pecking, most of them were finished by the secondary process of grinding, and in many eases, polishing. This distinction between these two periods in the art of flint or stone working has not been appreciated by some of our American anthropologists, and has been the foundation of great errors. LONG FLAKES! OR BLADES AND LIVRES DU BEURRE OF GRAND PRESSIGNY, FRANCE. Plate 21 represents one of these livres du beurre. By its side is one of the flakes (Cat. No. 136657, U.S.N.M.), side view, and next to if is another flake represented edge view. If this were an archeological paper instead of being one on fine art, these objects would be fully described, but we are only concerned with the delicate art handiwork of striking off the flakes. This was done with a stone hammer, and ' See footnote, p. 355. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. og: 10. iE 12. ald. . 15. Os 99, . 23. EXPLANATION] OESRLAICE Ug. . DOTS SLIGHTLY PROLONGED ARRANGED IN HORIZONTAL PARALLELS, WITH PANELS OF THE SAME ARRANGED PERPENDICULARLY. Greenwell, Briti-h Barrows, page 67, fig. 54. ORNAMENTED RIM OF CINERARY URN, PARALLEL LINES IN RELIEF, WITH A SINGLE ROW OF INDENTATIONS FORMING A BEAD OR MOLDING WITH PANEL BETWEEN. Idem, page 68, fig. 55 . THUMB-NAIL DECORATION IN PARALLEL HORIZONTAL LINES, Idem, page 69, fig. 56. . ORNAMENTATION BY LINES OF TWISTED CORD ARRANGED IN PARALLELS ALTERNATELY HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL. Idem, page 70, fig. 57. LARGE INDENTATIONS, CRESCENTS, MADE WITH THE THUMB NAIL. Idem, page 71, fig. 58. RIM DECORATION OF ALTERNATE BANDS OF DOTS AND INCISED LINES, WITH SCALLOPS IN HIGH RELIEF. Idem, page 73, fig. 60. ZIGZAG OR HERRING-BONE DECORATION, ROWS OF PARALLEL INCISED LINES. Idem, page 74, fig. 61. ORNAMENTED BAND FOR RIM OF VESSEL, ROLLED IN HIGH RELIEF, ZIGZAG BETWEEN TWO MOLDINGS. Idem, page 72, fig. 59. ZIGZAG OR DOGTOOTH DECORATION, IMPRINT OF CORD. Idem, page 75, fig. 62. IMPRINT OF CORD IN HORIZONTAL PARALLEL LINES. Idem, page 75, figs. 62, 63, 64. LINES OF DOTS IN HORIZONTAL PARALLELS DIVIDED INTO CHEVRON, »OG- TOOTH, AND SQUARE FORMS. Idem, page 76, fig. 65. DECORATION OF RIM OF BOWL BY DOTS AND MARKS, IN PARALLEL LINES WITH DOGTOOTH OR VANDYKE POINTS FORMED OF INCISED LINES PARALLEL TO EACH OTHER AND TO THE SIDES OF THE TRIANGLE, Idem, page 86, fig. 71. ‘ LINES MADE BY DOTS WITH BONE POINT OR HARD WOOD, IN HORIZONTAL BANDS, DIVIDED BY PERPENDICULAR COLUMN INTO PANELS FORMING A SQUARE, THE CENTER OF WHICH LEFT VACANT, FORMS A ST. ANDREW’S CROSS. Dawkins, Early Man in Britain, page 361, fig. 127. . COMBINATION OF SMALL HERRING-BONE, DOGTOOTH, AND TWISTED-CORD DECORATION FOR THE RIM, AND PERPENDICULAR LINES OF SHORT INCISIONS IN GROUPS OF FOUR OR FIVE ALTERNATING, COVERING THE BODY OF THE VASE. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 88, fig. 73. ENGRAVING (INTAGLIO) ON SUPPORT OF DOLMEN OF PETIT-MONT, ARZON (MoRBIHAN). De Mortillet, Musée Préhistorique, fig. 581. FURROWS (INTAGLIO), FOUR OR FIVE TOGETHER IN PARALLEL LINES, SOME HORIZONTAL AND CONTINUOUS AROUND THE VASE, OTHERS IN REVERSED FESTOONS. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 89, figs. 75, 76. . COMBINATION OF LINES, SOME INCISED, OTHERS THE IMPRINT OF A CORD, HORIZONTAL, PERPENDICULAR, AND ZIGZAG. Many combinations. Idem, page 94, fig. 81. POTTERY STAMPED IN IMITATION OF BASKET WORK. ORNAMENTATION IN COMBINATIONS OF INCISED LINES AND CORD IMPRINTS ARRANGED IN HORIZONTAL PARALLEL ZONES AND IN LOZENGE FORM; A CENTER ZONE BROKEN BY PARALLEL PANELS OR BANDS OF SMOOTH SURFACE, Greenwell, British Barrows, page 101, fig. 89. SAME SPECIMEN AS FIG. ifs) WITH INCISED LINES AND CORD IMPRINT IN HORIZONTAL BANDS AND DOUBLE ZIGZAG, FILLED WITH PARALLEL LINES AT 45 DEGREES. Idem, page 101, fig. 89. . SMALL DOTS IN CONTINUOUS PARALLEL LINES AT AN ANGLE OF 45 DEGREES BOTH WAYS; ARRANGED IN BANDS OR ZONES OF HERRING-BONE PATTERN. A common form of decoration in Brittany. Vase from dolmen of Portivi, Quiberon. Original, Museum of Vannes. De Mortillet, Musée Préhistorique, fig. 531. DOTS SLIGHTLY PROLONGED, IN PARALLEL LINES, FORMING REVERSED PYRA- MIDS, AND ARRANGED IN BANDS AROUND THE VASE. Greenwell, British Barrows, page 96, fig. 83. IMPRINTS OF CORD SHOWING ONLY THREE OR FOUR TWISTS, APPLIED IN DIFFERENT FORMS, THE WHOLE ARRANGED IN BANDS AROUND THE VASE. Idem, page 97, fig. 84. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Wilson. PLATE 19. C44AIATS PUL et ss FIIs TE oe _—=_ —— ——— = LA AOEL LCOS Porrseeee a ~ | N ys ARMOR ABAOPARBA RRA verse CORCROO ECOSOC ED ESOOE 13 M4 SSS IER [SKKKKRKRKKKS SAP TAAL RS baw “A PRET REPEL ER gi ae: 1G cH 6 3G soa fale Za SS ON Le ; SF a ot ‘ ve ‘Zs 1, Ri Mh ” ae oa | | iy i wh ae 172) | ae in oe sy eat a8 ) W) )) sit GEOMETRIC DECORATIVE DESIGNS IN USE IN WESTERN EUROPE DURING THE NEOLITHIC PERIOD, SOME OF WHICH WERE CONTINUED INTO THE BRONZE AGE. hi Oro is Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4, Fig. 5. Fig. 54 Fig. 6. Fig. 8 line Bh Fig. 10. Fig. 1. Fig. 12. Fig. 15 Fig. 16. Bio: Fig. 18. Fig. 19 Fig. 21. Fig. 23. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20. CROSSED LINES OF SMALL DOTS, ARRANGED IN BANDS—ONE OF THE COMMON DECORATIONS OF POTTERY IN BRITT\NY. From a fragment found at the Cromlech of the Isle des Tisserands (Morbihan). (Original in Musée St. Germain.) SCALLOPS MADE BY THUMB AND FINGER ON RUDE POTTERY AT OR NEAR THE EDGE. e Lake dwelling of Robenhausen, Zurich, Switzerland. (Musée St. Germain.) INCISED PERPENDICULAR LINES IN GROUPS OF FIVE OR SIX, INTERSPACED WITH SMALL CHEVRONS. Denmark. After Madsen, plate xLIv, page 44, fig. 11. LINES OF LARGE DOTS ARRANGED IN ZONES, ALTERNATED WITH BANDS OF SMALL DOTS, IN PARALLELS AT 45 DEGREES. A SINGLE BAND, ALSO OF FINE POINTS, ARKANGED IN HORIZONTAL PARALLEL LINES IN DOGTOOTH OR VAN- DYKE POINTS. Dolmen of Er-Roh Trinité sur-Mer (Morbihan). (Original, Museum of Vannes.) FINE POINTS ARRANGED IN BANDS OF VANDYKE POINTS, IN PARALLEL LINES AT 45 DEGREES. Museum of Vannes. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 536. . COARSE POTTERY RUDELY ORNAMENTED WITH THUMB-NAIL MARKS ALTER- NATED. (Musée St. Germain. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 534.) A DIFFERENT ORNAMENTATION ON THE SAME SPECIMEN AS FIG. 3. . SMALL POINTS ARRANGED IN BANDS AND ZONES, PARALLEL, SOME OF WHICH ARE IN SINGLE LINES, OTHERS WIDER, WHEREIN THE LINES OF POINTS ARE PARALLEL AT ANGLES OF 45 DEGREES BOTH WAYS. On same speci- men as fig. 4. LINES OF POINTS CLOSE TOGETHER, HORIZONTAL AND PARALLEL. UNDER- NEATH ARE PARALLEL INCISED LINES, IN GROUPS OF SEVEN OR EIGHT, ARRANGED IN FESTOONS, THE PLAIN SURFACE ABOVE REPRESENTING VAN- DYKE POINTS. Monsheim, near Worms. (Museum of Mayence.) CUP-MARKINGS, SINGLE, PLAIN, SURROUNDED BY A CIRCLE AND CONNECTED BY A LINE. Covering-stone of dolmen, Baker-hill, Ross-shire, Scotland. Simpson, Archie Sculpturings, plate XIV, fig. 1. BANDS OF INCISED LINES, HORIZONTAL AND PARALLEL, THE TWO UPPER ONES PLAIN, AT ANGLE OF 45 DEGREES BOTH WAYS; LOWER BAND OF HORI- ZONTAL INCISED LINES, VANDYKE POINTS. Dolmen de Keriaval (Morbihan). (Original, Museum of Vannes. Mortillet, Musée Prehistoriqus, fig. 541.) WAVED LINES, ZIGZAG, PARALLEL AND IN BANDS. THOSE IN THE MIDDLE ARE BROKEN AT INTERVALS. Madsen, Antiquities of Denmark, plate XLit, fig. 2. . MEDIUM DOTS ALTERNATED WITH SMALL BROKEN INCISED LINES. THE LATTER ARRANGED IN HORIZONTAL PARALLELS AT THE TOP AND MIDDLE, INDICATING THE OUTLINE OF DOGTOOUTH ORNAMENT BETWEEN. THESE ARE FILLED WITH MEDIUM DOTS ARRANGED IN HORIZONTAL LINES; A LOWER BAND OF THREE HORIZONTAL PARALLELS OF MEDIUM DOTS. (Museum of Zurich. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 538.) ORNAMENTATION ON SAME SPECIMEN AS FIG. 12. SPIRALS AND CONCENTRIC CIRCLES CUT (INTAGLIO) ON A SLAB OF SANDSTONE. Eday, Orkney. Scotland. (Original, Museum of Society of Antiquities, Edinburgh. Simpson, Archeeic Sculpturings, plate XIX, fig. 4.) CONCENTRIC CIRCLES IN PAIRS WITH INTERFERING AND JOINING LINES. Dolmen d@’ Availles-sur-Chizé (Deux-Sevres). (Original in Museum of Niort. De Mor- tillet, Musée Prehistorique, fig. 542.) . VANDYKE POINT, DOUBLE, ARRANGED IN PERPENDICULAR PARALLEL LINES WITH INTERMEDIATE SPACES, Dolmen, Island of Mcen. (Madsen, Antiquities of Denmark, plate XVI, fig. 5.) ORNAMENTATION OF MANY STYLES, REDUCED THIRTY-THREE TIMES, EN- GRAVED ON ONE OF THE SUPPORTS OF THE DOLMEN OF GAVR ’INIS. (Mortillet. Musée Prehistorique, fig. 580.) DOTS AND CIRCLES ARRANGED IN PARALLEL LINES SURROUNDED BY INCISED LINES AND ALL INCLOSED SO AS TO FORM A CARTOUCH. Support of the dolmen of Pierres-Plates, Lochmariaquer (Morbihan). — - Ts ee, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896—Wilson. PLATE 20. / APE EY NE * os. . Oy Ore, .' aa . . Siybetes Soness Nes eps eto odio $B%e do's KKK WARS ESRE A J Pe 20% S00 nee hocks. SU the NAZN4N4N4N4N4S © en aa OS Rey eg Pope eeeake® °, *., °o, * 0, %, *s, 0, 90, 9, 8, aientet Sar eati aa eB o Poebsov0cv0cd00 Veo Meodeo verses coeogs 00 000000 22.atyor0ro90 0004 F %000e000000m% se 2e000000 Ygoo00gecdo . The o 20” 0 © 0 C00 eeu ©200CcCO ce eed "re KS ey Beh NS *y "2, 3x0 °,0%, p>, ix oot hoot ca dae boobies Ye cues if ote tate ee OPO PCO 84400800000 M40 OIG FORD IONE COSOCPOCO HO POSFOTOSFOFT OSes EPO BIG AAAS LIOR & A, Pre KE WANS ee eden dode Cowes cy 4/ RRQ RQRALAAVY i 7 | VAIL LLAAA 0000 ©0/ OO 080%: pe O00, '@H6O0 Coe Rg W/W INK. LE A OOK KKK GEOMETRIC DECORATIVE DESIGNS IN USE IN WESTERN EUROPE DURING THE NEOLITHIC PERIOD, SOME OF WHICH WERE CONTINUED INTO THE BRONZE AGE. awd " i ae i‘ ' vFAr yi? a tu Iv i) ‘ a ’ t f aera oe 128 AN id ee 7% Ube apr oe ee ts od fo : Je pany PeAnESole Revort of U.S Nationa: Museum, 1896 —Wilson. as Ce rene etl Wi Saren: SSS Ray 5 NUCLEUS OR CORE OF BEESWAX FLINT. igny, France. ssign Grand Pre 657, 146062, U.S.N.M. Flake. side and edge views. size. natural 2 5 y Be Cat. Nos. 1 Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Wilson. PLATE 22. NUCLEUS AND FLAKE OF BEESWAX FLINT Grand Pressigny, France. Cat. Nos. 99889, 186651, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 423 its successful operation required a manual dexterity obtainable only by long practice. It is sufficiently difficult of performance to be ranked among the finer arts. After the preparation of the nodules of flint, so that the blade can be made a sufficient length, with edges smooth and sharp, the upper or top part of the core is struck with the stone ham- mer (figs. 78a and 78b) so exact and precise as to the proper point and so delicately gauged as to force, that a single blow knocks off the blade its entire length. There can be no second trial; it 1s success or failure at the first stroke. Plate 22 represents another of these cores and flakes. The United States National Museum possesses many more of the same kind from the same locality. Anyone who doubts flint chip- ping being a fine art has but to attempt the operation. He will soon discover that it requires a degree of knowledge and manual dexterity which can be obtained only after many trials. In this it can be favor- Fig. 78. HAMMERSTONES. (a) White jaspery flint, Ohio. Cat. No. 17811, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. (b) Quartzite, pitted, New York. Cat. No. 6602, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. ably compared to the art of handling the pencil in drawing, the brush in painting, or the chisel in sculpture. It requires even a higher degree of manipulation than either of these. It involves a combina- tion of intellectual understanding derived from a teacher, and a man- ual dexterity of the hand obtained only by long practice. The Paleolithic period showed the origin, the very beginning, of art so far as can be determined from our present knowledge of man. The different manifestations of art in the succeeding, the Neolithic, period opens anew the discussion of its origin. A hiatus has been declared between the culture of the two periods, and the differences just described are supposed to represent the renaissance of art in the Neolithic period. Western Europe may have been the cradle of art for the world. The fine art of the Paleolithic period originated there. In the passage to the Neolithic period some branches died out or were lost; new ones were employed, whether invented or 424 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. imported is not determined; but certain ones, such as flint chipping and geometric decoration, and possibly others, were continued into the Neolithic period. These latter arts, though forming the principal motifs of the later period, did not originate in it, but in the earlier period, and are to be credited to it. The advanced culture of the Neolithic period was not indigenous to western Europe. It must have been imported from some country farther east, whence the Neolithic people immigrated when they settled in western Europe. That unknown country may or may not have had earlier relations with Paleolithic culture (for we know that both civili- zations spread over that portion of the globe) and in that country the Paleolithic peoples may have taught the Neolithic. But of this we know nothing except what is obtained from the cultural objects them- selves, found in western Europe. The art of flint chipping, for exam- ple, appears to have been continued from the earlier to the later period without any hiatus, and this could have been done only by teaching, which involves contact and communication between the two ages. This contact in western Europe is denied by most prehistoric anthropolo- gists and the theory of a hiatus between the periods in western Europe is generally accepted, though it has been much weakened. Hither the theory of a hiatus must be given up or we must admit contact between the two ages in that unknown Eastern country prior to the migra- tion of the Neolithic peoples to the West. It is easier to believe con- tact between the two peoples at an earlier period than to believe in a second origin of culture. While certain portions of the cultures of the two peoples have such similarity as to show contact between them, cer- tain other portions have such dissimilarity as to show that the contact was not complete or the communication not perfect. With all the dis- similarities in their culture, it is difficult to believe that the Paleolithic man in western Europe carried away all knowledge of the art of flint chipping or that it was lost (to western Europe) during the hiatus, and that the Neolithic man, on his occupation of that country by migration, reinvented or rediscovered it. The author prefers to believe, as the most reasonable hypothesis, that there had been in some way, unknown though it be, such contact and communication between the two peoples, either before or after their migration, as enabled the later people to learn from the earlier some of their difficult arts, such as the chipping of flint, the making of spearheads, harpoons, and scrapers. How they came to produce the art of their period is remitted to the same study of psychology required to determine why the man in Paleo- lithic times should have invented any of the arts. That, we have seen, was because the art objects pleased him. This desire for pleasure was part of the common heritage of mankind, the realization of man’s ideal, which we call his good taste. This good taste is involuntary, explain- able only by psychology and on a par with the question why does the child like sweets, or why does one child like sweets and another like ———— PREHISTORIC ART. 425 sours, or one like music and another not, or like painting, or sculpture, or riches, or science, or literature, or mathematics, or law, theology, med- icine, banking, business, war, etc. All we know is that on these sub- jects (and many others) mankind has an ideal which for the time cre- ates his standard and forms his taste; in time man, through study and contemplation, finds his old ideal fall short of his expectations and he becomes dissatisfied with it; by study and contemplation he conjures a new ideal; a new ideal in art establishes a new standard of taste, and by this he tests his new effort. The argument of condition or environ- ment usually applicable to man’s industry and sociology has slight application to his art. His art is for his pleasure, not for his necessity ; therefore, the foregoing statement relates only to art objects and not to those of utility. The evolution of utilitarian objects as distinguished from art objects is governed by man’s needs, but he has no need, or but little need, for art objects. They are solely for his pleasure, and their evolution or change is only to gratify his changed ideal or standard of taste. The primary and principal implement required for this art work is the hammer (fig.78 a, b), by which the blow is struck and the flake or chip knocked off. Rude pieces of hard stone, usually flint, quartz, or quartzite, were used for hammers, their sharp corners serving to increase the precision of the blow. When their corners were worn away so that an accurate blow could not be given they were doubtless cast away or used for other purposes. Practically there is no difference between the stone hammers of different countries in the two ages of Stone. The successful manipulation of the operation of flint chipping as per- formed by prehistoric man entitles it to be classed among the fine arts, and requires a few sentences of description. As to material, flint best answers the requirements. It should be homogeneous in substance and crystalline or cryptocrystalline in formation. When properly treated it can be struck off into long flakes or blades, producing a keen, smooth edge much the same as slivers of broken glass. The nodules of flint having been prepared, the art of the operation consists in judging the force of the blow and determining accurately the point of impact; then follows the successful manipulation in carrying out this good judgment. In justification of the claim that this is fine art it can be said that no historic or modern individual has ever attained the success acquired by the artist of prehistoric times. During the progress of this paper the author has received letters from different parts of the United States giving currency to the report that it was the belief of scientists that the art of flint chipping was a lost art, and that the Smithsonian Institution had offered a reward or bonus to anyone who should make the discovery of how it was done. This report is entirely without foundation. The art of flint chipping, so far as it applies to the small flint or glass arrowheads, or the chip- ping of these materials, is well known and is or has been practiced by A26 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. many persons in the United States. A gentleman from Connectient has sent us a series of small glass arrowheads made by himself. A clergyman from Oregon makes of the mottled jasper-like obsidian beautiful specimens of small arrowheads called jewel points, mounted and sold for use as pins for personal decoration. He makes no pre- tense of secrecy nor that they are other than his own manufacture, and he sells them as specimens of his art. Several persons in various parts of the United States, whose names as well as their work are well known, either make new or alter old or broken arrowheads, and they have been known to sell them as genuine. Thus doctored they belong to the class of arrowheads denominated Division IV, Class I. These have been figured and described by the Fig. 80. Figs. 79 and 80. CORE OF BLACK FLINT AND FLAKES STRICKEN FROM THE SAME. Brandon, England. Cat. No. 139182, U.S.N.M. 23 natural size. author! and the public warned against them, which warning seems to have been acted upon by both makers and purchasers, and the industry in that part of the country has practically died out. It is continued in Oregon. But this industry is confined to comparatively small arrowheads. The large leaf-shaped implements and similar objects made by chip- ping, which are thin in comparison to their width, made by striking off fine and long flakes reaching to or beyond the center of the imple- ment, leaving the edges keen and sharp, have never been reproduced. Such implements as are represented in figs. 86 to 95, from the United States, and the large ones in plates 9 and 10, from Europe, have never been made in modern times or by modern workmen. ‘American Naturalist, XXII, p. 555, June, 1888. PREHISTORIC ART. 427 BRANDON CORE. Fig. 79 represents a core of flint from Brandon, England. The flakes (fig. 80) have been struck off, one after the other, going around the outer edge, gauging the proper thickness for the tlake, the inside of one forming the outside of the next. With patience one can rear- range the flakes one by one against the core in the inverse order in which they have been struck off until the nodule is reconstructed. The core shows the conchoidal fracture made by each blow, and with the aid of this peculiarity the flakes can be fitted one to the other, as shown in fig. 80. The same operation is performed in making the cores and flakes of obsid- ian, to beshown fur- ther on (Plate 26). Conchoidal frac- ture—The con- choidal fracture is the evidence of a blow. Every blow which produces a fracture in the flint leaves such a con- choidal figure. By it the early discov- se eries of the exist- Fig. 81. ence of prehistoric CORE OF BLACK FLINT, WITH ITS BLADES AS STRUCK OFF ARRANGED IN PLACE. man were made, and human inter- vention in manufactured objects rendered certain. Fig. 81 represents one of these Brandon flint cores with its flakes all in place, showing how they were struck off, one after the other. Most of the works on prehistoric archeology relating to the making of arrowheads refer to such stone chipping among modern savages, and many of them contain descriptions by travelers and visitors of the different tools and methods by which flint chipping was done.' As we are dealing with prehistoric fine art rather than prehistoric archeology or primitive industry, we need not further pursue the subject of how to chip flint. Evans, Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, fig. 2. BONE FLAKERS. While stone hammers similar to fig. 78 were, as already mentioned, the principal tool with which flint chipping was done, yet other imple- ments were used. The Eskimo has points of bone or horn called flakers, with which, it is said, he pushes or presses off the smaller flakes. 'Sir John ans: ae Siena, Taplemonts of Great Britain; Wilde's Cata- logue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy; De Mortillet’s La Prehistorique ; Stephens’s Flint Chips. 428 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Sir John Evans! shows representations of these flakers. Capt. John Smith, writing in 1606 of the Indians of Virginia, says: ‘His arrowhead he maketh quickly with a little bone, which he ever weareth at his bracer.” Sir John vans” says: No seulptor ever handled a chisel with greater precision or more carefully meas- ured the weight and effect of every blow than did this ingenious Indian; for even among them arrow making was a distinct profession in which few attained excellence. SCANDINAVIAN FLINT CHIPPING. Seandinavia stands at the head of prehistoric European countries for excellence in flint chipping during Neolithic times. The specimens from that country stand as models of such art work. Daggers.—Plate 23 represents a dagger or poniard of flint from Copenhagen. Its length is 8? inches, width of blade 24 inches, and thickness of blade 4 inch. The implement has been made entirely by chipping, the blade in its finishing has been flaked always from the edge, forming a perceptible ridge in the center. The smallness and thinness of the flakes may be imagined from the regularity and smooth- ness of the edge. Plate 24 represents other specimens of flint from Scandinavia—poniards or daggers. They are of the flint of the coun- try, and the chipping thereof is of the same style and exhibits the same high degree of manual dexterity as the specimen in plate 23. The chipping of the handle of specimen No. 191644, U.S.N.M., is to be noted. It shows how by artistic treatment different effects can be produced. MEXICO. Leaf-shaped, Class A.—The Solutréen leaf-shaped implements have already been described and figured (Plate 9). They belong to the Paleolithic period, but the same kind of object, of equally fine art and difficulty of fabrication, was made in the Neolithic period.? This applies equally to America as to Europe. Plate 25 represents these implements from Mexico. They are of the same general type as the Solutréen leaf-shaped implements which forms Class A of the leaf- shaped division in my ‘Classification of Arrow and Spear Heads.” They are shaped like a laurel leaf, are elliptical and pointed at both ends. Their widest place is one-third or one-tourth the distance from the base. The specimen on plate 25 is from Oaxaca, Mexico, and is 124 inches in length, 32 inches in width, and ? inch in thickness. THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. Leaf-shaped, Class A.—Plate 26 presents.a remarkable specimen of stone chipping. It was found, May 20, 1891, on the farm of and is owned by Mr. G. I’. Arvedson, of Carpentersville, Dlinois. The mate- terial is quartzite, which increases its interest, as quartzite is more ‘Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 35, figs. 9 and 10. 2 Idem, p. 36. 3 See p. 422. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson, PLATE 23. PONIARD OF FLINT, FINELY CHIPPED. Scandinavia. Collection of Rev. Dr. Nevin, Rome. natural size PLATE 24, Report of U S Nationai Museum, 1896.— Wilson. — t - i as bie amark, s : Scandinavia. — ; Cat. Nos. 10164445, 58485, 77, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.—Wilson, PLATE 25, LEAF-SHAPED IMPLEMENT, WHITE FLINT OR CHALCEDONY. Oaxaca, Mexico. Douglas collection. % natural size. . , ry es 1e Os -. i Gie ar Whe: (oy oe i Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 26. LARGE QUARTZITE BLADE, FINELY CHIPPED. Arvedson collection, Carpentersville, Illinois. % natural size. are T Be lee nee re) ? ets 1896.—Wilson Report of U. S. National Museum, Five LARGE SPEARHEADS, CHALCEDONY. Little Missouri River, Pike County, Arkansas. Cat. No. 150176, U.S.N.M. 2 natural size, PREHISTORIC ART. 429 refractory and difficult to chip than flint. The remarkable charae- teristic of this implement is that, being of this material, it should be so large. Its dimensions are 14% inches long, 2% inches wide. Its ex- act thickness is not known, but supposed to be 2 or inch. The flakes, which are struck, by which it was reduced to he . )) i its present appearance, are ex- Di ve ( i tremely broad, some of them ) ‘H i Wid 14 inches,many of them ? )) inch, and correspondingly any : thin. They have been struck u ) | from the edges on both sides AN u i and approach thecenter, leav- = =) “ i H ingaslight ridge. The point 2 ee Sit is sharp, the edges sharp and = 2 }) | yi eoamnctrieal, while the base 2 5 ~Y)) ff l] a i finishes with a slight stem. ae 5 x yt ij, Uff: Ui Ni The dexterity shown in the : zZ 2 cay Yi A gS chipping of this instrumentis 2° & es mM Lys Aw AH Gh worthy of all praise. With ? Pane he . Wi ‘hh the proper material such an 22 48 fn, Ne : iN implement might be made in ce 3 Ane NG AAG rt avery short timeif the artist 22 2 WA VR i \ _ who made it was skillful, but * 2 he Kas) / IK it undoubtedly required ad wale ALITA A i | vast deal of practice to enable si i) i WWM K i him to perform the work atall. = ‘ ) "Yy Wf Mi HAMA : i This specimen is a satisfac- iy yf ( Kt \ } HI) tory example of the ability i ith) Ws i | of the prehistoric artist to per- uy vy \Nies 4 | form any work of this kind, YY a) AS» th however difficult. It shows EYE ) AS My a i his perfect control ever his mish a VG ii material and his ability to NO Hie yr work it according to any NN i style and in any way or to fet hig th any shape that his fancy yy 4 Vi Ali Wi might dictate. Fon yk Ne W Plate 27 represents five Dy a Ml specimens out of a cache of wy | (| fourteen, found on the banks oy \ of the Little Missouri River, Te p Pike County, Arkansas. These are introduced as specimens of the art 430 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of flaking, showing, as they do, the large flakes struck off by a blow, © with the conchoid of percussion, and the smaller ones without the con-— choid, made by pressure. They are of milk-white chalcedony, and are from 11 inches in length down. Fig. 82 represents a leaf-shaped implement 93 inches long, from Gil- mer County, Georgia. It was found by Mr. H. M. Ellington while dig- (I¥7 Gk® mae Ma Ai) yf fi: : » : ER \ Ai i fy) Dy) fr he Bernt py) yy Ds My oN Dy, M Hy a) Mint ) (is Wet \“ S = ww yi) ot "i | " hie at « Uw) “ti a Ves oN Fi we TS ww - x a ets bi Ay LES Fig. 83. LEAF-SHAPED IMPLEMENT OF WHITE FLINT, BEAUTIFULLY WROUGHT. Columbia County, Georgia. Steiner Collection. Cat. No. 172559, U.S.N.M. Natural size. ging in a prehistoric grave, 3 feet beneath the surface. No opinion is expressed with regard to its function, and no consideration is given to the peculiarity of its leaf-shaped form nor to the two notches near one end. It is to be remarked, however, that the proportion between the width and thickness, which made its appearance in the Solutréen epoch, is maintained in this specimen as it is in all those belonging to the Neo- lithic period. This notable difference between these aud the Chelléen PREHISTORIC ART. A431 implements is continually to be kept in view. The material of this specimen is not flint, is light reddish im color, comes from a ledge and not from a nodule, is coarse grained and refractory, is not homogene- ous, and does not break with a regular or conchoidal frac- ture. But with these disad- vantag es, apparently insuper- able to a modern archeolo- gist, the ancient artist was able by his skill to produce as fine a specimen of art work as is here presented. But for its material and the two small notches in one end it might pass for one of the leaf- shaped implements of the Solutréen period from western Europe. Fig. 83 represents a beauti- ful implement of nearly white flint, covered with a notice- able patina and wrought in accordance with the exigen- cies of high art in flint chip- ping. It belongs to the Steiner collection, and comes from Columbia County, Georgia. It greatly resem. bles and compares favorably with a specimen from Casa de Moura, Portugal, figured by Cartailhac,! asa notably beau- tiful specimen of art work. Fig. $4 represents a fine-art spearhead from La Paz, Lower California, collected by Mr. James Viosea, consul, sent to the National Museum through Mr. L. Belding. It is not leaf shaped, but has a stem. Its appearance indicates that the maker was an artist in ‘Prehist#rique de l’ Espagne. DID ZZ )) Zoe \ i) Q L YY . ‘ fn) oy wh % th Ny, ws SAY De, SS we Fig. 84. SPEARHEAD, CHERTY FLINT. La Paz, Lower California. Cat. No. 61407, ULS.N.M. Natural size. 432 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Ay » nat gi fa os a aa ai oh SMIEUB AS ll fhe W\2-A \ i aN ‘IASN'S'D “LGBLEL “ON “94D 06 “SI ‘AZIS [BANJUN ‘OSSVIO ‘Gaduvd GNVY ‘GauYaACTOOHS ‘GaWWaALS ‘GVaHuVads ‘quIy uBy Atozovrjor ool ‘9}1ZJABND vsod Jo st usuuTIeds [NJIQNVEq SIT, 438 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. them, by stretch of the imagination, might represent four-footed ani- mals; the rest have no likeness to any known object. All of them are worked from flint or some similar stone; one is of obsidian; they are represented about nat- ural size. This series, with fig. 93, shows what the prehistoric artist in flint was able to do in the manage- ment and control of his tools and materials in yy making fanciful ob- A 63 UA A 7 oN \ \uhaamiiti \ jects. any mi ; \\ The foregoing speci- chy mens are sinall, and, consequently, might be atti) s S = fi \ 5 = considered as toys or - il ii ny | 2 ¢ - playthings and of no “iy yy WY) if i 4 5 2 = ‘ value to the prehistoric A Wy Uy AV; \ oi eee artist, yet it would be " A\\i 2 x 2 SS an error to predicate a wi a A 2 Be theory upon this, for wie \ aw there have been others \) < é equally trivial and ap- wll) i a parently of as little Ait utility which bear evi- va Y WW) ai) ra) a) ZA dence of fine art work and yet are of large an oer yyy eH) ip wh size. Fig. 94 repre- N in sents one of a series of Wi hi these large flint imple- Np My ments chipped into fan- Minin eZ i i ciful form. This par- ticular one is from Humphreys County, Tennessee, and was collected by Mr. Ed- ward W. Hicks. It is 114 inches in length and 44 inches in width. Other specimens of similar workmanship, but of different though of equally fanciful form, have been found in the same as well as other localities. Gen. Gates P.Thruston! has described these at length. \yS> RIO An aennes ae. Tenmeees pp. 230-252. PREHISTORIC ART. 439 OY ipig CAL ZB iy ZZ SPEARHEAD, STEMMED, SHOULDERED, AND BARBED, CLASS ¢. White and rose flint. Ohio. W.K. Moorehead. Cat. No. 172831, U.S.N.M. Natural size. WEAR ANAS Aaa Hi : wo \ nse SOG Theova 2 Mba aa ANT AN eal (Ges (Uh oat RNA JB Mtg ue A all ¢))) Wy) A fos hcl y FOUR ARROWHEADS OF FLINT FINELY CHIPPED, WITH SHARP EDGES AND FINE POINTS. Cat. Nos. 43060, 149373, 3287, U.S.N.M. Natural size, A440 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. POLISHED STONE HATCHETS. While the chipping of stone continued throughout the Neolithic, as it had in the Paleolithic period, there was added to it a newly discovered art by which the implement might be made smooth and sharp. This discovery was the grinding or polishing of stone implements and bring- ing out the beauty of their form and symmetry, showing with truth and accuracy the fine lines upon which they had been wrought, and adapting them to utilitarian objects, tools, and weapons. The characteristic implements of the Neolithic period are the polished stone hatchets. They are found practically all over the world, showing that the Neolithic civilization must have comprised an extensive popu- lation and endured for a long period of time. The material of which these implements were made differed according to locality, but, not- withstanding all differences, their general likeness prevails throughout the world. While an experienced prehistoric archeologist may deter- aS ee Fig. 94. FANCIFUL FORM (LOBSTER CLAW) OF FLINT. Length, 11 inches; width, 4 inches. Humphreys County, Tennessee. Cast, Cat. No. 98665, U.S.N.M. 3, natural size. mine, from an inspection of a polished stone hatchet, from what country it comes and possibly to what locality in that country it belongs, yet the statement is true that they are substantially the same implement. The invention of the arts of grinding and polishing, together with the form of the hatchet, have been transmitted by migration or communi- cation from people to people and from country to country; and the knowledge of the implement and the operation by which it was made descended from generation to generation and spread until it covered the five continents. A series of the polished stone hatchets from almost any one of the United States wi stand as fair representatives of the same implement of any other country. The single exception to the universality of this statement is Scandinavia. Fig. 95 shows the flat side of a polished stone hatchet at the close of the first stage in the manufacture. The object is reduced to its general form, and in this Stage it has often been mistaken for a Paleolithic implement. Fig. 96 represents the second stage of manufacture. Here a smaller hammer (fig. 28) is used, or possibly a bone flaker; the chips or flakes removed are smaller, and, in the opinion of some archeologists, were made by PREHISTORIC ART. AA41 pressure instead of being struck off; the edges of the implement are made regular, the surface reduced to a level, and the entire object is made ready for polishing. Another method, different, but similar, was employed with the non- chipable materials; that is, hammering or pecking (martelage). The same stone hammer was used, and by repeated strokes in the same place the refractory substance is gradually reduced by abrasion to the desired form. The implement having been reduced, approxi- mately, to the desired form by either of the fore- going methods, the next step required a grinding or polishing stone. These grinding stones are found wherever the polished-stone culture existed. They are numerous in France and England. The National Museum possesses specimens from Massachusetts -and from Tennessee. Fig. 97 represents one of these grinding stones from the bank of the Hiawassee iver, 15 miles east of Charleston, Polk County, Tennessee. It was found by es Mr. N. G. Baxter, and pre- EX WN SE as Ss eanmerty SE ; Ne: sented by him (through Mr. Fig. 95. if Neel ~ - 3 he Edward Palmer)tothe United — uarcnerorrunrrupery States National Museum in C#?=2D, Fins stacu, 1882. It was reduced from a ee cen much larger piece, believed to Nae ag have been solid, in order to be transported to the Museum; its present surface measurement is 22 by 14 inches. There are three grooves shown, all made by the grinding process. The largest and principal of these is 17 inches long, 5 inches wide, and 14 inches deep, evidently made by rubbing the flat side of the hatchet thereon. One of the small- er grooves is deeper and narrower, and has doubt- Fig. 96. less served for the corners, edges, or ends of the HATCHET or Fuinr FINELY hatchet. This grinding stone was the principal CHIPPED, SECOND STAGE 5 : 7 4 E i ia READY For Grinpinc, | ODJect or tool of the prehistoric workshop wherein Cat. No. 99915, U.S.N.M. it was found, for around it were collected no less emer than forty chipped and pecked implements ready tobe, or in the process of being, polished. The chipped stone implement (fig. 96) is laid upon the grinding stone (fig. 97) and rubbed back and forth until ground smooth. Water might be used with it, but it should make itsown sand. Fig. 98 represents the implement partially smoothed, the ridges rubbed off, and approaching completion. Fig. 99 represents the completed implement, it having been smoothed over its entire surface, Save possibly some insignificant places where the fractures of chipping were too deep to be easily ground out. ath Wye Porn 442 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. POLISHED STONE HATCHETS—SCANDINAVIA. The polished stone hatchets from Scandinavia are unique. Many of them are different in form and size from those of other countries. They are larger and smoother, and have been found in such numbers in the various stages of manufacture, showing the method so admirably, and are such fine examples of art work tliat it would be improper to omit them. Plate 30 represents two of these hatchets. They are of the flint belonging to the country. Fig. a represents a hatchet chipped to form, square in section, with poll and edge indicated, and shows the process of chipping completed as indicated by fig. 96, while fig. b shows the process of grinding completed as indicated by figs. 98 and 99. Many of these implements are of large size, 16 inches in length not Fig. 97. GRINDING OR POLISHING STONE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF HATCHETS. Hiawassee River, Polk County, Tennessee. Cat. No. 65712, U.S.N.M. 2 natural size. being unusual. Their size, with their elegance and delicacy of chipping and grinding, so increases the difficulty of their manufacture as to take them definitely into the realm of fine art. POLISHED STONE HATCHETS—HANDLED. The frontispiece represents the method of handling these hatchets. Similar specimens have been found in almost every part of the world, though not in great plenty. The American Museum of Natural History possesses one, but the United States National Museum is the fortunate possessor of two. One of these comes from Syracuse, New York, col- lected by Mr. Charles M. Crounse, the other gathered by Mr. Byron E. Dodge, of Richfield, Genesee County, Michigan. Other specimens have been found in different prehistoric countries, sometimes with the handle or its fragments attached, and again with the evident marks of a Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 30. Two FLINT HATCHETS. a, Chipped to form; b, polished. Lund, Sweden. Cat. Nos. 101035, 100990, U.S.N.M. #4 natural size. aq ® ve ‘Niall De PREHISTORIC ART. 443 handle on the hatchet, and this method of handling has been accepted as that employed in prehistoric times. These polished stone hatehets have been made with certain art char- acteristics locally peculiar. In Brittany the hatchets of precious stone have been made with pointed poll and a sharp ridge in the center toward the poll. Another peculiarity of the same local- ity is a button on the top or poll end of the hatchet. The same kind of a button appears on those from Guadeloupe and other islands of the West Indies. Those from Illinois have the edge broadened, as if in imitation of a bronze or copper hatchet which has been hammered to an edge and thus spread at the edges and corners. The same broadening at the edge ap- pears in some of the hatchets from Chiriqui, though not to so great an extent asin Illinois. A peculiarity of some of the Chiriqui specimens is that, instead of being made round, square, or oval in section, they are hexagonal. These peculiarities are noticed on account of their apparent artistic feeling, and because they “XC 0) sus seem to have had no utilitarian origin. The differ- oun srace. ences in form have been mentioned as peculiarities, Cat. No. 99925, U.S.N.M. and so they are, for they do not apply ce to all the hatchets from their locality. They seem to have been fairly within the definition of art, being an attempt to decorate an object of utility, to make it more pleasing to the eye, and to be art for art’s sake. No dec- orative designs ever appear on these implements, no in- scriptions, and no marks of ownership. One must not forget that, despite all these varieties of art forms of hatchets, prehistoric man continued to make and use this general form of hatchet throughout the prehistoric world. There has been not a little scientific discussion over the proposition that civilization travels along the line of least resistance; that man in performing sociologic, technologie, or industrial operations, does it, or endeay- ors to do it, in the easiest way, and with the least possi- uatcuer com. ble exertion or expenditure of force. This is an at- PLETED. tempted application of a law of physics to a condition ag 5 nora of sociology. It is undoubtedly a law of physics that certain, possibly all, operations of nature are conducted along the line of least resistance. The boiler bursts at its weakest spot, the chain breaks in its weakest link. All combinations of matter are made or accomplished on the line of least resistance. The exist- ence of the law must be admitted, but its universality as to natural things is no evidence of its application to human affairs. The condi- POLISHED STONE 444 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. tions between these two, natural and human, are so different, and there is so much dissimilarity, as to invoke different laws. A law of univer- sal application to one may have little or no application to the other. It may be quite true that in attaining certain results a man may pro- ceed along the lines of least resistance—that is to say, he may seek to accomplish his purpose with the least exertion or expenditure of force. But his wishes and desires interfere many times to deflect his conduct from this line. Free will, reason, aud judgment are disturbing ele- ments in man which, not found in nature, profoundly interfere with the operation of this law. They control his actions and deflect his course far from the line of the least resistance. Primitive man may have desired a knife or point for any one of the many purposes for which knives or points are used—to kill or skin his prey, to cut branches, or what not. Any sharp or pointed piece of flint, a spawl, would serve this purpose as well as the more elaborate specimens; yet we have seen that hundreds, if not thousands of times primitive man has not been content with a mere spawl, however sharp and pointed or effective it might be. Its utility alone, however perfect, did not satisfy him. It was argued in the early part of this paper, and has been demon- strated by many illustrations, that prehistoric man had an esthetic taste or artistic sense which controlled him equally as did utility. The first chapter of this paper, with the arts therein elaborated, is built on this foundation. The arts of fine flint chipping, of engraving on bone, horn, and ivory, were all dependent on the cesthetic desire natural in man. The line of the least resistance, that is to say, the making of a knife or point with the least expenditure of force, would have prompted man to have used any spawl of flint or point of bone which could have been made the easiest, provided it would serve the purpose. We have seen that man did not pursue this course; that he was not contented with the rude spawl, however sharp, or the bone fragment, however pointed. His natural desire for beauty, his wsthetic taste, his artistic sense intervened and deflected his course from the utilitarian line of least exertion or resistance. It will not do to say that the proposition of the accomplishment of results with the least expenditure of force as applied to man is devoid of truth or that it has no exceptions. This sweeping declaration would, like the swinging pendulum, carry us too far to the opposite side, and would be equally as untrue as the original proposition. The truth lies midway between the two. Man in many instances seeks to accomplish his end with the least possible expenditure. Man proceeds in most of his utilitarian projects on the lines of least resistance, and so far as utility has aided civilization there might be a foundation for this law. But art, in this regard is opposed to utility, and it deflects civilization from the lines of least resistance. Nearly all prehistoric art work would have been avoided if the man who made the implements and. objects described had proceeded on the PLATE 31. c ro} win re) a ir) Ss E = | o a 3 = o c ro) = eI z 79) = vo rc) 5 ro} a ® ioe POLISHED STONE HATCHET AND HANDLE COMBINED, WORKED OuT OF SOLID Rock. DIORITE (7). U.S.National Museum. actual size. PREHISTORIC ART. 445 lines of least resistance and contented himself with the thing which was cheapest and easiest made, and would have served his utilitarian pur- pose. Nearly all work done by man for artistic purposes is in opposi- tion to this law, for man’s desire for beauty, his wsthetic taste, his artistic sense, induce him to expend an infinite amount of labor in the production of an implement which would have been of equal utility without it. The fine flint chipping and the engraving on bone have been mentioned. The decorations, the great number of which are set forth in plates 13, 14, 15, 19, and 20, were not utilitarian. They were, so far as utility was concerned, a useless expenditure of force, without value, and in defiance of the law invoked. This statement applies with equal force to many other prehistoric art works. Pottery and bronze objects were almost universally decorated without regard to utility, and only to gratify the sesthetic taste. The jade implements, the polished stone hatchets, the entire list of Jorma curtosa, in fact all the ‘“‘art for art’s sake,” and the labor expended to gratify the «esthetic taste of man and to satisfy his innate desire for beauty, were in defiance of this rule. The foregoing argument can be upheld by many specimens, but its truth is demonstrated by the implement shown in plate 31, and its consideration in connection with the frontispiece. The arrow- and spear-head were the standard primitive projectile weapons. The ax or hatchet was the standard primitive cutting imple- ment, performing its function by blows. The Paleolithic implements corresponding to these were made usually of flint and solely by chip- ping. In the Neolithic period the hatchets, while chipped or pecked into shape, were smoothed or polished by friction on a grinding or pol- ishing stone. The various steps of the process are shown in figs. 95 to 99. These or similar implements have been found throughout the world, wherever it was occupied by Neolithic man. ‘Their method of use is shown in the frontispiece, where the original handle was found with the hatchet inserted and ready for use. The discoveries of these handles are rare, owing probably to the ease of their decomposition and destruction, but they have been found in every country associated with the hatchet in such a way as to identify their use in this manner. It has therefore been decided that the primitive man thus used them, and that practically all of the numberless polished stone hatchets found throughout the world have each one had their handle similar to that in the frontispiece. The specimen shown in plate 51, while the same implement as that in the frontispiece, differs from it in that it has a stone handle and has been worked out of the solid. Whether it was a piece of rock from a ledge or a water-worn bowlder, we have now no means of determining, for the original surface has been removed in the process of manufacture. If is hard stone, probably diorite; the material is highly refractory and does not chip or flake as does flint. It could never have been reduced even approximately to its present 446 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. form by chipping, as was frequently done with similar implements, especially with flint, and of which plate 30 furnishes an excellent illus- tration. The implement (in plate 31) was reduced to shape by grind- ing or rubbing and not by chipping. The grinding of an object of this size from its original condition of bowlder or ledge rock into the symmetrical weapon here shown must have required immense labor. This work would be long, arduous, tedious, and difficult, and would require of the workman great tenacity of purpose and fearlessness of fatigue. We have no means of knowing the difference between the amount of labor required to make the implement in plate 31 and that shown in the frontispiece, but it may be surmised, for the purpose of argument, that the same amount of exertion, time, and labor ex- pended on the latter would have made a hundred of the first. Yet the implement thus laboriously made is, for all utilitarian purposes, no better than any one of the hundred which could have been made in the sametime. Indeed, it is hardly so good, for, being of stone, it is heavier and, as the blade can not be taken out of the handle, it is more unwieldy and troublesome to carry. he only reason apparent that impelled primitive man to make this implement with an expenditure of so much more force than would have been required for the commoner specimen, was the gratification of his wzsthetic taste. In order to gratify it, he was willing to expend this extra force. This implement is, therefore, an illustration of what is found to be true in thousands of other objects— that their makers were willing to endure fatigue and labor long con- tinued, in order to gratify their desire for the beautiful. And in pro- portion as this is true, so did he not proceed along the lines of least resistance, but rather in defiance of the rule. DRILLING IN STONE. This was one of the arts of prehistoric man during the Neolithie period. It was continued into the Bronze age and thence down to historic times. It is so difficult in performance, and yet was so suc- cessfully performed, as to entitle it to a place among the fine arts. Ordinary drilling performed in a common or clumsy manner might not be entitled to such mention, and the art obtains the right to be classed as fine, only from the number of wonderful specimens which have been found, the difficulty incident to the performance, and the success attending it. Scores of examples can be given from both Europe and America in which the drilling shown is at once delicate and difficult. In America the prehistoric man desiring to make an ax made a groove around it and handled it by a withe. His European brother of the same period drilled a hole in his ax and inserted a handle after the fashion of the sledge. He appeared, in both hemispheres, to be master of the art of drilling, for, contrary to the way of the white man, he made the implement perfect and complete, even to its smoothing and — polishing, before he began to drill the hole. As said in the chapter on — PREHISTORIC ART. 447 flint chipping, he seems to have been able to toy with his art and per- form it in any way he pleased. He drilled large holes and small, he used hard drills and soft, the latter even of pine wood. He used hol- ow drills as well as solid, and we have cores that have been drilled from one or both sides with a straightness and evenness that seems marvelous. He was able to start his drill on the smooth and polished surface of a hard stone, apparently without any wobbling of the drill, leaving the edge of the hole as smooth and sharp as though it had been afterwards reamed or turned. The prehistoric objects found in the mounds of the United States are of even finer workmanship and more artistic than is usual in Europe. Pipes, tubes, etc,—These objects, sometimes of hard stone, are drilled in a remarkable manner, which, when considered as the work of a savage, done without metal tools, excites our wonder and admiration. The pipes have been drilled in several directions and at different angles. ; Plate 74 (in the chapter on musical instruments) represents divers stone tubes supposed to have been used as trumpets or horns, but they will serve as illustrations of the art of drilling. A certain number display this art in a high degree. The long cylindrical tubes do not show to the casual observer their real value as representa- tives of this art. Although only about 1 inch in diameter and of length varying from 6 to 12 or 14 inches, they have been drilled their entire length with a hole more than one-half their diameter, and all from one end—that is to say, the drilling of this large hole has been begun at one end of the finished tube and continued until nearly through at the other end, when the drilling (of the large hole) was stopped, the tube reversed, and drilled from the other end with a small hole which met the large one. The evidence of this manipulation is abundant, and is here treated as a fine art because of the manual dex- terity required to drill accurately and continuously a large hole through so small a cylinder for such a distance without break or change of direction. It is not intended to pursue the subject of drilling in this paper, only to call attention to its existence as a fine art and to note the deli- cacy and difficulty in some of the operations as shown by the specimens. The reader who is desirous of pursuing the subject further is referred to the paper on this subject by Mr. J. D. McGuire, published in the report of the United States National Museum for 1894. Many of the specimens ‘described by Mr. McGuire are from the Division of Prehis- toric Archaeology. CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. Many ceremonial objects show fine execution in the way of stone drilling, and the subject will be continued incidentally during their description. There were a large series of objects in use among the aborigines of 448 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. North America, the purpose of which is unknown, which, for want of a better name and in accordance with a supposed use or function, have been called ‘‘Ceremonial objects.” Any description of or argument concerning their possible use would be part of the history of the civili- zation of the times and belongs to itive technology, or to industrial, but not | i; . fine art. They have been pecked or “ battered into general, then ground % into particular form, then polished, y and lastly drilled. The correctness ie ik of their forms, their symmetry, their i oe” smoothness ot surface and perfection — of detail, together with the supposi- tion of their ornamental and not util- itarian function, causes them to be classed among objects of fine art. Banner stones.—This name _ has BANNER SZONE, QUARTZ, DRILLED AND FINELY been given empirically and only for POLISHED. want of a better. Fig. 100 repre- Illinois. sents one of these implements, half Cat. No, 30191, U.S.N.M. 34 natural size. size. It was found near Dubuque, Iowa, by Mr. H. T. Woodman, is of ferruginous quartz, translucent, reddish color passing over to white, within one or two degrees of being as bard as the diamond. Despite all its rounded corners and smoothed edges it will scratch glass without difficulty. It has been hammered or pecked, ground, polished and drilled, and its entire surface made smooth as glass. It is symmetric viewed from either side or edge. The amount of skilled labor required to reduce it to its present elegant ap- pearance, the difficulties in accomplishing this, all of which was only to pro- duce an ornament, jus- tifies its classification among objects of fine art. Fig. 101 represents Fig. 101. another Specimen of the BANNER STONE, SYENITE, DRILLED AND FINELY POLISHED. same kind. It has been finished in the manner just described, and it is submitted with the same idea. It was found in Prince George County, Maryland, and was contributed by Dr. — EK. E. Reynolds. Fig. 102 represents another banner stone of the same general style, introduced because of its beanty and the fineness of its manufacture. SSS = == ii ANY i | Fig. 100. Prince George Cour ty, Maryland. Cat. No. 34648, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. ' i hoy 7 Aa) z Ne : wy y 3 . oe ne vl rh p iV, A adhe Ny ie na _ | a = i i Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 32. THREE BANNER STONES (TWO BROKEN). Cat. Nos. 42540, 17923, 115685, U.S.N.M. 39; natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 449 The thinness of the blade as well as of the barrel or center, with the size of the hole, leaving the walls so thin and frail, are all to be remarked as evidence of the mechanical skill and manual dexterity of the abo- rigines. Fig. 103 is an implement which may or may not be one of the banner stones, but it is evidently related thereto. It might pass for a hatchet or double-bitted ax, the ee being drilled in the center as for a handle, but this use is negatived by the fragil- ity and softness of the material, which is band- edslate. Theentire sur- face is highly polished and the outlines are true and correct. The edge is aS Sharp as the mater- ial will make. The hole, ea however, is quite too Big. 1 102. mi sine nese, > BANNER STONE. small for a handle by ; E Hudson City, New Jersey. which the implement (Original Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.) Cast, Cat. No. 1170, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size: could be used as an ax. A single blow would destroy it, breaking both its edge and the hole. A ceremonial use is the only one suggested for these and similar imple- ments. Fig. 104 was received from Peale’s Museum, Philadelphia, and was originally from near Norristown, Pennsylvania. It is of slate, and has been worked up to its present perfected state by the operations : re < already deserib- Hints ne fini Sten rama r fh . yo . \ aS os ca ed. The form is = : oN peculiar and io yee | iy yh | 0 ae ; ie 2) iy i; ia nen M: shows the nonu- i Hh | i i ie & i Mn tilitarian char- Oe acter of the im- plement. The sectional view ex- plains the drill- an i ing. Plate 32 fee a represents three er ae a of these objects. BANNER STONE os BANDED SLATE. The first, from Paris, Kenosha County, Wisconsin. Tennessee, is Cast, Cat. No. 11691, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. whole; the seec- ond has been broken in half and drilled as though for secondary use— possibly as a pendant. These two specimens are introduced to show the decoration, consisting of fine notches like saw teeth cut in the edges, and are the only pieces so marked in the entire series of these objects in the United States National Museum. In the one object these notches have been cut at right angles on the edge, while on the other NAT MUS 96——29 ii ia ! Mi ami, sae : ‘@* " ae Se ee = ~ A450 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. they have been cut on only one side of the edge. The purpose of these notches is entirely unknown; they might have been utilitarian or orna- mental, but in our present state of knowledge no one is justified in saying which. They are submitted as possible ornamentation. The third specimen represents one of these objects in which the drilling has just been completed, when the object split longitudinally. It is pre- sented to show the drilling with all its interior ridges before being smoothed, and one may see by the failure to complete the hole how the drilling had all been done from one end. Bird-shaped ob- jects.— Fig. 105 is from western New York. Itis made in the form of a bird, which from the number of similar specimens have given the name to this class. AMG => The eyes are rep- Fig. 104. resented by great BANNER STONE OF SLATE, CURIOUS FORM, BROKEN. protuberan ces Norristown, Pennsylvania. which must have Cat. No, 8024, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. | : greatly increased the difficulty of manufacture. It was made from a bowlder or large piece, and while the material is hard, it is not tough but rather fragile. It could not be chipped like flint nor whittled like soapstone, but must have been hammered or pecked into shape and afterwards ground to — its present form, then polished until it is as smooth as glass. ° Cat. No. 17596, U.S.N.M. % nat. ave served in any place. It is from Tiverton, eg ae Newport County, Rhode Island. It is an oval, flattened pebble with incised lines as represented. Chungkee stones.—If the civilization or sociology of the prehistoric man was being presented these objects would be elassed with games or athletics, but because of the hardness of the material and difficulty of 1s nat- 454 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. manufacture, together with their use as a means of pleasure, if not of ornament, it is not improper to assign them a place here. The United States National Museum possesses an extensive series which, for some unexplained reason, extends into almost every imaginable disk form. Fig. 110 represents a side and sectional view of one of these objects of yellowish brown quartzite. It is drawn half size, and is a large and weighty object. Most of the large specimens are of quartz, either yellow or white. They are disk form, the edges are rounded, the center on both sides has been cut out and made cup-shaped. He who could make this object, accomplishing all these requirements from an irregular piece of rude, hard quartz, and produce a specimen of such regularity of form and correctness of design must have been an artist of considerable experience. For, be it understood, that in this, as well Fig. 110. , CHUNGKEE STONE, SIDE AND SECTIONAL VIEWS. YELLOW QUARTZ. McKenzie, Carroll County, Tennessee. Cat. No. 34513, U.S.N.M. 4, natural size. as in all foregoing objects, the work was done by hand, and only with the usual tools for hammering, pecking, grinding, smoothing, and polishing. It has been suggested that these may have been made with the lathe, but an investigation shows this not to have been so. Beads.—Beads of jasper are not infrequently drilled, and the United States National Museum possesses some jasper pieces of extraordinary length—for example, 3 inches—less than 3 inch in diameter, and a hole half the thickness of the bead drilled through its entire length. This hole is put exactly through the center of the cylinder, without apparent enlargement or smoothing, as though it had been drilled from one end ouly, but whether done this way or drilled from both ends the delicacy of the work and the precision with which it was done, when remem- bered to have been the work of a savage, is marvelous. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. SERIES OF EUROPEAN PREHISTORIC POLISHED JADE HATCHETS. U.S. National Museum, } natural size. PLATE 34. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 35. P3835. Mexrica Blake. : * by Gute meter 4 fe é Hi cigs ye Meln aoe : pay ais : : Guahnrel Wills ms ois Re SERIES OF AMERICAN PREHISTORIC POLISHED JADEITE AND NEPHRITE HATCHETS. U.S. National Museum. ; natural size. H. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 36. Ban Ebhe , , SERIES OF POLISHED AND GROOVED ACTINOLITE AXES AND HAMMERS,” > FROM THE PUEBLOS OF NEW MEXICO AND ARIZONA. U.S. National Museum. ;; natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 455 LAPIDARY WORK. JADE AND HARD STONE OBJECTS. There are many specimens classed as polished stone hatchets, because of the similarity of form, material, mode of manufacture, and use; and yet, because of their rude character and rough appearance, they are not works of art. But some of these implements of hard and semi- precious stones, from purity of form, difficulty of fabrication, and their fine and beautiful finish, may be justly classed as works of art. These are mostly polished hatchets of some of the varieties of jade. Plate 34 represents a series of these magnificent implements from various prehistoric stations In western Europe. Jade is remarkably hard and tough. The latter quality is said to be produced by the arrangement of its fibers in small interlaced bundles. It is and always has been regarded in China and the oriental countries as one of the precious stones, its hardness and the difficulty of working having conspired to greatly enhance its reputation. Except a single piece only partially determined, lately found in Austria, none of the raw material has ever been discovered in western Kurope, yet prehis- toric implements of this material have been found throughout western Kurope amounting to many thousands, Lake Constance, Switzerland, alone having furnished 2,000 specimens. This material and its use in prehistoric times opens many abstruse questions concerning migrations of primitive peoples and of the possible extent of their commerce. The most of these implements found in the Swiss lake dwellings are of jadeite, of which the component parts are: Silica, 58 to 60 per cent; aluminum, 22 to 26 per cent; soda, 10 to 12 per cent; with a specific gravity of 3 to 3.3. It is extremely hard, ranking 8 or 9 in the scale of which the diamond is 10. The same material is found manufactured into implements of the most elaborate and difficult kind in great profusion in Mexico and Central America. Plate 35 shows specimens thereof. These are all in the United States National Museum. ‘heir locality, appearance, or use need not be described; it will be sufficient to say that they belong to the prehistoric period in Mexico and Central America. : Fibrolite, still another variety of jade, is confined to southern and western France. It is composed of: Silica, 34 or 35 per cent; aluminum, 63 to 65 per cent; with a specific gravity of 3.2 to 3.3. Actinolite, still another variety, is composed of: Silica, 0.60; magne- sia, 0.21; lime, 0.14 per cent; with a specific gravity of from 3 to 3.1. Its distribution is throughout the Pueblo country of Arizona and New Mexico, ‘lhe specimens shown in plate 36 are these actinolite grooved axes and hammers from that locality, and belong to the National Museum. Nephrite is still another specimen of jade, the component parts of which ve: Silica, 56 to 58 per cent; magnesia, 20 to 22 per cent; lime, AD6 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 11 to 14 per cent; oxide of iron, 5 to 8 per cent, and aluminum, 1 to 3 per cent; with Specific gravity 2.9 to 3. A profusion of prehistoric implements, principally axes or adzes made of nephrite, have been found from the Straits of Fuca northward along the entire coast of British Columbia and the northern end of Alaska. (Plate 37.) Pectolite is composed of: Silica, 54; lime, 33; soda, 9 per cent; with a specific gravity of 2.7 to 2.9. It is found among the Eskimos and the Indians on the ee coast of North America. Its principal service is as a hammer, for which use it is prepared with a withe and Jashed to a wooden handle (Plate 37), and as an evidence of the almost universal art instinct of prehistoric man, this hammer, which might have been only a rough stone in every part except its face, has, despite its hardness and the difficulty and tediousness of the work, been pecked or hammered into a symmetrical form and then ground or polished to a smooth and regular surface, as though this were required for utility. The finding of two partly worked bowlders of nephrite on the lower part of the Fraser River, at Lytton and Yale, British Columbia, respec- tively, and the discovery of unfinished objects in old Indian’ graves near Lytton, make it certain that the manufacture of adzes had been carried on there. A series of specimens, numbering sixty-one in all, have been deposited in the Museum of the Geological Survey, at Ottawa, and in the Redpath Museum, MeGill College, Montreal. These consist of both nephrite and pectolite implements, as adzes, drills, axes, ete. Of the sixty one objects found, seventeen show that the2y have been sawed from other pieces. A prolific source of supply of this mineral in primitive times, now known as Jade Mountain, is situated about 150 miles above the mouth of the Kowak River, in Alaska. The world is indebted for the discovery of this mountain to Lieut. G. M. Stoney, United States Navy, who has brought down, and presented to the United States National Museum, quite a number of specimens. Plate 38 represents sundry of the pieces, some water-worn bowlders and fractured frag- ments of the material, accompanied by two or three manufactured specimens. This is the only known source of supply of this mineral in America. Migration.—When implements are found which, upon analysis, con- tain the foregoing component parts and are determined to be of this mineral, it raises a fair presumption that they came from this source of supply, and is presumptive evidence of prehistoric communication, if not migration, between the peoples. This is true only to a certain point, and is not susceptible of universal application. It does not follow that all nephrite objects came from Jade Mountain. Jadeite is an entirely different mineral from nephrite or any of the varieties of jade, and must, or at least may, have had a different place of origin and come from a different direction. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 37. BAAS OM AIRY, Seahy aMaerIs ¥ ———— Sa | SERIES OF POLISHED NEPHRITE AXES AND ADZES (ONE PECTOLITE HAMMER), FROM ALASKA. U.S. National Museum. ; natural size. PLATE 38. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilso.1. SERIES OF NEPHRITE BOWLDERS AND FRAGMENTS THEREOF FROM ALASKA, DISCOVERED BY LIEUTENANT STONEY, UNITED STATES Navy. U.S. National Museum. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 39. OVE, COLA TCR. | LR Toe Byes re SERIES OF POLISHED, WROUGHT, AND SAWED STONE OBJECTS OF SEMIPRECIOUS CHARACTER, PRINCIPALLY JADEITE, FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. Obverse and reverse views of same objects. U.S. National Museum. ; natural size. Report of U. S, National Muséum, 1896.— Wilson. PLATE 40, SERIES OF POLISHED, WROUGHT, AND SAWED STONE OBJECTS OF SEMIPRECIOUS CHARACTER, PRINCIPALLY JADEITE, FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. Obverse and reverse views of same objects. U.S. National Museum. 5 natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 457 Prof. F. W. Putnam presented before the American Antiquarian Society in 1886, from the Museum at Cambridge, a series of carved and sawed objects in jade from Mexico and Central America, and his theory of accounting for them was that they had been brought from Asia on the original migration of the peoples; that in after time the communi- cations between the two countries were suspended and gradually ceased. Thus the supply of these objects was cut off, as none of that mineral having been found in that country (either then or since). They came to be regarded of great value as amulets or charms, and were sawed into pieces for a more extended distribution. That such objects belonged to these countries, and that they were divided or cut by sawing and were susceptible of a correspondingly increased dis- tribution is a fact that can not be denied. The United States National Museum possesses series of such objects in considerable numbers. Plates 39 and 40 represent a tray of them, showing obverse and reverse- The two plates represent opposite sides of the same objects. They will be noticed further when considering lapidary work. Dr. Heinrich Fischer, of Freiburg, Baden, supported the migration theory, alleging the great similarity between the Mexican and Central American jadeites and those in Burmah. Dr. A. B. Meyer, of Dresden, attacked the migration theory fiercely and maintained the greater probability of the indigenous character of the mineral. Professors Clarke and Merrill, of the United States National Museum, published a paper! on “Nephrite and Jadeite.” It consisted largely of chemical and microscopical investigations and determined with great certainty the substantial differences between the minerals. Their conclusions, so far as relates to the migration theory, are as follows: That these substances are comparatively common constituents of metamorphic rocks, and hence liable to be found anywhere where these rocks occur. ‘Their pres- ence (in any given place) is as meaningless (so far as concerns the migration theory) as would be the finding of a piece of graphite. Their discovery (among prehistoric peoples) possesses no value in the work of tracing the migration or intercommunica- tion of races. It is not possible to determine this jade question positively or abso- lutely. We do not possess sufficient knowledge to solve it finally. Whatever may be at present determined is subject to a reversal by a discovery which may be made at any time in the future. If a jadeite mountain should be found in Mexico or Central America as a nephrite mountain has been in Alaska, it would settle the question at once, but until a ledge or quarry of jadeite shall be found in America the ques- tion must be left in abeyance. The discovery of the place of origin of jadeite in America may never be found, and consequently the question may never be absolutely solved. Various efforts have been made to discover jadeite in its natural deposit in Mexico and Central America, but never yet with success. 1 Proc. U.S.Nat.Mus., XI, 1888, pp. 115-130. 458 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The latest effort was that made by Mr. A. Sjogren, a learned Scandina- vian geologist interested in prehistoric anthropolgy, acquainted with the importance of the “jade question,” and always on the lookout for any evidence that would shed light thereon. He resided for a time in Costa Rica, with full opportunity for the investigation of and acquaint- ance with the jadeite objects in that country. During his visit there he made more or less extensive searches for the evidence of indigenous jade. He found a number of pebbles the appearance of which sug- gested that they might be the desired material. On his return to his native country he stopped at Washington, and, visiting the United States National Museum, he invoked the aid of Professor Merrill, Curator of Geology and Mineralogy, and the author, as Curator of Prehistoric Anthropology, who opened the cases in his department and produced implements from Costa Rica and the neighboring countries for comparison with the specimens Lrought by Mr. Sjogren. The result was that eight specimens of pebbles were selected as having the greatest similarity with the material of the jade implements, and it was proposed to put them to test of microscopic investigation. Professor Merrill accordingly made thin sections of these for that purpose, and has just reported the result of his investigations. He says: Nos. 1, 3, and 8 are without doubt an altered pumiceous tuffa, identical with No. 59899, described by Professor Clarke and myself in our paper in Proceedings of the United States National Museum, Vol. x1, page 127. This specimen (No. 59899, U.S.N.M.) was from San Huacas, Costa Rica, dark green, not mottled, soft, specific gravity 2.282, and its com- position as follows: Tenition: {55-28% seule Gace cates e eae erat ee see eee eee 10. 39 Siliea. 27530 sake own oe Secret eee ee 70. 49 Alumina: .Socc.2cc2s ols Se eee 11539 FP Orrous"OXId@ 52.-.6 2... Sosccen pc eee ee ete oe 2.39 Manganous:0xide =. .<;. 22s... see seee ee ee oe eee Een eee EAMG 2.22 goccek Fe cee be Se ee eee 3.83 Magnesia 2222s colsee se csos be eee ee -51 Alkaliesiiyi 23) 3 Sisco eee eee eee Undetermined Totals. Sek aso 2 eee eee 99. 06 A microscopic examination shows that the mineral is evidently a highly altered volcanic tuff, but very difficult to make out. The mass of the rock is made up of a greenish-gray amphorous felt, ,through which are scattered round bunches of a bright-green chlorite and small, colorless points and elongated crystals, which may be felspathic, although they are too small to show twin strie. There are also occa- sional colorless elongated and curved shreds, which are yl without action in polarized light, and which are doubtless glass. He continues as to the Sjogren specimens: Nos. 2, 4,5, and 7 are highly siliceous rocks of rather obscure nature, but consisting largely of chalcedonic silica, and if not true chalcedonic secretions, are at least very compact fragmental rocks that have been acted upon by silica-bearing solu- tions. No. 7 shows occasional minute circular areas with concentric structure, PREHISTORIC ART. 459 which are doubtless silicified remains of foraminifera, such as are not infrequent in siliceous nodules found in limestone. ‘There is nothing in the series in the least resembling true nephrite or jadeite. The concluding sentence leaves the discovery of the origin of jade material, of which the Costa Rica prehistoric implements were made, as much an unsolved problem as ever. But negative results from the searches of an experienced geologist made on the spot are of more value than has been generally admitted, and the thanks of prehistoric anthropologists are due to Mr. Sjogren for his interest and efforts. It is certainly remarkable that, with the thousands of prehistoric imple- ments from Mexico and Central America, no specimens of the natural material has ever been found in any of those countries. There are other views which seem to narrow the question of jade migration, if they do not elucidate it. It would appear highly improba- ble that any such migration of peoples could have been made by land between the place of origin in Burmah and the place of its discovery in Mexico and Central America. We ean scarcely conceive of a migration, comprised of however great or small numbers, which would start from Burmah overland by way of Bering Straits for Mexico and Central America, carrying with them such small implements and in such great numbers. If they did, these implements would run great risks of being lost. Arrived in Alaska, the emigrants ought to have found some traces or specimens of the nephrite, wrought or unwrought, of which we now find so many. One or two hypotheses force themselves upon us: The emigrants (from Burmah) might have left some of their own jadeite implements in Alaska or obtained some of the nephrite. No traces have been found of either. Then these emigrants would have started on their southwestern trip, a distance of several thousand miles, to Mexico, without leaving anywhere any trace of jadeite implements. Arrived at Mexico, and thence on through Cen- tral America, are to be found implements, all of jadeite, by the thousand, but none of nephrite. If these emigrants traveled by land from surmah to Mexico, crossing at Bering Straits, it would involve a long and necessarily tedious journey. In Alaska these emigrants would enter a country where there was a mountain of this precious mineral, the prehistoric inhabitants of which well knew how to make it into implements. No other implements or objects, of this or similar mate- rial, have been found along the indicated route which would serve as extraneous evidence of such migration. The foregoing argument seems satisfactory to the author against a migration of jade or jade implements by land from Burmah to Mexico or Central America. This leaves only the ocean as a means of migration, and that such a journey should have been voluntarily made across such an ocean seems almost incredible. It would appear, in view of the @iifi- culties and obstacles to such journeys or migrations, either by land or sea, that the only course left to deal with the jade question is to await further developments and discoveries. . 460 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. It is not intended in this paper to pursue the question of jade from a mineralogic or an archieologic point of view. Anyone desiring to do so is referred to the works of Professors Meyer, of Dresden; Fischer, of Freiburg; Damour, of Paris; ‘“Nephrite and Jadeite,” by Profes- sors Olarke and Merrill;! “*The Occurrence of Jade in British Colum- bia,”? by Dr. Dawson, and to ““Gems and Precious Stones,”* by Mr. George F. Kunz, it being the intention of the author to confine his discussion to the art side of the question; and from this side he refers with approbation to the forthcoming edition de luxe of the volume on jade by Mr. H. R. Bishop, of New York City. Mr. Kunz, the gem expert with Tiffany & Co., in his work, “Gems and Precious Stones,” speaks of the ancient lapidary work as follows: The chipping of an arrow point, the grinding and polishing of a groove in an ax head, the drilling of a bead or tube or an ear ornament, all are done by the applica- tion of the same lapidarian methods that are practiced to-day by cutters of agates or precious stones. The cutter of to-day, with a hammer, chips into shape the crys- tal or piece of agate before it is ground; and there is little difference between the ancient method of drilling and that of the present. The stone bead of ancient time was drilled from both ends, the drill holes often overlapping or not meeting as neatly as by the modern method of drilling from one end. The old way of drilling is still practiced in the east, where the primitive bow drill is used by lapidaries to-day precisely as it has been used by savage tribes in all quarters of the globe, though producing at different periods different qualities of work. Nowhere was its use better uhderstood than in ancient Greece and Rome, where, by its means, were engraved the wonderful intaglio and cameos which now grace our museums, and which have never been surpassed in any period of the world’s history. For the special use of gem engraving, the bow drill has been replaced by a horizontal lathe, which, however, does not allow the freedom of touch or deftness of feeling which artists attained by use of the bow drill. The instrument known as the dental drill is really an improved form of bow drill, working much more rapidly. An 8.8. White dental engine, provided with a suitable series of drill points, answers every purpose, and has been found especially useful in exposing fossils and minerals when covered with rock, the objects being opened with great rapidity, with little danger of injury. . As shown by the author in a paper on a new method of engraving cameos and intaglios,® an artist could be so trained to the use of this improved bow drill as to attain the same softness and feeling developed by the old lapidarian masters. In the ancient specimens of work, tubes from which a core has been drilled out by means of areed and sand, revolved by the hand, were done as neatly as anything can be done, the reason being that the object was entirely drilled from end to end. This method of drilling is still practiced, except that the hollow reed is replaced by the diamond or steel drill. When a valuable stone is being drilled, a sheet of steel or thin iron tube is substituted for it. The polishing and grinding now is done on rapidly revolving disks, horizontal or lay wheels, as they are called, whereas formerly the slow process of rubbing with the hand or board or leather was perhaps resorted to. No lapidary can do finer work than that shown by the obsidian objects 'Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 115. ?Canadian Record of Science, II, No. 6, April, 1887. 3 Pages 266-277 to 284. 4Pages 303-305. 5Trans. N.Y. Acad. Sci., III, p. 105, June, 1884; also Jewelers’ Circular, June, 1884. a Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 41. SERIES OF OBJECTS OF POLISHED STONE, PRINCIPALLY JADEITE AND OBSIDIAN, FROM MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA. U.S. National Museum. ; natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 461 from Mexico (see illustration), the labrets,' ear ornaments, and tubes,? which are even more highly polished, though no portion of the latter is thicker than one- thirty-second of aninch. An obsidian coyote head? in the Blake collection in the United States National Museum is a beautiful ornament, highly polished, and bored throughout the lower part. The spear points and hoes from East St. Lonis and other parts of Missouri and Illinois, and beautiful sacrificial knives—notably the immense knife,* 18 inches in length, in the Blake collection of the United States National Museum, and the one in the Ethnological Museum at the Trocadero in Paris—show the greatest skill in chipping. Many of the aboriginal stone objects found in North America and elsewhere are maryels of lapidarian skill in chipping, drilling, grinding, and polishing. Few lap- idaries could duplicate the arrow points of obsidian from New Mexico, or those of jasper, agate, agatized wood, and other minerals found along the Willamette River, Oregon. No lapidary could drill a hard stone object truer than some of the banner stones,® tubes, and other objects made of quartz, greenstone, and granite that have been found in North Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee, or make anything more graceful in form and general outline than are some of the quartz discoidal stones® found im these same States. These latter objects are often 4 to 6 inches, and occasionally 7 inches, in diameter, ground in the center until they are of the thinness of paper and almost transparent, and the great regularity of the two sides would almost suggest that they had been turned in the lathe. This may have been accomplished by mounting a log in the side of a tree so that it would revolve, and cementing the stones with pitch to the end of the log, as a lapidary would do to-day at Oberstein, Germany, or by allowing the shaft of the lathe to protrude through the side of the log, and cementing the stone to be turned on this. The Egyptian wood turner at work in the Rue de Caire, at the World’s Fair, Paris, 1889, might, with his lathe, polish a large ornament of jade or jadeite, like the masks, idols, tab- lets, and other objects found in Mexico and Central America, or the jade knives from Alaska, in the United States National Museum. Jadeite masks.—Returning to the discussion of lapidary art as mani- fested in the working of hard stone, plate 41 shows examples of differ- ent materials, form, uses, and localities, though all from Mexico or Central America; some specimens are obsidian, and no distinction is maintained as to the material of the others. Fig. 111 is a mask of jadeite from an Aztec (?) grave in Mexico. It represents a crying baby. It belongs to Mr.Charles Storrs, of Brooklyn, and was exhibited at the meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1879, by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith. It is reported as having a specific gravity of 3.3, which, with its hardness, determines it to be jadeite. Remarking upon its art, we first see how it has been wrought by drilling and other methods of abrasion into, not simply a representation of the human face, but that it has its peculiar expression. The eyes are closed, the brows are drawn down, the nose and upper lip are drawn up, deep furrows are in the cheeks under the eyes and by the side of the nose, the contour is regular, the profile is cor- rect and true, and besides all this, every portion of the face has been not only smoothed, but finely polished, the depths and sides of the furrows and around the eyes equally well with that of the prominent parts like the cheeks and forehead. Suggestions are made as to how some of this See fig. 117. 3See fig. 116. >See figs. 100-104. 2See fig. 118. 4See fig.88. ° See fig. 110, 462 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. was accomplished, for example, at the corners of the mouth, where the depressions were made by drilling, although the drill marks have been polished out. One is able to speak of this drilling operation with a certainty that becomes absolute, from finding it represented in a score of other specimens, wherein the corners of the eyes and mouth have. been drilled, some with a solid, others with a hollow drill, the latter showing the protuberance of the core. Specimens have been found where such drilling had been utilized for the insertion of precious or colored stones. The unscientific reader will appreciate the beauty of this specimen as well as the difficulties to be overcome, when itis stated that with this and many others of the specimens herein men- l H Pt Wilk Fig. 111. ‘CRYING BABY,’’ A MASK OF JADEITE FROM AN AZTEC (?) GRAVE. Face and edge views. Mexico Cast, Cat. No. 42652, U.S.N.M. Natural size, tioned one can, without any preparation and without undue pressure, cut the glass in the cases which contain them with apparently as much ease as does the glazier with his diamond. In fact, the material stands next in hardness after the diamond. It is 9 in the scale of which the diamond is 10. These remarks in regard to hardness, drilling, and pol- ishing apply to many of the specimens shown in plates 39, 40 and 41. There are specimens of hard stones not jade which show evidence of fine lapidary art. Crystal skull_—Fig. 112 represents a human skull of rock crystal. Its hardness is well known. The sutures are shown, the hollow eyes are drilled out, the nose with its processes is shown, and the grinning teeth. A hole has been drilled through from the crown to the foramen : | i : ‘ PREHISTORIC ART. AG63 magnum. Other objects in rock crystal treated in a similar manner have been found, of which Mr. Kunz is authority for the statement that the workmanship equals anything done by the modern lapidary. Similar skulls are to be seen in the Trocadero Museum at Paris and in the Douglass collection at the Metropolitan Mus- eum of Art, Central Park, New York. A unique specimen remarkable for its size, from the Boban collection and found in Mexico, is now owned by Mr. George H. Sisson, of New York. It is 8,5 inches in length, 53 inches in width, and 51; inches in height, and represents a human skull similar in appearance and workmanship to fig. 112. cine, cst eNom nae drich in 1866. The mound acl was situated just south of the Arkansas River, near the thirty-eighth parallel, in Bent County, LABRET whe ORNAMENT) OF southeast Colorado. Although the report as to OBSIDIAN, SMOOTHED AND the finding of this specimen in Colorado was well eet authenticated, yet it seemed hardly sufficient to Face and edge views. Mosico. overcome the supposed universal testimony that Cat. No. 27902, US.N.M. %nat- these peculiar implements belonged to New Zea- ural size. land. It was believed to be more likely that an error had been made in the report or in the identity of the implement than that an object common to New Zealand should have been unearthed in a mound in Colorado. But further examination puts a different phase upon the affair. Mr. James Wickersham, in a paper entitled “An aboriginal war club,” published! in 1895, reports the discovery of — > 'The American Antiquarian, XVII, p. 72. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson PLATE 42. a ara a eo soe, ‘ pe Sen PATU-PATU FROM THE UNITED STATES, SIMILAR TO THOSE FROM NEW ZEALAND. Cat. Nos 1300, 172565, U.S.N.M. # natural size. , PREHISTORIC ART. 465 a number of these inplements from various parts of the American con- tinent, and an examination verifies the fact and extends the area of their discovery over a much larger portion of the United States. Plate 42 represents two of these implements now in the possession of the United States National Museum in addition to the one received from Captain Aldrich. The best finished one! is of the standard shape, size, and appearance, and a reproduction of the Aldrich specimen, as well as many of those from the Pacific coast, from Mexico, and almost all the finished ones from New Zealand, would be but a repetition of this. It is therefore considered useless to duplicate the representation. The history of the specimen (No. 1300) is given by Mr. J. D. McGuire, the present owner, as follows: It was given to me by a gentleman who had lived long in the West. The story he told me was, that while on a hunting trip (I think in California, though of this I am not positive) a companion who had left camp in the morning returned with the implement in his hand and said he had found two dead Ute Indians, and to the wrist of one was attached this stone by the piece of cord yet on it. A specimen from the State of Washington is shown on plate 42 (Cat. No. 172565, U.S.N.M. It was found by Mr. R. H. Hannah, 3 miles east of Olympia, while clearing the ground of stumps. The attention of the author being attracted to the subject, he discovered that the number of specimens found within the United States similar to those in plate 42, especially those like No. 172565, U.S.N.M., has increased considerably and |. on pawn wir pro. their geographic area greatly extended. Inview — secrine rim, rransiucent Fig. 118. of this, it has to be admitted that this isan imple- ©8S'P7N, EXTREMELY THIN = a a AND HIGHLY POLISHED. ment of the North American savage; whether Moines historic or prehistoric may be left undecided.’ Cat. No. 98914, U.S.N.M. 35 nat- ural size, This art work may not be manifest upon a cur- sory examination, but it must be considered that many or most of these Specimens are some of the varieties of jade, with a hardness equal to that of glass and exceeded only by the diamond, and that they are made straight, true, entirely symmetrical both sidewise and edgewise, with rarely a flaw or defect, and that when thus reduced to form they are smoothed and polished as finely as a piece of jewelry intended for a lady’s wear. SCULPTURE. EUROPE. The art of sculpture in Neolithic times had an exceedingly wide range. In Europe it had scarcely an existence worthy the name. As before remarked, the principal ornaments employed during this epoch were | 1Loan collection, Cat. No. 1300, U.S.N.M. > For further argument upon the subject reference is made to Wickersham’s paper; to Bancroft’s “‘ Native Races,” IV, p. 560; and to Prescott’s ‘‘ Conquest of Mexico,” III, ‘pp. 82, 87, 99, and 101, plates 25-30, NAT MUS 96 30 466 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. geometric designs, and representations of living or real objects were rarely attempted. A series of Neolithic ornamentation is shown in plates 19 and 20. These are mostly on pottery, only four being on stone and to be classed as sculpture. There seem to have been two geographic areas in France affecting this kind of art, the first around the Bay of Quiberon, department of Morbihan, the second in the department of the Marne, north- ern central France. The four specimens referred to are all from the first-mentioned area. ‘They are on plate 20, figs. 16, 21, 23, and on plate 19, fig. 15. Plate 19, fig. 15, represents the sculpturing on one of the supports of the dolmen of Petit-Mont, at Arzon. The principal designs or lines are in waves and U-shaped. The only one which could have been intended to represent any known or possible object are two human footprints, and these do not appear to signify anything more than is apparent. Plate 20, fig, 23, represents a cartouche, en- graved or sculptured on a support of the dolmen of Pierres-Plates at Lochmariaker, Morbihan. Plate — 20, fig. 21, is a representation of © one of the supporting stones of — the dolmen of Gayr’Inis. Theau-_ thor has visited this dolmen and has seen the sculptured stones in place. They are thin sandstone — slabs, about 6 feet high, 4 feet wide, and form the sides of both the erypt and the entrance, there being probably forty in all, similar in many respects to that shown in — the figure, although this has been chosen as the best representative. — The surface is rough; the sculpturing has been done with the hammer by pecking or battering—martelage, the French call it. Plate 20, fig. 10, is a representation of the covering stone of the dolmen at Baker Hill, Rosshire, Scotland, taken from “Archie Sculpturings,” by Mr. J. Y. Simpson. These will be perceived at once to consist principally — of cup stones, Some with concentric¢ rings, others connected by a slight = ee d ratnral sind } natural size. GAVR’INIS. FIGURE OF A POLISHED STONE HATCHET WITH HANDLE, ENGRAVED ON SIXTH SUPPORT OF THE DOLMEN OF PREHISTORIC ART. 467 groove. ‘To go into the subject of cup stones as a branch of sculpture would lead us too far afield.! Other dolmens have been found with marks made thereon, but no meaning is aseribed to them beyond possibly that of a stone hatchet handled, or some similar implement. Fig. 119 isarepresentation of one of these stone hatchets handled, engraved on the sixth support of the dolmen of Gavr’Inis. Various petroglyphs have been found on the dol- mens in the immediate neighborhood—Tables-des-Marchands, Mané- H’réeck, Kereado, Petit-Mont, Mein-Drein, Be-er-Groah; also on the dol- mens of Grosse - Per- rotte (Charente), and Trou-aux-Anglais (Seine-et-Oise). M. L. Davy de Cussé made an extensive in- vestigation and report upon all marks and signs engraved or cut on the megalithic mon- uments, whether dol- Figs. 120, 121. mens or menhirs, in RUDE SCULPTURES OF THE HUMAN FORM ON SUPPORTS OF : ee DOLMENS. the department of Mor- Height 4 feet (2). bihan.? Marne, France. Cartailhac, La France Prehistorique, figs. 105, 106, pp. 242, 243. In none of these sculptures has there ever been an attempted representation of living things, except in the few cases mentioned. This statement would have been true for al] France until within a few years past, but because of recent discoveries it requires modification. There have been found on some of the stone supports or tables of the dolmens, rude and apparently inchoate or malformed figures which, by assembly and comparison, are decided by investigating archeologists to have been representations of the human form. Baron Joseph de Baye and M. Adrien de Mortillet have been the most ardent and successful investigators in this regard, though MM. Cartailhac and Reinach should not be forgotten. Fig. 120 represents one of these supports of a dolmen in the department of Marne. Fig. 121 is another from the same department.’ These are believed to have been the earliest prehistoric sculptures in stone or on stone monuments in France. They were bas-reliefs on the ‘Reference is made to the “ Contributions to North American Ethnology,” V, (U.S. Geog. and Geol. Survey), entitled ‘‘ Observations on cup-shaped and other Lapida- rian Sculptures in the Old World and in America,” by Dr. Charles Rau. ; *Recueil des Signes Sculptés sur les Monuments Mégalithiques du Morbihan, Vannes, 1865-66. *Cartailhae, La France Préhistorique, pp. 242, 243, figs. 105, 106; Baron Joseph de Baye, Archéologie Préhistorique, 1880, plate 1; Solomon Reinach, l Anthropologie, V, p. 22, figs. 14, 15. 468 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. supports of the dolmens in the Grottos of Coizard in the valley of Petit- Morin (Marne). Similar rude sculptures have been found in other parts of France, which have been collated by M. Cartailhac in the work above eited, which collation has been extended in his description of the sculptures of the dolmen d’Epone (Seine-et-Oise).! The collation of sculptures of the human form was continued by M. Solomon Reinach.? It is not deemed necessary to here enlarge on the subject in greater detail. Those interested can follow it in the authorities cited. Plate 43 represents four of a series of eight discovered by Abbe Hermet and drawn and described by M. Cartailhac.’ The figures are the best of the series and have the nearest approach to human beings. Some have legs and feet represented below the girdle, but shorter, narrower, straighter, and closer together, until it becomes an even chance whether they may not have been intended to represent the fringed ends of a scarf. M. Gabriel de Mortillet has reported and fig- ured by photograph the same statues.’ M. Solomon Reinach figures and describes the same,’ and says: “I find it inexplicable that these should ever have been qualified as Neo- lithic. The accessories which distinguish them can respond only to an origin in the time of metal, probably of bronze.” Other sculptures near Paris are reported by M. Adrien de Mortillet.® NORTH AMERICA. Aboriginal sculptures in North America are quite different from those of Europe. The Neolithic peoples of the United States, whether North American Indians or their ancestors or predecessors, made many pieces of sculpture in stone, wood, or pottery, representing animal as well as human faces and forms. Most of these were rude, though they some- times presented the subject in a bold and marked manner. In stone.—The sculptures in stone exhibited a skill in art inferior to that displayed in flint chipping, drilling, and polishing. The ordinary decoration of objects was not, as in Europe, confined to geometric designs. It appears as though the aboriginal American artist gave his fancy or imagination free rein, was not hampered by rules of art nor deterred from the most daring attempts by any imaginary mechanical or technical difficulty. It is true that he made designs by sculptur- ing on flat surfaces, sometimes on stone, but many more times on pot- tery. Still, on numerous occasions he essayed the highest flights of 1T’Anthropologie, 1894, V, pp. 147-156. 2La Sculpture en Europe, pp. 25-34, 172-185, and 288-305. 5L’Anthropologie, 1892, III, No. 2, p. 222. 4Revue Mensuelle de l’Ecole d@’Anthropologie, troisieme Année, X, 15 Octobre, 1893, p- 321. 5T/ Anthropologie, V, pp. 26, 27, figs. 22, 23. 6 Bulletin de la Société d’Anthropologie de Paris. PLATE 48. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. < Sas SoS SANDSTONE, RUDELY REPRESENTING THE HUMAN FIGURE FOUR STATUES FOUND IN 1890, AVEYRON, FRANCE. Average height, 4 feet. de Mortillet, Revue Mensuelle de a (Gk 9909 we p- » ~s Cartailhac, ’ Anthropologie, 1892, IIT, No. 3, p. 316. , 189 5 l’Ecole d’Anthropologie, October 1 Ml Pia Report of U.S, National Museum, 1896,—Wilson. PLATE 44, HUMAN FIGURE, STONE. Height, 21} inches; weight, 56 pounds Found in 1888 near Stilesboro, Bartow County, Georgia. Collection of A.J. Powers, Mount Vernon, Iowa. PREHISTORIC ART. 469 art, and sought to represent the human form as well as the face, by seulptures done in the round. Plate 44 represents a human figure sculptured in stone. Its height is 214 inches, and its weight 56 pounds. It is complete and perfect, without a break or damage. It was found near Stilesboro, Bartow County, Georgia. It is seated, the legs are represented in the solid stone as though crossed, but in an impossible manner, not being more than one-third the length of the arms. The only indications of sex are the mammz, which are small dots, indicating the male. The material is fine-grained sandstone, and the entire figure has been worked out of the solid. It has apparently been done altogether by battering or peck- ing into form and then rubbed or scraped smooth. It is not polished. The shape of the head and the general appearance of the features are typical, to a degree at least, of the aboriginal art throughout the south- ern United States. The head rounded over the top of the skull, broad across the middle, with projecting ears; the eyebrows are prominent but made so by the sunken eyes. The eyes are oval, and their orbits on the same plane. The nose is straight, without much appearance of nostrils. The chin is short and rounded, the under jaw very small. The most noticeable characteristic of this specimen, as it is of many others from the same region, and that which would seem more than anything else a local type of human sculpture, is the mouth and the mode of treating it. The mouth is open, being represented principally by a cavity which has been excavated to a considerable profundity. The lips are strong and protrude greatly. They are not divided into upper and lower lips, but are continuous around the orifice so as to form an oval ring, the interior of which is the cavity representing the mouth. Neither the teeth nor the tongue are shown, though a ridge in this specimen might pass for teeth or gums. The neck is fairly well formed ; the shoulders are square, but with the arms, are considerably exagger- ated in size. The body under the armpits is less than half the width across the shoulders. From the armpits to the legs the body is a solid cylindrical mass of stone, without indication of thorax, waist, or abdomen. The hands and arms, especially the former, are extremely rude, the fingers being only indicated by scratches. The head as is represented, was thrown well back, the chin being somewhat in the air. The upper part of the face as well as the forehead, retreated consider- ably; the head was short (brachycephalic), though this might have resulted from the action of the artist without being any indication of race. The occiput was furnished with a knot 34 inches in diameter and 13 inches elevation. This might represent hair, although there is noth- ing particular to indicate it. The statue has none of the fillet, as it is called by Professor Thomas, which communicates from the back of the head downward. Fig. 122 represents a human image of crystalline limestone. It is more than 20 inches in height and weighs 37 pounds. It was dis- AT0 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. covered in a cave near Strawberry Plains, 16 miles east of Knoxville, - Tennessee. The body is rudimentary. The face is fairly well repre- sented and shows the two peculiarities of the sculptures of that south- ern region, that is, the retreating forehead and the ring-like mouth. Fig. 123 represents two views, back and front, of a rude seulpture of the female figure. It is of yellowish sandstone, is from Williamson County, Tennessee, and is about 8 inches high. Like the former speci- men, the body and head are rude, being little more than indicated. The mamme show it to have been intended for a female figure. The arms are only indicated on the stone and are not separated from the body. The figure is seated or kneeling, the hands upon the knees. The spinal column is prominently indi- eated. There is the same sloping face and re- treating forehead, with the ring-mouth as before remarked. Fig. 124 is another representation of a female figure, 15 inches high, of yellowish sandstone, from the same locality (Williamson County, Ten- nessee). The body is much better represented than the former, and as a work of art is more complete and better finished. The figure is kneeling with the hands crossed and pressing — against the abdomen. The occiput is provided with a knot through which is a perforation, as though for suspension, although its actual use is unknown. bi h i Prof. Cyrus Thomas! published an investigation a a into the geographic extension in the Southern VT a States, of sculptures with the peculiar fillet ex- 3 tending from the head down the back, and con- de Se cnysraz. cludes that “the conventionalized form is indica- LINE LIMESTONE. tive of locai origin.” His attention in this regard Koes es weight, was first arrested by the examination of a small Cave, Strawberry Plains, Stone image found in a box-shaped stone grave at near Knoxville, Tennes- (Qastilian Springs, Sumner County, Tennessee, Aas 102, US.N.M. nator Sent to the Bureau of American Ethnology by sine, Mr. 58.8. Bush, of Louisville, Kentucky. Fig. 125 represents two views of a cast of this image (Cat. No. 175644, U.S.N.M.). It is to be remarked that this image, while it has the retreating forehead, has no semblance of the ring mouth heretofore noticed. Though reported to have been made of stone, the photographs from which these figures were made was a clay model or plaster cast, and the eyes and nose differ widely from the stone images of that local- ity, being almost exactly like those made of clay and which abound on the pottery bowls and bottle vases. ‘Amer. Anthrop., IX, December, 1896, p. 404. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Wilson. PLATE 45. STONE STATUE, FRONT AND SIDE VIEWS. Etowah mounds, Bartow County, Georgia. Original in Tennessee Historical Society collection. Cast, Cat. No. 61257, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. ~ PREHISTORIC ART. — Ah Plate 45 represents two views of a stone statue, a cast of which is in the United States National Museum. The original is in the Tennessee Historical Society collection. The following description is given of this specimen by Col. Charles C. Jones:! It was plowed up on Colone Twnlin’s plantation (near Carters- ville, Georgia), near the base of the large tumulus (Tumlin’s Eto- wah Mound). * * * Itisa fe- } male figure in a sitting posture. The legs, however, are rudimen- | tary and unformed. Its height is | 152 inches, and its weight 334 | pounds. Cut ont of a soft talcose rock, originally of a grayish hue, it has been in time so much dis- colored that it now presents a fer- ruginous appearance. Below the navel, and enveloping the but- | | tocks and rudimentary thighs, is a Fig. 123. hip dress, ornamented both on the — wuman sTATUE (FRONT AND BACK VIEWS), SANDSTONE. left side and behind by rectangu- Height, 8 inches. | lar, circular, and irregular lines. Z Franklin, Williamson County, Tennessee. The ears are pierced, and the head Cat. No. 19934, U-S.N.M. isentirely bald. In the center of the top of the head a hole has been drilled half an inch in depth, and five-tenths of an inch in diameter. This probably formed the socket in which some head orna- ment was seated. That ornament, whatever it was, had fallen out and was lost when the image was found. Springing from the back of the head and attached at the other end to the back midway between the shoulders, is a substantial handle by means of which this image could have been securely suspended or safely transported from place to place. The mammary glands are sharply defined and maidenly in their appearance. The ears, hand, and navel are rudely formed. The impression conveyed is that of a dead, young, flat-head Indian woman. Unfortunately the left arm has been broken off, but otherwise this idol is in a state of remarkable preservation. It appears, also, from Colonel Jones, that another statue in the possession of Colonel Tumlin, in 1859, starvn or rematy had been plowed up near the same mound. Colonel FIGURE. Jones reported that he saw it, and he gives the fol- Height, 15 inches. lowing description 2 Yellowish sandstone. : ~ Williamson County, _ It was of coarse dark sandstone, and it was 12 inches high. Monnasnace It consisted of a male figure in a sitting posture. The knees Cat. No. 19932, U.S.N.M. were drawn up almost on a level with the chin, the hands resting upon and clasping either knee. The chin and forehead were retreating, the hair gathered into a knot behind, the face upturned, and the eyes angular. Unfortunately this image was lost or destroyed during Sherman’s march through Georgia in 1864. ' Antiquities of the Southern Indians, pp. 432, 433. 2Page 432, A72 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Plate 46 shows three stone statues, all of which are represented in — the United States National Museum by casts. The originals (Cat. Nos. 30251, 30252, U.S.N.M.) are in the Louisville Public Library. They are of sandstone and were found within the State, the precise locality being uncertain. The third statue (Cat. No. 61259, U.S.N.M.) is from the same general locality, but, like the former, the details concerning its finding are unknown. Some of these have been broken, possibly in the original; in others the casts may be imperfect or broken, but enough remains to make it apparent that they were the work of the same class of artists a b Fig. 125. STONE SCULPTURE OF HUMAN FIGURE, FRONT AND BACK VIEWS. From a stone grave, Castalian Springs, Sumner County, Tennessee. Height, 34 inches. Collected by §. 8. Bush, of Louisville, Kentucky, Prof, Cyrus Thomas, American Anthropologist, December, 1896, p. 404. and represented the same peoples. They are alike in their general fea- tures, the shape of the head, the chin in air, retreating forehead, rounded skull, the fringe of hair, the broad face, prominent ears, overhanging eyebrows, Roman nose, protruding lips, and ring-shaped mouth. ‘Two of them are females, the third a male. They are all squatting, or pos- sibly only intended to represent the trunk of the human figure. All of them are flat on the bottom and able to sit straight and alone. Fig. 126 represents two views of a stone statue. It is 144 inches high and is of compact limestone. It is from a mound on Long Island, Roane County, Tennessee, and was excavated by Mr. J. W. Emmert, under PLATE 46. Report of U S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. THREE STONE STATUES. Kentucky. Originals in Louisville Public Library. Jasts, Cat. Nos. 30251-62, 61259, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size PREHISTORIC ART. AT3 Professor Thomas, of the Bureau of Ethnology. A report of its dis- covery is in the Twelfth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1890-91, page 359, and it is fig. 240. This statue, like the others, repre- sents only the trunk, and is capable of sitting alone. The arms are outlined with hands on the knee or lap. The peculiarities of the slop- ing face and receding forehead, with the head thrown back, are mani- Fig. 126. STONE STATUE, FRONT AND SIDE VIEWS. Height, 144 inches. Mound No. 3, Long Island, Roane County, Tennessee. Cat. No. 131781, U.S.N.M. Thomas, Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnel., 1890-91, p. 361, fig. 240. fest ata glance. The sex of the figureis not represented, but the hair ( 2) shown on the back part of the head is in a firm and solid knot resem. bling a chignon. There is no appearance of a fillet or attachment to the back. The general character of the individual represented is much the same as the former. The eyebrows are made in the same manner, the appearance of hair around the forehead is the same, and the nose is the same shape, but the ring mouth does not appear. ATA REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Plate 47 represents a statue of gray sandstone from Williamson County, Tennessee. It was found by Dr. Frost, of Nashville, and belongs to the collection of the Tennessee Historical Society. It rep- resents a different type of man or a different style of art. The figure is in a squatting or kneeling position, the left knee is brought to the ground, and the figure is sitting on the left foot. The right leg is brought forward, the foot being flat upon the ground, the knee in its natural position, the right arm and body resting on it. All this forms a base by means of which the statue can sit alone. The face is round, moon-like, the eyes much the same, giving it a wild and staring expres- sion. The nose is prominent, but broad and flat, while the lips are pro- truding and heavy. The workmanship is crude, and it seems doubtful if it was ever intended as a portrait bust or to represent any partic- ular individual or tribe. The entire statue has been wrought out of the solid, and apparently no part of the original surface was ever utilized. It has peculiarities of physiognomy, different from the ordi- nary appearance of the Indian, and resembles the negro, yet the ensemble of the statue bears no relation to the negro. The appearance of the face resembles somewhat the Perrine statue from Union County, Tilinois, made in pottery and represented in fig. 152. A much mutilated and defaced statue of sandstone was found in a mound in Tennessee and deposited in the United States National Museum by Dr. John EK. Younglove, of Bowling Green, Kentucky. The lower part is broken, and its original condition is unknown. Enough of it remains to show the shape of the head, the indication of the hair, the breadth of the face, and that all these are of the same type as the examples from the same locality. The ears are well represented, and are much more elaborate than in any specimen yet examined. This head, if taken alone, would have every appear- ance of being a bowlder, the surface of which had been sculptured as shown, but an examination of the head, taken in connection with the shoulders and breast, shows that it has been worked out of a larger piece. The fracture, both of the trunk and that by which the nose and mouth was destroyed, was ancient, and the broken surface appears to be equally as old as any of the sculptured portion. (Cat. No. 141015, U.S.N.M.) This statue is peculiar in its appearance and unlike those from the Southern States; the only one bearing any similarity to it which has come to the notice of the author is that shown by Thruston.' Other specimens from the region of Tennessee and Kentucky are in private and State or municipal collections in the States mentioned, but enough has been shown to indicate a particular style of sculpture or a certain sameness in its production. Whether this arises from a pecu- liarity of the artists in that they were all taught one way, or had '« Antiquities of Tennessee,” 2d ed., p. 104, fig. 25. Report of U S. National Museum, 1896.—-Wilson. PLATE 47. cs eee: | STATUE OF GRAY SANDSTONE. Height, 13 inches. Williamson County. Tennessee. In Tennessee Historical Society collection. Thruston, Antiquities of Tennessee, p. 104. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 48. Two HEAD-SHAPED VASES. Peean Point, Arkansas. {1) Cat. No. 94398; (2) Cast, Cat. No. 94398a. Holmes, Fourth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1882-83. pp. 407-409, figs. 420-423. 1 natural size. Mas) ty s ie ny ee lM, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Wilson. PLATE 49. Two HEAD-SHAPED VASES, ONE A DEATH MASK, THE OTHER NOT. U.S. National Museum. 3 natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 2 AD adopted a given style, or whether the individuals represented were alike and had, in fact, the peculiarities of form and feature depicted by the sculptor, is unknown. A critical and extended examination and comparison might furnish means for determination. The localities where these sculptured peculiarities belong are princi- pally through the southern tier of States, extending from the Atlantic Ocean to the Mississippi River. In pottery.—It is now proposed to investigate sculpturing, or perhaps the better term is modeling, in pottery. These specimens belong to the same general locality as the stone statues, except that the former seem to cross the Mississippi River and extend to the north into Missouri and Illinois. The first to claim our attention, because of their peculiarity and rarity, are the head-shaped vases or death masks princi- pally from Arkansas. (Plates 48, 49, figs. 129, 130.) Professor Holmes,} speaking of these vases, says: Up to the present time I have met with but eight of the curious head-shaped vases. All were obtained from the vicinity of Pecan Point, Arkansas, and, like other vessels, have been associated with human remains in graves or mounds. It is true that in all cases the bones of the dead have not been found, but this only indicated their complete decay. The question as to whether or not these vases were made exclu- sively for sepulchral purposes must remain unanswered; there is no source of infor- mation upon the subject. Such a purpose is, however, suggested in this case by the semblance of death given to the faces. The finest example yet found is shown in fig. 420 [our plate 48, fig. 1]. In form itis asimple head 5 inches in height and 5 inches wide from ear to ear. The aperture of the vase is in the crown, and is surrounded by a low, upright rim, slightly recurved. The cavity is roughly finished and follows pretty closely the contour of the exterior surface, excepting in projecting features, such as the ears, lips, and nose. The walls are generally from one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch in thickness, the base being about three eighths. The bottom is flat, and takes the level of the chin and jaws. The material does not differ from that of the other vessels of the same locality. There is a large percentage of shell, some particles of which are quite large. The paste is yellowish gray in color and rather coarse in texture. The vase was modeled in the plain clay and permitted to harden before the devices were engraved. After this a thick film of fine yellowish-gray clay was applied to the face, partially filling up the engraved lines. The remainder of the surface, including the lips, received a thick coat of dark-red paint. The whole surface was then highly polished. The illustration will convey a more vivid conception of this striking head than any description that can be given. The face can not be said to have a single feature strongly characteristic of Indian physiognomy. We have, instead, the round fore- head and the projecting mouth of the African. The nose, however, is small and the nostrils are narrow. ‘The face would seem to be that of a youngish person, perhaps afemale. The features are well modeled, and are so decidedly individual in char- acter that the artist must have had in his mind a pretty definite conception of the face, as well as of the expression appropriate to it, before beginning his work. It will be impossible, however, to prove that the portrait of a particular personage was intended. The closed eyes, the rather sunken nose, and the parted lips were certainly intended to give the effect of death. The ears are large, correctly placed, and well modeled. They are perforated all along the margin, thus revealing “a 1Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1882-88, pp. 407-410. A476 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. practice of the people to whom they referred.'| The septum of the nose appears to have been pierced, and the horizontal depression across the upper lip may indicate the former presence of a suspended ornament. It will be well to cbserve that upon the forehead, at the top, there is a small per- forated knob or loop. Similarappendages may be seen upon many of the clay human heads from this valley. A Mexican terra-cotta head now in the museum at Mexico has a like feature, and, at the same time, has closed eyes and an open mouth. * ” * x * oe All of these heads, including also some of those in the National Museum, are much alike in conception and execution. This fact will be forcibly impressed upon the inind by a study of fig. 423 [our plate 48, fig. 2], which represents a specimen recently exhumed at Pecan Point by agents of the Bureauof Ethnology. In size, form, color, finish, modeling of features, and expression this head closely resembles the one first described. The work is not quite so carefully executed, and the head has probably not such pronounced indi- viduality. The curious device that in the other examples appeared near the left eye here occurs on both sides. The lower part of the face is elaborately engraved. Three lines cross the upper lip and cheeks, reaching to the ear, a band of fret-like devices extend across the mouth to the base of the ears, and another band filled in with oblique reticulated lines passes around the chin and along the jaws. The ears are perforated as in the other case, and the septum of the nose is partially broken away as if it had once held aring. A perforated knob has occupied the top of the forehead as in the other case. The face is coated with a light yellowish-gray slip, and the remainder of the surface is red. Mr. F.S. Dellenbaugh, who combines the archeologist with the art- ist, has published? some observations and conclusions concerning this specimen (plate 48, fig. 2). He begins his paper with the declaration, conceded as true, that the North American aborigines have not been successful in depicting the human face. It might be added that they have been no more successful in depicting the human form. He then declares that the excellence of these two or three specimens is far beyond the ability of the aboriginal sculptor as shown in all other specimens, and gives it as his opinion that these were death masks. Soft clay was pressed upon the dead features, and when sufficiently dry it was removed and other soft clay thinly pressed into the mold obtained. The mask thus made was built upon until the jar was completed. He declares Mr. Holmes’s theory of a free-hand sculpture to have been an impossibility. He thinks it to have been taken in the manner suggested from ‘a young redskin somewhat distorted by disease and death. The age might be anywhere from 10 to 16, if a male, and 14 to 20 if a female.” He is of opinion (again differing from Mr. Holmes) that the perforations through the knob on the forehead, and those in 'Some of the tribes on the Northwest Coast have a custom of perforating the rim of the ear in a manner similar in appearance to these. Strands of red woolen yarn are drawn in and tied, which hang almost to the waist. Models of these are in the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park, New York. It is not suggested that there was any relation between the two. Amer, Anthrop., February, 1897, X, p. 49. PREHISTORIC ART. ATT the rims of the ear, were intended for suspension. He gives compara- tive measurements of one of these vases with two white boys, a white man and woman, and shows the general accuracy of size, form, and feature. Plate 49, figs. 1, 2, represents two of these head-shaped vases, one of which appears to be a death mask and the other not. They belong to the Morris collection, and were on display at the Tennessee Centennial Exposition, Nashville, 1897, where the author obtained a photograph. Fig, 127 a, b, represents a head-shaped vase, front and profile views, believed to be a death mask. It was found by Mr. C. W. Riggs while excavating a mound on the St. Francis River, Arkansas. The features are represented in a natural manner, such as is not known in free-hand sculpture. The decorations of the face, like the foregoing illustrations, have been done after the withdrawal of the clay from the mould. The ie rn ne oS) Wish S a5 aS > SS ae Se aes Fig. 127. HEAD-SHAPED VASE DEATH MASK, FRONT AND SIDE VIEWS. Thruston, Antiq. Tenn., 2d ed., 1587, p. 94, fig. 20. 15 natural size. eyes have been slightly opened, the.nostrils and teeth are represented by incisions impossible to have been made before, and the same is true with the decorations on the cheeks and with the ears. Fig. 128 is a head-shaped vase, not a death mask, of the red pottery of Arkansas. It was obtained from a mound in the vicinity of Little Rock, and forms part of the collection of Mr. Thibault. The United States National Museum possesses another head-shaped vase (Cat. No. 91299) similar to fig. 128 but still smaller. These head-shaped vases divide themselves into two distinct groups. The specimens forming the first group are deaths masks, as becomes more and more evident the more the objects are studied; the other group, while of the same general form as the first, the human head being represented, has the face and features wrought upon it free hand, as in sculpturing, without the aid of a mold or cast. The author does A78 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. not pretend to any special knowledge on this subject, but believes that a comparison between these two groups will show the correctness of these conclusions. The next to be noticed are from the same general locality, and are what have been called “effigy bottles.” Professor Holmes! makes the following observations concerning them: These aboriginal potters dealt with the human figure in a bold manner for savages, They were evidently capable of representing many creatures with accuracy, but preferred grotesque or con- | ventional forms. A manor a woman is generally mod- eled with a large body and a curious hunched back, the vertebre appearing along the prominent ridge. The shoulder blades are usually shown with anato- mic distinctness, if not with precision; the arms are long and slender, and the hands rest upon the knees or sides. The posi- tion assumed is mostly that of kneeling or squat- ting, the feet being doubled up beneath and united . with the bottom of the ves- sel. These effigy vases are numerous and greatly vary in size and color. They Fig. 128. are mostly of the dark red, HEAD-SHAPED VASE. or in red and white figures, some of which represent Pecan Point, Arkansas. : Cast, Cat. No. 87721, U.S.N.M. Holmes, Fourth Ann. Rept. Bur, Ethnol., 1882-83, parts of the costume, others p. 410, fig. 424, 2 natural size. emblematic devices. * * * The knees, calves, ankles, and various parts of the feet are indicated with an approach to accuracy. The bottom of the vessels are flat, so as to enable them to stand alone, and the legs modeled in low relief are shown thereon.? Fig. 129 represents an effigy vase from Arkansas. The general posi- tion of the body will be understood by an inspection of the figure. The mouth of the bottle is at the back of the head. One is to remark the peculiar representation of the face and features, and their similarity with some of those already described. The head is thrown back as in the foregoing, the chin is in air, while the features, nose, eyes, and mouth are much the same. Fig. 130 represents another effigy bottle, also from Arkansas, bearing the same peculiarities. Both these have the retreating forehead, the round face, broad and high cheek bones, the framing of hair around the edge of the forehead—in fact so great a similarity in all these little things as to indicate the same ‘Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1882-83, p. 423. *Idem., fig. 453, a, b, c, p. 425. ORIC ART. 479 PREHIST Fig. 129. EFFIGY BOTTLE, FRONT AND SIDE VIEWS. Arkansas. Holmes, Fourth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1882-83, p. 426, figs. 434, 455. 44 natural size. == — Fig. 130. EFFIGY BOTTLE. Arkansas. 480 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. style of art and the same method of representing the human face and form. Plates 50 and 51 are further representations of the human face and form in these effigy bottles. They all come from Tennessee, and show the various styles of bottles and types of the pottery sculptures of the human face. The human form is not supposed in these to be accurately represented, but is highly conventionalized in order to accommodate itself to the utilitarian purpose of the bottle. These all come from stone eraves in Tennessee, and most of them from the neighborhood of Nash- ville, and are represented one-third actual size. Another style of pottery vessel belonging to the same geographic area, though extending farther north, is the bowl with a handle repre- senting a human or animal form. One of these (fig. 131, two views) was dug from a mound in Marshall County, lowa. Although the face is erotesque, the nose being exaggerated, yet it bears the family resem- Fig. 131. POTTERY BOWL, FRONT AND SIDE VIEWS. HANDLE REPRESENTING HUMAN HEAD. Mound, Marshall County, Iowa. Ca. No, 173688, U.S.N.M. 3 natural size. blance; the head is thrown back, chin in air, retreating forehead, the high cheek bones, the eyes and mouth made in the same way as the other pottery effigies, and generally the similarities are such as to iden- tify them with the same style of art. The author has avoided, so far as possible, any reproduction from Professor Holmes’s work on Art in Pottery, and it is not intended to go into this subject. The foregoing have been introduced in order to call attention to the peculiarities of the human face throughout this geographic area, whether in stone or on pottery. Many other examples might be cited and copied if required. DIFFERENT AREAS AND STYLES. We now pass to a different style of sculpture, still aboriginal, but belonging to a different geographic area, the center of which might be indicated generally as Illinois. Fig. 132 represents a statue taken from Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 50. A SERIES OF EIGHTEEN EFFIGY BOTTLES FROM STONE GRAVES, TENNESSEE, REPRESENTING THE HUMAN FACE. General Thruston’s collection, Nashville, Tennessee. 4 natural size. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 51. SERIES OF EIGHTEEN EFFIGY BOTTLES FROM STONE GRAVES IN TENNESSEE, REPRESENTING THE HUMAN FACE. General Thruston’s collection, Nashville, Tennessee. 4 natural size. - au 4 ook We ae, Cat 08) @ ae 7 eect WE Un = 1) CAS E he 4 ‘ A bien : *] La (P aa cant a ? wi PLATE 52, son 1 ' Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.—Wi (a) From Monmouth Two RUDE SCULPTURED HEADS IN STONE. Jersey (American Naturalist, p. 70, 1889); Cat. No. 61474, U.S.N.M. (b) From Southfield, Staten Island; 1 3 iL PREHISTORIC ART. A481 a mound in Union County, Illinois, by Mr. T. M. Perrine. The figure, like many shown, occupied a sitting posture, the base being flat so that the statue will sit alone. It differs from many of the foregoing in several respects. The right knee is drawn up to the chin so that the foot is placed flat upon the ground; the forehead is receding or retreat- ing, but the head is not thrown back and the chin is not in the air. While the face is round, yet it is not round as are the others. The high cheek bones and great breadth across the middle of the face so notice- able in the former are absent in this. The roll of hair around the top of the head is differently managed. But the greatest differences are in the features. The forehead is not flat either way, but, on the contrary, is quite well rounded; the eyebrows are not cut out, producing a ridge across the face, as in the former specimens; the bridge of the nose is on the same plane as the forehead; the eyes, nose, and lips differ in style and mode of making and, in fact, they represent an individual in such a different light as that one might easily suppose it belonged to a differ- ent race from the former. The eyelids are well developed, the eyeball is well rounded, and the pupil is prominent. The nose and mouth are heavy and thick, and, without having any relation to the negro race, they are far from rep- resenting the aquiline nose and thin lips in the former figures. Plate 47 rep- resents a specimen of the same type. i, | iy! My pha} LA) I j Uf ’ The position of the body is the same, Fig. 132. and the peculiarities of eyes, nose, and rte Se mouth are repeated. Height, 12 inches. We pass to a still different geographic Mound, Union County, Illinois. T. M. Perrine. Cast, Cat. No, 30249, U.S.N.M. area. Plate 52 represents two rude figures of human heads, the smaller one from Monmouth, New Jersey, reported in 1882.' The larger one was found in Southfield, Staten Island, near the Fingerboard Road. A glance is sufficient to show the similarity in appearance of the two individuals here represented, and their dissimilarity with the two geographic groups heretofore described. The shape of the forehead, nose, lips, chin, indeed of every feature in both statues, is noticeably different from the others. The expression of the mouths and chins of these two are slightly different from each other, but this might have arisen from want of skill of the artist. There is nothing of the flat- or dish-faced appearance, so promi- nent in the southern group, nor is there anything of the round or moon- ' American Naturalist, 1882, p. 799. NAT MUS 96 dl 482 “REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. faced appearauce in the second group. The forehead is reasonably high, and while retreating or receding, it is not on the plane of the face, as in the southern and other groups. Fig. 153 is a east of a pipe from Ohio. Whether it represents the same style as the immediate foregoing or not, it is introduced by rea- son. of its similarity and possible relation. The mouth is similar to thosein former representations. It is shown as widely open and deeply excavated. The eyes are represented by excavations only, but the forehead and face are the same general type as those in Plate 52, from New Jersey and Staten Island. The nose and lips are mutilated beyond recognition, except that the root of the former is shown broad and not RUNG Fig. 133. PIPE, REPRESENTING SCULPTURED HUMAN HEAD. Ohio. Cast, Cat. No. 31750, U.S.N.M. 46 natural size. thin or pinched. The eyes are different from either of the former groups, and the cheek bones, while high and prominent, have a different contour. This is largely produced by the sunken cheeks, which are not Shown in either of the former groups. No argument is sought to be made that there were different races of aborigines, because of the similarities of the sculptures of the same group or the dissimilarities between the different groups. The author has no intention to do more than note and present the various styles of sculpture, leaving the ethnologic results and conelusions to be worked out at a future time. Bronze head (Louvre).—A curious and unique piece of bronze sculp- ture (Plate 53) having a possible relation to the North American Indian, belongs to the Gallery of the Louvre, Paris. But little is known of its history. It formed part of the collection of Edmund Durand, which Report of U. S, National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 53. ROMAN (?) SITULA IN BRONZE REPRESENTING HUMAN HEAD, BELIEVED TO BE OF A NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN. Louvre Museum. A. de Ceuleneer, Antiquités du Louvre, 1890. PREHISTORIC ART. 483 the King, Charles X, purchased for the Louvre in 1825. Its peculiari ties were first noticed by M. Adrien de Longperier.'. The same article was reproduced in his work.’ This bronze is classed as No. 826, in the catalogue of the Museum.’ It is thus described: Bust of a slave whose head and face are entirely shaved. The ears are large and hanging. The top of the skull opens by means of a hinge, which is attached to a cover. Above the ears are placed on either side rings in which are adjusted a swing- ing handle, which represents a branch or twig with buds. It is first to be remarked that the object is what was called a Roman situla, being a bucket, jug, or kettle, which might be used as shown, for carrying liquids. This style of object is essentially Roman, and from it and the general appearance of the object, its patine, etc., it was the opinion of M. de Cueleneer, professor of the university at Ghent, by whom my attention was first called to it, that the object belonged, or could be assigned to, the century before the Christian era. The author once lived in Ghent, where he was acquainted with M. de Cueleneer, who has been twice in Washington, and during his visit to the National Museum became much interested in the Catlin Gallery of Indian Portraits, of which the United States National Museum published a catalogue filling the entire report of the year 1885. The author procured a copy of this report for M. de Cueleneer, who has used it with good effect in his notice of the bronze situla now under consideration. It was his opinion, although this bronze piece was made probably in Italy during the first century prior to the Christian era, that it repre- sented, or may have represented, a red Indian from America. In sup- port of this contention he presented about a dozen figures of Indian heads, taken principally from the National Museum Catalogue of the Catlin Gallery; and he called special attention to the similarity of . the anatomical and somatologic characteristics and peculiarities repre- sented in both. He says of the bronze head that the skull is dolichoee- phalic, the forehead is retreating, the ears are large and low and the lobes adherent, the eyebrows are strongly arched, the nose is aquiline, the angles of the mouth are turned up and the lips large, the under jaw is rounded, the occiput is protuberant. The discovery of this bronze attorded M. de Longperier in a partial, and M. de Cueleneer in a com- plete manner, the opportunity to correlate and explain certain frag- ments of notes by Cornelius Nepos which seemed to have always troubled and disconcerted commentators. He speaks of the “Indian slaves” as having been cast away by the sea on the coast of Germany. These fragmentary notes of Cornelius Nepos have been preserved by Pomponius Mela and by Pliny, the naturalist. ' Bull. ae la aaa, imp. des Antiq. de France, 1859, pp. 83-85 te XXVI noe Ss Mota 8). * Volume II, pp. 452, 453. 3’Notice des eee antiques exposes dans les galeries de Musée Imperi: ul du Louvre, 1" partie, 1868, p. 143. «a 484 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Pomponius Mela says: ! Testum autem rei, Quintum Metellum Celerem adicit, eumque ita rettulisse com- memorat: cum Galli proconsule pracessit, Indos quosdum a rege Botorum dono sibi datos; unde in eas terras devenissent requirendo cognosse, vi tempestatum ex Indicis «quoribus abreptos, emensosque que intererant, tandem in Germani litora exisse. Pliny records the same fact as follows: ? Idem Nepos de septentrionali circuitu tradit Quinto Me- tello Celeri L. Afrani in consulatu college, sed tum Galli proconsuli, Indos a rege Suevorum dono datos, qui ex India commerci causa navigantes tempestatibus essent in Germaniam abrepti. The reports of these two writers agree in all essential parts, except the word Botorum in Pom- Fig. 134. : ; ; : SCULPTURED HUMAN HEAD, Dponius Mela, and Suevorum in Pliny. Subject to LIMESTOME. this variation, the story of both, as reported by Collected by President Thomas Jef- ferson. Cat. No. 16816, U.S.N.M. Cornelius Nepos, is that a king (of the Botes 4 natural size. or of the Sueves) made a present to Quintius Metellus Celeri of an Indian or Indians, who, having been cast away at sea, were stranded on the coast of Germany. M. de Cueleneer, in his paper, “Type d’Indien du Nouveau Monde Kepresenté sur un Bronze Antique du Louvre” (1890), goes profoundly into this branch of the subject, shows who Metellus was, where, and at what epoch he was in command, and how he might have received from one of the barbarian kings or tribes a present of slaves, which might have been Indian castaways from the coast of North America. He then recites the dis. covery of the bronze situla in the Louvre, and by an examination of its workmanship and appearance con- cludes it was made in Italy during the first century before the Christian era, and from its great resemblance to the red race of America, as represented in the Catlin Gallery, he concludes the chances are favorable for it having been a sculptural representation of a North American Indian. Fig. 135. Fig. 134 represents the sculpture of a human head ark Ferrvarnous almost life-size cut from limestone. It is of interest ir- “*0*".* SMUh respective of any intrinsic value, on account of having — rep sy carvine been in the possession of President Thomas Jefferson eae while he lived at Monticello. Although much muti- ijnieh lated, it is still sufficiently preserved to show creditable cat. no. 12292, u.s.N.M. aboriginal workmanship. There is no exaggeration or aia deformity in any part of this head, which might be a likeness of an aged person with a deeply wrinkled face. A conical cavity in its base served to keep it in position. There is another cavity in the back of the head. The records of the Smithsonian Institution contain no information as to the locality whence it came. 'De Chorographia, ITI, 5, 45 (ed. G. Parthey, Berlin, 1867). 2 Historic naturalis libre, II, 67, PLATE 54, Report of L. S. National Museum, 1896.-—Wilson, “THe PRAYER TO THE GODS OF THE CHASE.” TWO CROUCHING LIONS, SCULPTURED FROM SOLID ROCK. Pueblo region, New Mexico. Reproduced from painting of E. W. Deming, artist, by permission from Klackner, photographer, New York City. PREHISTORIC ART. A85 Fig. 135, from Ohio, is a natural formation of dark ferruginous stone, which has been modified by the carving of eyes, nose, and a wide-open mouth. Fig. 136 is a cast in the United States National Museum of a sculp- tured stone representing a human face and head in profile, discovered in 1863-64 near St. George, Charlotte County, New Brunswick, Canada. The stone on which this sculpture was made is 213 inches high by 184 inches wide and 2 inches thick. It is granulite, distin- guished from granite proper by the absence of mica. Plate 54 represents the sculptured stat- ues of two stone lions, crouching, carved by aboriginal artists. They are cut out of the solid outerépping rock, supposed to have been done with obsidian knives, but this has not been ver- ified. There are two pairs of these lions, both on the high mesa (in the country of the Cochitanos, west of the Rio Grande), one near the prehistoric ruined pueblo of Potrero de St. George, Charlotte County, New Brunswick, Canada. las Vacas, the other Cast, Cat. No, 35601, U.S.N.M. pair near the same kind of pueblo Potrero de la Idelo. The latter pair have been wrecked. by some enterprising prospector, who drilled and exploded one of them with dynamite. The painting! from which the Las Vaeas plate was taken was made by Mr. EK. W. Deming, artist, and was first seen by the author at Veer- hoft’s, F street, Washington City. An application to the artist secured the foregoing description, with the explanation that these sculptures are still regarded with superstition and as having supernatural power, insomuch that the older Cochitano Indians believe them to be the gods Fig. 136. PROFILE OF HUMAN FACE, SCULPTURED IN STONB. 1Tt has been photographed and copyrighted by Klackner, of New York, to whom the author is indebted for the copy and the right of reproduction. 486 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of the chase, and make invocations and prayers to them preparatory to going ona hunt. Mr. Deming has represented such a scene. Masks.—Not infrequently aborigi- nal sculptures have been found, some : among the savages of the United States, but in greater numbers in ~ Mexico, which have been _ called masks, being made of flat and com- paratively thin stone with human features sculptured thereon. Similar masks are reproduced on the Pacifie coast, far north, in wood with various painted decorations, and also form part of the discovery of Mr. Cushing on the southwest coast of Florida. Fig. 137 represents a mask roughly carved from sandstone. It is 12 inches high, 74 inches broad at the ears, and weighs nearly 9 pounds. As usual, it is slightly concave at the spear back. It was found while plowing Ne ce eat uawrenceburs, tadiana. = Ire, Rayrehookire xediane 138 and 139 are face and profile views Cast, Cat. No. 10018, U.S.N.M. of a mask of sandstone found in Bel- mont County, Ohio, nearly opposite Wheeling. Neither of these have any marks or holes in the back for suspension or attachment. The similarity of the art work of these with that of fig. 140 will be apparent at a glance, and it may be queried whether the similarity of appearance may not have some application to race, but upon the latter proposition no opinion is expressed. Fig. 140 is a small stone mask from Gambier, Ohio. It displays better art in the working of the material than in its representation of the human face. The stone is quite hard, it can only be wrought by pecking or battering and then rub- bing or grinding to make it smooth. The horns projecting from the head Figs. 138, 139. are for an unknown purpose; the ears gronz mask, HUMAN FACE, FRONT AND SIDE are too low on the side of the head; VIEWS. the nose and mouth are impossible in Belmont Counts Bhim: u 0. 39 S 1 the human subject, but with all these ak peach pace ting He a peculiarities the stone has been well wrought and nicely polished. Fig. 141 is a mask of grotesque appearance; it is of pot-stone from a a i aes PREHISTORIC ART. A487 Morgantown, Catawba County, North Carolina. The slab is about 2 inches in thickness, and the back is slightly concave. The mechanical art of the stone working is better than the artistic representation of the human face. The face is quite too long for its width. The features are extremely rude, the eyes being represented by mere excavations in the stone. The nose is a simple protuberance. The hair is not rep- resented, and there is but a faint representation of eyebrows, which is made by a shallow groove running across the face from one temple \. Tay " 1 Lae SU yy by! MM, toils 4 “ite ay 4 \ wits Yi tte ‘i eat Wynter 2 ti ' Wylie a Myatt Peart a ata ba uCr el a tf xu NHRC ANN AY Wana NIH f i i oS —S Siem eared eet J flan! p. aware rea eet rite ayes SU "i = 3 "] =f Gea toe a a ALIS SURES RETAINS R ARRAS HA SAAN Ray a DY My SUEUR SHIEH I be aay astczal f FA Aus RRNA aKa (i! EME yA ys Lng aN are ih} We dics STONE MASK. Gambier, Ohio. Cat. No. 31384, U.S.N.M. Natural size. to the other. The chin is represented by a square figure, and the neck might serve for a handle. There are many of these masks of differ- ent materials and style. Their purpose is unknown. A suggestion is - given of the possibility of use of this specimen by the holes whieh have been drilled along the side, and which may have served for attachment. Some of the masks from Mexico and Central America have similar holes. Vig. 142' represents two views of a bust carved from coarse marble, which was found in one of the small mounds on Colonel Tumlin’s place ‘Twelfth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1890-91, pp. 30, 308, fig. 191. 488 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. on the Etowah River. cer Cartersville, Georgia. Originally carved as a head or bust, the seams in the marble have opened and the face part has split off, forming a quasi mask. The representation is of the human face, which appears quite natural in its proportion and features; with, however, slight resemblance to the physiognomy of the North American Indian. This has no signification and is not worthy of consideration, for this group of mounds has furnished the copper and shell objects noted by Prof. W. H. Holmes in the Second Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, quoted in my paper on ‘The Swastika,” and described at length in the report of Professor Thomas.' Professor Thomas says that in all their leading features these designs are suggestive of Mexican or Central American work. Some of the Mexican sculptures were de- scribed in the paragraphs on jade. Masks and sculpture in stone from Mexico are here con- tinued. Fig. 143 represents a typical Mexican mask of greenish mottled feldspathic stone, and is 54 inches long. Its back is slightly concave and the mouth and eyes have been excavated by drilling, as can be seen in the corners. It is finely polished throughout its entire sur- face. The holes in the edges by which it could be fastened are shown. Dr. Rau gave as his opinion that these masks were used for covering the faces of idols on certain oc- casions. Figs. 144 and 145 are specimens from Mexico representing the human form. Fig. 141. MASK, OF GROTESQUE APPEAR- E : 4 ed ANCE. POTSTONE. Pipes.—The pipes used by the aborigines of Morgantown, Catawba County, North America were not infrequently orna- North Carolina. ; Sate Bn mented with sculptured representations of men and women, but a greater number were orna- mented with animal forms. The books written upon the archeology of the North American aborigines abound in representations of these sculptures. Squier and Davis, Dr. Rau, Abbott’s “Primitive Indus- try,” Jones’s “ Antiquities of the Southern Indians,” Thruston’s “ Antiq- uities of Tennessee,” and similar works contain these representations in greater or less numbers. A few specimens of animal forms were not utilized as pipes, but it is entirely uncertain whether they were not unfinished specimens intended for pipes. Engraved Tablets—Certain engraved or incised stones or tablets have been found in the United States, under circumstances which Cat. No. 35001, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size ' Twelfth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, pp. 303-311, with plates XVU, XVIII, and figs. 186-192. See also fig. 150, p. 501. PREHISTORIC ART. 489 identify them beyond all doubt as aboriginal. Their use is unknown, although it has been suggested that they served as stamps for impress- ing colored ornamental figures upon cloths or prepared skin. A peculiar class of these tablets of intaglio scuplturing are those repre- sented in figs. 146 and 147. Fig. 146 represents the celebrated ‘Cin- cinnati tablet,” now in the Art Museum, Cincinnati, Ohio, where it has been deposited by its owner, Mr. Gest. The authenticity of this tablet has been disputed.' It was found in December, 1841. The material is a compact, fine-grained sandstone of a light-brown color. It Fig. 142. STONE MASK. Etowah mound, Georgia. Coarse marble. Thomas, Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1890-91, p. 308, tig. 191. Cat, No. 91110, U.S.N.M, 4 natural size. is 5 inches in length, 3 inches in breadth, and about § inch in thickness. The figures are cut in low relief, the lines being not more than 55 inch deep. This tablet had stood, from the time of its discovery until the meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science at Springfield, August, 1895, without any serious attempt at explana- tion or translation, when this work was attempted by Professor Put- nam and Mr. ©. C, Willoughby under the title “Symbolism in Ancient American Art.” 'The question is argued at length in the Transactions of the American Ethnolog- ical Society, II, and in Squier and Davis’s ‘Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley,” p. 274, figs. 194 and 195. 490 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 15 [146] is the ‘‘ Cincinnati tablet,” showing the serpent combined with the human form. A careful study of this complicated design shows it to be formed on the same principle as those carved on bones. Not only is the duplication of the right and left sides apparent, but there is also a remarkable duplication of the different parts when they are reversed, the right and left and the upper and lower. This is shown in the reduced outlines given in fig. 16, of which a shows the human figure as in fig. 15. We notice here the ears, ec, as straight bars on each side of the head; the eyes, the two dark cir- cles, each with two projecting curved arms; the nose, the lozenge-shapedspace, and the broad mouth, the transverse white space below. The body in- cludes the two oval figures in the center, which are duplicates of each other, as will be seen by folding the upper over the lower. The arms curve outward and the hands are shown at ace ". (SSS Tes Ga dd, with the fingers point- AEA A i EY a thes ; NID SS SF ing inward; the three mid- Tht Ce Vil AN dle fingers are represented i ( ‘ah | Fig. 143. by the trefoil between the re i ti fh MASK, FELSPATHIC STONE. Tong curved thumb above ot uh eee Mexico. and the little finger below. N ‘| ll " Cat. No, 98989, U.S.N.M 34 natural size. The legs project from the i| Deh yi lower portion of the body and are bent upward at the knees, ff; the feet with the toes pointing outward, ee, are duplicates of the hands. Here the duplication is with the left foot and the right hand turned upward on each other and reversed; the same with the right foot and left hand; while the duplication is again shown by folding the hands and feet of one side upon the opposite side. In the reverse! of this human design (shown in fig. 16b) the two serpent heads are shown at the bottom of the figure, with the slender necks extend- ing off on each side and connecting : : with the central portion of the design; Fig. 144. e f iG on i cM i p's it cl ints j indicates the jaw of each serpent HUMAN IMAGE, OF GREEN head. The symbolic eye with its double MOTTLED STONE. arms is seen above the jaw, and the Mexico. four horns or plumes of the serpent, Collected by Dr. Berlandier and two above and two below, curving pe te oe Cea backward, are of the same character 44 natural size. Fig 1 145. as shown on many other serpent heads HUMANIMAGE,INHARD from Mexico and Central America. The double reversal of oR SEMI-PRECIOUS the several portions of the whole design can readily be seen by STONE. following the lines on the opposite sides of these reversed Northeast Mexico. outlines, a and b. Collected by Dr. Berlandier. ‘ ais S Cat. No. 5486, U.S.N.M. Fig. 147 is a representation of a cast of a tablet of Natural size. compact Waverly sandstone taken from a mound near Waverly, Pike County, Ohio, during the month of March, 1872, by Dr. Hurst, of Piketown. It was obtained by Mr. J. P. Waetéant who sold it to Mr. Robert Cee of i who has deposited it Mende aperae down. PREHISTORIC ART. 49] in the art museum of that city. The sculptured figures on this tablet are in low relief, resembling somewhat those on the “ Cincinnati tablet.” (Fig. 146.) his similarity is recognizable at a glance. The work is so much alike that they might have been done by the same artist, but the figures in outline and character are so different as to seriously affect the theory of the sym- bolism and duplicate representation of man and serpent. There is in this, ap- parently, neither head, mouth, body, nor extremities, which have been so elaborately and in- geniously discovered and described in con- nection with the former tablet. _ Footprints.—A. pe- culiar and as yet un- explained series of stone sculpturings have been found in the territories now forming the United States,and which are believed to be unique among its aborigines. These are sculptured footprints, and they have given rise to much speculation and discussion. The footprints at Carson, Nevada, were asource of great wonderment, nor has their origin ee been settled in aman- Fig. 146. ner acceptable to all. ON ete ny Specimens of foot- Original in Cincinnati Art Museum, property of Mr. Gest. prints have been found in the lava or voleanic mud in Nicaragua (Cat. No. 98757,U.S.N.M.) and possibly other Central American States, yet they were the actual footprints, and had no relation to the art of sculpture. But in divers portions of the United States actual sculptured specimens have been found. Fig, 148 represents a pair of human footprints sculptured on Cast, Cat. No. 72050, U.S.N.M. Natural size. E ed hes aq 492 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. a sandstone slab, or rock, on the Upper Missouri River. This slab, as shown in the figure, was cut out from its original resting place. The work was done by Captain Little, United States Army, and presented to the United States National Museum by him. ‘The tracks are about 11 inches long and represent the feet as covered with moccasins. Fig. 149 is another speci- ne one R al sepia men represen ting the Hi ie i OE uli print of a naked human on ON , foot with several cup markings on the same surface. It was cut in a flattish quartzite bowlder, and was found in Gas- conade County, Missouri, by Mr. John P. Jones, by whom it was sent to the National Museum. The length of the track is 92 inches. The opposite side of the bowlder bears a footprint less distinet than this. Sculptures similar in appearance to the latter, but representing the hu- man hand instead of the foot, have been found : among the aborigines. Larabie Re One (Cat. No. 43126, Cincinnati Art Museum, cones of Mr. Robert Clarke. U.S.N.M.), on a flat and Cast, Cat, No. 98060, U.S.N.M. Natural size. smooth limestone or mar- ble slab, was found in a mound near Naples, Illinois, and presented to the United States National Museum by Mr. J. B. Henderson. It represents the hand more by out- line than intaglio. It is about twice the natural size, and shows the fingers spread widely apart. mT Fi Td il nn gr . an | Hi ; “ul Ht: i a TRAlmialiAME sis ant “i Ht on i i Ht \ i 1d i BUNA RR Fig. 147. POTTERY. After stone, pottery came into the greatest use in prehistoric times. It has peculiar interest to us in that it was the material which lent itself most readily to art purposes, and again from its gréat resistance to the ravages of time. The manifestation of art on pottery in the way of decoration could be perpetuated, not only from its enduring character, but when broken into fragments the decoration would not be lost. The greatest number of patterns and art motifs of prehistoric times throughout the Eastern Hemisphere have been perpetuated in the fragments of pottery. PREHISTORIC ART. 493 EUROPEAN. Neolithic.—It has been contended that pottery was not employed in western Europe during the Paleolithic period. ‘The consensus of opin- ion is in favor of the existence of pottery during this period in some portions of Europe, while it did not exist in other portions. Some of the caverns of Belgium, which have otherwise yielded no objects but such as are identified with the Paleolithic period, still have yielded fragments of pottery. There is in the museum at Brussels, Belgium, a vase almost entire, reconstructed from the fragments found in one of these caves. But there is continually the question of intrusion and subsequent occupation. It is the definite opinion of M. de Mortillet that no evidence has been discovered of the use of pottery in France or England during the Pale- olithic period. During the Neolithic period and the Bronze age, pottery abounded throughout western Europe, and it is now found in quantities in nearly all localities oecu- pied by prehistoric man in these ages. There is considerable variation between the pot- teries of different local- ities; difference in mate- rial, some being coarser, others finer, and in shape or form, and in decoration. The northwest coast of France, including the Gate Roe ancient province of Brit- cotecteay Captain Little, U.S. A. Cat. No. 7637, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. tany, seems to have pro- duced the finest pottery after that of Denmark; while that of the cen- tral and southern parts of France and of England seems to have been coarser and ruder. It is no purpose of this paper to describe the mak- ing of pottery, but one may say that in all this prehistoric period the pot- tery vases were made without the use of the wheel or furnace. All evi- dence points to the introduction of the latter into western Europe from Greece through Etruria and Rome. It was not until the Roman con- quest of France and England that these countries were affected by the knowledge of the wheel and furnace, and this can be carried a step farther, for within the memory of living men this knowledge had not been spread throughout the British islands. In northern Seotland and among the Orkneys and Hebrides islands the rude household pottery SCULPTURED HUMAN FOOTPRINTS IN SANDSTONE ROCK, 494 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. is made in the same manner as in prehistoric times, and apparently this knowledge had descended from generation to generation unaffected by outside influences. The theory has been put forth that prehistoric pottery was hardened by exposure to the sun. While exposure to the sun might harden it sufficiently to maintain its form and to hold sub- stances of little weight and no moisture, yet for the ordinary uses of pottery the hardening by the sun is insufficient, and it is believed that all pieces and fragments of prehistoric times were burnt. These prehistoric vases were for the most part rounded at the bottom and unable to sit alone. The suggestion is made, by way of explana- tion, that they were suspended over the fire, and anything in the way of a bottom as a base or legs wouid interfere with this, and therefore the bottoms were rounded. The form most affected through- out western Europe for pottery vases was that called the tulip. It was the commonest in Brittany, where the material was the finest; but it was also used in England, in Hanover, Bohemia, Hungary, Sicily, and in Portugal. Plate 55 repre- sents two vases of the tulip form, with characteristic ornamentation, from southeastern France. They were found in a dolmen in the neigh- borhood of the little hamlet of St. Vallier, in the department of Alpes- Maritimes, where the author spent a summer in archeological researches. Fig. 149. SCUL. TURE OF NAKED HUMAN FOOTPRINT ON A QUARTZITE BOWLDER. They were found by and are the Gasconade County, Missouri. property of M. Casimir Bottin. Collected by John P. Jones. Cat. No, 15793, U.S.N.M. Plate 56 will show the form of % natural size. pottery vases in various European countries during the Neolithic period. The style of decoration has been shown in plates 19 and 20, and need not be further treated here. Bronze age.—The pottery of the Bronze age was not materially differ- ent from that of the Neolithic period. There is, to be sure, a certain change of form; all specimens seem to have been smaller. There are a great number of cups, dishes, plates, etc. The paste is finer, the walls are thinner, and the decoration, while of the same general style, is a continuation of the lines, dots, and curves arranged in geometric form. They are, however, made lighter and closer together, giving the orna- mentation a finer and more artistic air. With these exceptions, the pot- tery of the Bronze age was much the same as that of the Neolithic period. PLATE 55. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. POTTERY VASES OF TULIP FORM, THE STANDARD OF St. Vallier (Alpes-Maritimes), France. Ca d by M. C. Botti iz9, DOLMEN POTTERY. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 56. 1 3 12 2 5 6 8 4 10 9 7 itil 1. From Morbihan, France. 2. From Vienne, France. 3. From Morbihan, France. 4. From Northumberland, England. 5. From Seine-et-Marne, France. 6. From Terramare of Mercurago, Italy. 7. From Denmark. 8. From Paris. 9. From Morbihan, France. . 10. From Moénsheim, near Worms, Germany. -11. From Denmark. .12. From Robenhausen, Switzerland. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 56. PFN ESS aoe TX = ART FORMS OF VARIOUS POTTERY VASES IN EUROPEAN COUNTRIES. % natural size. . yest att Anis: ee, ca ; Napbele fl PREHISTORIC ART. 495 Canon Greenwell, in his work on British Barrows,' speaking of the prehistoric pottery found therein, says: The most common forms of ornament are alternate series of parallel horizontal and vertical lines (like heraldic compone, if it were engraved as of gules and azure) ; now and then in a double series (as counter compone); triangles set in rows (or, rather, what heralds call a dancette line of partition), the triangular space formed being filled with parallel diagonal lines, which have a different direction in each alternate space (like alternate representations of heraldic purpure and vert); rows of round or oval impressions encircling the urn; lines forming a reticulated pattern; lines placed herring bone fashion, or in a zigzag. The lines are often made by impressions of twisted thong or cord, but sometimes are drawn on the clay with a sharp-pointed instrument. In some rare cases raised ribs occur in the rim [fig. 59], and one from Rosebrough, Northumberland, has a series of figures in relief [fig. 60]. Many of the designs on plates 19 and 20 are taken from Canon Green- well’s book, and are such as here described. The first material change in pottery in France and England was pos- sibly brought from Etruria. The next was by the importation of the Samian or Aretine ware brought by the Romans. This pottery was thick, heavy, hard, resisting all ravages of time, and, except for break- age, the specimens now found are as perfect as they were originally. It was of finer paste, still not made with the wheel, but in molds. The ornamentation was in relief, being usually on the outside, the soft paste having been pressed into the mold. Most of these specimens were brought to western Europe by the Romans themselves, though, it is supposed they were made there during the long period of Roman occupation. Grecian, Etruscan, and Roman pottery were all different from any- thing more modern. The knowledge of their manufacture has been lost, and all these kinds of pottery have become extinct. They are almost prehistoric, but because of the localities wherein they have been found, and the objects with which they were associated, they have come to be placed under the head of Classic, rather than Prehistoric, Arch- wology. The works on that subject should be consulted by any one desirous of pursuing the study. UNITED STATES (EXCLUDING THE PUEBLOS). Neolithic.—Without attempting a discussion of the differences of the culture status of the Neolithic period in the country oceupied by the North American savage, and other countries of the Pueblos, Mexico, Jentral and South America, it is sufficient to say that there certainly were great differences in the pottery manufactured by the respective peoples of these countries. The southern potteries are so different and So Superior to those of the peoples to the north that it would require a volume to do them justice. All present attempts will be confined to northern Neolithic peoples. ; Professor Holmes’s description.— Professor Holmes has gone quite thor- 1 Page 71. 496 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. oughly into the subject of the pottery of this country, and reference is made to the numerous papers he has published.'| Anyone desiring to examine the subject in detail is respectfully referred thereto. This paper deals only with art, and consequently only with form and designs of decoration. In his paper on “‘The ancient pottery of the Mississippi Valley?” he epitomizes the propositions, thus: Form.—This ware exhibits a great variety of form, many of which are extremely pleasing. In this respect it is far superior to the other prehistoric groups of the east- ern United States. Theshapesare as varied and elegant as those of the ancient Pueblo pottery, but are inferior to those of Mexico, Central America, and Peru. * * * Finish.—The finish, as compared with the work of civilized nations, isrude. The surface is often simply hand or trowel smoothed. Generally, however, it was more or less carefully polished by rubbing with an implement of stone, shell, bone, or other suitable substance, the markings of these tools being distinctly visible. Noth- ing resembling a glaze has been found on pieces known to be ancient. The surface was sometimes washed or coated with a slip or film of fine clay, which facilitated the polishing, and in very many cases a coat of thick red ocher was applied. Ornament.—The ancient potter of the middle province has taken especial delight in the embellishment of his wares, and the devices used are various and interesting. They include, first, fanciful modifications of form; second, relief ornament; third, intaglio figures, and fourth, designs in color. i. Modification of shape.—It can hardly be claimed that the ancient peoples of this region had a very refined appreciation of elegance of outline, yet the simple, essen- tial forms of cups and pots were by no means satisfactory to them. There are many modifications of shape that indicate a taste for higher types of beauty and a con- stant attempt to realize tuem. The cesthetic sentiment was considerably developed. There is also a decided tendency toward the grotesque. ‘To such an extreme have the dictates of fancy been followed in this respect, that utility, the true office of the utensil, has often taken a secondary place, although it is never lost sight of entirely. Bowls have been fashioned into the shapes of birds, fishes, and reptiles, and vases and bottles into a multitude of animal and vegetable forms without apparent regard to convenience. All of these modifications of essential forms were doubtless looked upon asin a sense ornamental. So far as I can determine they were in no case intended to be humorous. Relief ornament.—Decorative ideas of a purely conventional character are often worked out in both low and salient relief. This is generally accomplished by the addition of nodes and fillets of clay to the plain surface of the vessel. Fillets are applied in various ways over the body, forming horizontal, oblique, and vertical ‘Ancient Pottery of the Mississippi Valley. (Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., IV, 1884.) Origin and development of Form and Ornament in Ceramic Art. (Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1886.) Ancient Pottery of the Mississippi Valley. (Fourth Annnal Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1886.) Pottery of the Ancient Pueblos. (Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnol- ogy, 1886.) Earthenware of Florida, (Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River, Pt.1. By Clarence B. Moore. 1894.) Ceramic Art of the Eastern United States. (Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, _ not yet published. ) Caribbean Influence on the Prehistoric Ceramic Art of the Southern States. (Amer. Anthrop., January, 1894.) Order of Development of the Primal Shaping Arts. (Proc. A. A. A. S., 1894.) ?Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 373. PREHISTORIC ART. AQT bands or ribs. When placed about the base or rim, these fillets are often indented with the finger or an implement in a way to imitate rudely a heavy twisted cord—a feature evidently borrowed from basketry. Nodes are likewise attached in various ways to the neck and body of the vessel. In some cases the entire surface of the larger versel is varied by pinching up small bits of the clay between the nails of the finger and thumb. An implement is sometimes used to produce a similar result. Intaglio design.—The cesthetic tendencies of these potters are well shown by their essays in engraving. They worked with points upon both plastic and the sun-dried clay, as well as at times upon the fire-baked surface. Figures thus produced exhibit a wide range of artistic achievement. They illustrate all stages of progress, from the most archaic type of ornament—the use of dots and straight lines—to the most ele- gant combinations of curves, and finally to the delineation of forms and fanciful conceptions. Generally, when a blunt implement is employed, the line is produced by a move- ment that I shall call trailing, in contradistinction to incision, in which a sharp point is used, and excision or excavation, which is more easily accomplished with the end of a hollow reed or bone. Impressed or stamped ornament is of rare occurrence, and anything like repoussée work is practically unknown. The practice of impressing cords and fabrics was common among many of the northern tribes, and nets have been used in the manufacture and ornamentation of vases at many points within this province. Stamps especially prepared were in use in most of the Gulf States and to a limited extent in northern localities. Designs in color.—The colors used in painting are white, red, brown, and black, and have generally consisted of thick, opaque, clayey paste, white or colored with ochers. Occasionally the colors used seem to have been mere stains. All were prob- ably laid on with coarse brushes of hair, feathers, or vegetable fiber. The figures are in most cases simple, and are applied in broad, bold lines, indicative of a strong talent for decoration. The forms are to a great extent curvilinear, and embrace meanders, scrolls, circles, and combinations and groupings of curved lines in great variety. Of rectilinear forms, lozenges, guilloches, zigzags, and checkers are best known. The decided prevalence of curved form is worthy of remark. With all their fer- tility of invention the inhabitants of this valley seem never to have achieved the rectangular links meander, or anything more nearly approaching it than the current scroll or the rectangular guilloche, while other peoples, such as the Pueblos of the Southwest and the ancient nations of Mexico and Peru, found in it a chief resource. Mr. C. C. Willoughby, of the Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts, has published in the Journal of American Folk-Lore ! “An Analysis of the Decorations upon Pottery from the Mississippi Valley.” It consists of 12 pages, with 21 figures, and represents the different motifs said to have been employed in the decorations upon pottery from the locality indicated. The similarities alleged are not always perceptible and the arguments based thereon are not always logical, but great latitude is permissible in such subjects. BRONZE AGE. It is not the intention of the author to attempt any description of the antiquity, origin, technology, or industry of the prehistoric people during the Bronze age. This would carry us into the realms of archie- ology, while we have been confining ourselves to art. A few prelimi- nary words aay however, be useful. eaten to March, 1897, X, pp. 9-20. Sy NAT MUS 96 498 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. There appears to have been a gap or hiatus between the Paleolithi peoples and the Neolithic peoples in their occupation of western Europe. | There certainly were vast differences between their respective cultures, and it has been believed there was a solution of the continuity of oceu- pation in western Europe between these two epochs.! Since the discoveries of Judge Piette? in sundry caverns of southern and western France; of MM. Boule and Cartailhae* in the Grotto of Reilhac (Lot), and the observations of M. Solomon Reinach‘ on the “Femme nue,” discovered in the caverns of Mentone by M. Julien, the hiatus between the Paleolithic and Neolithic periods has been contro- verted, and is not now regarded nearly so certain as formerly. The contrary appears between the Neolithic and Bronze ages, at least for western Europe, where the introduction of bronze and its subse- quent use for weapons and implements seems to have occurred among the same peoples. The advent of bronze for these purposes was by immigration or introduction from some other country, and the peoples (still in western Europe) who used it this year probably were the same as used the stone implements last year. Therefore the introduction of bronze, while it made changes in their implements and so wrought changes in their mechanical ability, yet had comparatively small influence upon their art. We have already shown the differences between the art of the Paleo- lithic period and that of the Neolithic period; we have also shown how, in the Neolithic period, the art was confined to the merest decorations of objects, and that it consisted principally of geometric designs, Plates 19 and 20 are again referred to as giving an extended represen- tation of the kinds and styles of ornamentation employed. The decorative art of the Bronze age was but a continuation of that of the Neolithic period, and it is not impossible that an investigation into the origin of some of the specimens in plates 19 and 20 would show them to have belonged to the Bronze age; that is to say, the styles of ornamentation of the two periods or ages were practically the same, and the latter was but a continuation of the former, with such possible: changes or additions as would naturally grow. The marked difference: between the two ages was the substitution of bronze for stone in the: material for cutting and piercing implements. The question continually arises whence and how was bronze intro- duced into western Europe. Of course the answer is lost in antiquity, for there are no records. There is not, and from the nature of the case there can not be, any direct or positive testimony. We can de- pend only upon the evidence furnished by prehistoric archeology. ony theories have been Aproppundert, none of which have proved See pp. 374, 401, 415, 423. *L’Anthropolog ie, 1895, p. 129; 1897, p. 168. ‘Etudes Ethnogr: ania ot Gevlapiane par E, Cartailhac et M. Boule: Lyon, 1889. 'L’Anthropologie, 1898, pp. 26- -31; and Description Raisonnie Musée de Saint- Germain-en-Laye, p, 267, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 57. BRONZE SWORD AND DAGGER HANDLES. Europe. 4 natural size. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 57. | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Ee 10 ea ° Fig. 1. Found in the Seine River at Rouen. Museum of Rouen. Fig. 2. From the deposit in the basin of Penhouet, St. Nazaire, France. Kerviller collection. Fig. 3. Hungary. National Museum, Budapest. Fig. 4. Canal of Thiele, Berne, Switzerland. Museum of Berne. Fig. 5. Hungary. Museum of St. Germain. Fig. 6. From the excavations of Alise-Sainte-Reine (Céte @’Or). Museum of St. Germain. Fig. 7. Vandrevanges, Germany. Museum of St. Germain. Fig. 8. Lake of Luyssel, Vaud, Switzerland. Museum of Berne. Fig. 9. Denmark. Museum of Copenhagen. Fig. 10. Denmark. Museum of Copenhagen. Fig. 11. Saint-Genoulph, Indre-et-Loire. Museum of Tours, France. Report of U. S. Nationai Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 58. RAF ARASA SSSssnu : MH ANAAAAAWQn ; BRONZE KNIVES AND SCABBARDS. Europe. 4 natural size. iaiers al Bio 2 Pig. 3. Fio. 4, Fig. 5. Fig. 6. lortess Uc Fig. 8. ies Fig. 10. Fig. 11 EXPAN A OIN SOR PIRATE. bei MIMD WIe- Whore 11 10 . Auvernier, Lake Neuchatel, Switzerland. National Museum, Berne. Meeringen, Lake Bieune, Switzerland. Museum of Col. Schwab, Bienne. From the Seine at Pas-de-Grigny. Museum of St. Germain. Cache of Reallon, Hautes-Alpes. Museum of St. Germain. Tomb of Courtevant, Aube. Morel collection. Larnaud, Jura. Museum of St. Germain. Larnaud, Jura. Museum of St. Germain. Bracelet, ornamented, made into a poniard. Larnaud, Jura. Museum of St. Germain. . Fragment of scabbard. Sainte Anastasie near Uzés, Gard. Museum of Artillery, Paris. Fragment of awl handle of deer horn, showing ornamentation. of Cornoccio, Italy. Museum of Parma. Pommel of sword handle, Sarry (Saéne-et-Loire), France. tion. Terramare Bailleau collec- rise Net PREHISTORIC ART. 499 entirely acceptable. The most general one is that bronze came from the far East, probably from the countries around the Straits of Malacca, and that it belonged to a period relating to the early Aryan dispersions. Bronze is one of the great epoch-making discoveries, greater than that of iron, and as a practical agent of prehistoric civilization, equaled only by the bow and arrow. The discovery of the fusion of copper and tin, both comparatively soft metals, in the proportions of 90 and 10 per cent, making a new metal, harder than any other then known, capable of being cast, and when cast capable of being made sharp and holding a cutting edge, was a great step in human culture, and calculated to revolutionize the des- tiny of the human race. STYLES OF DECORATION. Plates 57 and 58 represent the art work done on various weapons and implements of bronze. Plate 57 represents sword handles, while plate 58 represents principally knives and scabbards. Articles of dress and for personal adornment, like bracelets, fibulee torques or ceintures, and similar objects, were made of bronze. These need not be displayed, for they all bear the same general style or type of art decoration. These will show that the decoration consisted principally of geometric designs, and will demonstrate the similarity of the decoration and art work in the Bronze age to that of the Neolithic period. The Bronze age had no existence in the Western Hemisphere during prehistoric times. All objects of bronze found among the aborigines are believed to have come from Europe. COPPER IN AMERICA. Many objects of wrought copper have been found in America. The Lake Superior copper mines in the States of Wisconsin and Michigan appear to have been the center of manufacture, from which the distribu- tion took place, and thence the manufactured implements spread, in gradually decreasing numbers, in every direction throughout the present territory of the eastern United States. The modes of treating copper, whether by smelting, melting, casting, or hammering, and if any or all of these, what amount of heating or melting was done, has never been fully investigated nor have they been satisfactorily determined. Some of the objects were certainly of virgin copper hammered cold, and they were thus made into bracelets, rings, and similar objects of personal adornment, and also into axes, knives, and spearheads. These copper weapons and ornaments continued to be used contemporaneously with cutting implements of stone and of ornaments of shell and bone. The author is well aware of the contention that there was in Europe a Copper age intermediate between the Neolithic and Bronze ages, and he has visited and examined the national collection in the city of Berne, Switzerland, which contains the greatest proportion of copper 500 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. objects, and has furnished the principal basis for the argument of the existence there of a Copper age. No argument upon this or any simi- lar question is attempted. The only proposition here presented is that copper was used in the neighborhood of Lake Superior to make cutting implements of similar form to those of stone, and that, despite the num- bers of such implements found, copper did not change the culture of the peoples; it did not establish a Copper age as bronze established a Bronze age in Europe; it was not an epoch-making discovery or inven- tion, and the mode of making and using stone implements by chipping and polishing, as in the purely Neolithic age, was not superseded by the discovery of copper. Among the many mysteries of prehistoric archeology growing out of mound excavation in the United States, wherein things strange and wonderful but of undoubted genuineness and antiquity are found, none are more unexplained than the thin sheets of copper wrought by repoussé work into curious and unknown devices found in mounds and earthworks in widely separated regions of the country. EHtowah plates.—The principal specimens come from the Tumlin mounds on the Etowah River, near Cartersville, Georgia (Plates 59, 60). They have been figured in the reports of the Bureau of Ethnology! and in the author’s. paper on “The Swastika.””? Of these specimens the principal comment made by Professor Thomas is in approval of that of Professor Holmes,’ that ‘“‘in all their leading features the designs themselves are suggestive of Mexican or Central American work.” Yet he adds that— There are one or two features which are anomalous in Mexican or Central Ameri- can designs, as, for example, where the wings are represented as rising from the back of the shoulders. The two plates are a combination of Mexican and Central American designs, the graceful limbs and the ornaments of the arms, legs, waist, and top of the head are%Central American, and the rest, with the exception, possibly, of what is carried in the right hand, are Mexican. Professor Thomas continues: That these plates are not wholly the work of the Indians inhabiting the southern section of the United States, is admitted; that they were not made by an aboriginal artisan of Central America or Mexico of ante-Columbian times, I think is probable, if not from the designs themselves, from the apparent evidence that the work was done in part with hard metallic tools. To the latter conclusion the author does not agree. The proposition may be true, but there is no evidence of it. Vig. 150 represents a figured copper plate from mound c, Etowah group showing a human figure. Later excavations in the Tumlin mounds, made by Dr. Roland Steiner, of Grovetown, Georgia, have brought to light other copper — Fifth Annual (1883-84, figs. 42, 43, 44, and 45, pp. 96-106), Twelfth Annual (1890-91, plates Xvi, Xviul, and figs. 186-192). 2 Figs, 240 and 241, pp. 886, 887. *Science, April 11, 1884, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 59. THIN COPPER PLATE, REPOUSSE, HUMAN FIGURE. Mound C, Etowah group, Georgia. Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1890-91, plate xvr. Cat. No. 91117, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. f eo > ne LOS Oe en od ia mee a% shoe dirt ’ ee Riess ae i Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. —Wilson. A PLATE 60. THIN COPPER PLATE, REPOUSSE, BIRD FIGURE. Mound ©, Etowah group, Georgia. Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., plate xvi. Cat. No. 91116, U.S.N.M. 4 natural size. sl j of ee in ch soa H i Sneen rial a Ue, om 6} yon yu vies hag % iam | Seah a. Cans eer) —-—_. Yeo > ; he i warty gf Am) " - | edad | a = ow Report of U. S National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. THIN CoPpPER PLATES REPRESENTING VARIOUS OBJECTS. Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Originals in Field Columbian Museum. Wilson, Swastika, figs. 244-249. PLATE 61. Report of U. S, Nationa) Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 62. ] ee ay yy H y) Upp I) a. ve H)) YM i) i. WM, Wy y | I GLA Cane wa y Fee ee = wip, y i, CHA Laid yy Uy LL agp fh 2 7) y he if) Mi eg Yy yy i s I Gn fe, y ar Doe ees H i aL). pee by A if @ e Veet! Wi v) if id D iif) Wii ii Hh My! Wa if iH} h / Wy) Y} SS if Hi} \ ‘ih If ‘4, Ss ——— = YY LA fe; GMM: yy HUMAN SKULL WITH CopPER HEAD-DRESS (IMITATION ELKHORN). Hopewell mound, Ross County, Ohio. Original in Field Columbian Museum, Wilson, Swastika, plate 13. PREHISTORIC ART. AO] plates covered with repouss® work, though not of the same designs as the foregoing. The author would figure them on this occasion did not time press. Other thinly wrought copper plates have been found in the interior States of the United States, notably Ilinois and Ohio. Fig. 151 repre- sents a copper plate taken from an Illinois mound, with aneagleorbird uponit. Fig. 152 represents another cop- per plate, also from Illinois, on which are two naked hu- man figures in grotesque atti- tudes, as though of astonish- ment or fear. Hopewell mound art.—The Hopewell mound, near Chilli- cothe, Ross County, Ohio, was excavated by Prof. War- ren K. Moorehead for the benefit of the Department of Ethnology at the World’s Columbian Exposition, Chi- cago. It was an immense con- struction, 530 feet long, 250 feet wide, with an original height of 32 feet, but when opened was only 16 or 18 feet to its original foundation. A considerable number of elaborately wrought copper objects were found at or near the bottom of the mound and in the center. Plate 61 rep- resents most of these. All were flat, thin, smooth, though not polished, and had been cut into the various de- signs as represented. One Fig. 150. of the objects is the swastika, HUMAN FIGURE. ‘THIN COPPER PLATE, REPOUSSE. of which five specimens were Mound C¥ Etowah group, Georgia. found 5 the rest were mostly Thomas, Twelfth Ann. Rept. Bur, Ethnol., 1890-91, p- 504, fig. 186. Cat. No, 91113, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. geometric designs cut out of thin: copper plates as shown. There were no engravings or repoussé work on any of the copper objects found, with the exception of one, ¢ spool or pulley-shaped ornament which was hammered and crimped as Shown in fig. 153. Two other objects were found in copper, and are proper to be introduced on account of their art. Plate 62 represents 502 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. a human skull with a unique head covering made principally of copper. It consisted of a large sheet 16 or 18 inches long, intended to be bent over the head, from the edges of which, ZO IN about the center on either side, sprang ps a pair of imitation elk horns, as shown in the plate. They were not real elk OLE horns was entirely covered with thin ) sheet copper neatly and artistically I (( C| f © 2 ; placed so as to have the appearance of considerable examination that their real 6, ( ) character was detected. The antlers VA were 22 inches high and 19 inches across . ~~ J the upper points. Plate 63 represents G3 another object of a similar type from the Fig, 151. same mound; it also is a copper head BIRD FIGURE. THIN COPPER PLATE RE- dress with two short rounded horns -OUSSE. . . Mound, Gece Illinois. BpEnete: from the top as shown. They Thomas, Twelfth Ann, Rept Bur. Ethnol.,1890-21,p.a00, Were also covered, but the copper had fig. 192. Cat. No. 91507, U.S.N.M. 4 naturalsze. been broken from the top of the two horns, leaving the naked wood projecting. These latter figures are unique, and their right to a presentation in a paper on art lies in the excel- lence of the mechanical execution, and the difficulty of performing it. No one who has inspected these objects, and who considers all to have been aboriginal savage work, but would admit them to a place in a paper on prehistoric art. Found in the same mound, and associated with the foregoing ob- jects, was a piece of human bone (femur) which bore an engraved design, which is here reproduced (fig. 154) from the pamphlet of Prof. F. W. Putnam and Mr. ©. C. Willoughby.' On this they based Fig. 152. a 256 : HUMAN FIGURES IN GROTESQUE ATTITUDE. THIN an elaborate system of symbolism, COPPER PLAC Eeennen. involving an explanation of the Union County, Ulinois. ‘ Oineinnati tablet,” previously Thomas, Fifth Ann. Rept. Bur. Ethnol., 1883-84, p. 106, fig. 49. Cat. mentioned (fig. 146, p. 491). Bo Nae ee ae The Hopewell group of mounds was prolific in art objects and it made large and valuable contributions to American prehistoric anchie- 1 Symbolism in Ancient American Art,” Proc Amer. Assn. Ady. Sci., Springfield, Massachusetts, 1895. hie (CO) 0 horns, but had been carved out of wood © (| O ) ) to represent elk horns. The wood of the — of the art work and the capabilities of the artists. EUROPE. Brittany.—The use of gold can be traced in western France through the Neolithic period, principally in the form of collars and bracelets. Fig. 155 represents one of these collars. It was found in one of the dolmens of Roc’h-Guyon or Rondessec, at Plonharnel-Carnac (Morbihan). The discoverer was M. Lebail, the keeper of the hotel at Plouharnel, where the author spent some months at various times in prehistoric investiga- tions, visiting this monument upon sundry occas- ions. The ornament is native gold, about an inch and a half in width, and cut longitudinally into a dozen strips extending one-third the way round. This might have been done by a sharp flint, used chisel and not saw fashion. There were two of these collars, each weighing about 140 grams. They had been intentionally deposited in a rude pottery vase with cinders, ashes, and charcoal, which had been walled up in one corner of the Fig. 155. GOLD COLLAR. Dolmen at Plouharnel-Carnac. Original, collection Gaillard, Plouharnel-Carnae, Morbihan, France. 44 natural size. are two gold bracelets, one of which is represented in fig. 156, found in a dolmen near Belz (Morbihan), and a finger ring fromthe department of Ille-et-Vilaine. PREHISTORIC ART. 505 While it is not asserted that the working of gold was carried on in the Neolithic period, yet the fore- going patterns are different from most of those of the Bronze age. Many, apparently belonging to the Bronze age, are simply round rods or bars of gold of sufficient length to encircle the wrist, and which have been bent to that form (fig. 157). Others have GOLD BRACELET. been made into thin sheets, crimped Dolmen near Belz, Morbihan, France. around the edges (fig. 158). Both these § natural size, styles are identical with the bronze bracelets, and the places in which they were found and the objects with which they were associated concur in their assignment to the Bronze age. There are also many objects in gold—torques and brace- lets—which show a different method of working, and are: supposed to have been of later date. Some were round, heavy, decorated, marked with zigzag, herringbone, chevron, ete. (fig. 159, a, b), some of them after the fashion of a coil of rope (fig. 160, a, d), in others the ends were hammered square and enlarged Fig. 157. BRONZE BRACELET OF ROUND ROD, THE COM- =) r ry MONER PRIMITIVE FORM IN BRONZE AND COPPER (fig. 160, b, ¢). THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. Treland.—The Archeological Mu- SE ela seum in Dublin is probably the rich- est in gold objects of any in Europe. One of its attractive displays is a series of bracelets, running from extremely large to extremely small. They consist of a rod of gold, larger in the center, tapering gradu- ally to the ends, but with a head hammered down and spread, the ends being then brought more or less together (fig. 161). In the larger of these the rod would be nigh half an inch thick, and from thatdown. Someare large enough to go over the hand and so be worn on the wrist, or even on the arm, BRONZE BRACELET OF THIN METAL WITH CRIMPED while the smaller ones in the series _ een would not go on the little finger. Ti Tig fede pete SL a aa The evident fact that these small ones, though practically reproductions of the larger, are quite too sinall for any possible use as bracelets or 506 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. rings, and the additional fact that in some of the countries on the west coast of Africa manillas somewhat resembling these have been used as currency, has caused it to be said that these were not bracelets, but were money, and the name of ring money has been given to them. It is evident that these latter specimens belong to later prehistoric peoples. In Ireland these have been called Celtic; in France, Gaulish. Laissegraisse.—Fig. 162 represents one of these Gaulish torques or collars, while fig. 163 represents a bracelet. They are both of the same style, and were found about 1885 in the little hamlet of Laissegraisse, department of Tarn, France, by a peasant while digging in his vineyard. The author happened at that time to be in the city of Toulouse, and accepted the kind offer of M. Cartailhac to visit the locality and inspect the objects. They were found at about 18 inches beneath the surface, just below the ordinary reach of plow or mattock, and it was only an a b Fig. 159. ENDS OF HEAVY BRACELETS, ARMLETS, TORQUES, ETC., IN GOLD OR BRONZE, SHOWING STYLE OF DECO- RATION. Europe. @ natural size. extraordinary and accidental stroke of the latter that showed a bril- liant spot at the bottom of the hole. There were evidences of prehistoric mau in the shape of flints more or less worked, fragments of pottery and bits of charcoal, but none had any particular relation to the gold objects. They were not protected by box or inclosure in any way. It will be seen from their work that they had been highly decorated, made in repoussé, and soldered together. The details of the orna- ments (fig. 164, a, b,c) and the mode of fastening (fig. 165, a, b, ce) evince a fair degree of civilized mechanical skill in their execution. Golden cinctures have been lately (1893) found at Coutras, and are now in the Museum of Bordeaux. They are simply twisted coils with large button-like ends. Industrially they resemble those from Laisse- graisse, but artistically, they are much inferior. They were found en cache, forming part of the stock of a goldsmith or a mint worker, com- prising about four hundred pieces, weighing nigh 10,000 franes in gold. PREHISTORIC ART. 5O7 Ta a rl WW mn Figs. 160 a, b, ¢. GOLD TORQUES, COLLARS AND BRACELETS. Vieux-Bourg Hinguet (Cétes-du-Nord), France. a. 44 natural size. 6, ¢. 44 natural size. 508 The manufacture and use of gold ornaments continued in these two countries, Ireland and France, to a much later date. An inspection SM Ainuayneni AT G GOLD TORQUE. Weight, 389 grams. Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France. Musée Cluny. 3% natural size. cago. in precious metals. chain, belonging to the third cen- tury A. D., were all high Roman art. It has been described by the author,! AMERICA. The North American Indian does not, during prehistoric times, ap- pear to have worked or used gold or silver for either ornament or utility. There have been a few pieces of silver found within the district occupied by him, but all, either from their association or mode of manufacture, have sug- gested European influence. The pieces of gold found within this dis- trict are much fewer in number and are subject to the same remark. REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of the beautiful ob- jects of precious metals in the mu- seum at Dublin will show the Celtic work improving in and artistic design until 1000 or 1200 A.D. Mr. Edmund Johnson, an accom- plished jeweler aud goldsmith in Dub- lin, made a reason- ably complete series of reproduc- tions of these ob- jects which he dis- played at the World’sColumbian Exposition, Chi- In France the advent of the Romans changed the style of art The golden patera of Rennes, with its fibula and smh rtd aiid my be, es ) = BAe VBE =(20e : Nee \ : Syn, ae FE NN oe = ’ f ——— yy y te Se VGA \ CONEY ¢ WN} = lle poms Ss = AZ Q) “eet Fig. 164. DETAILS OF THE ORNAMENTATION OF FIGS. 162, 163. Natural size. Ponce de Leon and De Soto, give frequent descriptions of gold and copper; the latter appearing in great plenty, the former much less, and the similarity of appearance being such that, in the paucity of their communicating languages, they were unable to distinguish the differences between the two metals. Plate 64 represents certain gold objects in the United States National Museum from Chiriqui, and plate 65 represents a similar set from Antio- — Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Wilson. PLATE 64. GOLD OBJECTS FROM CHIRIQUI, COLOMBIA, SOUTH AMERICA. STRING OF BEADS AND BELLS AT BOTTOM ARE FROM PERU. Cat. Nos. 148148-148172, U.S.N_M. { natural size Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Wilson PLATE 65. GOLD OBJECTS FROM QUIMBAYA, ANTIOQUIA, COLOMBIA, SOUTH AMERICA. Some are casts and some originals. Cat. Nos. 147738-147746, U.S.N.M. 5 natural size. LC 4 wit) Ses ied TAT We, 4 a) a? iv wy Pe cat Ai ; a aes W tw PLATE 66. c (o) a Ne) Oo) ie2) E = o a 3 = © c fy - o Zz Sy Report of U. GOLD ORNAMENTS, FROM COSTA RICA. Originals in National Museum, San José 2 natural size, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.- ilso PLATE 67. - va GOLD OBJECTS. Chibeas Ruiz-Randall collection, from Bogota. Colombia, South America. 5 natural size. PREHISTORIC ART. 511 quia, both in Colombia, South America. Plate 66 represents a chosen collection of gold ornaments from Costa Rica, from a photograph fur- nished by Senor A. Alfaro, the objects being from the Costa Rican Museum. The art of gold working is shown by the objects in the plates and does not require lengthy or detailed description. Plate 67 repre- sents a series of gold objects reported from the Chibea tribe of Indians, Bogota, Colombia, belonging to the Ruiz-Randall collection.' It is not necessary to discuss the question of art any further in this connection, especially as has been mentioned in the introduction, it has been treated in its relation to certain materials by various persons, awe Fig. 165, DETAILS OF MODE OF FASTENING COLLAR AND BRACELET, FIGS. 162, 163. Natural size. especially by Prof. W. H. Holmes, formerly of the Bureau of Ethnology, equally renowned as an archeologist and as an artist, and by his famil- iarity with these two subjects is probably as well qualified to deal with it as any one in the United States. Since the preparation of this paper the following volumes on aborig- inal art in North America have been published: ‘‘ Decorative Art of the Indians of the North Pacific Coast,” by Franz Boas, in the Bulletins of the American Museum of Natural History, Vol. [X, Article X, pp. 125- 176, New York, May 24, 1897; and “The Graphic Art of the Eskimos,” by Walter James Hoffman, M. D., in Report of the U. S. National Museum, 1895, pp. 739-968. ' Century Magazine, October, 1891, XLII, No. 6, pp. 879-892. 512 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. III. PREHISTORIC MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.' Musicisadualism. It is formed of the conjunction of two elements; the one purely musical, the other poetical; the one sensuous, the other spiritual or intellectual; the one owing its origin and development to instruments and based on the mere animal delight in sound, the other owing its origin and development to language and based on the fusion of the emotional and intellectual sides of man’s nature.? ~ It has been asserted that the origin of vocal music was coeval with that of language, and that the construction of musical instruments dates with the earliest inventions suggested by human ingenuity. Those who make these assertions do so simply upon theory, and when pressed for their authority would be compelled to admit that actual knowledge or information upon the subject does not exist. What can be affirmed is that sound made by the prehistoric man of the earliest epoch might have been rhythmic and so possessed one of the elements of music. The other elements—melody, dynamics, and harmony—fol- lowed in the course of civilization, among some people at a faster and among others at a slower rate. Vocal sounds are incapable in themselves of perpetuation. When the vibrations made by the human voice have ceased, the incident is closed and the evidence lost. It is, therefore. in the absence of any written testimony, impossible to identify the practice, or even the exist- ence, of vocal music in prehistoric times. We are driven to an exclu- sive consideration of musical instruments, and if these should fail us, we would be without evidence. Miss Fletcher * says: As to the birth of musical instruments, I can not even touch upon the raison d’étre of their invention, but I may call attention to their controlling influence; they have become at length master of the man who made them. There is no race or people possessing a theory of music who have not been indebted to musical instruments for the means by which their theory has been worked out. * * * Before the instru- ment had been evolved and man could listen objectively to his music, during the long period when his voice was his only mode of expression, his mind was not stim- ulated to make observations upon the relations of one to the other. He may be said to have possessed no conscious method and to have followed no known or accepted artificial rules of composition of his song. This relates entirely to prehistoric times, and its author accepts musical instruments as the only means of perpetuating the sounds so they can be reproduced and studied. 'Much of the material descriptive of prehistoric musical instruments and their scales in the Western Hemisphere contained in this chapter was prepared by Mr. k. P. Upham, assistant in the division of Prehistoric Archaeology to whom credit as joint author should be given. *Rowbotham, History of Music, I, Introduction, p. xi. ‘Indian music, in Music, June, 1894, p. 189, J PREHISTORIC ART. bis It is the intention in this chapter to leave aside all speculation as to the origin, theory, practice, philosophy, and poetry of music, and to deal only with musie as one of the fine arts of prehistoric times; the study thereof to be based upon such knowledge as is obtainable from prehistoric musical instruments. There have been some students, even some professors, who, wiser than their own generation, declare music to be a manifestation of an innate principle in man. The author does not contradict the proposi- tion, but he denies the knowledge and authority of these wise men who Say So. While the proposition may be true, yet the statement is valueless, because it is only the assertion of these gentlemen, the truth of which they do not know. It is, on their part, theoretical, and an assumption which should be proved before being stated as a fact. It is a@ priori argument, and as such is vicious. Investigation has demonstrated that similar assumptions have been erroneous. Illustrations of this can be shown in the life history of Paleolithic man, deduced from discovery. No person would be justified in the assumption, without proof, that the man who lived in caves and apparently had no more notion of civili- zation than the wild beasts with which he disputed the possession thereof, who knew only to use stone implements, and these made sharp by chipping, and who did not know to rub one stone against another to make it either smooth or sharp—no person would be justified in assuming that this man was capable of making artistic designs repre- senting almost the entire fauna of his district; yet in an earlier portion of this paper we have seen that he did this thing. It has been said or assumed, without knowledge for foundation, that man in his earliest condition had an appreciation of the rhythmic character of music; but, in opposition to this, we will show that this same Paleolithic man, who developed an artistic taste in such high degree, had no taste for and did not employ even the rhythmic principle of music. The most we have found of his ability in this direction was the simple whistle, made from the phalange of the reindeer (p. 524). While it is not impossible that this might have been used in cadence and for rhythmic represen- tation, yet there is no known fact on which to base the belief. No reason has been given, and I take it no reason can be given, for these manifestations on the part of the early man in favor of one kind of art and not of another kind. This becomes less subject to the a priori theory herein denounced when we consider that to a large extent the contrary appears in the higher civilization of the Neolithic period, which follows the Paleolithie. The object of this paragraph is to protest against the a priori method of arguinent so often used by the student or professor who, studying or knowing the instincts or capabilities of modern man, argues there- from that man in a state of nature did the same. It is not denied NAT MUS 96 33 514 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. that one people may have developed its culture in one direction and not in another, even retrograded in some respects while they advanced in others, but no person is justified in assuming that, because one primitive people developed their civilization in a particular direction, therefore all peoples did the same. The unity of human develop- ment and civilization isa myth. We have but to look over the mod- ern world and to compare the peoples of historic times, some of them of high civilization, to demonstrate this want of unity. It is sufficient as an illustration to cite the different families of the Aryan race, which originally had a single stock of language if they did not havea single stock of blood; then compare these families together and note the dif- ferences in their civilization, the Greeks with the Romans, and they with the Celts, and the Celts with the Goths, and so on to the Lets and the Slavs, and all these with the Zends and Persians. If this compar- ison be somewhat difficult and not apparent at a glance, we may take the descendants of these various peoples as they exist at the present time; compare not simply the Latins with the Germanic peoples, but the Latins with themselves; the differences between Italy and France, and of France with Spain, or the ancient Saxon with the Anglo-Saxon of England. These differences are almost as great as though there never had been any relation between them; almost as great as it is between these Aryan peoples and the Semitic, between whom there . has never been any racial relation. These differences apply to their fundamental civilization and ramify through every fiber of the respec- tive bodies politic. In sociology the distinctions in religion, mar- riage, government, law, inheritance, is as great between Italy, France, and Spain on the one hand, and Germany, Holland, and England on the other, as it is between either or all these and the same institu- tions in China and Japan. He would be a poor historian who, pro- ceeding upon the theory of the similarity of human nature, and having written a history of any one of the nations and peoples just men- tioned, should assume that, therefore, he was in possession of knowledge of the sociologic conditions of any other. It is useless to continue this argument. Its only purpose has been to enter a protest against this method of reasoning when applied to the prehistoric peoples of whom our only knowledge consists of such monuments, tombs, resi- dence sites, implements, utensils, and objects as have been or may be found on or in the earth. Rhythm was the first element of music. The drum and the rattle of the savage give forth but one tone, and all their music consists in strokes or shakes, repeated at greater or less intervals of time and with more or less regularity and force. The earliest prehistoric whistles gave but a single note, but were afterwards increased to two and five notes, and while they could increase the force they were scarcely able to make a melody except of the most simple kind. Drums and rattles ee | i PREHISTORIC ART. 515 might have had a different pitch and have given different notes, but there is nothing to show that they were intentionally so. It is much more probable that they were made to produce tones of strength, clear- ness, sweetness, ete. When prehistoric man understood and attempted to make melody he had advanced one grade in culture. Frequent attempts have been made to give written representations of the rude music heard among savage or barbarous nations, but these should always be received with distrust, not somuch from want of con- fidence in the observers as from want of accurate representation of sounds heard. The usual practice is to try to write the sounds accord- ing to our modern musical notation, but it must be borne in mind that this notation only corresponds with our own peculiar scale, which has no signs to represent other sounds. Hence, when we see the chants of a savage tribe expressed in our notation we should not take it for granted that they actually used the intervals of ourscale. Wecan only assume that the observer wrote something as nearly like what he heard as he could find means of expression. In the music of savage tribes they used a few sounds, differing in pitch, but in most cases there is no sufficient reason to believe that these sounds correspond, as regards their gradations, with any regu- lar musical system. To get traces of such a system we must look to peoples more civilized, and we soon find not only a considerable advance in the knowledge of the sounds used, but, what is of more importance, amore accurate definition of them. This definition is aided when, as often happens, they have introduced musical instruments with fixed tones. There has been much speculation among philosophers and scientists as to the origin of music. Charles Darwin, Herbert Spencer, Letour- neau, De Mortillet, and others agree that music originated with the ery of the human voice, and that it developed from vocal noises. Letourneau continues the simile by suggesting that the noises of nature were the originators of musical instruments. The others treat of vocal music, and their investigations and theories are devoted almost exclu- sively to an explanation of its origin. Darwin and Spencer differed as to the particular class of vocal noises which served as the origin of music. Darwin attributed it to the amatory class, that is, those sounds which the male makes during the excitements of courtship and in order to charm the female, and he thought that not only love music, but music in general was the resulting combination of these sounds. Spen- cer disagreed with the latter reason and was of the opinion that music had its germs in the sound which the voice emits under excitement, and that it eventually obtained its particular character according to the kind of excitement. Darwin, true to his development theory, believed that ‘the vocal organs were primarily used and perfected in relation to the propagation of the species.” Spencer, agreeing to the excitement 516 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of love as a partial cause, extends it to include all other excitements to which animal feelings are susceptible. The infantile cry, which it is said was the origin of music, has been reduced to writing and placed in the form of notes on the staff. | a an a: a zee —_oe ————— Heu - é Heu - é Heu - 6 CHILD CRYING. Rossini, in his opera of ‘¢Semiramide,” introduced into one of the choruses with great effect the cries and squeals of a party of children. As the human cry grew it changed to represent passion, and possi-— bly by onomatopes it became articulate and so grew into language. With this came modulations of the voice, and Didero, with the others, says the cry of an animal in passion was the fundamental principle of music. Some animals, especially birds, have the power of music without language, but it is claimed that they can express by their music the same sentiments of passion as does man. It has, therefore, been declared that music does not belong exclusively to man, and it is certain that if exists among animals independent of articulate lan- guage. An observing student of nature, Mr. A. T. Camden Pratt,! has reduced some of the cries of our domestic animals to form, and has written them out in music. ease aar| BULL BELLOWING, -@. -@- SS ESE | pe eee sere ee pa Sa COW LOWING. SBS) |) 2 a ae —— SS a ate a Sarees esos ——— i mmm £ She 8-9 tie 6 f0-6-9-9 te 0-5 ee be Fr oes HORSE NEIGHING. AAA A eee DOG YELPING. 1 Strand Magazine, December, 1893, and January, 1894. PREHISTORIC ART. 517 Rachiah ReGen AONE” ON tts e pptt peepee fe tert SSS eee eee DOG BARKING FOR JOY. £ -@- -9- = aE a Pee oe = ~i¢§ ; 5 = = rae one : Fs 2 | = : | * : f : a i fe ara | aes a] a Ears = —- — -@-° -@-° DONKEY BRAYING. (GQ eeeeees 7 | GRASSHOPPER CHIRPING. Free eee GNAT BUZZING. Modern musical works not infrequently reproduce the songs of birds. * Listen to the nightingale” is an illustration which, however, only serves to show the superiority of the bird over his brother animal, man. The lark, the blackbird, the thrush, all have their songs, which, repeated again and again, are recognizable and known of all men, while the canary, the mocking bird, and the catbird sing not only their natural songs, but can be taught to sing many variations, if not to execute entirely new melodies. The author has seen a piece of music set to imitate a cackling hen and crowing cock, and all the world remembers Ole Bull’s “ Barnyard orchestra,” as played on his violin. Darwin reports to have heard a gibbon which modulated his voice to the extent of an octave, and, according to Savage, the black chimpanzee ( Troglo- dytes niger) gathers in troops at certain places and gives musical con- certs by striking wood of various kinds—that is to say, trees standing, logs lying, or branches spreading—with a rod or pole, keeping time and forming a sort of melody or harmony of the different tones emitted from the object struck. If this be true these would seem to be musicians in the lowest scale and this to have been the most primitive musical instrument. Musical instruments of percussion are the most simple, and the theory has been accordingly announced that they were the first to have been invented—that is, they were the earliest factors in human culture, and the first to be used among primitive peoples. The next in order of complexity, and accordingly in order of invention and evolu- tion, were wind instruments. Rowbotham! divides them into types, of which his representatives are the drum, the pipe, and the lyre. Under ' History of Music, Book I. 518 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the first head fall rattles, gongs, triangles, tam-tams, castanets, tam- bourines, cymbals, all instruments of percussion; under the second head fall flageolets, flutes, hautboys, clarionets, bassoons, bugles, all wind instruments; under the third head fall all stringed instruments. He makes these types representatives of three distinct stages of devel- opment, through which, in the order named, he says, all prehistoric music has passed. ‘As in the geologic history of the globe the chalk is never found below the oolite, nor the oolite below the coal, so in the musical history of mankind is the lyre stage never found to precede the pipe stage, nor the pipe stage to precede the drum stage. In keep- ing with this is the fact that the savages sometimes have the drums alone, but never the pipe alone, or the lyre alone, for if they have the pipe they have the drum too, and if they have the lyre they always have both the pipe and drum.” Pursuing this idea, Rowbotham' devotes many pages to descriptions of “savages,” who are in the respective stages of musical culture just described, and he gives the author or book from which he has obtaine 1 the information : Savages with no instruments: Veddahs of Ceylon: Tennent’s History of Ceylon. Mincopies of the Andamans: Mouat’s Andaman Islands. Inhabitants of Terra del Fuego: Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of H.M.SS. Adventure and Beagle. II. Savages with only the drum: Australians: Eyre’s Discoveries in Central Australia, II, pp. 228, 2, 237, 32, 331; Grey’s Journal of Two Expeditions of Discovery in Northwest and West Australia, II, p. 305. Eskimos: Parry’s 2d Voyage, p. 530;, Crantz, History of Greenland, I, p. 171. The Behring’s nations generally: Whymper’s Alaska, p. 145, particularly the Malemutes and Kaveaks. Samoyedes and other Siberian tribes: Richardson’s Polar Regions, p. 335; Smith’s Wonders of Nature and Art, London, 1803, II, pp. 277, 264, ete. Laplanders—until within 200 years: Scheffer’s History of Lapland, p. 58. Savages with pipes and drums: Polynesian Malays: For the Society Islands, see Captain Cook’s Voyages, pub- lished by John Tallis, I, p. 87. For the Navigator Isles, Turner, Nineteen years in Polynesia, p. 211. For the Friendly Isles, Cook, I, p. 427, and in the common edition, Ist Voyage, p. 397; see also Mariner’s Tonga Islands, II, pp. 214, 218. For the Marquesas, Melville’s Life in the Marquesas, p. 185. For the Sandwich Islands, where, however, the pipe is absent, Cook, II, p. 250. For the Maories of New Zealand, who are the most advanced of all, Captain Cook, I, p. 196, and generally Ellis’s Polynesian Researches, p. 282. Papuans: Williams’s Fiji and the Fijians, I, p. 163; Turner’s Nineteen Years in Polynesia, p. 90; Jukes’s Voyage of H. M.S. Fly (for the Erroob Papuans), Il, p. 176; (for the Papuans of New Guinea), I, p. 274, and plate I, p. 277; see Rosenberg’s Niew-Guinea, p. 93. And for the Drum Form in the Papuan Archipelago, Shouten’s Voyage in Purchas His Pilgrimes I, 2, 100. Upper Amazon: Butes’s Amazons, II, p. 201; Wallace’s Travels on the Amazon, p. 504. Rio Negro: Wallace’s Travels on the Amazon, p. 259. 1 History of Music, I, Introduction, pp. xiii, xiv, xv. PREHISTORIC ART. 519 Savages with pipes and drums—Continued. Uaupés: Ibid, p. 282. Tupis: Bates’s Amazons, I, p. 311. Omaguas: Southey’s History of Brazil, I, pp. 89, 90. Neighboring Tribes: Jbid, pp. 84,95; Orellana, in his narrative of his expedition down the Maranon, says, ‘“‘had 3-stringed rebecks.” Artaneses: Southey, I, p. 139. Yucanas: Jbid., Il1, p. 720. Itatines: /bid., I, p. 341. Generally the rest of the Brazilian tribes: bid., I, p. 206. The Aymara Indians of Bolivia and Peru: Forbes, On the Aymara Indians, in Transactions of the Ethnological Society for 1869, p. 233. The aborigines of Guiana: Brett’s Indian Tribes of Guiana, pp. 154, 320 (plate). Huacho Indians of Peru: Stevenson’s Travels in South America, I, p. 403. Abipone of Paraguay: Dobrizhoffer’s History of the Abipones, II, pp. 70, 209, 217. Patagonians: Narrative of the Surveying Voyage of H. M. SS. Adventure and Beagle, I, p. 162; R. Brown’s Races of Mankind, Art. Patagonians, plate; Muster’s At Home among the Patagonians, p. 77. North American Indians: Catlin’s North American Indians, I, pp. 238, 243; Schoolcraft’s History of the Condition and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States, II, p. 514; ILI, p. 486; Catlin mentions ‘‘lutes” twice in his book (I, pp. 38, 142). Savages with lyres have pipes and drums: Dyaks of Borneo: Marryat’s Borneo and the Indian Archipelago, pp. 84, 133 (plate); St. John’s Life in the Forests of the Far East, I, p. 118. The Khonds of Khondistan: Campbell’s Narrative of Thirteen Years’ Service among the Wild Tribes of Khondistan, pp. 16, 164. The Finns: Pinkerton, I, p. 473. The Tartars: Mary Holderness’s Notes relating to the Manners and Customs of the Crim Tartars; Clarke’s Travels in Russia, Tartary, and Turkey, p. 316; New Edinburgh Review, 1822, p. 518. The Cossacks: Atkinson’s Travels on the Upper and Lower Amoor, p. 167. The Turcomans: Chozdko’s Popular Poetry of Persia, pp. 62, 419. The Hindus: New Edinburgh Review, 1822, p. 525. In continuation of his theory, Rowbotham adds instances of the dropping out of earlier forms of musical instruments, where the more primitive, instead of being used in conjunction with those of the higher order, were superseded by them. Drums were in use in Lapland until 1600, yet in 1732 they are reported as having entirely died out.! He says the same is true of the Bushmen in South Africa, that they used the drum in 1800,’ but now have only pipes and horns.® The Muras on the Amazon have only horns, but they are Tupis, and Tupis have drums.‘ In Teeland the drum and pipe dropped out about three hundred years ago, and there is nothing now in use but the lyre.’ 'Schetter’s History of Lapland, p.58; Linnzeus’ Tour in Lapland. *Burchell’s Travels in the Interior of South Africa, II, ». 87. *Chapman’s Travels into the Interior of South Africa, I. ‘Bates’s Amazons, I, p. 10; Lbid, Caishdnas, p. 376. °Von Troil’s Letters on Iceland, in Pinkerton, I, p. 652. 520 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. He says in his appendix (A), page 185: I had prepared a catalogue of the African tribes with which we are acquainted, to discover whether the absence of stringed instruments prevailed in the center, the north, or in what direction it might be, of the continent. * * * But this tabula- tion I was obliged to discard, owing to the conflicting accounts of travelers; and, without endeavoring to trace the topography of the instruments, let us be content with the broad assertion that most of the tribes of Africa are in the lyre stage, and some are prematurely in it; that is to say, they are unacquainted with the use of pipes, which, in all strictness, should have preceded the knowledge of strings. And he acknowledges his perplexity : We have found that the lyre belongs to a very high stage of human development. We have found it in the hands of barbarians who were just emerging into civiliza- tion; yet in Africa we find it known to the most degraded savages. This statement by Rowbotham throws doubt upon the correctness of his assumed order of development. The collections of musical instruments in the United States National Museum and in the Royal Conservatory of Music in Brussels seem to verify his statement of the prevalence of the lyre among certain tribes of Africa where the pipe, or pipe and drum, are absent. All this goes to show the difference between theory and fact, and is complimentary to Mr. Rowbotham in recognizing it. Wallaschek wrote! after Rowbotham, and assailed strongly his theory of threefold development of aboriginal musical instruments. He denied the drum to have been the earliest or first invented, and asserted that which is demonstrated in this paper, that wind instruments (whistles, flageolets, and horns) were first invented and antedated drums. He reversed Rowbotham’s order of simplicity and argued that the lyre or harp of Africa, formed as it might have been from a bent twig or the two branches of a tree with a string stretched taut between the ends, was not only more primitive and easier and quicker made, but, as con- fessed by Rowbotham in his appendix, it was in fact invented and in use among the most degraded savages of the country; that it spread over a large portion of the continent of Africa before the pipe or drum, and that it was in use among many other tribes in connection with pipes, but without drums. He cites the fact that the shepherd boy can with ease and in a short time, while tending his flocks, make, with the aid only of his pocketknife, a willow whistle, which is not difficult to be transformed into a flageolet of considerable musical scale; while all drums, so far as known, among primitive peoples, whether prehis- toric, as shown in this paper, or modern, aS among primitive or savage peoples, are machines or instruments of considerable complexity, requir- ing labor and thought, with much preparation, in order to perfect them. The log must be hollowed and wrought out, and is usually decorated in a more or less elaborate manner (fig. 233). The skin drum requires the preparation of the hoop and then of the skin, both of which require ‘Primitive Music: Its Origin and Development, with Songs, Instruments, and Pan- tomimes of Savage Races. FREHISTORIC ART. 521 considerable thought and time and can never be made impromptu or for an emergency. Wallaschek declares that, both for simplicity and ease of manufac- ture, the pipe and lyre are in advance of the drum, and that the dis- coveries in antiquity and investigations in ethnography show them to have come earliest into use among both prehistoric and primitive peoples, and adds: I can find nothing but speculative reasons and common consent for the drum being regarded as the most ancient instrument. He continues (p. 87) his investigations among the various tribes and nations of primitive and savage peoples to demonstrate the error of towbotham’s proposition and to show that the use of the pipe and lyre—that is to say, of wind and stringed instruments, without the drum—is quite as frequent and prevalent as is the contrary. The authors are aware of the mass of literature on the science and practice of music, how historians and discoverers of primitive or savage peoples have reported, in many volumes, the music they have heard and the instruments with which it was made. These have not been followed nor any of their theories adopted. The sociologie or scientific sides of music among primitive or ancient peoples have been avoided. The authors have contented themselves with a description of prehis- toric instruments and of such notes or tones as could be produced by their manipulation. It was reserved for the white race to develop in times of antiquity the true art of musie as it is understood at the present time, but the different nations composing this race have varied much in their notions as to the solution of the problem. The Egyptians made musie which, judging by the representations left of their musical performances and instruments, had considerable extent and variety. The exact nature of it can only be made out by ingenious inferences, and historians are at issue about their significance. It seems clear, however, that they acknowledged the octave, and that it was largely subdivided. The music of the Chaldeans, Babylonians, and Phenicians may be assumed to have been of a similar character, the octave being also traced among them. Assyrian bas reliefs on monuments dating from 1000 B. C. represent musical instruments which must have been older, and possibly many centuries older, than the monuments on which they appear. Carl Engel! shows the intervals of the huayra-puhara? of the ancient Peruvians. Instruments of this kind, of reed or stone, have been found in ancient tombs. One in the British Museum has a double row of reed pipes, of which one is open below and the other closed. The Hebrews attached great importance to their music, but there appears no means of getting any definite information as to its tonality. ‘Music of Most Ancient Nations, p. 7; Ibid., pp. 13, 15, No. 7, Musie. 2See fig. 325. 522 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The music of the Arabs seems to involve extraordinary complica- tions, and has furnished endless occupation for musical historians and theorists. The most interesting fact in regard to it is that the principal intervals of our scale, namely, the octave and fifth, were also the most important intervals with them. But the resemblance ended here, for their octave was divided into sixteen, or, according to some authors, into seventeen parts, and these not always equal, so that their music must have been very different from anything we are accustomed to. Sanscrit literature contains traces of a musical system in India some three thousand years old, which is still cultivated there. They have also the octavo division, which is subdivided theoretically into twenty- two parts. Their practical scale consists of seven degrees, among which the twenty-two theoretical intervals are unequally divided. The notes in the usable scale admit of many changes, forming distinct modes, and the system generally has many analogies with that of the Greeks. It is worthy of remark, however, that, judging by the frets on their principal stringed instruments, the subdivision cf the octave by the fifth and fourth is acknowledged. Another Aryan branch, the Persian, interests us because, so far as the early history of nations can be made out, their music seems to have been the remote ancestor of our own. The Aryans of Persia, like those of India, had originally a liking for minute intervals of sound, for they divided the octave into twenty-four parts. It is through the known migrations of these races westward, and particularly into Greece, that their connection with our music is gene- alogically established. It is believed that, under the name Pelasgians, they settled in Asia Minor and in Greece some two thousand years before the Christian era, and their descendants or relatives, Lydians and Phrygians, afterwards mixed with other colonists, such as the Dorians, olians, Ionians, and Etruscans, who exercised considerable influence on their manners and customs. The early history of Greek music is enveloped in obscurity. The Greeks had a most elaborate system of meter and rhythm, but it belonged chiefly to their poetry. The principal way in which they applied the idea of time to music was by making the duration of the sounds of unequal lengths correspond to the measures in their poetry, so that in singing, the long syllables should be sung to long notes and the short syllables to shorter notes. This was natural, but there is evidence that the idea was carried further, as signs for unequal length of notes existed in music unaccompanied by poetry, thus coming a little nearer to our modern notation. The earliest indications of a regular system of music are found in the little that is said of the poet musician Olympus, a Pelasgian by origin. He is believed to have lived during the twelfth century B. C., and is of some importance in history, as cer- tain Greek authors and modern philologists ascribe to him the intro- duction into Grecian music of the so-called Enharmonic system. Others PREHISTORIC ART. 523 ascribe it to the younger Olympus five hundred years later. A bas- relief in the Albani Villa at Rome shows Pan teaching Olympus to play the syrinx. It is represented in Baumann’s History of Music.' A great change is supposed to have been brought about among the Pelasgians by the entrance of the foreign colonists before mentioned. The influence of these people, more heroic and energetic, was to do away with the delicate estimation of sounds and to bring about arrange- ments in which the intervals were larger. Hence came into vogue cer- tain musical forms which took the names of the people to whom they were due, and three of these, namely, the Dorian, Phrygian, and Lydian, took at a later date a permanent place in the Greek system, and gave corresponding varieties of character to the music, the influence of which has been perpetuated to our own day. About a century after Terpander came Pythagoras, whose genius as a philosopher enabled him not only to effect great improvements in the capabilities of music, but to establish for the art a definite and scien- tific basis intelligible for all time. He was, indeed, the founder of theoretical music, for it was he who first traced the laws which govern the relations of sounds to each other, and by this means brought music within the domain of natural philosophy. He established the principle that intervals could be appreciated intellectually by the aid of numbers instead of as formerly, by theear alone. “Sense,” he said, “is an uncer- tain guide; numbers can not fail.” Pythagoras effected this by means of the stretched strings used for the lyre. He had acuteness enough to perceive the fundamental fact that the length of the string might be made to supply an exact definition of the pitch of the note it sounded. Hence he was enabled to attach to each sound a certain numerical value, and thus to compare it with other sounds and to establish posi- tive and definite relations between them. The instrument which Pytha- goras used in these investigations was called a canon, and appears to have been similar to our monochord. The importance of this step, connecting for the first time music and mathematics, can hardly be overrated, and as the method Pythagoras introduced has become verified and established in use by all subsequent experience and investigation, he is fairly entitled to be called the “father of musical science.” Out of his investigations the Diatonic scale grew into being. Euclid (B. C. 300), about two hundred and fifty years after Pythagoras, describes the formula and gives the proportion- ate length of string corresponding to the various notes of the scale, a mode of determination quite conclusive. Other elements have been added, but the Diatonie scale has remained essentially unchanged. As the series of notes was when Euclid de- scribed it, so it is now, and as it formed the basis of Greek melodies two thousand years ago, so it forms the basis of the musie of the pres- ent day. ''Volume I, fig. 87, p. 126. 524 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. EUROPE. PALEOLITHIC AGE. Lartet and Christy found prehistoric whistles in the cavern of Lau- gerie Basse, in the Dordogne District, France. They also found whis- tles of the same kind in the cavern of Aurignaec. It was supposed that both these caverns belonged to the Paleolithic period, and, therefore, they afforded corroborating evidence of the use of these instruments in that period. Later investigations rendered this certain with regard to Laugerie Basse, but made it uncertain with regard to Aurignac. When the first whistle was found, in 1860, in Aurignac it was reserved by these gentlemen for this confirmation, but afterwards, when, as they say, there had been many discoveries of this kind of instrument, notably those from the Laugerie Basse, so that specimens are not now rare in museums and collections, they felt themselves justified in assuming the existence and use of this instrument in Paleolithic times. Fig. 166 represents the whistle from Laugerie Basse, taken from Lartet and Christy’s ‘‘Reliquie Aqui- tanice,” and is plate V, fig. 21. It is described as the first digital phalange of the hind foot of a rein- deer. A hole has been bored in its lower surface near the expanded upper articulation. On applica- tion of the lips ‘to the hollow of this articulation, Fig. 166. and blowing obliquely into the hole, they got a sharp BONE WHISTLE, PHA- sound analogous to that produced by a cat call or a LANGE OF REIN- : nee PaLeourn. BOY USel.as a. whistle, IC PERIOD. Marquis de Nadaillac! figures a whistle of deer ee horn or reindeer phalange from the collection Mas- : senat (Brives, France) similar to that shown in fig. 166, and states that others have been found in the caverns of Les Eyzies, Schussenried, and Chaffaud. He continues that they have been found in the Belgian caverns, in the peat beds of Scania, southern Sweden, in the island of Palmaria, and at other points. He says that there have been found, in the Grotto of Cottes, the radii (canon) of the reindeer and auroch treated in the same manner, and which might have been destined for the same purpose. He tells of Longperier’s mention of a human bone pierced with holes at regular intervals, serving, by a strange irony of death, as a flute with which to charm the living; also of Judge Piette, who, in one of his numerous excavations, discovered a flute made of two bird bones which, joined, would make modulated tones. Similar bones were found in the collec- tion at Rochebertier. Beyond these he knows of none. The whistles, he thinks, may have been used in war or in the chase, but he expresses % iN \ Natural size. ‘Moeurs et Monuments des Peuples Prehistoriques, pp. 92, 93, No. 30. — = PREHISTORIC ART. 525 no opinion as to the probable use of the flutes. The chief value of his report is in finding the instruments. This done, with their respective strata and associations, they speak for themselves, and the inspector or examiner is as well qualified to determine their function as is their finder. His qualification is to be determined by his experience with other or similar finds, and his ability to compare them with other insfruments. It is to be remarked that, while the first series mentioned above by Marquis de Nadaillac are from caverns mostly or possibly Paleolithic, the remainder are probably Neolithic, though this would require closer examination and greater knowledge of the locality and strata of their origin than is now possessed by the author. Furfooz is one of a number of prehistoric stations, many of which are Paleolithic, near Namur and Dinant, on the head waters of the River Meuse. They are justly celebrated by the excavations made therein by M. E. Dupont, the finds from which form a large proportion of the interesting display in the National Museum at Brussels. The greater number of these stations were cav- erns or Shelters used by Paleolithic man. The superimposed strata in these caverns indicate with great certainty and satisfaction the chronological as well as the cultural se- quence of their occupation by man. In one of these caverns, and ina stratum believed to have been formed during the oceupation by Fig. 167. Paleolithic man, Was found the celebrated TERRA-COTTA WHISTLE, BIRD- pottery vase, in fragments, which has been BHAPED. ) BRONZE AGE: Near cavern of Furfooz, southern restored and is displayed in the Brussels Mus- a eum, and which has figured so extensively in the determination by prehistoric anthropologists that, while man did not make or use pottery during the Paleolithic period in France, he did in Belgium. In this station at Furfooz has been found, in what stratum I am not able to say, nor even do I know positively in which cav- ern, but quoted from the Annals of the Société Archeologique of Namur! as having been found “dans les bains voisins de la forteresse,” a whistle of white clay, (en terre blanche) (fig. 167), in the form of a bird, the mouthpiece of which was in the tail and the venthole in the belly, as seen in the figure. Another whistle, said to have been found in the phosphate beds at Mesvin near Mons, Belgium, and claimed to have been paleolithic, is in the possession of M. Leon Somzée of Brussels. The question will immediately arise whether these were really musical instruments. It has been suggested that they were for calls or signals and may have been used, as the boatswain does his whistle, to direct the movements of men at a distance. This would not be music, and if they were always thus used they would not be musical instruments ; but if, on the other hand, they were used to give a rhythmical cadence ‘Volume XIX, 1892, p. 360. 526 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. to a dance or song, or for any similar purpose, they would be musical instruments. Any attempt to decide to which use these objects were put and so decide whether they were or were not musical instruments would be mere speculation. That they might have been used as such, and that hundreds of other similar instruments have been found which were used as musical instruments, justifies this classification and their insertion in this paper. ek The Grotto or Cavern of Gourdan, in Haute Garonne, France, was explored by Judge E. Piette. The work of exploration lasted for three years (1871-1874), and was conducted by a Frenchman whom I met there who served as cook at Delmonico’s for four years (1861-1864), and who, having thus made his fortune, returned to Gourdan and estab- lished himself as innkeeper. He did the work of excavation under pay from Judge Piette, and it occupied him for three years. This was another of the caverns in which the superimposed strata evidenced the chronological and cultural sequence between the Paleolithic and Neo- lithic occupations. In a stratum of the later period, amid much char- coal and cinders, he found a bone flute or pipe pierced with holes and capable of producing three notes. A memoir appeared in the report of the Société Académique des Sciences, etc., of St. Quentin, France, for the year 1873-74, XII, 3d ser., p. 339, written M. Textor de Ravisi, wherein he argued as to the exist- ence of musical instruments in the age of stone, and, maintaining the affirmative, he cites the invention of M. Baudre, who had made what he called a ‘‘Clavier de silex,” that is to say, a sort of piano or xeno- phone, composed of twenty-eight stones, twenty-six of flint and two of schist. They were arranged according to note and sound, whether made so by size or shape is immaterial, and were struck with a pebble, producing the melody. The inventor chose natural pieces of flint, and did not chip them to size or form. He insisted that the natural pieces produced infinitely better tones than those which were chipped. While this instrument was entirely possible in Paleolithic times, yet there is nothing to show that it was ever invented or used. Indeed, there is nothing in all the discoveries that have ever been made to show that Paleolithic man had any system of music applicable to this instrument, or that he would have recognized it or the music if either had been presented before him. There is an instrument similar to this in the Museum of Science and Art at Dublin, but the stones are all of schist and none of flint. These are no evidence of prehistoric musical instru- ments, and are only ingenious modern inventions by which our present scales of music are brought into use. NEOLITHIC AND BRONZE AGES. M. Fetis' gives an illustration of a pipe from a prehistoric grave of the Neolithic period near Poitiers, and of which a cast was fur- 4 | Histoire Generale de la Musique. . —— PREHISTORIC ART. 527 nished him by M. Lartet. It was rudely constructed from a stag horn, was blown at the end like a flageolet, and had three finger holes equidistant. SCANDINAVIA, Luhrs.—The most elaborate, as well as the most beautiful instru- ments of music belonging to prehistoric times, were the bronze and gold trumpets or horns of Scan dinavia. They are not toys, but are of large size, quite as large as any horns of modern times, being some- times 5 and even up to 8 feet in length, with bell mouths 6, 8, and 10 inches indiameter. No particular style was adopted, though all specimens agree in the requisites of the horn or trumpet. Some are straight and some curved, after the fashion of the modern horn; others, again, are curved at one, and still others at both ends. The majority of these instruments are of bronze, cast in short see- tions with joints or shoul- ders, which, being fitted, are riveted together. The straighter ones are in longer sections and, conse- quently, with fewer shoul- ders, while those more curved have proportion- ately shorter sections and more shoulders. The va- Fig. 168. riations of form and conse- BRONZE HORN, MOLDED, quent changes in manufae- Length, 8 feet. ture will be apparent on He INES Womans inspection of the figures. These horns are called luhrs by the Danes. They are from southern Sweden and Denmark as far south as Sleswick, but not farther. They are found mostly in peat bogs. Whether this was an intentional deposit and for the purpose of their preservation has never been determined. Tig. 168 represents one of these large horns curved at both ends, in HES FOKO-O-OROGD FOFO= One of twenty-three in Copenhagen Museum. 528 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the shape of the letter S, found at Maltbeck. It is nearly 8 feet in length, measuring the convex sides. It had been cast in sections, which have been fitted and riveted. It has a disk upon the larger end (simi- lar to fig. 187 from Ireland), the decoration on which is a representation of the daisy flower. The small end was provided with its mouth- piece, which is rather uncommon, and, as will be seen shortly, it was capable of being played upon. The details of this instrument, mouth- piece, disk at bell mouth, chain, ring, and strap, are shown in accompa- nying figs. 169 a,b, c,d. This specimen is reported in the guidebooks of the Museum of Antiquities at Copenhagen as belonging to the fourth hall or room containing objects of the Bronze age, as No. 74, with the following label: Twenty-three (23) trumpets of war (luhrs) composed of sundry pieces of bronze molded separately ; found in the peat bogs, ordinarily in pairs. This instrument has attracted the attention, both of the arch- ceological and musical world, and ‘sundry reproductions of it have been made—one is in the British museum, one in the Museum of Natural History, New York city, and one in the Musée Instru- mental of the Royal Conserva- tory at Brussels (see No. 1156 of its catalogue), the latter giving the scale, from E-flat in the bass clef to E-flat on the upper space in the treble clef. A notice of a concert by the (a) mouthpiece; (b) disk at bell mouth; (c¢) chain instruments in the Copenhagen for suspension; (d) strap and swivel for chain. Museum was published in the Washington Evening Star, Feb- ruary 6, 1896, from the San Francisco Chronicle, which is here inserted: Fig. 169. DETAILS OF FIG. 168. An enormous crowd fills the museum and neighboring square at Copenhagen every midsummer day to listen to a unique concert. A number of ancient Scandinavian horns more than three thousand years old, called “luren,” are kept in the museum. Of this collection fourteen are in good condition. They have an elegant shape, and the flat metal plates at the mouthpiece show good technical perfection and a devel- oped taste for art. They are in different pieces fitted together. They are of very thin metal, and generally 7 feet long. A few years ago it was found out by Dr. Hammerich that they could still be blown or played upon. Their tones resemble those of the tenor horn, and they have a soft but powerful sound. Some are tuned in C and E sharp and others in D, E, or G, and these tones form an accord, but no OE I PREHISTORIC ART. 529 “seala.” On the balcony in the court of the palace in which is kept the Northern Museum two members of the “capella” blow tunes on two of these primeval horns to the delight of the inhabitants. Professor Starr says of one of these concerts: We had the good fortune to be present. The court of the museum was filled with hearers. Wonderful, is it not, that horns two thousand years old, buried for long centuries in peat bogs, should, after this long silence, still be capable of giving out clear, ringing, even sweet, tones.! The age of bronze is supposed to have begun in Scandinavia about 1500 B.C. It has been divided, for convenience of description, into the first and second periods, corresponding in some degree with the same ages in continental Europe, especially France, to which M. de Mortillet has given the names (1) Morgien and (2) Halstattien. These subdivisions have been made principally from the inspection of the objects themselves, their development, and their associations. It is believed by those who have studied the subject with the greatest attention and the most in detail that whencesoever the bronze may have come and howsoever the knowledge to work it came, that most or the objects found in Scandinavia were made in the country; conse- quently, are of a culture and art indigenous thereto, and that this applies to both periods. Nearly all bronze objects were made by cast- ing. It is not until near the close of the age of bronze that evidences of hammering as a method of manufacture have been found. Hammer- ing and drilling were employed after the object had been cast, and for the purpose of putting it together. Many molds in which objects were cast have been found throughout the country, but, so far as known to the author, none which were used for casting these trumpets or horns. A moment’s consideration will make apparent the difficulty in casting. Their length, the size of the piece, the thinness of wall, the extent of core, together with the exactness required to make the sonorous quality, not only so that they shall sound, but that they shall make a note within a given scale—a consideration of these difficulties, and the ability displayed by their makers in overcoming them, should increase largely our appreciation of the capacity of the workmen. One of the most beautiful specimens of bronze vases of elegant form and choice decoration was found in the Island of Funen with the core of elay still in it, thus enabling its discoverers to determine with cer- tainty the method of its manufacture. The casting had failed in part and was never completed. The many other similar vases which were snecessfully made is proof of the capability of the workman. No evi- dences of the art of soldering during the bronze age have been found in Scandinavia. Not only have no soldered specimens been found, but many objects were repaired without solder. Two methods were employed, riveting, or by the apparently more difficult process, described elsewhere, of pouring molten metal on the junction of the broken pieces ' Popular Science Monthly, LX VII, p. 22, May, 1895. NAT MUs 96——34 530 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. until they themselves have become melted and the new and old were fused and formed a solid mass. Thus much for the Bronze age; but this does not account for all the prehistoric objects in bronze belonging to that country. The prehis- toric ages of iron have been divided into three epochs, covering a period from some time anterior to the Christian era until about 1000 A. D., when the historic period as represented in the known languages of Europe began. The languages used in Scandinavia prior to this time were Runic. They were protohistoric but afterwards passed out of use. The term “iron age,” while it denotes the use of iron, was princi- pally applied to its use for cutting implements. Bronze did not cease to be used for many purposes, and among the rest, for the luhrs or trumpets or horns. Therefore many of these instruments of bronze have been found which belonged to the prehistoric ages of iron. The question of chronology can only be determined by critical examina- tions of almost infinitesimal details in the manufacture, form, kind, and use of implements, and of the objects associated with them, and even then errors are not infrequent. This should be borne in mind in criticising the assignment of any given instrument to a certain age or period. In the last age of iron, when the runes had passed their final stage of improvement and are capable of being read, we gain much infor- mation therefrom concerning the life history of the people, and find they made war, indulged in the chase, and played games, as other people did then and have ever done. A social custom which prevailed among the Scandinavians, peculiar to them and to the Celts, and possibly other peoples, was that of minstrelsy, whereby the instruments of music were brought into use. Mr. Montelius! says: Of musical instruments, we read of the lyre, the horn, the pipe, the fiddle, and above all the harp, one of the oldest and most prized. Snorri relates of Olaf Sk6t- konung, that when the meats were set upon the king’s table, the players stepped forth with ‘‘harps, fiddles, and other instruments.” To the tones of the harp the skalds generally sang their songs. Skalds often visited at the court of the Swedish kings; sometimes they came from Iceland. Of these, the horn only seems to have been prehistoric, and it alone has received attention in this paper. In 1801 eight of these large curved bronze horns were found in a peat bog or turf bed, Brudevzelte, in a field near Liunge in the neigh- borhood of Fredericksborg. These were intact and complete, mouth- piece and all, are in the museum at Copenhagen, and have lately been played upon, as previously related. The longest was 6 feet and some inches, while the largest disk on the bell mouth was 11 inches in diameter. Fragments of bronze horns had before been found throughout that ‘La Suede Prehistorique, p. 145; and Civilization of Sweden in Prehistoric Times, p- 177. PREHISTORIC ART. 53k country and gave rise to much speculation as to their possible origin and use. The discovery of these complete horns identified the objects and solved the doubts. Another bronze horn in the museum of Copenhagen, 5 feet in length, was discovered in a peat bog at Wedellsborg, Island of Funen, in the year 1809. It had a chain attached. Fig. 170. BRONZE HORN. SECOND AGE OF BRONZE. Length, 3 feet 4 inches. In Archeologic Museum of Lund, Scania, Sweden. Fragments of a bronze horn have been found in a bog near Lumne- lov, Islaud of Falster. There are now twenty-three bronze horns in the museum in Copenhagen. Fig. 170 represents a war (?) trumpet of bronze, cast in sections, fitted and riveted as before described. It is said to belong to the sec- oud age of bronze. It was found 8 feet beneath the surface in a peat bog near the city of Lund, Seania, Sweden, and is in the Archeolog- ical Museum of the university of that city (No. 4372). Its length is 40 inches. It was in perfect order and is yet capable of giving its 532 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. proper sound. The figure is taken from Antiquities Suedoises' by Montelius. Fig. 171 represents a horn belonging to the Iron age (prehistoric), found in a peat bog in Sédermanland, Sweden. The middle portion is an ox horn of which only enough remains to show what material it was. OX HORN WITH BRONZE MOUNTINGS, FOR MUSIC OR DRINKING, OR BOTH. Sddermanland, Sweden. 44 natural size. The mountings are elab- orate and are attached at either end in such way as to lengthen the horn and increase its power as a musical in- strument. The two mountings are attached by a bronze chain with long links, which has served for suspension or carrying. It is taken from Montelius.” The small ends of many of these horns were de- stroyed when found, and so it is undeterminable whether they were used for music or for drinking. Horns similar in all ap- pearance to these were in that country and in that epoch used for both purposes. Fig. 172 represents a horn, probably of the Iron age, with bronze mountings. Itmay have served for music or for drinking. It was ar- ranged with a long linked chain. It, with two others, was found in a burial tumulus at Soj- vide in Gotland, in a stone cist, with about five hundred bronze beads, two pottery vases, belonging to a single skeleton. The specimens are in the National Museum in Stockholm, Sweden. Fig. 175 represents a bronze war trumpet taken from Worsae.’ It is !'Volume I, p.53, fig. 178. * Ancient Swedish Civilization, p. 107, fig. 115. ‘La Colonisation de la Russie et de Nord Scandinave, p. 72. PREHISTORIC ART. 533 without description as to size, time, or place of finding, or present deposit. It is given because of a different form from any heretofore shown. Gold horns.—The chefs-Vceuvre of prehistoric horns were the mag- nificent ones found, respectively, in 1639 and 1754, in the little village of OX HORN WITH BRONZE MOUNTINGS, FOR EITHER MUSIC OR DRINKING. Gotland, Sweden. Montelius, Antiquites Suedoises, IT, p. 114, fig. 381a. 4 natural size. Gallehuus, on the western coast and in the Duchy of Sleswick, near the boundary between Denmark and Germany. These instruments are, or were, so beautiful and valuable, and their history so well authenticated, as to jus- tify their description. On July 20, 1639, a young girl of poor family named Kristine Sven- datter (daughter of Sve- non) left her house to go to the little village of Tonder. Walking in her bare feet, she stubbed her toe against what she BRONZE HORN FROM SCANDINAVIA. thought to be a root. Worsaie. She struck it a blow with her staff, gave an imprecation upon it, and passed on. Some days after- wards fate or luck caused her to pass the same way, and she struck her toe against the same object, which excited her indignation if not her wrath, and she determined to cut down or dig up the root which lay in the path of travelers and which on these two occasions had served her sucha trick. She dug it out and found it to be this horn (fig.174). Cer- tain neighbors gave her their opinion that it was a huntsman’s old tin Fig. 173. 534 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. horn and not worth carrying home; but she decided to the contrary and carried it with her, with no idea of what it really was. Arrived at home, she washed it and concluded it to be of tin or copper, still of no value. There were certain rings upon it which she gave the children to play with. After some days she went to the market town and took with her one of these rings to be exam- ined, when it was discovered that the ring was not only gold, but un- usually fine gold. The King of Denmark, Christian [V, was then at Gluckstadt with his son, Prince Christian. The’ golden horn was brought to him, he made recom- pense to the girl, and presented the horn to his son, the prince. He had at first the idea to have the piece melted and made into a new- fashioned cup, but better counsels prevailed, and a goldsmith was employed to clean and put it in good shape, which he did. It had neither cork nor mouthpiece, so no one was able to say whether it had been used as a musie or a drinking horn. The gold worker settled the question for the moment by pre- paring a cork with gold trimmings, and the horn was ever afterwards used as a drinking cup on state oe- casions. Its capacity was 5 pints. About one hundred years there- after, April 21, 1734, a poor peas- ant named Lassen, or Laritzen, of the same village of Gallehuus, was digging for clay in the field about 25 paces from his cabin, when his pick struck an object which shone with great splendor. On digging it out it was found to be the gold horn indicated (fig. 175). Almost a hundred years had passed since Kristine Svensdatter had stubbed her toe against the first one and, naturally, there was difficulty in identify- ing the exact spot, but according to tradition, the second was found 34 paces to the southwest of the first. The horn was cared for by a gold- smith in Tonder, determined to be fine gold, and then placed in the pos- session of Count Otto Diderick Schack, proprietor of the domain. It Found in 1639 at Gallehuus, Denmark. weight, 6 pounds 6} ounces. GOLDEN HORN, MOLDED IN BANDS, SOLDERED AND CRIMPED. Length, 34 inches; PREHISTORIC ART. 535 was transmitted to King Christian VI, who gave to the peasant 200 rigsdalers. Description of the horn found in 1659 (fig. 174): Its length was 34 inches; at the bell mouth its circumference was 124 inches, and the diameter 44 inches; at the small end, which, however, had no mouth- piece, its circumference was 4¢ inches, and its diameter 14 inches. Its weight was 6 pounds 64 ounces. Its manufacture was complicated, somewhat difficult to describe in detail, and, perhaps, unimportant from the view point of a musical instrument. It was made of thick sheet gold; whether hammered or cast does not appear. It was double throughout, one sheet forming the interior, which was solid, smooth, and polished; whether made in a single sheet or by a succession of sheets soldered together is not now known. The interior sheet of gold was less pure than the exterior. The exterior plate was made in bands or sections, as shown by fig. 176, thirteen regular ones and a small one at the bell mouth. These bands graduated in size and length from the large to the small end of the horn. The six smallest bands were GOLDEN HORN, FRAGMENT. Weight, 7 pounds 54 ounces. Found 1734 at Gallehuus, Denmark. soldered to the interior sheet so as to form a solid piece. The other seven bands were different. While the bands at the smaller end may have been made separate and afterwards soldered togetier, the junction being covered by the solid ring, as shown in the figure, it is certain that the seven larger bands were made separate, for they were not soldered together, but inserted one into the other continuously after the fashion of a stovepipe, the junction being crimped so as to prevent their separation, yet permitting them to be rotated one upon the other. These junctions were then covered by separate gold rings, as shown in the figure, each ring fitting to its particular place. These seven larger bands were covered with figures, some of which were cast and soldered on, while others were made by punch marks (pointillé). The character and different kinds of these designs are not to be described, yet will be apparent on inspection of fig. 176, showing details. Description of horn found in 1734 (fig.175): This horn was broken and probably half of it (that of the smaller end) was not found. It was heavier and larger than the first one (fig. 174). It was made in 536 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the same general method with a smooth interior surface and exterior bands, all of which were soldered together. There were only five exte- rior bands in the fragment. The weight was, nevertheless, 7 pounds 54 ounces—15 ounces more than the first one, although that was com- SLAC SIN PORE ai ap Set Studs Fic. 176. DETAILS OF FIRST GOLDEN HORN (fig. 174): SEVEN BANDS MOLDED AND CRIMPED, WITH SOME ORNAMENTS MOLDED AND SOLDERED ON, OTHERS PUNCHED. plete. The ornaments (fig. 177) were, like that of the first, some cast and soldered on, whileothers were made with punch marks— pointillé. The designs upon the two horns, respective- ly, are from their form, manner of making, and mechanical work gen- erally, evidence that they both belonged practically to the same epoch. Theornaments (fig. 177) upon the horn (fig. 175) (1734) were artistically inferior to theother. There have been, of course, many attempts on the part of antiquarians to de- cipher or translate these figures and dis- cover the date of the making of the horns. These efforts have re- sulted in many theo- ries, with none of which we are particularly in- terested. They were supposed to be calen- dars of antiquity, to represent the signs of the zodiac, to be amap of the heavens and so deal with astronomy,to have related to the worship, first of the sun and then all within the range of Scandinavian mythology, as well as other mythologies. The antiquari- ans whomadethe most profound studiesof these horns, and whose descrip- tion and opinions are best entitled to consideration, were (1) Mr. E. P. | a z ] } : { ; a PREHISTORIC ART. 537 Muller! and (2) Kanut Henneberg.? The first gentleman concludes that both horns were the work of one and the same people, that none of the figures had any relation to Scandinavian mythology, but have a greater relationship with the Mongols, perhaps had been brought from Siberia, s niin f say veesrseegpene a -— ©- e | =~ oer rer DETAILS OF SECOND GOLDEN HORN, FIVE BANDS (fig. 175). 1 “Antiquarisk Undersdgelse over de ved Gallehuus fundne Guld-horn (an archie- ologic examination of the gold horns found near Gallehuus). Copenhagen, 1806 quarto, with designs of the two horns engraved by G. L. Lahde.” 2¢¢Hyad er Edda? eller Raisonneret kritisk Underségelse over de tvende ved Gal- lehuus fundne Guld-horn. (What is.this but the Edda; or a critical examination and argument as to the two horns disinterred near Gallehuus.) Aaborg, 1812, quarto, with designs engraved by J. Flint.” 538 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. and had probably served as ornaments in the temple of Jomale in Bur- mah, a suggestion derived from certain Sagas of Herraud and de Bose. He interprets the Runic inscription as Celt-[berian, and perhaps Druidie. The second gentleman attributes these golden horns to a different origin. He thinks he recognizes the gold of which they are made as from Hungary, Transylvania, or perhaps the Crimea. The figures upon them suggest to him the usage of the Vandals who combined the wor- ship of Odin, Thor, and Friga, with that of their national gods. It is agreed by both these gentlemen that the figures denote a barbarous epoch so far in the past that, if they have any meaning at all, it is now inexplicable beyond theory or suggestion. The last found horn (that of 1754), fig. 175, had a Runic inscription in the narrow band at its bell mouth. This inscription has been read, reread, and guessed at, until it has received every kind of rendition. The results of the principal attempts in this direction have been given in extenso by Mr. C. C. Rafn.! W. F. Kopf, 1821, writes: “Iam (both) a horn of the chase (liunts- man’s horn) and a drinking cup (dedicated) to the orgie (ceremony) of Holte.” According to Gisle Brynjulfsson, 1823: “I, Hlevus, have made these two horns,” or “‘ Thorfin and Leif have made both these horns.” Fin Magnusen, 1834, says: ‘‘I bring to the sacrifice the envelope of the horn of Tovid.” N. M. Petersen, 1837, gives: ‘‘ I, Hlevo, have made the envelope of this horn.” According to Jacob H. Bredsdorff, 1838: “I, Hleva, have made these horns for my guests, the inhabitants of the forest (the Holsteinois).” Jacob Grimm, 1848, writes: ‘ Holsatis, intimis hospitibus pocula dedi.” K. Mullenhoff, 1852, says: ‘“‘I have made these horns for the Holz- ingen, or guardians of the forest.” C. C. Rafn himself makes the following literal rendition: ECHLEV 0G OSTIR HULTINGOR HURNO TVO VIgl U which he translates into Danish as follows: Kehlev ak Astir (Kyleife ok Astyr) Hyltingar tva (tvo) vigpu, which in English is ‘“‘The Holsteinois, Echlev and Astyr, have initiated (or consecrated) these two horns.” According to his examination of his- tory as set forth in certain of the Sagas, Mr. Rafn concludes that Eglaf or Eyleif was a chief of the southern Danes in Holstein about the fifth century. Both golden horns were deposited in the Royal Cabinet of Curious sacle: A thief, by the aid of false keys, broke into the cabinet May ' Atlas of the Archwology my; the North, published by the Royal Society, Copenhagen, 1860. PREHISTORIC ART. 539 4, 1802, and stole both horns. To avoid detection, he melted them into bars, and, being a goldsmith, he fabricated therewith chains, collars, buckles, and other jewelry. This further excited his avarice, and he began the falsification or adulteration of the gold in his manufactured objects, which led to his detection and final conviction. The foregoing descriptions were from measurements, drawings, and casts made while the horns were in existence. IRELAND. Bronze horns.—The ancient musical instruments of Ireland, so far brought to the notice of archieologists, are the horn or trumpet, the harp, and the bagpipe. The two latter are more modern and are prob- ably not prehistoric. The Museum of Science and Art at Dublin pos- sesses several ancient harps, attractive on account of their historic and national interest, but they are not for us. The only prehistoric objects found suspected of belonging to this class are the bone hairpins (7?) from the Strokestown Crannoge. Fig. 178 shows a metacarpal bone of a deer. It is 8 inches long, is hollowed artificially throughout and perforated with nine holes, each of which is surrounded by a circular incised line, the upper hole with two Fig. 178. BONE FLAGEOLET (?), FRAGMENT, METACARPEL OF DEER. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. lines. It is otherwise decorated with dots and lines. Sir Willam R. Wilde! was doubtful about this being a musical instrument. He says: If it was the top member of a lute or a small rude harp, the holes might have been used for holding the pins to which the strings were fastened. It is here figured as possibly a musical instrument. M. Paul du Chaiilu wrote his interesting work, ‘* The Viking Age,”* to demonstrate the proposition that the early settlers of Britain and the British Isles were Vikings rather than Anglo-Saxons. He based his theory upon the similarity of the many objects found, respectively, in Britain and Denmark. While his theory has not been accepted gener- ally, yet it must be confessed that the similarity he points out was remarkable. Not the least is it so with regard to the trumpets or horns (luhrs). A fact in this similarity opposed to Du Chaillu’s theory is that the greater, almost the entire, number of these trumpets are found in Ireland, while they are extremely rarein England. Sir John Evans’ records that as early as 1715 Mr. F. Nevill described‘ eight bronze trumpets found at Dunganon, County Tyrone, Ireland. ' Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, p. 344, fig. 225. 2Two volumes, pp. Xix, 591, and viii, 562; fig. 1364. ’ Ancient Bronze Implements of Great Britain and Ireland, p. 352. 4Phil, Trans., XXVIII, p. 270. 540 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Sir W. R. Wilde! reports that the earliest historic notice of the dis- covery of these instruments was by Sir Thomas Molyneaux in his ‘Discourse Concerning the Danish Mounds, Forts, and Towers of Ire- land,” 1725. This author bases his opinion upon the work of Olaus Wormius’s treatise of the antiquities of Denmark (1655), in which every- thing of high antiquity found in Ireland was accredited to the Danes. This was carried to such excess as to include many things exclusively Irish, and of which nothing like them were ever found in Denmark. These authors were followed in some degree by Du Chaillu. In 1750 thirteen or fourteen of these curved bronze horns were dis- covered near Cork. Three of them were figured by Charles Smith in his “History of the County of Cork,” and are believed to be the same sold to Bishop Pocock and figured by the Society of Antiquaries in “ Vestuta Monumenta,” and afterwards copied in the ‘Historical Memoirs of the Trish Bards,” 1786. Three trumpets and a fragment of straight tube were discovered in the County of Limerick in 1787, and figured in Volume II of its Trans- actions. In 1794 four bronze trumpets were found in a bog on the bor- ders of Loch Nashade, near Armagh. In 1809 two joints of a large and perfect curved bronze trumpet were found in a peat bog at Ardbrin, County Down. In 1833 Dr. Petrie? described and figured a cast bronze horn, one of several found at Dowris and then in possession of the Dean of St. Patrick, one of which is here represented as fig.181. In 1835 several trumpets were discovered in a bog near Killarney. The largest measured 15 inches and the smallest 104 inches from point to point. They were distributed among various antiquarians in Cork. In 1847 three trumpets were discovered near Cloghoughter Castle, County Cavan. In 1840 four trumpets were discovered in the bog of Drum- best, County Antrim. The Royal Irish Academy, recently consolidated with the Kensing- ton Museum under the denomination of the Museum of Science and Art, Dublin, possesses sixteen specimens of these bronze trumpets. Sir W. R. Wilde* divides them into two classes—(1) those of which the small end is stopped and the mouth hole is in the side, flute fashion, and (2) those with the small end open and the mouthpiece inserted trumpet or horn fashion. On none of the specimens was any mouth- piece found, but the appearance when found and subsequent examina- tion satisfies the student of its existence and use. Of those blown from the ends, some were cast and some hammered and riveted. Those closed at the end and with mouth hole on the side were all cast. From these differences he makes five varieties of prehistoric bronze trumpets in Ireland. The cast specimens were in one piece, having been molded com- ‘Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, I, p. 623. ?Dublin Penny Journal, II. ’ Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, I, pp. 626, 627. PREHISTORIC ART. 541 plete in a single operation, the work of cleaning, drilling, and deco- rating having, as in modern times, been done subsequently. The other specimens were of thin sheet bronze, originally cast, for bronze can be made only by casting. How thin the bronze originally was when cast we have no knowledge, but whatever its thickness it must have been hammered, probably many times, being annealed each time to prepare it. Reduced to the proper thickness by whatever process, it was bent by hammering, probably repoussé, into the proper form, usually, if not always, in two pieces. The edges, being brought together, are fastened by any of the various methods of riveting. Fig. 190 is a representation of the details of the operation of riveting as employed in fig. 189. Sometimes the strips of thin bronze were laid on the out- side as well as inside and the rivets put through three instead of two thicknesses. This was the case with fig. 187. While these workmen must have had knowledge of the art of soldering (shown in their gold work by the attachment of collars, rings, etc.), yet none of these instru- ments are reported as having been thus made. Several of these instruments had been broken in ancient times and mended by the prehistoric workman. The methods of doing this show that in prehistoric times, as well as early Christian times, the metal work- ers of Ireland were of a high order and possessed of a degree of skill greater, probably, than any in Europe at the same period. Thedisplayin the Museum of Scienceand Artin Dublin of gold, silver, and bronze work, dating earlier than the eleventh century, will demonstrate the truth of this proposition. Reproductions in baser metal made by Mr. Edward Johnson, an antiquarian jeweler of Dublin, were displayed in the Brit- ish section at the Chicago Exposition and were admired by all who had the good fortune to see them. The instruments cast in molds were mended by a process called “burning,” i. e., pouring molten metal on the junction of the broken | pieces until they were themselves melted, when the old and the new metal would be fused into a solid mass and the break repaired. Occa- sionally this produced an enlargement, as in the case of fig. 183. In other specimens the ends or edges of the broken pieces were brought together and brazed. This was the usual course when mending broken bronze swords or daggers. Yet many times these swords, with other broken objects, were sent to the foundry for recasting. Fourteen thou- sand broken pieces of this or similar kinds were found together, forming part of the great prehistoric bronze foundry in Bologna, Italy. Where the bronze had been hammered, the process of reparation was by dove. tailing or by riveting, and sometimes both. Fig.190 represents the details of one of these processes. Fig. 179 represents a curved bronze trumpet molded and cast, found at Portglenone, County Derry. It measures 244 inches on itssoutside curve. It has the end stopped and a mouth hole in the side, flute fashion, as shown in the drawing:! Sir John Evans, Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 361, fig. 444, 542 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 180 represents another bronze trumpet molded entire with closed end and lateral mouth hole, flute fashion. It is from Tralee, county Kerry, and was described by Mr. Robert Day.' It, like fig. 183, has been broken across the mouth hole and repaired by pouring hot metal around the fracture until it was melted and united. The mouth Fig. 179. BRONZE HORN. County Derry, Ireland. % natural size. hole is on the concave portion, while in the other two (figs. 179 and 183) the mouth holes are on the side—that is, midway between concave and convex. Fig. 181 represents a bronze horn with rows of spikes at either end, but otherwise without decoration. The ends are open, but the mouth- piece is gone. This instrument was molded and cast, and the imperfect adjustment of the molds has produced ridges, extending from one end to the other, on the convex and concave sides. It has been broken and mended in ancient times by the process of “burning in,” elsewhere BRONZE HORN, BROKEN AT THE MOUTH HOLE AND REPAIRED. Tralee, County Kerry, Ireland. described. It was part of the ‘‘ Dowris find,” is 24 inches long on the convex side, 25 inches in greatest diameter with circular termination at small end. Sir John Evans’ reports a bronze trumpet, cast, belonging to the ' Journal of the Royal Historical and Archeological Association of Ireland, 4th ser., III, p. 422. Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 360. PREHISTORIC ART. 543 «Dowris find,” as broken and mended in ancient times, the operation having been performed in a manner similar to that represented by fig. 184. Some of the instruments from the “Dowris find” are in the British Museum.! They have a peculiar golden luster, attributed to the pres- ence of lead. An analysis by Donovon ” gave: CODTGE Sth ssemeasrareesececodobcccc 79. 34 hineee otk eas Sal £2. cose ooebletee ec 10. 87 IDGAC eS Soe eCSe Stee See Iesor Saecoe iS} 1 99. 32 Fig. 182 represents a bronze trumpet, Bigs ict molded and cast in a single piece, of peteminecty Lee aca dark metal and strengthened at both ,..... of science and Art Dublin. Sir Wal concave and convex sides by projecting —_ Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities; Royal Irish Acad- ridges, which emphasize those left by ue rye oa the molds. It is 224 inches on the convex side, is 25 inches at the large, and 2 inch at the small, end. It is open at the small end with a projecting dowel tube to receive the mouthpiece, which is, however, lost, as is the case with all these instruments. There is a small, solid, ring loop as though for chain or cord for suspension. It was found near Cloghoughter Castle, County Cavan, associated with two others. Still another of the same shape, but slightly larger, was found at ltoscrea. Length, 24 inches. Fig. 182. BRONZE HORN. Length, 224 inches. Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Royal Irish Academy, fig. 530, No. 6, p. 629. Fig. 183 represents a trumpet which Sir W. R. Wilde ® says is one of the finest specimens yet discovered. It was molded, cast, and is of bright yellow brouze, preserved thus doubtless in the peat; is 343 inches in length on the outside and 34 inches in its greatest diameter. The small end is closed and decorated with a molded head 22 inches in diameter, finishing with a ring and eye. There is another ring 1 Archeological Journal, XII, p. 96. 2Von Bibra, Die Bronzen und Kupferlegirungen, p. 140. 3 Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, p. 629. 544 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. attached to the body of the instrument on the concave side and near the small end as though for a chain. The mouth hole is in the side or body of the instrument, flute fashion. Fig. 184 represents in detail the smaller end, showing that it has been broken across the mouth hole and how it was in- geniously mended by pouring hot metal around the fracture until the edges were melted | and joined. Figs. 185 and 186 represent two trumpets of sheet bronze, Rue hammered and not cast, from BRONZE HORN. Tralee. The mouthpieces are, Derrymane, County Kerry, Ireland. as usual, gone, and while it is GRA KAS eee Se arty Ouee of Antauites, not exactly known how the in- struments were blown, it was not as a flute and, therefore, must have been as a horn or trumpet. There are rivet holes on the bell mouths of two of these horns, showing them to have been provided with flanges similar to fig. 187. Two of them have four protruding spikes near the bell mouth, which Mr. Day suggests may have been to add effect to blows in case the trumpets should be used as weapons, but this theory can scarcely be maintained, because (1) these instruments are not strong enough to withstand the crash of an ‘effective blow, (2) the spikes are in the middleand on thesmall, (fig. 186) as well as on the larger end, and (3) they are on the straight tubes (fig. 191) of thin sheet bronze, so small as to be ineffective for any such purpose. Fig. 186 is peculiar in that while the outer end of the horn is curved, the near or small end is straight. It is made with two pieces fitted together, sliding one in the other after the fashion of a jointed flute, and thus making it a firm and solid tube or pipe. One of these is straight and the other curved. The instrument is 50 inches long on its convex side, and 4 inches in diameter at its bell DETAIL OF MOUTH HOLE OF FIG. 183. Showing mode of repairing fractures by pouring on melted metal. BRONZE HORN. mouth. Tralee, County Kerry, Ireland. Fig. 187 represents one of four Sir John Evans, Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 859, fig. 441, trumpets found in a bog on Lough- na-Shade, County Armagh, in 1794. It is made of hammered sheet bronze, in two pieces, bent longitudinally and placed together to form the cylindrical tube asshown. Its seams were fastened by riveting; astrip of sheet bronze half an inch in width is laid upon the seam internally PREHISTORIC ART. 545 (as in fig. 190a) and the two thicknesses of bronze are fastened together by rivets seven-eighths of an inch apart. The lower part of the instru- ment has been patched in several places by plates and collars riveted on. The upper part of the instrument was joined in the same way, but apparently ruder. The bell mouth of the instrument is finished with the large ornamented cast boss shown in fig. 188. The boss is 74 inches in diameter and has its peculiar ornamentation. The instru- ment is about 6 feet in length measured on the convex curve. The greatest trumpet in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art is shown in fig. 189. It was found in 1809 at Ardbrin, in 3 County Down. It Fig. 186. is 8 feet 5 inches BNE OEN ; long on the con- Tralee, County Kerry, Ireland. e ‘ : vex side, is 34 inches diameter at the largest and 3 inch at the smallest end. It is of sheet bronze, yellowish red, bent and fastened with rivets, as in the specimen, fig. 187, but finer and of better workmanship. Fig. 190 a, b, shows the method of riveting adopted. The strap and rivet heads are on the = THe SSS EY SS Evans, Ancient Bronze Implements, fig. 440, HORN OF HAMMERED SHEET BRONZE. Length, 6 feet. In Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. _Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Royal Irish Academy, pp. 625-627, 630, fig. 527, No.8. inside (a), with no strap on the outside. The edges are brought close together, holes punched, rivets inserted and hammered down (b), The mouthpieces of figs. 187 and 189 both were lost. Vig. 191 represents a hollow tube similar in appearance to that in NAT MUS 96 35 546 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. fig. 186. It is 244 inches long, 14 inches in diameter, with four circles of spikes, four spikes in each circle. Sir W. R. Wilde! is of the opinion that this instrument served as the handle of a battle-ax or commander’s baton or staff. But Sir John Evans? is of a different opinion. Both he and Mr. Ousley class it as an instru- ment of music. A similar instru- ment, also of bronze, 24 inches in length, found associated with other bronze trumpets at Dunmanway, County Cork, is in the British Museum." Among the horns belonging to the Museum of Science and Art, Dublin, is one of willow wood, 6 feet 4 inches WSS ISS . i As = \\n \\\lt \ COR X\ i — Fig. 188. DETAIL OF ORNAMENTED CAST BOSS ON BELL long, 3} inches in diameter at the MOUTH OF FIG. 187. Diameter, 74 inches. large end and tapering straight to the small end, where it is supposed a mouthpiece was fixed, which is, as usual, gone. The piece of wood, originally solid, was split, hollowed out through the center from end to end, replaced and bound together with a strip of brass or bronze HORN OF HAMMERED SHEET BRONZE. Length, 8 feet 5 inches. In Museum of Science and Art, Dublin. Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Royal Irish Academy, pp. 625, 631, fig. 528, No. 9. Se a ee ee 1 Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, I, p. 492, fig. 360. 2 Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 357, fig. 438. 3 Idem., pp. 357, 358. PREHISTORIC ART. 5AT 14 inches in width, wound on the outside spirally from end to end and fastened with small brass or bronze nails. It was found in County Mayo, 1791, in a turf bog, about 9 feet beneath the surface, was perfectly straight and the wood sound, but since warped out of shape in drying. Other pieces of wooden horns were found in 1837 in a bog at Killyfaddy, near Clogher, County Tyrone. These were made in the same manner as the foregoing, about 28 inches long, 2 inches in diameter, and with dowel tubes which fit to- gether as a flute. (See figs. 186-191.) When put ¢ together they made a single tube 9 feet long and forming about two-thirds of a cirele. Ralph Ous- ley, Esq., describes the foregoing objects in the (q) interior, showing the Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy,’ where _ rivet heads; (b) exterior, he announced the opinion that these, especially — S10"ns where Tiveted the first, were “trumpets, called in Irish tales and romances ‘Benwowen or Buabhal, a military instrument used only in emergencies, and capable of producing a most tremendous sound.’”’ DETAIL OF JOINING OF 'THE EDGES OF FIG. 189. Fig. 191. HOLLOW BRONZE TUBE. Length, 24} inches; diameter, 1} inches; fragment, possibly a musical instrument. Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Royal Irish Academy, p. 492, fig. 360; and Evans, Ancient Bronze {mplements, p. 357, fig. 435. SCOTLAND. Bronze horns.—Fig. 192 is a bronze trumpet, molded and cast, found in Ayrshire, Scotland, in the year 1654, and is known as the Capring- Fig. 192. ” THE ‘‘CAPRINGTON HORN,’’ BRONZE, MOLDED. Length, 25 inches. Tarbolton, Ayershire, Scotland. Proceedings Society of Antiquaries, Scotland, XII, p. 565. ‘Volume LY. 2Sir W. R. Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities of the Royal Irish Academy, I, p. 244. 548 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ton horn. It is described in Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland! and in Sir John Evans’s Ancient Bronze Implements.” It is 25 inches in length, and is more curved at the large than at the small end. Its analysis is given in the latter authority: CLS 0 1 CR ae Sig SoS aC seep BBOSe aeseao ese Gores SaSe Aeocce 90. 26 PRET eo erecta coat se Sete Se otal Sein ee eee 9. 61 WUOBH'S- Fee cice cs loose Sac se ee eee ee eee 13 100. 00 ENGLAND. Bronze horns.—According to Sir John Evans—* English trumpets of bronze belonging to prehistoric times are of rare occurrence. One found in the River Witham, Lincolnshire, has been figured in the Philosophical Transactions,! and is nearly straight for the greater part of its length (about 28 inches), curving upward near the end into an irregularly-shaped expanding mouth. It has an ornament or crest like a mane along the exterior curve. In form it is not unlike the carnyx, which is brandished by the horseman on the coins of the British princes Eppillus and Tasciovanus,? and which also appears on some Roman coins and monuments commemorative of Gallic and British victories. The metal on analysis gave copper 88, tin 12, and the tube was formed from a hammered sheet and soldered with tin. It not improb- ‘ably belongs to a period not far removed from that of the Ro- man invasion of this country. Another, with two joints and a perfect mouthpiece, is said to have been found at Battle, Sussex, and has been engraved by Grose.° ; Bells or rattles.—Sir John Evans‘ reproduces a bell or rattle ‘‘formed of a hollow egg or pear-shaped piece of bronze with a pebble or piece of metal in- Ae aE i . ia BRoNzE RELL, Morven, Side by way of clapper.” Fig. 193 represents this Dowris find, Irelana. Object. It is to be noted that this bell bears a great Museum of Science and Art. resemblance to the prehistoric ones found in Mexico. Dublin. ° . . . : . . Wilde, Catalogue of Antiquities, Sit JOhn Evans continued his description, which is aval ish Acdens re here given entire because of the frequent sugges- tion made that the Mexican bells were of European manufacture. The only reasons for this belief is their similarity of form and appearance with those manufactured in Europe, and that Fig. 193. ‘Volume XII, p. 565. > Page 362, fig. 445. * Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 363. ‘Volume LXXXVI, 1796, plate x1; Hore Fer., plate xis ‘Arch. Journ., Vila: 150. * Evans, ‘‘Ancient British Coins,” plate m1, No. 11, and plate v, No. 10, ete. ® Ancient Armour, plate x11; Gough’s Camden, IV, p. 231. 7 Ancient Bronze Implements, p. 364, fig. 446. eS oo - ft | © a nd PREHISTORIC ART. 5A9 ancient explorers, especially those from Spain, mention hawks’ bells as objects of trade with the aborigines: The only (similar) examples which I am able to adduce are those which formed part of the Dowris hoard (Ireland), one of which is represented in fig. 446. There are three such in the Royal Irish Academy and four in the British Musenm. With the latter is a smaller plain bell of the same character and two unfinished castings. Sir W. R. Wilde observes that in casting, the metal appears to have been poured into the mold by an aperture at the side, through which the core of clay that contained the metal clapper was broken up. The mold was in two halves and the rings and staples at the ends were cast together. In the perfect examples at the British Museum the sides of the holes by which the core was extracted have been hammered together, so as in some cases to be almost closed. In one instance there is some appearance of the sides having been brazed together. The sound emitted by these bells is dull and feeble. Like the modern horse bells, a number of them may have been hung together, and not improbably employed in a similar manner to attract the attention both of the eye and the ear. This bell was part of the “ Dowris find,” Kings County, Ireland (as was the trumpet, fig. 181), described in Sir W. R. Wilde’s catalogue,' who says that they were of great antiquity may be inferred from the char- acter of the metal of which they are composed, as well as the cireum- stances under which they were found. They were believed to have been the ecclesiastical bells used by the Druid priests, and as such have been called ‘ crotals,” but there is not sufficient authority to state this confidently. A number of these, and others more spherical, have been found in Ireland. The globular ones are 14 to 23 inches in diameter, while the specimen represented in fig. 193 is 64 inches long, including the ring, and 2,2; inches in diameter. We shall later refer to speci- mens of great similarity found in Mexico and Central and South Amer- ica regarding which a priori theorists have jumped at the conclusion that because of this similarity with modern and Old World forms they were imported, or at least were white man’s work. We shall also see how Prof. W. H. Holmes, in his paper on *“‘ Ancient art of the Proy- ince of Chiriqui,”’ denounces and upsets this theory. GAUL. Trumpets, or war horns.—Fig. 194 represents one of the prehistoric Gaulish trumpets, or war horns. It belongs to France. No complete original of this has ever been found, but from fragments and from a representation upon the Roman triumphal arch at Orange, archieolo- gists have been able to reconstruct and reproduce it. On that arch a Gaulish soldier is represented as sounding his trumpet, from which it is Supposed to have been a war trumpet. The other objects of bronze and of gold found and identified as belonging to Gaul at and prior to the Roman conquest demonstrate the entire capability of these people to make such instruments, while the discovery of the fragmeuts and partially destroyed pieces establishes affirmatively the fact of their ' Page 613. 2 Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 51 et seq. 550 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. existence. Roman historians of the time of Cresar have reported and described these instruments from Gaul, and Polybius! says that— Fig. 194. BRONZE WAR TRUMPET (Carynx), CAST. Used in Gaul, in the time of Caesar. After Gresset. The parade and tumult of the army of the Celts terrified the Romans, for there was amongst them an infinite number of horns and trumpets which, with the shouts of the whole army in concert, made a clamor so terrible and loud that every surrounding echo was awakened, and all the adjacent country seemed to join in the horrible din. Diodorus’? says of the Gauls that they had barbaric trumpets of a special nature which gave a hoarse sound well suited to the din of battle. The use of war trumpets among the Celtic population of western Europe has been more than once mentioned by classic writers, and passages from them have been cited by Sir John Evans, Sir Augustus W. Franks, and others.’ Smith’s Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities describes the lituus as a sort of trumpet slightly curved at the extremities, differing both from the tuba and cornu, the former being straight and the lat- ter bent into a spiral. Lydus calls the lituus the sacerdotal trumpet, and says it was em. ployed by Romulus when he proclaimed the title of his city. Acro asserts that it was peculiar to cavalry, while the tuba belonged to infantry. Its tones are characterized as harsh and shrill. The Roman lituus seems to have been much the same shape as the figure here given (fig. 194), which was called the carnyx, the end of which was sometimes made to represent the fanciful head of an animal, A horn, not prehistoric, but of high anti- quity and well known in ancient history, is that of Charlemagne, preserved in the treas- ury of the cathedral of Aix-la-Chapelle. It is ivory, and was made from a veritable ele- phant tusk. A cast of it is in the museum of the Conservatory of Music in Brussels (No. 1158), and its scale (obtained from this copy) is from © flat below, to F within, the staff. 1 Liber 11, chap. 29. ? Liber v, chap. 30. ® Livy, Liber v, chaps. 37 and 39. PREHISTORIC ART. 551 ETRURIA. The only mention by Dennis of music or musical instruments as hay- ing been found in Etruria is that of— A singular spear or rod with a number of movable disks which might have been rattled together so as to keep time, and which, as it was found in connection with armor and weapons, seems to mark it for military use and may have served as an accompaniment to a band. A similar instrument was found in the neighborhood which had on its top the figure of a naked man dancing. ! This describes the tintinnabulum which was in use in different parts of the eastern hemisphere in prehistoric times. This instrument is figured and described in De Mortillet’s “‘ Musée Préhistorique”? and in Wilson’s “Swastika”? as found from India to the Swiss Lake dwellings. There have been several specimens, the handiwork of prehistoric man, found in his graves or stations, cited by authors on music, not themselves archeologists, under the supposition that these were musical instruments; but this is only a hypothesis and subject to confirmation by future discovery. The Archeological Journal, 1864, reports the discovery of a bone which Professor Owen pronounced to be that of the Irish elk. It was found in a moat at Desmond Castle, Ireland, and was thought to have formed part of a musical instrument, notably the Irish lyra. The uncertainty of this contention is apparent when it is noted that other persons equally, and perhaps better, qualified to judge, gave it as their opinion that it formed part of a crossbow. Others have reported the tusks or teeth of cave bear, dog, and other animals, found with holes drilled, one can now almost say with certainty. for suspension, but the musicians have tried to convert them into whistles. This they do by saying that to stop the hole on the opposite side and blow as in the cylinder of a key it will make a whistling sound. Other individuals have supposed that pieces of hard stone, notably jade, with one or more holes drilled therein, were used as musical instruments, because when suspended and struck, they gave forth a sonorous sound. ‘This is not impossible, but it is improbable. There are in the United States National Museum scores of objects of jade which have been sawed and otherwise elaborately carved and worked, and which have been drilled with one or two hoies. (Plates 39, 40.) It also has, as does every other collection, gorgets and so-called ceremonial objects, drilled as for suspension, all of which are, to a cer- tain extent, sonorous and will emit a musical tone when struck; but the same thing is equally true of any reasonably large flake or blade of flint or obsidian. The large chaleedonic spearheads from Arkansas, the flint, rhyolite, and chalcedonic leaf-shaped implements will like- wise emit a sonorous sound when suspended and struck. It is evident ‘Dennis, Etruria, II, p. 444. 2 Fig. 1230. 3 Page 799, fig. 29. 552 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. that none of these were ever intended for musical instruments, and this effectually disposes of the claim that the former objects were so used. Almost any piece of steel, or even iron, certainly glass, made in modern times, will emit a sonorous sound; but when these materials are utilized in the construction of musical instruments, that intention is always apparent. (See p. 526.) The United States National Museum possesses a large, interesting, and valuable collection of musical instruments, which have been obtained primarily through the interest of the late Dr. G. Brown Goode, the assistant secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the National Museum. Very many of these are extremely primitive and might well have served in prehistoric times. Their use by savages and primitive peoples in the earliest stages of their history shows an almost certain connection with prehistoric times. It has, therefore, been considered proper that they should be noticed among prehistoric instruments. The Museum has also published various memoirs and ethnological papers, reports of travels, descriptions and catalogues of collections, wherein savage and primitive musical instruments have been figured. It is deemed wise to employ this material so far as it relates to or will elucidate the subject in hand so that it may be brought together, and, so far as possible, a view of prehistoric musical instruments, especially those in the United States National Museum, presented. The principal among these publications are: ‘“‘The Shofar, Its Use and Origin,”! by Dr. Cyrus Adler, curator of oriental antiquities; “ Notes on the Ethnology of Tibet,”? by William Woodville Rockhill; “The Indians of the Northwest Coast,” * by Lieut. Albert P. Niblack, United States Navy; ‘‘ Ethnology of Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territory,”* by Lucien M. Turner; “A Study of Siouan Cults,”’ by J. Owen Dorsey; ‘‘The Point Barrow Esquimo,”® by John Murdoch. These will be employed in connection with unpublished Museum material, and the whole arranged geographically. PALESTINE AND SYRIA. Dr. Cyrus Adler, speaking of the shofar,’ says: It is not only the solitary musical instrument actually preserved in the Mosaic ritual, but is the oldest form of wind instrument known to be retained in use in the world. (Musical Instruments, Historic, Rare, and Unique, by A. J. Hipkins, Edin- burgh, Black, 1888, p. 12; and Musical Instruments, by Carl Engel, London, 1875, South Kensington Museum Art Books.) * * * Professor Steinthal pointed out ‘Report U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1892, pp. 487-450, plates xcvi1-c. > Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 715, plate xxIv. * Report U. S. Nat, Mus., 1888, pp. 329-364, plates LVII-LXII. ‘Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1889-90, p. 259. 5 Idem, p. 455. °Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1887-88, pp. 385-389. 7 Report U.S, Nat. Mus., 1892, p. 437, plate xovu. PLATE 68. Report of U. S, National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. SHOFARS AND OTHER HORNS. Palestine and Syria. Adler, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1892, plate xevit. EXC AN Ag OINTO RSP Ani EG. Fig. 1. MODERN SHOFAR, ORDINARY FORM. (Cat. No. 154402, U.S. N. M.) . SHOFAR, ITALIAN FORM. (Cat. No. 95142, U.S. N. M.) - Fig. 3. AFRICAN WAR HORN (antelope). (Cat. No. 4960, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 4. SHRINGA. (Cat. No. 92709, U.S. N. M. India.) Fig. 5. SIAMESE COPPER HORN. (Cat. No. 27293, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 6. LARGE AFRICAN WAR Horn oF Ivory. From plaster cast in U.S. National Museum. (Original in museum of Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut. ) (Cat. No. 94892, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 7. SMALL AFRICAN WAR Horn or Ivory. Froin plaster cast in U. S. National Museum. (Original in museum of Wesleyan University, Middletown. Connecticut. ) (Cat. No. 94893, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 8. Ivory Wark Horn. (Cat. No. 127193, U.S.N.M. Byanzi, Africa.) Fig. 9. AFRICAN WAR HORN. (Cat. No. 5412, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 10. EMBucHI; IVORY War Horn. (Cat. No. 4793, U.S. N. M. Pala Ballas, Africa.) Fig. 11. Ivory War Horn. (Cat. No. 4793, U.S. N.M. West coast of Africa.) Fig. 12. IvorY War Horn. (Cat. No. 127195, U.S.N.M. Byanzi, Africa.) 9] a os bo ° PREHISTORIC ART. that this was an instrument no doubt used in prehistoric times. Wetzstein is of the opinion that the use of the ram’s horn may have been borrowed by the Israel- ites, and goes back to a people who were engaged solely in the care of sheep. By these it was used as a signal of alarm..* * * (p. 438). There seems to be little doubt that it has been continu- ously used in the Mosaic service from the time it was established until now. * * * ‘The shofar was not the only natural horn used by the Israel- ites as a musical instrument, but no copies or rep- resentations of the other instruments have come down to us. The shofar is described at length by Dr. Adler, together with the regulations as to its use and the reference made to it in the Bible. He says (p. 446): From the Talmud we learn that the use of the shofar as a note of alarm of war was transferred to other seasons of danger and distress. Famine, plague of locusts, and drought (Mishna Taanith, I, 6) occasioned the blowing of the shofar. The shofar was employed at the public cere- mony of excommunication. (Wetzstein, p. 67.) A very curious use of the shofar in later times was in funeral ceremonies. (Wetzstein, p. 67.) I agree with Wetzstein that this use of the instru- ment is quite apart from the usual Semitic custom, and it was probably borrowed. As a signal instrument of war it has its various uses, possibly according to the note that was blown. It was the signal for going out to battle, for the announcement of a victory, and for a recall of the troops. He figures many shofars on plates XCVII-C, which are fully described, and to which reference is made for further in- formation. Butin the plate first mentioned he shows many aboriginal horns similar to the shofar, principally from Africa. Figs. 1 and 2, plate 68, are shofars (his plate XCVII) assigned to Palestine and Syria. They are described as made of a ram’s horn straightened and flattened by heat. The bore of the instrument is a cylindrical tube of very small caliber, which opens into a kind of bell of para- bolic form. Fig. 195 is labeled as a Naigha, Da- vid’s pipe, from Palestine, a double pipe of two parallel tubes of cane attached ) f ‘89866 “ON "9%; “ANS? ‘oulgsaTB ‘soyouL G ‘G}oUe'T ‘spaoo Aq poyorgye ouvo Jo soqny jetjerud jo edtd s[quop W by cords. Each tube has four finger holes. The mouthpieces are adId S,a1Ava *(pybrpw) eerie a N N N i H 554 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. made separate and inserted in the smaller ends. They are close together and are intended to be blown both at the same time. The instrument is of the clarionet type. Vibrating reeds are attached to these small mouthpieces by cords wound about them at the outer end, leaving the inner end free for vibration. The free ends of the cords by which the parallel tubes are bound are attached to the mouthpieces to preventloss. The length of this instrument is 94 inches, the diameter of the tube is 4 inch, of the mouthpiece 4+ inch. (Gift of A. B. Karny.) lig. 196represents a pottery drum from Syria. (Collected by Erhard Bissinger, United States consul.) The shell is of red earthenware in the shape of a longitudinal sec- tion of a bottle. It has a parchment head stretched, stitched, and glued in place. The pottery is decorated with incised zigzag lines nearly equidistant throughout the length of the instrument. It is 165 inches in height, and its respective diameters are 33 and 102 inches. The musical instruments of the Bible are not considered in this paper other than Dr, Adler’s reference to the shofar. They will be well known to all readers, and their presentation thy 2 here would only be a work of Fig. 196. collation. They are of suffi- Re ERS, DRUM ee eer cient antiquity to be classed as archieologic, and could well have a place in any work on the history of music; but the people who used them had an enlight- ened civilization, and the instruments themselves were far from being prehistoric, although they may have been-primitive. Beirut, Syria. Cat. No. 95147, U.S.N.M. INDIA. Vig. 4 (Plate 68) represents the shringa, a common ox or buffalo horn scraped and polished, the tip cut off, and a hole made or enlarged in the end, half an inch in diameter, to serve as a mouthpiece. This enlarge- ment is made with a hot iron, without any attempt to spread or stretch a ee ee, ee ae PREHISTORIC ART. 555 the horn or to form a cup-shaped mouthpiece, as has been done so fre- quently with similar instruments, both ancient and modern. Of this instrument Dr. Adler says (p. 449): In form it differs in nowise from the shofar. It is an ancient outdoor wind instru- ment commonly known as the Indian horn, and was the favorite instrument of the Hindu god Siva. * * * ‘The metallic descendant from the Indian buffalo horn, the shringa, is the rana-shringa, an outdoor instrument made of copper, formerly used in military, and now universally in religious processions throughout India, both by Hindus and Mohammedans, the performers usually being Hindus of the lower caste. In the villages of southern and central India the watchmen blow it at sunset and at certain hours of the night, like the German nachtwachter. In large cities a hornblower is always attached to the police. There is seldom a guard or detachment of native irregular troops without one. It is employed in all proces- sions, temple services, marriages, and other festive occasions, and at funerals. [See Capt. Meadows Taylor, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., IX, plate 1, p.110.] Another trumpet of the same class is the kurna, used chiefly in religious processions, or in festivals in honor of local divinities. Only Brahmins and persons of a certain rank are per- mitted to use the kurna. It is esteemed by all Brahmins to be the most ancient instru- ment of music in existence, and the sound of it to be especially pleasing to the gods in various particular ceremonies and at solemn parts of the sacrifice. This particular specimen is black in color, 124 inches in length, and 25 inches in its greatest diameter. The conch shelis of India, like those of some other countries, have the apex ground or cut off until a hole is opened, sometimes directly, sometimes laterally, which forms a mouthpiece. The natural cavity of the shell forms the bore. Specimen, Cat. No. 92711 (U.S.N.M.) is a horn called Shanka, made from a shell of the Turbenella pyrum which has been treated in the same manner. Its length is 6 inches, diameter 3? inches. Specimen, Cat. No. 92712 (U.S.N.M.) is a horn named Gomukha, and made from a cassis or helmet shell. Its length is 10 inches, diameter 84 inches. Specimen, Cat. No. 92713 (U.S.N.M.), a Shell (Pterocera), has been treated in the same manner and made into a horn called Barataka. Length 114 inches, width 44 inches. TIBET. The musical instruments of the Tibetans, while not prehistoric, are quite primitive. They are described by Mr. Rockhill, in his “ Journey through Mongolia and Tibet,!” published by the Smithsonian Institu- tion, as drums (yang ko ku), gongs, cymbals, and tambourines (t’ai-p’ing ku), and figured in his ‘‘ Notes on the Ethnology of Tibet,?” wherein he describes them more at length. Those employed in religious obsery- ances or in church ceremonies are the small hand drum (damaru), fre- quently made of children’s skulls and covered with snake skin, and the bell (drilbu). On his plate 40, figs. 1 and 2 are damarus, of which fig. 2 is made of two skulls attached by a wooden disk. Heads of devils and skulls are painted on them in red and blue colors. A small cotton 1 Pages 56, 57, 59, and 336. 2 Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, pp. 715-739, plates 24, 40, 41. 556 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. band covers the disk between the two heads and projects a few inches, so as to be held in the hand. Fig. 1 is smaller and the skulls are not painted, but the band is of embroidered satin, decorated with elabo- rately knotted Chinese silk tassels. The bell (drilbu) is of bronze and usually about 22 inches in diameter. His figs. 4 and 5, plate 41, repre- sent such bells. Fig. 4 is made in Derge, famous for its clear-toned bells. Fig. 5 comes from the famous Lamasery of Dolonnor, eastern Mongolia. Musical instruments belonging to Tibet, exclusive of those used in religious worship, plate 69 (his plate 24), are (1) the whistle (ling-bu, figs. 1-3) of bamboo or the bone of an eagle’s wing, with six or seven key holes; (2) the jew’s-harp (k’a-pi, figs. 4-6), and (3) the banjo or guitar (piwang, kopong, or dra-nyan), with three or more strings. The latter is not figured by Mr. Rockhill. The figures of the former sufficiently explain themselves, but the jew’s-harp is here described because of its occurrence among distant savage peoples. Mr. Rockhill says: The jew’s-harp is made not by the Tibetans, but by the Lissus and other non-Tibe- tan tribes inhabiting southeast Tibet, and is a favorite instrument in eastern Tibet, where nearly all the women carry one suspended from their girdles. Three harps are used simultaneously, each giving a different note; the deepest note is called p’o kii or “‘inale sound,” the intermediate one ding kii or ‘‘middle sound,” the sharpest one mo kii or ‘‘female sound.” They are held the one below the other in the order above given between the thumb and the index finger of the left hand, and struck with all the fingers of the right hand, the one after the other. These k’a-pi are car- ried in small bamboo cases ornamented with little rings of bamboo, often dyed, and also with geometric carvings, which are also colored. They are shown in the lower portion of this plate. Jew’s-harps similar to those used in Tibet are found among the Ainu and in New Guinea, but in many other countries where a bamboo harp is used, the sound is pro- duced by jerking the harp by a string. This is the case in Assam, in parts of Suma- tra, among the Yakuts, the tribes of Torres Straits, etc. (p. 715.) Ea@ypt (THEBES AND CAIRO). Fig. 197 represents a tube of cane with four finger holes (collected by Dr. George Sampson). Its length is 5 inches, its diameter $ inch. In the upper end of this tube another piece of cane, the outside Fig. 197. SINGLE REED INSTRUMENT (zoommarah). Thebes, Egypt. Cat. No, 74600, U.S.N.M. diameter of which is equal to the inside diameter of the former tube, is inserted, projecting 14 inches; this forms the mouthpiece of the instrument. To prevent its loss the mouthpiece is attached to the tube with a cord. EXPLANATION OF PEA E.G 9) Fig. 1. BAMBOo WHIStLe. Bat’ang. (Cat. No. 167165a, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 2. BAMBOO WHISTLE. Bat’ang. Strap to tie to girdle. (Cat. No. 167165), U.S. N. M.) Fig. 3. EAGLE BONE WuHIsTLE. Kokonor Tibetans. (Cat. No. 167166, U.S. N. M.) Fies. 4,5. BAMBOO JEW’s-HARP Cases. Bat’ang. (Cat. Nos. 167168e and 168168¢c, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 6. BAMBOO JEW’S-HARP AND CASE. Bat’ang. (Cat. No. 1671680, U.S. N. M.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 69. St SS #8 WHISTLES AND JEW’S-HARPS. Tibet. Rockhill, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, plate 24. ‘wae. et I} PREHISTORIC ART. 557 The instrument is of the reed type, as is shown by the figure. The slip of reed is cut from the mouthpiece against which it lies; the out- side end is tied with a thread, and the inside end is left free for vibra- tion. The reed is shaved thin near its fastened end to render it more elastic. Specimen, Cat. No. 95198 (U.S.N.M.) is a trumpet from Muzmar el Daraweesh, probably made from a rhinoceros horn. It is curved, is lenticular in cross sections, and the bell mouth is bifureated with notched edges. It has three lugs formed on its outer curved edge, in which are inserted four brass rings. The bore is slightly enlarged at the smaller end to form a cupped mouthpiecé. Length, 20 inches; width, 1 to 5 inches; thickness, $ to 4 inch. It is from Cairo. AFRICA. Fig. 3, plate 68,' represents an African war trumpet made from the horn of an antelope. The natural cavity of the horn forms the bore of the instrument. The smaller end, however, has not been cut off, but is left pointed as in nature. About one-fourth the distance from the pointed end a lateral opening has been made into the original cavity which forms a mouthpiece, and through this the instrument is blown. Figs. 6 to 12 in same plate represent war horns from different parts of Africa. They are mostly ivory, and made of elephant’s tusks or rhinoceros horn. The natural cavity of the tusk forms the bore. In some cases the horn has been left in its natural state with a lateral mouth hole cut in the concave side as in the shringa. Others, how- ever, are made by cutting off the end and a direct mouth hole worked out of the solid. The localities of these instruments are indicated in the legends. Fig. 12, plate 68, represents an elephant tusk 4 feet 4 inches in length on the convex side. It has been carved so as to reduce its size considerably and made much more pointed than natural. At the distance of 33 inches from the large end a lateral opening has been made which forms a mouthpiece. This is elliptical and has been enlarged so as to be cup shaped. From the mouthpiece to the large extremity the natural cavity of the tusk forms the bore of the instrument. Specimen, Cat. No. 95227 (U.S.N.M.) is a wooden horn (Nanga) from Mayumba, Africa, collected by Mr. Carl Strechelman and received from Mr. George C. Webster. It is carved from a solid block of soft light- colored wood. The bore is made with a burning iron. The small end has an enlarged cup-shaped mouthpiece. Its smallest diameter is 1 inch. It increases gradually to near the large end, where it expands with a bell mouth to 44 inches. It is 28 inches long. The entire exterior has been originally blackened, apparently by fire, while a section of 11 inches at the larger end is decorated by incised lines cut ‘Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1892, plate xcvi. 558 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. in the burnt wood, which, by bringing out the light color of the inte- rior, Shows in circles, lozenges, zigzag, chevron, and festooned forms. Specimen, Cat. No. 174752 (U.S.N.M.) is a whistle of pottery in the form of a hollow cylinder with two projecting lugs from opposite sides. The mouth hole, three-fourths of an inch in diameter, is at the upper end. At the opposite end is a finger hole three-sixteenths inch in diameter. There is also a finger hole through one of the lugs. The opposite lug is perforated for suspension. It is sounded by blowing across the larger hole and the different notes produced are as follows: Length, 4) inches; diameter, 14; width across = Tugs, 31 inches. Tribe Bakorua, from Sankura, => ATTICS Dr. W. L. Abbott describes the “ Ethnological Collections in the United States National Museum from Kilimanjaro, East Africa.”! The locality is thus identified : e@ @0 OO A little south of the equator and about 175 miles from the coast of East Africa, rises the splendid mountain Kilimanjaro. It covers an area as great as the Bernese Overland and its greatest peak—Kibo—is over 20,000 fect in height, capped with glaciers and eternal snows. The nearest port on the coast is Mondasa, now the headquarters of the British East African Company. Dr. Abbott’s paper is illustrated by photographs of this primitive people. The list of musical instruments, all of them from the Wa Changa tribe, Mount Kilimanjaro, Kast Africa, is as follows: Rattles.—Large iron bell with two balls as sounders; worn by women during pregnancy, on the lower part of the thigh. Length, 4} imches. (Cat. No. 151577, U.S.N.M.) Rattles.—Two small semilunar iron bells, tied to a thong; worn on the ankles, (Cat. No. 151575, U.S.N.M.) Ankle rattles.—Iron bells, semilunar in shape, with sounders of iron balls, fastened in pairs to a thong of leather and worn on the ankles in dancing. (Cat. No, 151576, U.S.N.M.) Drum.—Tube of wood closed at one end, with askin head. Used to call the pop- ulation to arms. It is carried under the left arm and beaten with right hand. Length, 4 feet 2 inches; diameter, 4} inches. (Cat. No. 151584, U.S.N.M.) Cow bell.—A piece of iron, wrought thin and cut in shape of a dumb-bell, then bent at the center so as to form a rude bell, with a clapper attached to the narrow portion at the top. (Cat. No. 151578, U.S.N.M.) Cow bell.—Native ironwork, similar to Cat. No. 151578. (Cat. No..151579, U.S.N.M.) Fig. 198 a, b, represents one of three rattles from Mayumba, Africa. (Collected by Mr. Carl Strechelman.) Its length is 34 inches, width, 14, and thickness, 14 inches. It is double—that is, with rattle at each end, — intended to be held in the middle. It is of dark-colored soft wood, the outside charred and then ornamented by incised lines in squares, paral- lels, chevrons, herringbones, etc. Fig. 198a represents a complete drawing, while fig. 198) is a longitudinal section showing the interior construction, the formation of the double bell, the clappers of wood, three in number within each bell, and their attachment by an endless 1 Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1891, p. 381. PREHISTORIC ART. 559 cord which passes through the holes in the clappers and through the body of the bell on each side so that it can be tied or joined. The instrument will be better understood by an examination of the figure. ISLANDS OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC OCEAN, POLYNESIA. Fig. 199 represents the Pandean pipes, or Pipes of Pan, from the Fiji Islands. (Collected by Mr. J. M. Brower, United States consul.) Four pieces of cane of different lengths are placed together parallel and fastened by fine wire which has been passed around each of the four and then drawn into several strands between each cane respectively, Fig. 198. WOODEN RATTLE, a, completed drawing; b, longitudinal section. Mayumba, Africa. Cat. No. 95216, U.S.N.M. 2 natural size. thus forming a solid piece. The open ends are on a line, their orifices charred smooth, and the lower ends are closed by being cut at a joint of the cane. The longest cane is 4 inches in length, the shortest 3 inches, and their diameter about ;°; inch. The Greek god Pan is represented as playing on this instrument, blowing in the open holes as he passed them back and forth on his lips, each pipe sounding a different note. Specimen, Cat. No. 2827 (U.S.N.M) is a war drum, so called, from the Fiji Islands. It is hollowed out like a trough from a log of hard 560 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. dark-redwood. The bottom is convex like a cask or barrel. No head of skin is used, as in all drums of modern manufacture. When used it is placed on a coil of rope. It is from Somu-Somu, Fiji, and was collected by the Wilkes Exploring Expe- dition. It is 55 inches in length, 16 inches in width, and 18 inches in height. The na- tive name for this instrument is lali, and the following description is taken from the label te Museum: The tavola tree of Fiji (Terminalia catappa) is said to make the best sounding lalis, although the vesi tree (Afzelia bijuga) is also used. ‘‘The sides are beaten by two sticks about 18 inches long. In dif- ferent ways.measures or tunes are beaten on them, the meaning of which is known by the natives and the ‘old hands’ or settlers. The sound of the lali is not unpleasant when beaten by a practiced hand, } tl l ~~ “ {em Bs i dos a of 4 or 5 miles on a quiet evening.”—(Horne, A Year in Fiji, p. 114.) Commodore Wilkes, in his Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition, states that this drum was given to him by Tiu Thakan, a chief of the island of Somu Somu, together with a thousand yams, in exchange for a musket—the usual price—and a whale’s tooth in token of friendship. ‘‘After the drum had been presented to me,” he continues, ‘‘I was desirous of hearmg them beat upon it. They have several beats or calls to give notice to the koro (or village), one of which was for calling the people to- gether to the feast of human bodies. They were all distinct and, they said, quite audible at a great dis- tanee. The Fiji drum is similar to that described at Tonga, and is made of a log hollowed out and placed on one point. It gives ont a deep, hollow tone when struck with the small and large sticks with which they produce the different sounds.”—(Vol. ILI, p. 317.) PANDEAN PIPES. Levuka Island, Fiji. Cat. No. 23942, U.S.N.M. @ natural size. SAMOA. Specimen, Cat. No. 3466 (U.S.N.M.) is a conch shell used as a war horn (Pu or Foa-foa) with mouth hole 3 inches from apex. Length of shell, 74 inches; width, 5 inches. Specimen, Cat. No. 3825 (U.S.N.M.) is a war horn from Carlshoff Island, It is made from a coneb. shell (Triton trinonis Linnzus) and is covered with a lime deposit. SPAIN, An extremely primitive instrument in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 95554) is marked Los Huesos, (the bones) Spain, but otherwise the record is silent. It is a rattle of eightleg bones of a Sheep, each perforated near the ends and strung on two cords, making displayed in the United States National and a good-sounding one may be heard at a distance — PREHISTORIC ART. 561 ~ the instrument like a ladder. The sound is made by the bones being rasped one or both ways with another bone or piece of shell. Length, 44 inches; width, 5 inches. NoRTH AMERICA. The United States National Museum possesses several primitive, if not entirely prehistoric, musical instruments, gathered by divers per- Sons, most of them operating in the line of ethnology or prehistoric archeology, not a few of whom have been officers of the United States Government who have turned over their col- lections to the Museum on returning to Washington. Pursuing a plan of description by geo- graphic distribution, we begin at the ex- treme north. ALASKA, Point Barrow.—Mr. John Murdoch, in his paper on the Point Barrow Eskimo,! says: The only musical instrument among these people is the universal drum or tambourine (Aelyau), con- sisting of a membrane stretched over a hoop with a handle on one side. It is used from Greenland to Siberia. It is always accompanied by the voice, singing or chanting. It produced a loud, resonant, and somewhat musical note. There appears to be no system of tuning these drums, the pitch of the note depending entirely upon accident. Mr. Murdoch figures one of these, here reproduced as fig. 200, which is simply a hoop like that of a tambourine, oval, 22 by 19 inches, with a short handle attached. The membrane is a sheet of the peritoneum of a seal stretched over a hoop after the style of a tambourine. The United States National Museum possesses four of these drums, of which Mr. Murdech says that ‘‘every Eskimo household possesses at least one.” The expedition brought home eight handles for these drums which exhibit but slight variations. The commonest material for the handle is walrus ivory; only two out of twelve are of antler. Their length is from 4.6 to 5.4 inches. Fig. 201 a-d represents a series of these drum handles taken from Mr. Murdoch’s paper. With one exception, all these handles have the large end more or less rudely carved into a human face with the mouth open as if singing. The one exception is fig. c, which is the butt end of a small walrus tusk carved to repre- sent a walrus. It has small oval bits of wood inlaid for eyes. The notches by which these handles are fitted into the rim of the tam- Fig. 200. ESKIMO DRUM. Point Barrow, Alaska. Cat. No. 56741, U.S.N.M. 45 natural size. ‘Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1887-88, p. 385. NAT MUS 96 36 562 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. bourine, and the holes by which it is withed fast are plainly shown in the figures. Captain Herendeen was interpreter for Captain Ray and accompanied the party during the entire expedition. He is now employed in the fist | Fig. 201. HANDLES FOR ESKIMO DRUMS. Point Barrow, Alaska. Cat. Nos. (@) 89267, (4) 89266, (c) 56514, (d) 56742, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size, National Museum, and I have asked for his knowledge about Eskimo musical instruments, to which he replies: The principal machine to be called a musical instrument is the tambourine-like drum. These drums are carried everywhere by the Eskimo. He beats it when happy, when sad or sick accompanies himself with his dirge-like songs, drives away evil PREHISTORIC ART. 563 spirits that torment his family when sick. It is a universal panacea for all the ills of life and a fountain of delight on festive occasions. Many objects are strung on strings and tied to the belt, notably on little boys; often a small brass bell is thus attached. Fig. 202 represents a bunch or string of the dewclaws of the wood- land caribou, which have been trimmed at the point so as to make an opening, and have been notched at the wide end, probably for decora- Fig. 202. RATTLE OF CARIBOU DEWCLAWS., McKenzie River district, Fort Anderson Eskimo. Cat. No. 7443, U.S.N.M. tion. They are eighteen in number. Interspersed with them are sey- eral strings of ptarmigan beaks. This is one of the musical instruments mentioned above by Captain Herendeen. The string or loop by which it was attached is shown in the figure. We can imagine the music made by this instrument when attached to the belt of a running, jump- ing, playing boy. It serves the same purpose in music as does the dulcimer, which, by the latest fad of society people, is hung upon the door of the young ladies’ boudoir, with bullets suspended from long 564 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. strings, which, being agitated by the closing door, strike the wires, making music whenever the door is moved. Mr. Murdoch! gives a better report of the musical abilities of the Point Barrow Eskimo. He says: Their music consists of monotonous chants, usually with very little perceptible air, and pitched generally in a minor key. I could not perceive that they had any idea of ‘‘tune,” in the musical sense, but when several sang together each pitched the tune to suit himself. They, however, keep excellent time. The ordinary songs are in ‘‘common” or 4-4 time. The words are often extemporaneous, and at toler- able regular intervals comes the refrain, ‘‘A yana, yaa, a yana ya,” which takes the place of the “démna aja” of the eastern Eski- mo. Sometimes, when they are humming or singing to them- selves, the words are nothing but this refrain, Their voices, as a general thing, are musical. Like all Eskimo, they are very fond of music, and are constantly singing and humming to them- selves, sometimes, according to Captain Herendeen, waking up in the night to sing. Besides Fig. 203. their regular festivals they often DRUM. amuse themselves in their houses Nenenot, Hudson Bay Eskimo. by singingto the drum. They are U. S. National Museum. fond of civilized music and, hav- ing usually very quick and acute ears, readily catch the tunes, which they sing with curiously mutilated words. We found ‘‘Shoo fly” and ‘‘ Little Brown Jug” great favorites at the time of our arrival, and one old woman from Nuwitk told us with great glee how Magwa (McGuire) used to sing ‘‘Tolderelderol.” Our two violins, the doctor’s and the cook’s, were a constant source of delight to them. HUDSON BAY ESKIMO. Mr. L, M. Turner,’ speaking of the Hudson Bay Eskimo, says: The only musical instrument used by these people is the drum or tambourine of the form shown. These drums vary in diameter from 22 to 26 inches. The mem- brane for the drumhead is a thin reindeer skin tanned. Fig. 205 represents one of these drums from Nenenot. Across the membrane is stretched a sinew cord on which are strung at right angles to the cord a number of barrels, made from the quills of the wing feathers of the willow ptarmigan. Across the underside of the membrane is stretched a similar cord with quills. Mr. Turner figures and describes a similar drum used by the Little Whale River Indians, which drums, he says, differ greatly in construce- tion from those of the Ungava Indians. The size is rarely so great, seldom exceeding 22 inches. These drums have two ‘Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1887-88, pp. 388, 389. * Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1889-90, pp. 324-326. | a ae. pee , “a a gay Taye a a. , i Phan! i" ; i « ; - _ 7 - a ’ iP -, x - i > Ch % or , w,: a ~~ - . a we ' Sede © : ; a : La. ai Sy ; , . a, ~ io) ok ’ Lilt - ae : v tf i , A iy Bi4 i . q uk oe : a An * 1@ ‘ : - t A AY & ’ a 7 , Gs Se. i \4 vad f ® t ‘ { An, - j ; . 1 Le . ”) , ; ‘ a J " ; ia! ! Pst * = ’ re ae A ake Pe Ray | F i pre. het © het ae “al ¥ " La abd tar. Pai a , « _ A ‘ a) nae 2 » } 7 : ‘ ® - - iy 7 ; ish : 4 we : nal r a eee) 7 + , 7 * nn —. 7 r 2) ohigs - : ; Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 70. MEDICINE*AND DANCE DRUM. TANNED SHEEPSKIN STRETCHED OVER A WOODEN FRAME. TOTEMIC FIGURE, THE BEAR. Tlingit, Sitka, Alaska. (Niblack, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, fig. 302, plate Lv1t.) Cat. No. 1276138, U.S.N.M. Collected by Paymaster E. D. Webster, U. S. N. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. PLATE 71. WOODEN WHISTLES AND TRUMPETS. Indians of Northwest Coast. 2 AS IRPILAMINVATE ON OF TRICE 7c : | Fig. 1. DANCE WHIsTLE. In form of a toy balloon, with a bladder attached to wooden mouthpiece to operate the whistle. (Cat. No. 89069, U.S. N. M. Haida, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G.Swan. Niblack, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, fig. 298, plate LVII.) Fig. 2. DANCE WHISTLE. With double reed mouthpieces backed with bellows. The cheeks of the bellows are painéed, representing Hoorts, the bear. (Cat. No, 89064, U.S. N.M. Haida Indians, Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by James G.Swan. Idem, fig. 329, plate LX11.) Fig. 3. CEREMONIAL TRUMPET. Made in six pieces (see fig. 4, this plate), which, when joined, form six chambers, in each of which a piece of fabric is stretched. The different tones are not set to a scale. (Cat. No. 20687, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia. Collected by James G. Swan. Idem, fig. 301, plate Lv.) Fig. 4. WOODEN TRUMPET. Five-chambered. (Compare with fig. 3, this plate. Idem, fig.:19, plate Lx1.) ul ” = yr ir & 2 iit nate ST , tac ' Yi @ pelagic } teed Se a | rc re a) hs 7 3) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896 —Wilson. PLATE 72. WoOoDEN WHISTLES AND TRUMPETS. Indians of Northwest Coast. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. bo EXPEANATION OR PEATE 7.2) . DANCE WHISTLE. i) 3 4 : | | Blown like a fife. Compare fig. 2, this plate. (Cat. No. 89057, U.S.N. M. Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Colmnbia. Col- lected by James G.Swan. Niblack, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, fig. 299, plate LVII.) . CEREMONIAL WHISTLE. (Cat. No. 89057, U. S. N. M. lected by James G. Swan. Iden, fig. 326, plate LX1.) Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Col- . CEREMONIAL TRUMPET. Of wood; made in two sections, with reed between. (Cat. No. 20689, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia. James G. Swan. . CEREMONIAL TRUMPET. Idem, fig. 324, plate LXI.) (Cat. No. 20695, U.S.N.M. Tsimshian, Fort Simpson, British Columbia. James G. Swan. Idem, fig. 327, plate LX1.) Collected by Of wood; in section, to show the vibrating piece. Collected by PREHISTORIC ART. 565 heads or membranes, fitted on the barrel and secured by a single hoop for each head. The two hoops are then connected by tightening strings. The membranes are invariably made of deerskin in the parchment condition and not of tanned skins. The snares or thongs across the heads have pieces of wood instead of quills as rattlers. The drumstick, like that of the Ungavas, is of reindeer horn, or else, as if to add to the din, a gun-cap box is pierced through from side to side and a few pebbles or shot placed within. A stick is then inserted through the hole in the box, and the whole covered with buckskin to prevent separation of the lid and box. This makes a distracting noise. Turner, describing the use of the drum, says: Nothing is done, nothing contemplated, without sounding the drum. It is silent only when the people are asleep or on a tramp from one locality to another. If a person is ill the drum is beaten; if a person is well the drum is beaten; if prosper- ous in the chase a drum is beaten, and if death has snatched a member from the community the drum is beaten to prevent his spirit from returning to torment the living. The drumbeat is often accompanied with singing, which is the most dis- cordant of all sounds supposed to be harmonious. NORTHWEST COAST. “The Indians of the Northwest Coast” is the title of a paper by Lieut. Albert P. Niblack, U.S. N., based on collections in the United States National Museum and on personal observation in connection with the survey of Alaska in the seasons of 1885, 1886, and 1887. The locality most affected was the coast and islands in southern Alaska and northern British Columbia. The musical instruments which he found were drums, whistles, and rattles, which are described in his paper.! Drums.—The usual type of drum is that shown on plate 70 (his plate LVII), which consists of a piece of deerhide or sheepskin stretched across a circular wooden hoop. They are similar, though not identical, with the drum of the Point Barrow and Hudson Bay Eskimo heretofore described. It has the bear asa totem. It is beaten with an ordinary bass drumstick, Whistles—Whistles are shown in great variety on plates 71 and 72 (his plates LXT and LXII). Some of these devices make a hideous noise, especially such as fig. 1 (plate 71), consisting of a wooden whistle and a bladder like a toy balloon, or fig. 2 (plate 71), a whistle backed by a pair of bellows to furnish the wind. The most elaborate instrument of this kind is shown in figs. 3 and 4 (plate 71), both being views of the same; the former put together ready for use, the latter showing the pieces in detail. It consists of six pieces of wood, forming a kind of trumpet with five openings, a continuous narrow band of silk being stretched through these openings. It is blown from the small end, trumpet- fashion, when each section gives forth its sound on a different pitch. Figs. 1 and 2 (plate 72) are views of the same kind of instrument blown flute fashion. The other instruments are like a flageolet, some of them having several finger holes to change the notes. Fig. 3 (plate 72) ‘Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, pp. 331, 332, plates LV, LX1I1. 566 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. has a reed or vibrating piece within, as shown in the sectional view (fig. 4). Rattles.—These are usually of cedar, generally in sections neatly joined, elaborately carved, and painted with appropriate totem designs. The usual form is a hollow wooden chamber with a dozen or more small pebbles in it. The most primitive mentioned by the early voyagers is composed of two hoops joined by a wooden crosspiece, the circumfer- ence being closely strung with the beaks of the puffin.—(His fig. 73, plate X VIII.) Lieutenant Niblack witnessed one of the great ceremonial dances of these people at Fort Wrangell, September, 1887. Describing their musi¢ and musical instruments,! he says: It consisted in raising the feet alternately in quick succession as high as possible, without moving the body, to the sound of a drum, chorus, and rattle. He quotes Dawson’s description of a dance: Some had rattles, and added to the din by shaking these furiously at the accentuated parts of the song. * * The drum was beaten very regularly with double knocks, thus—tum tum, tum tum, tum tum—and with the sound the dancers kept time in a sort of chant orsong. * * * And from Laugadorff:? One of the dancers seems, as it were, to lead the rest, carrying in his hand a thick sort of staff ornamented with the teeth of sea otters, which he struck upon the ground to mark the measure. : The women sit on the ground at a distance of some paces from the dancers and sing a not inharmonious melody, which supplies the music. OREGON—(HUPA INDIANS). Drums, rattles, and whistles—Capt. P. H. Ray made an extensive ethnological collection from the Indians in the Hupa Reservation, which is described by Professor Mason in the Smithsonian Report for 1886.° Speaking of the musical instruments, he says: Rattles employed by medicine men and in gambling are composed of many hoofs and hooflets of the blacktail deer. Each piece is pierced through the apex and sus- pended on a short thread, npon which four white beads are also strung. These pendants are then fastened to a long belt of cloth or leather and worn around the waist or held in the hand. The hoofs striking together produce a sharp rattling sound. A small, graceful lens-shaped rattle, mounted on a stick, is held in the hand of the dancer. (Fig. 114, plate 73. His plate XX VI.) The Hupa drum is a rectangular box, covered with leather, and has little merit as a musical instrument. (Fig. 118, plate 73. His plate XXVI.) The Hupa make tolerably agreeable music on a small bone whistle, made either single or double. (Figs. 115-117, plate 73. His plate XX VI.) Professor Mason concludes with the statement that by the similarity of these with the prehistoric instruments found in the ancient graves ‘Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 364. 2 Voyages, 1805, plate 11, p. 114. 3Part 1, pp. 234, 235. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Wilson. WHISTLES, RATTLE, AND DRum. Hupa Indians. Collected by Gen. P. H. Ray, U.S. V. Mason, Ray collection, Smithsonian Report, 1886, Pt. 1, plate XxvI. PLATE 13: — 4 ae \ @ 34 yf : 7 ita te CU iv yi a a Mae rye Ne ee iv] Z i 7 Spor bl 7 : PREHISTORIC ART. 567 of southern California and the islands of the coast the continuity of music in prehistoric times is made out, and he wisely observes (p. 235): It is an important principle, which archeologists sometimes overlook, that arts may survive and obey the laws of technic evolution even though the men through whose instrumentality they live and have their being have no immediate blood relationship. To which the author is tempted to add that the survival of identical arts among peoples widely separated by time or space is not evidence of independent discovery or separate invention. The underlying idea of Professor Mason’s statement is that this survival of similar arts must have been by teaching of some sort which could only have been accomplished by contact or communication interme- diate between the peoples. While a similarity of arts (or of language) is not evidence of consanguinity be- tween different peoples, yet it is evidence of a high order, sufficient in the absence of anything to the con- trary, to carry conviction that there has been commu- nication between them of some sort. CALIFORNIA. Bone whistles or flageolets.—-There are in the Museum a number of bone whistles or flageolets, obtained from ancient graves on the California coast and the adjacent islands. The majority are made of the long bones of birds. The simpler forms are plain tubes of various lengths, one end being closed with asphaltum. In others a square or oval vent hole is cut; in most cases near one end, but sometimes nearer the middle. In many specimens there is a transverse ridge of asphaltum ) fastened to the inside of the tube immediately below Fig, 204. the hole, which deflects the current of air over the edge — sone wisrte. of the hole and makes the musical tone as in a flageolet, “ata Cruz Island, Fig. 204 represents a whistle of bone 3.4 inches in Heated length, from Santa Cruz Island. (Schumacher collec- SRM tion.) One end is closed, and there is a transverse ridge of asphaltum within the tube beneath the vent hole. It is blown from the end, flag- eolet fashion, and emits but a single note, thus: Sua. eo In fig. 205 is shown an instrument from La Patera, Santa Barbara County, on the mainland. Dr. C. C. Abbott,! speaking of this speci- men, says: It represents a large example of what we must consider a bone whistle, although in its present condition it would not be of use even in a musician’s hands. As will be seen in the illustration, the end farthest from the lateral hole is closed, the mate- ‘Report upon U.S. Geographical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Mexican VII, Archeology, pp. 234, 235. 568 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. rial,as usual, being asphaltum, applied in a soft state, which closes perfectly the irregularly oval opening of the bone at the end. The opposite opening is more ig Oper ae SS ee — SS — SS ae eae PES — <= SNe SS —— Fig. 205. Fig. 206. BONE WHISTLE. La Patera, Santa BONE WHISTLE. BONE WHISTLE. Barbara County, Santa Cruz Island, San Miguel Island, California. California. California. Cat. No. 18162, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 29657, U.S.N.M. Cat. No, 62664, U.S.N.M. £ natural size. 34 natural size. 11 natural siz {4 natural size. The two ends have been cut or nearly circular, and is now without any obstruction. The instrument, therefore, was sawed off, and the edges are very smooth and even. PREHISTORIC ART’. 569 never longer than at present. It is made of a portion of a leg bone of some large mammal, and is 64 inches in length. The lateral opening, which is nearly an inch nearer one end than the other, is one-half inch in diameter. ‘The external surface is smooth and even somewhat polished. Fig. 206 represents a bone whistle from Santa Cruz Island. It has been coated with a black pigment, probably asphaltum, and has been rubbed or used until it shows a polished surface. It is made from the long bone of a bird, and has the natural opening throughout the interior. About 2 inches pal (ugar Ir ame eS. Buin Fig. 209. BONE WHISTLE. DOUBLE BONE WHISTLE. San Clemente Island, California. San Clemente Island, California. Cat. No. 172843, U.S.N.M. 5 natural size. Peabody Museum, Cambridge, Massachusetts. from one end a square hole has been eut in the bone, and just beneath it is a transverse ridge of asphaltum. Cat. No. 10069, U.S.N.M. % natural size. the instruments so often found in - Central and South America. Itis roughly executed in dark gray-colored clay, unpainted. The legs and part of the head are broken and missing. There are four finger holes, two on each side of the body. These, being of unequal sizes, increase the number of sounds possible, but these differ- ences (in size) were probably not intentional, as all the details of model- ing Show haste or unskilful work. The tail serves as a mouthpiece, and the notes obtained by a simple method of fingering are shown in the followi ale: ollowing scale — 2s te Maa ae POTTERY WHISTLE. 600 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Intermediate notes can be obtained by cross fingering. Fig. 249 represents a tubular instrument of coarse red olay with a flageolet-like mouthpiece. On the upper part of the lower extremity «€ = =) Fig. 246. LARGE POTTERY WHISTLE, COMPLICATED DESIGN. Excavations near Mexico by Dr. Antonio Penafiel. Cat. No. 10482, U.S.N.M. # natural size. (part of which is missing) is represented the head and part of the body of a serpent-like animal, but on account of weathering the features are not distinguishable. There are no finger holes, and its one note is as follows: [ = An instrument of the same class is shown in fig. 250. It is of like PREHISTORIC ART. 601 material and from the same locality as the preceding. The ornamen- tation, however, is different. Attached to the upper part of the tube about midway from each end is a disk ornamented in relief. Back of this are two projecting wings, and a sort of tail curves over the end of the tube, but leaving the bore entirely open. There are no finger holes, and the whistling apparatus is so much damaged that no musical sound can be produced. Tubular instruments with four finger holes and but little, if any, added decorations are represented in the National Museum by three specimens found by Mr. Edward Palmer while exploring a cave situated in the Hortices district about 28 miles east of Colima, Mexico. All are modeled in rather coarse reddish clay. The largest (fig. 250a) measures 134 ce in length by ? inch in outside diameter, the bore or inside being ;2; inch. The mouthpiece is formed by closing and flattening one ata of the tube, and has the usual air passage and venthole. The finger holes are a little less than 4 inch in diameter, and are placed $ inch apart, the lower one ones 1 inch from the end of the tube. This instrument is well pre- served, but for some reason the tones emitted are weak, and can only be produced by blowing softly. Thenotesareas follows: A smaller example (Cat. No. 197172, U.S.N.M.) is the same in principle. The venthole is, SMALL POTTERY WHISTLE, GROTESQUE HUMAN HEAD. however, placed on the lower ‘Tlaltelolco, Mexico. side (directly reversed from its Cat. No, 99072, U.S.N.M. § natural size. position on the large instru- ment), and on the opposite upper surface, extending along the tube in a line toward the finger holes, a serpent is represented in low relief. The lower end is broken off, leaving only two finger holes. Ete remain- ing part measures 83 inches in length; outside diameter, +4 inch, and the bore, ;{; inch. Its notes, whicb are round and full, are here indi- cated: te # These are obtained by using. ordinary force in blowing. Increased power will produce their octave, and, with added force, the fifth above is possible. With the two instruments just described Mr. Palmer found a double flute or flageolet (fig. 250)). The tubes seem to have been made sepa- rately and then luted together. At the lower end of each are four finger holes of the same size and distance apart as given in fig. 250a. 602 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The mouthpiece is broken off and missing, and whether the sounds produced were in unison or not it is impossible to determine. The instrument represented by fig. 251 is more like the modern flag- eolet in shape than any in the series. The lower part is missing, but its probable outline is indicated in the sketch by the dotted lines. It is modeled of gray-colored clay, highly polished, and has band decorationsin red. The long, slen- der mouthpiece and upper part of the cylinder containing two finger holes is all that remains. Entire, it probably had four holes, the usual number in instruments of this shape. The notes that can be produced now are as follows: This, of course, hardly gives an idea of the pitch and compass of the instrument originally. Speci- men, Cat. No. 133212 (U.S.N.M.) evidently belongs to this class— nothing remaining, however, but the mouthpiece and enough of the cylinder to produce one note, thus: ie J Professor Kollman! describes Fig. 248. an instrument (one of twenty- POTTERY WHISTLE, CARICATURE OF HUMAN FACE. four) of this elass from Mexico, deposited in the ethnographic col- lection in Basel. Itis fig. 1 (Flote, Cocoloctli) of the previously mentioned paper, and a translation of his description kindly furnished by Mr. C. W. Shoemaker, of the Department of International Exchanges, Smithsonian Institution, here follows: *. oorr” oo? rr *s. sae. Ruins near Cordova, Mexico. Cat. No. 9316, U.S.N.M. % natural size. The bell mouth is ornamented on the outer surface (fig. 1). The ornaments are apparently done by hand. They make a neat finish, which shows a taste for regular ornamentation and an advanced technique in the working of the, in itself, somewhat ungrateful material. The ornamentation of the bell mouth is often very rich and elegant. ‘Adolf Bastian, Festschrift zum 26 Juni, 1896, pp. 560,561. See p. 596. PREHISTORIC ART. 603 The bell mouths were painted with a white color, which now remains for the most part only in the deeper parts, but formerly probably covered the entire ornament. All the bell mouths with which I am acquainted are somewhat ornamented. In the flutes of reddish clay, the mouthpiece, almost to the wind hole, is often an intense red, and in color reminds one somewhat of terra sigillata. Neither the red nor the black color, however, is to be attributed to glazing, but to a coloring matter which was burned in. A description of the twenty-four fintes or fragments of flutes would be superfluous in this place. They all resemble one another in a high degree. The number of the finger holes, the form of the wind hole and of the mouthpiece, is alike in all. They differ only in the color (red and black); in height, which varies from 174 to 254 centi- meters; in the decoration of the bell mouth; and in the number of the color rings, which sometimes encircle the tubes near the Apes holes. All the flutes which have hitherto been made known from Old Mexico are not alike in form, according to letters of Mr, Seler; the flutes mentioned in the manuscript of the Biblioteca Laurenziana are formed more like oboes, so far as the mouthpiece is concerned. It is bent at an obtuse angle. These flutes have also four finger holes, but no bell mouth. The tube is rather cut diagonally at the end. For an ornament eeatd : 7 J “ - Shs Pritn} a ea io 4 Fig. 249. TUBE-SHAPED POTTERY WHISTLE. Cordova, Mexico. Cat. No, 20037, U.S.N.M. % natural size. there is a neat red patch on the tube above the finger holes, while the color of the flute appears bright yellow. From the color it is to be assumed that the flutes pic- tured in the Sahagun manuscript were made of reed. The red mass is doubtless the loop of riband or a small leather strap. In the collection of Gabriel Mas, in Munich, there isa flute which has a divine figure on the front, probably Xipe the ‘‘ Geschundenen.” He adds in a footnote (2, p. 559): It is not correct to designate this instrument as a flute; flageolet would be better. A flute oceurs in Europe under this name, and which is made on the same principle. But I will not quibble about the name flute, because it already occurs in literature. We are indebted to Mr. A. E. Douglas, of New York, for the loan of a flageolet (entire) from the valley of Mexico.!. Its shape is practi- cally the same as outlined in fig. 251. A short description and its musical capacity are here given. } ''This specimen was purchased by Mr. Douglas from the Boban collection of Mex- lean antiquities sold in New York City, December, 1886, called in the catalogue (No. 14) Uilacapitzli, and from the valley of Mexico. ~ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 604 - ‘ams [wangua %¢ “IAN'S. “SLILGE ON “98D ‘OOIXOTT ‘BUlloD ‘AUALLOd JO LAIOUNVIA UO ALATA ATANAOG "q0S% SLT wenn res aie vc ‘azis Twangeu 2 *T*N'S'D ‘TLILGI “ON 98D ‘OOTXOTT ‘BULITOD ‘AUDLLOd JO GNAWOULSNI GHdVHS-FaoL “DOGS “SLT ain aioe aes: =. YS Sh) tazis peanged $ "TENTS" 692006 “ON “FBO ‘OOTXOTY ‘VAOPIOD “WILSIHM AUALLOd Gad VHS-adoL 09% “STL PREHISTORIC ART. 605 The body of the instrument is painted dark brown and ornamented near the lower end with three bands in red. The bell (or flaring end) is not painted, but is ornamented in re- lief. The painted portion is highly polished. With normal force in blow- ing the following tones can be made; fingering as indicated in the accom- \ panying scale: Me ! emer nee e fo) OO LH 1 ee The notes e, b, g, can also be ob- tained by using the following method: -@- 2. 2 E Seas : ed 2 x anes oe mel (odon. (0) BS hea oO ®@ Ss 2 Oo 8 6 Es a ee @ 2 = rE With increased torce the following = 3 & 5 j= ls! notes are given: "go ig fo 2 SU aaete naa ea watoaeenees oe = 2 a a te fe He. cece ic eo p25 bes i eee S$ 2 z — = q C | : Sane Za ee o | 8 & by K 2) ® oy ©) The note F# can also be made by fingering thus: ‘azis [vanqgea # fe @. FF Wo? no: @® oOo eo °@ © @ It hardly seems possible that these upper notes could or would be used to any great extent as the force re- quired to obtain them makes it almost a physical impossibility. The Poinsett collection in the Mu- seum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, contains a 606 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. number of instruments of this class. They are of the finely polished red and black ware and have four finger holes. All are more or less broken. In the American Museum of Natural History at Central Park, New York, I saw one of these instruments with the bell mouth and decora- tions. similar to fig. 251 just described, and also to specimens in the South Kensington Museum figured and described by Carl Engel.' But there were two others, in fragments, which, instead of ending in a bell-shaped mouth, terminated in a man’s head, face or mask of the usual Mexican type. The face looked directly in front and was only slightly larger in diameter than the tube. The instrument itself was nearly a cylinder with no variations in diameter. The forehead and sides of the face were firmly attached to and formed part of the tube. The orifice or venthole for the expulsion of air is placed under the chin and corresponds to the throat. Fig. 252 represents an instrument somewhat like those just described. It was lately presented to the Museum by Mr. Newton H. Chittenden, and is said to have been found in ancient Aztec ruins in Mexico. It is made of grayish-colored clay and painted black. The workmanship is rather rude and the clay not so well tempered as in some of the speci- mens before mentioned. The upper part is in the form of a grotesque. human head with the tongue protruding. The headdress is quite elab- orate and contains the whistling apparatus. There are two projections, one on each side of the hollow tube, which are ornamented with incised lines. The expanding bell-shaped end is decorated in relief, and with incised lines and dots. There are four finger holes, but so much of the mouthpiece is missing that its former musical capacity can not be ascertained. The collection of Mrs. J. Crosby Brown, of New York, in the Metro- politan Museum of Art, Central Park, contains a number of instruments similar to the foregoing. They are figured in an interesting work entitled Musical Instruments and their Homes.’ Referring to these instruments the author says in part: We must distinguish three different classes. The first consists of those which have been introduced by the European invaders, the second consists of the instru- ments of native origin now in actual use, the third class are those which have been preserved in the various mounds and pyramids of the Aztecs. To the latter class the instruments here described undoubtedly belong. An instrument presented by Mrs. J. Crosby Brown is shown in fig. 253. It is in the form of a reptile highly conventionalized. The body is a cylindrical tube, with the open end projecting below the neck of the reptile. At the opposite extremity the tube is enlarged somewhat to accommodate the whistling mechanism, and a tapering continuation forms the tail, which serves as a mouthpiece. There are four finger holes on the upper part or back. The lowest tone is obtained with all ‘Musical Instruments, p. 62. *Brown, Musical Instruments and their Homes, p. 311, figs. 6-9. PREHISTORIC ART. 607 WGILAbatedy 5 yy iia Py ee IST) ann Fig. 252. Fig. 253. FLAGEOLET-SHAPED INSTRUMENT OF POTTERY. FLAGEOLET IN FORM OF REPTILE. Aztec ruins, Mexico. Mexico. Cat. No. 172819, U.S.N.M. 3 natural size. Cat. No, 93873, U.S.N.M. natural size. 608 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. holes closed. Fingering INSTRUMENT CARVED IN MARBLE, Mexico. Cat. No, 98948, U.S.N.M, § natural size. from the open end toward the mouthpiece the following notes are emitted: Scale No. 1. [ ee Reversing the process of fingering gives the following: Seale No. 2. By this combination the tone Ft is the same with all open or one hole stopped. The note C# can only be made by fingering, as shown in scale No. 1. Fig. 254 represents an instrument carved in marble. The upper end is broken, but was evidently fashioned for the insertion of a mouthpiece similar to the modern flageolet, a portion of the vent hole still remaining. It has six sound holes, and the lower end is cary- ed in imitation of an alligator’s head. A hast- ily constructed mouthpiece of wood (see re- storation) was inserted by the writer, and a rather imperfect scale obtained. ‘The anti- quity of this instrument may not be very great. The fact of its having six finger holes suggests European contact, as in all other specimens of this class from the Western Hemisphere the usual number appears to have been four holes. Prehistoric musical instruments made of wood are extremely rare. A material which decays so easily can not resist the influences of time, except under favorable conditions which retard its destruction. The wooden objects in the National Museum classed as pre- historic were all obtained from burial places, either in caves or graves. Fig. 255 represents a whistle made from a hollow reed or cane. It was found in a pre- historic cavern near the Bay of Angeles, Lower California. One end is closed with resin and forms an air chamber. About 3 inches from the open end, which served as a mouthpiece, is a joint or knot in the PREHISTORIC ART. 609 reed. At this point the tube is scooped out, leaving the natural barrier or division exposed. This formed a stop, which deflected the current of air (when blown into the open end) in the same manner as does the transverse ridge of asphaltum in the bone whistles from California heretofore described (p. 567), The outer surface is ornamented with incised bands and dots, which appear to have been burntin. The speci- men is so much weathered that no definite sound is emitted. A smaller whistle from the same cavern differs only in having both ends open. The lateral hole is at the joint, as in the foregoing. These instruments are a part of a collection obtained by Mr. Edward Palmer, who made the exploration in 1887.! A flageolet, obtained from the Yaqui Indians of Sonora, Mexico, is shown in fig. 256. It is made of cane, strengthened with bands of sinew. There are three sound holes, two on the upper surface near the lower end, and one below (which does not show in the drawing), placed between the third and fourth bands from the lower end. Length, 213 inches. A wooden plug cut away on one side so as to leave an air passage was inserted at the upper end and formed the mouthpiece. Fig. 255. WHISTLE MADE FROM HOLLOW REED. Cavern, Bay of Angels, Lower California. Cat. No. 139588, U.S.N.M. 3g natural size. During the progress of this paper, Mr. Wilson, profiting by his attendance as Commissioner. General of the United States at the Brus- sels International Exposition, 1897, visited the extensive Musée Instru- mental of the Conservatory of Music of Brussels. Its curator, M. Mahillon, himself a musical-instrument maker, having devoted much time, labor and money to its successful accomplishment, has united the musical instruments of all nations. He has prepared an analytic and descriptive catalogue of the instruments under his charge, which greatly increases the value of the collection. The policy of the Bel- gian Government has been to invoke for the benetit of the Museum the aid of its foreign representatives in the procuration of local instru- ments, whether primitive or modern. As a result, it has been, through the good offices of M. Dorenberg, Belgian consul at Puebla, Mexico, the fortunate recipient of a collection of Mexican instruments, all of which are primitive, but quite a number prehistoric, These include the Toponaztli (Spanish Atabal) or drum, the Marimba, and the Chirimia (a sort of hautboy), and are said to be used together forming a primitive band. Along with these is a series, twenty-five, more or less, of whistles or flageolets similar to those heretofore represented. They figure in the Museum catalogue as Nos. 819-821, 832-856, inclusive. Most of them are apparently without holes and give but a single note which is remark- ‘ Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 127. NAT MUS 96 39 610 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. able for its high pitch, Nos. 848, 849 especially so, being I’, two octaves Fig. 256. FLAGEOLET MADE FROM HOLLOW REED OR CANE. Sonora, Mexico. Cat. No. 152695, U.S.N.M. 1¢ natural size. above the staff. No. 832 has four holes and sounds five notes, from G flat to C above the staff. Nos. 852, 853 have a somewhat large and indefinitely oval shape, each with four holes and sounding five notes, the former from C to A flat, and the latter from C to B sharp, both above the staff. No. 855 is a vase ornamented with relief represent- ing the figures of men and animals. Around the neck of the vase, attached to, and forming part of the body, with the other ornamentation, are six whistles or flageolets, the mouth bole in each making its appearance on the inner edge of the neck. None of these have finger holes, and each gives but asingle note, varying between A and B flat above the staff. No. 838 is a flag- eolet representing a salamander or alligator similar to fig. 253. It has six holes, the two lower ones of which make no variation in the pitch. The scale of the instrument runs from C to G sharp within the staff. CENTRAL AMERICA. SAN SALVADOR. Whistles.-Only a few musical instruments from San Salvador, Central America, are repre- sented in the Museum collection. In fig. 257 is shown a pottery whistle of unpainted ware in the shape of an animal head. There are no sound holes, and only one note is emitted: Fig. 258 represents a front and profile view of a whistle, also unpainted, from the same lo- cality. It has a bird-shaped body with gro- tesque human or animal head. All the features are rudely executed. The tail serves as a mouthpiece, and there are two sound holes in the breast. Its three notes are as follows: ae t/ @@ 0@ 00 Specimen, Cat. No. 9642(U.S.N.M.),isa whistle in the shape of an animal head. The mouthpiece is broken and a pure tone cannot be obtained.! 'The three specimens from San Salvador were received from Capt. J.M. Dow. PREHISTORIC ART. NICARAGUA. Whistles or flageolets—There are in the Museum a number of 611 pot- tery whistles or flageolets from various localities in Nicaragua, collected by Dr. J. F. Bransford and Dr. Earl Flint, of the United States Navy, and also others lately received from the Nicaraguan Government. The latter are part of the Government collec- tion exhibited at the Columbian His- torical Exposition held at Madrid in 1892. Fig. 259 represents a grotesque bird-shaped whistle of black ware from Ometepe Island, Lake Nicara- gua. It is part of a collection made by Dr. J. F. Bransford in Nicaragua and deseribed by him in “Archie- Fig. 257. ological Researches in Nicaragua.”! POTTERY WHISTLE—ANIMAL HEAD. There are two finger holes in the San Salvador. Cat. No, 9643, U.S.N.M. 34 natural size. back and. the head serves as a mouthpiece. A raised fillet forms a loophole for suspension. three notes are as follows: 0 | @@ 0@ OO Fig. 258. POTTERY WHISTLE—GROTESQUE. Front and profile. San Salvador. Cat. No. 9658, U.S.N.M. Natural size. a — J Smithsonian. Teepeenuon Gente “yas to Knowledge, XXV, p. 44. Its Specimen, Cat. No. 28886 (Odsal: collected by Dr. Bransford 612 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. from the same locality, represents the head of an animal. There are two finger holes in the top of the head and a long pointed nose serves as a mouthpiece.! The notes emitted, which are strong and full, are here indicated : _» tte [ aon aes Dee @@ 0600 Specimen, Cat. No. 32768 (U.S.N.M.), also from Ometepe Island, is a small bird-shaped whistle of gray-colored clay, unpainted. The s tail serves as a mouth- piece, asis usual in bird- shaped whistles, and there are two sound holes, one on each side of the breast. The neck is pierced for sus- pension. Its three notes are as follows: a Specimen, Cat. No. Fig. 259. POTTERY WHISTLE—BIRD-SHAPED. 48057 (U.S.N.M.), from Front and profile. Zapatera Island, Lake Ometepe Island, Nicaragua. Nicaragua, was received Cat. No, 23759, U.S.N.M. Natural size. Z i Cat. N 3759, U.S.N.M. Natural size ; from Dr. Earl Flint. It isa small bird-shaped whistle of polished black ware, with one sound hole in the breast. Its two notes are as follows: —— Specimen, Cat. No. 172036 (U.8.N.M.), from Alta Gracia, Nicaragua, is a whistle of black polished ware in the form of a sphere. There are two sound holes, and the decorations are in relief. The mouthpiece is missing. Received from the Government of Nicaragua. Specimen, Cat. No, 172035 (U.S.N.M.) is a whistle from the same locality, of the same material, and formed by uniting two spheres. Mutilated. Received from the Government of Nicaragua. Fig. 260 represents a capricious piece from Moyogalpa that was evi- dently intended for a whistle, although it is so much mutilated that no sounds can be obtained. It is formed of three spheres arranged trian- 'TIn all of the instruments with two sound holes, unless otherwise stated, the tone or note is the same, no matter which hole is stopped. PREHISTORIC ART. 613 gularly and united by two fantastic animals. teceived from the Gov- ernment of Nicaragua. Specimen, Cat. No. 172038 (U.S.N.M.) is from Nicaragua, but the exact locality is not given. It is of polished black ware in the form of a tortoise. There are two sound holes in the back and the tail served as a mouthpiece. The air passage is broken, and a correct tone is impossible. a) : FUNNY es eee Beer recite ee ; RENO ss = OR pebage chet Sea a eke : Pes gia Sonya 9 eS = * Tots ~ a S a A: pots Bak be 1 Fig. 260. POTTERY WHISTLE—CAPRICIOUS PIECE. Moyogalpa, Nicaragua. Received from Government of Nicaragua. Cat. No, 172014, U.S.N.M. 43 natural size. COSTA RICA. Musical instruments of percussion are wanting in the museum col- lection of prehistoric objects from Costa Rica, neither drums or rattles being represented. There is no reason to suppose, however, that none existed. Their immediate neighbors to the south (Chiriqui) have fur- nished numerous examples of both drum andrattle. Mr. W. H. Holmes, in speaking of the ancient art of Chiriqui,' says: So far as the art of pottery has come within my observation, it appears to indicate a somewhat closer relationship with the ancient Costa Rican peoples than with those of continental South America. ' Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 15. 614 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Whistles or flageolets.—The instruments now to be described have the same relationship as regards form and musical capacity. Fig. 261 represents a small bird-shaped whistle of gray-colored clay, unpainted, from Acientio. There are four sound holes in the back and, as usual in instruments of this class, the tail serves as a mouthpiece. The fol- lowing notes can be produced: @e@ @®@ 00 OO OO @e@ 0® 6@ 80 CO It will be noticed that the sound holes in the sketch are numbered 1, 2,3, 4. The notes obtained by different combinations are here indi- cated : ae ») Ce Finger holes all closed ..... G Nos. 1, 2, 8, or 4, open ..... A Nos. 1, 2) 2,3 OU soe sec eee B wetted 13 4,2) Nos. 1, 2, 3, or 4, closed .-.- € Finger holes all open ....-.. C# ay, Specimen, Cat. No. 28954 Fig. 261. (U.S.N.M), from Las Canas, POTTERY WHISTLE—BIRD-SHAPED. collected by Drs. Flint and Front and profile. Bransford, represents a fish. Acientio, Costa Rica. The material is dark clay, with a coating of gray color, slightly polished. Its eyes are protruding, and on the back is a group of seven nodes, six arranged in a circie, with one in the center. The scales are imitated by marks made with the finger nail. The tail serves as a mouthpiece, and there are four sound holes, two on each side. Its five notes are as follows: reeaaes @® C® 00 80 OO @@ @@ @@ OO CO Cat. No, 28957, U.S.N.M. Natural size. The lowest note is obtained with all holes closed, the highest with all open. The remaining intervals are the same, no matter which of the one, two, or three holes are opened. Specimen, Cat. No. 60043 (U.S.N.M.) is from Nicoya, collected by Dr. Bransford. It is bird-shaped, with the legs and wings indicated in low relief. There are four finger holes on the back, two on each side PREHISTORIC ART. 615 just above the wings. The head is missing, and when broken off, it ‘arried away part of the air chamber, making it impossible to obtain a correct note. The surface is slightly polished. Pig. 262 represents a bird-shaped instrument from Nicoya, collected by Drs. Flint and Bransford. It is of reddish brown clay. The dec- oration consists of deeply incised lines on the breast, back, and wings, Fig. 262. POTTERY WHISTLE—BIRD-SHAPED. Front and profile. Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. No. 28952, U.S.N.M. Natural size. the intervening spaces being highly polished. The remaining surface is roughly etched with zigzag lines. This work has evidently been done after the hardening of the clay. There are four finger holes on the breast, two above and two below the line decoration. The fol- lowing scale indicates its musical capacity : To make this intelligible the finger holes are numbered in the sketch and a system of fingering is here given showing the combination by which different notes are obtained: Hiner Noles all CloneQvess sane Aon aan eee eee Fe woe Se ee eee xb NGS SI Gree Opole were te ene ea Se Bp NOE OL LONontee mas ees cee nee ot Bg Nos. 1 and 2 open ....... 8 Slo JSGquS See cOnEE CAScO ODOC RE see CH 616 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Nos. 2 and 3 or OPOD .cccc a. eee cele cons bene ot cs 0 = aoe eee Db Nos. 1 and 4 f Nos. 4 and 2 | or \ Closed: nce cea fons ete kee heck nee ee eee eee Db Nos. 1 and 3 f iNOSHo aNd'4, Opel. -— sae eee mem ae seen ee cele eee et eee Ds INOB 4) OF ON ClOSGd 222 Se eee eer ete ee ee ae eee Eb Nos, Jor 2; closed’. 0222.22.43 co onms ences See oa eee eee Es Mimeer holes all Open 25.2. == ase eee eee Fg This scale is made possible by the unequal size of the finger holes, which may be due to weathering or other causes. Vig. 263 represents a bird-shaped instrument of dark brown clay. It also is from Nicoya, and collected by Dr. Bransford. This is one of AAR AR ee Pees Be t ak ~ tf BP AE ad j zs TS pa 3 SU Re oe 7 Fig. 263. POTTERY WHISTLE—BIRD-SHAPED. Front and profile. Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. No. 59969, U.S.N.M. 46 naviral «ize. the best representatives from Costa Rica in the Museum, both as regards artistic skill in the manufacture and the purity of musical tones which it is capable of giving. Its shape is conventional, being Somewhat top-like, with a bird’s head placed on the upper part, the opposite extremity (upon which the feet are slightly indicated) being prolonged for a mouthpiece. Upon the breast, extending from the neck to the lower part of the body, are panel-like designs, indicated by deeply incised lines. Connecting with these, and passing around the largest circumference, is a narrow band, outlined in the same manner. The remaining portion of the body has the appearance of being stippled with a comb-like instrument, producing zigzag dotted lines, which. are placed with some degree of regularity. The panels, band decoration, PREHISTORIC ART. 617 and mouthpiece are highly polished. A suspension hole passes through the head. It has four finger holes on the back, two above and two below the band. Its five notes are as follows: SS ee @@ 8D 80 09 @@ @©O @0O ©O OO The lowest note is obtained with all holes closed; the succeeding inter- vals are the same by any combination of the remaining one, two, or three holes opened. The preceding description with twoexceptions applies to specimen, Cat. No: 59970°(U.S.N.M.), from the same locality. In this one the lower part is more simple in con- struction, having no indication of feet or tail, and the musical tones are differently pitched, as will be seen in the accompanying scale: SUC arent (el mieiatetatore eel aiatael eit tater EER 5 ew emer a [ aoe en ee SS eae ae TEA @@ @O 80 OO OO @@ @6@ 60 O@ OO Specimen, Cat. No. 28953 (U.S.N. M.) is from Nicoya, collected by Drs. Flint and Bransford. It is bird-shaped and belongs to the same class as fig. 263, The speci- men is so mutilated that no sound can be obtained. Fig. 264 represents a whistle in A . grotesque form. It has a bird- x i shaped body with the head and “et fore feet of a cat-like animal. The nok oe body decoration consists of incised phe Sy pee ie ar = lah ete lines and dots in geometric pat- terns. The tail, which served as a mouthpiece, being lost, its musical properties are unknown. It is from Nicoya and was collected by Dr. Bransford. Specimen, Cat. No. 60045 (U.S.N.M.) is a pear-shaped whistle from the same locality as the preceding number. The material is red clay, Slightly polished. There are incised line panel-like designs on two sides. It has four sound holes and the notes emitted are: Sardinal, Nicoya, Costa Rica. Cat. No.-60044, U.S.N.M. Natural size. @@ 0@ 0@ 80 0O @@ @€@ 0@ 00 OO The two lower notes only are clear. 618 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In fig. 265 is shown an instrument from Nicoya in the form of a gro- tesque human head. The painted decorations are in brown and red on yellow ground. The slightly protruding eyes are outlined with a nar- row stripe of brown, and the entire back of the head is covered with a Natural size. a aS S & ora te ar GB WM ite a ae a a Ry ae fy ro) Cite Zz re o POTTERY WHISTLE—GROTESQUE HUMAN HEAD. panel-like design in the same color. The mouthpiece is attached to and forms part of the headdress. There are four finger holes, two on each side, back of the ears. Seven notes can be obtained as follows: ao In this specimen the finger hole marked 4 on the outlined back view PREHISTORIC ART. 619 (fig. 266) is larger than the others, the result being two additional notes that would not be obtainable were all the holes of the same size. ‘The following system of fingering will serve to illustrate this: Finger holes all closed... <=... ------ 2--- ------.----5- -------------- Bg IN@Sblle Pe Giess Gils aoA osteo seco Seeded coon beosoqucsses couSeE sees Ce ING atts @) NG cepscica nase ormoss Spe ans = S60 ese Soe SsBes on sea see oeoae De Nos. 1 and 2 NO CNS AOFTIN SoassoGtecsay sone season sasa00 Doesaciasaonacounns De Nos. 1 and 3 Nos. 3 and 4 Noss Jian ded’ Oneness cer. Sete sia tose ae ee ile eee eine eens sere Ep Nos. 1 and 4 INow4» ClOSCU aw. ates ae ae errs ee toe te Brain aloes Osea re ae Ey INOS Sl 2 eOTVS ClO OONe Sense teen eacine ere ree nl ise ioe eee eee Ky Joa INO eMUNO NG, poe odo ceo dt concn ponSooeepoddnocubocods cepuds Ve Fig. 266. OUTLINED BACK VIEW OF FIG. 265, SHOWING POSITION OF FINGER HOLES. Natural size. Specimen, Cat. No. 60042 (U.S.N.M.), also from Nicoya and col- lected by Dr. Bransford. It is a painted whistle in the form of a grotesque figure in a squatting position, with the arms pressed against the body. The ground color is yellow and there are traces of deco- ration in dark brown. The eyes, nose, and mouth are in high relief, 620 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. A prolongation of the headdress serves as a mouthpiece, and there are four sound holes in the frout portion of the body. The com- pass of the instrument is five notes: ANY AS POTTERY WHISTLE—ANIMAL-SHAPED. Fig. 268. Nicoya, Costa Rica. OUTLINE OF FIG. 267, SHOWING POSITION Cat. No, 28955, U.S.N.M. § natural size. OF FINGER HOLES. The sowest note with all the holes closed; the succeeding intervals are the same by any combination of fingering. Fig. 267 represents a whistle from Nicoya in the form of an animal. The painted decorations are in black and red lines on yellow ground. The tail of the animal served as a mouthpiece and there are four finger holes, two on each side of the body where the legs are joined. A raised loop on the back of the neck answers for a suspension POTTERY WHISTLE—TORTOISE-SHAPED. hole. Its notes are shown Costa Rica. in the following scale: Cat. No. 28956, U.S.N.M. # natural size. In this specimen finger hole marked 2 on outline (fig. 268) is larger than the others, and raises the pitch a PREHISTORIC ART. 621 semitone when used open in combination. A system of fingering is here given: Dhar Ino mull CloR@Gl,— 80 scoscoen soccseo geeeEc SoaEne Ee Base seeuEe G Nosslls 25 aN0I2 15; 4a ClOSCUeee ames ns eamiane acc s. csc ecelsncs sccee le A INGESTED PL eH Oeu bal) clo): Gul 6 Beane ha ee Seeene poe SSGs oo Con See aeaee B INGLE Ost Bee en Se Snice S560 GOs OOENOE Ce pS OEE e BeCo So eto C INGA As Olle S OOo oooh Gadoas aobeeb Eaoee ae bCnnE ab oo geese Eeeae C NOEL ERB, Olen Ome I, OMON socnne cacous Seeseiose eco deEcoe Bareeeeste Cz INoswL5.2)3*. ord elosedine. 2 meme aaec sca Saeco eee eabonn See ste tsi D Mimrtvervholeskell Omenvse- eset to ss aia eae See emcee Sees Goes Ep Specimen, Cat. No. 18119 (U.S.N.M.),is an animal-shaped whistle of painted ware from an ancient grave in Costa Rica. Collected by William H. Gabb. There are two sound holes, one on the left shoulder, the other beneath the body. Its three notes are shown in the accompanying scale: The note Bp is the same, stopped with either hole. Fig. 269 represents a tortoise-shaped whistle of painted ware from Costa Riea, collected by Drs. Flint and Bransford. There is no mistaking the animal to be represented, as all the features are well executed. The painted decorations in black and red lines are much obliterated. A hole for suspension passes through the lower part of the neck. There are four fin- ger holes on the back. Its five notes areas follows: Sva 2) F9 "ON "78 by fy “IW N'S'A 8 OL SI ‘BOLT VISOD ‘So[[BAVITTL *aZIs [Banged 8 “dad VHS-dAdL—ATLSIHM AUALLOd - = s cae @@ @© @0 @0 O O @@ @© 60 0O OO The lowest note with all holes closed. The next three intervals are the same, no mat- ter which of the one, two, or three holes are opened. That is, any one of the four holes open, the others closed, will give G; any two open, A; and any three open, Bb. All open, the highest note, C. Fig. 270 represents a tube-shaped instrument from Miravalles, col- lected by Capt. J. M. Dow. The upper end is in the form of an animal head and contains the mouthpiece. The lower end (part of which is 622 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. missing) is closed, forming an air chamber about 53 inches long. There are four finger holes, two on each side of a center line on the upper surface. It is painted light brown and slightly polished. The space below the finger holes is ornamented with bands of ineised-line chevron designs. Its musical capacity is shown in the accompanying scale: Normal. aft __ Forced. PL IE 80d: cues = bp ipa ete —# [Se = ae A slight difference in size of the finger holes adds two notes to the compass of the instrument. The combinations for each tone are here given: Normal. Forced. Ringer holés:all closed'.2.25. cele sok ee os tee eee eee eee Ab Eb Nowlord; open. 52.2226. ).5 cies tees ss Se ene e ae eee Bb E4 Nos! J and/4; opeit °. 2255 -.-22 225.22 0-2 +22 ose ate See ee Be ¥F Nos) and'2.orsiand 4 or 1 and.3, open... 2:).222 2 ope eee eee (6; Ea Nos. 2)ang.3.0r'2 and'4) Onen2o22 22. - 226 2 ac. ee eee Db ¥ Nos l,)2)3,;08 43,2, OPOM 2 pane. sontin ies 3 hose ee eae Ds E4 Pinger holes allsopeno...: 26.2 2.652 sos de cles = ee eee Ses 5) F The three forced tones shown in the scale are all that can be obtained, no matter what combination of fingering is used. Fig. 271 represents a speci- men from Costa Rica that is unique. It was received from Senor Rafael Iglesias. Itisa round bottomed painted vase with a handle on one side representing an animal head, holding the edge of the rim in itsmouth. The rim and lower half of the vase is dark red color, the space between being filled by a broad chevron band: in brown and yellow. The features of the animal head A fs ee Wt oe ti rm co — 7 Hy : ; ut Ht wel a o Sie hi ca STAN i i A fig. O71. are accentuated by lines of WHISTLING VASE. brown, and the whole outer Costa Rica. surface is highly polished. Cat. No. 107356, U.S.N.M. $ natural size. The air passage is from the inside of the vessel, connecting with a vent hole on the outside of the animal’s neck. To produce a sound cr note the lips must be placed against the mouth of the vessel in the same manner as would be done PREHISTORIC ART. 623 on the large brass instruments of to-day. Its one note is exceedingly shrill and piercing: tte = A description of some of the musical instruments belonging to now existing tribes in Costa Rica may prove interesting, as showing, by com- parison, that their remote ancestors were equally if not more advanced in the art of music. Specimen, Cat. No. 15413 (U.S.N.M.) is a wooden drum used by the Bri Briand Tiribi Indians, oneof anumber presented by Mr. William M. Gabb. The shell is of dark-colored wood in the form of a tapering ¢ylinder—or more like one-half of an hourglass. The head is made of the skin of the iguana lizard (Iguana tuberculata?), cemented to the top with the fresh blood and held in place by a cord until dried. It is held under the left - arm suspended by a cord over the shoulder, and is beaten by the fingers of the right hand. Length 23 inches, diameter 64, tapering to 4) inches. Fig. 272 represents a whistle made from the leg bone of a small mam- mal. It is from the Tiribi Indians of Costa Rica, and was presented by Mr. Gabb. The upper end has been cut away and the cavity filled with pitch or gum. Through this an air passage connects with a vent hole 24 inches from the end. At the lower part is a lateral opening into the natural cavity of the bone. Length 10 inches, diameter 1 inch. Its one note is here given: Sag == Fig. 273 represents a primitive flageolet, made from a slender bone, probably from the wing of the brown pelican (Pelecanus fuscus). Itis also from the Tiribi Indians and was collected by Mr. Gabb. Thé natural savity at one end of the bone is partly filled with wax or gum, leaving an air passage which connects with a vent hole placed 7 inch distant. This forms a mouthpiece. The other end is open. On the upper surface are five sinall finger holes, placed about 5%; inch apart. Considerable attention has been given to the musical possibilities of this instrument because of its striking resembiance to the bone whistles from ancient graves on the California Goast and the adjacent islands (p. 571, fig. 211). What may be called its natural scale of six notes is here shown, with the fingering for each tone: a 2 = es ole? | ees sa [ é rd be - = je = a ( Omen ee Tae ee) ©: -©-.0', @ 6 © ©: © ©. .0 @ 68 6 Oo © O OPS KO (yt le CO) SO) KORO) O26), 0) _©.510 70; (O-10 The upper note, G, is obtained with a slightly increased force in blow- Ing. By using greatly increased force and a different system of finger- 624 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ing, the notes shown in the following scale are possible: Other combinations of finger- ing only produce notes which are already given. It will be seen that, contrary to all the instruments before described, the lowest note is not made with allthe sound holesclosed. Why this should be so I am unable toexplain. Perhapsthe pecul- iar Shape of the bone may ac- count for it. ll iy ANS x EN sax ' Ni JN SoutH AMERICA. CHIRIQUI, COLOMBIA. The most important group of prehistoric musical instru- ments in the Museum in point of numbers is from Chiriqui, deposited by Mr. J. A. McNiel. It embraces drums, rattles, and whistles of pottery, and a num- ber of bronze bells. Many of these have been figured by Mr. W. H. Holmesin hisinteresting paper on “Ancient art in the Province of Chiriqui,”?! and his descriptions have been here freely used. Whatever will be said in addition relates to ex- amples not figured by him, and ismostly from a musical stand- point, all of the wind instru- Hix ofe ments having been tested for BONE WHISTLE. BONE FLAGEOLET. the purpose of showing their Costa Rica. Costa Rica. LgNAe] ’ ibiliti i ee te Atty ae Ny Cap gant, capacity or possibilities in that 2 natural size. $ natural size. direction q ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 156. PREHISTORIC ART. 625 INSTRUMENTS OF PERCUSSION. Drums.—FVig. 274 represents a drum of gray unpainted clay. Accord- ing to Mr. Holmes—! The shape is somewhat like that of an hourglass, the upper part, however, being considerably larger than the base or stand. In all cases the principal rim is finished with especial reference to the attachment of the vibrating head. ‘The example pre- sented has a deeply searified belt an inch and a quarter wide encircling the rim, and below it is a narrow ridge, eh BSAA, AS i i a : Nid (aes tin) ae eee Fig. 274. Fig. 275. DRUM OF GRAY UNPAINTED CLAY. DRUM WITH PAINTED ORNAMENT. Chiriqui. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 115353, U.S.N.M. } natural size. U.S. National Museum. intended, perhaps, to facilitate the lashing or cementing on of the head. Two raised bands, intended to imitate twisted cords, encircle the most constricted part of the body, a single band similarly marked encircling the base. The surface is gray in color and but rudely polished. The walls are about three-eighths of an inch thick, the height 19} inches, and the greatest diameter 74 inches. Sixth Kuno Renee of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 158, fig. 236. NAL MUS 96 40 626 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The following is copied from Mr. MecNiel’s label attached to the drum: Grave at Moritana del Bufo, Divala. This and 14 canteros, 1 stool, 5 stone hatch- ets, 3 “‘spiners,” and human bones, seem to have been the outfit of a musician. Mr. Holmes continues (p. 159, fig. 237): The decorated specimen illustrated in fig. 237 [our fig. 275] is imperfect, a few inches of the base having been lost. The shape is rather more elegant than that of the other specimen, and the surface is neatly finished and polished. The ground color, or slip, is a warm yellow gray, and the decoration is in red and black, The rim, or upper margin, is rather rudely finished and is painted red, and on the exte- rior is made slightly concave and furnished with a raised band to facilitate the attachment of the head. Rattles.—The instruments of this class from Chiriqui are gourd-shaped, and the majority are painted and decorated in the same manner as the whistles and other pottery objects from that Fig. 278. Fig. 276. RATTLE OF PLAIN WARE SUR- RATTLE ee ee WARE. MOUNTED BY TWO GROTESQUE 1iriqui. A 277. FIGURES. Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnol- Fig 277 ogy, fig. 233. Cat, No. 109628, U.S.N.M. SECTION OF RATTLE SHOWN IN Chiriqui. # natural size. FIG. 276. Cat. No. 132761, U.S.N.M. 34 natural size. locality. There are slit-like openings on the upper part of the body, and the sound is produced by a number of small clay pellets inside. The handle is hollow in most cases, and probably served as a whistle. In some specimens the neck is perforated for suspension. The details of their construction are shown in figs. 276 and 277,! the latter a section drawing. The sounds produced are weak in comparison with the rat- tles of the modern Indian, but they may have occupied an important place in the ceremonies of a primitive people. Specimen, Cat. No. 131437 (U.S.N.M.) is a rattle of plain ware with a solid handle. In fig. 278° is shown a rattle of plain ware. The ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 157, a 233, 234, 2 Tdem., fig. 235. PREHISTORIC ART. 627 handle is represented as a separate piece lashed on with cords. On the upper end of the handle are two grotesque human figures standing back to back. The following zE Fig. 280. » Fig. 279. BRONZE BELL WITH HUMAN 5 BRONZE BELLS, PLATED OR WASHED WITH GOLD. FEATURES. Chiriqui. Chiriqui. Cat, No, 74675, U.S.N.M. Natural size. Stearns Collection. specimens are all gourd-shaped rattles of painted ware, similar in form and construction to fig. 276 (Cat. Nos. 109626, 109627, 109628, 109629, 109630, 109631, 109632, 109647, and 131436, U.S.N.M.). METAL INSTRUMENTS. Bronze bells —The descriptions and illustrations here given of me- tallic objects are mostly taken from Mr. Holmes’s paper.! Bells seem to have been in pretty gen- eral use by the more cultured American races previous to the conquest. The form best known is the hawk bell, or common sleigh bell of the North. The globular body is suspended by a loop at the top and is slit on the under side, so that the tink- ling of the small free pellets of metal may be andible. Such bells are found in considerable numbers in -the graves of Chiriqui, although I have no positive assurance that any of the examples in Fie. 281 my possession were actually taken from on - . . . . . . TRIPLE BELL OR RATTLE OF GOLD. graves which contained typical Chiriyuian Chiriqui. relics of other classes. The specimens Stearns Collection. now in the National Museum (fig. 41) [our fig. 279] are in most cases, if not in all, of bronze, as determined by Mr. R. B. Riggs, of the chemical laboratory of the United States Geological Survey. All have been cast in molds. In most ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, pp. 49, 50, figs. 41, 42, 43. 628 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. cases there are traces of a plating of gold. The largest is 1} inches in height «nd three-fourths of an inch in diameter. It is surmounted by the rude figure of an animal, through or beneath the body of which is an opening or attachment of a cord. Others have simple loops at the top. The small perforated one belongs to Mr. J. B. Stearns, of Short Hills, New Jersey. Theadditional piece given in fig. 42 [our fig. 280] is unique in conception. It represents a human head, which takes an inverted position when the bell issuspended. The lower part of the bell forms a conical crown to the head and the ring of suspension is at- tached tothe chin. Double coils of wire take the place of the ears, and the other features are formed by setting on bits of the material used in modeling. This specimen belongs to the collection of Mr. Stearns. Many examples of more elaborate. workmanship have been recovered from the tombs and are now to be found in the collections of America and Europe. A speci- men found many years ago on the Rio Grande near Panama, and figured in Harper’s Weekly, was of gold and showed specific variations from the Chiriquian pieces. It will bes seen by reference to the outline given in fig. 43 [our fig. 281] that three very neatly shaped and gracefully ornamented bells are mounted upon a circular plate to which a short handle is attached. It was evidently not intended for suspension, but rather to be held in the hand as a rattle. oe 9R9 Fig. 282. GOLD RATTLE. Antioquia. Cat. No, 148170, U.S.N.M, Natural size. Fig. 282 represents a small gold rattle from a prehistoric grave in the province of Antioquia, Colombia, South America, re- ceived from Mr. Thomas Herran. Theupper part is globular, and contains the metal pel- let which produces the tinkling sound. The stem or handle is tapering and encircled by Fig. 283, raised fillets. It was evidently cast in a DOUBLE WHISTLE. mold. The tone is weak compared with that Chumaet obtained from the bells made of bronze U.S. National Museum. Natural size. previously mentioned, the natural properties of gold not being as resonant. WIND INSTRUMENTS—POTTERY. Double whistles.—These are the simplest form and need not be described separately. They are ali pear or gourd shaped, joineil above and below, and have an opening be- tween the necks. The mouthpieces are where SER ERA ads the stems are joined, and are so close to FIG. 283. gether that both must be blown at the same time. Two tones are produced, and in a majority of the instruments these are identical in pitch. Where there is a difference it will be indicated in the accompanying scales. Fig. 283 represents one of this series, and the section in fig. 284 shows the relative positions of the mouthpieces, air passages, Fig. 284. PREHISTORIC ART. 629 ventholes, and chambers. These are reproducea from Mr. Holmes’s paper.! The note produced is pitched very high and is extremely penetrating : = The following list gives the catalogue number and the pitch of the ‘notes obtained from the whistles of this class in the Museum collection, which are not figured :” Specimen, Cat. No. 109737 (U.S.N.M.), unpainted ware: Specimen, Cat. No. 131948 ase M.), unpainted ware: #. Specimen, Cat. No. 109719 (U.S.N.M.), unpainted ware, mutilated. Only one side will produce a tone: -. Specimen, Cat. No. (U.S.N.M.), painted dull red color: laos - + oe a Specimen, Cat. No, 109678 (U.S.N.M.), painted dull red color. Only one side will emit a note, the venthole on the opposite side being broken: Specimen, Cat. No. 152756 (U.S.N.M.), painted dull red: 2. +— +— [ ft ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 161, figs. 239, 240. *The notes given by these double whistles should read an octave Serene than indicated on the staff. 630 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Specimen, Cat. No. 132727! (U.S.N.M.), painted dull red color. Difference of a semitone between the two sides: Specimen, Cat. No. 1319451 (U.S.N.M.), painted dull red color: +— + | Specimen, Cat. No. 131946! (U.S.N.M.), painted, decoration in black on red ground. Lost color ware. Difference of a tone between the two sides: Specimen, Cat. No. 131947! (U.S.N.M.), painted, decoration in black on red ground. Lost color ware: 2. -9- + == Bird-shaped whistles of unpainted ware.—In fig. 285 is presented one of this class. The body is short and wide, with the wings spread. Its long neck terminates in a triangular-shaped head, with protruding eyes upon the top. There are two finger holes in the breast, and the tail 1See note 2, p. 629. PREHISTORIC ART. 631 serves for a mouthpiece, as is usual in the bird-shaped instruments. Three notes are possible, as follows: The lower note is obtained with both holes closed, the upper one wit! both open, and the middle tone with either, no matter which, closed. Unless otherwise stated, this is true of all the bird-shaped whistles with two finger holes. Fig. 285. BIRD-SHAPED WHISTLE, UNPAINTED WARE. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109708, U.S.N.M. # natural size. Specimen, Cat. No. 131941 (U.S.N.M.) is a smaller whistle of the same general character. There are two finger holes in the breast, making the compass of the instrument three notes: Specimen, Cat. No. 109662 (U.S.N.M.) is in principle the same as the preceding. The difference in musical tones will be seen in the accom- panying scale: Bird-shaped whistles, colored red, without painted decorations.—The whistles in this group need not be described individually. They are all bird shaped, varying in size, slip-washed red and without decora- tions. There are two finger holes in the breast of each. Three nctes 632 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. can be obtained from all; the lower when both sound holes are stopped, the next higher with one stop, and the upper note with both holes open. The second or middle note is the same whether stopped on one side or the other. Fig. 286 represents one of the series. Its three notes are as follows: ~» #. fe The following list gives the catalogue number and the accompanying scales the notes emitted by whistles with two holes not figured. Specimen, Cat. No. 109672 (U.S.N.M.): E == Sota Specimen, Cat. No. 1382755 (U.S.N.M.): BIRD-SHAPED WHISTLE, COLORED RED. _tte #e- Chiriqui. ieee] Cat. No, 131938, U.S.N.M. § natural size. las Specimen, Cat. No. 109665 (U.S.N.M.): ae Specimen, Cat. No. 109666 (U.S.N.M.): Specimen, Cat. No. 109649 (U.S.N.M.): Fig. 287. a te- te. BIRD-SHAPED WHISTLE, PAINTED DECORATION. ae Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109656, U.S.N.M. Natural size. > —SEE= Specimen, Cat. No, 109711 (U.S.N.M.), mutilated, tones indistinct. Specimen, Cat. No. 109658 (U.S.N.M.), mutilated. Bird-shaped whistles with painted decorations —The air passages, sound holes, etc., are the same as in the whistles just described. A short description of the decorations, which refer more or Jess to the markings of the plumage, and a scale indicating the musical capacity will accompany each number. In all specimens the neck (of the bird) is pierced for a suspension hole. PREHISTORIC ART. 633 An example of this class is shown in fig. 287, which is reproduced from Mr. Holmes’s paper.' The ground color is yellow. The neck, tail, and underpart of the body are painted red, and band decorations in black pass around the front and upper surface. (Lost color ware.) The following notes are emitted: Specimen, Cat. No. 109671 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle, dark yellow ground with a broad stripe of red on the breast and lower part of the body. Its three notes are as follows: Svat Specimen, Cat. No. 131939 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Pale red eround color with traces of decoration in black. Three notes: Specimen, Cat. No. 109661 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Red ground color with black decoration. Three notes as follows: Specimen, Cat. No. 133464 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Dark yellow ground color. Breast and lower part of body painted red. Three notes: Specimen, Cat. No. 131940 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Dark yellow ground color, with traces of decoration in black. Three notes: Specimen, Cat. No. 75549 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Grayish yel- low ground color, with red and black decoration. Three notes, as follows: Sva Specimen, Cat. No. 109674 (U.S.N.M.). Small whistle. Pale yellow 634 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ground color, with traces of decoration in black or brown. Three notes: Specimen, Cat. No. 109713 (U.S.N.M.). Ground color, pale brown. The upper part of the body is deep red, and there are line decorations in red and black on the tail. The whole surface is polished. Its three notes are here indicated : Specimen, Cat. No. 106669 (U.S.N.M.). The lower part of the body is painted red; the upper part pale yellow. Decoration in black of conventional designs on all surfaces. Three notes, as follows: reese Specimen, Cat. No. 109652 (U.S.N.M.). The head, breast, and lower part of the body are painted red. The upper part of the body is pale yellow, upon which are decorations in black. Its three notes are here indicated : Specimen, Cat. No. 109663 (U.S.N.M.). The body is painted red, the head and neck grayish yellow, and there are traces of ornamentation in black. Three notes, as follows: — | Specimen, Cat. No. 131936 (U.S.N.M.).. The ground color is dark red, and the decorations in black are much obliterated. Its three notes are indicated in the accompanying scale: Fig. 288 represents one of the large bird-shaped specimens. The cut is reproduced from Mr, Holmes’s paper,! and his description follows: The piece given in fig. 254 [our fig. 288] has the shape and markings of a hawk or eagle. It belongs to the alligator ware and is elaborately finished in semi-geometric devices in red and black. 1 Sixth Anzinal Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 169, fig. 254. PREHISTORIC ART. 635 Its three notes are here indicated: Specimen, Cat. No. 109710 (U.S.N.M.). The decorations, which are well preserved, are in black and red on pale yellow ground. Three notes are emitted: Specimen, Cat. No. 131937 (U.S.N.M.). The body is painted red, the head and neck yellow, and there are traces of decora- tion in black. The two upper notes are indistinct on account of a fracture in the mouthpiece. SUNUs acne s= Specimen, Cat. No. 109709 (U.S.N.M.) repre- sents an owl. The ground color is gray and the dec- orations are conventional devices in red and brown. Th Fig. 288. ree notes z BIRD-SHAPED WHISTLE, CONVENTIONAL DECORATION IN BLACK OD Cl nrecteratel alerts AND RED. S Chiriqui. be @ : ‘ ee Cat. No. 109712, U.S.N.M. Natural size. Specimen, Cat. No. 131935 (U.S.N.M.) represents a parrot. The ground color is gray and the decoration quite simple, consisting of lines and dots in red and black. Its three notes are indicated in the accom- panying scale: OE Oe Specimen, Cat. No. 1167 (U.S.N.M.), also from Chiriqui, was presented by Col. E. Jewett. It is parrot shaped, and the decorations are con- ventional devices in red and black on yellow ground. Its three notes are as follows: SBP ES saerene 636 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In fig. 289 is shown a small double whistle representing two birds with their bodies joined together. The tails form a mouthpiece with the air passages close together, as are the small pear-shaped whistles heretofore described. ‘The decoration is simple, consisting of a few black lines on the body and the beak or bill painted red. There are two finger holes, one on the outside of each body. When these are closed a tone is produced a major third below that given when 8va. S8va. open. The notes are in unison, extremely shrill and piercing. eee Animal-shaped whistles.—In fig. 290 a, d, DOUBLE WHISTLE, TWO BIRDS. = . Ghiniqul are shown two views of a small animal- Pet Res Ee shaped whistle of dark clay. These are re- $ natural size. produced from Mr. Holmes’s paper,! and in describing two specimens of this class he says: * Two little instruments of remarkable form and unusual powers stand quite alone among their fellows. One only is entire. It is made of dark clay, and represents a creature not referable to any known form, so completely is it conventionalized. A fair idea of its appearance can be gained from figs. 243 and 244 [our figs. 290 a, b). a Fig. 290. ANIMAL-SHAPED WHISTLE OF BLACKISH WARE. Chiriqui. Cat. No, 109732, U.S.N.M. Natural size. The first gives the side view and the second the top view. The mouthpiece is in what appears to be the forehead of the creature. ‘Vhe venthole is beneath the neck, and there are four minute finger holes, one in the middle of four flattish nodes, which have the appearance of large protruding eyes. A suspension hole passes through a node upon the top of the head. The capacity of this instrument is five notes, clear in tone and high in pitch. Itis notable that the pitch of each stop when open alone is identical, the holes being exactly the same size. SOL soca ganart eh enee cleus te © PRS ating te 1a E : : | @@ @@ @O 00 0O @@ @O @0 60 OO ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 162, figs. 243, 244. PREHISTORIC ART. 637 In playing it does not matter in what order the fingers are moved. The lower note is made with all the holes closed, and the ascending scale is produced by open- ing successively one, two, three, and four holes. The fragmentary piece [Cat. No. 109741, U.S.N.M.] is much smaller and the holes are extremely small. Specimen, Cat. No. 133463 (U.S.N.M.) is a small, monkey-shaped whistle of painted ware. The ground color is light red, and the deco- rations consist of black and dark red lines and dots. The animal is represented in a squatting position, with its long tail curved upward and attached to the back of the neck. The mouthpiece is in the tail, and there are two finger holes, one on each shoulder. Six notes can be obtained—three with normal force in blowing: OU Uae alereeeieiciee @@ 0@ 00 and three by using more force, thus: i Specimen, Cat. No. 109723 (U.S.N.M ) is a semibuman figure of plain red polished ware. The egg-shaped body is supported by two short legs, one of which serves as a mouthpiece. The left arm is raised to the head; the right is placed akimbo. A long tail curves up the back. The two sound holes are placed one in front and the other in the rear of the left shoulder. Its three notes are here given: E 7? a os Specimen, Cat. No. 109655 (U.S.N.M.) represents a puma. It is of painted ware, and the ground color is yellow. Conventional decora. tions in black represent the skin markings of the animal. There are two finger holes, one on each fore shoulder, and the tail serves as a mouthpiece. Its three notes are as follows: e Fig. 291 represents a cat-shaped whistle of painted ware. Mr. Holmes, in describing this specimen,' says: The mouthpiece is in the tail, and one of the sound holes is in the left shoulder and the other beneath the body. The head is turned to one side and the face is decidedly cat-like in expression. The decoration is in black and red, and may be taken as a typical example of the conventional treatment of the markings of the bodies of such bo) ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 167, fig. 251. 638 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 291. . CAT SHAPED WHISTLE OF PAINTED WARE. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109657, U.S.N.M. Natural size. ml” 4 otter A, ea WHISTLE WITH FOUR OCELOT-LIKE HEADS. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 132751, U.S.N.M. Natural size, PREHISTORIC ART. 639 animals. The tips of the ears, feet, and tail are red. Rows of red strokes, alternat- ing with black, extend in a broad stripe from the point of the nose to the base of the neck. Red panels, inclosing rows of red dots and enframed by black lines, cross the back. On the sides we have oblong spaces filled in with conventional devices so common in other animal representations. The legs are striped and dotted after the ie “, usual manner. f * Its three notes are as follows: ra pe ~ @@ @0 0O In fig. 292 is shown a painted whistle with four ocelot-like heads. E This is reproduced from Mr. , & a) = o Holmes’s paper (p. 168, fig. 252), 2 ® and his description in partishere = & riven: zs & 5 a@<¢ The instrument consists of an oblong et = a body, to which four ocelot-like heads = & 5 e are fixed, one at each end and the others * 6 ; és : : = 3 at the sides. It rests upon four feet, in 2 x one of which the mouthpiece is placed. = 5 The finger holes are in the side of the = 8 hody, near the legs, as seen in the cut, y The decoration, which consists of more iS i>] or less conventional representations of the skin markings of the animal, is in black and red. Its notes are three, as follows: Min Fig. 293 represents an alligator- shaped whistle of painted ware. This is the largest specimen in the collection, and Mr. Holmes, in speaking of it (p. 166, fig. 250), says: The air chamber is large, and the sounds emitted are full and melodious and are lower in pitch than those of any other instrument in the collection. The cavity in the mouth and head is separated from the body chamber, and, with the addition of earthen pellets, probably served as a rattle. The mouthpiece is in the tail and the finger holes are in the sides of the body. Its three notes are shown in the accompanying scale: 640 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Fig. 294 presents a back view of a crab-shaped instrument. Mr. Holmes! says of this: On the opposite side are four small conical legs, upon which the object rests as does a vase upon its tripod. The mouthpiece is in the right arm, beneath which Fig. 294. CRAB-SHAPED WHISTLE OF PAINTED WARE. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 132752, U.S.N.M. Natural size. is the venthole. The two finger holes are in the back, behind the eyes of the crea- ture, and a suspen- sion hole is seen in the left arm. The painted designs are in red and black lines upon a_ yellowish- gray ground. The following scale indicates its capacity: SUG vacencwaree Fe Specimen, Cat. No. 109742 (U.S. N.M.) isan animal- shaped whistle of unpainted ware. The mouthpiece is missing; conse- quently no sound can be produced. There are two finger holes on the back, one on each side over the fore shoulders. Whistles of complex form.—In this group are @ ments in which bird, animal, and other formsarecombined. ‘The division is purely arbitrary and only made for convenience of description. Fig. 295 represents one of the series. It is painted a dull red color, without decoration, and the whole surface is polished. The body and feet are of the conventional bird shape, the head being somewhat cat-like. In the place of wings are two feet or arms, one raised to the mouth and the other placed back of the’ leftear. The tail, which serves as a mouth- piece, is curled over the back and attached to the body below the neck. There are two sound holes in the breast. One of number of instru- Fig. 295. WHISTLE, COMPLEX FORM, Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109660, U.S.N.M. % natural size. ' Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 165, fig. 249. PREHISTORIC ART. 641 these being larger than the other, either by accident or design, adds one note to its scale, which is here given: i Specimen, Cat. No. 109668 (U.S.N.M.) is a small whistle, partly animal and partly bird in shape. It is of plain red ware with polished surfaces. The tail serves as a mouthpiece, and there are two sound holes inthe breast. Its three notes are as follows: eo e Specimen, Cat. No. 109651 (U.S.N.M.) has a bird-like body with an animal head. The face, breast, and under part of the body is painted a dull red color. The upper is pale yellow, upon which are traces of a band dec- oration in black. There are two sound holes in the breast, and the notes emitted are indicated in the following scale: Fig. 296. WHISTLE, COMPLEX FORM. = SSS = Chiriqui. E ja] Cat. No. 109650, U.S.N.M. ¢ natural size. Specimen, Oat. No. 131942 (U.S.N.M.) is an exceedingly grotesque form. ‘The body is bird-shaped with a monkey-like head and fore feet. One of these grasps the tail and the other is held to the mouth. The decoration is in black and red on yellow ground. There are two finger holes, one beneath the left fore leg or arm, the other on the back. The tail serves as a mouthpiece, and the notes obtained are given in the accompanying scale: 80a. _-.. Sa x fee peas Specimen, Cat. No. 133461 (U.S.N.M.) is also a combination of animal and bird forms. The decoration is in red and black lines and dots on yellow ground. There are two sound holes in the breast. Its three notes are here given: Coase mer In fig. 296 is presented a curious form of whistle. The lower part of the instrument is bird-shaped, and standing transversely across the NAT MUS 96 41 642 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. body is the figure of an animal (puma?). The body of the bird is dull red in color, with traces of decoration in black. Upon the animal, which is painted grayish yellow, are the conventional represen- tations of skin markings in black. There are two finger holes in the breast of the bird, and its tail forms a mouthpiece. Its notes are given in the ac- companying scale: Fig. 297 represents an instru- ment having somewhat the ap- Fig. 207. pearance of a small covered iat ga a ah hace dish with a prolongation for a handle, which serves as a mouthpiece. Upon the top or cover is the figure of a bird. The ground color of the dish or air chamber is red and that of the bird figure pale yellow. Upon both are line decorations in black. There are two sound holes near the upper edge opposite the mouthpiece. Its three notes are as follows: Chiriqui. Cat. No. 133448, U.S.N.M. # natural size. Specimen, Cat. No. 133449 (U.S.N.M.) The body of this instru- ment is similar to the one just de- scribed (fig. 297). It is painted dull red and polished. A grotesque figure with an animal-like head is attached to the upper part. There are two finger holes on the side opposite the mouthpiece. Threenotesareemitted: SUL one C ren a Teen ee ewe wo eens eee" ae — = Fig. 298. ey WHISTLE, GROTESQUE FORM, Chiriqui. Cat. No, 109722, U.S.N.M. 2, natural size. Specimen, Cat. No. 133450 (U.S.N.M.). The outline of this whistle is the same as the preceding (fig. 297), but having the head of a reptile (?) on the upper part opposite the handle or mouthpiece. The PREHISTORIC ART. 643 ground color is pale red, and there are traces of line decoration in black. There are two sound holes, and its three notes are indicated in the fol- lowing scale: Specimen, Cat. No. 109714 (U.S.N.M.) is a small whistle of the same class. Upon the upper part is the figure of a bird with a suspension hole passing through the body. The color is dark red without decora- tion, and all surfaces are polished. There are two sound holes, and its three notes are here given: Whistles in grotesque forms.—In this series are placed a limited num- ber of instruments from Chiriqui, in which the human figure is repre- sented. Mr. Holmes,! in speaking of these objects, says: The human figure was occasionally utilized. The treatment, however, is extremely tude and conventional, the features having the peculiar squirrel-like character shown in the figurines already given. The unique piece given in fig. 256 [our fig. 298] represents a short, clumsy female figure with a squirrel face, carrying a vessel upon her back by means of a head strap, which is held in place by the hands. The mouthpiece of the whistle is in the right elbow and one sound hole is in the middle of the breast and the other in the left side. The costume and some of the details of anatomy are indicated by red and black lines in the original. Its three notes are as follows: Specimen, Cat. No. 109659 (U.S.N.M.) is a painted whistle repre- senting a female. The ground color is light red, the mouth, arms, and knees being outlined with stripes of darker color. The body is short and broad, with stumpy legs set wide apart, and the arms are attached to the body in relief. The hollow head contains a small clay pellet, which produces a rattling sound. A prolongation of the left Shoulder serves as a mouthpiece. There are two finger holes beneath the right shoulder, one on the breast and the other nearly opposite on the back. Its three notes are indicated in the accompanying scale: An instrument similar in form to the statuettes figured and described ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 170, fig. 256. 644 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. by Mr. Holmes! is presented in fig. 299. It represents a female figure in a sitting position. The ground color in yellow and the painted designs in black and red, indicating some of the details of costume, are much obliterated. The mouthpiece is in the left shoulder, and there are two sound holes, one above the right breast, the other near the center of the body. Its three notes are here given: Specimen, Cat. No. 1381435 (U.S.N.M.) is a grotesque figure in a standing position. Thelegs are extremely short and the large, triangular-shaped head is out of proportion to the size of the body. The left arm rests against the side \ ri * ti Te Wie ] WIDE at NGG NP PUM ey Fig. 299. WHISTLE REPRESENTING FEMALE FIGURE. Chiriqui. Cat. No, 109706, U.S.N.M. $ natural size. and the right is raised to the mouth. The ground color is yellow and the painted decoration quite simple, two bands of red encircling both the up- Fig. 300. per and lower portions of the body. OR Or ee oaee es There are two sound holes in the Mairi breast. A mouthpiece which pro truded from the back is missing, consequently its former musical capacity is unknown. Fig. 300 represents a small grotesque figure of painted ware. A good idea of its shape can be obtained from the sketch. The painted deco- ration is in purple and red, upon a ground color of grayish yellow. The leftarm is raised tothe head and hasan aperture at the elbow which serves asamouthpiece. The right arm is folded across the center of the body in front. There are two finger holes, one below the right shoulder, the other Cat, No. 131943, U.S.N.M. 38 natural size. ‘Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 151. — = Bia PREHISTORIC ART. 645 passing through theright hand whereit is laid againstthe body. Its three notes are as follows: Ore aree F 7 yay ae Drum-shaped whistles.—In addition to the various forms which have been described there are a number of shapes copied from other musi- cal instruments. An interesting example is shown in fig. 301. The cut is reproduced from Mr. Holmes’s paper,! and in speaking of this class of objects he says: A very interesting specimen, illustrated in fig. 247 [our fig. 301], modeled in imitation of a drum, has not only the general shape of that instrument, but the skin head, with its bands and cords of at- tachment, is truthfully rep- resented. A curious con- ceitis here ob- served in asso- ciation of the bird—a favor- ite form for the whistle— withthedrum. A small figure DRUM-SHAPED WHISTLE OF PLAIN WARE, GROTESQUE ANIMAL FIGURE DRUM-SHAPED WHISTLE OF PLAIN WARE, Of @ bird ex- BIRD FIGURE ATTACHED. WI@IGIE) TTS Apa Varsiaray. Chiriqui. versely across Chiriqui. Cat. No. 109721, U.S.N.M. Natural size. the body ofthe — Cat. No. 109720, U.S.N.M. # natural size. drum cham- ; ber, the back being turned from the observer in the cut. The tail serves for a mouth- piece, while the finger holes are placed in the breast of the bird, the position usually assigned them in simple bird whistles. Its three notes are indicated in the accompanying scale: sts 3 Spices or 2 sd) f a? = Ss alll 4 Specimen, Cat. No. 109718 (U.S.N.M.) is a plain drum-shaped whistle of unpainted ware. we D> ; instrument, as indicated in the hee en io seale: ae O0® @0 OO Specimen, Cat. No. 109673 (U.S.N.M.) is a small whistle painted gray- ish yellow. A prolongation : the upper part, or drumhead, forms the mouthpiece. There are two finger holes, one on each side of the air cham- ber. Its three notes are as fol- lows: Cinhoepe aoosee Fig. 303. Fig. 304. DRUM-SHAPED WHISTLE OF PAINTED WARE. TOP-SHAPED INSTRUMENT WITH THREE FINGER HOLES. Chiriqui. Chiriqui. Cat. No. 121944, U.S.N.M. # natural size. Cat. No. 109682, U.S.N.M. Natural size. instrument with the same general outline as the preceding. The ground color is dark brown and there are traces of line or band decoration in red. : (wat-sa-pud) . oe : C Ss "ese a 9) / he pe 1 } In fig. 309 is presented a flute (Wat-sa-pua) or Sristen ene flageolet made from the thigh bone of the South Cat. No. 4346, U.S.N.M. American panther or jaguar. It is ornamented shears with incised bands and lines. The upper end is cut off square and ‘Wood, J. G., The Natural History of Man, pp. 628, 629. PY To PREHISTORIC ART. 651 partly filled with resin to form the mouthpiece. It will be seen that the edge of the bone is cut out to form a sort of venthole. There are three finger holes and its musical capacity is Shown in the accompany- ing scale: This instrument israther dif- ficult to manipulate, and I was unable to obtain other notes by a different system of finger- ing. Gift of E.S. Brotherson. A similarinstrument with the same name is in the museum, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, from British Guiana, with a reference to ‘“Brett’s Indian tribes.” Fig. 310. Fig. 311. TRUMPET (2) OF POTTERY. TRUMPET (?) OF POTTERY. British Guiana. British Guiana. Cat. No. 58603, U.S.N.M. # natural size. Cat. No. 4361, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. Fig. 310 represents one of two small instruments of pottery from British Guiana presented to the museum by Col. Philip Figyelmesy. It has a vase-shaped outline with an aperture at the small end for a mouth- piece. The ware is soft and fragile. Upon a ground color of. silver- gray are painted designs in black. Attached to the larger end are six tassels made of cotton cord which has been dyed brown. The label attached to one of these specimens reads as follows: ‘EKarthen pipe used for blowing a noise during native dances.” Fig. 311 represents a larger instrument of the same class, but with a 652 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. difference in outline, as will be seen by referring to the sketch. Carl Engel mentions instruments of pottery somewhat like those just de- scribed, but of larger dimensions. Speaking of these," he says: The botuto, which Gumilla saw used by some tribes near the Orinoco (of which we engrave two examples) was evidently an ancient Indian contrivance, but appears to have fallen almost into oblivion during the last two centuries. It was made of baked clay and was commonly from 3 to 4 feet long; but some trumpets of this kind were of enormous size. The botuto with two bellies was usually made thicker than that with three bellies and emitted a deeper sound, which is described as having been really terrific. These trumpets were used on occasions of mourning and funeral dances. Alexander von Humboldt saw the botuto among some Indian tribes near the River Orinoco. The small instruments just described may be a survival of the ancient: botuto. BRAZIL. Bone whistles or flageolets—According to Ewbank, the aboriginal Brazilians had instruments of bone made on the same principle as the bone whistles from the Pacific coast, heretofore described. Fig. 312 is Fig. 312. BONE FLUTES. 3razil. Thomas Ewbank, Life in Brazil, p. 121. a reproduction of his drawings of a number in the museum at Rio Janeiro. The following descriptions are interesting as showing their similarity to the California instruments: Double flutes were extensively used by the classical ancients, and here they are as constructed by American aborigines. The bones of which they are made are yel- ‘Musical Instruments in the South Kensington Museum, pp. 74, 75. = Se a PREHISTORIC ART. 653 low and jagged, and far from inviting to delicate lips. Their tones, however, are singularly soft and mellow. Referring to the drawings, he says: a represents the largest. Each bone is 12 inches long and three-eighths of an inch bore. They are united by twine neatly wound and worked. On the back are finger- holes, shown at ); these were stopped up; perhaps they were experimental addi- tions of some Brazilian Pronomus. ‘The construction of the sounding or whistle part is seen at c, a cone of resinous cement being secured immediately under the orifice. The ridge of cement rises to the center of the tube. The instrument is played by blowing through the upper end, asin a clarinet. eis a smaller flute, to be blown at either end. / has a swelled wooden mouthpiece, with no side opening. Dual bone flutes with finger holes are yet in use in the northern provinces, besides bamboo flutes and instruments with which the voices of wild beasts are imitated with singular accuracy.! PERU. Whistling bottles.—There are in the Museum a number of pottery bottles, obtained from ancient burial places in Peru, which are capable of emitting musical sounds. Many of these vessels are double, with an interior connection at point of contact, and those which are not double have two projections, one being the neck or mouth proper and the other terminating in the figure of a bird or animal which contains the whistling apparatus. The human form is also represented. It has been said that when pouring the water out, a sound imitating the note or cry of the bird or animal represented is produced.’ In experimenting with the bottles or instruments about to be described, the author has not been able to obtain any sound by pour- ing the water out. If the vessels are submerged in water, leaving the whistle above, their sounds or notes are given while the air is forced out by the incoming water. The clearest tone, however, is emitted by blowing, and the notes indicated in the accompanying scales were obtained in that way, using the open neck as a mouthpiece. The descriptions of these vessels by some writers (Bollwert and von Tschudi) hardly give due credit to the aboriginal potter. The mechanism by which the sound or note is produced is something more than a hole or opening through which the air is forced, for it is constructed on the principle of the flageolet, as are the instruments from Mexico and Cen- tral America previously described. On some of these vessels two notes can be produced, varying from a semitone to a major third above the lowest tone (fig. 314). In all cases the upper note is made by using more force in blowing. In the specimens which are indicated as emit- ting but one tone, no amount of manipulation will give anything else, as more or less force in blowing causes the tone to break. oro ne eee. ae PREHISTORIC ART. 657 or chamber represents a human figure kneeling. The left hand holds to the mouth an instrument evidently intended to represent a syrinx or Pan pipe. A vessel similar to the foregoing, but without the whistling attachment, is described and figured by Wiener in “ Perou et Bolivie” (p. 623). Attached to the right hand is a gourd-shaped object, possibly Fig. 316. DOUBLE WHISTLING VASE, PAINTED WARE, BAND ORNAMENTED IN RELIEF, HUMAN FIGURE. Peru. Cat. No. 1399, U.S.N.M. 3 natural size. arattle. The whistling apparatusis at the back of the head, where the curved handle which connects with the mouth of the bottle is joined. Its two notes are indicated in the accompanying scale: SUG. .--- - E = nie Bd Increased force in blowing produces the higher tone. Another example of this class, shown in fig. 317, is a highly orna- mented specimen of painted ware. The ground color is pale yellow and the decoration is in red, brown, and white. There are sunken panels on opposite sides of each bottle, in which are delineated an animal figure in relief. The animal represented is the same in each panel. A handle ornamented with painted geometric designs joins the two necks. Unfor- tunately the animal figure which contained the whistle is mutilated and no note can be produced. Fig. 318 represents a vessel from an ancient grave in Peru, presented by the late secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Prof. S. F. Baird. It is a double bottle of polished black ware. The two bodies of the vessel are ornamented with small indentations or eyes, which suggest NAT MUS 96——42 658 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the idea that potatoes were intended to be represented. This does not: seem unusual, for the ancient Peruvians reproduced in clay the figures Fig. 317. DOUBLE WHISTLING VASE, PAINTED WARE, ANIMAL FIGURE IN RELIEF, Cheperi, Province of Pacasmayo, Peru. Cat. No. 107548, U.S.N.M. # natural size. of men, animals, birds, fishes, shells, fruits, and vegetables. It is also well known that the potato was cultivated extensively in Peru at the time of the early discoveries.! Fig. 318. DOUBLE VASE, POLISHED BLACK WARE. Ancient grave, Peru. Cat. No, 15719, U.S.N.M. ? natural size, The necks of the vessels are connected by a thin, straight handle. ' Prescott, Conquest of Peru, I, p. 141. PREHISTORIC ART. 659 The usual animal or bird shaped figure containing the whistle is miss- ing, therefore its musical capacity is unknown, In fig. 319 is illustrated a double bottle of polished black ware. The figure of a bird is seated on one projection. At the back of its head is the air passage and venthole forming the whistle. On the connecting handle are two panel-like designs, with animals and birds represented in relief. Its two notes are indicated in the accompanying scale: Fig. 320 represents a double bottle of polished black ware. The upper portions of the vessel are encircled by three bands, highly orna- mented in relief. In the lower band birds are delineated, the next Fig. 319. DOUBLE WHISTLING VASE, POLISHED BLACK WARE, FIGURE OF BIRD, Peru, Tryon collection. Cat. No. 148015, U.S.N.M. @ natural size. higher fishes, and on the upper one the meander or Greek fret. On the connecting handle between the two projections are two panels, with conventional designs of animals, etc., also in relief. Seated upon one neck or projection is a monkey-like figure, with openings in the body, arranged in the usual manner, to produce a whistling sound or note, which is here given: Specimen, Cat. No. 1405 (U.S.N.M.) was obtained in Peru by Admiral Charles Wilkes, United States Exploring Expedition. It is a double bottle of black ware, One portion represents an animal, with the 660 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. whistling mechanism in its head. There are small openings in the ears, nostrils, and mouth of the figure, which allow the air to escape, but the whistle itself can not be seen. Two notes can be obtained, as shown in the following scale—the higher note by increased force in blowing: Son. Specimen, Cat. No. 1347 (U.S.N.M.), from Peru, presented by Mr. W. Cartwright, is a double bottle of polished black ware, with a hori- zontal connecting handle between the two projections. Upon one of Fig. 320. DOUBLE WHISTLING VASE, BLACK WARE, BAND DECORATION IN RELIEF. Cheperi, Province of Pacasmayo, Peru Cat. No. 107552, U.S.N.M. 44 natural size. these is represented a monkey-like figure. The bottom of one chamber is broken, and no sound can be produced. Specimen, Cat. No. 68102 (U.S.N.M.) was exhumed from a mound or tomb near Catacaos, Peru, collected by Mr.W. F. Lee. It is bird shaped and made of dark gray colored clay, slightly polished. The head is parrot-like, and the plumage markings are indicated in conventional Style by lines and dots in relief. The spout rises from the body near the tail, and is connected by a curved handle with the bird’s head. Near this point of contact the handle is enlarged and contains the air passage, venthole, etc., which are necessary to obtain a sound or note. The specimen, however, is mutilated to such an extent that no musical sound can be produced. PREHISTORIC ART. 661 Bird-shaped whistles.—Fig. 321 represents the only example in the United States National Museum from Peru of a bird-shaped whistle identical in all respects with the Mexican and Central American instru- ments. It was presented by Col. J.S. Billings, surgeon, United States Army, and forms part of a series of objects obtained by him from an ancient grave in the mountains near Lima. It is of reddish clay, slightly polished. The painted decoration is quite simple, the wings only being outlined in black. There are two sound holes, one on each side, near the middle of the body. . Part of the tail, which contained the mouthpiece, is wanting, but enough remains to obtain the musical compass of the instrument, which is here given: Re- @ =—a== @® @0 00 Specimen, Cat. No. 107434 (U.S.N.M.) is a bird-shaped whistle or toy of coarse clay, painted black and polished. The plumage markings are indicated by in- BS a ae ca 2 are cised lines alternately touched with white Amant enone mei Bau and red pigments. It was obtained from Cat, No, 140975, U.S.N.M. % natural size. an ancient grave near Ancon, and pre- sented by Mr. W. H. Jones. The body of the bird is hollow, and there is but one hole, placed in the back. To produce a sound it must be Fig. 321. i UB [tly it! Mut Hyg Japp MUM HT Megat liyai3s = mu FRAGMENT OF A BONE FLAGEOLET. Ancient grave near Lima, Peru. Cat. No. 1409838, U.S.N.M. 34 natural size. blown in the same manner as a flute. It may not have been intended for anything but a call or signal. The following note is emitted: Specimen, Cat. No. 140976 (U.S.N.M.) is a broken bird-shaped whistle of the same material and details of construction as the one just described. It was obtained by Colonel Billings from the grave near Lima, and found with the bird-shaped instrument shown in fig. 321. Bone flute—An interesting object of bone from the same grave is represented in fig. 322. It is part of the ulna of the Brown Pelican (Pelecanus moline). The ends of the bone have been cut oft and the 662 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. cellular portion removed. In its original condition this instrument was probably furnished with four finger holes, as were some of the whistles or flutes from the California islands previously mentioned (p. 570, fig. 210), and to which it bears a re- markable resemblance. This one is unfortu- nately broken off at the third hole. Wiener,! speaking of this class of instruments, says: The most curious objects of this kind are, without contradiction, the flutes of the tibia or other bones of birds, many times covered with designs (incised). Syrinx or Pan- pipes (reed and stone) —Two in- teresting speci- mens made of hollow reeds, rep- resenting the sy- rinx or Pan-pipes (huayra-puhura) are preserved in the National Mu- seum. They were obtained by En- sign W. E. Saf- ford, United States Navy, from ancient burial lig placesnear Arica, Fig. 323. Peru. The reeds “yunaray Canrerestamtre. are of graduated REEDS. lengths, lashed Grave near the beach at Arica together by Cat. No, 136869, ae # natural size. threads and held in place by a piece of split reed fastened transversely to their length. The reeds are so crushed and mu- ‘ilated that a positive sound can not be obtained. These instruments are _ illus- trated in figs. 323 and 324. One is com- posed of six reeds, the other of five. Inthe ox on PAN-PIPE, COMPOSED OF graves, associated with them, were flint FIVE REEDS. arrowheads, stone sinkers, copper knives Grave near the beach at Arica, Peru. and fishhooks, objects of bone, wood, and —_“*: N° 128385, U.S.N.M._@ natural size, pottery, woven matting, and the mummified body of a young man. That instruments of this kind are of ancient origin and were in use a ee 1 Perou et Bolivie, p, 58i. Fig. 324. panies y: ee PREHISTORIC ART. 663 by the Peruvians before the Spanish conquest is shown by the histo- rian Garcilasso de la Vega.' Of their music he says: In music they arrived to a certain harmony, in which the Indians of Colla did more particularly excel, having been the inventors of a certain pipe made of canes glued together, every one of which having a different note of higher and lower, in the manner of organs, made a pleasing musie by the dissonancy of sounds, the treble, tenor, and bass, exactly corresponding and answering to each other; with these pipes n i A a beky PR fee tie dre ey they often played in concert, and made tolerable music, though they wanted the quavers, Semiquavers, airs, and many voices which perfect the harmony among us. They had, also, other pipes which were flutes, with four or five stops, like the pipes of shepherds. Rivero and Von Tschudi? mention similar instruments made of reeds of cane or stone and adorned some- times with needlework. Fig. 325 represents an instrument made of stone. It is reproduced from Engel’s drawing,’ and his de- seription here follows: Fig. 325. SYRINX OF STONE. Peruvian grave. Engel, Musical Instruments, p. 66. Another huyara-puhura, likewise still yielding sounds, was discovered placed over a corpse in a Peruvian tomb, and was - procured by the French general, Paroissien. This instrument is made of a greenish stone, which is a species of tale, and contains eight pipes. In the Berlin Museum may be seen a good plaster cast taken from this curious relic. The height is 52 inches, and its width 64 inches. Four of the tubes have small lateral finger-holes, which, when closed, lower the pitch a semitone. These holes are on the second, fourth, sixth, and seventh pipes, as shown in the engraving. When the holes are open, the tones are: and when they are closed: The other tubes have unalterable tones. The following notation exhibits all the tones producible on the instrument: =, aes fq eacaertnjeaserl a a i —= eae ee = ees The musician is likely to speculate what could have induced the Peruvians to adopt so strange a series of intervals; it seems rather arbitrary than meditated. The Peruvians tiea knots in strings to record their music.‘ ‘Commentaries of Peru: English translation by Sir Paul Rycant, Kt., London, 1688, Book 1, p. 84. 2Peruvian Antiquities, English translation by Francis L. Hawks, D. D., LL. D., p. 143, et seq.. *Musical Instruments, p. 66. ‘4Rowbotham, History of Music, III, p. 198, citing de la Vega, II, p. 27. 664 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. CONCLUSION. Certain differences of opinion exist among historians of music as to the scale adopted by primitive peoples in their earliest efforts. One class thinks it finds in the laws of sound a relationship between notes of different pitch, which harmonize with each other and make a concord of sweet sounds, and demonstrates a scale natural to all men and there- fore universal, applying as well to the savage as to the enlightened; that is to say, they believe that when the savage has become suffi- ciently practiced in music to employ a scale of any kind, he will use that belonging to modern and civilized music because that scale is natural to man. Other persons deny this, and express their belief that primitive peoples either did not recognize this concord, or else did not desire it. These differences of opinion have not been adjusted. When one party shows primitive instruments on which the modern scale can be produced, or shows primitive music written on the modern staff, they are met with the assertion that this is, or may be, the result of straining the instrument to produce the given note. Neither myself nor my associate, Mr. Upham, have taken sides in this controversy, recognizing our role to be that of gathering facts rather than indulging in speculation, that our facts may be used by both par- ties, thus serving in some degree to elucidate these disputed questions. Great care has been employed in ascertaining the tones or pitch indicated in the staves, that they should represent the normal scale of each instrument. They could be manipulated so as to give a tone higher or lower than normal. Particular pains have been taken to represent upon the staff the notes obtained, by using average force in blowing, and to avoid the temptation to raise or lower the pitch, in order that the intervals might be more easily represented on the staff or more satisfying to the ear. The fact that it is rare to find two instruments from a given locality which produce the same tones indicates at least that their construc- tion (musically) was not based on any established or recognized scale. With most of them the intervals and scale appear to have been purely accidental. What results might be obtained if all prehistoric instru- ments could be brought together and studied it is impossible to say. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. CATALOGUE OF GAMES AND IMPLEMENTS FOR DIVINATION EXHIBITED BY THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM IN CONNECTION WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA AT THE COTTON STATES AND INTERNATIONAL EXPOSI- TION, ATLANTA, GEORGIA, 1895. BY STEWART CULIN, Director of the Museum of Archwology and Paleontology, University of Pennsylvania. 665 o nig etre: eS yd ' ‘ t _ - | ‘ ‘- « { . ee . xt. ee sa > ‘ D age a ; ' So = Ps 29 er 4 « 7 £ , “ » i he ‘fe a he f 4 f ‘eles , 4 7 : ' ms a ror, 7 Ss v. CoP . * z cia =F + ii tS ASTRO LE plates) Az <2 sis dec eeeeie See ee eee Se acts Salas Sess ccd ears sce eres List of text figures Introduction INVOUts CKO a i 2/2 o eee Cr err ete Ee Rae re he ches tof eras Gaming arrows. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory ........-...--.-------. . Zohn ahl (awl game). Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory .......-.-.-..----- on RAS ain OF 4 of ee eee 6 Sere ste Senos Cont Bes Bee aoe eee ere eee . Game sticks. Singapore, Straits Settlements. -............---.------------ Shimoni to (came of promotion) es © himaiees= =e e eri ya oe ae iyoneskyene-to. — Moreas secs es aaa ae es eee eee ele ye ee mehaimé,(teetotum))s, .Chinatsas: snsesoe eee ee aoe eee eae meee ionewiawrence: Wngland) 2222). 22 sess ease eae = ee cea ee ee loo (die)... (Umited: States 65 4.-.055 se oses oe he Sa eee nee ees sea eeluamala pasa (fortone-veliins dice’). GnGd alee ae eet ee ee ee ee Pohamalapasas Andiai sce sces eels tae cede tet see aes tee oe See eee 5 AREAS Te (COUN Cey yeaa ONG earner etnies Saints Ss, ys ee Pe mAStragali(knuckte bones). s222 Sass eee eee Se oe oe eee ee ee eee ee PeAStrapvalin classy) sAMClONt, 25-2 See cane ee ees eo cease ee Spee eee : Kabatain (dice). India -.____.. Sage ee eat Nea s Aue eee ate Cee ee ee ge ee arkubos: (die)s) Naucratis) Moy pte oss a- ose. ces) see eee Soe a Nesseraes(Gice): seh Oman: Ole Mi ULUSCAll hoses ae oe ne Se ee oe RaSh tsa (1 Ce) slim ames as se aa tes = ce ao. sc2 fee sae ee ee eee Ly see ain (OURS) Kas [Oh OP YO hen Sheen Sane ie ene ee eS Eee Sn ee ine [Pekew-a tip at, (dominoes). aC hinge sao eee aos. Joh ccc ain eee eee ee humoschit’ ai (dotted cards). Chima. 22-92-0226 sac sc ss a ee enee See ae SS Kol-hpat (dominoes) mekOned aa. 252 - . 22s 22) sen asia ancl oe eee eae PSM OMIN OES. MOULIN acre ease tes cleo se ea se sas apes =e) eae Sie ee eas te DOMINOES UME lAbesiees- 92 secs case ear ok saa ee a ee ee a ees Re OMMIN OESteer HS IM Ofsted A one eee aie oe, eis = et epee ee Ree ere eer . Chong tin ch’au (game of chief of the Literati). China.-.....--....-...- POU COro kun (Goubler sexes). ) Japan. - .- =. cescccc cose ss eee eee eesepaas ecuLde ore (moose game), GHranc@s. 55s 2s. ossle= See eae ee eee mGuinGeoidelloca(mo0se came)*, Ltalye=--22 ase sem ao eee eee eee ee UOTOIe LaOCae t MOxICOE So os set S toes ooo ee a eee eee ae eee Game om Goose... Wmibeds Suatesis5.22 -s5-see eee one =e a eee re eyee ar PEON aveycamemn WUmibede Staves: Rees Sahat alae cere es Iie ees ketal ile 2. aa or) WHS MID TS ow PACE ea Ob. ONE RIN TS. a Hlawdlah(packpammon)., Sylla.s>-2 2-2 -o aks see ee ee od ees an os = Se labale(backeammon))i-. JONOLO ces = mele Seana eee aoe eee ae ncre ose mosanc-ryouk (backoammon)). «Morea. oor tases Soe ne teens sea sass Soe ee eekawadekelia.(cowrie. came). |Ceylone sess ses sae ae ae «ees oo ance RP LCHISI se MUN Case ae yo ee ete cl ea oe eee a Se ee oh re cee PU UO tee LO SCO erp eee ee eee ma ee op en eer ore et he saps a ajocie sie mchausarm (dicewame)=-- India: sass nn seen sae so siee oe se ee ee eo . Pasit (Pachisi). Burma ...---.. SE Ee acto BOSS ERS AI ICRI ITE oe eee Page 671 672 679 681 685 687 805 807 $20 820 $22 668 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Page. Ave holaieaors:). Maldive Uslamnds)5- 2222. ccc <= «ano se eee ee eater 856 18) TRAE CEH DED) EGR IO WR Se eis kee rem sa en ee Soap aos socemdc Coos Secete 856 BeeMaris ao jn (pachist). Syria ..2-.2. 22222 sasnee snes ne =r eee ee 857 45. Chaturanga (dice chess). India. ...-..---.022--.--0-<=0sseenee eens 857 Abmenib-pnareen (chess). Burman fe se eee eaten ere eee eee 859 Avenc@ness. Maldive Islands]... ---2sc-c ccs css ieee se = = eee ere 860 Asee@ nator (Chess)... JOHOLG= jae... ee a a)e sae = alate ee eet eee 861 He), (Cliegsjorph ile Nike Yer Soe see soe oue os seotosds cies sees basa ssn Senesss5usc¢ 862 ai@hess. Bneland .. >. ...22.55.5-.0 220 sed. 2- se poeta eee eee 862 Bil, Wb Sriem eae )h (lviNeNes So ees node sooese ve sscpenecas co sconces oscae 863 pe. lyyang-keul (chess). Korea --2--- 2-72 2¢-—---- eae eee 866 Ga, muogt (chess), Japan 2.5 pene sewn Se oar ee ee 867 bl Pa-tok (pebble game): | Koreas see ae nee ae eae ree eer 868 bowl buki) | iOHOTe ieee ae on nine steer = a ao eee ae ret 872 Sh AC Oy WE hile eo sees eeeneoroonS See aneno Pose osooedsoos Heat} sadeui Dobe eck 873 57. Juroku musashi (fox,and geese).. Japan - 25252. sss 2s ane ee hose tionee 874 bo: Dam.hatiman (tiger game). Johore: -5222 222.2 ice. ae eee 875 59. Kox.and Geese. United States. ....2...2...2.sos8e pase 2 se eee see 877 60. A-wi-thlak-na-kwe (stone warriors). Zuni Indians ..........---..-...-.- 877 GL. Tong-kai (ceremonial quiver).. Korea..: 2222-022 ence eee eae 881 62. P‘4i ts’‘im (notice tally). Chinese in the United States .........-....---. 883 63. Nin kin (New Year cards). Chinese in the United States ..--...-..-.---- 883 64, Danzaku (writing tablet)—Japam -2 22228 sess esse ee eee 8387 656 Yeki \(divination):--Japan. -..-2-.:22 22.) cee ee ee eee ee 889 66; Chinese fortune-teller’s sion. Johore:2 =). -e- ease neiaee see oe eee 898 Gi.) Kowa ts'im (divinine-splints).~ © hima seca sss cere eeee ee eerie rere 898 G8; Mikuji(divinine-splints):. Japan ys.- sses-eess--eess seen eee eee 898 69) Tsim w (lot:answers)); - eee ee ee eee 924 83. Ganjifeh (playine-cards): {Persia-2:5- 252 3 ee ee ee 928 $4. Playing-cards.” Siam: 222: <2s52h22 22255052 eee ee ee ee 929 85. Tarocchi (playing-cards). “Milam; [tally 3229. ss-o cee se eee 929 $6) Tarocchi di Mantegna. Italy S22 522025 sono see eee eee eee ene 931 87. Minchiate (playing-cards). Florence, Italy..-:.-....-22-------.--+------ 931 88. Tarocchino (playing-cards), Bologna, Tialy - 2.22222 2-22, 2-2 -ee ee eee 932 $9. Tarots (playing-cards).— France ©... 2.222220 ese eee ee eee 932 90. Tarok-karten (playing-cards), Germany .-.--.+.---.-J22c22oene eee eee 932 91. Jeu des 78 Tarots Egyptiens (fortune-telling cards). France ...--.------ 933 92. Carte da Giuocare (playing-cards). Bologna, Italy..-..-....--.---------- 933 93. Carte da Giuocare (playing-cards). Naples, Italy... ......-.---------.--- 934 94, Carte da Giuocare (playing-cards). Florence, Italy. ....-.-------------- 934 Hp-wirappola cards, Austria... ..20.2-.20 22236 «oo ee eee 934 Uo. ispano—American cards. Spain. -..:. 2-2. 0.22 cade en en cee ee nnd ee CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. . Naipes (playing-cards). Cadiz, Spain . Naipes (playing-cards). Cadiz, Spain . Playing-cards.- Apache Indians, United States............-..----.------ Mllayins-cards., - Celebesprena wees ne ease sj sisase se Seicateoncde se coose Goce . Cartes a jouer (playing-cards). France . Spiel-karten (playing-cards). Frankfort-on-the-Main, Germany . Spiel-karten (playing-cards). Leipsic, Germany - Spiel-karten (playing-cards). Vienna, Austria . Spiel-karten (playing-cards). Schaffhausen, Switzerland..........._-.- . Spiel-karten (playing-cards). Schaffhausen, Switzerland............-.. ee opule=korti@playin's-cands))) sO enna tke eee ee eee . Kille-kort (playing-cards). Sweden MOUC Cards. bar, Lbal yisciee eevee tacos eetes cee a a ere aay noe ora ee milexen-kartent:-“Germanyeer ter eee ote eee a aee cere aac sence eee Geese. . Igralnye karty (playing-cards). rellayine-cards... Enolandeteresserrt setae teeee ey aciseeene ee ee . Playing-cards. United States (about 1860) . Playing-cards. United States; ‘‘ Union” . Playing-cards. . Playing-cards. United States. United States. Generals -e(S65=— see ee eee eee ner . Playing-cards. Confederate States of America...--....--. psuwlasine ssa . Playing-cards. United States. Harlequin, 1879 ........................ . Playing-cards.: United States. Political euchre, 1888....... .......___. . Playing-cards. United States. Political comic, 1888 ................... World’s Fair Souvenir, Chicago, 1893... - 669 Page. 935 936 936 936 936 937 937 938 938 938 938 938 939 939 941 941 941 941 941 942 942 942 942 942 4 “ an . . —— vv ries weit Ips ‘iy besiay aaa Saab i Vest nae r lee oe Vest “gle tints ok SWS ES as hfees - cut Nie Cae KuRery ad vt a aoe aa SAC) ; ’ highe ties \ Spal Cees: Peas ee fe ail beat gel atta t ahem J ‘eae Eset 3h Loe J ‘vake, ea a ci ett ; seein reunite oa Aer Ne oes es F nh Oey era: Gate zee Senta Pas 8 Be Reet noes nb ait tefl ch wb ‘michaels batihise patie unin ey. Barat. iG: wetodey “fel bar Halapacet = ae _ Wasa SOX cell aoe till bee WE S © o ey oe 18. 19= 23. 24, 25. 26. 27. 28. 29, 30. 31. 32, 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. AL. 42, 44, 45. LIST OR ILEUS AION s, PLATES. Facing page. Implements used in playing game of Nyout ............--...--2-.---.---- Korean boys playing Nyout........... NS GES Sa SCs: Soe eee eee els Gaming arrows. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. ...................--- Plum stones and basket for game. Cheyenne Indians, Montana......—--- Staves for Travois gamez. ieee.) ate sees eae sea bad Bone gaming disks. Seneca Indians, New York .................-------- Iveryzand wooden dice.) Tlineitimdians, Alaskans 4:5 32098 9) 248s) see Papago Indian striking staves in the air in playing Ghing-skoot......._-. Tarahumara Indians playing ‘‘ Quince” at the Pueblo of Penasco Blanco-- Sets of staves for game of Quince. Tepeguana Indians, Chihuahua, Mexico. . Bark tablets thrown as dice. Uinkaret Indians, Utah ...............-_.- Czsisin Sioux plum ‘stone, game; sess see eee eres == ae en eee Figured plum stones for games. Dakota Sioux ...........+..--...-2.22:- Shrine of the War Gods. Twin Mountain, Pueblo of Zuni-_.........._--. Gambling reeds, Cherlon\Ruin,-Arizonas-2-2-2 4-2-2752) 2-4 eee eee Decorated pottery bowl with ‘‘Eagle man” and gaming-reed casts. Cunopavi. -2252. 222. je ae eee ee es eee ae reelated4, Péjérvary cod@xiciiiat essa ee eee ee ee ee Macinwith baresmaia <2: 25052 See ee nee ee eee ee Sees ee ae eee eee Z2eMustache sticks, AimuofVezon Japaneses see er ae ees eee Wooden and bone dollasses (Divining staves) .-.--.-........2....-.....-- i Anizonagee. ss 24> 4s ao ose aeetecee 5. Set of staves for game of Ro-ma-la-ka. Tarahumara Indians, Pueblo of Carichics Chihnahua; Mes icoje-s2 cease eer e See eee ee eee . Set of staves for game. Tepeguana Indians, Chihuahua, Mexico...-...... . Circuit for Tepeguana and Tarahumara stave game ...............-....-. . Beaver teeth dice. Snohomish (?) Indians, Tulalip Agency, W agnimcion. 9. Game counters. Radial bones of bird. Snohomish (?) Indians, Tulalip NOON CYA WAS MNO LON (a5 215 52sec sees. 425.0 02 0 bo skWee eee ee oreo . Set of beaver teeth dice. Thompson River Indians, interior of British (ore 1g eee ee es es er ST ee es sg Ae ee . Set of bone dice. Comanche Indians, Indian Territory...............-... . Set of bone dice. Comanche Indians, Indian Territory...........-....-.. . Gaming canes. Paiute Indians, southern Utah ....-.............--..----- . Set of sticks for game. Paiute Indians, Nevada......-..........-...-.--. . Set of staves for game. Shoshoni Indians, Fort Hall Agency, Idaho..---. . Set of staves for game. Assinaboin Indians, Dakota.........-...--..---. PR ASEIM SOOM OWE AMCs. aida en a siisiee cia s\n ah ad Stel ieee eae ee ee ee COUNTSHMEASSIM ab OMe bOWwleo aMmer= aise. -m> e asst ae- eee eee eee eee . Set of gaming sticks. Assinaboin Indians, Upper Missouri...-........... . Set of bone gaming staves. Gros Ventres Indians, Dakota...........----. . Set of bone dice. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North Dakota. _....... Basket for dice game. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North Dakota--.. . Clay fetich used in dice game. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North DD ACO bay ee aa tate eS eis pera ioe) s elw clos Sees eit, amie ore SS Om ee ween Set of plum stones for game. Omaha Indiams..--...........-...-.......- Basket for plum stone game. Dakota Sioux, South Dakota .--.-......--. Counting sticks for plum stone game. Dakota Sioux, South Dakota ..... Eien Stones fom came. Svankton SOU se -eee eee sees ao ee kee 88. Blocks for game of Tugi-e-pfé. Tewa Indians, Santa Clara, New Mexico. Sono mC oumtauin we Aj tOle ss Jeers oe eee oe cee en eerste nit san saiee cout 91. Staves and marking sticks used in the game of Ca-se-he-a pa-na. Tewa Indians Laos, New Mexicore-ceas.csseceeeceat ene on -ainat- as Soe eeene 92. Circuit for game of Ca-se-he-a-pa-na. Tewa Indians, Taos, New Mexico-- 93. Wooden die. Kwakiutl Indians, British Columbia. ....-...........-.-.-... 94. Beaver teeth dice. Makah Indians, Neah Bay, Washington..-,...---.-.. NAT MUS 96 43 674 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103, 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. IDET 118. 19. 120. 121. 122. 123 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. 141. 142. Set of staves for game. Cocopa Indians ..-.-.----------.----------+------ Set of blocks for game. Mohave Indians, Arizona. ....----.------------- Set of blocks for game. Mohave Indians, Southern California. .-......-. Gaming sticks. Mohave Indians, Arizona. ......---------------------+--- Set of blocks for game of Ta’-sho’-li-we. Zuni Indians, New Mexico...-- Set of blocks for game of Ta’-sho’-li-we. Zuii Indians, New Mexico. .... Set of blocks for game of Ta/-sho/-li-we. Zuni, New Mexico. ...-...----- Set of blocks for game of Ta’-sho/-li-we. Zuni, New Mexico.....-....--- Set of blocks for game of Tem-thla-nah-ta’-sho’-li’-we. Zuni Indians, MGW e MICE CURE ge eesenenepoe one seo - Beene cds sit ose ooe Hide used as gaming bo: ee in Tem- thla- ronal ta! aia ai we. Zuni Tnaaedse New. Mex1¢0\=.0<2 Sas nls Sek 2 Steins adieinl Semi lee tete et mt age Set of sacrideial canestforiSho.sli= Wie see eee nite ieee Set of sacrificial canes for Sho/-li-we. Zuni Indians, New Mexico Set of sacrificial canes for Sho’-li-we. Zuni Indians, New Mexico Set of canes for game of Sho’-li-we. Zuni Indians, New Mexico Set of canes for Sho’-li-we. Zuni Indians, New Mexico....-...--...----- Arrow shaftments of the four directions, showing ribbanding and cut cock feathers: i Za 2 tas sane ee tee re ea Manner oi holding canes in tossing in game of Sho’-li-we. Zuni Indians, New. Mexico... sain sacar sibs pens cee ae ener age aad eo Set of canes for Sho’-li-we (reproductions). Zui ..-.-.......---..-.---. Clitivdweller atlatl (Gestored)) eae eee ere etetele ete eee ere eee Handle of atlat] showing crossed wrapping for attachment of finger loops. Cliff dwelling, Mancos'Canyon, Colorado...........-----.----- Stave for game. Cliff dwellings of Mancos Canyon, Colorado Scheme of plate:44, Féjérnanyicodex:- 22520 ----c. <2 scm see lene eee Set of sticks for game. Toba Indians, Grand Chaco, South America Pair of bones and counters for game. Grand Chaco Indians Canes for tab. Cairo, Egypt Board \(seegd) for. tab: Wie y pb: 222.35. ee nee seeleeee ee ee eee Canes for game. Singapore, Straits Settlements Baresma, . 02252 0.525e.-- 22's xet ee aeaa eee se Sess ee ae ee ee eager Baresma (barsom) with stand. Modern Persia Assyriampaltar . 2cisec0 cod 32 Se ee eee ee ate eee Re oe eee ee ee ee ere eet Scepters (kwai) anciently carried by Chinese nobles. ........-.-.-------- Grand scepter (Tdi kwai) anciently carried by the Emperor. China....-. Scepter of omnipotence (chan kwai) anciently carried by the Emperor. Chinas ss sda5 sckes s decide Jee eo een oe ee SeGeee Se ee ee ere Wooden scepter (fat) used by nobles in Chinese theaters Baton of authority (shakw) carried by nobles. Japan ...---.---..---.---- Baton (niyoi) of red lacquered wood with purple cord, used by priest of Zensech:: Sapam ..)b so siscas .c4 [Sse ee See eee eee oe One eee Ivory counter for game (?). Lybian (?), Egypt - fa shat asls han ee ae Ivory staves for game (?). Ly bian,“Heypt-. 2). basse ee ee eee Men for game (?) (lion, hare). Liybian (?), Egypt ..---..---...---.----- Cowrie shells used in fortune-telling. Liberia, Africa Pebbles from Masd@’Azil: secs. .25 3322061 2 eee oe Tjyong-kyeng-to. Korea Tjyong-kyeng-to.. Koreas..3.. 5 52 aee5-s ons ee eee Korean diefor Buddhistigame):..s. i) -.40- sae a cee ose eee Die used with divinatory diagram.. Tibet .<.2..):.22d.cee.e bese eeeeeeee Teetotum (wiirfel) used by Jewish children at Purim Long Lawrence. Almondbury, England Log. Ivory die. United States 813 815 ‘813 814 815 816 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 143: Ramala pasa. TGucknow, India=:----°----------:.---------------------- 144. Dice for fortune-telling. Constantinople, Turkey ---..------------------ 145. Brass placque accompanying dice for fortune-telling. Persia ...-..----- 146. Brass placque accompanying dice for fortune-telling. Persia ....-..---- 147. Stick-dice. Bohemia (Hradischt near Stradonitz) ...-....---.---------- 148 Values of the throws with knuckle bones. Tarahumara Indians, Chi- leh WEY MEO) aoc anos ec SeoS Sandbag 4 oosdemesoo cope ocusrodepar 149. Astragalus of bison used as die. Papago Indians, Pima County, Arizona. 150. Astragalus used in game. Lengua Indians -.----..----.---------------- Si, itive sine tam Dp 5eo chan sochoo coos A eas See no Seto r see econ pe eeee Gorter NRO, TkOeemOhiGs spans nosuse cosets steoso beer bh obeo oad gone Sees Pers apeos Se SOS o USS, lB Cen apneic abi. (Clabtst -33 265556 s85q05 boas esenoe Jerson ene eae IL Donia ern, (Cli coos Sots cobs cease 0556 Seog Epes sese ee a weuNOEeO sore 155. Kol-hpai dominos. Korea..-....-.-.-..- SA ap CHOICE te eee Ree ae eee UR, IMIG iae IMGRep Nae NONE See 6 Mee So eese cosine ee seeoeeueeacoEese itl OM man IM AMM (CoA s5o56 o6 5665 sooo sooees see eos g Coss 15s seboand dor -iCowmienplay «(Graal aie) eas arnt ea aie ania = 2 = 1-1 == =i 15S), TERCINIEN GOH No coe mesdaeen so5e yaesee Ofeb05 coum soso bess sess coeEeseeconeEEs 160s Mengtor pachisivcaMe seme = ase se ease asso eee eee ata eaecetea einer Gis Bersian) chessboards=-serese=s eee eeeae eee eee ieee SIC RI IAE 1162). Burmese chessboard’): 2.4 sesens os ease ete ae orale cisia ie Soe a els eee 1635 Indian chessmen.ofwoodiqais5 tee oe eeieee mowers s seme bicebrs sess ieicisl= se G4) Indian chessmen. ofisolidtivonyasesosseescss ace oe ee ose eee eee eee 165 seludianychessmen of bollowsivionye eeeeeee ee eee eee eee eee ae eee 166: Lurkishsand: Greek .chessmien 2%)... 22 sts.ni cise selasinc soe secs es als eeiais a TG curdishwchessmen. . |... o> sssecsasem siscecins woes sles aeeeins ecto aaiaee Seeiate Loom nosh ichessmen., lim eof: Caxtonessese aes ae eee eae ee eee eee GOs Chimese: Chessy ss25 5, seesoe scree Bofors nein tata oie he ele ee ee ee cee eet see sete Hat) ae O Ream CHOspesei 2 5.c eo ok yn Oe A at MN Ss Nt re 7 eee ane Ce lien Chess players: <.apaten 222 cscs ecu seis sae sie See tere a erties MiZssboard forse a-toks, giOLeat. ses then. tes see aoe eee eae eee 173. Wai ki board, showing names applied to four quarters ..-.--...---.---- 174. Board for chuki. Johore, Straits Settlements .-.................--.---- 7S, AMEE NER AI, Oi wien, OM CMa ONL os esee soaaea ssoscs aoooso one cccae- iG Go players) (prieso andiwrestler). Vapan-: -25-----2-.-- 22-2 ecee ese cece iemo coke mirsas hip Jia panes cee cae soca cee ts. ches cacn ce Meee aan ae eee Mice UO KMEMUS as Nip yap alesse = yee ie c/s Sos cls ayeccessee nee ec eee eee eee Wolo hapy lols aoe aa eee eee ee eee 187. Game of stone warriors. Zuni Indians, New Mexico.....--.-..-.-..---.- 188. Pottery disks used as men in games. Cliff dwellings, Mancos Canyon, COlOTad OS os soe ee os eee en Selene eee Bites ane ade pty Nem aleee Saat 189. The game of To-to-lés-pi. Moki Indians, New Mexico............-.-.--- 190. Ceremonial arrow. Insignia of Chinese general ...................-.2.- 191. Notice tally (P‘di ts’ im). Chinese in United States. .--- Sen ateeie ect amt cis Pee. Name tablet (Ho-kpat). Korea. 2.2... --222. scl -sn-ce ces ees ese seen fomenverse of Chinese coin (isin); Whinal = 2.2 = 2.5..25.-..6 sees. Sec oes Pe remminenistablet. Alaska. stu Mec cawsde ose tas eee ces scee cose aene PSO ung bapleis: «Alaska, ooo o ee Jee ee ee he eee eek sb clcet ec Sek 676 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Page. 198,199. Tlingit tablets ........----- ---- ------ e222 eee eee nee ee ree eee cree 887 200. Tlingit tablets ............----- ------ e222 nee eee ee renee cece eee 888 201. Alaska Indian tablet. Alaska.........-...----------------------------- 888 202. Folding fan (hak shin, ‘‘black fan”), Canton, China ....--..----..----- 889 203. Calculating blocks (sangi) for yeki. Japan..----.-------.-------------- 890 204. Method of shuffling zeichaku. Japan -----..--------------------------- 891 205. One stick placed between little finger and third finger.-.....-.--.--..--- 893 206. Eight diagrams (Pdt kwd)....---------------+ +++ 0222 errr rere eee trees 894 207. Japanese fortune-teller with zeichaku -....-.--..--.-----------------+---- 895 908. Rod and cover used in fan t‘a4n. Canton, China .....-....-.-..-.-...... 896 209. Divining-splints (kwd ts’im). China ..----.----.------------------------ 898 210. Divining-sticks (mikuji) with box (bako), from which they are thrown. JApan - <2 seen c see See ee nes ge © Si eres eee eee eee 899 211. Arrow-lots (ts‘ém ii) in box (quiver). Canton, Chima--.-.--....---..----- 900 212. Divining-blocks (kdu pit). China.-.-.-...------------------------------- 901 213. Lottery ticket (pak kop p‘ii). Chinese in United States ...-..-.--...---.- 903 214. Chart for word-blossoming lottery (tsz’ fé #0). China, and Chinese in Wmiteds'Statescl ae. ss Se eee ie a re eee etree ee oe ee ee 904 215. Enigma (ts2’ fd ?ai) used in word-blossoming lottery. Chinese in United States 420 Sees shoe Se 2 Se hear cee eee are tree 905 216. String of ninety lottery balls. Madrid, Spain .-....-.---.--.------ tee avek 906 217. Cut arrow shaftment. Cliff dwelling in Mancos Canyon, Colorado ..-.-.-- 907 218. Reverse of Korean playing-card showing arrow feather. ........---.----- 919 2195 Suit marks on) Korean Cards == senses Sere a= = aan eer Jue 920 220: Numeralsvom Koreams © arcs oyster eee ete 920 221. Hindu playing-card (fish avatar) ....---.--------.---------------.------ 922 222. Hindu playing-card (tortoise avatar) ...-..--..-------------+------+---- 923 228. Hindu playing-card ( Pdragu-Rdmd) ....---+ ----2.02 <2 25 = one 206 Sone nee 924 224. Hindu playing-card (Pdragu-Rdma@) .-..-...---------.---------5--2-24--- 925 225, Hindu playing-cand! (Buddha) 2oee esse eee are ee ee 927 2 226. Reverse of Hispano-American playing-card. Mexico, 1583 ...-.--------- 935 NOTE. The following work has grown from a simple catalogue into its pres- ent proportions in an endeavor to illustrate the distribution of certain games, and by comparison elucidate their original significance. In the American part an attempt has been made to describe as far as pos- sible the implements for games of the types mentioned, in American museums. Additions and corrections, to be incorporated in a subse- quent publication, will be gratefully acknowledged by the author. STEWART CULIN. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, Philadelphia, August, 1897. F : vue Dien a te ARE see paik ie ag: etn Hgts eae aie jes rea! its eons ts Mah bee _— 2 on ae seis ioe | ERs Giery bhi] tn Mee ee CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. By STEWART CULIN, Director of the Museum of Archeology and Paleontology, University of Pennsylvania, INTRODUCTION. The object of this collection! is to illustrate the probable origin, significance, and development of the games of chess and playing-cards, Following up the suggestion made to the writer by Mr. Frank H. Cushing, they are both regarded as derived from the divinatory use of the arrow, and as representing the two principal methods of arrow- divination. Incidental to the main subject, various games and divina- tory processes having a like origin, although not leading directly to chess or cards, are exhibited, as well as specimens of each class from various countries. The basis of the divinatory systems from which games have arisen is assumed to be the classification of all things according to the Four the Atlanta Exposition, was subsequently placed on exhibition in the U.S. National Museum, where it has since been augmented by many of the additional games described in this catalogue.—EDITOR. ‘Some idea of the extent to which the classification of things according to the world quarters was carried in Kastern Asia may be obtained from the numerical categories in the second part of Mayer’s Chinese Reader’s Manual, from which the following examples are taken: DIRECTIONS. SEASONS. COLORS. ELEMENTS. PLANETS. METALS. GRAINS. North. Winter. Black. Water. Mercury. Tron. Pulse. East. Spring. Green. Wood. Jupiter. Lead, tin. Corn. South. Summer. Red. Fire. Mars. Copper. Millet. West. Autumn. White. Metal. Venus. Silver. Hemp. Middle. Yellow. Earth. Saturn. Gold. Rice. I append, for purpose of comparison, a list of some of the corresponding cate- gories as they exist in the pueblo of Zuni, New Mexico, kindly furnished me by Mr. Cushing. DIRECTIONS. SEASONS. COLORS. ELEMENTS. North. Winter. Yellow. Air (wind or breath). West. Spring. Blue. Water. South. Summer. Red. Vire. East. Autumn. White. Earth (seeds of). Upper. Day. Many-color. Waking or life condition. Lower. Night. Black. Sleeping or death condition. Middle. Year. All colors. All elements and conditions. It should be observed that the connotations of color and direction vary from the above and from each other among the different American tribes, between Aztec and Maya, and between the different Mexican chroniclers. 679 680 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. among primitive peoples both in Asia and America. In order to classify objects and events which did not in themselves reveal their proper assignment resort was had to magic. Survivals of these magical processes constitute our present games. The identity of the games of Asia and America may be explained upon the ground of their common object and the identity of the mythic concepts which underlie them. bnB © > ° a oO 3 oO ~ NYOUT HPAN. NYOUT BOARD. Korea. Cat. No. 18569, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From Korean Games. These concepts, as illustrated in games, appear to be well nigh uni- versal. In the classification of things according to the Four Quarters we find that a numerical ratio was assumed to exist between the several categories. The discovery of this ratio was regarded as an all-impor- tant clue. The cubical dotted die represents one of the implements of magic employed for this purpose. The cubical die belongs, howevet, CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 681 to a comparatively late period in the history of games and divination. The almost universal object for determining number, and thence by counting, place or direction, is three or more wooden staves, usually flat on one side and rounded upon the other. Numerical counts are attributed to their several falls. A typical game in which these staves are employed is found in No, |—the Korean game of Nyout. Fig. 2. NYOUT HPAN. NYOUT BOARD. Inscribed with Chinese verse. Korea. Cat. No. 16487, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From Korean Games. 1. Nyout. Korea. (a) Board and staves.! ‘Nos. 16487, 16898, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. The board exhibited (fig. 1) is painted upon a sheet of Korean paper, 22} by 26 inches, and was made for the author by Mr. Pak Young Kiu, secretary of the Royal Korean Commission to the World’s Columbian Exposition, Chicago, in the summer of 1893. Another (tig. 2) has Chinese charac- 682 _ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. (b) Reproduction of native picture; Korean boys playing Nyout. The national game of Korea. Two, three, or four persons play, mov- ing objects used as men around a circuit, according to throws made with four blocks of wood used as dice. The circuit (fig. 1) is marked with twenty-nine points, twenty of which are arranged equally distant in a circle, within which is a cross composed of nine stations. The blocks ordinarily used are called pam-nyout or “chestnut nyout” (Plate 1, fig. 1), white and flat on one side and black and convex on the other. The pieces or men, called mai (Chinese, md), “‘horses,”? may consist of any convenient stick or stone. The throws count as follows: 4 white sides up, nyout, =4 4 black sides up, mo, 3 white sides up, kel, 2 white sides up, kai, 1 white side up, to ll tl Wl m bo oD A throw of nyout or mo entitles the player to another throw, which he makes before moving his piece. The one who shall play first is deter- mined by throwing the blocks, the highest leading. The players enter their men on the mark next on the left of the large circle at the top of the diagram, and move around against the sun. The object of the game is to get from one to four horses around the circuit and out again at the top. If a player throws so that one of his men falls upon another of his own he may double up the two pieces and thereafter take them around as one piece, they counting as two in the game. If a player’s piece falls upon an opponent’s the latter is said to be “caught,” and is sent back to the beginning, and must be started again as at first. The captor is given another throw. Partners are permitted to move each other’s pieces. In opening the game, if a player’s man falls upon the large circle B, on the left, he returns to the goal by the radii b EK, KE A. If he overthrows the mark B he must continue on to C. At this point he returns by the diameter C A, but if he overthrows C he must con- tinue on to D and around the circuit to A, the going-out place. ters, reading as four lines of a verse, inscribed in the cireles. Children frequently play upon a circuit drawn upon the ground. In the picture of the game (Plate 2) the boys are represented as throwing the blocks through a cuff, which one of them has removed for the purpose. This is done to render the result of the throws more a matter of chance than of skill, and is a substitute for a ring of straw, about 2 inches in diameter, affixed to the end of a stick about a foot long, which is stuck in the center of the ring for the same purpose. The selection of the wood for the sticks is not a matter of individual caprice. They are usually made of the wood of a thick bushy tree, like the prunus, called ssa-ri, used in China for bows, whence the game is called sa-ri-nyout. Another wood, pak-tal-na-mou, defined as a very hard wood of which mallets are made, is sometimes used, but the former is preferred. 1Stewart Culin, Korean Games, Philadelphia, 1895. 2The term md, or horses, applied to men or pieces in a game, is of high antiquity in China, and was also given to the counters employed in the classical Chinese game of T’au vi or ‘“‘pitch pot” (pitching arrows or arrow-lots into a pot), described in the Li Ki. EXPLANATION OFS RizAgr esa Fig. 1. Pam-nyout. Length, ? inch. (Cat. No. 17608, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Jorea.) Fig. 2, TIYANG-TJAK-NYOUT. Length, 5 inches. (Cat. No. 17607, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Korea.) Fig. 3. METHOD oF HOLDING LONG Nyovur STICKS. Report of U, S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PeAnE we IMPLEMENTS USED IN PLAYING GAME OF NYOUT. Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896,—Culin. PLATE 2. Pe yA hy Ae KOREAN Boys PLAYING NyouT. From painting by native artist, reproduced in Korean Games. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. Children and gamblers in the cities commonly use short blocks. 683 In the country, long blocks or staves, called tjyang-tjak-nyout (Plate 1, fig. 2), are employed. In throwing them, one is often placed across the others, which are held lengthwise in the hand by the thumb, with the ends resting on the fingers (Plate 1, fig. 3). The game is played in the country by all classes, but only from the fifteenth of the twelfth to the fifteenth of the first month. The names applied to the throws are not Korean or Chi- nese, but are numerals which correspond closely with the cor- responding numerals of certain Ural-Altaie stocks.’ References to games played with staves, of the same gen- eral character as Nyout, occur in Chinese literature, where they are attributed to a foreign origin. It is customary in Korea to use the long blocks at the fif- teenth of first month for the purpose of divination. Early in this month a small book is sold in the markets of Seoul to be used in connection with them. The players throw the staves three times, noting the number that is counted for the. throw at each fall. The series ae oF oH a Tee GL wdow omy iv ai OS ees oe / dich YY oh Lod Se ae e wes ntoarle A joo 2 Ly These are usually about 8 inches in length. Z iH] Fe o} =|n 4 | w = o] GS 4 Zo] Flee o 2 NS & it USk Al rb EH 51 dd ALY ol) [Bay op + Ae Def 7) 4 A Steet gal4 a q esl Flo FH y A| KEM Fs A aye id 2 —“ A i—% 1H o| “Vel Gem 1 (01 of 21 4 Stlted aig (24 eee ar ear Riel} yYle pv} 2 bt) ol ssl SESS) Ysa s matey A) of PY Bll al *B yet Tf > lel 71\4] & se ee ae S el + A nl2 Alea %| Al Asie Hig 2 Elle An z} =e ot Fig. 3. FIRST PAGE OF TJYEK-SA-TJYEM. Korean handbook for divination with staves. In the author’s collection. From Korean Games. three numbers is then referred to the book upon the several pages of which are printed in Chinese characters all the various permutations of !'Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, who kindly compared them, tells me that the first three have rather close analogies with the Ural-Altaic, while the “four,” and perhaps the “five,” seem connected with the Samoyed: KOREAN, jad & Totor tan . Kai or ka. . Kel or kol, . Nyout. . Mo. Ol m C bo sumula URAL-ALTAIC. (Finnish, Lappish). (Finnish, Lappish). (Finnish, Lappish). (Samoyed). (Samoyed). 684 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the numbers, taken three at a time, with Korean text explanatory of their significance. A reproduction of the first section, entitled Tjyek-sa-tjyem (Chinese, chdk sz’ chim) “Throwing Nyout Divination,” from a little Korean handbook, Tjik-syeng-pep (Chinese, chik sing fat) Correct Planet Rule” is given in fig. 3. The numbers represented by the throws are from ‘‘one” to “four” in sixty-four permutations, from which it will be seen that only three staves are used. Nyout or “four” is the highest throw, and an explanation is thus given of the name of the game. 3 SSS SS es ee lc sEeeZEZ=SSsSS:- 24aseo IN ZcZTF ST Wsy tt 7 ss SS S “A WW a ‘7, BS high NX fil, SS SS ss ee = Siw “iy SS SS SSS SS SSS SS SS = ww hy) SSS 5 Sa S55] =] SS] SS] SS \ a\S\ “ff i — wt Hy SS SS SS SS SS was Mull SS == SS Sas == == == == ‘ ANN 1 POY, CR iS ANSE Bad Ed OE POT ES ; ital] == £5 == == == SS SS = it fy Sater ae ae ae ee wit == eee eee " ! SS) SS SSS Se SS SS ili == 55 55 55 55 5S = ditt == SS S55 == == == == == 5 iM == 55 52 = == SS = ullll Wt SS SS SS SES ‘ily Ww =5 S= == == 55 SS SS Wy \\\ = SS SES ES ES ES SE lh YY, = ae ee ee ee Je Ww = SS ES ES ES ES ES yy! RNY aria a Rae it “ys ] \ QS YY , “1, 4 SSS INA ‘S SSN sy W's 2t7F WSS S555 LETS See oe “SS 5. S2 55 = Fig. 4 THE SIXTY-FOUR HEXAGRAMS. China. After Legge. The Chinese Book of Divination consists of sixty-four diagrams, kwd, composed of combinations of unbroken —— with broken lines , Six being taken at a time, and the resulting diagrams being known as the sixty-four kwd (fig. 4). Hach of these diagrams is desig- nated by a name and accompanied by a short explanatory text. Now the sixty-four hexagrams are regarded as an expansion of the eight trigrams (fig. 5), called the pdt kid or eight kwd, formed by combining the same unbroken and broken lines, three at a time. The unbroken lines in the diagram are called yéwng, “masculine,” and the broken lines yam, ‘‘feminine.” It is apparent that if the two sides of the Ko- CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 685 rean blocks be regarded as representing the unbroken or masculine lines and the broken or feminine lines the trigrams will form a record of the throws when three blocks are used, and the hexagrams when six blocks are taken. From this I regard the divinatory use of the nyout blocks in connection with the handbook as illustrating the origin of the Chinese Book of Divination, to which the handbook presents an almost perfect parallel.! As it appears from the foreign names of the stave-throws in Korea that the system is foreign and non-Chinese, con- firmation is afforded of the theory of the foreign origin of the Book of Divination advanced by Professor Terrien de Lacouperie. A detailed ac- South count of nyout is given by the writer in “4 — = COS his work on Korean Games. Ye we NS The game of nyout may be regarded oe SEN as the prototype of a large class of com- games h as the G if E Neg | 3 mon games, such as the Game of § | a iS Goose, Backgammon, Pachisi, and Chess. It is clearly divinatory in its DY wy, associations, the diagram representing td Y tr We ae the world with its four quarters. The > . number, by ineans of which place is de- North termined, is discovered by tossing the Fig. 5. bloeks or staves. THE PAT KWA OR EIGHT DIAGRAMS, 5 ACCORDING TO FUH-HI. The assumption that the nyout staves Bihan were derived from arrows, suggested by Ryo Mayen/a Chineea Reader'a ria diee Mr. Cushing, is based upon evidence furnished by corresponding American games; for example, in the Kiowa game of Zohn ahl, No. 3, where three of the staves bear marks like arrow feathering. In throwing the long nyouwé staves it is custom- ary to hold three crosswise over the other (Plate 1, fig. 3), in somewhat the same manner as in the Zuni game of Shd-li-we. (Compare fig. 112.) 2. GAMING ARROWS.” Kiowa Indians. Indian Territory, United States, '‘T am informed that in the system of fortune-telling known in Japan as yeki (No. 65), in which splints are ordinarily used, three small blocks are sometimes tossed to determine the diagrams. In this method, known as Arai shin yeki, from Arai, the name of the reputed inventor, three rectangular blocks, called sangi, about 3 inches in length, made of some hard wood—cherry, or, preferably, ebony—are em- ployed. Two of the opposite long sides are plain. The two other opposite faces are marked with vermilion ink in Chinese characters: On one, Tn, ‘‘ Heaven;” one, 7%, “Barth,” and the other Yan, ‘‘Man.” ‘The determinations are made according to the positions in which the marked sides fall one to another, which are referred to a special treatise. Another similar method employed in Japan, also attributed to Arai, is by means of three ancient ‘‘cash” or coins, which are tossed from a tortoise shell. My informant, Mr. K. Wadamori, of Tokio, himself a yeki gakusha or ‘‘yeki scholar,” tells me that dots are frequently employed in Japan in noting the diagrams, as in the Malagassy sikiddy. *Lent by Stewart Culin. Reproductions made by Mr. Cushing from originals in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 152913). Collected by James Mooney. 686 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Six arrows made of single pieces of maple wood, 294 inches in length (Plate 3). The heads are carved and painted. According to the col- lector, Mr. James Mooney, they are thrown with the hand like a javelin. and the player who throws farthest wins. It is a man’s game. It is probable that these arrows were actually used in a game ex- tremely common among the Plains Indians. It consists in the players tossing arrows in turn at a mark. The object of each player after the first is to throw his arrow so that it will Jie across the arrow or arrows | see = a wee fs . ee rn ue al - Ww aaa iil Be 5 ‘ia = =a, fi \yueié al i IK i! Fig. 6. CLOTH FOR ZOHN AHL. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 16535, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. that bave been tossed before.!. Mr. Cushing informs me that the counts usually depend upon whether the tossed arrow falls upon the other at its head, middle, or foreshaft. 'Mr. BE. W. Davis me given me an account of this game, as seen by him played by the Apache of Geronimo’s band in 1889, in St. Augustine, Florida. He states that the mark was about 10 feet away. ‘The arrows were tossed point first. The first man to throw was required to landon the mark. If he did so he got his arrow back. Once an arrow in the field, the object of the next player was to toss his arrow so that it should cross the first thrown, and so on through the crowd. I have seen as many as six play, and often all would toss around without anyone winning. In this case the arrows on the ground remained in the pot, so to speak. The play then went on, each player winning as many arrows as he could succeed in crossing with his own, until the whole number was removed.” PLATE 3. € 3 O | Ne) an ioe) Report of U. S National Museum ied le ial CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 687 The incised designs, painted red, yellow, green, and blue, are in part easily recognizable as the calumet with primer, bow and arrow, the lightning, and the symbols of the Four Directions on the uppermost arrow (Plate 3), which are painted from left to right with the colors red, green, blue, and yellow. Mr. Cushing identified others as the war staff, or standard, and shield; day or dawn signs with turkey tracks; day signs with stars; horse tracks, and the mame “sien: « Tins Mooney, in reply to my inquiry, informed ime that the Kiowa attach no special significance to Se coe these carved arrows, and ieriantieaOhimehed: were unable to explain Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. the designs. Cat. No. 16536, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From Korean Games. These arrows, carved and painted with cosmical emblems, are here introduced to illustrate the use of a veritable arrow, specialized for the purpose of a game, among the American Indians. 3. ZOHN AHL,' commonly known as the “Awl Game.” Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory, United States. (a) A cloth, called the “awl cloth.” (b) Two awls. (c) Flat bowlder, called the “ awl stone.” (d) Four prepared staves, called ahl or ‘‘ wood.” (e) Hight other sticks, to be used as counters.’ The “awl cloth” (fig. 6) is divided into points by which the game is counted. The curved lines upon it are called ‘“ knees,” because they are like the knees of the players. The space between the parallel lines 1 and 1 and 20 and 20 is called ‘the creek,” and the corresponding spaces between the parallel lines at right angles are called the ‘dry branches.” Three of the “‘ahl sticks” (fig. 7) have a red stripe running down the middle and one has a blue stripe. They are held by the player in one hand and struck downward, so that their ends come on the “ahl stone ” with considerable force. If all the sticks fall with the sides without grooves uppermost, the play is called ‘+ white,” and counts ten. If all the grooved sides come uppermost, it is called “ red,” and counts five. Both of these throws entitle the player to another throw. If one grooved side is uppermost, it counts one; two grooved sides, two, and three grooved sides, three. The game is played by any even number 1 Zohn, “creek;” ahi, ‘‘wood.” * Nos. 16535, 16536, Mus. Arch. Univ. Penn. Collected by Lieut. H. L. Scott, U.S. A., who kindly furnished the description of the game. 688 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of girls or women (never by men or boys), half on one side the line NS and half on the other. The flat ahi stone is placed in the middle of the cloth, and the players kneel on the edge. The two awls are stuck in the creek at 11. The player at A makes the first throw, and the throwing goes around the circle in the direction of the hands of a watch, each side counting the results of each throw on the ‘‘awl cloth” by sticking its awl just beyond the mark called for by the results of the throw. The moves are made in opposite directions, as indicated by the arrows. ‘ If in counting any awl gets into the “creek” at N, that side must forfeit a counter to the other side and be set back to the “creek” at S. That side is then said to have fallen into the “creek,” the object being to “jump over.” If in their passage around the circle the two “awls” get in the same division, the last comer is said to whip or kill the former, who forfeits a counter, and is set back to the beginning. The counting continues until one gets back to the “creek” at S. The one first at S receives a counter, and if there is more than enough to take it to the “creek,” the surplus is added to the next round; that is, the “creek” is jumped, and the “awl” put beyond it as many points as may be over. When one side wins all the counters, it conquers. If the game should be broken up before this event, the side which has the greater number of counters is the victor.! See account of game by Mr. James Mooney on page 731. This game was selected for exhibition from many similar games played by different tribes in America as readily illustrating the probable derivation of the four staves. Three of them will be seen to appear to be marked on one face with the feathered shaftment of an arrow, while the fourth probably represents the atlatl or “ throwing stick.” In the following pages a description is given of implements for Amer- ican games of the preceding type contained in various museums of the United States, together with accounts of the methods of play, arranged alphabetically under linguistic families and tribes. For the purpose of comparison all games in which objects are tossed to determine number are included. Their relations one to another, whatever they may be, will doubtless become apparent through this and subsequent collections. ‘Lieutenant Scott further states that the Kiowa have a custom of wetting the fingers and slapping them several times on the stone before a throw, and calling out “‘red, red,” or ‘‘white, white,” according to the number they desire to count; or, if but “one” should be required to throw the opposite party into the ‘ creek,” some- one puts her finger into her mouth, and, drawing it carefully across the top of the stone, calls out parko, parko (‘‘one, one”). Often before the throw the thrower will rub the four sticks in a vertical position backward and forward several times between the palms of the hands, to insure good luck. “The Comanche have a similar game which they play with eight ahl sticks, and the Cheyenne and Arapaho are said to have a game which they play with ahl sticks, which are 2 feet or more long.” (H.L.S.) CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 689 ALGONQUIAN STOCK. ARAPAHO. Cheyenne and Arapaho Reservation, Indian Territory. (Cat. Nos. 152802, 152803, U.S.N.M.) Set of five dice of buffalo bone, marked on one side with burned 29 29 Lengths, % and 13 inches. S 18 + Fig. 8. SET OF BONE DICE. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152802, U.S.N.M. designs (fig. 8), and basket of woven grass, 9 inches in diameter at top and 24 inches deep (fig. 9). The rim of the basket is bound with cotton cloth, and the inner side of the bottom is covered with the same @ RNC we j Ty i | iy ne i } i a My i cpm Silo Wy ! i/ hata fas ih ) ) Ht ! IN i vt bite ty va \ Ss Mui me N\\ Ai na ng i ac ¢ Fig. 9 BASKET FOR DICE GAME, a yy . WA Yy Z YY, \\ SA 7 4 AN \\\ = A AY OVA = ZAM, A\ ZEB BAA | GLEE, | 7=mm— LAAN ZZ Z Z Hi | (—GZZ ZAZA \ Ae EE ={\\" = ——— AS Z IR = x \ —L— qf |! “e = \\ ‘ly, / ——— se A= Diameter, 9 inches. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152802, U.S.N.M. material. The game is played by women. Collected by James Mooney, J891, NAT MUS 96——44 mit) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The following account of the game is given by the collector:! The dice game is called ta-v sétd tina (literally, ‘‘striking” or ‘‘throwing against” something) by the Arapaho, and Monshiminh by the Cheyenne, the same name being now given to the modern card games. It was practically universal among all the tribes east and west, and, under the name of hubbub, is described by a New England writer? as far back as 1634 almost precisely as it exists to-day among the prairie tribes. The only difference seems to have been that in the east it was played also by the men, and to the accompaniment of a song, such as is used in the hand games of the Western tribes. The requisites are a small wicker bowl or basket (hat é chi na), five dice made of bone or plum stones, and a pile of tally sticks, such as are used in the awl game. The bowlis6or8 inches in diameter and about 2 inches deep, and is woven in basket fashion of the tough fibers of the yucca, The dice may be round, elliptical, or diamond-shaped, and are variously marked on one side with lines or figures, the turtle being a favorite design among the Arapaho. ‘Two of the five must be alike in shape and marking. The other three are marked with another design and may also be of another shape. Any number of women and girls may play, each throwing in turn, and sometimes one set of partners playing against another. The partners toss up the dice from the basket, letting them drop again into it, and score points accord- ing to the way the dice turn up in the basket. The first throw by each player is made from the hand instead of from the basket. One hundred points usually count a game, and stakes are wagered on the result as in almost every other Indian contest of skill or chance. For the purpose of explanation we shall designate two of the five as ‘‘rounds” and the other three as ‘‘diamonds,” it being understood that only the marked side counts in the game, excepting when the throw happens to turn up the three “diamonds” blank while the other two show the marked side, or, as some- times happens, when all five dice turn up blank. In every case all of one kind at least must turn up to score a point. A successful throw entitles the player to another throw, while a failure obliges her to pass the basket to someone else. The formula is: 1 only of either kind . =) 2 rounds = 4) 3 diamonds (both rounds with blank side up) =3 3 diamonds blank (both rounds with marked side up) =3 4 marked side up lt 5 (all) blank sides up —— 5 (all) marked sides up =—=0 A game similar in principle, but played with six dice instead of five, is also played by the Arapaho women, as well as by those of the Comanche and probably also of other tribes. ARAPAHO. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 165765, U.S.N.M.) Set of five bone dice marked on convex side with burned designs (fig. 10), and much worn basket of woven grass 10 inches in diameter at top and 2 inches deep (fig. 11). Collected by H. R. Voth. ARAPAHO. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 165765a, U.S.N.M.) Set of five wooden dice, marked on one side with burned designs (fig. 12), representing on three a swallow or swallow hawk, and on two a dragon-fly. With preceding (Cat. No. 165765). Collected by H. R. Voth. 1'The Ghost Dance religion, Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1896, II, p. 1004. ? William Wood, New England Prospect, London, 1634. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 691 Mr. Cushing suggested to the writer that these blocks were probably derived from similar gaming implements made of shards of pottery. ARAPAHO. Darlington, Oklahoma. Set of four dice; two oval bones, 14 inches in greatest diameter with Fig. 10. SET OF BONE DICE. Length, 1} to 24 inches. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 165765, U.S.N.M. burned designs on one side, and two worked peach stones, also burned +e inch in greatest diameter (fig. 13). Opposite sides unmarked. Also Shallow basket of woven grass, 9$ inches in diameter at top and 13 2) WW ont nt \ SN . tS ek : \ Wes > Cn me a Fig. 1. BASKET FOR DICE GAME. Diameter, 10 inches. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 165765, U.S.N.M. inches deep. Collected by Mr. Abram D. Nace about 1888, They are now in the private collection of Mr. Charles H. Stephens, of Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. CHEYENNE. Cheyenne and Arapaho Reservation, Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152803, U.S.N.M.) Set of five bone dice marked on one side with burned designs 692 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. (fig. 14), and basket of woven grass 83 inches in diameter at top and 24 inches deep (fig. 15). Both sides of the bottom are covered with cotton cloth. Played by women. Collected by Mr. James Mooney, 1891. Mr. George Bird Grinnell has kindly furnished the writer with the following un- published account of the Cheyenne basket Fig. 12. game, which he de- BES OF, WOODEN OE scribes under the name of Mon shi mo ut. Length, 14 inches. Arapaho Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 165765a, U.S.N.M:! The Cheyenne seed, or basket game, is played with a shallow bowl and five plum stones. The bowl (Plate 4) is from 3 to 4 inches deep, 8 inches across at the top—flattened or not on the bottom—and woven of grass or strips of willow twigs. It is nearly one-half an inch thick, and is strong. All Fig. 13. GAMING DISKS, BONE AND WORKED PEACH STONES. Diameters, 14 and 43 inches. Arapaho, Oklahoma. Collection of Charles H. Stephens. five seeds are unmarked on one side, but on the other (Plate 4) three are marked with a figure representing the paint patterns often used by girls on their faces, tbe cross being on the bridge of the nose, the side marks on the cheeks, and the Fig. 14. SET OF BONE DICE. Lengths, § and 14 inches. Cheyenne Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152803, U.S.N.M. upper and lower ones on the forehead and chin, respectively. The other two stones are marked with a figure representing the foot of a bear.! These plum-stones are placed in the basket, thrown up and caught in it, and the 1Mr. Cushing identifies the mark of the cross with a star and the other with a bear’s track, referring, respectively, to the sky and earth. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,.—Culin. PLATE 4. PLUM STONES AND BASKET FOR GAME. Cheyenne Indians, Montana. Collection of George Bird Grinnell. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 693 combination of the sides which lie uppermost after they have fallen, determines the count of the throw. The players sit opposite one another, and, if several are playing, in two rows facing each other. Each individual bets with the woman opposite to her. Each player is provided with eight sticks, which represent the points which she must gain or lose to win or lose the game. When a player has won all the sticks belonging to her opponent she has won the game and the stake. There are several combinations of marks and blanks which count nothing for or against the player making the throw, except that she loses her chance to make another throw. Others entitle the thrower to receive one, three, or even all eight sticks, and each throw that counts anything entitles the player to another throw. All the players on the side of the thrower, i. e., in the same row, win or lose from those opposite to them as the thrower wins or loses. If the person making the first throw casts a blank, she passes the basket to the one sitting next her; if this one makes a throw that counts, she has another and another, until she throws a yy Y AA a =e Xt Waele ma sda , ne ‘e arte, i iil Mi it bys CNY it Wi Nh Me Fig. 15. BASKET FOR DICE GAME. Diameter at tup, 8} inches. Cheyenne Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152803, U.S.N.M. blank, when the basket passes on. When the basket reaches the end of the line, it is handed across to the woman at the end of the opposite row, and in the same way travels down the opposite line. In making the throw the basket is raised only a little way, and the stones tossed only a few inches high. Before they fall the basket is brought smartly down to the ground, against which it strikes with some little noise. Some of the throws are given below, the sides of the seeds being designated by their marks: 2 blanks, 2 bears, and 1 cross count nothing. 4 blanks and 1 bear count nothing. 5 blanks count 1 point; thrower takes 1 stick. 3 blanks and 2 bears count 1 point; thrower takes 1 stick. 1 blank, 2 bears, and 2 crosses count 1 point; thrower takes 1 stick. 2 blanks and 3 crosses count 3 points; thrower takes 3 sticks. 2 bears and 3 crosses count 8 points; thrower takes 8 sticks, and wins the game. The women do not sing at this game, but they chatter and joke continually as the play goes on. 694 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Mr. Grinnell informs me that the specimen figured came from the “Northern Cheyenne Agency, officially known as the Tongue River Agency, in Montana, the Indians living on Rosebud and Tongue rivers, which are tributaries of the Yellowstone from the south. At the same time the southern Cheyennes of Indian Territory have the same game.” CHIPPEWA. Lake Superior Region. Schooleraft! describes the bowl game of the Chippewa under the name of puggesaing. H on aH a =GL G. G Fig. 16. DICE FOR BOWL GAME. 2 . Chippewa Indians. After Schoolcraft. It is played with thirteen pieces, nine of which are formed of bone and four of brass, all of circular shape (fig. 16). The right side of the eight pieces of bone are stained red, with edges and dots burned black with a hot iron; the reverse is white. The brass pieces have the right side convex and the reverse concave, The convex surface is bright, the concave dark or dull. The first piece, called ininees, or ogima, represents a ruler. No. 2 typifies an am- phibious monster, and is called gitchy kindbik, or the great serpent. No. 3 represents the war club. No. 4 is a fish (kenozha). No.5 are small disks of brass, and No. 6, a duck, sheesheeb. ‘Information respecting the history, conditions, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States, Philadelphia, 1853, II, p. 72. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 695 The game is won by the red pieces, the arithmetical value of each of which is fixed, and the count, as in all games of chance, is advanced or retarded by the luck of the throw. Nothing is required but a wooden bowl, which is curiously carved. and ornamented (the owner relying somewhat on magic influence), and having a plain, smooth surface. The author gives the counts for sixteen different throws from one hundred and fifty-eight down to two. Long! gives the following description of the bowl game among the Chippewa: Athtergain, or miss none but catch all, is also a favorite amusement with them, in which the women frequently take part. It is played with a number of hard beans, black and white, one of which has small spots and is called king; they are put into a shallow wooden bowl and shaken alternately by each party, who sit on the ground opposite to one another; whoever is dexterous enough to make the spotted bean jump out of the bow! receives of the adverse party as many beans as there are spots; the rest of the beans do not count for anything. The following account, given by J. G. Kohl,’ who does not designate the particular tribe, probably refers to the Chippewa: The game called by the Indians pagessan, and which I frequently saw played, the Canadians call le jeu au plat (the game of the bowl). It is a game of hazard, but skill plays a considerable part init. It is played with a wooden bowl and a number of small figures bearing some resemblance to our chessmen. They are usually carved very neatly out of bones, wood, or plum stones, and represent various things—a fish, a hand, a @oor, a man, a canoe, a half-moon, etc. ‘They call these figures pagessanag (carved plum stones), and the game has received its naine from them. Each figure has a foot on which it can stand upright.’ They are all thrown into a wooden bowl (in Indian onagan), whence the French name is derived. The players make a hole in the ground and thrust the bow! with the figures into it, while giving it a slight shake. The more figures stand upright on the smooth bottom of the bowl through this shake all the better for the player. Each figure has its value, and some of them represent to a certain extent the pieces in the game of chess. There are also other figures, which may similarly be called the pawns. The latter, carved into small round stars, are all alike, have no pedestal, but are red on one side and plain on the other, and are counted as plus or minus according to the side uppermost. With the pawns it is a perfect chance which side is up, but with the pieces much depends on the skill with which the bowl is shaken. The other rules and mode of calculation are said to be very complicated, and the game is played with great attention and passion. CREE. in Father Lacombe’s Cree dictionary * we find jeu de hasard, pakessewin. ILLINOIS, Illinois. It would appear from a manuscript Illinois dictionary in the library of Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull‘ that this tribe was familiar with the * Kitchi-Gami, Wanderings Round Lake Superior, London, 1860, p. 82. 5 Réy. Pere Alb. Lacombe, Dictionnaire de la langue des Cris, Montreal, 1874. ‘Andrew McFarland Davis, Indian Games, Bulletin of the Essex Institute, X VIII, p. 187. 696 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. MASSACHUSETTS. Massachusetts. William Wood, in his “‘ New England Prospect,”' relates the following: They have two sorts of games, one called puim, the other hubbub, not much unlike cards and dice. Hubbub is five small bones in a small smooth tray, the bones be like a die but something flatter, black on the one side and white on the other, which they place on the ground, gainst which violently thumping the platter, the bones mount changing colors with the windy whisking of their hands to and fro, which action in that sport they much use, smiting themselves on the breast and thighs, crying out Hub Hub Hub. They may be heard playing this game a quarter of a mile off. The bones being all black or white make a double game: if three of one color and two of another, then they afford but a single game; four of a color and one differing is nothing. So long as the man wins he keeps the tray, but if he lose the next man takes it. MENOMINEE. Wisconsin. Dr. Walter J. Hoffman? describes the Menominee form of the game under the name of « kqa’ siwoék. It was frequently played in former times, but of late is rarely seen. It is played for Fig. 17. purposes of gambling, either by two indi- Se viduals or by two sets of players. A hem- Menominee Indians. ispheric bowl (fig. 17), made out of the After Hoffman. large round nodules of a maple root, is cut and hollowed out. The bowl is symmetric and is very nicely finished, It meas- ures 13 inches in diameter at the rim, and is 6 inches in depth. It measures 3 inch in thickness at the rim, but gradually increases in thickness toward the bottom, which is about an inch thick. There are forty counters, called ma‘atik, made of twigs or trimmed sticks of pine or other wood, each about 12 inches long and from + to 4 inch thick. Half of these are colored red, the other half black, or perhaps left their natural whitish color. The dice or aska’‘sianok consists of eight pieces of deer horn, about ? inch in diam- eter and } inch thick, but thinner toward the edges. Sometimes plum-stones or even pieces of wood are taken, one side of them being colored red, the other side remaining white oruncolored. When the playerssit down to play the bowl containing the diceis placed on the ground between the opponents; bets are made; the first player begins a song in which the other players as well as the spectators join. Ata certain moment the one to play first strikes the bowl a smart tap, which causes the dice to fly upward from the bottom of the bow], and as they fall and settle the resultis watched with very keen interest. The value represented by the position of the dice represents the number of counters which the player is permitted to take from the ground. The value of the throw is as follows: First throw, 4 red dice and 4 white, a draw. Second throw, 5 red dice and 3 white, counts 1. Third throw, 6 red dice and 2 white, counts 4. Fourth throw, 7 red dice and 1 white, counts 20. Fifth throw, 8 red dice and 0 white, counts 40. The players strike the bowl alternately until one person wins all the counters— both those on the ground and those which the opponent may have won. ‘ London, 1634. *The Menominee Indians, Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, p. 241. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 697 Micmac. Nova Scotia. (Cat. No. 18850, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Set of six buttons of vegetable ivory (fig. 18) (actual buttons), about inch in diameter, rounded and unmarked on one side and flat with a dot- ted crosson the other, being modern substitutes for similar objects of caribou bone. Bowl of wood (fig. 19), nearly flat, 115 inches in diameter. Fifty-one round counting-sticks (fig. 20), 73 inches in length, and four counting-sticks (fig. 21),75inchesinlength. Col- lected by the donor, Stans- 2 bury T. Hager. The follow- Fig. 18. ing account of the game is SET OF BUTTONS FOR DICE IN WOLTES TAKON. given by the collector:! Diameter, 7 inch. j Micmac Indians, Nova Scotia. A game much in use within Cat. No. 18850, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. the wigwams of the Micmac in former times is that called by some writers altestakun or woltés takin. By good native authority it is said that the proper name for it is woltéstomkwon. It is a kind of dice Fig. 19. WOODEN BOWL FOR WOLTES TAKUON. Diameter, 11} inches. Miemac Indians, Nova Scotia. Cat. No, 18850, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. game of unknown antiquity, undoubtedly of pre-Columbian origin. Itis played upon a circular wooden dish—properly rock maple—almost exactly a foot in diameter, 1 Micmac Customs and Traditions, The American Anthropologist, January, 1895, p. 31. 698 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. hollowed to a depth of about inch in the center. This dish plays an important n6le in the older legends of the Miemacs. Filled with water and left over night, its appearance next morning serves to reveal hidden knowledge of past, present, and future. It is also said to have been used as a vessel upon an arkite trip. The dice of caribou bone are six in number, having flat faces and rounded sides. One face is plain; the other bears a dotted cross (fig. 18). When all the marked or all the unmarked faces are turned up there is a count of five points; if five marked faces and one unmarked face or five unmarked faces and one marked face are turned up, one point results; if a die falls off the dish there is no count. There are fifty-five counting sticks—fifty-one plain rounded ones about 74 inches long, a king-pin'! shaped like the forward half of an arrow, and three notched sticks, each present- ing half of the rear end of an arrow. These last four are about 8 inches long. Three of the plain sticks form a count of one point, the notched sticks have a value of five points, while the king-pin varies in value, being used as fifty-second plain stick, except when it stands alone in the general pile; then it has, like the notched sticks, a value of five points. Thus the possible points of the connt are seventeen (one-third of fifty-one) on the plain sticks and fifteen (five times three) on the three notched sticks, a total of thirty-two; but by a complex system the count may be extended indefinitely. In playing the game two players sit opposite each other, their legs crossed in a characteristic manner, and the dish, or woltes, between them usually placed on a thick piece of leather or cloth. A squaw keeps the score on the Fig. 20. cS eee COUNTING STICKS FOR WOLTES TAKUON. Length, 73 inches. Micmac Indians, Nova Scotia. Cat. No. 18850, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. counting-sticks, which at first lie together. The six dice are placed on a dish with their marked faces down; one of the players takes the dish in both hands, raises it an inch or two from the ground, and brings it down again with considerable force, thus turning the dice. If all but one of the upturned faces are marked or unmarked, ‘Mr. Hager informs me that the king-pin is called kesegoo—‘‘the old man ”’—and that the notched sticks are his three wives and the plain sticks his children. The Micmac explains these names by saying that when a stranger calls the children come out of the wigwam first, then-the women, and then the head of the family; and this is the way it happens when one plays at woltéstomkwon, ‘The technical name for the king-pin is nandaymelgawasch and for the wives tkimoowaal, both of which names mean, they say, ‘it counts five’ and ‘they count five.’ Nan is the Micmac for ‘five,’ but no numeral of which I know appears in the second name.” Mr. Hager regards the polygamous element in the game as a good indication of its antiquity, if, he adds, ‘‘such indeed be necessary.” Referring to the passes described by Mrs. W. W. Brown, in her paper on the games of the Wabanaki Indians (see p. 708), he says: ‘These passes are made by*the Micmac in woltéstomkwon by passing the right hand rapidly to the left over the dish, and shutting it exactly as if catching a fly.” Wedding ceremonies among the Micmac were celebrated by the guests for four days thereafter. On the first day they danced the serpent dance, on the second they played football (tooadjik), on the third they played lacrosse (madijik), and on the fourth woltéstomkwon. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 699 he repeats the toss and continues to do so as long as one of these combinations results. When he fails to score, the amount of his winnings is withdrawn from the general pile and forms the nucleus of his private pile. His opponent repeats the Fig. 21. COUNTING STICKS FOR WOLTES TAKUN. Length, 74 inches. Micmac Indians, Nova Scotia. Cat. No. 18850, Museum of Archseology, University of Pennsylvania, dice-throwing until he also fails to score. Two successive throws of either a single point or of five points count thrice the amount of one throw; that is, three points or fifteen points, respectively. Three successive throws count five times as much as COUNTING STICKS (sangi). Length, 2 inches. Japan. Cat. No. 18306, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsy)vania. a single throw, etc. After the pile of counting-sticks has been exhausted, a new feature is introduced in the count. The player who scores first takes a single plain stick from his pile and places it by itself, with one of its sides facing him to repre- 700 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. sent one point, and perpendicular to this, either horizontally or vertically, to rep- resent five points.! He continues to add sticks thus as he continues toscore. This use of the sticks as counters to indicate unpaid winnings is a device for deferring further settlement until the game seems near its end, and also serves to increase the count indefinitely to meet the indefinite duration of the game, as after one player secures a token his opponent, when he scores, merely reduces the former’s pile by the value of his score. The reduction is effected by returning from the token pile to the private pile the amount of the opponent’s score; hence at any time the token pile represents the amount of advantage which its owner has obtained since the last settlement. These settlements are made whenever either party may desire it; this, however, is supposed to be whenever a player’s token pile seems to represent a value approaching the limit of his opponent’s ability to pay. If his opponent should permit the settle- ment to be deferred until he were no longer able to pay his debts, then he would lose the game to the first player; whereas, if one player after the settlement retains five plain sticks but not more, a new feature is introduced which favors him. If, while retaining his five sticks, he can score five points before his opponent scores at all, he wins the game in spite of the much greater amount of his opponent’s win- nings up to that point. If his opponent scores one point only before he obtains his five points, he still has a chance, though a less promising one. If, after paying over the three plain sticks that represent a single point two plain sticks still remain to him, he is then compelled to win seven points before his opponent wins one or he forfeits the game; but if he succeeds in winning his seven points, the game is still his. However, in these last chances he is further handicapped by the rule that he can at no time score more points than are represented in his private pile. Conse- quently, if with only five plain sticks in his possession he could only score a single point, even if his toss should call for five; but with six plain sticks he could score two points; with nine sticks, three, ete. The last chances are: With only five plain sticks, five points are necessary to win; with three sticks, six points; with two sticks, seven points; with one stick, seven points. There are two other minor rules: One, that in counting five points on plain sticks four bundles of four each are given instead of five bundles of three each, as one should expect; total, sixteen. The other rule is that to count six points we use a notched stick plus only two plain sticks, instead of three, as might be expected. This game may be regarded as an American analogue of the Chinese game of Chong iin ch’au (No. 27). Mr. Hager states that the preceding game was invented and taught by the hero Glooscap. They also have a similar game called Wobina- runk, which, they say, was invented and owned by Mikchikch, the turtle, one of Glooscap’s companions, to whose shell the dice bear some resem- blance.2. The name Wobindrunk is derived from wobiin, meaning dawn; to which is added a termination signifying anything molded or worked upon by human hands.° 'This system of scoring is identical with that used in Japan with the counting- sticks, or sangi (Chinese, siin muk). One is indicated by a stick arranged vertically, and five by a stick placed horizontally. A set of sangiin the University Museum (Cat. No. 18306) (fig. 22), consists of one hundred and twenty-seven little wooden blocks, 1}? inches in length, and about + inch square in section. Sangi are, or rather were employed in Japan in the higher mathematics, the use of the soroban or abacus not being customary with scholars. *The account of Wobindarunk is from an unpublished manuscript by Mr. Hager, which he courteously placed in my hands. From the fact that white shell beads (wampum) are constantly referred to as being used as stakes, not only among the tribes of the Atlantic coast but in the CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. TOL The outfit for the game consists simply of six dice, made from moose or caribou bone, though one Miemac at least is positive that the teeth only of these animals can properly be used. In playing, these dice are thrown from the right hand upon the eround and the points are counted accord- ing to the number of marked or unmarked faces which fall uppermost. It is cus- tomary for a player to pass his hand quickly over the dice, if possible, atter he has tossed them and before they reach the ground, in order to secure good luck. The shape of the dice is that of a decid- edly flattened hemisphere, the curved portion being unmarked. The base or flat surface is about the size of a 25-cent piece and presents three figures (fig. 23). Close to its edge there is a circle, touched at four points by a series of looped curves, which form a kind of cross. Within each of the four spaces thus separated is an equal-armed cross composed of nine dots, which, with the dot in the center of the die, make a total of thirty-seven dots upon each piece, or of two indeed and twenty-two dots (37 by 6) used in the game.! GAMING DISK FOR WOBUNARUNK. Diameter, 12 inches. Micmac Indians, Nova Scotia. From a drawing by Stansbury Hager. Southwest (see Grosaee account of the Pinte shell De ads used in Sho/-li-we), the writer is inclined to believe that the name of this same JVobindrunk is derived from the use of wampum (wobun, “white,” so called from the white beads), as stakes for which it was played. Again, it may refer to the white disks; but, however this may be, a peculiar significance is attached to the use of shell beads as gambling counters or stakes. In the Chinese game of Fin fan the stakes are represented by specially made white and black counters, known as white and black “pearls.” “Tn view of the numerical suggestiveness of dots and of the presence of that peculiar repetition of numbers which characterizes all triple multiples of the key number thirty-seven, it may be worthy of note that the number of dots included in the seven counts of the game is seven hundred and seventy-seven. ‘The Micmac lan- guage contains native words for numbers as great as a million, and, as Dr. Rand says, is capable of indefinite numerical extension, a fact which surely appears to involve some knowledge of the properties of numbers. That certain numbers have been used as symbols in ritual and myth is quite as unquestionable among the Micmacsas among so many tribes and peoples, primitive and otherwise. The impor- tance of such dice games in developing and extending the knowledge of numbers is self-evident. As to the figures upon the dice, the use of the cross from prehistoric times as a native symbol throughout the lonath and breadth of the Americas is too well known to justify further comment. The Micmacs painted it upon their canoes and wigwams and attributed to it marveious efficacy as a healing power. To play either Woltéstomkwon or Wobinarunk with dice from which the cross is omitted would be certain, they believed, to bring dire misfortune upon all participants. Several Micmaes have related to me, almost word for word, the same legend of the origin of the cross among them that was reported by Pere Leclereq at Gaspé more than two centuries ago; and it is noticeable that this legend contains no Christian element. They also associated this symbol with the four quarters into which they divided the land for the purpose of collecting medicinal roots and herbs, while a circle repre- sents to them either that of their wigwam or of the horizon. The flat surface of the die, therefore, with its four crosses and surrounding circle, may symbolize the world- 702 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The count is as follows: If 6 marked faces fall face up, 50 points. If 5 marked faces fall face up, 5 points. If 4 marked faces fall face up, 4 points. If 3 marked faces fall face up, 3 points. If 2 marked faces fall face up, 2 points. If 1 marked face falls face up, 1 point. If 6unmarked faces fall face up, 5 points. Total, 7 counts and 70 points. The marks on the Micmac dice are similar to those on some of the inscribed shell beads known as runtees, found in the State of New York. One of these (fig. 24), (reproduced from Prof. W. H. Holmes’s Art in Shell of the Ancient Americans),' is from an ancient village site at Pompey, which Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, of Baldwinsville, New York, attributes to the seventeenth century. Mr. Beauchamp writes me that both sides are alike, and that it is pierced with two holes from edge to edge. Micmac. New Brunswick, Canada. (Cat. No. 20125, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Set of six disks of caribou bone marked on the flat side (fig. 25); a platter of curly maple cut across the grain, 114 inches in diameter, and fifty- two wooden counting sticks about 8 inches in length (fig. 26), four being much broader than the others and of Fig. 24. ri : SERGE AYES Rane: RAD AE different shapes, as shown in the figure. Pompey, New York. Collected and deposited by Mr. George i. Starr, who purchased the game from a woman named Susan Perley, a member of a tribe calling themselves the Tobique, at an Indian village half a mile north of Andover, New Brunswick. Three of the disks and the counting sticks were made for the collector, while the platter and three of the disks shown in the upper row (fig. 25) are old. Two of the latter are made apparently of old bone wide concept of the four earth regions encircled by the horizon line and beneath the curve of the sky represented by the curved surface. The looped figure may extend the fourfold division to the sky, or it may be merely a combination of the two other symbols. At least, that each design had some particular meaning can hardly be questioned, for the Micmac still objects to playing the game if one be incorrectly drawn. A comparison of the two Miemac dice games shows the same number of dice in each and the cross and circle appear on both sets, although in slightly differing size and design. The dice of one game are, however, never used in the other. Their counts differ radically, save that the ubiquitous number seven is prominent in both, and finally Wobindrunk lacks altogether the bow-and arrow elements and their mystic attributes. Still, the resemblance is sufficiently close to suggest a pos- sible unity of origin.” (S.H.) ‘Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1881, plate xxxrv, fig. 4 - CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 703 buttons, there being a hole on the reverse in which the shank fitted. The designs on the faces are not the same. The woman informed Mr. Starr that the game was called Altes tagen, and that if was played by two persons, one of whom places the counting sticks in a pile together. Then the stones are placed at random in the plate, which is held in both hands and struck sharply on the ground so as to make the stones fly in the air and turn before landing in the plate again. A player continues as long as he scores, taking counters from the pile of sticks according to his throw. When the pile is exhausted, each having ob- tained part, the game is continued until one wins them all. Three plain sticks count one point. ‘The three carved sticks each count four points, BONE GAMING DISKS. Diameter, 1 inch. Tobique (Micmac) Indians, New Brunswick. Cat. No, 20125, Museum Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. or twelve plain sticks. The snake-like stick is kept to the last, and equals three plain sticks, and a throw that counts three is necessary to take it. Micmac. New Brunswick. (Cat. No. 50804, Peabody Museum.) Set of six dice made of antler, # to § inch in diameter, marked on flat side with six-rayed star; bowl of birch wood, 114 inches in diameter, and fifty-four counting sticks (fig. 27), consisting of fifty plain sticks and four larger sticks. The latter comprise one stick with three serra- tions on side near one end, two each with four serrations, and one resembling the feathered shaftment of an arrow with three serrations on either side. Collected by Mr. G. M. West. Micmac. Hampton, New Brunswick. (Cat. No. 50792, Peabody Museum.) Five dice of antler, # to {inch in diameter, marked on flat side with four-rayed star; bowl of birch wood, 9} inches in diameter, and fifty-two 704 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. counting sticks consisting of forty-eight plain sticks and four larger sticks. The latter comprise one stick with five serrations on one side near one end, two, each with four serrations, and one resembling feathered arrow shaftment with serrations on each side. The counting sticks in this and the preceding game are in part of bamboo. It will be subsequently shown that the greater part of the objects used as dice, canes, blocks, bones and beaver teeth, in the games of this series can be directly traced to cane arrows and the at/atl or throwing stick. While such a connection can not be established for the engraved COUNTING STICKS FOR ALTES TAGEN. Length, about 8 inches. Micmac Indians, New Brunswick. Cat. No. 20125, Museum Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. bone disks of the Micmac, the three arrows and atlatl appear in the counting sticks (fig. 21). In some sets (as fig. 31) the atlatl appears replaced by a bow or serpent-like object. NARRAGANSETY. Rhode Island. Roger Williams, in his ‘Key into the Language of America,”' describes the games of the Narragansett as of two sorts—private and public. “They have a kinde of dice which are Plumb stones painted, which they castin a Tray with a mighty noyse and sweating.” Hegives the following words referring to this game: Wunnaugonhémmin, “to ' London, 1643; Collections of the Rhode Island Historical Society, I, Providence, 1827; also, Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, for the year 1794, III, p. 324. Cited by Andrew McFarland Davis, Indian Games, Bulletin of the Essex Institute, XVIII, p. 173, to whom I am indebted for the reference. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 705 play at dice in their Tray ;” Asavanash, “the painted plumb stones with which they throw;” and Puttuckquapuonck, “A playing Arbour.” He describes the latter as made of long poles set in the earth, four square, 16 or 20 feet high, on which they hang great store of their stringed money, having great staking, town against town, and two chosen out of the rest by course to play the game at this kind of dice in the midst of all their abettors, with great shouting and solemnity. He also says: The chief gamesters among them much desire to make their gods side with them in their games; therefore I have seen them keep as a precious stone a piece of thun- derbolt, which is like unto a erystal, which they dig out of the ground under some tree thunder smitten, and from this stone they have an opinion of success. Nipissine. Forty miles above Montreal, Canada. Mr. J. A. Cuoq! describes the plum stone gaine among this tribe under the name of Pakesanak, which he says is the usual name given to five plum-stones, each marked with several dots on one side only. Four or five women squatting around a blanket make the stones jump about the height of their forehead, and according to their falling on one or the other side the fate of the player is decided. Of late the game has been improved by using a platter instead of a cover (blanket), which caused the name of the *‘ game of platter” to be given it by the whites. The name pakesanak is the plural of pakesan, defined as noyau, jeu. Dr. A. S. Gatschet has kindly given me the following analysis of this word: pake = to fall, to let fall, s = diminutive, an = suffix of inanimate nouns, NORRIDGEWOOR. Norridgewock, Maine. In the Dictionary of Father Sebastian Rasles,? a number of words® referring to games are defined, from which it appears that the Nor- ridgewock Indians played a game with a bow] and eight disks (ronds), counting with grains. The disks were black on one side and white on the other. If black and white turned up four and four, or five and 'Lexique de la Langue Algonquine, Montreal, 1886. >Memoirs American Academy of Science and Arts, new series, I, Cambridge, 1833. 3 Je joue avec des ronds blanes dun cété et noirs de l'autre, nederakké, v. nedaiimké, v. nedaS€ aiinar. Les ronds, éssé‘ Sdnar; les grains, tagSssak. Les grains du jeu du plat, dicuntur étiam, ésséSanar. Lors qwils s’en trouve du nombre de 8, 5 blanes et 3 noirs, v. 5 noirs et 3 blanes, nebarham, keb, etc. (on ne tire rien); idem fit de 4 blanes et 4 noirs. Lors qu'il y ena 6 Wune couleur, et 2 de autre, nemesSdam, (on tire 4 grains). Lors qwil y en a 7 d’une méme couleur, el qu’un de l’autre, nedénéSi (on en tire 10). Lors qwils sont tous 8 de méme couleur, nSrihara (on en tire 20). Nesdkasi, je plante un bois dans terre p’r marquer les parties. Je lui gagne une partie, je mets un bois p’r, etc., negSdagSharaii. Nedasahamanks, il me démarque une partie, il 6te un bois, ete. Je joue au plat, nSaiiradéhdma 3. Sai mé. Mets les petits ronds, etc., p8né ésséSanar. Nederakébena, je les mets. ‘Indian Games, Bulletin of the Essex Institute, XVIII, p. 187. NAT MUS 96 45 706 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. three, there was no count; six and two counted four; seven and one, ten; and all eight of the same color, twenty. Davis remarks that “according to Rasles, the count was sometimes kept by thrusting Fig. 27. COUNTING STICKS. Length, 8 to 8 inches. Micmac Indians, New Brunswick. Cat. No. 50804, Peabedy Museum of American Archeology. sticks into the ground. This is shown by Indian words used in the games which Rasles interprets respectively: ‘I thrust a stick in the ground to mark the games;’ ‘I wina game from him; I place a stick,’ etc.; ‘He takes the mark for a game away from me; he removes a stick,’ etc.; ‘He takes away all my marks; he re- moves them all,” etc. OJIBWA. Tanner! describes the game as follows, under the name of Bug-ga-sank or Beg-ga-sah: The beg-ga-sah-nuk are small pieces of wood, bone, or sometimes of brass, made by cutting up anold kettle. One side they stain or color black, the other they aim to have bright. These may vary in number, but can never be fewer Passamaquoddy Indians, *Han nine. They are put together in a large wooden bowl Maine. or tray kept for the purpose. The two parties, sometimes After drawing by Mrs.W.W.Brown, twenty or thirty, sit down opposite to each other or in a circle. The play consists in striking the edge of the bowl in such a manner as to throw all the beg-ga-sah-nuk into the air, and on the manner in which they fall into the tray depends his gain or loss. If his stroke has been to a certain extent fortunate, the player strikes again and again, as in the game of billiards, until he misses, when it passes to the next. Fig. 28. BONE DIE USED IN BOWL GAME (all tes-teg-entik). The Rey. Peter Jones? says: In these bowi plays they use plum-stones. One side is burnt black and the other is left its natural color, Seven of these plums are placed in a wooden bowl and are then tossed up and caught. If they happen to turn up all white, or all black, they count so many. This is altogether a chance game. ‘A Narrative of the Captivity and Adventures of John Tanner, New York, 1830, p. 114. * History of the Ojibwa Indians, London, 1861, p. 135. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 109 PASSAMAQUODDY. Maine. The bowl game among these Indians is described by Mrs. W. W. Brown,! of Calais, Maine, under the name of ,All-tes teg-enik. Fig. 29. MANNER OF HOLDING DiSH IN ALL-TES-TEG-ENUK. Passamaquoddy Indians, Maine. After Mrs. W. W. Brown. It is played by two persons kneeling, a folded blanket between them serving as a cushion on which to strike the shallow wooden dish, named wal-tah-hd-mo'gn. This dish contains six thin bone disks (fig. 28), about } inch in diameter, carved and col- ored on one side and plain on the other. These are tossed or turned over by holding Fig. 30. COUNTING STICKS. Length, 64 to 67 inches. Passamaquoddy Indians, Maine. From sketch by Mrs. W. W. Brown. the dish firmly in the hands and striking down hard on the cushion (fig. 29). For ‘counting in this game there are forty-eight small sticks, almost 5 inches in length, named ha-gd-ta-md-g’n’al; four somewhat larger, named ¢k’m-way-wal, aud one notched, called non-d-da-ma-wuch (fig. 30). ‘Some Indoor and Outdoor Games of the Wabanaki Indians, Trans. Roy. Soe. Canada, Sec. II, 1888, p. 41. 708 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. All the sticks are placed in a pile. The disks are put in the dish without order; each contestant can play while he wins, but, on his missing, the other takes the dish. Turning all the disks but one, the player takes three small sticks; twice in succes- sion, nine sticks; three times in succession, one big stick or twelve small ones. Turning all alike once, he takes a big stick; twice in succession three big ones, or two, and lays a small one out to show what is done; three times in succession he stands a big stick up—equal to sixteen small ones trom the opponent—the notched one to be the last taken of the small ones, it being equal to three. When all the small sticks are drawn and there are large ones left in the pile, instead of taking three from the opponent the players lay one out to show that the other owes three sticks, and so on until the large ones are won. Then, unless the game is a draw, the second and more interesting stage begins, and the sticks have different value. Turning all the disks but one, the player lays out one, equal to four from an opponent. Turning all the disks but one, twice in succession, he lays three out, equal to twelve from the other—three times in succession—stands one up, equal to one large or sixteen small ones. Turning all alike, he sets up one large one, twice in succession; then three large ones or, lacking these, three sinall ones for each large one. This would end the game if the opponent had none standing, as there would be no sticks to pay the points. But a run of three times of one kind in succession is unusual. When one has not enough sticks to pay points won by the other, comes the real test of skill, although the former has Fig. 31. still several superior SET OF COUNTING STICKS FOR WER-LAR-DA-HAR MUN GUN. chances to win the game. Penobscot Indians, Maine, If he has five sticks, he has Cat. No, 16551, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. three chances; if seven or nine sticks, he has five chances—that is, he places the disks in position, all one side up, for each of the tosses; the other contestant takes his turn at playing, but can not place the disks. Then giving the dish a peculiar slide, which they call la luk, or ‘‘running down hill like water,” and at the same time striking it down on the cushion, he may, unless the luck is sadly against him, win twice out of three times trying. To this day it is played with great animation, with incantations for good luck and exorcising of evil spirits, by waving of hands and crying yon-tel-eg-wa-wiich. Ata run of ill luck there are peculiar passes made over the dish and a muttering of Mic-mac-squs tik n’me hd-ook (‘‘I know there is a Miemac squaw around”). One of their legends tells of a game played by Youth against Old Age. The old man had much m’ta-ou-lin (magic power). He had regained his youth several times by inhaling the breath of youthful opponents. He had again grown old and sought another victim. When he found one whom he thought suited to his purpose, he invited him to a game of All-tes-teg-eniik. The young man was also a m’ta-ou-lin, and for a po-he-gan had K’che-bal-lock (spirit of the air) and, consequently, knew the old man’s intention, yet he consented to a game. The old man’s wal-tah-hd-mo’y’n CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. TO9 was a skull, and the dll-tes-teg-enttk were the eyes of former victims. The game was a long and exciting one, but at each toss off by the young man the disks were carried a little higher by his po-he-gan until they disappeared altogether. This broke up a game that has never been completed. The legend says that the old man still waits and the young man still outwits hin. Another Passamaquoddy game is described by Mrs. Brown under the name of Wy-pen-og-entk. This game, like All-tes-teg-eniik, has long been a gambling game. ‘The disks are very similar, but larger, and eight in number. The players stand opposite each other with a blanket spread on the ground between them. The disks are held in the palm of the hand, and ‘‘chucked” on the blanket. ‘This game is counted with sticks, the contestants determining the number of points necessary to win before commencing to play. PENOBSCOT. “Oldtown Indians,” Maine. (Cat. No. 16551, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Set of counting-sticks of unpainted white wood (fig. 31), copied at the Chicago Exposition by a Penobscot Indian from those in a set of gaming implements consisting of dice, counters and bowl, there ex- Fig. 32. LIMESTONE DISKS, POSSIBLY USED IN GAME. a, 1 inch in diameter; 0}, 7 inch in diameter. Nottawasaga, Ontario, Canada. Archwological Museum, Toronto, Canada, hibited by the late Chief Joseph Nicolar of Oldtown. The latter fur- nished the writer with the following account of the game under the naine of Wer-lar-da-har mun gun. The buttons used as dice in this game are made from the shoulder blade of a moose; the counters of cedar wood. The latter are fifty-five in number, fifty-one being rounded splints about 6 inches in length, three flat splints of the same length, and one made in a zigzag shape. A soft bed is made in the ground, or on the floor, for the dish to strike on. Two persons having been selected to play the game, they seat themselves opposite to each other. The buttons are placed in the dish and it is tossed up and brought down hard upon its soft bed. If five of the six buttons have the same side up, the player takes three round splints, but if the entire six turn the same side up, it is called a double, and the player takes one of the flat ones. The game is continued until all the counters are drawn. It might naturally be inferred that remains of the bone disks used in the bowl] game would be found in our archieological museums, but as yet [have not met with any. On the other hand small disks of pot- tery and of stone frequently marked on one face are not uncommon, and are usually classified as gaming implements. I am indebted to Mr. David Boyle, curator of the Archeological Museum, Toronto, for the sketch, fig. 32 a representing a small disk of soft white limestone 710 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. from his collection, engraved with a cross on one side, fig. 32 b repre- senting a similar disk with a cross on both sides. SiKSIKA (Blackfeet). Canada. Rey. Edward F’. Wilson! says: Their chief amusements are horse racing and gambling. For the latter of these they employ dice of their own construction—little cubes of wood, with signs instead of numbers marked upon them. These they shake together in a wooden dish. Mr. J. W. Tims? gives katsdsinni as a general term for gambling. Mr. George Bird Grinnell has furnished me with the following unpub- lished account of the stave game among the Blackfeet, which he describes under the name of O nes teh, ‘‘ The stick or travois* game.” This is a woman’s gambling game, in vogue among the tribes of the Blackfoot nation, who know nothing of the basket or seed game so generally played by the more southern plains tribes. Four straight bones—made frem buffalo ribs—6 or 8 inches long, 4 inch thick, and about # inch wide, and tapering gradually to a blunt point at shee end, are mea in playing it (Plate 5). Three of these bones are unmarked on one side, and the fourth on this side has three or five transverse grooves running about it at its mid- dle, or sometimes no grooves are cut and the bone is marked by having a buckskin string tied around it. On their other sides the bones are marked, two of them by zigzag lines, running from one end to the other; another, called the chief, has thirteen equally distant holes drilled in, but not through it, from one end to the other. The fourth, called ‘‘four,” from its four depressions or holes, has four trans- verse grooves close to each end, and within these is divided into four equal spaces by three sets of transverse grooves of three each. In the middle of each of these spaces a circular depression or hole is cut. All the lines, grooves, and marks are painted in red, blue, or black. These bones are played with, either by two women who gamble against each other or by a number of women who sit opposite and facing each other in two long lines, each player contesting with her opposite neighbor. Twelvesticks, or counters, are used in the game, and at first these are placed on the ground between the two players. The player, kneeling or squatting on the ground, grasps the four bones in the right or left hand, holding them vertically with the ends resting on the ground. With a slight sliding motion she scatters the bones on the ground close in front of her, and the sides which fa?l uppermost express the count or the failure to count. Sometimes, but not always, {' 6 players throw the bones to determine which shall have the first throw in the gamo. The person making a successful throw takes from the heap of sticks the number called for by the points of the throw-—one stick for each point. So long as the throw is one which counts the player continues to throw, but if she fails to count the bones are passed over to the opposite player, and she then throws until she has cast a blank. When the sticks have all been taken from the pile on the ground between them the successful thrower begins to take from her opponent so many of the sticks which she has gained as are called for by her throw. As twelve points avanti on the Blackfoot Eres. Geen of the fifty ee meeting of British Association for the Advancement of Science, Manchester, 1887, London, 1888, p. 192. *>Grammar and Dictionary of the Blackfoot Language, London, 1889. * The word travois (trapper, French) has been variously explained as coming from travail and from traineau. I believe, however, as stated in The Story of the Indian, p. 156, it is a corruption from travers or @ travers, meaning across, and referring to the crossing of the poles over the horse’s or over the dog’s withers (G. B. G.). Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PEATE 5. ¥ a -e@ = ag a Re STAVES FOR TRAVOIS GAME. Blackfeet Indians. Blackfeet Agency, Montana. Collection of George Bird Grinnell. ERY. tga eas ne CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (CLE must be made by a player before the twelve sticks can come into her possession and the game be won, it will be seen that the contest may be long drawn out. A run of luck is needed to finish it. Some of the counts made by the throws are here given: 3 blanks and chief 3 blanks and chief reversed 2 zigzag, 1, 4, and chief 2 blanks, 1, 4, and chief 2 points 2 sticks. 2 blanks, 1 zigzag, and chief zero point = zero sticks. 2 blanks, 1 zigzag, and chief reverses — zero point — zero sticks. 1 zigzag, 1 blank, 1, 4, and chief —= zero point — zero sticks. The women do not sing at this game as the men do at the gambling game of ‘ hands.” 6 points = ___ 6 Sticks. 3 points 3 sticks. 4 points 4 sticks. lt} th tt tl heal ela SET OF BONE GAMING STAVES. Length, 54 inches. Blackfeet, South Piegan Reserve, Montana. Cat. No, 51693, Field Columbian Museum. The game described was obtained by Mr. Grinnell from the Piegans of the Blackfeet Agency in northwestern Montana, on the eastern flanks of the Rocky Mountains. They live on Milk River, Cut Bank, Willow, Two Medicine Lodge, and Badger creeks; the southernmost tribe of the Blackfeet. It will be observed that the implements for this game are practically identical with those collected by Dr. Matthews from the Gros Ventres in Dakota (fig. 89). Concerning this Mr. Grin- nell remarks: The Gros Ventres of Dakota—by which are meant, of course, the Gros Ventres of the village, a tribe of Crow stock—are not very distant neighbors of the Blackfeet, and in fact the people of the old Fort Berthold village, the Gros Ventres, Rees, and Mandans, have many customs, and even some traditions, which closely resemble those of the Blackfeet. T12 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. BLACKFEET. South Piegan Reserve, Montana. (Cat. No. 51693, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.) Set of four bone staves, made of rib bones, 54 inches in length and 4 inch wide in the middle, tapering to the ends. The outer rounded sides are cut with lines, which are filled with red paint, as shown in fig. 33. Two are alike, and one of the others is banded with a nar- row thong of buckskin on which are sewn twelve small blue glass beads. The reverses, which show the texture of the bone, are alike, and painted red. Accompanied by twelve counting sticks (fig. 34) made of twigs, 54 inches in length, smeared with red paint. Fig. 34. SET OF COUNTING STICKS. Length, 54 inches. Blackfeet, South Piegan Reserve, Montana. Cat. No, 51693, Field Columbian Museum, BLACKFEET. Blood Reserve, Alberta, Canada. (Cat. No. 51654, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.) Three bone staves, 62 inches in length and 3 inch in width in the middle, tapering to the ends. The outer rounded sides are carved as shown in fig. 35, two alike, in which the incised lines are filled with red paint, and one with holes, 10—3 3—9, which are painted blue. The inner sides, which show the texture of the bone, are perfectly plain. Both of the above sets were collected by Dr. George A. Dorsey, of the Field Columbian Museum, who courteously gives me the following particulars: I am informed that the Bloods generally use three instead of four bones. They call the game Nitsitaiep-sktpsepian = we play. The stick marked with holes is called ‘‘man” and the other two “snakes.” Of the counts I have only this much: All marked faces up =—=4, All unmarked faces up ii. 2 unmarked and “snake” up =6. lunmarked and 2snakesup =6. 1 unmarked, snake and man up —0. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (@ lis) ATHAPASCAN STOCK. WHITE MounTAIN APACHE. Arizona. (Cat. No. 152696, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of hazel wood, 8 inches in length, ? inch wide, and about 2 in thickness. Flat on one side, with diagonal black band SET OF BONE GAMING STAVES. Length, 6% inches. Blackfeet, Blood Reserve, Alberta, Canada. Cat. No, 51654, Field Columbian Museum, across middle; other rounded and unpainted. Show marks of use. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer.! Described as played by women SRST NT Ss , SSS WW P Set i ——— ont SS Ss ayy an = RSS WSUANT (lye We at GAMING STAVES. Length, 94 inches. White Mountain Apache, Fort Apache, Arizona. Cat. No. 15619, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. upon a circle’ of forty stones divided in four tens with a division to each ten (fig. 37), and having a large flat rock placed in the middle. Four 1A set of sticks (fig. 36) ane of a aac of the Sens ash, 94 Hoe in length, but otherwise identical with the above, are contained in the Museum of Archeology of the University of Pennsylvania (Cat. No. 18619), collected by Capt. C. N. B. Macauley, U.S. A. 2Mr. Palmer says a square; Captain Macauley a circle. 714 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. or six can play. Two sides are formed of equal numbers, and two sets of sticks are used. The players kneel behind the rock square. The first player takes the sticks in one hand, rounded sides out (fig. 38), and slams them end first, on the rock. From this is derived the name of the game Sé-tich-ch, “Hit” or “ bounce- on-the-rock.”! The counts are as follows: O 3 round sides up 10 3 flat sides up 2 round sides up and one flat= O @) O O 1round side up and two flat = © O oe) O wow oo A throw of ten gives another throw. Each side has two sticks which are used to mark the count. The two sides count from opposite OD on directions. Navaso. New Mexico. (Cat. No. alae 9557, U.S.N.M.) CIRCUIT FOR STAVE GAME. Set of three sticks of root of cot- Navajo and Apache. ton wood, 8 inches in length, about 12 in breadth and 4 in thickness, one side flat and blackened; the other rounded and unpainted (fig. 39). One stick tied near end to prevent splitting. They show marks of con- tinued use. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. As observed by the writer at the Columbian Exposition in Chicago, the Navajo play upon a circle of forty stones, throwing the staves ends down upon a flat stone placed in the center. Each player has a splint or twig to represent him upon the board, and these are all placed together at one of the four openings in the circle at the commencement of the game. The throws count as follows: 3 round sides up pul) 3 flat =a 2 rounds and one flat = 1 round andtwo flat = The following vocabulary of the game was furnished me by the Navajo at Chicago: Game, set tilth. Staves, set tilth. Fig. 38. Circle of stones, sen asti. METHOD OF HOLDING STICKS BY WHITE Stone in center, a cle sane. MOUNTAIN APACHE. ; . . Ne 2 et From a drawing by the late Capt. C. N. B. Mac- Dr. Washington Matthews? describes anley, Uhited Sites Abmiy: ‘Capt. John G. Bourke gave the Apache name of this game to the writer as Tze-chis or Zse-lilth, the two words, ‘‘stone” and ‘‘ wood” referring to the central stone and *.c staves. The circle of stones is called, he stated, Tze-nasti, ‘‘ stone circle.” Mr. Edward Palmer gives the name of the game as Satill. 2 Navajo Legends, Boston, 1897, note 47, p. 219. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 715 a game played by Navajo women under the name of Tsé d 1/1 or tsin-d 1/1:! The principal implements are three sticks, which are thrown violently, ends down, on a flat stone around which the gamblers sit. The sticks rebound so well that they would fly far away were not a blanket stretched overhead to throw them back to the players. A number of small stones placed in the form of a square are used as counters. These are not moved, but sticks, whose positions are changed according to the fortunes of the game, are placed between them. The rules of the game have not been recorded. Dr. Matthews?’ tells, among the early events of the fifth or present world, that while they were waiting for the ground to dry, the women erected four poles, on which they stretched a deerskin, and under the Fig. 39. SET OF STAVES FOR GAME. Length, 8 inches. Nayajo Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 9557, U.S.N.M. shelter of this they played the game of three sticks, tsindi, one of the four games which they brought with them from the lower world.’ Another game of tossed sticks described by Dr. Matthews* was called taka-thad-sata,° or the thirteen chips. It is played with 13 thin flat pieces of wood, which are colored red on one side and left white or uncolored on the other. Success depends on the number of chips which, being thrown upward, fall with their white sides up. 1 Tsin = wood, di'l? 2Navajo Origin Legend, The Story of the Emergence, II (see p. 185). 5 The other games were: dilkon, played with two sticks, each the length of an arm; atsa, played with forked sticks and a ring, and aspi’n. 4+Navajo Legends, p. 83. 5 Takd-thad-sita was the first of four games played by the young Hastséhogan with the gambling god Nohoilp1. These four games are not the same as the four described as brought from the under world. They comprise, in addition, nanzoz, ‘‘ hoop and pole;” tsi/nbelsi/, or push on the wood, in which the contestants push on a tree until it is torn from its roots and falls, and tsol, or ball, the object in which was to hit the ball so that it would fall beyond a certain line. Compare the gambling episo le with that of Poshaiyiinne, the Sia culture hero and the Magician. ‘The four games played by them were not the same (see p. 730). 716 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Navagso. Arizona. (Cat. No. 74735, U.S.N.M.) Set of seven blocks of cedar wood, ? inch in length, 34; inch wide, and 4 inch thick (fig. 40). Section hemispherical. Six have flat sides blackened and one painted red; opposite unpainted. Collected by Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S.A. The game was “played with counters by women.” These blocks furnish an exact parallel to the Korean “chestnut” nyout. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME. Length, 3 inch. Navajo Indians, Arizona, Cat. No. 74735, U.S.N.M. BEOTHUKAN STOCK. BEOTHUK. Newfoundland. From colored drawings of ancient bone disks, attributed to the Beo- thuk, and presented to the United States National Museum by Lady Edith Blake, of Kingston, Jamaica, it would appear that this tribe may haveused gaming disks resembling those of the Micmac. CADDOAN STOCK. ARIKARA. (Cat. Nos. 6342, 6355, U.S.N.M.) Set of eight plum stones, plain on one side, and marks burned hi ddieton ae: upon the other, as eee shown in fig. 41. Four Cat. No, 6355, U.S.N.M. have stars on burned ground; two, circular marks, and two are entirely burned over. Basket of woven grass, 7 inches in diameter at top, and 2 inches deep. Collected by Dr. Gray and Mr. Matthew F. Stevenson. Brackenridge,' referring to the Arikara, states: Fig. 41. SET OF PLUM STONES FOR GAME. In the evening, about sundown, the women cease from their labors and collect into little knots, and amuse themselves with a game something like jackstones. Five pebbles are tossed up in a small basket, with which they endeavor to catch them again as they fall. 'H. M. Brackenridge, Views of Louisiana, together with a Journal of a voyage up the Missouri River in 1811, Pittsburg, 1814. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. Ae It seems hardly necessary to point out that he failed to comprehend the object of the game. PAWNEE. In reply to a letter addressed by the writer to Mr. George Bird Grin- nell, of New York City, he kindly wrote the following account ‘‘of what the Pawnee call the seed game:” I have seen this game played among the Pawnee, Arikara, and Cheyenne, and substantially in the same way everywhere. The Pawnee do not use a bowl] to throw the seeds, but hold them in a flat wicker basket, about the size and shape of an ordinary tea plate. The woman who makes the throw holds the basket in front of her close to the ground; gives the stones a sudden toss into the air, and then moves the basket smartly down against the ground, and the stones fall into it. They are not thrown high, but the movementof the basketis quick, and it is brought down hard on the ground so that the sound of the slapping is easily heard. The plum stones are always five in number, blackened, and vari- ously marked on one side. The women who are gambling sit in Fig. 42. line opposite to one another, IVORY IMAGES USED AS DICE IN GAME OF TINGMIUJANG. and usually each woman bets Central Eskimo. with the one sitting opposite From Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. her, and the points are counted by sticks placed on the ground between them, the wager always being on the game, and not on the different throws. Itis exclusively, so far as I know, a woman’s game. _ Pike! says: The third game alluded to is that of la platte, described by various travelers (as the platter or dish game); this is played by the women, children, and old men, who, like grasshoppers, crawl out to the circus to bask in the sun, probably covered only with an old buftalo robe. ESKIMAUAN STOCK. Speaking of the Central Eskimo, Dr. Franz Boas’ says: A game similar to dice, called tingmiujang, i. e., images of birds, is frequently played. A set of about fifteen figures, like those represented in fig. 42, belong to this game; some representing birds, others men and women. The players sit around a board or a piece of leather and the figures are shaken in the hand and thrown upward. On falling, some stand upright, others lie flat on the back or on the side. Those standing upright belong to that player whom they face; sometimes they are so thrown that they all belong to the one that tossed them up. The players throw by turns until the last figure is taken up, the one getting the greatest num- ber of figures being the winner. 1 Elliott Coues, The Expedition of Zebulon Montgomery Pike, New York, 1895, p. 534. 2The Central ‘Eskimo, Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Wash- ington, 1888, p. 567. dio REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Mr. John Murdoch! describes similar objects which he purchased at Plover Bay, eastern Siberia, in 1881 (fig. 43). They were supposed to be merely works of art. Referring to the account given by Dr. Boas of their use as a game, he says: Tig. 43. GAME (?) OF FOX AND GEESE. After Murdoch. It is therefore quite likely they were used for a similar purpose at Plover Bay. If this be so, it is a remarkable point of similarity between these widely separated Eskimo, for I can learn nothing of a similar custom at any intermediate point. Mr. Murdoch refers to the game as mentioned by Captain Hall,’ who, speaking of the Central Eskimo, says: They have a variety of games of their own. In one of these they use a number of bits of ivory made in the form of ducks. Fig. 44. CARVED IVORY WATER BIRDS AND SEAL. St. Lawrence Island, Siberia. Cat. No. 63457, U.S.N.M. In the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 63457) there is a set of carved water birds and a seal (fig. 44), collected from the Eskimo at St. Lawrence Island, Alaska, by Mr. E. W. Nelson, in 1882. He informs me, through Prof. Otis T. Mason, that he never saw the flat- 'Ethnological Results of the Port Barrow Expedition, Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1892, p. 364. * Charles Francis Hall, Arctic Researches, New York, 1860, p.570. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 719 bottomed geese and other creatures used in a game, and all of his specimens are perforated and used as pendants on the bottom of per- sonal ornaments and parts of clothing. Prof. Benjamin Sharp, of the Academy of Natural Science, tells me that he saw the carved water birds used as a game, being tossed and allowed to fall by Eskimo of St. Lawrence Bay, Siberia. In reply to my inquiry in reference to the use of such objects in games by the Arctic Highlanders of Greenland, Mr. Henry G. Bryant writes me that small images of birds are rare among them, although \ if VS WOODEN BLOCKS, SAID TO BE USED IN GAME. Length, 1% inches. Northwest Arctic Coast. Cat. No. 7404, U.S.N.M. representations of men, women, walrus, seal, bears, and dogs are part of the domestic outfit of every well-regulated family. IT understand that the leg bones of the arctic fox are sometimes tied together on a string, and at times these are thrown up and their position noted when striking the ground, Mr. Bryant adds: Perhaps they attach a significance to the position of the fox bones, which may be analogous to the practice of using wooden or bone dice by other tribes. A set of carved ivory tablets (figs. 195-200), strung upon a throng, are described as among the properties of an Eskimo shaman in 'Mr. Bryant states that these miniature figures, which are made of ivory, are employed to teach children the arts of the chase. 720 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Alaska. It is possible that they are used in the same manner as the fox bones. In the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 7404) are four wooden blocks, said to be used in a game, from the Northwest Arctic Coast. These blocks (fig. 45), which were collected by Mr. R. Kennicott. have a rounded base marked with two transverse cuts. They are per- forated as if for stringing. From the locality given they are probably Kskimauan. In conclusion, reference should be made to a game described by Mur- doch! among the Point Barrow Eskimo with twisters and marline spikes used for backing the bow. Lieutenant Ray says he has seen it played with any bits of stick or bone. Accord- ing to him the players are divided into sides, who sit on the ground about 3 yards apart, each side sticking up one of the marline spikes for a mark to throw the twisters at. Six of the latter, he believes, make a complete set. One side tosses the whole set, one at a time, at the opposite stake, and the points which they make are counted up by their opponents from the position of the twisters as they fall. He did not learn how the points were reckoned, except that twisters with a mark on ac g. 46. TWISTERS USED IN GAME. Length, 53 inches. Point Barrow Eskimo. After Murdoch. them counted differently from the plain ones, or how long the game lasted, each side taking its turn of casting at the opposite stake. He, however, got the impression that the winning side kept the twisters belonging to their opponents. Mr. Nelson informs me that a similar game is played with the same implements at Norton Sound. The present writer has repeated this account, from the general like- ness of the implements (sinew twisters) (fig. 46) to the staves tossed as dice, rather from any clearly apparent identity of the games. IROQUOIAN STOCK. CHEROKEE. North Carolina. I am informed by Mrs. Starr Hayes that the Cherokee play a game in a flat square basket of cane like the lid of a market basket, with col ored beans, under the name of ‘“ Black eye and white eye.” The shal. low basket used is 14 feet square. The beans are colored “butter beans,” a variety of lima, and those selected are dark on one side and white on the other. Twelve beans are kept as counters. Six others are put in the basket, as they come, and the players, who are four in number, and each two partners, play in turn. The basket is held in Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 364. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. tA | both hands, slightly shaken, and then with a jerk, the beans are tossed in the air. If all turn black, two are taken from the counters; if all turn white, three are taken. If but one turns up white, one is taken from the twelve. When they turn five white, one only is taken. The game is played three or six times weekly. Whoever gets twelve beans has the game. DELAWARE. See account by Loskiel on page 725. Huron. Ontario, Canada. Charlevoix! gives the following account: As I returned through a quarter of the Huron village I saw a company of these savages, who appeared very eager at play. I drew near and saw they were playing at the game of the dish (jew du plat). This is the game of which these people are fondest. At this they sometimes lose their rest, and in some measure their reason. At this game they hazard all they possess, and many do not leave off till they are almost stripped quite naked and till they have lost all they have in their cabins. Some have been known to stake their liberty for a time, which fully proves their passion for this game; for there are no men in the world more jealous of their liberty than the savages. The game of the dish, which they also call the game of the little bones (jew des osselets), is only played by two persons. Each has six or eight little bones, which at first I took for apricot-stones; they are of that shape and bigness. But upon viewing them closely I perceived they had six unequal surfaces, the two principal of which are painted, one black and the other white, inclined to yellow. They make them jump up by striking the ground or the table with a round and hollow dish, which contains them and which they twirl round first. When they have no dish they throw the bones up in the air with their hands; if in falling they come all of one color, he who plays wins five. The game is forty up, and they subtract the numbers gained by the adverse party. Five bones of thesame color win but one for the first time, but the second time they win the game. A less number wins nothing. He that wins the game continues playing. The loser gives his place to another, who is named by the markers of his side; for they make the parties at first, and often the whole village is concerned in the game. Oftentimes also one village plays against another. Each party chooses a marker; but he withdraws when he pleases, which never happens but when his party loses. At every throw, especially if it happens to be decisive, they make great shouts. The players appear like people possessed, and the spectators are not more calm. They all make a thousand contor- tions, talk to the bones, load the spirits of the adverse party with imprecations, and the whole village echoes with howlings. If all this does not recover their luck, the losers may put off the party to the next day. It costs them only a small treat to the company. Then they prepare toreturn totheengagement. Each invokes his genius, and throws some tobacco in the fire to his honor. They ask him above all things for lucky dreams. As soon as day appears they go again to play; but if the losers fancy the goods in their cabins made them unlucky the first thing they do is to change them all. The great parties commonly last five or six days, and often con- tinue all night. In the meantime, as all the persons present, at least those who are concerned in the game, are in agitation that deprives them of reason, as they quar- rel and fight, which never happens among savages but on these occasions and in drunkenness, one may judgt if when they have done playing they do not want rest. 'P. de Charlevoix, Journal d’un Voyage dans l’Amerique Septentrionnale, Paris, 1744, III, p. 259 (Juin, 1721). NA‘ MUS 96 46 722 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. It sometimes happens that these parties of play are made by order of the physician or at the request of the sick. There needs for this purpose no more than a dream of one or the other. This dream is always taken for the order of some spirit, and they prepare themselves for the game with a great deal of care. They assemble for sev- eral nights to try and to see who has the luckiest hand. They consult their genii, they fast, the married persons observe continence, and all to obtain ‘a favorable dream. Every morning they relate what dreams they have had and of all the things they have dreamt of which they think lucky and they make a collection of all and put them into little bags which they carry about with them, and if anyone has the reputation of being lucky—that is, in the opinion of these people, of having a familiar spirit more powerful or more inclined to do good—they never fail to make him keep near him who holds the dish. They even goa great way sometimes to fetch him, and if through age or any infirmity he can not walk, they will carry him on their shoulders. They have often pressed the missionaries to be present at these games, as they believe their guardian genii are the most powerful. Brebeuf! describes the game as follows: The game is also in great repute as a medicine, especially if the sick has dreamed of it. This game isa game of chance, pure and simple. They take six prune stones, white on one side and black on the other, put them in a plate, and shake the latter violently, so that the bones fall to the ground, showing one or the other side, as it may happen. The game is to get either all with the black side or all with the white side up. Generally they play village pitted against village. They all convene in a hut, and take places on benches ranged along the sides. The sick is carried in a coverlet, and the one who is to shake the plate (there is only one player for each side) walks after the sick, head and face wrapped in his robe. As soon as the player of the opposing party takes hold of the plate they cry aloud, Achine achine, achine, trois, trois, trois, or rather, ioio, ioio, ioio, desiring that either three white or three black be thrown by him. This winter you would have seen a good many returning to their village, having lost their breeches at a time when there was nearly 3 feet of snow, as frolicsome as if they had won. What I find the most remarkable thing about it is the preliminary arrangements. Some of them fast several days before the game is to take place. The evening before they convene in a hut, and by a cere- mony try to find out the result of the game. The one who is chosen to hold the plate takes the stones, puts them in the plate, which he covers, so that nobody can touch them. After this they sing. After the song the plate is uncovered, and the stones are either all black or all white. Thereupon I asked a savage whether the opposing party did not do the same, and whether they could not get the stones arranged in the same way. He answered “Ves.” Nevertheless,” I said, ‘‘both can not win,” which he did not know how to answer. He told me, further, two remarkable things: 1. They choose for holding the plate someone who had dreamed that he won or who had acharm. Generally those who have one do not make a secret of it, but carry it about with them. They say that one person in our village rubs the stones at a certain ointment and never fails to win. . In making the trial some of the stones disappear and are found after a time in fie’ plate with the others. Father Lalemant? relates the following: One of the latest foolish things which has happened in this village was occa- sioned by a sick person in one of the neighboring villages, who, in order to regain his health, dreamed or really got the prescription of the local medicine man that a “game of platter” should be Bes for him. He spoke about it to the headmen, iReiwenmns Aes Tesaiies: hemor’ en tree 1636, Quebec, 1858, p. 113. * Idem., 1639, p. 95. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (aa who soon convened the council and decided upon the date and the village which should be invited for this purpose, and this village was ours. A deputation was sent thence here to make the proposition, which was agreed upon, and then the nec- essary preparations were made by both parties. This “game of platter” consists in tossing about in a wooden dish several wild- plum pits, each being white on one side and black on the other, from which follows gain or loss, according to the rules of the game. It is beyond my power to describe properly the earnestness and activity displayed by our Barbarians in getting ready and in seeking all means and signs of good luck and success in their game. They meet at night and pass part of it in shaking the plate to see who is the most adroit, and part in spreading out their charms and exhorting them. Toward the end they all sleep in the same cabin, having pre- viously fasted and abstained for some time from their wives, all this to have a lucky dream, and the next morning they tell what has happened in the night. Finally, everything that they have dreamed could bring them good luck is collected and placed in bags for carrying. Besides this, they search everywhere for those who have charms affecting the game, or ‘‘Ascandics” or familiar spirits to assist the one who holds the dish, and be nearest him when he shakes it. If there are any old men whose presence is recognized as efficacious in increasing the strength and value of their charms, not content with carrying their charms, they load them on the shoulders of the young men in order to carry them to the place of assembly. As we pass in the country for powerful sorcerers, they do not fail to give us notice to pray and perform many ceremonies to cause them to win. As soon as they arrive at their appointed place, each party ranges itself along one or the other side of the cabin, filling it from top to bottom, under and above the ‘‘andichons,” which are of bark and made like a bed canopy or roof, corresponding to that below, fastened to the ground upon which they sleep at night. They place ihemselves upon the poles that lie and are suspended along the length of the cabin. The two players are in the middle with their seconds who hold the charms. Every- one present bets with someone else whatever he pleases, and the game begins. It 1s at this moment that everyone sets to praying or muttering I know not what words, with gestures and violent agitations of the hands, eyes, and the entire face, all for the purpose of attracting good fortune to themselves and exhorting their particular spirits to take courage and not let themselves be worried. Some are appointed to utter execrations and make contrary gestures for the purpose of fore- ing bad luck upon the other side and frightening the familiar spirits of the oppos- ing party. This game was played several times this winter throughout all the country, but I do not know how it happened that the villages where we have missions were always unlucky to the last degree, and a certain village lost 30 porcelain (wampum) collars each of 1,000 beads, which is in this country, as if we said in France, 50,000 pearls or pistoles.' But this is not all. Always hoping to regain what they have lost, they bet tobacco bags, clothes, shoes, and breeches, in a word, all they possess, so that, if they are unlucky, as happened to these people, they return home stark-naked, having lost even their breech-clouts. Nicolas Perrott? says: The savages have also a sort of game of dice, the box of which is a wooden plate, well rounded and well polished on both sides. The dice are made of six small flat 'The term pistole was used only asa money of account. It was generally equiva- lent to 10 livres tournois. The livre tournois was of 20 sous, in distinction from the livre of Paris of 25 sous. What the actual value would be no one can tell. It may be said that 50,000 pistoles was equal to 500,000 livres tournois at that time. (Personal letter from Prof. Dana C. Munro.) *Memoire sur les Moeurs, Coustumes et Religion des Sauages de l’Amerique Sep- tentrionale, Leipzig et Paris, 1864, p. 50. 724 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. pieces of bone, about the size of a plum stone. They are all alike, having one of the faces colored black, red, green, or blue, and the other generally painted white or any different color from the first-mentioned face. ‘They throw these dice in the plate, holding the two edges, and on lifting it they make them jump and turn therein. After having struck the dish on the cloth, they strike themselves at the same time heavy blows on the chest and shoulders while the dice turn about, crying ‘Dice! Dice! Dice!” until the dice have stopped moving. When they find five or six showing the same color, they take the grains which have been agreed upon with the opposite party. If the loser and his comrades have nothing more to play with, the winner takes all that is on the game. Entire villages have been seen gambling away their possessions, one against the other, on this game, and ruining themselves thereat. They also challenge to a decision by one throw of the die, and when it happens that a party throws six, all those of the tribe that bet on him get up and dance in cadence to the noise of gourd rattles. All passes without dispute. The women and girls also play this game, but they often use eight dice and do not use a dicebox like the men. They only use a blanket, and throw them on with the hand. Sagard Theodat' says: The men are addicted not only to the game of reeds (which they call ‘‘ Aefeara,” with three or four hundred small white reeds, cut equaily to a length of a foot), but also addicted to other kinds of game, as for instance, taking a large wooden platter with five or six plum stones or small balls, somewhat flattened, about the size of the end of the little finger, or painted black on one side and white on the other. They squat all around in acircle and take each his turn in taking hold of the platter with both hands, which they keep at a little distance from the floor, and bring the platter down somewhat roughly, so as to make the balls move about; they take it as in a game of dice, observing on which side the stones lie, whether it goes against them or for them. The one who holds the platter says, continually while strik- ing it, ‘‘Tet, tet, tet,” thinking that this may excite and influence the game in his favor. For the ordinary game of women and girls (at times joined by men and boys) are used five or six stones (as those of apricots) black on one side and yellow on the other, which they hold in their hands as we do dice, throwing the stones a little upward, and after they have fallen on the skin which serves them as a carpet, they see what the result is, and continue to play for the necklaces, ear ornaments, and other small articles of their companions, but never for gold or silver coin, because they do not know the use of it, so that in trade they barter one thing for another. I must not forget to mention that in some of their villages they play, which we call in France, Porter les Momons (carry the challenge). They send a challenge to other villages to come and play against them, winning their utensils, if they can, and meanwhile the feasting does not stop, because at the least inducement the kettle is on the fire, especially in winter time, at which time they especially feast and amuse themselves in order to pass agreeably the hard season. Huron (Wyandot). Col. James Smith? describes the Wyandot as “playing a game resembling dice or hustle-cap. They put a number of plum-stones in a small bowl; one side of each stone is black and the other white; then they shake or hustle the bowl, calling hits, hits, hits, honesey, 1 Histoire du Canada, Paris, 1866, p. 243. 2An account of the Remarkable Occurrences in the Life and Travels of Col. James Smith during his Captivity with the Indians in the years 1755-1759, Cincinnati, 1870, p. 46. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (WAS) honesey, rago, rago; which signifies calling for white or black, or what they wish to turn up; then they turn the bowl and count the whites and blacks.” Iroquois. Western Pennsylvania and southern New York. Loskiel' gives the following account: The Indians are naturally given to gambling, and frequently risk their arms, furniture, clothes, and all they possess to gratify this passion. The chief game of the Iroquois and Delawares is dice, which indeed originated with them. The dice are made of oval and flattish plum-stones, painted black on one and yellow on the other side. Two persons only can play at one time. They put the dice into a dish, which is raised alternately by each gambler and struck on the table or floor with force enough to make the dice rise and change their position; when he who has the greater number of winning color counts five, and the first who has the good fortune to do this eight times wins the game. The spectators seem in great agitation during the game, and at every chance that appears decisive cry out with great vehemence The gamblers distort their features, and if unsuccessful mutter their displeasure at the dice and the evil spirits who prevent their good fortune. Sometimes whole townships, and even whole tribes, play against each other. One of the missionaries happened to be present when two Iroquois townships, having got together a number of goods, consisting of blankets, cloth, shirts, linen, etc., gambled for them. The game lasted eight days. They assembled every day, and every inhabitant of each township tossed the dice once. This being done, and the chance of each person noted down, they parted for the day. But each township offered a sacrifice in the evening to insure success to their party. This was done by a man going several times around a fire, throwing tobacco into it, and singing a song. Afterwards the whole company danced. When the appointed time for the game was at an end they compared notes, and the winner bore away the spoil in triumph. Monawk. New York. sruyas” in his radical words of the Mohawk language, written in the latter part of the seventeenth century, gives under Atnenha, “ Noyau” (stone of a fruit), the compounds TS8atnenhaSinneton, “jouer avec les noyaux comme sont les femmes, en les jettant la main,” and Tsatennaseron, ‘¢y jouer au plat.” ONONDAGA. New York. Rev. W. M. Beauchamp ® states: Among the Onondaga now eight bones or stones are used, black on one side and white on the other. They term the game Ta-you-nyun-wdl-hah or, ‘ Finger Shaker,” and from one hundred to three hundred beans form the pool, as may be agreed. With them it is also a household game. In playing this the pieces are raised in the hand and scattered, the desired result being indifferently white or black. Essen- tially the counting does not differ from that given by Morgan (see p. 726). Two white or two black will have six of one color, and these count two beans, called O-yi-ha, or the Bird. The player proceeds until he loses, when his opponent takes his turn. Seven white or black gain four beans, called O-néo-sah, or Pumpkin. All white or all black gain twenty, called O-hén-tah, or a Field. These are all that draw anything, and we may indifferently say with the ae: 1, two white or black RGeorze Henry neswiel nae of the tiied Brciven Dondon, 1794, ap: 106. * Rey. Jacques Bruyas, Radices verborum Iroqueorum, New York, 1863. Cited by Andrew McFarland Davis, Bulletin of the Essex Institute, XVIII, p. 185. *Troquois games, Journal of American Folk Lore, IX, p. 269. 726 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. for the first, or six with the Seneca. The game is played singly or by partners, and there is no limit to the number. Usually there are three or four players. In counting the grains there is a kind of ascending reduction; for as two birds make one pumpkin, only one bird can appear in the result. First come the twenties, then the fours, then the twos, which can occur but once. Thus we may say for twenty, Jo-han-té-tah, ‘you have one field” or more, as the case may be. In fours we can only say Ki-yae-ne-you-sdh-ka, ‘you have four pumpkins,” for five would make a field. For two beans there is the simple announcement of O-yu-ah, “bird.” The game of peach-stones, much more commonly used and important, has a more public character, although I have played it in an Indian parlor. In early days the stones of the wild plum were used, but now six peach-stones are ground down to an elliptic flattened form, the opposite sides being black or white. This is the great game known as that of the dish nearly three centuries ago. The wooden bowl which I used was 11 inches across the top and 3 inches deep, handsomely carved out of a hard knot. A beautiful small bowl, which I saw elsewhere, may have been used by children. The six stones are placed in the Kah-odn-wah, the bowl, and thence the Onondaga term the game Ta-yune-oo-wah-es, throwing the bowl to each other as they take it in turn. In public playing two players are on their knees at a time, holding the bowl between them. Beans are commonly used for counters. Many rules are settled according to agreement, but the pumpkin is left out, and the stones usually count five for a bird and six for a field. All white or all black is the highest throw, and five or six are the only winning points. In early days it would seem that all white or all black alone counted. The bowl is simply struck on the floor. This ancient game is used at the New Year’s or White Dog Feast among the Onondaga yet. Clan plays against clan, the Long House against the Short House, and, to foretell the harvest, the women play against the men. If the men win, the ears of corn will be long like them; but if the women gain the game, they will be short, basing the results on the common proportion of the sexes. As of old, almost all games are yet played for the sick, but they are regarded now more as a diversion of the patient’s mind than a means of healing. The game of the dish was once much used in divination, each piece having its own familiar spirit. But it is more commonly a social game now. SENECA. New York. Morgan! describes the Iroquois game under the name of Gus-ga-e-sd-td, or ‘‘deer-buttons.” This was strictly a fireside game, although it was sometimes introduced as an amusement at the season of religious councils, the people dividing into tribes as usual and betting upon the result. Eight buttons, about an inch in diameter, were made of elk horn, and, having been rounded and polished, were slightly burned upon one side to blacken them [fig.47]. When it was made a public game it was played by two at a time, with a change of players as elsewhere described in the Peach-stone game. At the fireside it was played by two or more, and all the players continued in their seats until it was determined. A certain number of beans (fifty perhaps) were made the capital, and the game continued until one of the players had won them all. Two persons spread a blanket and seated themselves upon it. One of them shook the deer-buttons in his hands and then threw them down. If six turned up of the same color, it counted two; if seven, it counted four; and if all, it counted twenty, the winner taking as many beans from the general stock as he made points by the throw. He also continued to throw as long as he continued to win. When less than six came up, either black or white, it counted nothing, and the throw passed to the other player. In this manner the game was continued until the beans were taken up between the two players. After that the one paid to the other out of ' League of the Iroquois, Rochester, 1851, p. 302. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 727 his own winnings, the game ending as soon as the capital in the hands of either player was exhausted. If four played, each had a partner or played independently, as they were disposed; but when more than two played, each one was to pay the winner the amount won. ‘Thus, if four were playing independently, and after the beans were distributed among them, in the progress of the game one of them should turn the buttons up all black or all white, the other three would be ebliged to pay Fig. 47. GUS-GA-E-SA-TA, OR DEER-BUTTONS. Seneca Indians, New York. After Morgan. him twenty each; but if the beans were still in bank, he took up but twenty. The deer buttons were of the same size. In the figure [fig. 47] they are represented at different angles. An ancient and favorite game of the Iroquois, Gus-kd'-eh, was played with a bowl and peach-stones. It was always a betting game, in which the people divided by tribes, By established custom, it was introduced as the concluding exercise on the last day of the Green Corn and the Harvest festivals, and also of the New Year’s jubilee. Its introduction among them is ascribed to the first To-do- did'-ho, who flourished at the forma- tion of the League. @OrO1G: O10 (O20,070;® O50 =O20-0: 0:0 O OO Gro OS (07 Oe 1'The Sia, Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1894, p. 60. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (ial KIOWAN STOCK. Kiowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152908a, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks of willow wood, 7 inches in length, 3 inch in width, and -?, inch in thickness (fig. 52), nearly hemispherical in section, with one side flat, and having adeep groove, the stick being doubtless a sub- stitute for the cane, like that used by the Zuii, as suggested by Mr. Cushing. Three of the grooves are painted red, these sticks having two oblique marks burned across the grooved face near each end. The fourth stick has the groove painted black, with three lines burned across the middle in addition to those at the ends. Its rounded reverse is marked with a star in the center, composed of four crossed lines burned in the wood. The rounded sides of the others are plain. The col- lector, Mr. James Moo- ney,’ prefaces his ac- count of the game with the following song, em- ployed in the Ghost Dance: Hise’ hi, hise’ hi, Hii’ tine’ baikw' tha’ na, Hi’ tine’ bakw' tha’ na, Hiitv’ ta-w' seta’ na, Hiiti' ta-w' seta’ na, TRANSLATION. My comrade, my comrade, Let us play the awl game, Let us play the awl game, Let us play the dice game, Let us play the dice game. Hig. 52. SEY OF STAVES FOR GAME. (The lowest stick shows obverse of one above it.) Length, 5$ inches. The woman who composed Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. this song tells how, on wak- Cat. No. 1529086, U.S.N.M. ing up in the spirit world, she met there a party of her former girl companions and sat down with them to play the two games universally popular with the prairie tribes. The first is called né! biiku’ thana by the Arapaho and tsond or ‘awl game” (from ison, an awl) by the Kiowa, on account of an awl, the Indian woman’s substitute for a needle, being used to keep record of the score. The game is becoming obsolete in the north, but is the everyday summer amusement of the women among the Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache in the southern plains. It is very amusing on account of the unforeseen “rivers” and ‘‘ whips” that are constantly turning up to disappoint the expectant winner, and a party of women will frequently sit around the blanket for half a day at a time, with a constant ripple of laughter and good-humored jokes as they follow the chances of the play. It would make a very pretty picnie game, or could be readily adapted to the parlor of civilization. The players sit on the ground around a blanket marked in charcoal with lines and dots and quadrants in the corners, as shown in fig. 6. In the center is a stone upon which the sticks are thrown. Each dot, excepting those between the parallels, 1'The Ghost Dance Religion, Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnol- ogy, Washington, 1896, II, p. 1002. 132 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. counts a point, making twenty-four points for dots. Each of the parallel lines and each end of the curved lines at the corners also counts a point, making sixteen points for the lines, or forty points in all. The players start at the bottom, oppos- ing players moving in opposite directions, and with each throw of the sticks the thrower moves an awl forward and sticks it into the blanket at the dot or line to which her throw carries her. _The parallels on each of the four sides are called “rivers,” and the dots within these parallels do not count in the game. The rivers at the top and bottom are ‘‘dangerous” and can not be crossed, and when the player is so unlucky as to score a throw which brings her to the edge of the river (i.e., upon the first line of either of these pairs of parallels) she “falls into the river” and must lose all she has hitherto gained, and begin again at the start. In the same way, when a player moving around in one direction makes a throw which TAN AVAVAY, aie | SNSISL,, nN MLM cn, | nial pl ACA Sets eee gs 7a Ne SET OF STAVES FOR GAME, Length, 8% inches. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152908d, U.S.N.M. brings her awl to the place occupied by the awl of her opponent coming around from the other side, the said opponent is ‘‘ whipped back” to the starting point and must begin all over again. Thus there is a constant succession of unforeseen accidents, which furnish endless amusement to the players. The game is played with four sticks, each from 6 to 10 inches long, flat on one side and round on the other. One of these is the trump stick, and is marked in a distinctive manner in the center on both sides, and is also distinguished by having a green line along the flat side, while the others have each a red line. The Kiowa call the trump stick sahe, ‘“‘green,” on account of the green stripe, while the others are called guadal, ‘‘red.” There are also a number of small green sticks, about the size of lead pencils, for keeping tally. Each player in turn takes up the four sticks together in her hand and throws them down on end upon the stone in the center. The number of points depends upon the number of flat or round sides which turn CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. (ao up. A lucky throw with a green, or trump, stick generally gives the thrower another trial in addition. The formula is: 1 flat side up == Al 1 flat side up (if sahe) = 1 and another throw. 2 flat sides up (with or without sahe) = 2. 3 flat sides up == 3. 3 flat sides up (including sahe) = 3 and another throw. All 4 flat sides up — 6 and another throw. All 4 round sides up = 10 and another throw. Ktowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152908), U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks of a variety of alder, 54 inches in length, 4; inch in width, and 4 inch in thickness. Three with groove painted red, on flat side, and one with groove painted black. The former are burned with four diagonal marks resembling the feathering of an arrow on Fig. 54. STAVES FOR GAME. Length, 8% inches. Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 152908, U.S.N.M. alternate sides of the groove near each end. The fourth stick has in addition two parallel marks burned directly across the middle. Its rounded reverse is burned with a design in the shape of a diamond. The reverses of the others are plain. Kiowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152908d, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks of willow wood or chestnut sprout, 8? inches in length, ? inch in breadth, and =; inch in thickness (fig. 53). Three have flat sides with lengthwise groove painted red, with parallel oblique lines like arrow feathering burned on alternate sides of the groove at the ends, opposite to which are similar marks arranged in triangles. The rounded reverses of these sticks are plain. The fourth stick has an incised device painted black and resembling two feathered arrows, the heads of which meet a transverse band cut across the middle. 134 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Its rounded side has three parallel lines burned across the center, on one side of hich is an incised design resembling a serpent, and on the other an undetermined figure. Kiowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152908c, U.S.N.M.) Set of foursticks of elm wood, 8 inches in length, ,° inch in width, and #, inch in thickness (fig. 54). Three with groove painted red and one with groove painted black. Former burned with two sets of two paralle! marks about 1§ inches apart across the grooved face near each end. The fourth stick has in addition oblique marks burned across the center of the same side, with two pyra- midal dotted designs in the center of the opposite rounded side, which on the others is plain. Kiowa. Indian Ter- ritory. (Cat. No. 152909a, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks, 54 inches in length, +; : inch in breadth, and Fig. 55. “5 inch in thickness SET OF STAVES FOR GAME. (fig. 55). Section (The two lower sticks eee as obverses of those directly ellipsoidal. One side, gu ealls Seon slightly flatter than Kiowa Indians, Indian Territory. : the other, is grooved Cat. No. 1529094, U.S.N.M. and marked with fine cross lines, forming a lozenge pattern. Three are painted red and one dark green. One of the red sticks is burned in the center, with two parallel marks obliquely across both the grooved and opposite side. The green stick has an undetermined figure burned in the center of the rounded side, which ou the other two is plain. Kiowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152909b, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks, 33 inches in length, -8; inch in breadth, and 4 inch in thickness. Flat sides grooved and painted, three red and one black. One of the red has an oblique incised line cut across the middle, and two parallel lines on the opposite, rounded side. The black stick has a small triangle cut lengthwise in the center of the rounded side, across which is a transverse incised line. Kiowa. Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152909¢, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks, 53 inches in length, 55; inch in breadth, and 4 inch in Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 7. IVORY AND WOODEN DICE. Tlingit Indians, Alaska. Cat, Nos. E 894, 650, 1859, 650, 1557, American Museum of Natural History, New York. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. Tao thickness. The flat sides are grooved and have triangular expansions of the groove at each end. Three are painted red and one black. One of the red sticks is marked like the one in the preceding, and the black stick in the same manner. These Kiowa sticks were all collected by Mr. James Mooney. In each set there is an odd stick, regarded by the author as corresponding with the atlate. KOLUSCHAN STOCK. Tuinerr. Alaska. (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.) Small ivory die (Cat. No. KE. 650) (Plate 7), shaped like a chair, height CK LOORrs vx OOK RR KM SRS aN KX) } 0,8 LSD > > Fig. 56. LEATHER TABLET ON WHICH DICE ARE THROWN. Height, 7% inches. Tlingit Indians, Alaska. Cat. No. E. 606, American Museum of Natural History. 1 inch, +2 inch wide at back, and 4° inch at side, with vertical hole from top to bottom filled with lead. It is called két-chii.. From Shakan. Small wooden die (Cat. No. KE. 650) (Plate 7), like preceding. Sides engraved with crossed lines. Back has four lead plugs, and a hole for Similar plug. Front has incised rectangular design with three lead plugs. 736 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Small ivory die (Cat. No. E. 894) (Plate 7), like preceding. Height 1 inch, 12 inch wide at back, and -§; inch at side, Front face has small plug of lead. Small wooden die (Cat. No. E. 1557) (Plate 7), like preceding, 13 inches high, 12 inch wide at back and sides. Back and three sides marked with incised lines. Small wooden die (Cat. No. E. 1859) (Plate 7), like preceding, +? inch high and ,*, inch wide at side. Perfectly plain. From Sitka. Designated as woman’s gambling die. All the above were collected by Lieutenant Emmons. Dr. Boas informs me that one die is used. The counts are: Hither side up =0; back or front up =1; bottom up=2. The dice are thrown upon a thick tablet of leather cut with a totemice device, about 8 inches square. One (Cat. No. EH. 606, fig. 56) has the device of a bear’s head. Another (Cat. No. E. 1057) a beaver, and still another (Cat. No. E, 2404) an unidentified animal. Similar dice are used by the Kwakiuti. (See p. 716.) LUTUAMIAN STOCK. KLAMATH. Oregon. (Cat. No. 24126, U.S.N.M.) Four woodchuck teeth dice (fig.57), Two, both lefts, stopped at the end with red cloth, and marked on the flat side with chevron Te Ae aia Oeonase pattern, and two, somewhat smaller, one en aes right and the other left, apparently from the same animal, marked on the same side with five small holes. Collected by L. 8S. Dyer, Indian Agent. The game is described by Dr. Albert 8S. Gatschet,' under the name of Skiushash. The four teeth of the beaver are marked for this game by the incision of parailel lines or crosses on one side, and a small piece of woolen or other cloth is inserted into the hollow to prevent breaks in falling. The two longer or upper teeth of the beaver are called the male (Jaki), the pair of lower and shorter the female teeth (gnlo) kulu; distributive form: ktikalu. The marked side of the teeth wins, if it is turned up after dropping. The teeth of the woodchuck (mit-i, moi) serve for the same purpose. A further account of the game is found in the text translated by Dr. Gatschet: The Klamath Lake females play a game with beavers’ teeth, letting them drop on arubbing stone. When all the teeth fall with the marked side uppermost, they win two checks. If both female teeth fall right (marked) side up, they win one check. If both male teeth fall right side up, tley win one check. Falling Fig. 57. SET OF WOODCHUCK TEETH DICE, Length, 1} to 13 inches. The aan Indians, Gontahnnens to North honees ican Eriueleee Washington, 1890, II, Pt. 1, p. 81. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. ton unequally, they win nothing. They quit when one side has won all the stakes, In this game of beavers’ teeth (piman tut) or woodchucks’ teeth (miuyan tut) they use twelve check sticks to count their gains with. The game is played by two persons, or by two partners on each side. Women only play this game. The beaver teeth game may be regarded as a modification of the bone game, played by the Blackfeet. The four beaver teeth marked with circles or dots and lines arranged in chevrons clearly replace the four similarly marked staves. Again the tooth tied with sinew (see account by Mr. Eells, p.747) corresponds with the sinew wrapped stave. The counters, 2, agree with those of the Blackfeet. MARIPOSAN STOCK. Yokur. Fort Tejon and Tule River, California. (Cat. No. 19695, W.S2N- ME) Set of eight dice (fig. 58), made of canyon walnut shells split in the middle, and each half bowl filled with piteh and powdered charcoal Fig. 58. SET OF WALNUT SHELL DICE. Diameter, 1 inch. Yokut Indians, California. - Cat. No. 19595, U.S: N.AIe inlaid with small red and white glass beads and bits of abalone shell. Collected by Stephen Powers. The game is thus described by the collector: ' The Yokuts have a sort of gambling which pertains exclusively to women. It is a 63.=, American Museum of Natural History. 744 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. TEPEGUANA. Chihuahua, Mexico. (Cat. No. 7835, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.) Set of four sticks of canyon walnut or hickory, of slightly different lengths, from 114 to 134 inches; +; inch wide and ¢ inch thick. One side flat with incised designs composed of straight and oblique lines, the incised places being stained a red (Plate 10, fig. 3); opposite fo) sides rounded and plain. 00000 TEPEGUANA. Chihuahua, Mex- ico. (Cat. No. +835, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.) Set of four sticks of pinon wood, 63 inches in length and 2 ineh square. These sticks have four instead of two faces. Two oppo- site sides are flat and unpainted. One set of the other four sides are unpainted, with incised lines filled with red paint, as shown in fig. 66. The sides opposite to these are slightly rounded and painted red. The top stick is marked with a 6 diagonal line across the middle, the 0 hext with two straight transverse Fig. 67. o° lines near each end, the third is CIRCUIT FOR TEPEGUANA AND TARAHUMARA STAVE plain, and the fourth has a single GAME. : esr ae transverse cut across the middle. The preceding Tarahumara and Tepeguana specimens were all collected by Dr. Carl Lumholtz. He informs me that the Tepeguana call the game Jn-ti-vi-ga-i | 2u-li | ga-i- ré-ga-i, “game straight throwing.” It is also generally known by the Spanish name of Quince,! or ‘‘ Fifteen.” He states that it is played by all the tribes in Chihuahua who live in or near the Sierra, and by the Mexicans as well, but is not seen south of the State of Durango. It is not known to the Cora or Huichole in the State of Jalisco, or to the Tarasco of Michoacan.? (eek (2) (0) (oO Loe {el (0) Oo0000 6000 (6) (2) 12) 6) ‘Also in French, Quinze, “a popular game with cards, in which the object is to make fifteen points.” The name Quince does not appear to be confined among the Indians to the game played with staves. Mr. Edward Palmer describes the follow- ing game under the name of Quins (quince?) among the Pima of Arizona: “Any number can play. A short, split stick is first thrown in a slanting direction, and each one pitches his arrow to see who can come nearest to it. The one who does so holds the stick up while the others pitch. If the arrow touches the split stick and does not catch, the thrower loses nothing. If, however, the arrow remains in the split stick it becomes the property of the holder. The game ends when one has all the arrows or they tire out.” *Mr.C. V. Hartman, who accompanied Dr. Lumholtz, informs me that Quince is played with four flattened reeds by the Zaque Indians of the Rio Fuerte in Sinaloa. They call the game in their language ké-zu-te. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 745 Dr. Lumholtz informs me that Quince is played by throwing the four staves against a flat stone, the counts being kept around a diagram (fig. 67), which consists of holes pecked in the rock, about 3 by 4 feet. PUJUNAN STOCK. NISHINAM. California. Powers! gives the following account: The ha is a game of dice, played by men or women, two, three, or four together. The dice, four in number, consist of two acorns split lengthwise into halves, with the outsides scraped and painted red or black. They are shaken in the hands and thrown into a wide, flat basket, woven in or- namental patterns, sometimes worth $25. One paint and three whites, or vice versa, score nothing; two of each score one; four alike score four. The thrower keeps on throw- ing until he makes a blank throw, when another takes the dice. When all the play- ers have stood their turn, the one who has scored most takes the stakes, which in this game are generally small, say a “bit.” SALISHAN STOCK. CLALLAM. Port Gamble, Washing ton. (Cat. No. 19653, Field Co- lumbian Museum, Chicago.) Set of four beaver teeth dice, two with straight lines and two with cir- cles. Collected by Rev. Myron Eells. Mr. Eells writes: Precisely the same kind are used by the Twana, Puyallup, Snohomish, Chehalis, and Queniut, in fact by all the tribes on Puget Sound. I have obtained them from the Twana and Queniut. To this list Mr. Eells has added the Cowlitz, Lummi, Skagit, and Squaxon and the Soke of British = ‘ig. 68. Columbia. oe BEAVER TEETH DICE. SNOHOMISH(?)? Tulalip Agency, Length, 1 to 2 inches. Washington. (Cat. No. 150990, Snohomish (?) Indians, Tulalip Agency, U.S.N.M Washington. Je eile . Cat. No. 130990, U.S.N.M. Set of four beaver teeth dice (fig. 68). Two, both lefts, stopped at end and marked on flat side with rings and dots, and two, rights and lefts, both apparently from the same animal, with both sides plain. Twenty-eight radial bones of birds, ‘Contributions to North American Ethnology, Washington, 1877, II, p. 332. “Tt is not possible to determine the tribe exactly. The tribes at the Tulalip Agency are given in Powell’s Indian Linguistic Families of North America as follows: Sno- homish, 443; Madison, 144; Muckleshoot, 103; Swinomish, 227; Lummi, 295. 746 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. about 3 inches in length (fig. 69), used as counters. Collected by Mr. E. ©. Cherouse. Designated by the collector as a woman’s game. LKU‘NGEN (Songish). Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Dr. Franz Boas! gives the following account: Smetale’, a game of dice, is played with four beaver teeth, two being marked on one of their flat sides with two rows of small cir- cles. They are called ‘‘women” (std/naé smeé- tale’). The two others Fig. 69. are marked on one of GAME COUNTERS. RADIAL BONES OF BIRD. the flat sides with Length, about 2 inches. cross lines. They are Snohomish (?) Indians, Tulalip Agency, Washington. called ‘‘men” (suweé’ Cat. No. 130990, U.S.N.M. k-'a smetale’). One of them is tied with a small string in the middle. It is called iHk:' ak-” @ sen. The game is played by two persons. According to the value of the stakes, thirty or forty sticks are placed between the players. One begins to throw: When all the marked faces are either up or down he wins two sticks. If the faces of the two ‘“ men” are up, of the two ‘‘women” down, or vice versa, he wins one stick. When the face of the iHk”’ ak:” @ sen is up, all others down, or vice versa, he wins fonr sticks. Whoever wins a stick goes on playing. When one of the play- ers has obtained all the sticks he wins the game. NISQUALLI. Washington. Mr. George Gibbs? states: The women have a game be- sae longing properly to themselves. Sie It is played with four beaver Bee teeth, méh-ta-la, having particu- SET, OF SEAVER TERNS Ir lar marks on each side. They Length, 13 inches. are thrown as dice, success te Thompson River Indians, interior of British Columbia. pending on the arrangement in Cat. No. gifs, American Museum of Natural History. which they fall. In his Dictionary of the Nisqualli, the name of the game is given as mé-ta-la, s’me-ta-la; the highest or four point of the dice, kés. 1 Second General Report on the Indians of British Columbia, Report of the Sixtieth meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, Leeds, 1890, London, 1891, p. 571. 2 Contributions to North American Ethnology, I, p. 206. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. T47 NSLAKYAPAMUK (Niakapamux),. Thompson River Indians, interior of British Columbia. (Cat. No. 95%, Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist., New York.) Set of four beaver teeth dice (fig. 70); one, partly split, wrapped with sinew. Marked on one face with lines and dots. Opposite sides plain. Collected by Mr. James eit. SHOOSHWAP. British Columbia. Dr. Boas! states they play the game of dice with beaver teeth. TWANA. Washington. Rev. M. Eells writes:? The dice are made of beavers’ teeth generally, but sometimes from muskrats’ teeth. There are two pairs of them. and generally two persons play, one on each side, but sometimes there are two or three on each side. The teeth are taken in one hand and thrown after the manner of dice. One has a string around the middle. If this one is down and all the rest are up, or up and the rest down, it counts four; if all are up or down, it counts two; if one pair is up and the other down it counts one; if one pair is up or down and the other divided, unless it be as above, when it counts four, then it counts nothing; 30 is a game, but they generally play three games, and bet more or less, money, dresses, or other things. They sometimes learn very expertly to throw the one with the string on differently from the others, hy arranging them in the hand so they can hold this one, which they know by feeling, a trifle longer than the others. SHAHAPTIAN STOCK. KLIcKItatT. Washington. (Cat. No. 20955, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Three beaver teeth dice, two marked with five circles with central dot and one with chevrons on flat side. All have ends wrapped with sinew to prevent splitting. One with circles and one with chevrons wrapped about the middle with sinew. Collected by Mr. A. B. Averill. SHOSHONEAN STOCK. COMANCHE. Kiowa Reservation, Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152911a, U.S.N.M.) Set of six bone dice, having both faces couvex, and bearing on one face incised designs (fig. 71) filled with red paint. The reverses are plain, with the exception of the third from the left, which has a cross inscribed upon the back. The device on the face of this die was intended to represent the head of a buffalo, which is more plainly delineated upon one of the Mandan dice (fig. 81). Two of the plum stones in the Sioux game described by Colonel McChesney (p. 760) have a buffalo head on one side, opposite to which is a cross. Col- lected by Mr. James Mooney, 1591. Described by the collector as played by women, and shaken up in a basket. CoMANCHE. Kiowa Reservation, Indian Territory. (Cat. No. 152911), LOSS) ie Set of six bone dice with designs like those on the preceding, but 'Second General Report on the Indians of British Columbia, p. 641. * Bulletin, U. 8. Geological and Geographical Survey, III, No. 1, p. 89. 748 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. painted green instead of red (fig. 72). Collected by Mr. James Mooney, 1891. PatuTE. South Utah. (Cat. No. 9411, Peabody Museum.) Fourteen strips of cane 53 inches long and in width, with the inner, curved sides painted red (fig. 73). Said to be used upon the dice prin- ciple, the red sides only being counted. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. Fig. 71. SET OF BONE DICE. Lengths, 14 to 1} inches. Comanche Indians, Indian Territory. Cat. No. 15291la, U.S.N.M. ParuTE. Pyramid Lake, Nevada. (Cat. No. 19054, U.S.N.M.) Set of twelve sticks of grease wood! 13 inches in length, ;3;-inch in breadth, and 4 inch in thickness (fig. 74). Both sides rounded, the outer painted red and the inner unpainted. Collected by Stephen Powers. Described by the collector as women’s gambling sticks. SET OF BONE DICE, Lengths, 12 and 14 inches. Comanche Indians, Indian Lerritory. Cat. No, 152911), U.S.N.M. SHOSHONI. Fort Hall Agency, Idaho. (Cat. No. 22285, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks 10 inches in length, 4; inch in breadth, and ;'; inch in thickness; rectangular in section (fig. 75). Made from grooved box boards, which Mr. Cushing pointed out to the writer were used as a substitute for split canes. Burned on inner grooved side with four transverse marks, two near each end. Collected by William H. Danilson. ‘Larrea Mexicana. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Cullin. PLATE 11: BARK TABLETS THROWN AS DICE. Length, 5 to 10 inches, Uinkaret Indians, Utah. Cat. No. 11217, U.S.N.M. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 749 UINKARET.' Arizona. (Cat. No. 11217, U.S.N.M.) Ten flat pieces of cedar bark (Plate J1), rectangular, with rounded cor- ners, from 5 to 10 inches in length and 14 to 24 inches in width. Inner, A, Fig. 73. GAMING CANES. Length, 53 inches. Paiute Indians, southern Utah. Cat. No. 9411, Peabody Museum of American Archeology. smooth sides marked with blotches of red paint; reverse plain. Col- lected by Maj. J. W. Powell, who has kindly furnished me with the following information concerning them: They were used as dice, but the method of counting I do not now remember. fact, there were peculiarities in the count which I never quite mastered, but I remem- In SET OF STICKS FOR GAME. Length, 23 inches. Paiute Indians, Nevada. Cat. No. 19054, U.S.N.M. 1 Mr. Frederick W. Hodge informs me that the Uinkaret formed a division of the Paiute, and in 1873-74 lived in mountains of the same name in Northern Arizona. “Their population at that time was only 401, and I have no doubt they are officially recognized as Paiute proper. The name means ‘Where the pine grows.’ Powell is the only one who has mentioned them, as he is practically the only student who has studied this branch of the Shoshonean tribes.” 750 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ber that I was satisfied that every piece represented a region. The bark cards were shuffled by tossing them in a little tray basket, or kaichoals, sometimes used by the women as caps, but having a more general use as gathering baskets. They were shaken up under the concealment of a blanket and tossed upon another blanket, and different arrangement produced different numbers, which were counted upon little ‘sticks. Each party in the game started with a definite number of these sticks, and the final winner was the one who accumulated all in his pile. SET OF STAVES FOR GAME, Length, 10 inches. Shoshoni Indians, Fort Hall Agency, Idaho. Cat. No. 22985, U.S.N.M. SIOUAN STOCK. ASSINABOIN. Dakota. (Cat. No. 8498, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks of polished hickory 155 inches in length, about 1 inch in breadth in center, tapering to ? ineh at ends, and ¢ inch in thickness. Two are burned on one side with war calumets, or toma- hawks, and with crosses (stars?) at each end, and two each with four Fig. 76. SET OF STAVES FOR GAME. Lenzth, 154 inches. Assinaboin Indians, Dakota. Cat. No. 8498, U.S.N.M. bear tracks, with stripes of red paint between (fig. 76). Opposite sides plain. Ends rounded, one notched and tied with sinew to prevent splitting. Collected by Dr. J. P. Kimball. ASSINABOIN. Upper Missouri. In a report to Hon. Isaac I. Stevens, Governor of Washington Terri- tory, on the Indian tribes of the Upper Missouri, by Mr. Edwin T. i aA CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. T51 Denig, a manuscript! in the library of the Bureau of American Eth- nology, there occurs the following accounts of the bowl and stave game among the Assinaboin: _ Most of the leisure time, either by night or by day, among all these nations is devoted to gambling in various ways, and such is their infatuation that it is the cause of much distress and poverty in families. For this reason the name of being a desperate gambler forms a great obstacle in the way of a young man getting a wife. Many quarrels arise among them from this source, and we are well acquainted with an Indian who a few years since killed another because after winning all he had he refused to put up his wife to be played for. Every day and night in the sol- dier’s lodge not ocenpied by busi- ness matters presents gambling in various ways all the time; also in many private lodges the song of hand gambling and the rattle of the bowl dice can be heard. Women are as much addicted to the practice as men, though their games are different, and not being in possession of much property their losses, although “considerable to them, are not so distressing. The principal game played by men is that of the bowl, or cosso-0, which is a bowl made of wood with flat bottom 1 foot in diame- ter or less, the rim turned up about 2 inches, and highly polished inside andout. A drawing and a deserip- tion of the arithmetical principles of this game is now attached in Fig. 77. thisplace. Themanner of counting ASSINABOIN BOWL GAME. therein mentioned is the manner in From a sketch by Edwin T. Denig. which we learned it from the indi- ans, but the value of each of the articles composing the dice can be and is changed sometimes in default of some of them being lost, and again by agreement among the players in order to lengthen or shorten the game or facilitate the counting. How- ever, the best and most experienced hands play it as it is represented. It can be played between two or four; that is, either one on each side or two against two. The game has no limit unless it is so agreed in the commencement, but this is seldom done, it being usually understood that the players continue until one party is completely ruined. The dice and their counts [fig. 77] are as follows: One large crow’s claw, red on one side and black on the other, being the only one that will occasionally stand on end, in which case twenty-five for it is counted, besides its value of five when on its side. Four small crow’s claws, painted the same as the large one, which count five each if the red side turns up; if the black, nothing. Five plum stones, black on one side and scraped white on the other; the black sides turned up are valued at four each; the white sides nothing. Five small round pieces of blue china, $ inch in diameter, which count three each for the blue side; the white side nothing. 1 Kindly loaned to the writer by the librarian of the Bureau, Mr. Frederick Webb Hodge. 152 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Five vest buttons, the eyes filed off; the eye side turned up counts two each; the smooth side nothing. Five heads of brass tacks; the concave side turning up counts one each; the convex side nothing. COUNTs IN ASSINABOIN BOWL GAME. From a sketch by Edwin T. Denig. First Throw: Big claw on end, 30, and 3 red claws, 15 2 burnt sides up, nothing 3 blue sides up, 3 each 1 eye side up, nothing 4 coneaves up, 1 each Second Throw: 2 red, none on end, nothing by claws 3 burnt sides up, 4 each 5 blue sides up, 3 each 3 eye sides up, 2 each 2 concaves, nothing by tacks Third Throw: Nee a So 58 N. B.—This is the best throw that can be made and takes all the stakes when the game does not excee l 100. : Big claw on end, 30, all the rest red, 20 =50 5 burnt sides up, 4 each 5 blue sides up, 3 each 5 eye sides up, 2 each 5 concave tacks, 1 each = 20 AD == 10 = 5 The howl is held by the tips of the four fingers inside the rim, and the thumb underneath, The dice being put in, they are thrown up a few inches by striking the bottom of the bowl on the ground, so that each counter makes several revolutions. It is altogether a game of chance, and no advantage can be taken by anyone in making the throws. The counters or dice never leave the bowl, but are counted as the value turns up according to the plate inserted in this place describing the same. One person haying shaken it and the amount of his throw having been ascertained, wrequisite number of small sticks are placed before him, each stick counting one. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. FU5 ES) In this way the game is kept, but each keeps his adversary’s game, not his own; that is, he hands him a number of sticks equal to the amount of his throw, which are laid so that all can see them. Each throws in turn unless the big claw stands on end, in which case the person is entitled to a successive throw. By much practice they are able to count the number turned up at a glance, and the principles of the game being stated on the drawing we will now describe how it is carried on. It has been observed in these pages, in references to their gambling, that it is much fairer in its nature than the same as carried on by the whites, and this is worthy of attention, inasmuch as it shows how the loser is propitiated, so that the game may not result in quarrel or bloodshed, as is often the case. The game is mostly played by the soldiers and warriors, and each must feel equal to the other in courage and resolution; it is often kept up for two or three days and nights without any inter- mission, except to eat, until one of the parties is ruined. Evample.—A plays against B; each puts up a knife, and they throw alternately until 100 is counted by dice; say A wins. B now puts up his shirt against two knives, which is about equal in value; say A winsagain. B then stakes his powder- horn and some arrows against the whole of A’s winnings. Should B now win, the game commences again at the beginning, as A would only have lost a knife; but, supposing A wins, B now puts up his bow and quiver of arrows against all A has won. Thestakes are never withdrawn but let liein front of them. Say A again wins. B then stakes his blanket and leggings, which are about equal in value to all A has won, or, if not, it is equalized by adding or subtracting some article. Sup- posing A again to be winner, he would then be in possession of 2 knives, 1 shirt, 1 blanket, 1 powderhorn, 1 bow and quiver of arrows, and 1 pair leggings, the whole of which the Indians value at 8 robes. B now stakes his gun against all the above of A’s winnings; now if A again wins, he only retains the gun, and the whole ot the rest of the property won by A returns to B, but he is obliged to stake it all against his gun in possession of A, and play again. If A wins the second time, he retains the whole, and B now puts up his horse against all of A’s winnings, including gun. If A wins, he retains only the horse, and the gun and everything else revert again to B, he being obliged to stake them again against the horse in A’s possession. if A wins this time, he keeps the whole, but if B wins he only gets back the horse and gun, and all the rest of the property goes to A. Supposing B again loses and continues losing until all his personal property has passed into the hands of A, then B, as a last resort, stakes his wife and lodge against ali his property in the hands of A. If A wins, he only keeps the woman; the horse, gun, and all other property returns again to B, with the understanding, however, that hestake it allto get back his wife. Now if B loses, he is ruined, but if A Joses he gives up only the woman and the horse, continuing to play with the rest of the articles against the horse until one or the other is broke. At this stage of the game the excitement is very great. The spectators crowd around and intense fierceness prevails. Few words are exchanged, and no remarks made by those looking on. If the loser be completely ruined and a desperate man, it is more than likely he will by quarrel endeavor to repossess himself of some of his property, but they are generally well matched in this respect, though bloody struggles are often the consequence. We have known Indians to lose everything, horse, dogs, cooking utensils, lodge, wife, even to his wearing apparel, and be obliged to beg an old skin from someone to cover himself, and seek a shelter in the lodge of one of his relations. It is, however, considered a mark of manliness ta suffer no discomposure to be perceptible on account of the loss, but in most cases we imagine this a restraint forced upon the loser by the character of his adversary. Suicide is never committed on these occasions. His vengeance seeks some other outlet—in war expeditions, or some way to acquire property that he may again play and retrieve his losses. There are some who invariably lose and are poor all their lives. A man may with honor stop playing with the loss of his gun. He has, also, a second oppor- tunity to retire on losing his horse, and when this is so understoed at the commence- NAT MUS 96 48 754 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ment they do; but when a regular set-to takes place between two soldiers, it generally ends as above described. The usual game which women play alone—that is, without the men—is called Chun- kan-dee, and is performed with by four sticks marked on one side and blank on the other, as described in the inclosed plate. The women all sit in a circle around the edge of some skin spread upon the ground, each with her stake before her. One of them gathers up the sticks and throws them down forcibly on the end, which makes them bound aud whirl around. When they fall the number of the throw is counted, as herein stated. The implements (fig. 79) are four sticks, : 12 inches long, flat, and rounded at the ends, about 1 inch broad and 4 thick. Two of them have figures of snakes burned on one side and two the figure of a bear’s foot, All the sticks are white on the opposite side. 2 painted or marked sides and 2 white COWUPS ces csiae este ees eee ee 2 All the white sides turned up counts. 10 3 burnt sides up and 1 white count-. 0 (N. B.—Three white sides up and 1 burnt counts nothing. ) 4 burnt sides up counts.......----.-.. 10 Fig. 79. SET OF GAMING STICKS. Each throws in turn against all others, and if Length, 12 inches. the whole of the marked sides or all the fair sides Assinaboin Tadans. Upper Missouri. Of the sticks are turned up, she is entitled toa From a sketch by Edwin T. Denig. successive throw. The game is forty, and they count by small sticks as in the preceding. In fine weather many of these gambling circles ean be seen ontside their lodges, spending the whole day at it, instead of attending to their household affairs. Some men prohibit their wives from gambling, but these take the advantage of their husbands’ SET OF BONE GAMING STAVES. Length, 8§ inches. Gros Ventres Indians, Dakota. Cat. No. 8425, U.S.N.M. absence to play. Most of the women will gamble off everything they possess, even to the dresses of their children, and the passion appears to De as deeply rooted in them asin themen. They frequently are thrashed by their husband for their losses and occasionally have quarrels among themselves as to the results of the game. -CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 155 GROS VENTRES. Dakota. (Cat. No. 8425, U.S.N.M.) Set of four bone staves made from cores of elk horn, 84 inches in length, +4 inch in width in middle, and about + inch thick. The outer Fig. 81. SET OF BONE DICE. Lengths, 14, 1,5;, and 1 inch. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North Dakota. Cat. No. 8427, U.S.N.M. rounded face of the bone is marked with lines and dots, filled in with faint red paint, as shown in fig. 80, there being two pairs marked alike. Opposite, unmarked and showing texture of bone. Ends rounded. Collected by Dr. Washington Matthews, U. 8S. A. Described as ae i Ly iN \ a ‘ibid / ly YY Ste \\y, la aN yf , ‘ WY ANU \ ws f Et Fig. 82. BASKET FOR DICE GAME. Diameter, 74 inches. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North Dakota. Cat. No. 8427, U.S.N.M. women’s gambling instruments. Dr. Matthews states in a private letter to the writer that these bone staves were not thrown so as to rebound, but gently, ends down, on a blanket. 756 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Iowa Catlin! describes a game among the lowa under the name of Kon-tho- gra (“Game of Platter”). This is the fascinating game of the women, and exclusively their own, played with a number of little blocks of wood the size of a half-crown piece, marked with certain points for counting the game, to be decided by throws, as they are shaken into a bowl and turned out on a sort of pillow. The bets are made after the bowl is turned, and decided by the number of points and colors turned. MANDAN. Fort Berthold, North Dakota. (Cat. No. 8427, U.S.N.M.) Set of five bone dice with incised designs (fig. 81) filled in with red paint, and basket of woven grass (fig. 82) 7} inches in diameter at top and 3 inches deep. With the dice is a small clay effigy, 14 inches in length, with legs outspread, and with arms and head missing (fig. 83). Collected by Dr. Washington Matthews, U.S. A. Catlin? mentions the game of the platter among the Mandan. OMAHA. Dr. J. Owen Dorsey® gives the following account under the name of “Plum-stone Shooting,” ya’-si kide: 4 id); Mi} Yj Gy ve 7s & gs bY qj a) Fig. 83. CLAY FETICH USED IN DICE GAME. Length, 14 inches. Mandan Indians, Fort Berthold, North Dakota. Cat. No. 8427, U.S.N.M. called ya"’-si gé, used, while the Oto play with six. is black or white (unmarked). Five plum-stones are provided, three of which are marked on one side only with a greater or smaller number of black dots or lines and two of them are marked on both sides; they are, how- ever, sometimes made of bone of a rounded or flattened form, somewhat like an orbicnlar button-mold, the dots in this case being impressed. A wide dish and a certain number of small sticks by way of counters are also provided. Any number of persons may play this game, and agreeably to the number en- gaged in it is the quantity of sticks or counters. The plum- stones or bones are placed in a dish, and a throw is made by simply jolting the vessel against the ground to make the seeds or bones rebound, and they are counted as they lie when they fall. The party plays around for the first throw. Whoever gains all the sticks in the course of the game wins the stake. The throws suc- ceed each other with so much rapidity that we vainly endeavor to observe their laws of computation, which it was the sole busi- ness of an assistant to attend to. The seeds used in this game are Their number varies. Among the Ponka and Omaha only five are Sometimes four are marked alike, and the fifth Generally three are black on one side and white or unmarked on the other, while two have each a star on one side and a moon on the other. The players must always be of the same sex and class; that is, men must play men, youths with youths, and women with women. even number of players, not more than two on each side. There must always be an There are about twenty Thom: us Wonelieun The George Swain Indian Cattery. Bepert of ie Smith- sonian Institution, 1885, p. 152. *Letters and Notea on the Manners, Customs, and Conditions of the North Ameri- can Indians, London, 1841, I, p. 132. * Omaha Sociology, Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1884, p. 334. ‘Miss Alice C. Fletcher gives me the name of the game as gkon-thi. first syllable of the word gko/-de, ‘‘ plum;” Gkon is the thi means seed. The game is described by Maj. S. H. Long (Account of an Expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Moun- tains, I, p. 215) under the name of HKon-se-ke-da. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 157 sticks used as counters. These are made of deska, or of some other grass. The seeds are put in a bowl, which is hit against a pillow and not on the bare ground, lest it should break the bowl. When three seeds show black and two have the moon on the upper side it is a winning throw, but when one is white, one black, the third black (or white), the fourth showing a moon, and the fifth a star, it is a los- ing throw. The game is played for small stakes, such as rings and necklaces, Vig. $4 represents a set of plum-stones from the Omaha, collected by Miss Alice ©. Fletcher. Two have a star on one side and a crescent moon on the other, the device being in white on a burnt ground, and three white or plain on one side and blagk on the other. They were accompanied by a hemispherical bow! made of walnut, 12 inches in diameter, of perfect form and finish, and about one hundred slips of the stalks of the blue joint grass, about 12 inches in length, used as counters. SET OF PLUM STONES FOR GAME. (A, obverse; B, reverse.) Diameter, $ inch. Omaha Indians. In the possession of Miss Alice C. Fletcher. DaxkoTa Stoux. South Dakota. (Cat. No. 153365, U.S.N.M.) Set of seven plum-stones, plain on one side and with marks burnt upon the other. Collected by Dr. Z. T. Daniel,! who describes the game as follows under the name of AKansu: This is a very ancient game of the Sioux Indians, played usually by elderly women, although young women and men of all ages play it. Manswis an abbreviation of kanta su, which means plum-seed. They drop the ta and call the game kansu, because it is played with plum-seeds. It is used for gambling and amusement and is more like our dice than any other of our games. When playing, the seeds are thrown up in a basket or bowl and the markings on the seeds that are up or down decide the throw. The seeds used are those of the wild plum of the Dakotas and indigenous through- out the northwest region of the United States generally. They are seven in number. On one side they are all perfectly plain and of the natural color, except some fine marks on four to distinguish them when the burnt sides are down, but on the reverse side of all there are burnt markings. These markings are made by a piece of hot iron, such as a nail, the blade of a knife, or a piece of hoop iron. Before the natives used iron they used a hot stone. Six of the seeds are in pairs of three different kinds, and only one is of a different marking from all the others. One pair is | Kansu, a Sioux game, The American Anthropologist, V, p. 215. 758 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. scorched entirely on one side, another pair has an unburnt line about 2 millimeters wide traversing their longitudinal convexity (the remainder of their surfaces on that side being scorched); the remaining pair have one-half of one side burnt longi- tudinally, the other half of the same side unburnt, but traversed by three small burnt lines equidistant about 1 millimeter wide running across their short axes. The remaining and only single seed has an hourglass figure burnt on one side, the contraction in the figure corresponding to the long diameter of the seed. They are all of the same size, about 16 millimeters long, 12 wide, and 7 thick, and are oval, having the outlines and convexity on each side of a diminutive turtle shell. When the Sioux first obtained our ordinary playing cards they gave to them, as well as to the game, the name kansu, because they were used by the whites and themselves for the same purpose as their original kansu. ‘The men do not use the seeds or the original kansu now, but they substitute our cards. The women, however, do use the game at the present time. When a ration ticket was issned to them they gave it the name of kansu, because it was a card; so also to a postal card, business card, or ) i -y —=— ——— = = \\ Wie Ws Se aN SS /B H/ BSE \ y \\ BASKET FOR PLUM STONE GAME. Diameter at top, 8 inches. Dakota Sioux, South Dakota. Cat. No. 10443, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. anything of the description of a card or ticket; a railroad, street-car, milk, store, or circus ticket would be called a kansu; so that the evolution of this term as applied to a ticket is a little interesting. The description of the game kansu, as related by the Sioux is as follows: Any number of persons may play, and they call the game kanswu kute, which literally means ‘‘to shoot the seeds.” When two persons play, or four that are partners, only six of the seeds are used, the hourglass or king kansu being eliminated. The king is used when a number over two are playing and each one for himself. The three-line seeds are called “sixes,” the one-line ‘‘fours,” those that are all black “tens.” When two play for a wager they each pnt sixteen small sticks, stones, corn, peas, or what not into a common pile between them, making in all thirty-two. The play begins by putting the seeds into a small bowl or basket and giving it a quick upward motion, which changes the positions of the seeds, then letting them fall back into the receptacle, care being taken not to let any one fall out. The markings that are up decide the throw, precisely on the principle of our dice. As they count, they take from the pile of thirty-two what they make, and when the pile is exhausted the one having the greatest number wins the game. If all the white PLATE 12. Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. CASTS IN SIOUX PLUM STONE Game, After Schooleraft. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 759 sides are up, the throw countssixteen. Thetwo ‘‘tens” up and four whites count six- teen. Two pairs up count six, and the player takes another throw. Two ‘‘sixes” down count four. If both ‘‘tens” are down, either side symmetrically, it counts ten. If all burnt sides are up, it is sixteen. If both ‘‘fours” are down, it is six. If two pairs are up, it counts two. One pair up does not count unless all the others are down. When more than two play, and each for himself, the “king” is intro- duced. Ifthe king is up and all the others down, the count is sixteen. If they are all up, the count is the same. If two pairs are up, the count is six. If the king is down and the remainder up, the count is sixteen. (BRULE DAKOTA) Stoux. South Dakota. (Cat. Nos. 10442, 10443, 16552, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Plum-stone dice for game (eleven, apparently belonging to two sets). Basket in which dice are thrown, made of woven grass, 8 inches in diameter at top and 2} inches deep, with bottom covered with cotton cloth (fig. 85). Set of thirty-two sticks used in counting with above COUNTING STICKS FOR PLUM STONE GAME, Lengths, 13, 12, and 7 inches. Dakota Sioux, South Dakota. Cat. No. 16552, Museum of Archwology, University of Pennsylvania, (fig. 86), consisting of eleven rounded white sticks about 13 inches in length, fourteen similar black sticks (nade of ribs of an old umbrella), about 12 inches in length, and seven iron sticks about 11 inches in length (consisting of iron ribs of the umbrella). Collected by Mr. Horatio N. Rust in 1873. Comparison of the various accounts of the plum stone game as played by the Sioux shows many variations in the markings on the seeds. This is well illustrated in the account given by Schooleraft,! who describes the game among the lakota tribes under the name of Avun- tah-so, which he translates as “the game of the plum-stones.” He figures five sets of stones, each consisting of eight pieces. In set A (Plate 12), Nos. 1 and 2 represent sparrow hawks with forked tails, or the fork-tailed eagle, Falco furcatus. This is the so-called war eagle. Nos. 3 and 4 are ‘Information concerning the History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian Tribes of the United States, Philadelphia, 1853, II, p. 72. 760 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the turtle, which typifies generally the earth. If 1 and 2 fall upwards, the game is won. If but one of these figures fall upwards and at the same time 3 and 4 are up, the game is also won. The other numbers, 5, 6, 7, and 8 are all bianks. B denotes the reversed sides of A, which are all blanks. Set C shows different characteristics. with a single chief figure (5), whicn repre- sents the Falco furcatus. This throw indicates half a game, and entitles the thrower to repeatit. Ifthe same figure (5) turns up, the gumeis won. If nosuccess attends it by throwing up the chief figure, the throw passes to other hands. ID is the reverse of C and is a blank throw. In set E, No. 5 represents a muskrat. The three dots (7) indicates two-thirds of a throw, and the thrower can throw again; but if he gets blank the second time, the dish passes on to the next thrower. Set F is invested with different powers. No. 1 represents a buffalo, and 2 and 3 denote chicken hawks, fluttering horizontally in the air. The chief pieces (5, 6, and 7) have the same powers and modifications as A. To play this game, a little orifice is made in the ground and a skin put in it. Often it is also played on a robe. The women and young men play this game. The bow] is lifted with one hand abont 3 or 4 inches and suddenly pushed down to its place. The plum-stones fly over several times. The stake is first put up by a!l who wish to play. A dozen can play at once, if it be desirable. Dr. H. C. Yarrow! refers to the plum stone game, in his paper on In- dian mortuary customs, as described to him by Dr. Charles E. McChes- ney, U.S. A., among the Wahpeton and Sisseton (Dakota) Sioux. After the death of a wealthy Indian the near relatives take charge of the effects, and at «stated time, usually at the time of the first feast held over the bundle con- taining the lock of hair, they are divided into many small piles, so as to give all the Indians invited to play an opportunity to win something. One Indian is selected to represent the ghost, and he plays against all the others, who are not required to stake anything on the result, but simply invited to take part in the ceremony, which is usually held in the lodge of the dead person, in which is contained the bundle containing the lock of hair. In cases where the ghost himself is not wealthy the stakes are furnished )y his rich friends, shonld he haveany. The players are called in one at a time, and play singly against the ghost’s representative, the gambling being done in recent years by means of cards. If the invited player succeeds in beating the ghost, he takes one of the piles of goods and passes out, when another is invited to play, ete., until all the piles of goods are won. In cases of men, only the men play, and in cases of women, the women only take part in the ceremony. Before white men came among these Indians and taught them many of his improved vices, this game was played by means of figured plum seeds, the men using eight and the women seven seeds, figured as follows and as shown in plate 13. Two seeds are simply blackened on one side (AA), the reverse (aa) containing nothing. Two seeds are black on one side, with a small spot of the color of the seed left in the center (BB), the reverse side (bb) having a black spot in the center, the body beine plain. Two seeds have a buffalo’s head on one side (C) and the reverse (c) simply two crossed black lines. There is but one seed of this kind in the set used by women. Two seeds have the half of one side blackened and the rest left plain, so as to represent a half moon (DD); the reverse (dd) has a black longitudinal line crossed at right angles by six small ones. There are six throws whereby the player can win, and five that entitle him to another throw. The winning throws are as follows, each winner taking a pile of the ghost’s goods: Two plain ones up, two plain with black spots up, buffalo’s head up, and two half moons up wins a pile. Two plain black ones up, two black with natural spot up, two longitudinally crossed ones up, and the transversely crossed one up wins a pile. ‘Mortuary Customs of the North American Indians, First Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1881, p. 195. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PEATE 1/3. FIGURED PLUM STONES FOR GAMES. Dakota Sioux. After Yarrow. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 761 Two plain black ones up, two black with natural spots up, two half moons up, and the transversely cross one up wius a pile. Two plain black ones, two black with natural spot up, two half moons up, and the buffalo’s head up wins a pile. Two plain ones up, two with black spots up, two longitudinally crossed ones up, and the transversely crossed one up wins a pile. Two plain ones up, two with black spots up, buffalo’s head up, and two long crossed up wins a pile. The following auxiliary throws entitle to another chance to win: Two plain ones up, two with black spots up, one half moon up, one longitudinally crossed one up, and buftalo’s head up gives another throw, and on this throw, if the two plain ones up and two with black spots with either of the half moon or buffalo’s head up, the player takes the pile. Two plain ones up, two with black spots up, two half moons up, and the transversely crossed one up entitles to another throw, when, if all the black sides come up excepting one, the throw wins. One of the plain ones up and all the rest with black sides up gives another throw, and the same then turning up wins. One of the plain black ones up with that side up of all the others having the least black in them gives another throw, when the same turning PLUM STONES FOR GAME. (A, obverse; B, reverse.) Diameter, about 4 inch. Yankton Sioux. 2 Cat. Nos. 23556, 23557, U.S.N.M. up again wins. One half moon up with that side up of all the others having the least black on gives another throw, and if the throw is then duplicated it wins. The eighth seed, used by men, has its place in their game whenever its facings are mentioned above. The permutations of the winning throws may be seen in the follow- ing table: aa bb © DD AA BB Cc dd AA BB c DD AA BB © DD aa bb c dd aa bb (@; dd YANKTON S1oux. Cat. Nos. 23556, 23557, U.S.N.M. Six plum stone dice, part of two sets of fonr each (fig. 87). The designs are burnt, and two, the fourth and fifth, have perforations on both sides. Collected by Mr. Paul Beckwith in 1876. The two dice to the left (fig. 87) bear a buffalo’s head on one side and a pipe or calumet on the reverse. The die on the right has an eagle or thunderbird, with the lightning symbol on the reverse. 762 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. TANOAN STOCK. Tews. Santa Clara, New Mexico. Cat. No. 176707, U.S.N.M_ Set of three blocks of wood, 54 inches in length, 1 inch in breadth, and 3 inch in thickness (fig. 88). Flat and painted red on one side; opposite rounded and painted reddish brown. One stick has fifteen transverse notches painted green on the rounded side. The notches are divided by an incised cross painted yellow." —_————— ' P| Fig. 88. BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TUGI-E-PFB. Length, 54 inches. Tewa Indians, Santa Clara, New Mexico. Cat. No. 176707, U.S.N.M. The following account of the game, from an unpublished manuscript ! Another set, collected by Mr. T. S. Dozier, in the Museum of Archeology of the University of Pennsylvania (Cat. No. 20153), has the notches painted green, red, yellow, and blue and the cross red. These marks appear to imitate wrappings of cord of different colors, probably the wrappings of the ailatl. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 763 by the collector, was kindly placed in my hands by Mr, F. Webb Hodge, of the Bureau of American Ethnology: Grains of corn or pebbles are laid in the form of a square, in sections of ten each. The two players sit on either side, The sticks, called e-pfe, are thrown in turn on a stone placed in the square. The counts are as follows: 2 flat and notched stick notches up —=15 3 round sides up = il) 3 flat sides up = 5 2 flat and 1 round side not notched up = 3 1 flat and 2 round sides not notched up=— 1 The players move their markers between the grains or pebbles according to their throw, going in opposite directions. The one first returning to the starting point wins. Thisistheordinary way. Sometimes, the markers being considered as horses, a player will attempt to kill his adversary’s horses. In this case he so announces at the commencement of the game, and he then moves his marker in the same direction, and, by duplicating the first throw, or, if at any future stage of the game, always following, he succeeds in placing his marker where his adversary’s is, by so doing he kills that horse (marker) and sends him back to the place of beginning. The latter may then elect to move in the same direction as before, and kill and send back his adversary, but, if he wishes, he may go in the opposite direction, in which case he does no killing. The game is called Tugi-e-pfé, meaning ‘the thrown stick” (tugi ‘‘to throw”’). Mr. Dozier states that the stick with fifteen notches gives rise to the Mexican name of Quince (fifteen), which is sometimes given its Tewa equivalent Tadi-pwa-no-pfe, and Juego de Pastor (Shepherd’s game). TEwA. Isleta, New Mexico. Mr. Charles F. Lummis! gives the following account of the game in Isleta: The boys gather forty smooth stones the size of the fist, and arrange them ina circle about 3 feet in diameter. Between every tenth and eleventh stone is a gate of 4 or 5 inches. These gates are called p’dy-hlah (rivers). In the center of the circle, pa-tol naht-heh—‘‘pa-tol house,” is placed a large cobblestone, smooth and approximately flat on top, called hyee-oh-tee-dy. There is your pa-tol ground. The pa-tol sticks, which are the most important part of the paraphernalia, are three in number. Sometimes they are made by splitting from dry branches, and sometimes by whittling from a solid block. The chief essential is that the wood be firm and hard. The sticks are 4 to 5 inches long, about an ineh wide, and a quarter of an inch thick, and must have their sides flat, so that the three may be clasped together very much as one holds a pen, but more nearly perpendicular, with the thumb and first three fingers of the right hand. Each stick is plain on one side and marked on the other, generally with diagonal notches, as shown in fig. 89. The only other requisite is a kah-nid-deh (horse) for each player, of whom there may be as many-as can seat themselves around the pa-tol house. The ‘‘horse” is merely a twig or stick, used asa marker. When the players have seated them- selves, the first takes the pa-tol sticks tightly in his right hand, lifts them about as high as his chin, and, bringing them down with a smart vertical thrust, as if to harpoon the center stone, lets go of them when they are within some 6 inches of it. The three sticks strike the stone as one, hitting on their ends squarely, and, rebound- ing several inches, fall back into the circle. The manner in which they fall 'A New Old Game, in A New Mexico David, New York, 1891, p. 183. 764 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. decides the ‘‘denomination ” of the throw, and the different values are shown in fig. 89. Although at first flush this might seem to make it a game of chance, noth- ing could be farther from the truth. Indeed, no really aboriginal game is a true game of chance; the invention of that dangerous and delusive plaything was reserved for civilized ingenuity. An expert pa-tol player will throw the number he desires with almost unfailing certainty by his arrangement of the sticks in his hand and the manner and force with which he to strikes them down. Itisa dexterity which any one may acquire by sufficient practice, and only thus. The five-throw is deemed very much the hardest of all, and I have certainly found it so. N | According to the number of his throw the player moves his oo marker an equal number of stones ahead on the circle, using one of the ‘“‘rivers” as a starting point. If the throw is five, for instance, he lays his ‘‘horse” between the fourth and fifth stones, and hands the pa-tol sticks to the next man. If his throw be ten, however, as the first man’s first throw is very cer- tain to be, it lands his horse in the second ‘‘river,” and he has another throw. The second man may make his starting point | Y» the same or another ‘‘river,” and may elect to run his “‘ horse” on around the circle in the same direction that the first is going or in the opposite. Ifin the same direction, he will do his best to QY make a throw which will bring his ‘‘horse” into the same N ar notch as that of the first man,in which case the first man is In “killed,” and has to take his ‘‘horse” back to the starting Fic. 89 point to try over again when he gets another turn. In case the counts IN pA-roL. second man starts in the opposite direction—which he will not Byrom lume: do unless an expert player—he has to calculate with a good deal of skill for the meeting, ‘‘to kill” and to avoid being ‘‘ killed” by No. 1. When he starts in the same direction as No. 1, he is behind, and runs no chance of being “killed,” while he has just as good a chance to kill. But if, even then, a high throw carries him ahead of the first man—for “jumping” does not count either way, the only ‘‘ killing” “a = being when two “horses” come in the same notch—his rear is in 2 danger, and he will try to run on out of the way of his pursuer hae as fast as possible. The more players the more complicated the game, for each ‘‘horse” is threatened alike by foes that chase from behind and charge from before, and the most skillful 3 player is liable to be sent back to the starting point several times before the game is finished, which is as soon as one “horse” has made the complete circuit. Sometimes the players, when very young or unskilled, agree there shall be 5 no ‘‘killing;” but unless there is an explicit arrangement to that effect, “killing” is understood, and it adds greatly to the E interest of the game. There is also another variation of the game, a rare one, how- . 10 ever. In case the players agree to throw fifteens, all the pa-tol sticks are made the same, except that one has an extra notch to distinguish it from the others. Then the throws are as shown in fig. 90. Fig. 90. COUNTS IN PA-TOL. From Lummis. In reply to a letter of inquiry, Mr. Lummis writes me that he distinctly remembers having witnessed this game at Isleta, Santa Clara, San Hdefonso, Tesuque, and Taos (Tewan); at Acoma, Ti tsi-a-‘ma, and Canada Cruz (Acoma colonies), Cochits, Laguna, El Rito, Sandia, and San Felipe (Keresan), and Zuni. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 75 I feel quite confident I saw it also in San Juan (Tewan), though of that I would not be positive. I can not remember seeing the game played in Jemez, Picuris, and Pojoaque (Tewan); in Sia (Keresan) or any of the Moqui Pueblos except Tehua (which of course is a village of migration from the Rio Grande). In Nambé (Tewan) I never saw it, I am sure. Fig. 91. STAVES AND MARKING STICKS USED IN THE GAME OF CA-SE-HE-A-PA-NA. Lengths, 43 and 43 inches. Tewa Indians, Taos, New Mexico. Cat. No. 20123, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. TEWA. Taos, New Mexico. (Cat. No. 20123, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Set of three sticks, 44 inehes in length, } inch broad, and 8, inch thick (fig. 91.) One side round with bark and the otber flat. One of the sticks has eight transverse cuts on the bark side, as shown in the figure, with 766 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the opposite flat side smeared with red paint. Also two twigs, 4? inches in length, with sharpened ends, one having two nicks cut near one end WEST 900072909 Poo, a0 B yoke eis a ©22°°000 agente van Shanes oO So ° Sen a0D o coo e? =] “9 A .O° Pen, ° © 7 9Se0 Qucoee? EAST Fig. 92. CIRCUIT FOR GAME OF CA-SE-HE-A-PA-NA. ‘Tewa Indians, Taos, New Mexico. From a sketch by Dr. T, P. Martin. to distinguish it. Employed in the game of Ca-se-he-a-pa-na (Spanish, Pastore), of which the collector, Dr. T. P. Martin, of Taos, has furnished the following account: A circle, from 2 to 3 feet in diameter (fig. 92), is marked on the ground with small stones. One hundred and sixty stones are used, with larger ones at each quarter, dividing the circle into four quarters of forty stones each. A line AB is marked ont as a ‘‘river,” and is usually marked from east to west. The line CD is designated as a ‘‘trail.” A large stone is placed in the center. There are two players, each of whom takes one of the little twigs, which are known as “horses.” A player takes the three Fig. 93. stones, holds them together, and drops them vertically upon the WvODEN DIB. large stone. He counts according to their fall, and moves his Kwakiutl Indians, horse as many places around the circuit. They throw and move ritish Columbia. in turn, going in opposite directions, one starting from K and Mie wat the other from M. If M passes point B before K reaches it, and _ meets K’s horse anywhere around the circle, K’s horse is said to be “killed,” and has to go back to A and start over again, and vice versa. A chief point in the game is to reach B before the other player, so as to kill him on the second half of the circle, CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 167 The counts are as follows: 2 flat and notched stick notehes up == 115) 3 round sides up == 10) 3 flat sides up = © 2 flat and 1 round side not notched up = 1 1 flat and 2 round sides not notched up= 1 This game is usually played all night on the night of November 3d of each year. November 3d is known as ‘‘ The Day of the Dead,” and this game seems in some way to be connected with it, or rather with its celebration, but I can not find out any tradition connecting the two. WAKASHAN STOCK. KwakiutL. British Columbia. Dr. Franz Boas! deseribes these Indians as using wooden dice (fig. 93) in a game called Hibayu. “The casts count according to the narrowness of the sides.” The dice collected by him are in the Field Columbian Museum. BEAVER TEETH DICE. Length, 2 to 24 inches. Makah Indians, Neah Bay, Washington. Cat. No. 23351, U.S.N.M. MAKAH. Neah Bay, Washington. (Cat. No. 23351, U.S.N.M.) Seven beaver teeth, probably part of two or more sets. Two—right and left—apparently from the same animal are similarly marked on the flat side with chevron pattern (fig. 94 AB). Two. also apparently from the same animal, marked with circles and dots (fig. 94 CD). Two teeth—right and left—are marked with three chevrons, and one odd tooth has ten circles. Collected by Mr. J. G@. Swan. The following account of the game is given by the collector: Four teeth are used; one side of each has marks and the other is plain. If all four marked sides come up. or all four plain sides, the throws form a double; if two marked and two plain ones come up, it is a single: uneven numbers lose.2 ‘Sixth Report on the Indians of British Columbia, p. 10. * The Indians of Cape Flattery, Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 220,p. 44. 768 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. He also states this game is usually played by the women, and that the beaver teeth are shaken in the hand and thrown down.! YUMAN STOCK. Cocopa. (Cat. No. 76165, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks of willow? wood, 8 inches long, about 14 inches broad, and 4 inch thick (fig. 95). Flat on one side, which is uniformly marked lengthwise in the center with a band of red paint about 4 inch in width. Opposite, rounded and unpainted. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. Fig. 95. SET OF STAVES FOR GAME, Length, 8 inches. Cocopa Indians. Cat. No. 76165, U.S.N.M. HAVASUPAI. Arizona. Mr. G. Wharton James has furnished the writer with the following account: Squatted around a circle of small stones, the circle having an opening at a certain portion of its cireumference called the yam-se-kyalb-ye-ka, and a large flat stone in the centre called tad-be-che-ka, the Havasupai play the game called Hue-ta-quee-che- ka. Any number of players can engage in the game. . The players are chosen into sides, The first player begins the game by holding in his hand three pieces of short stick, white on one side and red on the other. These sticks are called toh-be-ya, and take the place of our dice. They are flung rapidly upon the central stone, tad-be-che-ka, and as they fall counts are made as follows: 3 whites up == K0) 2 whites, lred up= 2 2 reds, 1 white up = 3 reds == 5 'The Northwest Coast, or Three Years’ Residence in Washington Territory, New York, 1857, p. 158. 2 Salix amygdaloides. mi ! i ®. ‘ll ad a ” —————— NAT MUS 96 Di i w a 4 Ny we a FOR E ng shes. Mohave Ind Arizona Cat. No. 1( U.S.N.M LULU LLU LUA vy, A. tate ts acts ateypenee SNOT Fig. 97. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAMR. Length, 6 inches. ohave Indians, southern California. Cat. No, 24166, U.S.N.M, 770 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Tallies are kept by placing short sticks between the stones, hue, that compose the circle, one side counting in one direction from the opening and the other keeping tally in the opposite direction. MouwaveE. Arizona. (Cat. No. 10334, U.S.N.M.) Set of four blocks of willow! wood, 64 inches in length, 2 inches in width, and 4 inch in thickness. Section ellipsoidal. One side painted red with designs as shown in fig. 96, and opposite, unpainted. Described as used by women. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. MouAveE. Southern California. (Cat. No. 24166, U.S.N.M.) Set of four blocks of willow! wood, 6 inches in length, 14 inches in width, and 2 inch in thickness. One side flat and painted brown with 4, Ott / Liye a) Wa) a 1, AV Ae 1,4 \/ Fig. 98. GAMING STICKS. Length, 53 inches. Mohave indians, Arizona. Cat. No. 10090, Peabody Museum of American Archeology. designs (fig. 97) similar to those on the preceding; opposite, rounded and unpainted. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. MonAver. Arizona? (Cat. No. 10090, Peabody Museum.) Set of four gambling sticks, 52 inches in length and 14 inches in width. Marked on one face with designs as shown in fig. 98; opposite sides plain. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. MonAvn. Arizona? (Cat. No. 10090, Peabody Museum.) Set of four gambling sticks, 34 to 33 inches in length and +4 inch in width. Marked on one face with red and black designs; opposite plain. Collected by Mr. Edward Palmer. ‘Salix amygdaloides. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. Tin ZUNIAN STOCK. ZuNi. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69285, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of larch wood, 33 inches in length, 1 inch in breadth, and 31 inches in thickness (fig. 99). Section rectangular. One side painted red, opposite unpainted, ZuNY. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69004, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of pinon wood (one missing), 33 inches in length, 14 inches in breadth, and ;®,; inch in thickness. One side flat and black- ened; opposite roughly rounded and unpainted. Ends cut straight across and painted black. Fig. 99. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TA’-SHO!-LI-WE, Length, 3% inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 69285, U.S.N.M. ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69355, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks rndely shaped from pinon wood, 54 inches in length, ?inch in breadth, and about 4 inch in thickness. Section rect- angular, with both sides flat; one painted black, opposite plain. ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69352, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of pinon wood, 54 inches in length, 14 inches in breadth, and about 4 inch in thickness. One side flat and painted black; opposite rounded and painted red. ZuNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69284, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of pinon wood, 54 inches in length, % ineh in breadth, and about ;2; inch in thickness. Slightly rounded on both sides, one being painted black and the other red. 172 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ZuNi1. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69354, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of pinion wood, 54 inches in length, about 12 inches in breadth, and -3; inch in thickness. Painted black on one side; oppo- site unpainted. Corresponding ends on one side cut straight across, and opposite with one corner rounded. ZuN1. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69340, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of pine wood, 6 inches in length, 1-2; inches in breadth, and =‘; inch in thickness. Section rectangular. One side marked witli triangles of red and black paint; opposite unpainted. Ni Fig. 100. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TA’-SHO’-LI-WE. Length, 4 inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No, 69287, U.S.N.M. ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69287, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of white pine, 4 inches in length, ? inch in breadth, and +8; inch in thickness (fig. 100). One face flat with triangles painted red and black and outlined by incised lines. Opposite rounded and unpainted. ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69281, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of yellow pine, 54 inches in length, 1 inch in breadth, and 2 inch in thickness (fig. 101). One face flat and unpainted ; opposite rounded and painted red and black in triangular designs, the triangles on one side being red with a black inner triangle and vice versa, The outline of the larger triangles is deeply incised. ~l Oo CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 7 ZuNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69003, U.S.N.M.) Set of three sticks of basswood! 428 inches in length, 13 inch in breadth, and ,°; inch in thickness (fig. 102). Flat and painted light red on one side; opposite rounded and painted in triangular designs in red and black, the pattern being double that on the preceding: Cat. Nos. 69340, 69287, and 69281. H| NN Fig. 101. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TA!-SHO’-LI-WE. Length, 54 inches. Zuni, New Mexico. Cat. No. 69281, U.S.N.M. The preceding Zunian staves were collected by Col. James Steven- son. They were all used, as I am informed, by Mr. Cushing, for the game of Ta’-sho'-li-we, or “wooden canes” (one of the seven sacred ganies of Zuni), which he described to me as follows: Ta’'-sho'-li-we? is played according to the throws of three wooden blocks, painted red on oue side and black upon the other, around a circle of stones placed upon the sand. Two or four players engage, using two or fonr splints as markers, and advancing, according to their throws around the circle, which is divided into forty parts by 'Deal boards, imported into Zuni. * Ta'-sho'-li-we was described by John G. Owens (‘Some Games of the Zuni’’) in the Popular Science Monthly for May, 1891. He gives the name of the central stone as 174 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1596. pebbles or fragments of pottery, and has four openings called “doorways” at its four quarters. At the commencement of the game four colored splints are arranged at these points: at the top (North) a yellow splint; at the left (West) a blue; at the bottom (South) a red, and at the right (East) a white splint. The blocks are tossed ends down on a disk of sandstone placed in the middle of the circle, and the counts are as follows: 3 red sides up ant) 3 black sides up —— ey 2 red and one black = 3 2 black and onered = 2 A count of ten gives another throw. When four play, the straws of the North and West move around from right to left, and those of the South and Kast from left to right. When a player’s move terminates at a division of the circle occupied by an | SS | i) Sv | f > | All | Bh T_] Fig. 102. SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TA’-SHO/-LI-WE. Length, 4% inches. Zuni, New Mexico. Cat. No. 69003, U.S.N.M. adversary’s straw, he takes it up and sends it back to the beginning. It is custom- ary to make the circuit of the stones four times, beans or corn of different colors being used to count the number of times a player has gone around. The colors on the wooden blocks or dice symbolize the two conditions of men: Red, light or wakefulness ; Black, darkness or sleep. The splints have the following symbolism: At top, yellow, north, air, Winter; a-rey-ley and the dice ta-mey. For counting, each player hasa horse or touche. ‘The horse is supposed to drink at the intervals between the groups of stones. One game which I witnessed had loaded rifle cartridges for stakes. Each player placed his bet within the circle.” “1 ~ (by) CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. At left, blue, west, water, Spring; At bottom, red, south, fire, Summer ; At right, white, east, earth, Autumn. The following is a vocabulary of the game: Blocks: Ta‘-sho/-li’/-we; literally, ‘‘Of wood canes.” Splints: Ti-we. Circle of stones: [te tchina kya awe; literally, ‘‘From one to another succeeding.” Doorway: 4 wena a te kwi a; literally, ‘‘ Doorway, all directions of.” Beans used as counters: dA-wi yah na-kya no-we; literally, ‘‘For keeping count beans.” Hii 1g ; juli. 4 eas ima | a i) BLACK TPA || Pn > al SPECKLED hes BA hi pak \ + {UT i | T ! | | | pou reper Wali PVN oD nen ALL a egy, core ye \ ‘Nat RED i | BLUE YELLOW SET OF BLOCKS FOR GAME OF TEM-THLA-NAH-TA’-SHO!-LI/-WE. Length, 4 inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 16531, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From the name of this game, ta/-sho’-li-we, or ‘‘ wood-canes ” (wood-cane game), its origin may be referred to the Zunian game of Sho’-li-we or ‘‘canes,” the actual canes ot which are replaced with wood in Ta‘-sho’-li-we. Mr. Cushing informs me that a basket game, similar to that described as existing among the Arapaho, Cheyenne, Sioux, ete., is also played in Zuni under the name of Thath! pa-tsi-we, or “Tablet bounce basket gaine.” ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No, 16531, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Reproductions! of set of three blocks, originals of pinon wood, 4 inches in length, 1} inches in breadth, and %; inch in thickness (fig. 103), ' Made by Mr. Cushing. 776 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Rectangular in section. One side uniformly painted white and opposite with transverse bands of color separated by black lines of paint, in the following order: Yellow, blue, red, variegated, white, speckled, and black.' Mr. Cushing informs me that these blocks are used in a divinitory form of Ta!-sho'-li-we, called Tem-thla-nah-na-ta’-sho'-li-we, * of all the regions wood-canes.” This game is employed in name divination and prognostication of an individnal, usually of a youth, the colors being noted for the purpose of determining the rank and name significant thereof of the one for whom the divination is made. JN. UTA Ue Fig. 104. HIDE USED AS GAMING BOARD IN TEM-THLA-NAH-TA!-SHO’-LI-WE. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Sketch by Mr. Frank Hamilton Cushing. In this game the counting grains are named for: North: Thlup tsi kwa kwe, * Yellow medicine seed people.” West: Thli a kwa kwe, Blue medicine seed people.” South: Shi lo a kwa kwe, ‘Red medicine seed people.” East: K6 ha kwa kwe, “White medicine seed people.” Upper region: Ku tsu a kwa kwe, “ Variegated medicine seed people.” Lower region: Aut na kwa kwe, “ Black medicine seed people.” Middle or all-containing region: I to pa nah na kwa kwe, “Of all colors medicine seed people.” 1 For the significance of these colors in Zuni see note, p. 679. The stick with notches (fig. 88), used in the Tewan game, suggests the probability that these painted sticks replaced others wrapped with colored thread or fabric. Compare with the ancient Chinese scepter (fig. 126) banded with five colors by being wrapped with eolored cords. ~ CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 77 ZuNt. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 20031, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.) Set of four sticks, 54 inches in length, in two pairs, each of which cousists of a length of reed split in the middle. The inner sides of the Fig. 105. SET OF SACRIFICIAL CANES FOR SHO’-LI-WE. (Reverse.) Cat. No. 20031, Museum of Archwology, University of Pennsylvania. reed are painted as shown in fig. 105, and the opposite rounded sides scratched with transverse lines and burned, as shown in fig. 106, These were employed, according to Mr. Cushing, in the game of Fig. 106. SET OF SACRIFICIAL CANES FOR SHO/-LI-WE. (Obverse.) Length, 5% inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 20031, Museum of Archwology, University of Pennsylvania. Sho'-li-we, or ‘‘canes,” one of the four games! which are sacrificed to 1In addition to Sho’-li-we there were Hapochiwe, shuttlecock ; Tyankolotomawe, hid- den ball, and Métikwawe, kicked stick. All were used in divination. Compare with the four Sia games described on p. 730. 778 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the twin war gods Ahaiyuta and Matsailema. These particular canes were not made to play with, but for the purpose of sacrifice. ZuNr. New Mexico, (Cat. No. 69289, U.S.N.M.} Two sets, each of four sticks, one of 7? inches and the other 7 inches Fig. 107. SET OF SACRIFICAL CANES FOR SHO/-LI-WE. (Obverse.) Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 69289, U.S.N.M. in length. Made in pairs, like the preceding, of split reed. The inner sides of the reed are painted like the preceding. The outer sides of the longer set are unmarked, while those of the shorter set are marked, as shown in fig. 107. Fig. 108. SET OF CANES FOR GAME OF SHO’-LI-WE. (Obverse.) Length, 64 inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No, 69277, U.S.N.M. Mr. Cushing informs me that these two sets were used together, also for sacrificial purposes, the longer one being offered to Ahaiyuta and the shorter to Matsailema.! 1 4 } © ig . - + ; 7 : 7 7 Matsailema is somewhat shorter in statue than his twin brother, and all of his things are made somewhat shorter. He always wears a shorter war club and shorter bow. (Cushing.) ‘TunzZ jo o[qeng ‘ureyunoy, uray, ‘S405 YVAA 3HL JO 3NINHS Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 14. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 1719 Zvnt. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69277, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks, 6$ inches in length and J inch in width, made of split cane. The inner sides painted like the preceding, and the rounded sides scratched with cross marks, as shown in fig. 108. Collected by Col. James Stevenson. ZUNI. New Mexico. (Cat. No. 69278, U.S.N.M.) Set of four sticks, 6 inches in length and $ in inch width, made of splitcane. The inner sides painted like the preceding, and the rounded sides marked with cuts, as shown in fig. 109. This set, with the one pre- ecding, was intended for actual use, and is made of heavy cane, with Fig. 109. SET OF CANES FOR SHO!-LI-WE. (Obverse.) Length, 6 inches. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. Cat. No. 69278, U.S.N.M. the inside charred at the edges, and unlike the sacrificial sets, which consist of common marsh reed. Mr. Cushing has kindly placed in my hands the following hitherto unpublished account of Sho/-li-we: ! The game of Sho’-li-we is certainly the most distinctive of any practiced by the Zuni Indians. It is not confined to them, but forms of it are found among all the ‘Mr. Owens described Sho’-li-we in the paper referred to in a preceding note (p. 773). The names of the four sticks he gives as follows: The one whose concave side is entirely black, quin, the Zuni for black; the one with one black end, path-to; with two black ends, ko-ha-kwa; and the one with a black center, ath-lu-a. He figures two of the reeds, and the manner of holding the sticks, which he describes as thrown with the right hand against a suspended blanket and allowed to fall on another blanket. ‘‘Two of the pieces belong to each man and are companions. There is a pool with twelve markers, and he who wins the markers wins the game. The winner takes the twelve markers up into his hands and breathes on them. This is because they have been good to him and allowed him to win. It is wholly a game of chance, and horses, guns, saddles, and everything are staked upon the throw. 780 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. more settled of the present Indians in both our own southwest, and in northern, western, and central Mexico; while variants of it and derived games may be traced over well-nigh the whole western half of our continent. A study of the distinctive marks of the different sticks or cane slips used in this game by the Zuii would seem to indicate that this peculiar form of it is the most primitive. The reason for this will subsequently appear. The name sho!-li-we is derived from sho o li, ‘arrow,’ and we, plural ending, signify- ing “‘parts of,” shé we being the plural of simple arrows. Shé o li, or ‘‘arrow,” is derived in turn from shé o le, ‘‘cane,” the termination /i in the derived word being a contraction of li a, and signifying “out of,” ‘“‘from,” or ‘‘made of.” Thus, the name of the game may be translated ‘“‘cane arrows,” or ‘‘cane arrow pieces” or “parts.” These “parts” consist of four slips of cane. From the fact that these slips are so split and cut from the canes as to include at their lower ends portions of the joints or sept of the canes, and from the further fact that they are variously banded with black or red paint, or otherwise, it may be seen that they represent the foot- ings or shaftments of cane arrows in which the septz at the lower ends serve as stops for the footing or nocking-plugs. ! A study of the bandings by which these cane slips are distinguished from one another reveals the very significant fact that they are representative of the rib- bandings of cane-arrow shaftments. I have found that sets of Zuni, as well as the ancestral Cliff Dweller arrows, were thus ribbanded with black or red paint to symbolize, in the arrows so marked, the numerical and successional values of the Four Quarters, each set, especially of war arrows, consisting of four subsets, the shaftments of each differently marked. The reasons for this, and processes of divination by which the members of the different sets among the arrows were determined during their manufacture, I have set forth in a paper on ‘‘ The Arrow,” published in the Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1895, and also in the American Anthro- pologist for October of the same year. In the second part of that paper, the publication of which was delayed by my Florida explorations, I proceeded to show how these various facts indicated quite clearly that the Zuni game of Sho’-li-we was, as itsname implied, developed from the use of actual arrows for divination; and I further instanced many ceremonial usages of simple or ceremonial arrows in such divinatory processes as further demonstrating this claim. It may be well for me to preface a description of the four cane slips constituting the principal apparatus of the game by a statement or two relative to the successional numbers of the Four Quarters as conceived in Zuni dramatography. The Chief or ‘‘ Master” region, as well as the first, is the North, designated the Yellow; believed to be the source of breath, wind, or the element Air, and the place of W “ns ; hence of violence or war, and therefore Masculine. The next or second region is the West, designated the Blue; believed to be the source of moisture or the element Water and the place of Syidiesgs or renewal and fertility ; hence of birth, and therefore Feminine. The next, or third, is the South, designated as the Red; believed to be the source 1'The canes are eiaplit with reference to the notion that one side is masculine or north, and the other feminine or south. This is determined by the direction or character of the natural growth, as well as by the presence or absence of the leaf pocket in the joint on the one side or the other of that particular section which forms the shaftment of the arrow (Cushing). In ancient China, according to the Chow Le (LXII, 37), the arrow maker floated the arrow longitudinally upon water to determine the side which corresponded to the principle of inertia and the side which corresponded with the principle of activity. The former sank, while the latter rose. He cut the notch with reference thereto. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 781 of heat or the element Fire, and the place of Summer, of growth and productivity; hence of fostering, and likewise Feminine. The last, or fourth of the earthly regions represented in the ordinary sheaf of arrows and in the game, is the East, designated the White, and believed to be the source of seeds and the element Earth, and the place of Autumn, of new years, and hence of creation; therefore Masculine again.! These various regions and their numbers and meanings are symbolized on the arrows of the Four Quarters by differences in their ribbandings (fig. 110). Those of the North were characterized by a single medial ribbanding around the shaftment, sometimes of yellow, but more usually of black, the color of death. Fig. 110. ARROW SHAFTMENTS OF THE FOUR DIRECTIONS, SHOWING RIBBANDING AND CUT COCK FEATHERS. Zuni. From a sketch by Frank Hamilton Cushing. Those of the West were also singly ribbanded coextensively with the shaftment, but there was oftentimes a narrow terminal band at either end of this broad band, sometimes of blue or green, but usually of black. ‘Lhose of the South were characterized by two bands midway between the two ends and the middle, sometimes of red, but usually of black. Those of the East were characterized by either two narrow bands at either end, leaving the whole medial space of the shaftment white, or more often by a single band at the upper end of the shaftment, sometimes composed of two narrow black fillets inclosing white, but usually merely black and not double. 'See Outlines of Zuni Creation Myths, Thirteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 369. 782 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In the highly finished arrows the cock or ‘‘tail” feathers were notched and tufted to correspond numerically and positionally with the bandings, for mythic reasons into which it is not necessary to enter here. Each of the four cane slips was banded to correspond with the ribbandings of one or another of these sets of the arrows of the Four Quarters; but the paint bands (fig. 105) were almost invariably black and were placed in the concavity of the cane slips (figs. 106-9), not on the periphery (which was, however, scorched, scored, or carved to correspond), evidently to keep the paint from being worn off by handling ana casting. Thus the cane slip of the North was banded only at the middle, and was called d-thlu-a, or the “All Speeder,” or ‘Sender ag (4, “all,” and thlu-ah, “to run,” “speed,” or ‘‘stand ready”). The cane slip of the West was blackened its full length and was called K’wi'-ni- kwa, or the ‘‘ Black” (medicine), from K’wi-nd, “black,” and ak’-kwa, ‘‘medicine” or ‘‘sacred.” The cane slip of the South was doubly banded, as was the arrow of the South, and was called patht-to-a, or ‘‘ divider divided” ( ‘‘ bordered, inclosed”), from pathI-to, “‘ porder,” ‘‘edge,” ‘‘end,” and oa, ‘‘to become,” ‘‘to do,” or ‘‘make to do.” Finally, the cane slip of the East was banded only at one end, and was called Ko'-ha-kwa, the ‘‘ White,” or the ‘‘ White Medicine” (A’ha-na, ‘‘ white,” and ak-kwa, “ medicine”). In addition to the banding and scoring of these cane slips, they were, in cases of great importance (as in sets made from the captured arrows of some celebrated foe- man), notched at the ends, as I have said the cock feathers were notched; but this old practice has fallen into disuse to such extent that I have seen only one vener- ated set so notched. In this set, if I observed aright, the notches corresponded in number as well as in place, whether at sides or in the middle of the ends, with the number and positions of the bandings and of the tuftings on the cock feathers of the arrows from which, probably, they were made. The normal numerical value of the cane slips agreed with the successional values of the regions they belonged to—that is, the slip of the North made one; that of the West two; thatof the South three, and that of the East four. But as this gave unequal values, other values or counts were added, according as the slips fell concave or convex sides uppermost, and especially according to the thrower. That this may be understood, the general nature of the game as essentially a sacred tribal process of divination must be considered. Formerly Sho’-li-we was exclusively a game of war divination, and was played only by Priests of the Bow, members of the esoteric society of war shamans. These members were, according to their totems and clans, members of the clan groups corresponding to the several quarters or sacred precincts of North, West, South, East, Upper, Lower, and Middle regions. But since there were only four regions concerned in the wage of war, clansmen of the upper and nether regions were relegated to the east and west, since the places of the upper and lower regions in the sacred diagram were in the Northeast—between the East and North, and in the Southwest—between the West and South; while clansmen of the middle might, as determined by the casts of their arrow canes, belong to anyone of the other regions, since the midmost was the synthetic region, the all-containing and the all- contained place, either the first, therefore, or the last. This war game of the Priests of the Bow was played semiannually at the festivals of the Twain Gods of War, Ahaiyuta and Matsailema, patrons of the game by virtue of the vanquishment of the Creational God of Gambling, Mi’-si-na, the Kagle-star God, whose forfeited head now hangs in the Milky Way, and whose birds are the god-servants of war and the plumers of the canes of war. It is played at such times as a tribal divination; a forecast for war or peace, for prosperity or adversity, and is accompanied by tribal hazards and gambling. But at other times it is played for the determination of peace or war, of the direction or CHESS AND PLAYING CARDS. 783 precautions to be taken in defensive or offensive operations or preparations. As thus played, there must be four participants. Each possesses his own canes. In the uppermost room of the Pueblo (now fallen), there was formerly a shrine of the game. Here during terrific sand storms or at night the players gathered to divine. To the middle of the ceiling was suspended a jical or large round bowl-basket, over which a deerskin was stretched like a drumhead. Immediately below this, spread over a sacred diagram of prayer meal representing the terrace or cloud bed of the Four Quarters, on the floor, was a buffalo robe, pelt side up, head to the east, left side to the north, ete. (fig. 104). Upon this pelt a broken circle was traced either in black lines or dots, and with or without grains of corn (forty for each line, the colors corresponding to the quarters as above described), and the openings (canyons or passageways) occurring at the four points opposite the four directions. (It should be observed that a cross (+) was sometimes painted both on the center of the skin on the basket drum and on the hid beneath, the upper symbolic of Ahaiyuta, and the lower of Matsailema, the Twin War Gods.) The four players chose their places according to the clan groups and directions or quarters they represented: the player of the North between the eastern and northern passageway; the player of the West between the northern and western passageway, and so on. The players of the East and North represented war, and (in other modes of the game) masculinity; those of the West and Sonth, peace and femininity. Fig. 111. MANNER OF HOLDING CANES IN TOSSING IN GAME OF SHO’-LI-WE. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. From a drawing by Frank Hamilton Cushing. Before taking their places they muttered prayers, or rather rituals, clasping the playing canes lengthwise between the palms, breathing deeply, and from the close of the prayers, repeatedly upon them, rubbing and shuffling them vigorously, from which comes the title of a skilled player or a gambler: shos-li, ‘‘cane rubber” or ‘‘cane shuftiler.” As they took their seats, each placed under the edge of the buffalo hide in front of his place the pool, consisting of sacred white shell beads, or of little tablets representative of various properties and thus forming a kind of currency, since these little symbols were redeemable in the properties they represented or in commod- ities of equal value by agreement. Each also laid down at his right side on the edges of the robe over the pool two kinds of counters, usually a set of counting straws of broom grass, about six or seven inches long, worn by much use, and varying in num- ber according to the proposed game. From ten to forty or forty-two, or from one hundred to one hundred and two (this latter divided at random into four bundles), was selected by each player. The additional counters were supplied by beans or corn grains, each set, or the set of each player, being of his appropriate color, Four splints, the moving pieces of the game, were laid in their places by the left sides of the passageways. 784 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Each player then shuffled his cane cards back and forth in his palms as before de- seiibed, as though to smooth and heat them, addressed them, especially the stick of lis special quarter, as (for the East) ‘‘ Tchim-mi ko-ha-kwa td t yathl ta ti!” “Now then, white one, come thou uppermost!” Then laying the all-sender (or his special slip as such) across the two middle fingers and the other three slips upon it inside of one another, his thumb pressing over their midst, the ends pointed outward over the index tinger, and the bases held down to the base of the palm by the bent-over little finger (fig. 111), he quickly breathed or puffed upon them, shouted at them, and cast them skillfully against the stretched skin of the basket, so that they rebounded swiftly and fell almost unerringly within the circle on the pé wine or bed of buffalo hide. Now it was noted which slip lay uppermost over the others. If the White man threw, and if the white stick lay uppermost over all the others, he uttered Fig. 112. SET OF CANES FOR SHO’-LI-WE (REPRODUCTIONS). Length, 54 inches. Zuni. Cat. No. 16543, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. thanks and the cast counted him four and gave him the privilege of another cast. If, moreover, all three slips (except his sender) lay concave sides upward, they counted him ten and gave him a second additional throw. If all three fell convex side up, they counted him five. If two concave sides and one convex side up, they counted him three, and if two convex sides and one concave side up they counted him only one. The player who had the largest number of both kinds of counts after each had tried, led off in the game and was supposed to be favored by the gods at the beginning. With butaslight change in the system of the counting, the game was continued; that is, the double counts were kept if the process included gam- bling—that is, ‘willingness to sac rifice’—but only the counts according to the re- gions, if the game was purely an arrow or war divination. But it is to be noted that in either case an ingenious method was resorted to in order to equalize the counts. Since the North or Yellow man could gain only one anda double throw if his slip CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 785 came uppermost, he gained the count of his opponent of the South, if his slip, the slip of the North, fell uppermost on the Red man’s slips. The latter thus forfeited alike his double throw and his appropriate number, three, The tally of these purely cos- mical counts was kept with the bundle of splints; the tally of the cast-counts or their sums were kept with the grains by counting out, and that of the individual by moving the pointer of the passageway as many dots or grain-places to the left as the cast ealled for. If a player of the East or North overtook a player of the West or South, if his pointer fell in the same space, he maimed his opponent—sent him back to his passageway —and robbed him of his load; that is, took or made him forfeit his counts. The completion of the fourth cireuit by any one of the players closes the ordinary game, providing the sum of the cosmical counts had been won by him, and the player who, with his partner, had the largest aggregate of both lot and cosmical counts was the winner. There were many variants of this game as to counts. Some of these were so complicated that it was absolutely impossible for me to gain knowledge of them in the short practice I had in the play.. I have given here, not very precisely or fully, the simplest form I know, except that of the lot and diagram, which was quite like that of Ta sho’-li-we (or wood canes), which may be seen by the above description to be an obvious derivative both in mode and name of the older game of ‘‘canes.” It was evidently thus divorced for purposes of exoterice play, as it is practiced not only by men but also by women. *SOYOUl cl ‘WQ5ue'T Fig. 112 represents the obverse of a set of Zuni canes for Sho/-li-we reproduced from memory by Mr. Cushing for the writer in the summer of 1893, It will be observed that the «/-thlu-a, the upper- most cane in fig. 112, corresponding with the north, is marked on the convex side with a cross, agree- ing directly in this respect with one of the sticks in the Tewan game (fig. 88). This peculiarity, in one form or another, is repeated throughout almost the entire series of implements described, the ob- veise of one of the sticks in many of the sets being carved or burned, while in others one of the staves is tied about the middle. In attempting to ac- count for this it occurred to the writer to compare the Zuni stick bearing the cross mark with an atlatl or throwing stick (fig. 113) from a Cliff dwell- ing in Mancos Canyon, Colorado, in the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania Museum. Mr. Cushing had already suggested to me that the a/-thlu-a, placed beneath the others in throwing corresponded with the atlatl The comparison confirmed his suggestions. The cross mark is clearly the cross wrap- NAT MUS 96 OV ‘(QUNOLSAU) TLWILY YATIAMG AAITO *wruvalAsuuag Jo Aqisaaatny ‘AZojowyoay Jo unesnyy ! if f uy IN 786 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ping of the atlatl (fig. 114) for the attachment of finger loops. In the opinion of the-writer, the Zuni canes may be regarded as symbolic of the atlatl and three arrows, such as are seen carried by the gods in Fig. 114. HANDLE OF ATLATL SHOWING CROSSED WRAPPING FOR ATTACHMENT OF FINGER LOOPS, Cliff dwelling, Mancos Canyon, Colorado Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. Mexican pictures. From the evidence afforded by the implements employed, the games with tossed canes, staves, ete., I conclude that they must all be referred to the region of cane arrows and the atlatl, probably Mexico and the southwestern United States. A summary of the games described in the preceding pages is con- tained in the following tables. The games of this class L have found recorded as existing among some sixty-one tribes, comprised in twenty- three linguistie stocks, described or collected by some seventy-five observers, extending trom the year 1634 down to the present, and rep- resented by some ninety specimeus from forty-one tribes, eighteen stocks, and thirty-nine collectors in the five principal American muse- ums of ethnology: Washington, New York, Chicago, Cambridge, and Philadelphia, and the hands of five individuals. The older accounts of the game among the Indians of Mexico are not included in this enumeration. 187 AND PLAYING-CARDS. CHESS ‘od [eee XO a wile eee ‘od “UNS-UnNU-IVy- Vp avr-9 MA | T roses 5* ymU9-59}-801-[[V SSEOOSUSO DOCS Eire rash tal “75""=="-119-017-99 | 6T98T 969cST Pyeors 669TS | | | ynue-so-aed-< Ay CE ECEErEEs alvar TIMI mosneaUN Ay aes fea a aon) [DOM i Bako aa ae Ne ate tphnianuranmabutne/aaeee ope 50808 Heap ancangoese (spoeae PEE OO OD SPIO CIGIOO SIO IOGC OO! Vay hls} [Pa PUR WW I'd | SS aaah poe meseqsoITy CZ1L0G Vesstolaictasetareiel=icie aoa‘v'n | ptekttee sce. mumaganqoa. | 27" sts eee ccaleseaescenea s-se+->*s-> HOM RUIO} SQITOAN | OS8BT Be eee Bele re ye Ty weet ee we ee eee -- YOMIS,/BD Vy HBO ROCIO OSOOO OR OO COG es Dee eo tee eed ht tampa leeccesacetel nears: te ents Oe et a Oe Nise aene te: --+++- Uresa0q) rer cies [22 - ee te == 9 === Foreseco ld | eheiaietaawtebectins cee cic car icine Sick SIAN Ss ‘0d eaeek Ta soos ss J OUL IGS MOTT | sett ee pyeiehal rein cisiehy ele tela! cierneime's sisal =i] IoC |e “sr ecc=- GUyUOsUO TY | COBZST 9 foes cae aGD eee aes ccece wees woe wee ee eee PCOLGOT ere OR oe eee “TOTO AA. —Aq pode | COLCOL BUI} BIAS N-BT, | €-ZO8ZcL BCR RCOR SER s ealvat= pial Wee tee etter tee neeenes Opi rtttiscc este tees eeerterees Opes: fase iin be nan grmhen ht wae teenie TO ULO ZAC) Spa ie SHOSe Gaon cOrr tet cy np | paeupnaoee aaaseeeeone WhF acoA A is nee Sak Uieneine his CASS DUS LLG) Misteretalbleteictersio ae retesterete ess yay 2220 PEOCOIOO CHOCO ITT HAL mete ee op seeee | "*-"---qOTbed LoIedng eyV'T RC OGRA IGG GOIN 7h Haq) Gee tet ae mem hte) L102) 02 TAS OA 0N8 Go tea ites > YOLMSUNIg MON (of Ene “""-= BIJODG BAOH | | | | seees""MISMOOST AY “*"S}POSUTOBSSB TT * (ureqymnoyy e391 A\) aqordy rooressses=-BpNBUED ‘BIIOQTY | Saree AU Ol ea, | Prt teec rer eeereeeseees Opes es]: pet ta od eee LEASH BOOHOGEAOSCEAOOCO OT Lea fa (eee {lo ss oprttts | sooene-e--- Kpponbeurvsseg |* so-so" (emoddryg) Avaqrlo | Siac dolnin iol ST) OMA Og DILLON le Pa oa sursstdiy “"--gjosueVoeliIe yy |” ODaae le weecceesers Qpeceee Poreeeeeees gprs: SLOULIT | “moLded Iotadng oye] subs saat Stinnett | vURqUOT | we eeeeeeereeee es Qpiree: | teste eeceee esses gprs: soo KIOUIIOT, uerpuy | | ‘ON *OUIG NT mnesn JT | =| | ‘uInesnyy | ‘OVI a Hoe StOuTIy |~ atet cass tocceeeecs tees Qpeeeee|s Bae Siskel e ehae eke emoddiyg - pbaeycisesters teteeseeeseses gp cess) ----oume Layo ce -----oyudniy Seem ea OR ULL TAT I PESOS OC ROSS GEOAIOE Sheol wp ||” “""“sqjosnqousseyy - seeeeeeeees Qpettes cece sees ees: 2 op--7"" 08 - uvosedeyiyy | 62 op-*77° ODEs Opie ODseaG OD aaaeal -opt7-: op---- O Daan O Dirac op---7- O Dinan oper O Ditmas (0) aries OP ance 8% 16 96 % £6 66 - uvinbuospy | T | OqELT, *yo0}s OLsmmouryT | ‘SaUDD 2901p PUD 21Nj}8 UDIPUT WHILMU PE REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 788 ‘oq oc ‘od ‘od wae ‘od og ‘od ‘oq od “TOULO AY —Aq poset cieerotemn an seeeeees Tgepy-eng [rortte tree c [ec eer eer rcs ce ecee eee eee|oe ec ee een scenes eceres Qpircte|tseeet seer sceeeecesees Oprttes|sseereesereeseserseres OD T=") BE SCS a ta BL-BSO-Ud-OMS) [ets cae sree oe eaeetnes a TIO RGSS tS se tant ODsars | ase oe Sins ecctis Seis s ice Boemeg |--<---°- ST gia NN Nie is (apy Ss Lg Poseocnd --so-RM-00-00n4-BY, erin elmsn ce jbielaim i ajic/ainlmyotm nic) vicicic =fe\aue|mininjei)| at=irletc)> ejais(ei (nimi a\nie'= =(=(e Opp cierri i icio mip ol onl (> mibicici> = ain ioc) 0 1) sea aemieeinc moe PROT Meare 9¢ Seale SEU MCU ARNON pis 2s 2 ese) a aigamclarincininiele cscisiaieis stoic | iaim(o = Gi-li-iaioin alee sisi eoN OW asinea|iee os ca in oI LOU (a eee nie ceo OD aeceeaal G) peer oe UOLAWUISEMMOMABeN | ssp tee ae eee ie ne egies = [Sica sic eeiee oer ie( ers OM ee Sliniy Ps et 7 eae eae me 0 Di oe © na naga > ~ O Diseamael are ina seh oe Ras MORGRHUMOPURTT, (| "95 ease alee ees eee sgiae ge onic Ge sein eine sale LO Re WONT | Doe ye. sage 24 7 gL ONIATT ON | a emer, 22 ODS aril *yIOX MON UIEeTZNOG | Fe aad mene ae Spr ctes ces Bee eae Oe oa eee -s--"-) pue viuvalAsuueg U10q}ION |*-- 7777" Sig cee as SLO WMP ON. = aie nae OS Gy ae | 2g ccecee ee ee ee ee eet ee eee ene etme eae eae CTD a ll alas arama ( OLLE Ao ANY) MLO ET 1 Sin sini ete sierra nie: 1 [)>!s:= "is I¢ eet raletets settee eee eee cece ee lee eee e een eee lace eee senses nec eneeeceesleceneneecseeeeceneeees Qpicrcc[recsterstsesseseetress Opis sttsttesessesesseesess Opes 7:| Og Sereers wee eee e nese cece cree elace eee ee enna |eceee ence een scene eneee:[eceeeceeeesceesesenens Opirtec[ecr tess est sees eer esees Opies s|sttrsettsseserererssss Opes t:| BF see emcee ence cree eencces eielete eyo perste rete etete suiincemasaoasascoonscre oda |Paasencropeenoae teres oper: Stee ei etal ela elefeleets Teil ee Berio oar ov--->- gh ote e eee eee cece ene wee eee e eee lee ween ence neler sees cece neee eee neceen [tee ec cence eeerseretecs Oprrrec [ie ttecr sess seseeeseces Qprtetscssetseereesecssessss Opes s+! Lp seeeeee sete eee eee e eee e ee lace eee e een elte eee c cence sent cece ee elenceeee ee sseceeeeerers Op crcc[ tresses ecseessscces Oprrtts testsessssteessccesss: Opes t | Op seleerceccenne Se eee caer sane gene gece at ser arnee ser (ard ing send roadie ais Oe mn nee sa sea RS Sp Penn ont Sconce "1 GR ewisiecivie rs aera en er nities ae ecto miotaP=lataia ieee sic se Sloe seia'sican aecics = =" 25° a NeUEG OLLMIUOuiln sat | eae LOL = 6 ing ee ae ee OD e, OPR PARIS ERG Seca soil Seale ia aS aif Snape che So Saeko abet ares <2) (08 GLE TO (Tiles > sees eee eee IE AB TO (Illes cee eg sien i OD See. -° QAO OTT M- DUR OAG HOUTE: Iino site alec rns sine 'sie pests sin's sivic icles mie miei cin in ci oe ane cinisi=/sis)=\si=/= eB ULO UST) ail cm aan ane Read seer eeeeeeeeeeee------ Oper77') ge settee sisivie (mem cin co eis ieee sir o.o/S)=)|(exeia ais olejemeiaials ee wee wee spilt coBomnine ono eeieet oma -neaeees«|eerasmeseren=mareman=(gpyre n= -|>-cacean-wena=--2--55 Qpee=-"l if ea Rih ohn S53, ay Be | a¢e9 Perit REE aod Pee Alea oP oss see ee he Lot Re ee ee { are9 } WN'S'2 BIVyLLY uvoppeg 98 miei" Wisse Cea ieee T4119 99S | OFCOT Se ICIS OC (fg Th) =a ee ORO SE SEIS ICI OIE RA IE 0) oe baa eae palmate) ica oT ed Ci) wie ajo iS ie) sia! oi sie tepeiwin tolerate aha aloes ill pislareiciclote rian ro sii cel OU Salar pints ciniata rimimicinie plein a leis 5) Op eaieceil nie s)* Sr i2 815 ie Sas eon eae hae FE migivim pin veyie = riaininl> me == A MO-DIES Iga lene esneve 0 pgatnicciyereis aiatnia eae | erat OO TRO TONG NYSE LOZ Ty | mae amie maine Dolce OD mance ic. eecr Ge ok ee (ORR aa etn peo gee ES hs pa atm ACTA, yp FESS CIEE C I CT (9) ae Oriani aa SII OO IOUT OYA Mie IIa rome te a NMA) ooo Taegan ae spree ee TT ate a eae ha ath rc | 2ec6 painjcsisnmrtolsicisnare heCs()hy (aor omen sein TOO LK OMG Ns [tae await see elo et OLB ANT cise ae Teas uvoseduvyyy | 1g PREM toneenire “uMasnyy 208d “OqnaL, “yooqs onsmnsary *ponulqzUuo,) —soawyh a01p pu aan}s UDIPUT UNILMAW PE 789 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. od “od og ‘od od inc da a ict laa ~ nyo Joo weet teasers eters eee Opeetss -=-- opttss- SooooDcsaobogdoSbacnbes op---*- masa bette ee eeeesee es prt piefalaia(a/aje'aie SGIoToaONBSR (yy eer SocroomS SEOCSOSOIROSGREY rt f [qe uyoz { poe soe corer cr Set Ce TOU EPSLG GPBLG OTSFLT 26066ET 9606681 D606GST 9806681 P806C8T 8066S Y806GS1 LOC GANG: 9¢S9T \ : Hocade sreseeeess oprrte: N12 SAIS IIS SAIS (94 gPGCTS teres eee eg Ceo alate] Rieshoneiso ee = tess oper: eteeeetelereterstevere iste op----- tet teeeereeeeees pers: Peete tees Tey yy “patlvo 1d 1 ADEPT RIOISSOS SOCIO SOI A004 o3§ ees PRES RORSES CASOE arial Sor soasceoe PR ROOER OI Si Ine NER Tyke a oe ~~ 4nyox semesenercecce DSTO (0} HOG Re were cess cece none = tO Dares BOBS O0 SIO RS OO OF ish Crh akola VIULOFITEO uosel(—) Pe ciiptonne 1 terete yeahs ee Uh LL RT| reccecseresees-pyeEpy (BYYIG [occcte tcc ope SS SSOHS000G300535 60099 G79 72909/| PS OOCORO RCE COSDU Sut (Fy AIOIIC DEBOSS OHS OS OHSS 7059059 Gy yy IISA|I IOS SG O09 SHO USES] Gy OIEINS se ccce tere eens tenses pitt tt|ec tee esse eee seen eee es Oper ee oor == $= BUSBLy UBYBYS soopooberk dapwesdebces oprrttt|erecttee sooogososoUse oprttt: tense ee ee eee eees reese gprrtts|eeee sete: ierepeiereerete --- oper: wets ee eter eee ee essere: Qperrtt fee ceseeee ooerteccteees Opies: Se alanine aieiarctaiate toresss 2 gprs op <=> SIBEEP SS SOSONG Nad hg eg E [PA OOOCORSSe a Ciera OLS ODE einen | Po Se od ohh tad atid a ha coe se er Ps tet Nad a AS he clk OT eke ie ied tac -----adiqayy uRBS BI i Ne re AK 6) 0 aaah bilities priest Fark eee vunoey spon aS a See aero ae een eceeas sence o> ereasa) Fal a oe be oh elas OOLXO TL abeksn Aas cel aie eee ne OSS Sas BOF DOR EROS Hea AY B settee ee eres e eter eee Qpittes sete eeeeeer se eee esses: Oper es FO NO iit te ota UC NG \\sigheehaataietea te edema SO LLO GS PEE DOMIOITALISHO SOROS (yg OO IE ASAP RO AIMAD SRG uRUll SIDR SDCORDORCSCROD rip Ahaahleyay Boe eee B SOCLG A: set ete esse ee eeee eee ees pers: UBIOIenyNT bnead feet eee eeee estes Qpetee- Had! fete ceeeeeeree es Opes: sfefaleinie BOR AOOSREIISASS ey QacTc ate nace ser mane e LL UO S.01| Obst opt sgbnosscnocc weeeeeeee soporte: opgosDoLotog veeeeseees operte:) inti panne aatamiten rete SUL OO CLES BE SHBGOQOUG SIC IOIO0G pp PeOSe veeeee PORRCOGIIOAL SION (jy) Oo Soo slataia’sie SUSEOO SSO UOBSO fH yP Feet e eter r eee teeeee ee Opes er dae OD ee) 98 G8 #8 £8 68 18 08 6L 8L LL 69 19 sieie/eicis ose sie Sa nec D Raa Im BECO IOOUEMIIOTC yi Ao) a ONY f | 6¢ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 790 “1104 | “od Pacieclossesie's. 2's piciehsinierae *--""") 06608T SRI SRO ROSIE came SOT Yau beret ME HELA NoMa) CES tay 260 TGNNG Py oem creat Melon Geir Rae anini an \cis\cinieie.siavcinici=.ci Sen Dr iar | GOT posse Sinsin Sinise «nis mie eee eect |isirle aia meaieicinin asses S22 ses sltjcisrsie/sae-sisinieseiallieiste\s Sealine aici woysuse A |°77 77777 sirle WEF isiem nas RUM Og eereee ns 72 “heer ops 801 I I a Bini tale sleir cinimiciale iste sie cicic eine ines aT TEEU TOG) UL A Die | ey so aa ct acre fameecessiiosics. 8c Be op"***"| LOT Bie ee laie = clit ce ete ene eee cia [inka ciclo seceea|eee sees ee ee cece tteeertee|eeeerseseeteeeeee cree: Qpretec|ssessesecesereweeeEMOyONg [ttttststeser sete Op 26" OT pisieis's Sioa is Sih beeiiotnercmamcan ys are lism 28 S55 SIP ie SeRt ese’ nie nie’ ais Peiginie sisters caries cie Sc GS See's’ TEOMA MUUSBANS ese ao 3s een eee gISBYS, yeaa es em ecitre sete S Ops< ae cor e eiaabie rl cin Geel deine aiscinicke oig oiryr liv ce risicie > Sipipie | mine, Steeple Riciale ais eye li? oS See me BIQIUN TOMAS higT |e nse esr oses = SaaS eA SOO S| aae nee abies cn ck OD Sma ai pit lm alee! we iil ape mial Sha twia oat alate ale ai} Sim leew wa 6imn\e.e|| a e'a.0\e wp \e)e = ones) s) meas) mens) mimo maim, ob ie aie eile) eS ml er cmiot O} miag | snes penarer= ree anTOn) esucie Remipiairele gosciele’e.2/2 2.*\yyrisine ¢ £01 PODIAO GOOD ISTIG SID GY IRA ita ieee tata Faron abi SI a ae Aloe ciel kd oie eae seritin = TONGUES BAA 442 8 amy eae eo CIN RAE ye | ee ar oa aaa ae Tea) RIO OEE CRE ORI OS tit an i ae s$6 Soe eS ETN: Wal sek aaa LCL OG) SUP Grey oe reeo os = == ynUIvdEAHVS Ne fee tnals se meeas ie ODranen ev. od Srececriges= rset SN BT OUTS oes Sera ee Reet oe mee petal nena Rees nian tr OPsases|mse = Ssibin = eai2/s) Sig 8s: Aypen Dep | yo2 se ages seas Opate a 0oL aeons eienaieimin eine minim ingen So ee eines mem einiyain Says t= elnino |imccinn = Amis os TORO TE SBIAN == snes => mn eRe DUET an tee ee OR iae aU) “RIqUIN]OD TS als gece Seen is sing fOTBIO UIC eee ye =e ome ac osama ee Seal OTA PWC LST) wea LOA Glee sense srias a= csi soto Uy ola ana eke eae er er |cO Been eeancadetnndt-Stbnue Be akon Base sSboneee ERonioe pated node. Cessor becsetne sos] ebereee cas -nceDobd Hoots semnaaaccmme aes ayypaog |trroeerececeetteeeete opts) Tass BOIS nS SOS ap Sema nee mc TAO. | OTOL SE AN OTC ULE) c Oey a l= =m ene ati cin sisin = sie Ua aT) ntebar eae. ce ee Vo.cib cic aicinrcia bicgrle sinielate oleic aaitete niles peice tere i ines sacra Te eo dap amma Ak ean Ae a Ms MOP SUSE |r s co es Ser een SUBNSUOulcres te eae uryst[eg | ¢6 avec pushes Sols necricgesicet aces RIN eee ware mes SoS ee Nae Ts teeny oS eae tems sls eee BLUIOPITES)! | = ase te ee UIVULYSIN }7-°7-* Bsjese © ore! > 2 uvunfung 6 W | | | S601 Rian ON ss SEM ar oS ell FIER OCD CIGNA CE (Qyyeo mis,nidiejniaiainie sininiriea gy) si aclosa| le Cirisichgais ose isiieicinlincr Mistigs *|eiiges nace arn er Sa O Daa op &6 : _ 99 Ate aa Miter op: att Bet ase So [Peck bey eA OND hy coh [Gaon reece OR meer eee tr nenreem bene 1 ececeter sce ceeeccece' Mee eee OD ae a seer eee nee S53 OD marred rae scar deieieten oa perio AIO) Thee ania Qi coe ae seer eee at ae Meena la 16 | | L-BS-BI-1-B5 [[-Z 1-B5-TA-N4-Uy ane SORHICONO ASCII ISSO (0) SA ROG OL Ee erat BUUBUGIU i laa aaee aes ee ee MUILNTOCO [Al sas sawn eee ke Opmace 06 ‘OOIXOTY “VN ie ae ae Vee BOGE aE Ony as Wercreiinr <= Nr Ty fh EDLY) OPUOpTeL) £0'OLdetiey |= “<= "- on sae GeEaeL, |-8*2 23833 ORs eae SULOUILCRA NS | Gietaiiehes Ake kaa a foam Sasi, oak at toe 8LO9L edges cca ete OPmseal aa Cet ibaa aiage t= ODES sr soea es oS chee Opi [aweeene rE OD aes 88 CLOT Ay lepeaiaeained ia sake Se et sie ih aes , LLO9L RS eda ie ane TAGANE SS Oe [SSS es Ee! BHOZTL: \eci a aa tae baer eee Ls Oral uvaird | 18 . . | : ; —fq podrtg *OULE NT | onecieee “TIMOSN AL ‘O0RLT eqtty, | yooys osmnsury | ‘ponulpUOD— sawyb a01p pun aanjps UDIpUT WHdWaUPp Cot AND PLAYING-CARDS. CHESS oa od TOTO AA } mop! ‘od ‘0d “od ‘od ‘Od, OMIT ‘ues vat ‘od 0d ‘od od sea are aia er == ndequa rielaiec CRN oCIC Fe vu-vd-v-9y-08-VO BOBRSSHACOS RIC BI oyd-9-15-n trees SECO ISR EROGERZCO yet a Sele aseiices -->> ap Ty ts--avk sisjcin Siefe/s)=)cfzicisie\=)= vi5-01-UOxy cOTOL GOSeST | 86¥8 LIZIT “| FS06T C8GGG TL¥6 116681 | PIT6GST £C606 LOLOLT Sodace wera LAPS CGF8 9SCES oSsol } SFFOT CFFOL SO SCO BS ESOT ON ASIIA| ata, tee Ne ke (OO) ST eee wee ee ee eee TNS’ ewww ee ewww wenn ne Wow ponceGonbbDbe6 we's'a Sesvelere ims eS teeeeeees oper oe ooEre Es ONa aie} Sepeac ee OWT meters seeeeeress operte: SEES atari] me NS tt tteeee eee: Tey sec ct tect tecee een eeces Qptt tt tier tc eeee eee cee eee eees Oper cere steeeee ee eeereceees ON tes: “-"""OOIXeTT MON |- Spee VIGIOJI[VH Tasy No, |- OpDeaaci| Shea a abel cae i eae ew LS ULC ZAC LAN a BIquinpog Ysa |: APSR enbnsay, |- Go Coser oe sony, |: “OSUOJAPTT ULE |- ede OC ire VALTD BIUBS |- ogo aasorencoees --+---pqaqsy |: “"-" BYSVIGON |- “Boye YON |- vores spoT | tesreees opie -|- sic iciceioieielalselele ois) en OMG Ciel “BOyVd yuo |- “BLoyRd yynog |- se-=s moyecy |: 2 ESE SEM OVA Gre Ne Sisietete OUP] ‘Wey Woy | 5 peel aloe ae ecreiclet "SDR AON | es aga a ee aa ee (By) |- Asoywq4ay, uerpuy |: -- uojouryse A |* FGNICSSOGS (gp EON --+e- BESTS COS SOOO) UOC EST Pg e we ee ete ma “OABTLOT rednsvaryyT ine patina ee on rdoo0g FASCOOROPHOSOO ED CH AL 7599 -TANTABAM SY DOBRO ICIER (6) IOC RROD RERAG IDO OG (par OoCe deja es PITH (gp yroP oO” Poe Ace eam ey eM Ses cio eens aed LTE ULC) Aina Lae PSO IONS DS 8 ONG ANE Pat aia what aa he ta ee OODLE woes" ""SOIJUBA SOLS --*(mojyuR A) VIOYed ---*(MOJASSTG) VIOWRC *----* (9IMIg) BIOYVCd weeer eee eeee ress Qpereee cTelefeleien eles Sat OS RCT s92 9°"! TIOQBUISS 7. “=--* qorvyuty Seles TOU SOS wae eens BOOS ISAGIIDIBO 1} p)= PODS fn fs Roh ae te pee ee DAN gee & BOO CORO CO Cicero ODeoaas * FeV teeter seers Opies oeteecreeeees pire: avn x s=sie-i*> "TU SEYeA\ | tite teeeeeees gperee ti teeeeeeeeee peers: teetteeeeeees Oper es) SFEO ICO TTL, ODienas OD seas op-tt opt op-t*-- opt: opott retreat ae A LLOLGCR) “--*"- uBeToysogsg = neduqeys REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 192 ‘od ‘od 0G “LO ctr ae te od *UOTLO A “molt j PSII ESI SISOS ELAS) | srosreecs os: OM -18)-Bd-BITL eee opr SRS ECOS ISSO DYN G EHO [S ISISBOOG RCS OS AGES AM-TT-.0US -OAM-T]-,OYS-VU-YVU-Ppyg-May, hes ene e eee enemies sen Onessss| secee aoe ehinieo sige OD as Siétefdl el 6, «c= én ee ee = sense (HN 22" rs wee ee ee ewes ODaesss wee ee eee eee ----e TOD p= ae gemenecneoneic iM - OUSs BT 81269 LLG69 68669 T£006 Técol £0069 1869 18669 OFEG9 PoL69 $0069 [8669 pores eee OOTXOTV ‘Bo[euls senrnccesecewace Qpitese|ssercccacccsccns scenes Qperoes str teeereeeeeees opereee ees aa iel eres acta Se esis ccie see iQyscicc= St ee Paton ee Pe aa yvVau tecereeeeserees Ope rees OOO OSD ESOC: tee eeeeeeseesees Opereee seecteceeeesrecs Qp-se-- se eereeter senses Opies teeeeeeeeeeeeees Qpersee tees see eee peg a, ewe ww wee wee e ee op--*- ODEs oS | [ewww ween eee e ene eee eee op--7- oat eee oie ROO LOT eoLeNTs anbez Oa (8) Ua op:7 op-*77- O Dias SR IGRI SOOT EIS (0) saan SSO SEE III git Opes s| ete aired iy ae aenag TMS gg OD Gey: sia eeeuesevecce FRASIER (4) geo ee Seema tee tome n nsec esee ODs sas eee e----e eee cece eee: ODases: set ewe ee eee ee wees ops =>: Aisne soley ais wactaomute © De amaaes SS ROSSR SECIS IOS Tey ieee, —Aq poder | ON UIMOSUTL “MUNOSN TY “a0ULd *panulyuog—sawvl aap pup OQILL *yooys OLSINSAVT £ST cst 1ST OcL 6FL SFI LFL QPL crr FPL err GPL TfL 9UD)8 UMIPUT UMoWaUW “SSvaq IO 6 ULYY 193 FLO UG Ty ULL Ol (205 | ents ten eat rigs weetwe ks | eke abated see ore Shee on be OF Fate | Cee eo fs IG OOOO Occ Tero ke. (PPP QO Seer eae Nea ‘OTLoq ‘Poo Ay PAE NONE [ee 2oSos Lee eee ai ih ots SN (tye “solo (* 19}0q eT ic oe all Genes aoe macs Mh aan bag time eee JaaaooeSIG| |GuOnUQHOGaOOTIOae -22-2 gp----- SOOO DSRaBE Pabpacacdosese fe See dado saeeaneyoe *BOTSBS Glee as oo | sie arora tata troecue te =) et ae che 4 peg Mev arte te eee, orl be a [oq uy ‘bong yee SO ied (ii iis ies wale eee eee eee Se i ie ii iar wre eee sete ee ee ee eee te eee wl|-+---- ee CSOT ex Na oicin wee wee eee ew wenn op weeee | LT “SUIBIT[LA\ 105037 Dae, Tl | dee ice Mate oa cs [apostate ra aha ae eden gee re 4 Ese Se e/a eter a] Nal Soe Ava} uy Sas vor Coy gael liete Si ae poem date ies ena eee es "7 *5*"=* souoys un[ dg OT 489 \\ “JT OD % +06 Plicaet ap pate em eine re Milla’ ia kee net threo 5 Na ag RT We Ge Be ia peel Far De te pend xe} $098, PT OWN tS 9 ined edhe ie Ot ga ee a op cation | SI “IIVIG “Gl esL0ay | ¢+ gp |--szurpdg |------- | Pee aka Moe Cee Os] er DORR GR OOO OG POO rA MOE wGe | hes ero aaok ODrcn ss | 9 gio ie eine okealatote TEScisies ODeaa aren od POSRoood sOScDorcGb os abe PR mosoe OODUOOND SOC H oT OAR CSB Oo ade SONI VOY jeate, — |\eooobe ODP s== | 9 OIG SE BO DOCB age ‘OD aaa | or ‘resvy Amnqsueyg | + 1g |--squmpdg |--------|------------- =| Daweks siecle ee ons ae 2-)-2222+ op ay aa an oe auog | 9 DS ee each stale SI) POA ISIN ry “UVULOH * 1oy{VA\ | OF AS ial yp jPeResooc esis sinnns Pai sacl ele ciate: paral sie =iisaizsctl acl aie iain We eee [.0q uy | Ex Fesso2 Wear | i prelate oe a ralae oi ors eater SUSU | OT “poo AV “M. BO aoe Pn ae ae Nessie a aioe || er a Bee Rink 3 hc aaeseeles eae nated |e sae tart as ee eit (~soq) vay uy | Peerage le ial em LOST: [Oe led Dall (eam oe Be NS Eat nigh ead hah ah ed ake 6 ‘THqunay puoumey ff o> > 7 29 | | Seateas = mee | er ie Pe es OP eo | eas aaa are Pees Se el tai ay Tikes [Raita || (cae ie Sa eee oe aoeean il | id be a ai ai Souojs WNT 8g SOLO GTi (an giao weet eee eee Cd en a et ee emt eee ee ee - Sakae OD ttt ete eee es ele een ene ke | Sm dins al ae Bete mae firrehelo) taba suo | | “ssBIq | STG LO TOO UO ATicASLULO NET aici see ear dcics sical cereal Rea PEE oes Sa ages Sgro [Rancid ereimirsisrciucts Se TeANaEL WAL PSST To. Gey weal (eI) fait “== =-sq}o0[QO SLOdTBIPOOSTT | 9 ‘[[euuLIy patrg oSs0ay | g ISO @ypeConipsSonrcolprdodae SBR ONOO A OSS 660} I050c Soe oie aaa teyoiais a women OD) carga tara nck RES ODE C aoc (Cp ar eC ORS itr souojs WNT |g | *syoo[q podeys \-- PO) OST ee ee aad ae ee a em ee Ia eae | Saat a ae aa ee ati | OEE Te C0) 0 Feet Ieatekd OOS Greer OU OTT od |oeccenes|eneeess 22! - 2222-2]. 22.2... meester SesdooscoullnocoacondacaAecHllbocae. op:--- MOA CMW ct “LOMOOYL SoUre (? | Pais hae i Cc ~puoulerp pue punoy ¢ es ROSE SMOIOT [BAG Be arte ine DOP P2OO OHO SOC ACO CCGG Shee rece ss! ieee sobs eccc er 120 Draaaals ee a tes O Date Cc ~~" sxoo[q podvys-puomrrg oD oO \ ‘Syoo|q avpnsuvy “Kouooyy Soule p |-*--==-)-- gyorg [2-7-7 27 -|- 22 e222 eens fee eee eee PASTS EOS SASSO SOD TE GT |] GAC MEI g ||POCSe rears ve) CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. ool pues podeys-puomrerg | 7 *STOIS eae 0 | a -TAIp hace TEMO}PIN| x0 aoe - UL NT “WOW, PieCHin hy Percy ‘pesn Moy | -ourerqg ‘[eMege yy | “tequin yy “BLOO[GO “yyouoTy | *10J09TIO,) | *s10}UN0Z “qmmodig, “SUIQUNOD JOyy AOQUIMNU SUMO} IP 10 —T “squomoeydury *ponutpUoQ—souvh a01p PUY aanjs upipuy Unowuaup REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 194 ‘os pliueyovig “WH “MOSUDADIS “WT Moye, pue AvryH AT “UT[NY JABMO4S “od “od "SMOLJIEIT WOPOUTYSE AL ‘LUV PlVAPHL - £oTNBVOV "AN 'O “1OW[V PABA PIT od *fas1oq “VW 95.1094) *‘]jouurIy parg 951004) “HOSTL AY “oT PABA POT “SuIysNy) "HL “repoorN’ ydeso pr og UMOIg “AA “AA ‘S27 tate eee OF +22 oprtce}s "T eyong [077 tenses seceseee|= =: 910 ITS ae) ODCe) --gavubsg SSO (aya) cens|== See eee eee ee es ey seeeee eae gd bas weclee es cwwewccewe|s nes swanns ESSIQPPiac seas epee tare oe eee eee eee - --s}ur[ds |-- settee settee eens ce cwes Ope reetisectsetcce[ee cee ceccsr ees meer 2s ROMOLE --gaenbg |-* 777-7 sam0gg | Per COM. ma: | ta ne SO UOLS | } ---qoysuq uy “aumL0ys | MOMUT Sm aaa 2 | | i) “paAvAr “9038 WO ANON) ics sca ous op----* ¥6 “OUOIS uo yours | 8g *puno0id 10 pada}yBog seeses oper wee" [ MOQ UT 1 ee “joyury[q OMEN OTU Wipe soa : | | 777" -[MN0q UY | Ex “pooauozyory Me PSs ine wena (48 8 ( OD: ry Soe 7 SOLOS, > a- ASS DOOIAA Opraes Se pe = See LO ET | 8 €T | 1 ¢ st tereteeeeeeeeees -gorqqag TOSCO he Cytsiheeh acs ( et SP OCT Oe elas 0) Noa ee) ao € TP eae ahead ae nak arian COLNE D fat x Oe Lea OO Le e Pema p= aoe So Ty sae ¢ tee teeeeeeeeeeeeees pert g SSSR GOE GSS SCT ost yc SOAvIS tev cee tees sees ss ----saqng Ops — > teeeeses oprte- *Lopo9a[ [OD “19, -mn *s1eyun0D TBLIowy | | *WI0 WT *[RILO} VY “qmoaty 2 Ad} |, -eUUB ET | “Yysue'y “post MOF, *[RIIOV YL “SULQUNOD LOT *raquin NX | “spoolag “LOCUM SULTMUIEZOP LO; *s}uouto Tuy *ponuryuo0pj—sawnyl arp pup aavn}s Upipuy Unda 66 *KOUOOIN SOULE) ss ees ODee =a) OF "41009 "T ‘ET | 8 *- SOS | OF BOODAGAG GAAS MASHOGOGSOH ES Taira fap Lenn Kaygy. || O20 (0) 2A SETURL ROR OD EBERT AGI) 5 210 *9L0q8 *MOSMOAOIS “O “JN “SAI [> | OF Bore SOGGHON EEC H TM IS! SSSCSSORI Ay els ap io) aiAdb ots] Ieee CaaS OW SSSSCON LAN | 7 SSO ORR OGCOGUOO SOOO pT G4 bal f(t) Fee OD ree GO Se ee a) Jox UV] ET riage sal Ip s="* MOTITAA - aisinis,0 siersie)siticisiels* isis QT - 4°") 85 sere" B9ABI0 | 19 195 ‘STULUO MU sp SO [LEU ae eae SUS SisesGRe Seer sais) *om10qS fonstrste eafalet erstetetatetstat= op-*77") #9 ses optttt | gg Pest elt eo erent SUI Sy SIO tee ad Ce vile DS Np naar oth cataract a a Ea “‘4peid “HH 954004) het ae ph trae igi acme || agi a cia | Pasa este tapeoen sD flO LOC) Grae od Se re ey ein ale ew wee wee wees eww we wees ee tee eee enn eee | Sd wo youysS | F ae n ® 2 a) a) 'o am “SIULUIN] ‘iT SoptVyD | - ~~ oss ‘oq ptefateieye ate|l oksyn!atatalarntet=l | ereievent Loalnobebns0bb0ded|boodes oded| poo Quo bobeorosonlloo cocudo ou Guo bed bacquerocooaDS o¢pmocsaqantagad fee tee sees tenet rere reese sees) 19 ‘od S50p50r olodeacddo coe soopacoclloocade acsocces | eretetetste 2dooloooncape sreeree lees operre- | *1TMOH “GN | [PRSeSO ROG Pa GuO peer Sie “0d OOL SLO Drain pe Cae | atau ee = haga PN eae Sad |e eed er i) SO ANCL | uy ees Pa noe irks woe Behe Fe SPSS ee SOLOLS OBS of Rc oyun | uesi0w HT | 0¢ MQ [°° OP ra alie Beast ° wteee cerseeeseteeeees possoy, |7-------** |: >= aa0Y HTT ep sera can 211608470) “s0ll0ys TOBA | gc = Spee eee GMa REN ae he: || 7 SOR OT Be Sore |-----,Koq uy | SOOIGIGIIOOS bf al || C4 ---"* s9u0js Youog | 09 be IG hres opett crete Sclosonne cece e ee elee eee 9908 || poorer ncmosocnoaPanOcenyr aT || (6 | : ‘dureyonvog "TT AL. 008-00T|” * Suvog sla 6,0 =< ola\|\e\w le ic/elmuleln\~ =ia'= 6) 010 '= © sleme sts 0.0le SE ESD EG GOOG IES} >It arofainin vate ---|ouoysaoou0g | ‘puny co © 0 . ' ‘ ‘ ' . . ' . . . | ply eas = oe) a paere o tet | oie ke rrenal | Amen ie Aires abd ee ee eo ae [gt AuMomgy, | 29-922] | saees ies Seen | eee okie oie ee nea ania 9S COLE CORD TLR SYP fam | Map ‘Od ‘sudnag soubor pe ‘PFASO'T "H “9 | | “TGIUIG SOUIBE*]}OD |------ OGIPSem Gaocy RGSS POOR e aaa gil ae ieegee “tes IESE Ce Cae en woth [Aoq uy Og [etteetce esters Sallparcenca| pao oecGecaoaua|spdodcc aGAdlledoodosssEqanu| some urysug [7-7 7--- Rornooae Gecnae fasts Nem gases acre Coho yy 5 i “qupooyg, pavsug ------ Sie| emer se |" Slsse slefoltelriasiciah sine! OO OEIC POR On do TANO CMLL laos pa ois [a ces mies | ORLOTG BOOS OTIAIRO SHRREIIOD (pA IOSO S| Tore Ye a s[oeeeeeesee|s---2ne j|booscaudedooed adder cence siaonnpoc=aqqccc - yoquvfq ug |--77-7°°7 e|eeeeeeree sees] g eee “430110... Sv[OOTNT | ‘queutopey p |-ooceecfecc : *X(OAOTIVYO op ‘a | Creeroas sre i eae Hees eee fests Siecuc sie Soeur lacoecoGaroUsewoce, coer, ---+-+] 99 re tteeee eee esse sees Oper: weet ee cece lees etree ee eees lee eee e ee lic eee eens eesee eens Opittt: ze Sanat cence eee e ete cece ee eeee sees eee eee ee eres Ope 7?! Tg CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. | caceenn[srance wee ee we eee eee eceee tiateraieip Socngaspoo Ja wmccencecercsnve|s-osns op: BYE, arcpays efetayese/eimimel|| erm, St isie minis wl a 7m BEA COEOGERSCr |b ayy I Io|IOOG cee eee e treet ees lee eee eres pee eee ses -2 sQn0qs WNT | OF a|ewcet ercns qODOIODOS GC OO BCC RSCG: (ay 1c ceeeeees eel|eeeee | ‘Jnoqeig *f ete mia) erelsloiwie minim |inimiziwia'™ =e)|'@1=©,\ mlein c= aielnir bi ae Be ed aac el : op-~ CN ret Kec ee On I 9 |e ih scteneen Ts ara A op en ches | tf TSPIS0T “HD ‘solByyT G49 “sapl coo) 5 2 ios 22) a ° —) ite) no) Sn eS Sento StS Soe ood Comoe reo aeaoor OE OSD OO OC Tee Nag pao eG Pp apanecenc ocd Rocce Bietele tlle seeteiete as etetoie le aia souojs WNT | EF GL = SoG UU STits fis. ace tere Pit adnite Pate rita | abies ee es cae, DIOR SSE Ra ee el Ws A120 (E180) (| inate cea facta Bo et cre 1 al*) SuBvoCT GP | ‘TLVH Sloueiy sepieyp wie se aii, ie led pelle abe as eer aa on hen) Poet a 6 Sa a nt age ea He Pee hae Ag | ode ieee Lia aims | eda ae odor agi ee ata SyONpP Ppoasreyy a6 2 ‘divyg urmefaeg Py Sood le et Sr ee ee NR Tee eee at idan comets Nice ge rea |e gal oe eal cae a had Set i cee ie ee oe BIB OSSOR IG OSOSI AYN IY, UI ea etae Lo i Sir cette sinus Nae aS DLL) OLAS) OF ONT WN “Z + - eee wee wee ewww GCI CO OA UO TORO IONE RO CIGRO AIO) POUOGHOOGO OID Fe Ges more laf see ww wee wel eee weer eee eelee weet wee eee es 68 ‘TOUTED pali[ 05.1005) eee neeee "= sy009 eemneess| secs sicie = ner ‘purty ‘Zelgq Np ost eT |----"""" PN hig area siaie(elass Rinses oI=irin\s wo young | 6038 |*> ou Ad | ¢g BARS SOS OSIR RSE CIOS eyes. ‘siaMog woydoyg |*--*-cT Riowe'e sinle'n/ayr e.siin)| go's neice (tie sei eel Panicninicts ZeOMBHOINET eke a eeame ecole es 8 ose gesee*> STTONS JNUTE MM au0ys ASYOS BLES We lors se cbals SHOES |e ae ae | mee slelpiss sis sisi etzieis cis ceils sicioeacints aa nelsnioe On Lolciaya | omeeie= |i sists /aiaisiesiz/2 Fl eve siseleiensisiaels 4990} Loavog TOA CTS Sea Tia |e see sire lee os aca a al TOG Hiese aac oat aa Bape Est | Cal raat rae POMS eee Stas Aes PRY (Sek eo 1199} Jon Yopoo Ay ‘od RISO Joe O02 Sere eehianess Borne se'g | msscisisiete sels paseo sie niealeiei SoBe |accood Peas as ot sRce= = SMIOAT iL Geis 3 a Gpeeae. ‘0d RM heh lace eit eben a ll Me poe gee SB | het aieecy See Satie DS ee | eae Oa | ST oe pe poon ot! te oe ae ee Seba (0) 0 otras "OGL, eal ona cha as aes eae ee ee |e eee sel sie elisprlniain ic iie se Hele inin ee ae Se SS Opze= hea Seal A pee cae HS CO).5G (pall) ee oo RCE SS SrenOpsoos~ oY ee nee g6.8|lubcigaeeORSetr| bScacen ce Bodbaltacobesucd Basset oper rset esc ese[eeees --poo a, | 1 BOE Smet a8 See he opt » 7010/84 SSITOULULG: [QU AOOL)! leash aso acetal eerie a aa ices els easicinicin|-ssisisic's.sin jel Selassie alcsiaza reyIwe, uO | T rnin eT OAale le et mee 8 ncise «cae ToS Pa:) a0 SO) CTE een greets ee OD es are Of aes Die ee ome La) a es gH eae coarse & ee or SD Ale ODF ses | dc Ais rages 5s Oy pe ae es Nee = ee DDRge es AUTO Ee a Na eae = 7 Op ees OF eae ky Ree eae lee) si | Brat Se © LOS ee aime ated op Ae tp te Nac eB ge The kab aia A > Se Aa ae a O Dee may ‘0d Aaa od oem LOPS OF ae tae ei | Slots DO De iie olli caearkate eee CD Saat ad any Be mega ma op ep far ite Ri a a ce ae a Tee (pe ee oat aS a ty op ae SOGk | ee Eisioal Cy omesiis |) eee Pres se Seo ODSIAA Rye 2 S22 Ope7 tat |g2Gece Oppaces Bohn b Maitieses ee CUM Ee 8 | Sp eemoesarshict ssice° Opa “ynuysoyo “OL PRO OECD ray afi) 7 cesseresp neces = slag | OF ecseecneneteesi= QIenOg il s> = “goyur[g | uo yonayg | $¢ ns teee TOPLVAICRG © ko” cseseceanssesccesacs SOABIS *SUOIS ets: ‘[BLIO}VIL osK *OZIg *ULLO WT ‘[BLlo4ye yy x IO} cai ‘pesn Mo | -oureI(T ‘[eloyeyy =| ‘-zoquain yy *sqoolqg N “yynue'y eC) *sreyunog “qINoIIO “SUL}UNOD 10\T “LOQUIN SULUTMIA}OP LO WT *s] u9m0[d muy *ponutyuoj—sawvh a01p pun auv}s WoIpUT UnILLa WU 8 ¥8 £8 68 18 08 TOK CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. “s19.Mo., Woydays SEERIO FOO SIGS GOR SEC 5) AS AASOS AO. CCAD SIS I ey PROG Ae PIB OR ODO DRS ORO Oc Ofte Oe x poomosveix) | Zp j----"- ORK POOCREO EK NRCOmO Te 4 cp a ae peat | FT ae eee ree g7 RORGIS aL OTT Yq ga (ee eos se ceee sees eeee|ss esses rotece|sce sete ecco cenceee cree eels ne=s oye -==-| Frog Ep |----- op." 9 [oer c eee e sere sees open: ZIL “ROWOOT iSO ULE ie saa ass |e aaa n aeetalnt a aae Bee repay ee er a ae Sarg sige ee 2 ea aa FRC == -NOHSECMUp Wi KIeOWr le lisesi ee euog | 9 i a rs So sie ieiaie Sproostq | TIT “TOA Ww 1° Vv wee eee elem ee ee went let ww wee ee ee i add woes se eslsos ees eesc- es || (Ft) ¢ wee ee ww ee SISO Wisi aie OT “TOUT eq PLBM Poy Fag hake |e beahas eo aera POO OO OIG COTO OO IO AO TO OIC AIO) TTS we eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee “Spar | | Josomoq | | 1 Aone reececeel fp footers ceerseesere2* QH-=--") GOT Shan = cea ns an nt] ap pee ond SURE es LO LD Meas R0L og ees ce mwe|anis ace nls [SEED OR| SOP ORADS as oe ew wees elle ws cenneececnce wlwre micim tee halwiehe/mta)|inl~aisleleiaiaiais Js ee eeeee----ee p OE eS SOL OO ODI SO Opec ae LOT ‘osnor0q) “OD “GL | 8% GW pee PaaGocee seal pecb lage. ‘oq Bee aodod boo osonoool papac saolloonsoccoocdeosllonse ‘od sb pqaasallsoo cboSeias soo dcooolbanedeecosuone||Snooaopnho bos aus cusp on Dobe tele e neice alee elie oie siaicinicin tectreescerees| 5 tee e eee eescsse esses Ope?) gOT seceee| 0 [eee eee ee esses sseee- op----- cot oe |Brererere are apetsats reise ==) op-o7-- FOL sear Pao eenleee-s weeee|--e weeec|-e------ weeeeel- f : weeeee a see cee eee wacieeie === QD" GOT yy IGE a) OGRE ee PORES BOR Eos afl hak set TAG Pate ie ba a oi See heen pie de Si)s eel obr eke che Fie TI eal poor ake aN ea 1a ace ee OBE IGO GS (NOVELS | Fat “qloq, seulN p Bees eee er oni See Oo ei ein iii in i eee ae i ie see ee eee ee eee ee eee eee lew eee ee ee ee ee | Ff |e ee ene eee eee ee eee - op oseee | TOL "Sq QLD 95.1004) a IOC Oe co sia tele ataicfa sie FS BP a le S| ESI Se See ee itil sae igel pet hens gpa os in aN se ip eg ee op- 00L ‘sToq wordy dercopealles Slereistalet= at |latetotaveteratal|lelote pate laiate eleis{=!ele)||scaleletwin (elm, =\~il~\=fm un) elainie mj ateleinisi=|» Seodco ewasgems | eee eee eee sen esce origional lis ence esas swim eicien ee uas op: "suogd ZUCI ST OF IO OE | > SHVUOS asa Sere | aie Da sip tial ie See oe dg en ea hy tas shies ercaaran Se ie ead Reese! | Meare Teas pata? ae Pp Se ae oe mia op “sTom, Word TL eS eel ie eel | fe BS ats | (yale ne te ant “‘suog zueayg |-7--7 77 |7-* Seo) ieee SOCUUOCOOI Ooo fs om saoHoDoo||saonce oS SRI ORES a||booncosseepcorl|oe aratayarata tere bere Oo RO Od SEE ASA REA So scbepoce HantdaudSolloeccuotasanao7 i ee Oooo SI SERAC ORS: op": ‘od wisimlwialalwie |\uidia|n/elaie «'mi=||~.0) = afa{=imin'|im\>lain ae, BSS Cee eee ee ii Cele ence wie cea ne eine dies woman J|. © LD aes | arth (0) 91s arene eh (0) 0) tot soos pent | | O”, De eel al ee Oh oan Pe te OCC reg GyprRocaiess (0) Se oe pas Goo ODS asailins aa m0 Dua Bore ee [teisciicls yUsy ‘ouojs "ZYtOWUT TABQ) | i | peer ec | ec acts Sie Uke ke hes 2 Aq € “UBjOOY |* WOOT UL SoLOFT mo UMOIT, TY, 9 (ath eee pret a i od nr ae ee Tama D aaa 68 “punois Yq ieee ||| cereae seielei ciara Tee a Sezaleie lela cotta ia fall ci j=raieicinict POODLES. COSEIH TOY WNGRG Gavh [BES OP= SRO RGE a EES Tiel (0) OOS ols, oS *panois “OMB PLBAPL | SOPOSSE CORI SOSE ISS (sna wiernaye, | cacy || iecie (22) ae | eee eas Sere pape eee SaGVAa ar lye ||P Pee SRO (ot opedees 18 GS i imei pat ID Cee SOTIRANS 7, TG ale sere sri eB O AG) Tat R od Senne Bennet Sone no tg Deo oo eee o cron on REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 798 “SUMUNOd LOT *1OQ(UNU SUIMIULIEZOP 10 iT *s}aomo[dury SU PRS S21 fe! | a a Se eat gee | ae ee ae |e errant al ee etn ae o oN we Bie mie GI PCR ltd GE a $2-2 Po eer aie act oe | ae Scisicriess'*!-\ T7190} 1OABOT || Gal “Suog ZUM ied wee alee oe ce ee ese a hee Se SU ini pee pong | ae mn eS sigs ij <™ 50 en eae one p8 S882” SOO) ANT nice cermmmed pierce onsale Palo Shes eo1q, | Zk SH TPULUG TE ESOL LE MO) uiwicans sail eisai pera Pir cas Sameera Oe Pei cger || Relsias'seias Waren psc a rie a Seraes (eeeiageis'aie. rics bettie tial att ICO S | OOS O DOOR OROCO yao ral TEL *9m1048 Be gabiay rape Ole len ne aaa Cael SeSoon ---g00} € 10 % | LB[MOITD |----- ---so9uojg | uo poddorq | FP pe ses oe aa g BRDOR DAO RIO OOO IT yO ROn tte t “STOIUIN'T “oT sopIVyD bat Pim Th BNE 1S Tal ST OY PN hr ta WM at I td ewer riseeeeeeeeeesecces Oy) [td MN Le ash oll at Lee, Oe ee ee ee ee eeseerlseeavecess | S228 enneecseqessoaese op eooecs 6ZL FTOLZOGMCTI laa ene ee ee OF reswese-sese=°/- OIUNDY | Sou0js 10 UI10f |-- "=" Opa ss lig eee Sonal fe aa || 9/5 Se le sien es cies OP ager cl Ry 91048 “SIULUIN'T] “WT SOPIBYD |" "7-7 tiga te OF *-*-9"- 9907 G | IB[MOIIO |--°-°"--semo}g | UO UMOINT, | g rican pana crag g sin yee EAs sis ance ae SRO NEI. | CT “Aesi0q, WeAQ P| --- "7 SSS OTR a msi = aa (cairn piaraoseie! Sin seine a SSO SOUEOKSIISISSE SOS ale fang (|e om Alleys chiseeed pa Ite i Se ee *s"*"* s9m0q8 UNTq | 9ZT “*SMOUIIVPT WOPOUMSE AK | Tee rare Ty hemes AE CIN sila SASSO MERE C roe ous teliey alka a ROE NTE Vitae es “""eu0g | ¢ iia SEO RS i Pa SYSIC | Scr 1g 21 7a)) Cs 0)2 9 Vlog a carta one Se ncne | ed GIG sisipirta||inern tel aia anne Sei Falel-teie se sins oo = ST MOG ULOR | go <> > scm re POON ress ses A ee arg S ae Te SHOO[sE | FZL SOMO MINE COTS ULISR Ahi |s csr ic re gem cia ee cea mn [pea Pie tea cise Pie ee Seis ele cre ee ae \"-goyurltqug | Fg Ba aes OUOT DE Oo Gr ata ee ieorinc css SOARIC | EZT SUATAT OORT Sy lice wt eke tate es cg csi iall omen ee Chale SEGRE RIO Ris A ICSE SY aac CE PSs atsieieisiara OO eet yay oe Bt ia ~ sh ae eee ee eae Mor Cn opr ss Sol SELENA) Teena e Lee UG) | Cais onan ie ance eral eines be Se ccc i mien bc oielee sisis | ola oe ieagen Sefoleleinie Fete a ORES ATO eg EI OCCA ota = Yd On mien lie sine nee erie a Opraas5 | I2L “QS N OMeaoyT | BE oF SATA GY Seiieaa a sielsivic\eieis sisinin' = aici Saplosee {acs Secs moaaGrie = *19xSGq) Ty | ==> Se Te IST TS) ON EO CCR Fl oO ee OPiremes OZ “IIMIDLOOUONCNG ALOE |b ee ales mass alleen ate ROPIOTSC oS ORI Soe ST ISR OIC OO STII SAY ofl) ei fater er CIC eH ICICI” 2194 gosta 8 som cime.sieics.celeai= sei 5° Ope === sh6nL W100 | | ‘9048 “POS[SVG, | | . | ‘jorurqd LZ | 3s STO TAI GUN ecininine siollclecsts odie aha ain cia} ollo aisle aa SOOO OAR IOI IIIS | CYS PONS [oeL0] FOODS CoS sau0js WN[Tq | 4109 pipeiciee nines se souoys wnt | 8IT “TeQaIYT ‘dL liewlaee iehtigtcnntt fav) | oe a bai |perak oe 2 a ae eee eed re orate ee eee a Roe a fel *-°+ TOMO, ei? 5 cheenia oe Cae a Sea SOABIS | Lit , | qayuryq rap TP9MwOd “AA ‘Lf “un WexVYS | 9LoOygs | -AeqQsepey jor sis 8 seininisia monies ciciaini=i SPOTUBL | OIL “mosTmed: “HL WITTE AL | Pamala eae saa Iet or or crak oats 2 cis Sai ech ocr ac Seca aaa Sia or hice QUIEN eC tli grate Tiere rate 824498 | SIE | “StOIS | | “TO |-reraeye yy | —1AIP *aZI “ULLO *[BI10}R] *10} | {j SBN Evie | Oe i z ial a *pasn MOF, -ouretqy *"[BLIeyVy = “9A. NT *sqoolqa | | urn ‘yysuer'y | =e PERIOD *ssaqgunoy | “yMoagD *ponulyuopH—sawyb ao1p pup aanzs UnIpUT UndLaU 199 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. UBULQIV TT "A “O “SULYSUD A WA MOSUOADIY SATB /? 0d. TLOSUVADIS SOB See: “og “Surysng"H ww >>> od 0 |-- “O(L “TOSUDAD]S SOULB (? ‘0d 222+: oper: 222) opeee: Sere | ee op:-*: Fe eeeees ss pert SESE OY seog2 ODeea op:-> nO Dae Di I) (a9) IO SIE ION EO PO aS “M100 Bee | 10 suBagT “Tou[vq PIeM PEL | Sh ka a gs Soule f WOPIVTLAA “4) OM PAVM POL OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF SOO || SRG y PUSH see “== opc ts teeees|ess ope s: 525555) IV[MOIcO) | “= [Od | te eeeeees seers = -qoysnq uy | “pI -SUq IvAO pa “1100448 ULYS ASUIBVOL parva -dn passoy, | | | seeceees Opreess|eess2= opens: ve eeeees QOpertesiteeses Oper: te eteses operte: weetees = Operets ister *sanoys a9TXV41tpD *9u0}8 yo TO. yonayg | Jesor >>> s90}9 cd - be fg “--"900}8 UC) [steeeeeeee 8 epee WhHMJ4f Ce Tn) EIEN B ““==="- Doo | teres opertts) oe ee Sia em nae | S820 (gp yIVeOS peor aia (KOUT T Dina” GOS Sy -ourd Molla - oud agrty Ay veeets opr ee wourd | | SERIE (yay ae setts opertt: eg word ecco op BOOT | "77> MOTTEAL "77> ANOTIEAL sa dt Wt Ht oO Xt br) Oo 7% OM SS 1 O 0 > OO SH oO st x + POSS OOSIGOOG ISO OOUC RYN ATS riences aio eigen eles ae SOO LD | voc ceeceserecreeeees Op reee el FOL Ect | SST 1eT 0st settee sees es eeees Opereee eS aan ee eB ae O Diaeaean 6FL Bae Sar Oa ae see wD cee | a LYE Oat CFL maa! EFL cia ie a ian et ta Siero) USS es TfL ASePpe Venter sch paced gr 4 6él sec crebsececescnenee Qysren- veer ceeeeeere seers Qpreeee we etet cee eereeeeeees Qpeete- te ecec reese essere eee Oper es: 8éL LEE ey Sian eae See a noe tie cele eee are aon O Dana cel eral nio rsetets) 6 siece bees Set TE eres NCE Co 800 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In the summer of 1896, Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, while engaged in explorations for the Bureau of American Ethnology, found several ancient split reeds marked in a similar manner to those used in the Zuni game of Sho/-li-we. These reeds, represented in plate 15, were dug up by him at the Cherlon ruin, near where the Cherlon Fork empties into the Little Colorado, about 15 miles east of Winslow, Arizona. He writes: I have no means of knowing how old Cherlon ruin is, but very old—no white man’s objects were unearthed there. There were settlements in the vicinity as late as 1700, This may have been one, but I judge from the ruin and legends that it was much older. The ruin of Cherion, like many on the banks of the Little Colorado, shows resemblances to ruins on Zuni River, and no doubt has relations with them. The Southern Hopi clans claim them, and I fancy both Zuni and Moki are related to the clans of Cakwabayi, ‘‘Blue Running Water House.” I am indebted to Mr. Wells M. Sawyer, of the Bureau of American Ethnology, for the careful drawing (Plate 15) showing the marks on the reeds. One reed is apparently without marks on the exterior, and of the four others two have the same marks, from which the writer infers that they form part of at least two original sets. During the same Fig. 115. aa ~ STAVE FOR GAME, Length, 7 inches. Cliff dwellings of Mancos Canyon, Colorado. Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. season’s work, Dr. Fewkes excavated a bowl (Cat. No. 157735, U.S.N.M.) from the old ruin of Cunopavi containing a symbolic pictograph of a bird, and a representation of the four reed or stave casts (Plate 16). This bowl was dug up from the old cemetery. Old Cuiopavi, or Shi- mopavi, as it is commonly written, he informs me, was inhabited in 1540, and the people moved to the present site about the end of the seven- teenth century. ‘The bowl is of the same ware as the prehistori¢ pottery of Tusayan, and I think it older than 1540, but that is not proven. The bird is Kwataka, ‘Hagle Man,’ an old crony of gamblers.” Additional evidence of the antiquity of the stave game in North America is afforded by a prehistoric stave of cotton wood (fig. 115), (Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn.), tied at one end with sinew to prevent its splitting, and practically identical with the Navajo staves of cotton wood (Cat. No. 9557, U.S.N.M.), which was found by the Wetherill Brothers in a prehistoric Cliff dwelling in Mancos Canyon, Colorado. In ancient Mexico, among the cultivated Aztecs, we fiud mention of the “game of the canes” under the names of cauallopan and nemimina- ‘Identified by Mr. Cushing with Mi/-si-na referred to in his account of Sho'-li-we. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 15. Som Spee See GAMBLING REEDS. (Restored. ) Cherlon ruin, Arizona. Cat. No. 158030, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin, PLATE 16. DECORATED POTTERY BOWL WITH “EAGLE MAN” AND GAMING-REED Casts. Cunopavi. Cat. No. 157735, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 801 liztli in Molina’s dictionary. Dr. Brinton informs me that the com- bination cauallopan nemiminaliztli is defined by R. Simeon, in his Dictionnaire de la langue Nauhuatl, as “playing with horses.” Again Molino gives neyayaotlaliztli—‘ juego de canas, 0 escaramuca” (skir- mish) and juegos de pelea (war) ==neyayaotlaliztli. A reference to the cane game is to be found in Torquemada,' Speak- ing of the ceremonies in honor of Tlaloc” he says: The day on which they held feast to these gods was in the sixth month, which cor- responds to our June. On this day they cleansed all cisterns and water conduits and played with green maize stalks. Again, in the “ Hymn of Tlaloc”* occurs the passage: In Tlalocan, in the verdant house, they play at ball, they cast the reeds. Duran‘ (somewhat confusedly) describes a game with tossed canes as follows: There was another game, which was that they made on a plaster floor little hollows after the manner of a fortuna (wheel of fortune?), and one took ten pebbles and the other ten others, and the one placing his pebbles on the one edge and the other on the other on contrary sides, and taking some reeds split down the middle they threw them on the ground so that they sprang up, and as many reeds as fell with the hollow side upward so many ‘‘houses” he moved his pebbles forward, and thus one such followed the other, and all pebbles as he overtook, he went on taking away until he left his adversary without any.° (The meaning of the clause that fol- lows is not clear. ) The game of Patolli (No. 39) by which we now generally understand the game played with marked beans instead of canes or staves, upon a cross shaped diagram, is probably a derived form of the cane game, the use of beans being paralleled at the presentday among the Cherokee (see p. 720). The word was a general name for games and was also applied to the ‘‘ dice,” by which they were counted. Ribas uses it in that sense in the account which follows, referring to the Indians of Sinaloa: The game that they call of the Patolli is very common among them and corre- sponds to that of cards or dice, because in place of them they use certain four small 1 Monarchia Indiana, II, p. 147. >The deity who presided over the waters, the rains, the thunder, and the lightning. The annual festival in his honor took place about the time of the corn planting, and was intended to secure his favor for this all-important crop. Rig Veda Americanus, Daniel G. Brinton, Philadelphia, 1890, p. 25. *Rig Veda Americanus, p. 24. ‘Diego Duran, Historia de las Indias, III, Cap. XXII. A translation is given by Tylor. On American Lot Games, p. 8: °Habia otro juego que era que hacian encima de un encalado unos oyos pequenitos 4 manera de fortuna y el uno tomaba diez piedras y el otro otras diez y el uno ponia sus piedras por la una acera y el otro por la otra en contrarias partes e con unas canuelas hendidas por medio daban en el suelo y saltaban en alto y tantas cuantas canuelas caian lo giieco hacia arriba tantas casas adelantaba sus piedras y asi seguian el uno al otro y todas cuantas chinas le alcanzaba se las iba quitando hasta dejalle sin ninguna y acontecia habelle quitado cinco y seis y con las cuatro que le quedaban decirle tambien las canuelas que revolvia sobre el otro y ganalle el juego. NAT MUS 96 BL 802 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. canes, scratched, less in length than a span, and upon these they have certain small figures aud points which give them their value orloss. When they play they throw these down, casting them upon a small stone in order that they may rebound and fall with their points at random, and he who plays wins or loses, marking on the earth the points which gain until the number is reached of the wager which those present have made. This wager is of beads of shells of the sea which they esteem and with which they adorn themselves. Wagers are also made of bows, or arrows, or knives, articles they obtain; and of the same character are their wagers in other games. ! S) (@) o °F 000000000 fo} 2) Ke 0 OU0 0) (Oo POMoMmO MORICIOMO ma) Fig. 116. SCHEME OF PLATE 44, FEJERVARY CODEX. After Cyrus Thomas. ‘El juege que llaman del Patoli es muy general en ellos, y corresponde al de los naipes o dados. Porque en lugar dellos usan de unas quatro canitas cortas, rajadas, menores de un geme, y en ellas tienen unas figurillas y puntos, que les da el valor, 6 pérdida. Estas quando juegan las botan, arrojéndolas sobre una pedrecita, para que salten, y caigan los puntos 4 su ventura, y gane, o pierda el que las juega, rayando en la tierra los puntos que ganan, hasta cumplir el niimero de la apnesta, que se hazen alli presente. Esta es de sartas de caracolillos de mar que ellos esti- man, y con que se adornan. Tambien sirve de posta, arcos o flechas, cuchillos, o achuelas que aleansan: y de lo mismo suelen ser las apuestas de otros juegos. Perez de Ribas, Historia de los Triumphos, Lib. 1, Cap. IV, Madrid, 1645. Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.— Culin. PLATE 17. PLATE 44, FEJERVARY CODEX. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 803 In searching for remains of the cane game in old Mexico, the writer was deeply impressed with the many points of resemblance between the gaming circuit as described by Mr. Cushing as used in Sho/-li-we, and some of the diagrammatic paintings in the codices, leading him to the conclusion that the purpose of the latter was identical. As an illustra- tion, the figure from the Féjérvary codex (Plate 17) may be regarded as a divinatory, calendrical counting circuit, the forty beans or corn of four colors of the Zuni Sho’ li-we having their counterparts in the four colored arms of the cross—red, yellow, blue, and green—marked with small circles. Again the entire design of the Mexican figure will be seen to represent an animal or the hide of an animal, comparable with the buffalo hide of the Zuni game. In the center of the Mexican Fig. 117. SET OF STICKS FOR GAME. Lengths, 3} and 32 inches. Toba Indians, Grand Chaco, South America. Cat. No. 1799, Field Columbian Museum. Hassler collection. picture is a figure of a warrior god or priest, armed with atlatl and darts, corresponding to the cross, symbolic of the twin war god of the Zuni circuit. The scheme of the plate from Prof. Cyrus Thomas’s Notes on certain Maya and Mexican Manuscripts! is added (fig. 116) to facilitate comparison. From South America the following sets of implements have been collected: ToBA TRIBE, CHACO INDIANS. Cat. No. 1799, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago. Hassler collection. Three sticks roughly whittled from small twigs (tig. 117). Two of them 3} inches in length, § inch wide, and about $ inch thick, slightly rounded on one side, which is blackened, while the other is flat and 'Third Annual Report Bureau of Ethnology. 804 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. plain. The third stick is about 32 inches in length, made of another wood, and possibly belongs to another set. Collected by Dr. Emil Hassler. Dr. Hassler informed the writer that they are tossed in the air and if three round sides fall upper- most they gain. ‘The sticks must fall parallel.” Referring to the Toba, Cardus! says: Their principal game consists in raising and letting fall to the ground some small pieces of split reed with much shouting; the object of the shouting, on one side, that the pieces may fall well, and on the other that they may fall badly. The stakes are usually a horse, a cow, a slave, a sheep, or a poncho. Another set of similar gambling in- struments from the Indians of the Grand Chaco are represented in fig. 118. They were exhibited by Dr. Hassler in his collection at the Columbian Exposi- tion, but unfortunately can not now be found in the Field Columbian Museum, to which the collection was transferred. The two large bones are tossed, their falls determining the count, which is recorded by means of the small radial bones tbat are strung upon the cord. The men who play this game carry the implements suspended from their wrist.” The games above described led the writer to make a particularly careful search for objects that might have served Gia Giacoties for gaming implements in collections Field Columbian Museum, Hassler collection. from ancient Peru. In the collection made by Dr. Max Uhle, at Pachaca- mac, for the University of Pennsylvania, now in its Museum, are a number of narrow, flat tablets of hard wood that might possibly have been used as gaming staves. The same conjecture might be hazarded with reference to six slips of cane (Cat. No. 28393) found together on a mumuiny in the first cemetery. These slips, which are 4 inches in Jength by about 4 inch in width, are wound with colored thread, black, yellow, Fig. 118. PAIR OF BONES AND COUNTERS FOR GAME. 'Las Misiones Franciscanas entre los infideles de Bolivia por el R. P. Fr. José Cardus, Barcelona, 1886, p. 263. *I find the following reference to games of this type among the South American Indians: Molina (History of Chili, II, p. 9), in describing the games of the Araucan- ians, says, ‘the game of quechu, which they esteem highly, has a great affinity to that of backgammon, but instead of dice they make use of triangular pieces of bone marked with points, which they throw with a little hoop or circle supported by two pegs, as was probably the /ritillus of the ancient Romans.” CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 805 and red, in bands of varying width. The arrangement of the colors varies on each of the six slips. William Bollaert! describes a game of the Aymara Indians under the name of pasa. It is one of great antiquity, and seems to be the only one of this sort. Pasa means a hundred, as he wins who first gets that number. They play it with two instruments, one a spread eagle of wood with ten holes on each side, being tens, and are marked with pegs to denote every man’s gettings; the other is a bone in the manner of a die, cut with seven faces, one of which has a particular mark called guayaro (huyaru). The other five tell according to the number of them, and the last isa blank. The way of playing is to toss up the bone, and the marks on the upper surface are so many got. But the guayro goes for ten, and the like number is lost if the blank side appears. ” Von Tschudi’ describes the following game: Pitska, a game with small sticks which were marked with stripes of different colors. It was generally played during the night of the death watch. Villagomez believes that its name is derived from Pitska, the number ‘‘ five” because of the five fast days following the night of the death watch, a view which I do not accept. Holguin mentions the game Pitska, and refers to Pitskana as a six-sided piece of wood or sinall stick with which the game is played, only we do not know how it was done but probably in a similar way to the game of dice. In Aymara its name is also Phiska. 4, TaB. Cairo, Egypt. Board, staves,‘ and men. A game played upon a board divided into rows of squares, with pieces or men, which are moved according to the throws with four staves (fig. 119). The board, called a seega (fig. 120), is divided into four rows of squares called beyts (houses) each about 2 inches wide, or it consists of similar rows of holes made in the ground or in a flat stone. The beyts are usually seven, nine, eleven, thirteen, or fifteen in each row. In each beyt of one exterior row is placed a little piece of stone or dingy brick about the size of a walnut, and in each beyt of the other exterior row a piece of red brick or tile, or sometimes Eee are ete in only | Des ae EK ace and bee Beaonen in Nene Sa aee pee Pen and Chili, London, 1860, p. 168. Seefercine to the above account, Dr. Brinton tells me that the exact form, pasa, as a numeral, does not appear to prevail in Aymara or Quichua. In Aymara we have: pau or paya = 2 or twice pusi = 4 pataca = 100 In Quichua: pussac = 8 pachac = 100 “TY do not find guayaro or huyaru in either tongue, although there are a number of words close to them.” *Zeitriige zur Kentniss des alten Peru, Wein, 1891, p. 217. *Cat. No. 16896, Mus. Arch., Uniy. Penn. Made in Streets of Cairo, Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893. 806 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. a certain number of beyts in those rows, as for instance in the first four. The pieces of one row must be distinguished from those in the other, Fig. 119. CANES FOR TAB. Length, 8 inches. Cairo, Egypt. Cat. No. 16896, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. They are called kildb, or “‘dogs;” in the singular, kelb. The game is generally played by two persons. The four sticks consist of pieces of palm branch, about 8 inches in length, one side of which, being cut flat Fig. 120. BOARD (seegd) FOR TAB. Egypt. From Lane. and smooth, is white; the other green, or, if not fresh, of a dull yellow colon; the former side is commonly called white and the other black. The four sticks are thrown, all together, against a stick thrust into the CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 807 ground or against a wall, or against a stick inclined against a wall, The throws count as follows: 1 white side up, called tdb, or weled, “child” =1. 2 white sides up => 3 white sides up = 4 white sides up eo 4 black sides up ==(i) A throw of 4 or 6 entitles the player to throw again.! The name of the board in this game, seega, appears to be an Araba- cized form of the Indian word saj, “teak.” According to native lexi- cographers it is applied to wood, black and heavy and made in pieces of oblong form or squared, brought from India. In the sense of board it was originally applied to the tablet made of saj wood. The name given to the men, “dogs,” is the same as that applied to the men in the game of Kawade kelia (No. 37) in Ceylon. These facts would seem to Fig. 121. CANES FOR GAME. Length, 84 inches. Singapore, Straits Settlements. Cat. No. 175222, U.S.N.M. indicate an Asiatic origin for the game of Tab. According to Dr. Hyde it was known to the Persians under the name of Bazi kamish, that is, the “Reed game.” The following game, No. 5, from Singapore, affords an illustration of its wide distribution in Asia: 5. GAME STICKS.’ Singapore, Straits Settlements. Set of four bamboo staves about 84 inches in length, painted black with Chinese ink on one side (fig. 121). Evidently intended for a game like Tab. In closing this account of the use of the tossed staves in divination and gambling in the Old World it is fitting to mention the references to similar customs by the classical authors. Thus Tacitus’ describes the Germans as “cutting a twig from a fruit‘ tree and dividing it into 'For a further account of the method of play, consult Edward William Lane, Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians, IT, p. 49. 2(Cat. No. 175222, U.S.N.M.) Collected by Hon. Rounsevelle Wildman, U.S. Con- sul-General, Singapore. 3Germania, X. ‘Dr. O. Schrader, ‘‘Oak, beech,” Prehistoric Antiquities of the Aryan Peoples, London, 1890, p. 279. 808 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. small pieces, which, distinguished by certain marks, are thrown pro- miscuously upon a white garment. Then the priest of the canton, if the occasion be public (if private, the master of the family), after an invocation of the gods, with his eyes lifted up to heaven, thrice takes out each piece, and, as they come up, interprets their signification according to the marks fixed upon them. If the result prove unfavor- able, there is no more consultation upon the same affair that day; if propitious, a consultation by omens is still required.” More closely resembling the practices described in the text is the German method of divination as related by Saxo-Grammaticus! of the inhabitants of the Isle of Rugen, in the Baltic Sea: Throwing, by way of lots, three pieces of wood, white in one part and black in another, into their laps, they foretold good fortune by the coming up of the white; bad by that of the black. Fig. 122. BARESMA. Length, 5 inches. From drawing of originals in the possession of Prof. A. V. Williams Jackson. The reference in Herodotus? to divination among the Secythians, in which large bundles of rods were used, seems to refer to the class of divinatory rites that will be treated in the second part of this paper. Lenormand®* states that the Magi foretold the future by throwing little sticks of tamarisk wood. The authority which he cites‘ makes no specific mention of any such performance, but merely says that the “Magi and Scythians prophesy with staves (ligno); and in many places prophesying they use twigs (virgis). Dinon says that the Median magi also prophesy by twigs (virga).” Dinon no doubt referred to the baresma, of which mention is also made by Strabo.° The baresma (now called: barsom) was a bundle of sacred twigs which the priest held in his hands while reciting the prayers (Plate 18). They were formerly twigs of the pomegranate, date, or tamarind tree, or any tree that had no thorns, and were plucked with peculiar ceremonies which alone made them fit to be used for liturgic purposes.® 1 Hist. Dan., XIV, p. 288. >Volume IV, p. 67. * Chaldean Magic, London, 1877, p. 237. *Schol. Nicandr. Theriac, V, p. 613. ° “They (the Magi) continue their incantations * * * holding before the fire a bundle of rods,” XV, Cap. 3. *The Zend Avesta. Translated by James Darmsteter, Oxford, 1880. Vendiddd, III, Pt.1, p. 22, note 2. The Parsis in India found it convenient to replace them with brass wires, which when once consecrated can be used for an indefinite period. (bid.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. -Culin PLATE 18. Sacerclos cum Cinz\ — moments lO q uadrinodi — act VixQIs miin/trasis. Brelicto Ore cetecto,® Bre depormarctiw fyi, = sometime ae Adinodum Reverendo tn Chrifto Patri RICHARDO Div, perm, Epifz. copo Petroburoenh hance Tabulam Gratitudinis ery? lubens 2 meritcg, DD.D. Autor TH. del.n. MB urg. foul. Vai. Ox, MAGI WITH BARESMA. From Hyde’s Historia Religionis Veterum Persarum. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 809 Lenormand declares that the bavesma originated in a bundle of divin- ing wands, such as were thrown in Chaldea and Babylonia. Madam Ragozin,! following the same line of comparison, points out the resem- blance between the baresma (fig. 123) and a peculiar object (fig. 124) which frequently recurs deposited upon the altar in Assyrian scenes of worship and sacrifice. “The use of it, or the nature, has never yet been explained; but on close inspection it looks extremely like a bundle of twigs, uneven in number, tied together witharibbon. is it not likely that it may represent the sacred divining rods and be the original of the Avestan baresma ?” Fig. 123. ‘ ASSYRIAN R. BARESMA (barsom) WITH STAND. SYRIAN ALTA : Compare Baresma with stand, fig. 123. Modern Persia. Pp sma with s eset = 30. ah . . : From drawing in the Story of Media, Babylon and From drawing in the Story of Media, Babylon and Persia. P. s i ersia,. In ancient China the nobles of the highest ranks carried scepters of jade stone,” the name of which, kicai, is written with a character, which compounded with the radical for “hand,” stands for kid, ‘to divine with straws,” No. 65; and again, with puk, “to divine,” written on the right, for the kwd or divinatory diagrams formed of unbroken and broken lines.? These diagrams may be regarded as representing the permutations of two-faced staves, three producing the trigrams (fig. 5), Iam indebted to Prof. A. V. Williams Jackson, of Columbia University, for an oppor- tunity to examine a set of baresma, presented to him with a set of sacrificial imple- ments by Mr. Dinshah Pestanji Framji Ghadiali. They consist of a bundle of forty- three bright brass wires 5 inches in length (fig.122). In reply to my inquiry he writes that the number in this particular specimen is evidently a matter of chance, and he furnishes me with the following reference: Haug’s Essays on the Parsis, p. 397 (third edition, by E. W. West), says: “The barsom consists of a number of slender rods or td, formerly twigs of some particular trees, but now thin metal wires are generally used. The number of these tai depends upon the nature of the ceremony to be celebrated. For Ijashne (yazishn) alone 21 tai are required; for Ijashne, with Vendidad and Visparad, 33 tai; for Yasht-i Rapithwin 13 tai; for Darin Baj 5 tai,.or 7 when a priest becomes a herbad.” 'Zenaide A. Ragozin, The Story of Media, Babylon, and Persia, New York, 188%, p. 149, ?The kau pii or divinations blocks (fig. 212), were originally made of stone. ’The Book of History states that in the first month (the time when divination was especially practiced) the Eniperor collected the five kinds of scepters, and at the expiration of the month he gave them back to the various chiefs. 810 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. and six the hexagrams (fig. 4). These tablets, kwai, are figured in the imperial edition of the Chow Li, or ‘Ritual of the Chow Dynasty” (1122-255 B. C.), the pictures dating from the time of Chu Hi,! by whom they were added to the text in the Twelfth Century, A. D. Among them is the wn kwai (fig. 125 A), the sun kwai (fig. 125 B), and the kung kwai (fig. 125 C). The first, the “pillar scepter” or tablet, was ;%; foot in length and carried by princes of the first rank (dukes). They were the grand a cE 4a EA C B A Fig. 125. SCEPTERS (kwai) ANCIENTLY CARRIED BY CHINESE NOBLES. From the Chow Li. councilors of the Emperor and the descendants of the first two emperors. The two pillars or columns were the emblems of the palace, supporting it in the Same manner as the princes support the Emperor. Perhaps the name, vin kwai, indicates that these tablets had two columns.? The second, the ‘‘straight scepter,” was ;{, foot in length and carried by princes of the second rank (marquises). It probably represents the ‘Chinese Reader’s Manual, No. 79. 2Le Tcheou-li ou rites des Tcheou. Traduit par Edouard Biot, Paris, 1851, I, p. 431, note 7. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 811 figure of a man standing erect.' The third, the “bent scepter,” was also 4; foot in length and was carried by princes of the third rank (earls). Itis explained as probably representing the figure of a man bending over.' The Emperor himself had a jade scepter, tdi kwai (fig. 126), “grand tablet,” so called from its size, it being 3 feet in length. 7 Fig. 126. GRAND SCEPTER (Tai kwai) ANCIENTLY CARRIED BY THE EMPEROR. China. From the Chow Li. It became smaller at the top and its head is in the shape of a hammer. This the Emperor wore between his robe and his girdle. In addition he held another scepter called the chan kwai or scepter of omnipotence (fig. 127). It was 1,2, feet in length. The word chan not only signifies omnipotence, but is also the name given to the four *Idem, 11, p. 522. 812 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Hi (fig. 127), one sees on the scepter of this name four masses of rock which represent the mountains.’ From the explanation given by the commentator it would appear that the great scepter, tdi kwai, was wrapped with cords of five colors. The kwai are not to be confounded with the tablets called fat (Jap- anese, shaku),’? which were used at audiences in former times, nor with the scepters, ii ¢ (jii i; Japanese, niyo’) given in China at marriage and to friends for good luck, and carried in Japan by certain priests* (fig. 130). Among the Ainu, in Japan, the men use carved wooden staves to lift their mustache in drinking saké. These staves, which they call ikonit,1 are commonly known from their present use as“ mustache-sticks.” They are about 14 inches in length, flat on one side, and rounded upon the other, which is more or less elaborately carved.’ An examination of the twelve specimens in the U. S. National Museum (Plates 19-22) shows a general resemblance to the staves which are tossed in gaming. The flat reverses are nearly all scratched with what were scarcely discernible marks, represented in plates 20 and 22. The writer concludes that these ‘ mustache-sticks” were once emblems of rank or authority. . The only existing objects of remote antiquity with which I am ac- quainted outside of America that might have been used as divinatory implements in the manner of the staves are a set of ivory rods, dis- covered by Prof. Flinders Petrie in Egypt, part of which are now in the Museum of Archeology of the University of Pennsylvania. They constitute a portion of the find made by Professor Petrie in 1895 ‘Le Tcheou-li ou rites des Tcheou. Traduit par Edouard Biot, Paris, 1851, I, pp. 431, 484. °Of the specimens illustrated fig. 128 represents a Chinese tablet scepter in the University Museum. It forms an accessory of a Chinese theatrical costume of a noble of the imperial court and is made of wood, painted brown and varnished, in- stead of ivory. This scepter is slightly bent, 20 inches in length, about + inch thick, and tapers from 2 inches wide at the base to 12 inch at the top. The shaku (fig. 129) is from a tracing of one in the U. S. National Museum, held in the hand of the statue of the Baron Li, said to have been one actually used by that illustrious man. ; * The ii 7, literally ‘‘as you wish,” is of Buddhistie origin, and is one of the Sapta ratna or ‘‘Seven precious things,” which constitute the insignia of a Techakravartti. In Japan it is carried by the chief priests of the Zen sect, and is used by them to administer a blow to the catechumen when he fails to answer correctly. Its origin presents an interesting problem, its form suggesting that of the throwing-stick. The fat or shaku are wooden tablets, said to have been originally used for noting memoranda. ‘J. M. Dixon, The Tsuishikari Ainos, Trans. Asiatic Soc., Japan, XI, Pt. 1, p. 47. °The Japanese call them hige-age, “‘ beard raisers.” In ‘‘A Glance at Three Coun- tries” (Sangoku Tsuran Zusetsu), Tokyo, 1785, the author, Rin Shihei, illustrates a mustache-stick, which he describes under this name, stating that they are used by the Ainu for the purpose mentioned. PLATE 19. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. te i Sates Sa = S55 MUSTACHE STICKS. Length, 12} to 133 inches. ezo, Japan. Ainu of Y Cat. Nos. 150697, 150698, 150695, 22261, 150699, 150696, U.S.N.M. at af ] a | i ei Repoit of U. S. Nationa; Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 20. MUSTACHE STICKS. (Reverse. ) Ainu of Yezo, Japan. Bares ay are ris Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Culin : PLATE 21. MUSTACHE STICKS. Length, 12 to 14 inches. Ainu of Yezo, Japan. Cat. Nos. 150696, 4833, 150699, 22261, 150695, U.S.N.M. ( ib, 4 as Bae moe ey bic re i f My, [ ; ” ‘tr ef Poi oa PLATE 22. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin MUSTACHE STICKS (Reverse. ) Ainu of Yezo, Japan. 813 PLAYING-CARDS. CHESS AND ai a 3 VSS SCEPTER OF OMNIPOTENCE (chan kwai) ANCIENTLY CARRIED BY THE EMPEROR. China. From the Chow Li. Fig. 128. WOODEN SCEPTER (fat) USED BY NOBLES IN CHINESE THEATER. Length, 20 inches. Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. Fig. 129. BATON OF AUTHORITY (shaku) CARRIED BY NOBLES. Length, 16§ inches. Japan. Cat. No. 168586, U.S.N.M. 814 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. between Ballas and Nagada, about 30 miles below Thebes, and attributed by him to a new race, probably Lybian, to whom he assigned a date about 3000 B.C. These rods or staves comprise part of a series from one tomb, “ possibly a game,” of which he gives the following list: Twelve ivory rods, fig. 131. Five ivory rods with incised diagonal lines, fig. 132. Four figures of lions and one figure of hare, fig. 133. : Seventeen blocks, of which thirteen are bone, two limestone, and two alabaster. Thirty balls, natural irony concretions. The twelve ivory rods, possibly intended for counting, are very perfect copies of jointed canes or straws. Four of the five rods with diagonal lines incised are in the University Museum. They are plain on 3 one side, while the other is marked as as shown in fig. 132, two having lines in Ss diagonal bands of fours, and two a ae peculiar mark in the middle, which 8 may have been intended to represent a feminine symbo]. I have been unable to learn that any representation of such a game has been identified upon the monu- meuts. In Africa, Bent! gives the following ac- count of the use of the four staves in divi- nation: Cat. No. 19422, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From many of the huts at Inyamanda were hanging their dollasses— wooden charms—on which are drawn strange figures (Plate 23). Each family possesses a set of four, tied together by a string. Of these four one always has a curious conventional form of a lizard carved on it; others have battle-axes, diamond patterns, ete., invariably repeating themselves, and the purport of which I was never able to ascertain. They are common among all the Abantu races, and closely bound up with their occult belief in witchcraft. They are chiefly made of wood, but sometimes neat little ones of bone are found, a set of which I afterwards obtained. On the evening of the new moon the village witch doctor will go BATON (niyot) OF RED LACQUERED WOOD WITH PURPLE CORD, USED BY PRIEST OF ZEN SECT. PAZ 1The Ruined Cities of Mashonaland, p. 37. PLATE 23. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. WOODEN AND BONE DOLLASSES (Divining staves). From drawing in Bent’s Ruined Cities of Mashonaland. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 815 round, tossing each man a set of dollasses in the air, and by the way they turn up he will divine the fortune of the individual for the month that is to come.! In FI’. Ratzel’s History of Mankind? a picture is given of the dice and amulets of a Bamangwato magician in the Ethnographical Museum at Munich (I, p. 85), and again (II, p. 355) of a Kaffir witch doctor’s apparatus (amulets, dice, etc.) similar to the preceding in the Museum of the Berlin Mission. Fig. 131. IVORY COUNTER FOR GAME (?). Length, 5% inches. Lybian (?), Egypt. Cat. No. E.S. 1119, Museum of Archxology, University of Pennsylvania. Dr. A. Donaldson Smith informs me that he saw a game played with staves throughout Somaliland and by the Sheik Hussein tribe among the Arusa Gallas. ‘Speaking of the natives of the Zambezi, the Livingstones (David and Charles Livingstone, Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi, London, 1865, p.51) say: The dice doctor or diviner is an important member of the community being, consulted by Portuguese and natives alike. Part of his business is that of a detect- ive, it being his duty to discover thieves. When goods are stolen he goes and looks at the place, casts his dice, and waits for a few days, and then, for a consideration, tells who is the thief. Referring to the Guinea negroes, Bosman (William Bosman, A New and Accurate Description of the Coast of Guinea, translated in Pinkerton’s Voyages, London, 1814, XVI, p. 399) says: The second way of consulting their idols is by a sort of wild nuts, which they pretend to take up by guess and let fall again, after which they tell them, and form their predictions from the numbers falling even or odd. Specimens of pierced cowrie shells used in fortune-telling from the Liberian exhibit at the Columbian Exposition are shown in fig. 134. These objects are now in the Philadelphia Commercial Museum. The negroes of the French West Indies, according to Labat (Nouveau Voyage aux Isles de l’ Amerique, Paris, 1724, LV, p. 153), play a game with cowries. He says: The game which they play in their country, and which they have also carried to the islands, is a sort of game of dice. It is composed of four bouges or shells, which are used by them as money. They have a hole purposely made in the convex side, so that they will stand as easily on one side as on the other. They shake them up in their hand as one shakes dice and throw them on a table. If all the sides with holes in them fall uppermost, or the opposite sides of two fall in the same manner and two in the opposite way, the player wins; but if the number of the holes is odd, he loses. In the Streets of Cairo at the Columbian Exposition was a family of Bishareen Soudanese, living near Assouan, on the Nile, whose head was a dervish belonging to a local order, who practiced soothsaying with cowries (Dr. Talcott Williams). This man threw several cowrie shells, and made his prediction from the manner in which they fell. The cowrie shells correspond with the staves referred to by Bent, and are possibly substitutes for staves, as the writer also infers may be the case with similar shells in the Hindu game of Pachisi, No. 38. 2Translated by A. J. Butler, London, 1896. 816 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Mr. J. Edward Farnum tells me that among the natives of the Bosi River, about 150 miles from its mouth (19° south latitude, East Africa), the witch doctors throw crocodile scales in fortune telling. The objects used are the nuchal dermosseous plates, from behind the base of the skull. They are smoothed down and polished, and six or eight—always. an even number—are thrown. ‘To obtain a reply toa question demand- ing an answer of “yes” or “no,” the smooth side up will be considered IVORY STAVES FOR GAME (?). Length (perfect stave), 5 inches. Lybian, Egypt. Cat, Nos, E, S. 1129-1132, Museum of Archmology, University of Pennsylvania, as “no,” and the rough side “yes.” An answer is afforded by the manuer in which the majority (which must be a considerable one) of the bones fall. The questions put to the witch doctor, who accompanied my informant, were usually about shooting. In reference to the animal to be shot, the doctor would name one side of the bones “masculine” and the other “feminine.” According to the answer, a male or female Fig. 133. MEN FOR GAME (?) (LION, HARE). Lengths, 1.37 inches, and 1 inch. Lybian (?), Egypt. Cat. Nos. E. 8. 1145, 1147, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. animal would be shot. Other determinations of a like character were made by the position of the bones, one to another, after falling. H, A. Bryden! describes a Bushman divining for ostriches while on the hunt by means of three curious looking flat pieces of bone, trian- gular in shape and scored with a rude pattern. He pulls them from the hide strip on which they are threaded, shakes them rapidly between his two palms, and casts them upon the earth. ' Longman’s Magazine, CLX XVII, p. 231. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 817 At the present day the Hottentot children cast lots by twigs—that is, if a thing is lost or a theft has been committed, they throw bits of stick and judge of the cul- prit, or of the direction wherein the lost property is to be found, by the arrangement of twigs, and among the Kaffirs bundles of sticks and assagais are employed by diviners in their rites for the discovery of crime.! Referring to the Melanesians, Codrington’ says: A game whieh belongs to the Banks Islands and New Hebrides is fika, the Fiji tiqua, played with reeds dashed in such a manner upon the ground that they rise in the air and fly to a considerable distance. In some islands, as Santa Maria, a string is used to give impetus, and in some the reed is thrown also from the foot. The game is played by two parties, who count pigs for the farthest casts, the number of pigs counted as gained depending on the number of knots in the winning tika. When two villages engage in a match, they sometimes come to blows. There are marks on the tika to show to whom they belonged. Itis remarkable that in Mota a decimal set of numerals is used in this game, distinct from the quinary set used on every other occa- sion of counting. In New Zealand, according to Taylor,* the natives had a way of divination by means of sticks. This was called Niw.* Each chief had a_ particular name for his own stick: thus, that of one chief was called Te ata mounu; that of another, Te manu i te ra; and that of a Fig. 154. O 4 Al oye mm pete é third, Tongo hiti. The person COWRIE SHELLS USED IN FORTUNH-TELLING. consulting the Nim went out in Tihaniat Atta: the morning before it Was light, Philadelphia Commercial Museum. so that no one should have been out before him, which would destroy the power of consultation, and taking his stick, a short, thin one made of the mahoe, in his right hand, and another representing the enemy in his left, he went and stuck another in the ground; this represented the tapu; and placing the two sticks together, one across the other, he uttered a karakia, and then threw them in front of a third stick, and it was according to their posi- tion that the consulter ascertained whether anyone was traveling on 'A. W. Buckland, Rhabdomancy and Belomancy, or Divination by the Rod and by the Arrow, Jour. Anthrop. Inst., V, p. 445. 2R. H. Codrington, The Melanesians. Studies in their Anthropology and Folk-lore, Oxtord, 1891, p. 340. ’ Rey. Richard Taylor, Te Ika a Mani, or New Zealand and its Inhabitants, London, 1855, pp. 91, 92. . ‘The name niv is a well-known Polynesian word for cocoanut, which was spun among the Polynesians for the purpose of divination. The New Zealanders, although they have no cocoannts, retain the avord asa name for other kinds of divination, especially that performed by sticks. (Dr. E. B. Tylor, Primitive Culture, p. 83. ) NAT MUS 96 o2 818 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the road, whether they are friends or foes, and, if the latter, whether they would be conquered or not.! Different tribes had different ways of consulting the Niu, but the practice was general throughout the land. A spirit called Korohaha Tu was supposed to reside in the stick.? This manner of divination finds an almost exact parallel in that described by Marco Polo as being resorted to by Chinghis Kaan. * So when the two great hosts were pitched on the plains of Tanduc as you have heard, Chinghis Kaan one day summoned before him his astrologers, both Christians and Saracens, and desired them to let him know which of the two hosts would gain the battle—his own or Prester John’s. The Saracens tried to ascertain, but were unable to give a true answer; the Christians, however, did give a true answer, and showed manifestly beforehand how the event should be. For they got a cane and split it lengthwise, and laid one-half on this side and one-half on that, allowing no one to touch the pieces. And one piece of cane they called Chinghis Kaan and the other piece they called Prester John. And then they said to Chinghis: ‘Now mark; and you will see the event of the battle, and who shall have the best of it; for whose cane soever shall get above the other, to him the victory shall be.’ ‘Then the Christian astrologers read a Psalm out of the Psalter, and went through other incan- tations. And lo! whilst all were beholding, the cane that bore the name of Chinghis Kaan, without being touched by anybody, advanced to the other that bore the name of Prester Johu and got on top of it. Colonel Yule has collected a number of references to similar divinatory processes, of which the following appear to belong to the same class: The words of Hosea (iv, 12), ‘My people ask counsel at their stocks and their staff declareth unto them,’ are thus explained by Theophylactus: ‘They stuck up a couple of sticks, whilst murmuring certain charms and incantations; the sticks then, by the operation of devils, direct or indirect, would fall over, and the direc- tion of their fall was noted,’ etc. Rubruquis seems to have witnessed nearly the same process that Polo describes. Visiting Lady Kuktai, a Christian queen of Mangu Kaan, who was ill, he says: ‘The Nestorians were repeating certain verses, I know not what (they said it was part of a Psalm), over two twigs which were brought into contact in the hands of two men. The monk stood during the opera- tion.’ Petis de la Croix quotes from Thévenot’s travels a similar mode of divina- tion as much used, before a fight, among the Barbary corsairs. ‘Two men sit on the deck facing one another, and each holding two arrows by the points, and hitching the notches of each pair of arrows into the other pair. Then the ship’s writer reads a certain Arabic formula, and it is pretended that, whilst this goes on the two sets of arrows, of which one represents the Turks and the other the Christians, struggle together in spite of the resistance of the holders, and finally one rises over the 1If the stick representing his tribe fell above the other, it was a favorable sign; if below, a bad one. 2 The following parallel custom exists among the Tsuishikari Ainu, as described to J. M. Dixon in the work cited: ‘‘A man in the tribe, desirous to know the will of the Deity regarding a certain matter, called in the aid of the tusuguru (magician- doctor). He came at night with two fresh willow (susw) wands, stripped of the bark, which he placed on a mat by the hearth. Then he called upon the unjika-mui (Fire-god) to declare his will. Soon the footsteps of the god were heard; they came up to the side of the tusuguru; the wands showed signs of restlessness and struck the mat on which they were placed. Two raps signified permission; a scraping or rubbing was an unfavorable augury.”’ ’Colonel Henry Yule, The Book of Ser Marco Polo, London, 1871, I, p. 213. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 819 other. P. Della Valle (II, 865-866) describes the same process, conducted by a Moham- medan conjuror of Aleppo: ‘By hisincantations he made the four points of the arrows come together without any movement of the holders, and by the way the points spontaneously placed themselves, obtained answers to interrogatories.’ And Mr. Jaeshke writes from Lahaul: ‘There are many different ways of divination practiced among the Buddhists; and that also mentioned by Marco Polo is known to our Lama, but in a slightly different way, making use of two arrows, instead of a cane split up, wherefore this kind is called da-mo (arrow divination).’ Indeed, the practice is not extinct in India, for in 1833 Mr. Vigne (I, 46) witnessed its application to detect the robber of a government chest at Lodiana. It will be observed that in three of the examples the sticks or twigs are replaced by arrows. Fig. 135. PEBBLES FROM MAS D’AZIL. In concluding this examination, reference should be made to the sug- gestion by Col. Garrick Mallery! that the colored pebbles found in the grotto of Mas d’Azil, in the department of Ariége, France, were used in gaming. Only one face of these pebbles bears a design (fig. 135). Colonel Mal- lery says: To an observer familiar with the gambling games of the North American Indians, in which marked plum-stones and similar objects are employed, these stained flat pebbles at once suggest their use to suggest values in a game by the several designs and by the pebbles falling on the figured or on the unmarked side.2 ‘Tenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p.549. *Kd.Piette, Les galets coloriés du Mas-d’azil, L’ Anthropologie, VII, No.3. 820 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 6. SHinc Kin T’. “The Game of the Promotion of Officials.” Can- ton, China. Board! and Dice.2 A celebrated Chinese game, best known through Dr. Hyde’s account as ‘the Game of the Promotion of Mandarins,” played by two or more persons upon a large paper diagram, upon which are printed the titles of the different officials under the Chinese Gov- ernment. Four dice are thrown, and the players advance through the various grades according to their throws.’ This complicated game may be regarded as a modification of the Nyout circuit, the dice replacing the staves. Its line of descent is indicated by the corresponding Korean game, which follows. 7. Tsvone-KYENG-To. The Game of Dignitaries. Korea. (a) Wooden die.* (b) Reproduction of native picture of players engaged at the game.’ (Plate 24.) ; The Korean form of the Chinese game of Shing kin to. A long five- sided wooden die (fig. 136), with its edges notched with strokes from one to five, is employed, in- stead of cubical dice. I regard the use of this die as older than that of cubical dice, and the die itself to have been derived from the four staves, such Fig. 136. as are employed in Nyout. TJYONG-KYENG-TO. This implement furnishes a Length, 4 inches. connecting link with the spinning die or teetotum (fig. 137), which, notched like it, is also used in Korea in the same game. The diagram for the game in the University Museum (Cat. No. 17626) is written in Chinese characters upon a sheet of white Korean paper 233 by 374 inches. This is divided by lines into one hundred and eight (9 by 12) rectangles, in each one of which is the title of a Korean official, with the indication beneath it for the next move, accordingly as the throw is from oneup to five. Another Korean game (Cat. No. 17699) in the same museum, played in the same manner with the same kind of die upon a sheet of paper of the same size, is entitled Nam-seung-to (Chi- nese, ldm shing to), or *“*View-winning game.” The sheet is divided by lines into one hundred and forty-four squares (9 by 16), within Korea. Cat. No. 175660, U.S.N.M. 1 Cat. No.169333, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. 2 Cat. No. 152548, U.S.N.M. * Described at length in Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 504. ‘Cat. No. 175660, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. * Stewart Culin, Korean Games. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 24. KOREANS PLAYING TJYONG-KYENG-TO. From painting by native artist, reproduced in Korean Games. ie Marae ya rane as seigh a Pie ro! i iS pe orn Pye ving 6 Pest yer i *= hep . ie Report of U. S. Nationa! Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 25. Bw Pr aeree Buda magn? °75p «yyy ) Bie | Sytuuy de DIVINATORY DIAGRAM. Tibet. After Schlagintweit. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 821 hed which are written the names of places throughout Korea famous for beauty of scenery.! Still another Korean game (Cat. No. 17628) of this typein the University Museum is known as the “‘ Monk’s tjyong-kyeng-to,” and is intended for the purpose of giving instruction in the religion of Buddhism. The sheet, which measures about 12 inches square, is inscribed with a diagram, the inner part of which is divided into one hundred and sixty-nine squares (13 by 13). These contain the names of the various conditions of existence, advancing from the lowest forms through the eighteen Brahmalokas, to the goal, which is Nirvana. It is, in fact, a Buddhist game of Promotion. The moves are made according to the throws with three small wooden dice (fig. 138), each inscribed on its six sides with the magic formula: Nam mo o ni vo fat (Namah Amitabha). Under each name is written the place of the next move, according to the throw. The name at the top of the sheet is in Sanskrit In OM okN Fig. 137. TJIYONG-KYENG-TO. Length, 14 inches. Korea. Cat. No. 17627, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. characters, which are also written on seven of the squares, while the remainder of the text is in Chinese.’ An interesting parallel to this game is to be found in the French Jeu Moral et Instructif, KOREAN DIE FOR ‘ : the goal of which is Paradise. BUDDHIST GAME. This last described Korean game suggests a likely explanation of certain Tibetan divination tables figured by Schlagintweit.° One of these (Plate 25) forms part of a great roll in- seribed with other divinatory diagrams. It is divided into squares, of which those in the upper corners, left and right, bear, respectively, pictures .of the Bodhi- sattva Manjusri, and the sword of wisdom, the emblem of his knowledge. Of the remaining sixty squares one- half are inscribed with religious emblems and the others, placed immediately beneath, with Tibetan words which in greater part were illegible. The assumption that the diagram is intended for a divinatory game, ts by is by + inch. Cat. No. 17629, of Archeology, Univer- Museum sity of Pennsylvania. Fig. 139. DIE USED WITH DI- VINATORY DIA- GRAM. Tibet. Reproduced from de- scription by Schla- gintweit. Museum Cat. No. 19423, of Archeology, Univer- sity of Pennsylvania. like the Korean Buddhist game above referred to, is supported by much corroborative evidence. Thus, on page 526 we find the following scenery to celebrated sites. 1 For which the Koreans have a passion, making excursions for the sake of the 2'That is, Chinese transcriptions and explanations of the Sanskrit names. A detailed account of the game is being prepared by the writer. ’ Buddhism in Tibet. 822 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. rules for using a simliar diagram, with the title, ‘ Directions for finding out the due answers:” 1. “Begin to count the terrestrial fortress from the celestial king.” (Manjusri). 3. “Count the water from the tiger.” 4, “Count the earth from the tiger,” ete. Here we have the rules. The die according to which the count was made was doubtless the one (fig. 139) of which the faces are represented upon the same roll. The pictured squares contain devices of birds, animals, etc., labeled good, middling, or bad. The words be- neath may indicate possibly the place of the next move, as in the Korean game. 8. CHr ME. Teetotum.’ China. Prismatic die with six faces, marked so that the sum of each of the opposite faces equals seven, the spots being marked like Chinese dice, No. 19. Spun by means of a bamboo pin passing through the middle. Fig. 140. This implement has its counterpart in the East In- TEETOTUM (wiirfel) dian chukree, which is used in a similar gaine played USED BY JEWISH ° . . 2 . CHILDREN aTpuRm. ON a diagram marked like six faces of a die. The Height, 2inches. Chukree is said to be used only at the Divali Festival, Originalin possession which occurs in November, when gambling is per- viedenwa «mitted. A parallel is seen in the four-sided teetotum, which Jewish children in Germany and Russia play with during the eight days at Purim, or the Feast of Lots. This die (fig. 140) bears upon its sides the Hebrew letters: shin, nun, he, gimel. They are playfully regarded as standing for the German words stell, “‘put;” nichts, “nothing;” halb, “half;” ganz, “all.” Prof. Leo Weiner informs me that the letters are in- tended for the phrase: sham nés hayd gadol, “there wonder great has happened.” Prof. Weiner writes: The name of the wiirfel is drédl (draidle), which is a diminutive of dreher, turner, twister. This latter word is used exclusively for the turning rattle of Fig. 141. wood or metal used on the same holiday, as the chil- LONG LAWRENCE. dren say, ‘‘to turn Haman,” i. e., to drown him, or Length, 3 inches. disgrace him in the noise. The manner of making Almondbury, England. is as follows: A block of wood, generally a round Reproduction from description by stick or part of a twig, is cut lengthwise into four Mrs. Gomme. parts; the inner edges are shaved off to admit the From Korean games. molt«n lead which thus forms the stem of the dredl. The form of the drédl, with its letters on each face, is cut on the flat sides of each part; then the four parts are put together, after being tied with a cord and are placed in sand or into the ground, and the metal is poured into the mould. 1Cat. No. 169324, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 3, Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 496. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 823 9. LoNG LAWRENCE.’ Wooden die (fig. 141). Almondbury, England. Reproduction from description given by Mrs. Gomme.’ This die is described in Easther’s Almondbury Glossary, quoted by Mrs. Gomme, under the name of Lang Lawrence, that is “Long Lawrence,” as an instrument marked with signs, a sort of teetotum. A “Tong Lawrence” is about three inches long, something like a short ruler with eight sides; occasionally they have but four. On one side are ten X’s or crosses, forming a kind of latticework; on the next to the left, three double cuts or strokes, passing straight across in the direction of the breadth; on the third a zig zag of three strokes one way and two or three the other, forming a W, with an additional stroke or triple V; on the fourth, three single bars, one at each end and one in the middle, as in No. 2, where they are doubled; then the four devices are repeated in the same order. The game, formerly popular at Christmas, can be played by any number of persons. Each has a bank of pins or other small matters. A pool is formed; then in turn each rolls the “Long Lawrence.” If No. 1 comes up the player cries “‘flush,” and takes the pool; if No. 2, he puts down two pins; if No. 3, he says “‘lave all,” and neither takes nor gives; if No.4, he picks up one. The sides are considered to bear the names “Flush,” “Put doan two,” ‘Lave all,” “Sam up one.” It has been suggested that the name “ Lawrence” may have arisen from the marks scored on the instrument, not unlike the bars of a gridiron on which the saint perished. Fig. 142. LOG. IVORY DIE. Length, 2% inches. United States. Cat. No. 7134, Museum of Archeology, University of Penn- sylvania. The Korean die used in Tjyong-kyeng-to suggests the probable origin of this instrument. 10. Loc.’ Long ivory die, with eight fluted sides marked with spots from one to eight (fig. 142). England or United States. Used by gamblers in the latter country. The specimen exhibited is false, throwing high or low according to the direction in which it is held when rolled. Similar to the preceding. 11. RAMALA PASA. Dice for fortune-telling.t India. Reproductions of two varieties, both consisting of square wooden prisms,’ about 3 inches in length. One is a single die, marked on its four long sides with numerals from one to four; the other, a set of three dice, marked in the same manner with three, four, five, and six spots. The custom of telling fortunes with dice is current throughout India, where it is practiced as a science under the name of Ramala,® and has 1 Cat. No. 175659, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. > The Traditional Games of England, Ireland, and Scotland, London, 1894, I, p. 326. 3 Cat. No. 7134, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 4 Cat. Nos. 9051, 9052, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. > The originals are of red sandalwood. ° Derived from the Arabic raml (sand). Geomancy is known by the Arabs as imu-l-raml, or the science of sand. Upon this sand (for which paper is, however, sometimes substituted), they draw many unequal lines, upon which are disposed a certain number of points, from the combinations of which they pretend to foretell 824 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. an extensive literature. There are several different methods, in all of which the dice are used as implements of magic to determine number, reference then being had to the pages of a book numbered to correspond.! They agree in general with the Chinese methods of divination with arrow-staves. (See Nos. 65, 69.) RAMALA PASA. Length, 14 inches. Lucknow, India. From Proceedings Numismatic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia, 1891. Cat. No, 9046, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. 12. RAMALA PASA. Dice for fortune-telling.2. Lucknow, India. Two sets each of four cubical ivory dice, marked on four sides with two, three, and four dots (fig. 143), A rod upon which they revolve passes through the center of the unmarked sides and binds them together. A similar die in the writer’s possession, obtained by Professor Hil- precht, through the courtesy of Rev. Albert S. Long, in Constantinople, is represented in fig. 144. The dice are strung upon an iron rod, with brass knobs at the ends. They are of alloy, resem- bling copper, and are marked in the same man- Fig. 144. ner as the Hindu set. DICE FOR FORTUNE-TELLING. There are two sets, each Lengths Srp tuehe’: of two pairs of four each, of similar metal dice from Persia in the Sommerville collection (Cat. Nos. 283, 278) in the University Museum. The dice Cat. No. 285 are entirely of brass, while Cat. No. 278, which are smaller, com- prise two brass dice with deep holes, set with small pieces of turquoise, placed in the middle, and two dice, with incised spots, one next to each knob. Cat. No. 283 is accompanied by an inscribed brass placque (fig. 145), 34 inches in diameter, with the twelve signs of the Zodiac in the outer circles and the seven stars (sun, moon, and five planets) in the inner, 44. is WP YT: Constantinople, Turkey. {n the writer’s possession. future events. It is in great credit in the East, many elaborate treatises having been written on the subject. Rammal, a conjurer in the art of Geomancy. John Richardson, Persian, Arabic, and English Dictionary, London, 1806, art. raml. The invention of the science is commonly attributed to Edris (the prophet Enoch), and also to Daniel. ‘An account of Kamala was given by the writer, East Indian Fortune-telling with Dice (Proc. Num. and Ant. Soc. of Phila., 1890-91, p. 65). 2 Cat. No. 9046, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 825 and Cat. No. 278 with an octagonal brass placque (fig. 146), 5¢ inches in diameter, with six concentric and thirty-two radial divisions having the names of as many oriental cities in the outer row, of conditions of life and fortune in the next inner, and personal names in the third row. 13.. PASA. Long dice.! Lucknow, India. Square ivory prisms, about 2 inches in length, marked with one, two, six, and five spots in concentric circles. The one and six and two and Fig. 145. BRASS PLACQUE ACCOMPANYING DICE FOR FORTUNE-TELLING. Diameter, 34 inches. Persia. Cat. No. 283. Sommerville collection. Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. five are opposite, and the two and five are red. Used in the game of Chausar (No. 40), A similar die was used in Chaturanga or “Dice Chess” (No. 45).? * 'Cat. No. 7133, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. | ?On the Hradischt near Stradonitz in Bohemia, which is referred to La Téne period, several hundred longish stick-dice, marked with .concentric circles (dice eyes), were found (fig. 147). Of the four longer faces, two opposite ones are broader than the two others. The ends are plain, while the long sides are marked three, four, five, six, so that the broader faces have three, four, and the narrower ones five, six. (Osborne in Mitteil. des Anthropol. Ges., Wien, X, p. 255, quoted from Eth- nographische Parallelen und Vergleiche, Richard Andree, Leipzig, 1889, II, p. 104). In commenting upon the above find, Osborne states that in North German, Holstein, and Danish finds these stick-dice also appear. These latter are similar to those of Hradischt, but are to be distinguished from them, however, by the markings, as they mostly only have the spots on the three long sides (with the numbers three, four, and six), leaving the fourth side unmarked. He continues that, after numerous in- quiries (in Germany, Holstein, Denmark, and Switzerland), if at any other place entirely similar dice to those found in the Hradischt had been discovered, he received 826 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. I regard these long dice as the more or less direct outcome of the divining staves. 14. ASTRAGALI (TALI). Knuckle bones.'. Natural bones from the ankle of a sheep. ‘ Used as dice by the Greeks and Romans, and in common use at the present day for the same purpose in the Mohammedan East and in Southern Europe and Spanish America. Knuckle bones have been used as implements in games from remote antiquity. There are several distinct ways in which they are thus employed. One was as jackstones, described by classical authors as Fig. 146. BRASS FLACQUE ACCOMPANYING DICE FOR FORTUNE-TELLING. Diameter, 34 inches. Persia. Cat. No. 278, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. Sommerville collection. played principally by women and children with five bones, the same number employed in modern times.” Among the Syrians at the present day they are used by children in games resembling marbles, being knocked from a ring drawn on the ground with others, which are some- times weighted with lead.’ A favorite and almost universal use of knuckle bones in games was as dice in games of chance. Among the a negative answer, except from the museum at Biel (Canton Berne), in which are part of the materials of La Tene. This pile dwelling has furnished two stick-dice that entirely correspond with those from Hradischt. 1 Cat. No. 152546, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. ? Used at the present day by French children under the name of osselets. ‘Stewart Culin, Syrian games with Knuckle-bones, Pro. Num. and Ant. Soe. of Phila., 1890-91, p. 123, CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 827 Greeks and Romans numerical values were attributed to the four long sides, the two pointed ends not being counted. The two broad sides, respectively convex and concave, counted three and four, while of the narrow sides, the flat counted one and the indented six. The numbers two and five were wanting.! Several names, both Greek and Latin, are recorded for each of the throws. Two persons played together at this game, using four bones, which they threw into the air, or emptied out of a dicebox ( fritillus). The numbers on the four sides of the four bones admitted of thirty-five different combinations. The lowest throw of all was four aces, but the value of a throw was not in all cases the sum of the Fig. 147. STICK-DICE. Bohemia (Hradischt near Stradonitz). After Osborne. four numbers turned up. The highest in value was that called Venus, in which the numbers cast up were all ditferent. Certain other throws were called by particular names, taken from gods, illustrious men and women, and heroes. These bones, marked and thrown as above described, were also used in divination. ! Among the Turks, Arabs, Persians, the four throws with a single knuckle bone receive the names of the four ranks of human society. Thus, among the Persians, according to Dr. Hyde, they were called as follows: Supinum, Dudz, ‘ thief.” Pronum, Dihban, ‘‘ peasant.” Planum, Vezir. Tortuosum, Shah. 'Smith’s Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, Art. Talus. * Thomas Hyde, De Ludis Orientalibus, Oxford, 1694, p. 147. 828 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The Arabic name for the bones is kdb (dual, kdbatain, plural, kabat), meaning “ankle,” referring to their source. Two bones are now com- monly used—one from the right and the other from the left leg of a Sheep.’ I regard them as the direct ancestors of cubical dotted dice, the name of which in Arabic is the same as that of the bones. The dice used in Arabic countries are made in pairs (see No. 16), and the most popular and universal game is one with two dice, kdbatain. Fig. 148. VALUES OF THE THROWS WITH KNUCKLE BONES. Tarahumara Indians, Chihuahua, Mexico. Games with knuckle bones are a favorite amusement in Spanish- American countries, and it is claimed that they existed among the Indians before the discovery. Dr. Carl Lumholtz found them among the Tarahumara,’ who attribute numerical values to the different sides. Among the Papago in Arizona Mr. W J McGee found a single knuckle bone of a bison, used in playing a game called Tan-wan, of which a specimen collected by him (fig. 149,) is exhibited in the U.S. National Museum (Cat. No. 174443). The favorite game among the Turkomans, according to Vambéry (Arminius Vém- béry, Sketches of Central Asia, Philadelphia, 1868, p. 110), is the Ashik game (ashik, the ankle bones of sheep), which is played in the manner of European-dice with the four ankle bones of a sheep, and with a degree of passionate excitement of which one can form no idea, The upper part of the bone is called tara, thelower altchi, and the two sides yantarap. The player takes these four little bones into the palm of his hand, throws them up and receives half the stake, if two tava or two altchi, and the whole of the stake, if all four tava or altchi turn up. The advantage to be gained arises entirely from dexterity in throwing. Trickery is impossible, since the bones are frequently changed. Dr. Karl Himly (Die abteilung der Spiele in Spiegel der mandschu-sprache, T’oung Pao, VI, p. 355) gives the Manchuname of knuckle bone as gaéura. It would appear from his account that several games were known corresponding to those described by the author as played by Syrian children. One, played by children, in which the bones were employed as jackstones; another in which they were used as dice, and a third filliping a knuckle bone at something or throwing at a knuckle bone set in the ground. ‘The Chinese name of knuckle bone is pii shik kwat (pei si ku). > They call the game Tu wi tui wa la. They play with two knuckle bones. The counts are shown in fig. 148. In addition to these counts, if a bone stands on its pointed end it counts six, and on the end opposite, twelve. Twelve points constitute a game. The specimens collected by Dr. Lumholtz are in the American Museum of Natural History (Cat. No. gi?5). CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 829 The game is played by two persons, who sit facing each other, 4 or 5 feet apart. The bone is twirled into the air out of the thumb and fore- finger, the back of the hand being held upward. The position in which it falls on the ground controls the count in the game. So long as the player succeeds in throwing the pitted side, or ‘‘cow-hoof,” as it is called, upward, he retains possession of the bone, and with each throw wins one bean from a prearranged number equally divided between the players. The sides do not count in the play, and the thrower may play again and again without forfeiting the bone until he throws the flat side (opposite the ‘‘ cow-hoof”) upward, when the bone goes to his opponent to throw, with the same ite conditions. The winning of the entire num- Fig. 149. ber of an opponent's eounters constitutes @ ASTRAGALUS OF BISON USED AS DIE. 4: = Papago Indians, Pima County, game won. Pete In Costa Rica, Dr. T. M. Calnek informs Cat, No. 174443, U.S.N:M. me that the Indians in the vicinity of San José continually play with the astragalus of an ox or cow, using a single bone. They call the game by the name of Choque suelo. They are also used by the Indians in Peru. Their Quichua name, tava, would appear to be derived from the Spanish taba, but this is con- trary to the opinion entertained by my informant, Dr. Kmilio Montez,! who exhibited a prehistoric copy of a knuckle bone in terra cotta, from Cuzco, in his collection at the Columbian Exposition.’ Fig. 150. ASTRAGALUS USED IN GAME. Lengua Indians. Cat. No, 1797, Field Columbian Museum. Hassler collection, There are nine astragalus bones from the Lengua tribe, Chaco Indians, in the Hassler collections from Paraguay, in the Field Colum- bian Museum. Prof. William H. Holmes, who courteousiy furnished me with the accompanying drawing (fig. 150), informed me that all but one bear scratched lines, as represented. Knuckle bones of various animals, some worked and showing wear, have been found associated with Indian remains in various parts of the United States. Mr. Clarence B. Moore found a fossil Nama astragalus ina mound on Murphy Island, Putnam County, Florida, and a large fossil astragalus, not yet identified, in a mound on Ossabow Island, 'Dr. Montez tells me that of the four ways in which a knuckle bone may fall, two do not count, while one of the others wins and one loses. *Cat. No, 340, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago. Montez collection. 830 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Bryan County, Georgia. Mr. William W. Adams found knuckle bones in stone graves opened by him in Williamson County, Tennessee. Thirty or forty bones were found in perhaps a hundred graves. They were always found in pots. Children’s graves contained smaller pots, and the bone was smaller, evidently from a small animal. Some were worn until nearly smooth on the side, and all showed polish as though they had been carried or used a long time. A number of specimens from mounds are contained in the U.S. National Museum, as Cat. No. 63047, astragalus of bison from a mound, Pecan Point, Mississippi County, Arkansas, and Cat. No. 63047a, astragalus of deer from same place, both cojlected by Mr. Edward Palmer. Three specimens (Cat. No. 61621) are from Lyons County, Kentucky; two others (Cat. No. 91145) catalogued from Arkansas, are respectively of deer and bison; another (Cat. No. 169518) is from Lepanto, Poinsett County, Arkansas. Some of these bones are squared, so as to have six instead of four sides, many are more or less cut down, and oneis partly calcined. Mr. Cushing found a number of knuckle bones of deer, several showing high polish from long use, in the muck deposit explored by him at Marco, Florida. In England knuckle bones were formerly used in games.! A single bone was tossed and the four sides received, according to Dr. Hyde, the tollowing names :? Supinum, “ Put in.” Pronum, ‘‘ Blank.” Planum, “ Take half.” Tortuosum, ‘‘ Take all.” These terms sufficiently explain the method of play. 1 De Ludis Orientalibus, p. 142. 2 Under the head of Cockall, Brand (Observation on Popular Antiquities, London, 1813, II, p. 288) gives the following account: In the Englisk translation of Levinus Lemnius, fol. London, 1658, p. 368, we read: “The antients used to play Cockall or casting of huckle bones, which is done with smooth sheep bones. The Dutch call them Pickelen, wherewith our young maids that are not yet ripe use to play for a husband, and young married folks despise these as soon as they are married. But young men use to contend with another with a kind of a bone taken forth of oxe-feet. The Dutch call them Coten, and they play with these at a set time of the year. Moreover Cockals, which the Dutch call Teelings, are different from dice, for they are square with four sides, and dice have six. Cockals are used by maids amongst us, and do no ways waste any one’s estate. For either they pass away the time with them, or if they have time to be idle they play for some small matter, as for chestnuts, filberds, pins, buttons, and some such ‘juncats.’ ‘In Langley’s Abridgment of Polydor Vergile, fol. 1, we have another description of this game: ‘There is a game that is played with the posterne bone in the hynder foote of a sheepe, oxe, gote, fallowe, or redde dere, whiche in Latin is called Talus. It hath foure chaunces, the ace point, that is named Canis, or, Canicula, was one of the sides. Hethat cast it leyed doune a peny or so muche as the gamers were agreed on; the other side was called Venus, that signifieth seven. He that cast the chaunce won sixe and all that was layd doune for the castyng of Canis. The two other sides were called Chius and Senio. He that did throwe Chius wan three. And he that cast Senio gained four. This game (as I take it) is used of children in Northfolke, and CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 831 15. ASTRAGALI.! Glass, ancient. Copies in glass of natural knuckle bones for use in games. Of very common occurrence among the remains of classical antiquity. Bronze astragali are found (fig. 151), and they are also recorded to have been made of ivory and agate. 16. KABATAIN. Dice” Lucknow, India. Cubes of ivory regularly marked—that is, the six and one, five and two, and four and three opposite, so that their sum is equal to seven.* The spots are arranged so that the two dice are each the complement of the other. The “fours” are inscribed in red. The spots consist of small circles with an interior dot, the customary manner of marking Indian dice, which agrees in this respect with those of ancient Rome. 17. Kusos. Diet Ancient Greek. Naucratis, Egypt, about 600 B. C. An irregular cube with rounded sides about an SeaS TA inch square. The material is limestone, with drilled Length, 1 inches. holes*for pips. Found: by, Prot. We M- Plinders {cs >2*, Sncrdiec tion. Museum of Archeology, Petrie in 1885.° University of Pennsylvania. It is said that no traces of cubical dotted dice have been discovered in Egypt in the purely Egyptian period, but they occur in the Delta from the time of Psammetichus I (about 670 B. C.). They are regarded by scholars as a foreign introduction. In the British museum there are two dice of glazed baked clay from Assyria, found with tablets of Assurbanipal (668-623 B.C.) at Kouyunjik. As the glaze of the dice is unlike that of Assyrian pottery, and from the fact that the mounds at Ninevah were occupied by a Parthian village about 200 B. C., Mr. Pinches concluded that the dice proba- they call it the Chaunce Bone; they playe with three or foure of those bones together ; it is either the same or very lyke to it.” Ina note Brand states: ‘‘In The Sanctuarie of Salvation, ete., translated from the Latin of Levinus Lemnius by Henry Kinder, 8vo., Lond., pr. by H. Singleton, p. 144, we read these bones are called huckle-bones or coytes.” 'Cat. No. 16488, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 31, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 536. 2Cat. No. 7145, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 27, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 534. 3 Almost the invariable arrangement, the principal exceptions being the Etruscan and Korean dice. The only other known to the writer are the Hindu dice (Nos. 11, 12) used in fortune telling, and the dice employed in the Burmese game of dominoes (No. 24). 4Cat. No. 168983a, U.S.N.M., from original, Cat. No. 17575, Mus. of Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 28, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 534. ®A somewhat similar die from Naukratis in the British Museum has leaden points projecting from the holes, as if the die had been lett unfinished. The dots forming the three are arranged ,*,, in the same manner as upon the above. 832 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. bly belonged to this or alater period. Lam told by Dr. Morris Jastrow that uo word for dice has yet been discovered in the cuneiform. 18. TESSERAE.' Dice, Ancient Roman or Etruscan. Purchased in Florence, Italy. Cubes of bone,’ about an inch square, regularly marked, the pips consisting of concentric circles. As is frequently the case with Roman dice, these dice are made of a hollow bone, the openings on two opposite sides being stopped with bone plugs. Several of the Roman dice in the ‘University Museum are stained a greenish color with salts of copper. Three tesserae or cubical dice were anciently employed, while four tali or knuckle bones were used. It is recorded, however, that as early as the time of Kustathius the modern practice of using two dice instead of three had been established.’ In order to prevent cheating, dice were cast into conical beakers (pyrgus, turricula), the interior of which was formed of different steps. A parallel to this is found in the Siamese backgammon, Saka, where the dice are thrown into the krabok.' The classical games with dice, of which accounts have come down to us, were chiefly played in connection with a board or table (abacus, tabula, alveus, alveolus), on which pieces or men were moved according to the throws. These pieces were round or oval stones (calculi), or later, draftsmen (latrunculi), just, as with us, the same men are used for draughts and backgammon. Professor Lanciani® states that the one hundred and more gaming- tables (tabulae lusoria) found in Rome, mostly during his lifetime, belong to six different games of hazard. In some of them, the mere chance of dice-throwing was coupled with a certain amount of skill in moving the *‘men” or tesserae. Their outline is always the same. There are horizontal lines at equal distance, each line containing twelve signs, thirty-six in all. The signs vary in almost every table; there are circles, squares, vertical bars, leaves, letters, monograms, crosses, cres- cents, and immodest symbols; the majority of these tables (sixty-five) ‘Casts No. 168983), U.S.N.M., from originals Cat. No. 15781, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 29, Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 535. 2A great variety of materials have been used for dice. Among seventy dice, exhi- bited in a case in the Greek and Roman section of the British Museum, the mate- rials are divided as follows: Bone or ivory... 32 JOb:. cca. seen 2 Green stone. ..-.- 1 Marbler Sie-cis-- af Bronze..... Secon) i! Meteoric iron... 1 Gray stone....-.- 1 Am ieig ee eer 1 ASE RDE eae ae 5 Pyrites)-os-2<=< 6 1 Black stone...-. 1 Baked clay-.---- 1 Rockerystal ... 4 Copper. 2222.2 1 Quartz ...5-.2- 1 Porcelain -...... 1 Ong t= asec sie 3 Lead22 5c n4eecee 1 Alabaster.....-. 1 A close-grained wood, especially privet, is recorded as having been employed for dice. (Smith’s Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Art. Tessera.) % Idem. : ‘Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 9, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 501. »’Rudolfo Lanciani, Gambling and Cheating in Ancient Rome, The North Ameri- can Review, July, 1892. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 833 contain words arranged so as to make a full sentence with thirty-six letters. The rules of the games played upon these tables are as yet only conjectural. | The game of Duodecim scripta, “twelve lines,” was substantially the same as our backgammon. It was played upon a board with twelve double lines, with fifteen white and fifteen black men; the throws were counted as we count them; the “blots” might be captured; the pieces (whether they started from home or not) had to be brought home, and the winner was he who first cleared off his men. The principal varia- tion from the modern game lies in three dice being employed instead of two, agreeing in this respect with the game of Pachist (No. 38). According to Heroditus! games with dice (including also knuckle- bones and ball) were invented by the Lydians as a diversion during a time of famine, that they might not feel the craving for food. 19. SHik Tsar.2 Dice. China. Cubes of bone, regularly marked, but differing from those of India in having both the “ones” and “fours” marked in red; the ‘‘one” spots larger than the others, and in all the spots being simple round marks, without circumscribed circles. They are not made in pairs, and are usually sold in sets of six. The Chinese play a great variety of dice-games, the principal one being with two dice, and known as Chak ? inkau, “Throwing Heavens and Nines,” from the names of the two highest throws. In this game v] =) 5 the twenty-one throws that can be made with two dice receive different names, and are divided into two series or suites, called man, “civil,” and mo, “military.” : The eleven Man throws in the order of their rank are: ““Double six,” called Vin, ‘‘ Heaven.” “Double one,” called ti, ‘‘ Earth.” “Double four,” called yan, ‘ Man.” ‘One, three,” called wo, ‘‘ Harmony.” ““Double five,” called mii, “plum flower.” “Double three,” called chéung sdém, ‘‘long threes.” “Double two,” called pan tang, “bench.” “Five, six,” called fu tau, ‘‘tiger’s head.” “Four, six,” called hung Vau shap, ‘‘red head ten.” “One, six,” called kd kéuk ts’at, “long leg seven.” “One, five,” called hung ch’ui luk, ‘‘red mallet six.” The ten Mo throws in the order of their rank are: ‘‘Five, four,” and ‘six, three,” called kau, ‘“‘nines.” “Vive, three,” and “six, two,” called pdt, ‘‘eights.” ‘‘Pive, two,” and ‘‘four, three,” called ts’at, ‘‘sevens.” “‘Four, two,” called luk, “six.” “Three, two,” and ‘‘ four, one,” called ’ng, ‘‘fives.” “One, two,” called sdm, ‘‘three,” or sam kai, ‘three final.” ' Book 1, Chap. 94. 2Cat. No. 152548, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 1, Report U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 492. NAT MUS 96 D3 834 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The antiquity of dice in China is not known. They appear to have been introduced into that country from India. It will be observed that a cosmical significance is attached to the dice throws, the “six” being called “Heaven,” and its opposite, “one,” “Earth.” The “four” between is designated as ‘ Man.” ! Korean dice, called tjyou-sd-d, differ from those of China in having the 1 and 2, 3 and 4, and 5 and 6 opposite. A set in the University Museum, collected by Dr. E. B. Landis, are marked with plain black dots, arranged like the Hindu kdbatain, to form a pair. A single Korean die (fig. 152), in the same museum, is a rectangular prism, flat instead of square. The arrangement of the dots is the same, but the “one” and the “four” is in red, as well as the two middle spots of the ' ¢six” and the middle spot of the “ five” and of the “‘ three.” It is interesting to note that the arrangement of the dots on the Korean dice is the same as that on some of the Etruscan dice. A peculiar importance is attached to the latter, from the fact that it is believed by Etruscologists that the first six numerals of the Etruscan language have been recovered from a pair of dice exhumed KOREAN DIE. in 1848 near Toscanella.? These dice, now in oat prdelien tigen ie the Cabinet of Medals and Antiques in the National Library, Paris, bear, instead of the usual pips or dots, the following words in Etruscan letters: Mach, Thu, Huth, Ki, Zal, Sa. These words have been variously interpreted by scholars upon the assumption that they are numerals, and also that the pips which they are supposed to replace were uniformly arranged 1+3, 244, 5+ 6 (Campanari’s law). Comparison of the Etruscan dice words with the numerals used in the Korean game of Nyout, a comparison suggested by the fact of the agreement of the Korean and Etruscan dice in their dissimilarity from other dice, shows a curious correspondence. ¢ > IN Korean stave-game numerals: Etruscan dice names: 1. To or ta. Thu. 2. Kai or Kad. Ki. 3. Kel or Kol. Zal, 4. Nyout or ute. Huth. 5. Mo. Mach. 6. Sa. 1 Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 494. ? Among the dice in the British Museum regarded as Etruscan, which vary in their pips from the regular arrangement (that is, 1+ 6, 2+ 5, 3+ 4), three have 1 + 2, 3+ 4, 5+6, and three 1+3, 2+ 4,5+6. What appears to be a set of three dice, made of amber, have one marked 1+ 2, 3+4, 5+ 6; one1+3, 244, 5+ 6, and one regular, 1+ 6, 2+5, 3+4. Two iron dice (Cat. No. 15786) in the University Museum, purchased at Perugia, have their dots arranged 1+ 3, 2+4, 5+6. ’Daniel G. Brinton, The Ethnologic Affinities of the Ancient Etruscans, Proc. Amer Philos, Soc., Philadelphia, XX VI, 1887, p. 522. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. $35 From the fact of the nyout numerals being in all probability derived from an Ural-Altaic stock, their correspondence with the dice words would seem to support Canon Isaae Taylor’s'theory of the Ugric origin of the Etruscans. Itshould be observed, however, that if the words stand for numerals they are not paired? in either of the ways (1 + 3, 2+ 4, 5+ 6, or 1+2, 3+4, 5+ 6) in which Etruscan dice are marked.’ The doubt as to their being numerals is reinforced by the Korean die inscribed with the prayer to Buddha (p. 821). 20. SAI. Dice,* Japan. Pair of plaster dice for Sugoroku (No. 28). Japanese dice are similar to those of China, from which country they were doubtless borrowed. The “fours” are sometimes, but not invari- ably,markedinred. The most popular game is Sugoroku (No. 28). Before leaving the sub- ject of dice it may be ob- served that cubical dot- ted dice do not appear to have been known to the American tribes be- fore the time of the con- quest. At the same time mention should be made By y Yao NN NY . A\\ \\\ Vo ‘i of a die of steatite found with Indian remains at Kiokee Creek, Columbia County, Georgia, in the Fig. 153. ETRUSCAN TRIPLICATE DIE. Length, 3§ inches. Chiusi. Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. collection of Dr. Roland Steiner, in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 172563). It consists of a rudely cut square prism of steatite about § inch in length. Two of the opposite longer sides are marked with six and four pits and two with five and three. One of the ends has two and the other what is doubtless intended for one dot. The pips are irregularly disposed. It no doubt dates from the time of white contact. '1Etruscan Researches, London, 1874. 2“ Mach is opposite Zal, Thu is opposite Huth, and Ki is opposite Sa.” Ellis, Etruscan Numerals, London, 1876. ‘Since the above was written the writer has acquired an Etruscan triplicate bone die (fig. 153) found in Chiusi or its vicinity, on which the dots are arranged differ- ently from any thus far noticed by him. The 6 is here opposite the 4, and 5 oppo- site 3. One of the ends is marked 1 and the other 2. The spots are marked with small dotted circles which retain traces of red paint. It has been suggested that these triplicate dice, which are not infrequent, are unfinished and have yet to be sawed apart. It is evident from this specimen that such is not the case. They bear a strong general resemblance to the Ramala pdsd, or dice used in fortune-telling, among which we find three cubical dice united by a metal bar, and again, in another variety used in India, the same arrangement of spots: 3, 4,5, 6 ona long die. (See p. 824.) 4Cat. No. 7143, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn, Robert 836 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 21. Kwat P’Ar.' “Bone tablets,” dominoes. Canton, China. Set of thirty-two domino pieces of teak wood 23 inches by 7 inch by Zinch. Natural wood, with incised spots painted white and red. Chinese dominoes are marked in the same manner as the dice, from which they are clearly derived. There are twenty-one distinct pieces, representing the permutations of two dice. Eleven of these pieces are doubled, making a total of thirty-two in the set. Each piece received a name, and in the popular game of Td Vin kau, or “Heavens and Nines,” the thirty-two pieces are divided into two suites or series, called Man, “civil,” and Mo, ‘‘military,” The Man pieces are as follows: &, called tin, ‘‘ Heaven.” 4, called ti, “Earth.” 4, called yan, ‘‘Man.” 4, called wo, ‘‘Harmony.” 5, called mit, ‘‘plum flower.” 3, called chéung sam, ‘‘long threes.” %, called pdn tang, ‘‘ bench.” £, called fui tau, ‘tiger’s head.” §, called hung au shap, ‘‘red-head ten.” §, called ko kéuk ts’at, ‘‘ long-leg seven.” £, called hung ch’ui luk, ‘‘red-mallet six.” Each of the above pieces is duplicated, the duplicates mating. The Mo pieces: + and 3, called cht tsiin, ‘‘supreme.” § and #, called isdp kau, ‘‘ heterogeneous nines.” $ and 4, called tsdp pdt, ‘‘ heterogeneous eights.” $ and 3, called tsdp ts’at, ‘“heterogeneous sevens.” i and 3, called tsdp ’ng, ‘‘ heterogeneous fives.” They mate as above. The two pieces called ché tstin, or “supreme,” when paired rank as the highest of the Mo series, but when apart, as the lowest. The game of Td ?in kau is in manv respects the most interesting Chinese domino game. It somewhat resembles the card games of Kurope, and is of considerable antiquity in China, existing, according to Mr. Wilkinson,’ in 1120 A. D. The invention of the game of dominoes has been variously attributed to the Jews, the Greeks, and the Chinese. It may be justly credited to the latter people. No date can be assigned to its invention, and from the cosmical associations of the pieces, and their use in divination, which continues in China to the present day, it may be regarded as having been originally used for that purpose. That dominoes originated in dice is clearly apparent, the chief problem being the reason for the duplication of the eleven pieces. With the knowledge derived from the study of games in general, this may be assumed to have been done ‘Cat. No. 131397, U.S.N.M. Gift of Mrs. J. K. Van Rensselaer. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 18, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 510. * Chinese Origin of Playing-Cards, American Anthropologist, January, 1895. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 837 in order that the dice throws might accord with the thirty-two points that represent the Four Quarters and the intermediary divisions of the world. They may be looked uponas having been implements of magic for determining number and place, corresponding with playing cards, from which they only differ in material, as Mr. Wilkinson has suggested.! In addition to the long wooden dominoes, small dominoes, made of bamboo, or bone, or wood and bone conjoined like those of Korea, are used in various parts of China. Sets in which the series is several times duplicated also occur in China, as well as dominoes on which the dots are replaced by the characters that stand for the chess pieces, and the suit marks of certain Chinese playing-cards.” Fig. 154. DOMINO CARDS. Length, 33 inches. China. From W. H. Wilkinson, Chinese Origin of Playing Cards, The American Anthropologist, January, 1895. Cat. No. 27, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania, Wilkinson collection. ve 22. Tim coi P’A1. ‘Dotted paper tablets.” Domino playing cards. Hankow, China. Set of eighty-four cards, 33 inches by 1 inch, with rounded corners and red backs, consisting of the twenty-one natural dominoes of the Chinese series, quadrupled (fig. 154), 'The writer is inclined to believe that in the assignment of the dice casts to the thirty-two points, they were first practically applied to as many divining slips or arrow lots, consisting of long, narrow strips of bamboo. Such objects occur at the present day in the sorealled chi p’di, or ‘leaping tablets,” of which a set from Fuh- chau exists in the Museum of the Long Island Historical Society. They consist of thirty-two slips of bamboo, about 14 inches in length, with domino spots marked at one end, contained in a cylindrical bamboo box from which they are thrown, resem- bling the Ts’tm ii (No. 69). *For a detailed account of Chinese dominoes, consult Mr. Wilkinson’s catalogue in Official Catalogue of Exhibits, World’s Columbian Exposition, Department M. An- thropological Building, Chicago, 1893. 3Cat. No. 27, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Wilkinson collection. 838 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. These cards are designated by the collector, Mr. W. H. Wilkinson, as Pat tin kau from their being used in the game of T’in kau. Several varieties of domino cards occur in China, The evolution of playing cards from dice through the wooden domino seems at first sight to be clearly apparent, but the true ancestor of the playing card is doubtless found in the arrow, as shown under Korean playing cards. 23. KouL-HPAI. ‘Bone Tablets.” Dominoes. Korea. (a) Set of thirty-two domino pieces.! (b) Reproduction of native picture. Iti-sding (singing girls) playing dominoes with a guest (Plate 26).? Korean dominoes consist of small bone or ivory tablets, or of bone and wood conjoined like those exhibited. The set consists of thirty- two pieces, identical with those of China. They receive different names, however, and are mated differently from the Chinese. The names are as follows: 1-1, syo-syo (Chinese, siz siz), ‘‘smallest.” 1-2, tjoui-hko (Chinese, shii pt), ‘‘rat nose.” 1-3, syo-sam (Chinese, siz sdm), ‘small and three.” 1-4, pdik sa (Chinese, pak sz’), ‘‘ white and four.” 1-5, pdik-i (Chinese, pak ’ng), ‘‘ white and five.” 1-6, pdik-ryouk (Chinese, pak luk), ‘‘ white and six.” 2-2, tjoun-a (Chinese, tsun a), ‘‘superior two.” 2-3, a-sam (Chinese, é sam), ‘‘two and three.” 2-4, a-sdé (Chinese, d sz’), ‘two and four.” 2-5, koan-a (Chinese, kun a), ‘‘sovereign two.” 2-6, a-ryouk (Chinese, @ luk), “two and six.” 3-3, tjyang-sam (Chinese, ch’éung sdm), ‘‘long three.” 3-4, sam-sdé (Chinese, sdm sz’), ‘three and four.” —5, sam-o (Chinese, sdm ’ng), ‘‘three and five.” 3-6, sam-ryouk (Chinese, sdm luk), three and six.” 4-4, tjoun-hong (Chinese, tsun hung), ‘‘superior red.” 4-5, sd-o (Chinese, sz’ ’ng), ‘‘four and five.” 4-6, sd-ryouk (Chinese, sz’ luk), ‘four and six.” 5-5, tjown-o (Chinese, tsun ’ng), ‘‘superior five.” 5-6, o-ryouk (Chinese, ’ng luk), ‘five and six.” 6-6, tjoun-ryouk (Chinese, tsun luk), ‘superior six.” The method of pairing is shown in fig. 155. The Korean games differ from those of China, the most popular, called Hod-hpai, ‘Foreign or Chinese Tablets,” having many points of resemblance to the Chinese system of fortune-telling in which dominoes are used (See Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes). Korean dominoes are clearly of Chinese origin. 24, DOMINOES. Burma. Set of twenty-four pieces of teak wood. 1Cat. No. 77024, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. J, B. Bernadou, U.S. N. 2From Korean Games. ’ The errors in the plate (9) in the Report of the U. 8. National Museum, 1893, are here corrected. *Cat. No. 166540, U.S.N.M. Collected by Mr GC. C. Ellis, acting United States Consular Agent. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, plate 10, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 528. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 26. KOREANS PLAYING DOMINOES. from painting by native artist, reproduced in Korean Games. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 839 Burmese dominoes resemble in size and material the wooden domi- noes of Southern China. They are marked with incised circles (some- times with small brass disks) as follows: 6-6, 1-1, 4-4, 1-3, 5-5, 3-3, and 2-2 duplicated, and one each of the fol- lowing pieces: 6-3, 4-5, 6-2, 5-3, 4-3, 5-2, 2-4, 1-4, 2-3, and 1-2, the last having two smaller spots adjoining the “1.” They are accompanied by a cubical die about } inch square, with two [@ © opposite faces marked with one spot, oo two opposite faces marked with two os spots, and two opposite faces marked with three spots. This is used to decide who shall play first. Dominoes are also a common game in Siam, where they are called Tau- tem (Chinese, td-tim), ‘* Arranging,” or “Connecting Spots.” o* . e @ SI] e990 20090 G00 e°9 25. DOMINOES. UnitedStates.! Set of twenty-eight pieces, bone, with black wood backs. oe exe) Dr. Gustav Schlegel states that 66 oS the European game of dominoes was 88 QO borrowed from the Chinese, the phil- Fig. 155. osophic-astromonic elements being KOL-HPAI DOMINOES. done away with, and only the arith- SOE : Cat. No. 77024, U.S.N.M. metical retained. vai The game seems to date from a re- cent period in Europe. According to Brockhaus’ Conversations-Lexi- kon, Article ‘‘Domino,” it was introduced into Germany through France from Italy about the middle of the last century. In England it appears, from a writer in Notes and Queries, to have been introduced by French prisoners about the close of the last century. From Korean Games. ‘Cat. No, 17576, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Purchased in Washington, D.C. 840 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 26. DomINoES.! Eskimo. Labrador, North America. Flat pieces of ivory, cut in irregular shapes, marked on one face with spots arranged in different patterns. The number of pieces in a set varies from sixty to one hundred and forty-eight. : According to Mr. Lucien M. Turner, by whom they; were collected, the game is played in the following manner: he 4 Two or more persons, according to the number of pieces in the set, sit down and pile the pieces before them. One of the players mixes the pieces together in plain view of the others. When this is done, he calls them to take the pieces. Each person endeavors to obtain a half or third of the number, if there be two or three players. The one who mixed up the pieces lays down a piece and calls his opponent to match it with a piece having a similar design. If this can not be done by any of the players, the first has to match it, and the game continues until one of the players has exhausted all of the pieces taken by him. The pieces are designed in pairs, having names such as ka mitt tik (sled), kaiak (canoe), kalé sak (navel), d ma zut (many), a tai sik (1), md kok (2), ping a sut (3), si ta mit (4), and td li mat (5). Each of the names above must be matched with a piece of similar kind, although the other end of the piece may be of a different design. A kamutik may be matched with an amazut, if the latter has not a line or bar cut across it; if it has a bar, it must be matched with an amazut. This game is known to the people of the Ungava district, but those only who learn it fiom Northerners are able to play it. The northern Eskimo stake the last article they possess on the issue of the game. Their wives are disposed of tem- porarily, and often are totally relinquished to the victor. I have heard of wives so disposed of often sit down and win themselves back to their former owners. The game appears to have been borrowed from European rather than Asiatic sources. Another set of Eskimo dominoes (Plate 27), differing in their marks from the preceding, is contained in the American Museum of Natural History in New York City (Cat. No. ;89,). It was collected by Capt. George Comer from the Central Eskimo of Savage Islands, West Coast of Hudson Bay, and consists of thirty-six pieces of ivory marked with dots, running irregularly from eight on one side down to blank. It is clearly a degenerate form of the European game. 27, CHONG UN CH’AU. Game of the Chief of the Literati. Canton, China. Tallies and dice.’ . Chong iin cl’au is played with tallies, ch’au, the highest of which is called chong iin, the name given the Optimus at the examinations for the degree of Hanlin, whence I have styled it ‘The Game of the Chief of the Literati.” Two or more persons may play, using six dice and sixty-three bamboo tallies. The players throw in turn from right to left, and after throwing each draws the tally he is entitled to for his throw. This game is in many respects analogous to the Game of Promotion ' Cat. No. 76880, U.S.N.M. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, plate 12, Re- port U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 529. 2 Cat. No. 25539, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, plate 3, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 496. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin PLATE 27. SET OF IvoRY DOMINOES. Savage Islands. Cat. No. 747, American Museum of Natural History, New York. “= JERS hie hs yr GA PLATE 28. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin fe e ~~ 7 $¢ aa. 5 er G < a Ex we a> % be GAME OF GOOSE (Giuoco Dell’ Oca). Length, 16 inches; width, 12 inches. Florence, Italy. '3, Museum of Archaeology, University of Pennsylvania. we ‘ Cat. No. 1 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 841 (No. 6), the titles of different officials being painted upon tallies instead of being printed upon a diagram. The form of the tallies sug- gest the probability of their having been derived from arrows, An American Indian analogue is found in the Micmac game of woltes-takun (p. 697). 28. SucoROKU. “Double Sixes.” Japan. Board! and teetotum.’ A common game with Japanese children, usually played at the New Year. The diagram or board, which is printed in colors, is divided into a number of divisions distinguished by pictures. One of the most popular forms is called dé chiu, or “traveling” sugoroku, and 1s played upon a large sheet of paper on which are represented the various stopping places on a journey. ‘The moves are made according to the throws with one or more dice, or with a teetotum (Japanese coma). The game exhibited is entitled Nan niyo ichi dai shus-seti sugoroku or “ Boys and girls step by step advancing sugoroku,” and is printed in colors upon a large sheet of paper. Another game in the museum is entitled Kamakura ei-yu sugoroku, or “The heroes of Kamakura surgoroku,” and another, Gakko sei-to ben kiyo surgoroku, or “School-students studying sugoroku.” New games are published in Japan at each recurring New Year. Like the corresponding games at the present day in Europe and America, they frequently reflect whatever is uppermost in the popular mind. Thus, in 1894-95 the war with the Chinese gave rise to the Shina sei batsu sugoroku, or “Punishing China surgoroku,” a specimen of which is in the University Museum (Cat. No. 17687). The name sugoroku is more correctly applied to the game of backgammon played with two dice, but is used at the present day in Japan to desig- nate all games played on boards or diagrams in which the moves are made by throwing dice. 29. JEU DE L’OIE. Game of Goose.? France. Folding board imprinted with diagram 14 by 18 inches, having sixty- three numbered stations; dice and men. The pieces are moved according to the throws. A’common game in France at the New Year. 30. Gruoco DELL’ OCA. “Game of Goose.” Florence, Italy. Lithographed diagram? with ninety numbered stations around which the players move their men, according to the throws. (Plate 28.) 31. JUEGO DE LA OcA. Game of Goose.’ Mexico. Paper diagram printed with sixty-three numbered stations. Similar to the preceding. A similar Mexican game entitled the Juego del Laberinto, in the University Museum (Cat. No. 16474) has sixty-three 'Cat. No. 7130, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. “Cat. No. 7139, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 3Cat. No. 15489, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 4Cat. No. 15503, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 5 Cat. No. 18263, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 842 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. numbered stations arranged to represent a snake, the direction being from head to tail. 32, GAME OF GOOSE.' United States. Board, men, and spinning arrow?’ used instead of dice. The board has ninety-nine numbered stations. 33. SNAKE GAME.’ United States. Board printed in colors with one hundred and twenty-two numbered stations. The first game of this type published in the United States is said to have been “The Mansion of Happiness,” issued by Mr. 8S. B. Ives of Salem, Massachusetts, about the year 1847, and said to have been copied from an English game. Mr. Ives was the first publisher of games as a business in this country. In 1861 Mr. Milton Bradley of Springfield, Massachusetts, published the ‘“‘ Checkered Game of Life.” These were the forerunners of a large number of similar games in the United States, among which the following are included in the collec- tion of the University of Pennsylvania: ‘Steeple Chase”; “Yacht Race”; ‘‘ Bicycle Race”; ‘‘Messenger Boy”; ‘‘ Round the World,” together with others with more or less fanciful titles invented in order to secure the protection of copyright. The prototype of the boards in these and the preceding games (Nos. 28 to 32) is to be found in the Korean Nyout circuit. The following foreign games of the foregoing type are contained in the collection of the Museum of Archeology and Paleontology of the University of Pennsylvania.’ 1Cat. No. 16467, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 2A square of cardboard, with the numbers from 1 to 6 arranged in a circle, and a metal arrow fastened to revolve on a pivotinthe center. It and similar contrivances are substituted on account of the prejudice against the use of the dice through their association with gambling. 3Cat. No. 175656, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. 4The European specimens are in greater part the gift of Dr. H. Carrington Bolton. See his paper, The Game of Goose, Journal of American Folklore, VIII, p. 145. 843 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. “so[nz 049 ur sivodde 9orp Jo zaquind oy} UegAi Wolds ATUO SI SINT, z “GOUT JSOIvOM OY} 0} POYBOLPAT ST quradunt 949 JO OZI8 OUT, 1 868 6GFL Gr. pesceerecce opy7 £9 se Aal(g _fjeeeeeeaeseee @)pooee aypeeosescse SUOGNO HyNeIaoFOOI00G FOGOGOOTCIC () DROP Or RRO CRI GE DOS GORIIIECL quRlig-jIupe ep nope gO teeeeeress opt ¢9 prfqg |to-oe OEEEDIC) nega EEG Seo SS Lt HOWpIGNHle 2 ges BAVA) (| ie gies 2 arog ae Joy op UME Np nop Gian \|ser scores ODaaans £9 OMA CET Tare | Peis meritecicsicc O Dit sepcoal paty vices saa ee OD Release eee f ODRey: pitas ee Meta ip iear a tl a Qh yeppos np nel ee ee op-*7>- e9 ip Nal sag jeecboocances @yeaoeclpoccsone eIp Je UeT[ed |--""--">-- Teka (SPARES RS SEGS Cacone sees inesvdoa god np nop en. RR Sees Opseaas £9 GTEAQHOT «geese sels ODuasas sella iaaecre et ODisesl aoe ee Op 57s | Pa Se ee sic rice'seisiotis 2ODOSCNOABE Opeaeae zZ SSescisssee op:7*- £9 yi tee G@ygRooR S| Posmecesct GiERES CAVA (G) [PIPPI PHP eGc" Opie as ia5 Coase ic: pants = ane is STO T Op Met go teeetetee opt: ¢9 wr &qet | occ (22 920] SSS EDOG6OSG6C55 Ope: SIO SCIGOSRAOAITE @ynecooaiacecic s0015 Sep 9[PANOUOL O10,[ 9p nor? z reesesseee Ope e9 STAGE el sees Q)0R9C09 PRR COC RE ane ODS segs | Seca oar ete ae tee pear eee eo 910,[ op nef puvry z wee wae e ewe op eceee €9 Ft Aq IT ee Opsccas te ee we op ees SAAT EO wee ele wee ee eee See SSeCeciQn eocece Pe ee op--- ¢9 Gi Ili) |PeeoneGboect @yp ooo] PeadecKe CVO MIS) WMT JPoerooeeceecI8As O) er eee ecg corel ean eS eee = AOLO TOP DO\t. optst £9 GTEACE TN Gaieemae aaa leo p> PROCS SIC oS NOUTeqcsLO ATT (Oh |naaias aaa C3) eae tatiaie. doy ce Ber a OLTEPTTTUL N19? fg pane oscece Opaaaae €9 Pye ANG ae |POSSCCes parvoqgprep |------ oe a carte t 0) Se seer See eam Ct) er aed are es Mae caine bak 2 pea o10,[ 9p ner Qo seteteteee op-*-*"] ¢9 og fqet [ccc O Diets |e eect Gy PHSoS PE renaeSorsen Ion G@fyronag|oesaoccc nic elnieisisieicici-icc OULIVUI BI op neL? Pe eee opt 29 og Aq et [eotcttrooo (qypncb|aeuncocosponcRc. op-77- BDO SOOOOOSOSSANS Opaama | O1LU} ITU OOUBIT VI Op oNnbI10jSTy nee Pn oe op:-*-* 00T te Sqer |ooccc: or---- Opseses|ecs > ss ea ns =10 Dice |aae eee DEmOOOOnG Opsaeos eceooergse XNBAVYD Op SasInoo sop nope mB [ewceessceces sort | 9 ae Mel @e |[Ps-e9eesecer (aPorer|poascec 2g) TE WIIG) Gaya |PARCPOSeconeases 1S in Gee SO ORS ea moe ae JI1Osm09 np nef? “HONGUH Meswmocett mnjojae 7, | 9 QyA Nol eye Pee oosGccone CO) aN ala re vac a Mi (oe et puepsugy im="=""=Q8004) JO OUIBY) qesory MON 9G *HSITONG Zo sssesseees op----* 29 LZ &q Aya |[Popeepbecace ODaeesaleea ase WEE Qo Ihe PRO SSeS ess Wepi1eysmy j-- "=" 7 * “""""TajnoOy UA OGOBO Up nef? ‘HOLAG oe op----- 00T ae Atal pae ||P2esoasdosce Gy pogmd|oesocesonpmcacmogecnacas SSSucaadacacr AMT Ae Aie¥g) [POSSSSG Sc Searels [idsasevy ojseAro[] V | ‘HSINVG Jpeecocoecmoc aor, | 60F CHER CRG Cae eins sarin ete SY (0 27 al ata et A OG ates ie ae ae SUDO dt: | 295 ee Sie inches aoeraea ne Qg UY Surgs : “sayouy “HSANIHO ' ‘suor} cme | “SMtemerdaT Jegenoy gol VOzIS RILAye PL TOUSTANA ‘eANgoUINULUL JO ooULd ‘OULBAT oqun ‘munaphisuuag fo fnswanrug ‘ibojojuoapg pun hibojowyoup fo wnasnyy ut 2800s) {0 sawny ‘oN -qud FOPLT GOFLT STPLI QIFLT GCPLT OOFLT 6TPLT GGPLT FIPLT EGPLT PCPLT 68FST SIFLIT LIFLT TGPLI OZFLT L6ELT PISLT €T¢LT Geib ~~ REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 844 fd a rer Sse ODF) are O8 tr Aq ST 2 SO ara ele Ape 3 9g gt Aq OT ak hal RRO Ba se ial 9¢ et Aq IL A aaa Opn t: PL To AQiSE alps = a (alae eae Pra Sre sg. Opt. OP, SCARE: |e sss redag Beenie oer s Opi S= "1/85 ao Aq 8ST |7-* pavog Surplowy 27S) Bea a Ope eo alee an CORR Sac Opes id Apnea ati £9 eT) Ra a eta mea at me vera: op: -""| 9 EGR 20 enki aes OBte apace mnzoqzoay, 777777 6t Aq 6E 7777 prvog Surpjog A A el irate aed op-*"-"| 18 je I Sa eae a ae 1) en hae sr? opors: OF UE 9 A ie eos i) aera CY sea pyres ae rae 0 mada Opes Ce neers et Oper £9 CR oes (8, (tylko er EE (0) 9 SB Oi ine mars ng a £9 oz Aqgn |-""7** ag OR ae fe TS secs ope: £9 cia: bale halal 3) ea (O, ~ Wp eae tte igh LO Se gs $9 0z Aq eT is Sais ce carn al 2S lect Rene Sui Fa £9 i all label a op s**" GEA ri op-"*" £9 On AC utes at ie Mac Gh ON talaga kd ie £9 2) A ico RODex co AE earner eae £9 Oc SHARE ate Fok as aah Core sos plans t9 OZ0NCh CTs ec en as ‘OD sian Cee less ae Ota £9 PieSOuOr Slee) ene wna co) Ua iy ha amet bag aor | £9 osAqgt [77 a Pe iodeg *sayouy *Ssuo0ly a “sj uomelduy Seeanins OZIg *[BILOIB IL T9qUan fT terete eeeeee XUV MA ~+---*- Bonoyary (“durr) fees ram weqEd cans rots MOIpE “d jooury ” a La ec uorpid “a sie) efelet SI a fara h eet 9) Seadomencadte sae -opett Reta eecrenes opt: es pee eal ee wOIpld “dL “eysitqng BE OG [ords-mosurqoy | % ------y9Idg-osley pun -ysog | & pbsje's'eje'a\ «:s/oi-imeie blots Jordg-uyequesig |-"""*" 7" ‘NVIWUaD so. ah Sig Pome nae cele Bee ee ee eee p POUR ae Ei a | A Nae Oe | | pigutc onan sialon aimee mc HU LUORseET2 Ure le ets | atee. mete Uetae niece are See eee eee e serene eee eee er necro reese tettopareeclessre: i St Oe eg eat ee Ae oe to) ee a OD as 6906 dcinisisielsisisinige <=) Opn eas | erga alae aricin eres er ane med Bee spies Cries Sassi! OP esr weasels meee ciens -apagre = "5° O10 ep aLetlllooG meinicisle Wossnoy-e-quog |°"--""""-7--"-"- essnd-oouvIy nof puvsy |--"--*"-- Sic taiejelelemipainiaietie ODar = sl preesen sce ccinie SATE TORIC BAO Ooi al eames anni cee ce srecrescss Qn >|°---9-=-\ MOSBAOA MOdsIG Np nel puvary) <5 5°" °'*" piri sie esieic ia Sieg |o S25 os Sorsass-=s aMmoure Pep mel paery) a icas sc: pe ae tide Gig Aoueyy |---77° 77777 > ofqia109 guod np nof puwry |-------"*| selesie ie rir GS UMGMOSSTOANv Alaa - canna a eS a o10.p nor | T he cg de ett () UEREDO hes hete 2 eerie zeto108 np nef puwry |---"-"-*" Deep eeeteeeseees Qperee Be a a ee Aa aE tee ee ee cir iniein peeer eee oe jen es coe cc SO OMBI ap StOx Se IU) ilimee saa AB? A SE SREB pI Cn aS Saas Si aie 2S SBOE OO C0) aia I 4 1 sina cates ee eeE ee ee eee oprtrtttctcee pie rere ae SIAL 0) 9} 2 Otel ellis so014 Sop 9[PANOMOI O10,, ap NEL | (ZL BORGO RIG Pee Chut 0) | Joo Io HINO Sa slivg op sergyshu sap nee |---"-"" "> So eae sereee oprrrts|rcet eee clasemrtm paceecevkut oprttt fcr 6 aie te Sse OD gece anre e SE ONISUT JO [SLOUL Nef L6E ye ie ee cde SS AUN tA Lhe sells aaa Ih 9 Py tes ge OG 6k a a 6 tet eB *penul}y w0oO—HAONAUA ‘ON ‘OINAOVINUBUL JO OOB[ “OUR NT rca TSFLT PEPLT S8PLL SLFOT 8ISLT 6ISLT LISLI 9GFLT LOPLI 83PLT ESC9L 9TSLT 6GPLT O&FLT SEFLT £TPLT OLPLT GIFLT 66ELT COFLT SOPLT 86ELT 60FLT TOPLT LOFLT ‘ON Iles yt ‘ponuyu0g—nwpapisuusg fo finswaug ‘fibojojuoang puv ifopomyoup fo wnasnyy u e804 fo saw) 845 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. NAN Fw an RQRAATAA AN an teeeeeees open seeeeeeees Opies tereteeees oprres: 1.) Us op-* op-* op-- op-* op-* op-* op": op-* op- - op-* op” oor Oot fT Aq OT FL Aq IL ct Aq @T FI Aq ZL ct &q Br FL osesssisssc si -1OTdC-SHONTS) SONG NT ot tttess==-7ordG-osuBxy) SO]SOnoU1o[[ Vy testo oleiasier reclaim ----yotdsesuny sone yy srccercrnco---"--T9rdG-osuBxy) ono seq Tosceeesons sss" -TordsosuBy Oneu SBC. ‘olds -sqayuy -puposyduvqg pun -uypequesry sone |eveece reece etter ee eee jetdg-uyequestoy sin tPs)e\zi= Jords-uessepiy soyosynep sone yy perdsuayy eyseneu sey eines stores -191dG-Uayy Vy one seqT ore OCC GBS ------791dsosuRy onou seq pipes soorsrsss-s* ToTdSuesPy Onem sBq ‘opue'y uz PUN JaSSB A\ NZ 49M OLp TAN OSTAxy OL(T roeseencone cco =--1A1dSMOSsO1IByy SONON ocerisic el ienieiisisieirieici=')- Tord Spa eset Ra ra aot (2) Cosi} 029 2p eed 1216 coeeeeos"aQny Avent) voeeroeess Iddny-non Oe ae aS ALE es Jetdsosurs) seq OIRSSER OTS IOGOISGG A (2) CnC fakaheqah cyehs) (cle sawlesieelds Saws aenoeee te eeeeeeeees operee: O8FLT LLYLT BLFLT FOFLT SOFLT LOFLT POPLT SOFLT ZOFLT TLFLT ESPLT CLFLT 69FLT ZGPLT OLFLT CLFLI 6LFLT COFLT SLFLT PLFLT 8LPLT G8FLT S6FLT OGFLT S6FLT I6FLIT FOPLI GEPLI REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 846 (8) (he seas ODS te ODF - > ODF a NIA NNNNANANNNATNAN AT ANN AANA AN 9€ 9€ 9& 00T Oot 00r gt £q ZIT st Aq BT ct Aq ZL ct 4q 2 ct Aq 31 et 4q eI et Aq €T ar £q éT et Aq @E Glz @r Sq SL et 4q €1 6t Aq FT ct Aq I ct Aq OL er Aq €T ot Aq or eT 4q @E eT Aq ZL ct 4q BI ct Aq OL et Aq IT ae et Aq ST @r Aq IL “SOYOUT SEI (0) pF OSE PSO SOS ETT) pei eenees FSCO (pgp Ia ween eee eees ODF Sie sar Per EF ado pe www cen ease Opes ss sneeee SII (1) ga SSSIOSISSCOIH! (py oC wer ecw erccee Opa se ceee nee DES (ya oso SOIR ADEN i(a yyy Pat ar Pa tore) Urea owe ewnesae (ya ee eee nsec ccces op--77- Seis Opsese eee cee esees op-*77- aiplem aleseinie nie Onset eee eeeeens Gpapaan eee cece nenne Ops a eee tec ceeene (Qpocc so cseeres = TOR, aneeece seeeeeeees Operee: etersteeta' piece eres Opes: z vo reeeeees press: Bc seein acm Ses 010403997, ghOd) . -um x syaomoeldmy sesnoy jo oq urn jy *[BLIOe TL ‘ponuru0j—viunajphisuuag fo hivsianug ‘ibo,o,uoang pun ibojomyoup fo wnesnyy veer teeeeteeeees Qpirtes|steeee eee cesses opts: toe teeeeeeeeeees Qperse lessees reseteeees oper: peieticinte Siamese op rt|tttrttte tees gprs: BEIESOS te ceeeeees prrcts|seeceeeteeeeeee opreee: vot tteeeeeereees Qperess|seeeeeeeeeeseees Operees Briewsisisles seeeeees oprrcts|srteeesess sees: oprtee: Rae Ga Ck eee) Sade ae ae eh Sedan ner OD aaa Racy BB AO IORI) iO OO SIOER ORDO AAI Gi ior Senet erate secre oprrtte[eer cere cesses ee op-**-* eee aee sees oprtttt|ttreset cc etees oper: Becidnsassasaaae opttre [treet terete oper: Sasa niseMele=(cle'9/s\a ODS gle SAase wes seiser sre On are: weeteeeeeeeeeees opertes|eeee retereeeees opteree Nemiciiaeials qpavyoing *O |°----*" >> Sanqmossie AA ease ene opttrcc|ttttttettcte et op---** set teeecteeeeees Opes ec|ecrect eee eee op-*7*" te eeee sees seers Oper sees Bob abedcoonds op-**"" Sonicciebianaekeeate oprrtcc|ttt terre op-.7* Se eiiaste = eet op--77- [77 seeeeeeeeees Opies *1oplouyos “Wey %w eYsrmged |----*"-""* urddnyy-noe yy “IOYSIGng ‘QINJZOVJNULUE JO ODV[ Pe eee areas sso sese- Tordg-WoystInoy, | FF | 60SLT Rab dea dag yan. ce mcinh 2 TOTINJLOFIN | 8 90SLT BERS view Walsvnviscisenser™ = erdeumgR gos! of GOSLT Rain Riera anasto ae ml ae OU en Gy A\w to FOSLT peeiiess veroseeressss jordg-ageqepragd | T GOSLT Peles wroresees = 7ordG-Um081}99 AA SONONT | 690T FPPLL poe: Seveennatieth yoc5 ee Vera ee eas One | SPPLT Plated xia Jordg-10jog 1oZIVMYOS SONON | OLOT | OFFLT srsseee"* Tordg-lojog pun zJULT BENEN | PLOT | LPPLT car Sane ce pri “*7+>"yordg-jsanasuey | 0g | ISPLT nica wooresescesss--Tetdg-mesVey SeNON | SLOT | SFPLT cleisiare sieyninis. seit ie selon) =eie yetdsosuvy sonen | If¢ OFFLI gabe eta RUBE sabe i a Sec OD ee aay | SEPLT Saas or sfeleetr reais ge “*-"Tordg-asuRy | 62 | 9EPLT eee ee ao eee Trdg-uqequosry | SFE | 68FLT eC RR a Taree ster sane seme pordg-wommnyg | vPE OSPLL Ce REPU er ~-yordg-yuvg sonon | TLOT SPFLL pe ainigae-is ~-s-*--jordg-uay Vy SezsenoN | ELOT TPPLT BG" CBee Egor 00 Boal ie CS jetdg-uoyy | 4g GFPLT streets" pordgG-mmedje A, SeJSONoMe[[VY | $Z08 T8PL1 seisissidivinieln == sish= Jordg-mwomu9e139 A, BONEN | BPPL 9PLT “eM Py TOINp O$101949 A\ §,1ET[ NPT pun ezpurposg | ¢goL €8PLT ROCESS ROI sorecreess--"19IGBIedG JE | $F09 LSVLT “"" ;MOPIOA JOJO IOZIVATOG [LM 1OA\ | 8TO8 TOPLI DOO OTE ----- jordG-mosTIqoy seq | ZIST OLPLT *ponuliyu0oo—NVWUaD ‘ON ON *OULE NT §,10qS8I[ | uMnes -qud 1 UL 98004) JO SAWN) 847 CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. in | NANNN NNNAN AN AN NNN SC ‘yond pur ‘ysysugq ‘qouc1y ‘uvu1e4—sesensuvyl Moy Ul poyurid crv somMvS SUTMOT[OJ OA OY} PUL ST} JO Solna puL souIBU OTT,» ‘uvul 8 Jo olnSy ‘WySueT x 06 06 06 06 06 06 £9 69 £9 £9 &L 08 8P 08 £9 £9 £9 9L 06 ao Aq LT 91 Aq BT ot 4q ZI 02 Aq OT 02 Aq OF 02 Aq gf ct Aq 11 Gz Aq 0% @o 4q LT ct Aq IT 02 Aq 61 #2 Aq oT gz Aq LT 0z Aq eT ot Aq ZI 9t 4q BI ot Aq 2 gr Aq gT Lt Aq eT et Aq oF et Aq OT et 4q OL et 4q OT et 4q oT er Aq ot FI Aq TL gt Aq ZI ct 4q ZI ct Aq 31 irene Hy aed Meggan a aab aco atoeeed Ponnasecensaueta dooce auc Peres as. aypposie [Pooch carton enisabarsescel[aaoace Per M NRT eae ~ Apae teen Gf) 667 seneoceen eras: scodaades|| ab ccescssesadeaadusouc: Cage ee opsreee|eccnenecesesenensenteose|eneeeeenecenenecesenenee ee eee oleieie- oh Dir snae RQ UEO COUR AE DO DOC DOO ODDa lOCUbon POOLE | ScdeD0aseLUd eo phahe pete ake (0) Oe | | aan a Rae eee EN ac ett ed |e age ea ge ee a 9OTle A eee ER? a Ties op’ -->*|"19 9 TouRIg ‘MOS TIO iS ROK pat O Pied ee the ed cee Co I ON las oe meat remme SAU AN by 9 RGA EPH OU De ie aioe acter 0) @ Yost Cee eee OS 29 Oar “IQ 9 Tpourrg ‘taosT1I1¢ Fa, ae, PE eas PET hd aaa ee Rak oe CQO SSS OS TORN A Mota. [RODE SOG IOO Oy Veen peeenisntene fyppise pr] ooseeccndadtace is npocee bases reckoucar: op*==- Be ae SO ea cee mist SALA red WANA OG Be ciara te cee C8) Ua A Saini eh weit arts OP Se TAS Pe psea pes FLORBILE) COPE)! (2 eee’ oe ae Ue nigh ae OD eee ng eeega nas ed Dis ars (ciciiainarre i seer SOD SIs) ae 21625921] )900100 | aaa oeveeeae es pp RRC Sacouce Pencaceen( |, pera Deaievas Gyan fist mocesee seer Gpyseob dl peebaocmacct ber bee Spee mam LO Paeiree spony koe se = FOORLCTAL INT recente east OO LOOT "2UNy ra temcigan Tar sf ROSS) VRE. UGA aE PS eer SOR Red CIBIIO eee Gjpceos [ eencccosmasoo-oceactier Rene dere era 55133 5030010, yee ema Peter tart ore a cera etre een one ae Ere Reis: Hapmagd weceoe penousnet reas Cel ay a ae eer Le san oS RbSTEEOE Og nOEBG HEED ah Mee ale Me toa=e Se roheeeere nis sSeamanoece gy yekinen Pea eGo % Pe RN eae sinew ss Meee 6a Sey ieloe BeeBrarcpeee oateane send E Secutin sn tis aoes Sakae ere re: pscoec ere Hepes otek Meco ore ees taece ees vaneen Sobor gyypoder| aosdedesuddapaniasc ences Eubrenactad sanpaenean deeb orem ieoa(gp?-ce"| siete -aeadoc ras Sots taba Bs Pe tase prrisas no. fh poop oecenprsuecd ode Gabel tea ttle ag wuleshesene dees ‘lojomVIp ‘punoy , seteeeeeestoperee: Bhictetemiace eae vette ect tee esses eon sees Bclulsieia'se Se Davee alee econ eens ertenios op-.7"* SPEDE SOSG.01G9003 CHOI IAS CASEIN) fe 900 cowl aeesa does Se eee terest eee eerope ces: gaisieis PROIIESOIIIIOIOO 1 Hayay, 42) uy lavoreyed) PORD SCR SDOr B00 [9p CDONTS 9[0A9790T ICL aide os ete ia a BIBI] UL VABlLOOALO OLS A ria oe wire civicefelaiere ---AvBMUIBIY [TOP ODONLY mocisicie cleiielmeileciale selec B00 [ep Ov0NTY “(als oinieieicss's:oielele “--""*QUUBSUISTIP [OP 0 BOISRUI BUIEINRT VI[Ep OAONU ODONTY) PO CB OOD RE Co.0o *""> OPUOUL [ep OALD [T “""" Sp Top BIpSuqquq wT de is SP et ee SoS BOO [TOP OOODLE) Gwe ae ceceeeecer* 9UOIBG [AP ODONIY) sleiec's eivicleleisiaicisie B00, T[9p OOONTS OAONT [T “NVITV.II ee ctenee Feet eeeersese-2- 1ordg-eqqesoy edoing qornp ostey Jerds-uyeqopresd OmGISI60 PIAGGIO 2) SEU) HON Leta | RoR gas ssees-----19rtdg-ostoy pun 4ysog SCIP AOS jerdg-esuesy) pun -syonyy BES OUG gO SCOIURD As 1058 (-SSBUUOG OIC, *- Jledg-osuvy epues[eysojun onou seq sec ee ee eee we ee eee Jerdg-uo[peqysn'y spe naqondoc teteeeeeseeeerees roidg-pSep LLELT I8€LT O88LT TLELT GLELL I68LT I86LT G6ELT 88ELT - L8ELT S8ELT 68ELT GOSST 98ELT POCcT OLELT €LELT O6ELT B8ELT GOSLT TOSLT OOSLT 66PLT 86PLT L6FLIs TISLT 96FLT 80SLT LOSLT REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 848 Gea Geaeaeee OD Sa i op-***- Smee es. sory € ----90Ip Tapoo A I *umm4.09904 10‘9Ip WapooM I peyojyou-suoT I eS aiacenie tos cue aCee I Sia mais cterscten cyaemceie eae ae See op-***- AC Se eas So ameeeeed op-**-- CGT e he Ot eta ena OD rai z Hocacoocde op----- oe op-***- j Ee OD een a Z aoocodeocs op----- ae paeae | ear cE: aos 2206 i *10q 2 “UU syueue,dary 00T yA) I le ele ia 4 Sp praca a ayny Avysn4) |-- >" ---- urddny nen £9 PAC eee eas ODO. Seen nrisenccs INCA GEY 9 Bauliig ih eS OSE Ee Ops =s I+¢€9 OAC apy nara cals ODEtE al Raaas song Avaqed “gry |------> a ee OOTXeyy | ftp eae PUT UL eo te anne Deore peas aenea or eg yyes™a paris oe caesar sc Eee O2T ee 2 bc eae Gp sere tek ae gett ODF ea aera aaaetae Maroc 80L Le xq EG. ||P ores Sahel US ae wae ce aes i “qdi2osnue py its 5 ol Pee eee Sek | | “Lud €& GR AGES Eee Tee Ober es “MOD uByanqnyvy |------""-- (F681) OLZOT, 2 ep Aten ierss Se ORES 9 | 77" Tumeynsy, 9qryory |7-* 57777" (7881) oAZOT, 82 yAGuere apccienn s op ---*|--: eheseye M OroSurp |---------- Sasa O eaaa #3 OR AGwie Nzeocsseccian. ORarsee -eknzruryg orfeunsy, |---" 777777777777 of£¥OT, rat Le Aq et [r---* pe ORS erg ene Ss ee qdtsosnue yy €9 BLAU PE ators ake Oe aya as ree: TOYLOV e1Bsay) €9 cL &q IT Ya ea (0) Onpaadaba car eae toe neta ana a | Imes neue ted St ett chee E 69 Si Sah Pages crs BREA OS eer Ee see a oAe ra ese eeiy on Bhar eee €9 AL AOAT = |Reeeroanes* ODE CNP OS prayer eo Alf Se esas aa 69 a Ce a Ee 78 RO ENS aap race 28 Soe ape oo ay et lee Rearoeee eee €9 OT Adie Eo reseacs SE MOD See S Sart Sem age cde apse ens es aa 29 a ACen een ace Sch dodger lie 755 gsm crlshc as Soe oe 7tacces' esisqresce zs ssn8-7 “Sayoury *smoty -BYS LO r ‘. é . sesnoy Jo 8ZIg [eLeqe YL Leystqug 9IN4OVRBINUBUL JO 9dVL I eq umm Ty qejadssex) vi “HSIGAMS Se OO aD serso--29"-890 BI Op OsonE paieirnie “77 77"--OqmIIEqeR] [op oson Lf “HSINVdS cee, SisieIe pian isis ele e/eieis 0}-SsuoAy-S uOATT, ‘NVOUOM NYyO1OSNs nsyeq-tes VuUIyS “**"*-" nyorosns OATHMA .09-lo8 OY BD nyor10sus nA-1e BIN yBVUILyL “- NYOLOSUS TOS-Snys lep Iypor OAT Ue NT ‘ASUNVdVE we seepcie ss slcieine esoouRlg BOQ | -"*7""7* B00 [JOP ODONIS OLA |*- ~*~ pao Sag SOSH OOn A OaOS Oe SAd HATERS optttt ett nach BOO Rect © SSS Ua asap ee pos ope aSt sete ae ee Slats claimant sii inlet ioe rsicia sn amisona stale op ctr e [treet SSBB SSSED ORME RACE eee ate sieves ee ee SABSORSSSE SHEE Se SEBS ESS Rape er ae opttrrs fittest seininsisicist 'nsionis ==" =/-18)0. [TO DIO0O0TS). | cceensaias ‘on *OUIE NT 8,10YST] “qnd ‘ponuyu0j—nuvajlisuusg fo ivsinug ‘fbojozuoajng pun fihojomyoup fo wnasnyy wi asooy fo sawny CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 849 34. TAWULAH. Backgammon. Damascus, Syria. Folding board inlaid with mother-of-pearl and. silver wire, dice, and men.! The gameis played in the same manner as the common English game. The game of backgammon belongs to what I have designated, for convenience, as the Nyout series. Dr. Hyde has remarked that the six points upon each quarter of the backgammon board were devised to correspond with the six points of the cubical die. 3). TABAL, Backgammon. Johore, Malay Peninsula. Board.’ The name of this game, tabal, is doubtless from the Portugese tabola or Spanish tabla. Fig. 156. MEN FOR KOREAN BACKGAMMON GAME, Height, 53 inches. Cat. No, 17601, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. The game of Backgammon, played upon a board of twenty-four sta- tions similar to the boards in common use in Spain at the present day, exists along the entire eastern coast of Asia, from Korea to the Malay Peninsula. 36. SSANG-Ryouk. Backgammon. Korea. Reproduction of native picture of players engaged at the game. This game is described at Iength in Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes. It is played with fifteen men, according to the throws with two dice, in the same manner as the English game of backgammon. The board consists of an unpainted box, 11 by 234 inches, with inclos- ing sides 3? inches high. The men—called mal, “horses,” as in the Nyout game—are delicate wooden pins 23 inches high, with a hemi. spherical base (fig. 156). Those on one side are painted green, with red ‘Cat. No. 7710, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 2Cat. No. 16586, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice, fig. 10, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 502. ’From Korean Games. NAT MUS 96 54. 850 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. tips, and those on the other red, with green tips, agreeing in this respect with the pieces in the Hindu game of Pachisi, which sometimes have the green pieces tipped with red and the red with green in the same manner, as in the Burmese game (No. 41). An interesting pecul- Fig. 157. COWRIE GAME (Kawade Kelia). Board, 12 by 243 inches. Ceylon. Cat. No. 16471, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. iarity of the men is that they are each marked with the name of a famous Korean Ki-sding, or “singing girl,” which is inscribed in Chi- nese characters on the bottom of each piece. This Korean game nearly agrees with the Chinese backgammon game CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 851 described hy Dr. Hyde under the name of Coan ki (Zsun k’‘), or the ‘Bottle Game.” ! 37. KAWADE KeELIA. Cowrie game. Ceylon. Board and cowries.’? The board, 12 by 244 inches, is marked with a design cut in the wood (fig.157). Itis elevated by two strips of wood nailed transversely across the bottom, and bears a nearly obliterated diagram for the same game in blue paint. From the exhibit of the Government of Ceylon at the Columbian Exposition, Chicago. Two or four persons play. In the latter case, two play as partners. Cowries of different kinds are used as men, each player having three. These are called bala, dogs” (singu- lar, balo). The moves are made, according to the throws, with six cowrie shells. ‘The counts are as follows: 6 mouths up =6 5 mouths up =5 4 mouths up = 4 3 mouths up = 3 2 mouths up = 2 1mouth up—1 The players stand at opposite sides of the bottom of the board and finish at the end of the interior diagram, making the circuit in opposite direc- tions. A player may take and set back an opponent’s piece, unless it be upon one of the squares crossed by diagonals, called cattya. A similar game is played in southern India under the name of Gavalata, or “‘cowrie play,” upon a square checkered board having an odd number of squares upon a side (fig. 158). Two or four persons play, each using one or two cowries as men, which they move according to the throws with four or five cowries.* When two play, one starts at A and the other at B, moving in the direc- tion of the arrows. The object is to traverse all the squares to the center. A player kills and sends back an opponent’s piece when his own falls upon the same square, unless it rests in a protected square or “castle.” These games are clearly related to the following game, Pachisi. The cowries used in it, as in Pachisi, may be regarded as a convenient sub- stitute for staves. 38. PACHISI. The Game of “Twenty-five.” India. Cloth, cowries, and men.° “The implements for the game of Pachisi, a most popular game in ‘De Ludis Orientalibus, Oxford, 1694, p. 65. Cat. No. 16471, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. * A similar Hindu game is figured and described by Mr. Edward Falkener (Games, Ancient and Oriental, p. 265) under the name of Ashta-kashte. ‘Children and others who can not afford cowries play with tamarind seeds rubbed smooth on one side. 5 Cat. No. 153344, U.S.N.M. BOARD FOR ‘‘COWRIE PLAY”’ (Gavalata). Southern India. 852 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. India, consist of a cloth or board, sixteen wooden or ivory pieces or men, and seven cowrie shells. The board consists of four rectangles, with their narrow sides so placed as to form a square in the center (tig. 159). Each rectangle is divided into twenty-four small squares, consisting of three rows of eight squares each. The game is usually played by four persons, each of whom is furnished with four ivory or wooden cones called géte of a peculiar color for distinction, and takes his station opposite one of the rectangles. His pieces, géte, start one by one from the middle row of his own rectangle, beginning at the ie Basse DX ste seed g | ees Fig. 159. PACHISI CLOTH. From Korean Games. division next to the large central space. They then proceed all around the outside rows of the board, passing, of course, through those of the adversaries’ rectangles, traveling from right to left (i. e., contrary to the sun) until they get back to the central row from which they started. Any piece is liable, however, to be taken up and thrown back to the beginning, as in backgammon, by any of the adversaries’ pieces hap- pening to fall upon its square, except in the case of the twelve priv- ileged squares (called chik, ‘forts’), which are marked with a cross; in that case the overtaking piece can not move from its position. Their CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 853 motion is determined by throwing six or seven! cowrie shells as dice, which count according as the apertures fall uppermost or not. The counts are as follows: i l aperture up = 2 apertures up = 3 apertures up = 4 apertures up = 5 apertures up = 6 apertures up = 30 7 apertures up = 12 No apertures up = 6 A throw of twenty-five or thirty gives an additional move of one. At the last step the throw must amount to exactly one more than the num- ber of squares left to enable the piece to go into the central space, i. ¢., off the board. If it happens to stop on the last square, it can not get off Fig. 160. MEN FOR PACHISI GAME. a, Maldives; wood, painted. b, Burma; wood, painted. c, Lucknow, India; ivory. Height, 13 inches, 4 and 44 inch. Cat. Nos, 16477, 18612, 7133, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. until twenty-five or thirty is thrown. The players throw in turns, and each goes on until he throws a two, three, or four, when he loses the lead. If the same number be thrown thrice successively, it does not count. The game is generally played with six cowries, making the highest throw twenty-five (the six apertures up then counting twelve); hence it is termed Pachisi (from pachis, twenty-five). The board used is a carpet or some other fabric, ornamented and marked with cloth of different colors sewed upon it. It is sometimes played by two persons, each taking the opposite rectangles with eight pieces and playing them all from the rectangle next to him. The game continues till three of the players get out. They never play for money.’’” The game of Pachisi may be regarded as an expansion and elabora-’ tion of the type of game represented by the Korean Nyout, and sacred 1 The number of shells used as dice in Pachisi and allied games varies from four up to as many as sixteen. ?Herklots, Qanoon-e-Islam, London, 1832. 854 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. and divinatory in its origin. The board itself represents the Four Quarters of the World. Its four arms, each with eight squares, may be regarded as the four arms of the internal cross of the nyout circuit, each of three points extended by the four arcs, each of five points. The position of the ‘“‘castles” or squares marked with a cross on the arms is not always the same,' but commonly, as on the cloth from the Maldives (No. 43), they agree with the large circles at the four quarters of the nyout circuit. The colors of the men agree with those assigned to the seasons of the year and the four quarters of the world to which they correspond, in Asia. When four persons play, the red and green, and black and yellow play partners. This relation is indicated on the men used in the Burmese game (No. 42), which are painted with the complementary colors, the red men having green tips, and vice versa. This corresponds with the relation assumed to exist between the seasons and the world quarters and their corresponding colors. As each quarter of the world has four quarters, each player in turn has four men. As the men or pieces may be regarded in the cosmical game as actually representing men, they appear as such in the Maldivian game (No. 43) like the men of the Noah’s Ark. The name of the pieces, géte (singular, gét),? also applied to the pawns in chess, is derived from the Sanskrit ghotaka, a horse. This agrees with the Korean name of the men in Nyout: mal, “horse,” or “horsemen.” The two faces of the Korean staves, black and white, may be regarded as signifying, aS will appear in the following pages, the dual principles of nature, masculine and feminine. A feminine significance is widely attributed to the aperture of the cowrie shell. Its convex side would naturally be regarded as masculine; hence its substitution for the staves would seem to have been an easy transition. The distribution of the game of Pachisi in Asia, as illustrated by specimens in the U.S. National Museum and the Museum of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, is from Syria to the Philippines. 39. PATOLLI. A game like Pachist. Ancient Mexico. Reproduction of native picture, from copy of sixteenth century Hispano-Mexican manuscript, with kind permission of Mrs. Zelia Nuttall: ° Mrs. Zelia Nuttall has kindly furnished me with the following trans- lation of the Spanish text accompanying the picture: This is a game that the Indians had and named patole. It is like a game of dice, and (played) upon a painted mat. In the following picture, and all who were mas- 'They are sometimes placed on the fourth square and sometimes on the fifth, vary- ing in specimens from the same locality. *The word got, or properly ghot, Bengali, ghunti, is obviously a corruption of the Sanskrit ghotaka, a horse, Bengali and Hindi ghora, or ghote. Communicated to the writer by the Swamee Vivikenanda through Mrs. Florence B. Sherman. ’ Prospectus: Libro de la Vida que los Indios antiguamente hazian y Supersti- ciones y malos Ritos que tenian y guardavan. An anonymous Hispano-Mexican Man- tee eta ia abe ai ih Ww Li q i OF | D nw P int nh ~ ay we ; ; i in Dy ia re: mi ry sa pe ey hiv nay Byi/ a. SRN Ruin dae ee i F i at ni Lim A YI Lh (ih ny ie) Wome ts M iyedel me Leigh ts (an oe a ae a ee vi ie mn f a ' " Report of U, S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 29. THE GAME OF PATOLLI. From Atlas of Duran’s Historia de las Indias de Nueva Espaia y islas de tierra firme, Mexico, 1880, IT. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 855 ters of their games, invocated a demon which they name Macuilsucitl, which means Five Roses (flowers). They invocate him, so that he should give them luck in winning. ! An especial interest is attached to the game of Patolli from the fact of its resemblance to the Hindu Pachisi being regarded as one of the strongest evidences of the Asiatic origin of the old Mexican culture. Attention was first called to this resemblance by Dr. E. B. Tylor in a paper before the Anthropological Institute, entitled “The game of patolli in ancient Mexico and its probable Asiatic origin.” ” In plate 29 may be seen a picture of Patolli from Duran’s Atlas, the original being in colors. An excellent résumé of the accounts of Patolli, as related by the chroniclers, is given by Prof. E. B. Tylor in the Journal of the Anthro- pological Institute,’ and republished in the Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnographie.' 40, CHAUSAR, or PASA. Set of three ivory dice.” Lucknow, India. Chausar is played upon the same board as Pachisi, with the substi- tution of three dice marked with spots counting one, two, five, and six.® Hither long dice (No. 13) or short ones pointed at the ends, like those here exhibited, are used. The shorter dice are said to be used as cheaper in price. The two uscript dating from the sixteenth century, consisting of 145 pages of illustrations and descriptive text, preserved at the Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, Florence (Cod. Magl. Class. 111. Pal., II, Cod. 3), Published in colored facsimile with English Translation, Commentary, and Notes by Zelia Nuttall. 1 Another picture in the same manuscript, reproduced by Mrs. Nuttall, described as the manta de cinco rosas (Mantle of the Five Roses), suggests the attributes of this god. It consists of a parallelogram, at the four corners of which are four circles, each of the color attributed among the Mexicans to the Four Directions. “Xochipilli, lord of flowers, otherwise named Macuilxochitl, five flowers (the name of a small odorous plant), was the deity who gave and protected all flowering plants. As one of the gods of fertility and production, he was associated with Tlaloc, god of rains.” Brinton, Rig Veda Americanus, p. 40. 2Journal of the Anthropological Institute, VIII, 1878. The first writer to discuss the resemblances of the games of the Américan Indians with those of the Old World, as an argument in favor of the Asiatic origin of the American race, was P. Lafitau in his Moeurs des Sauvages Ameriquains Comparees aux Moeurs des Premiers Temps, Paris, 1724. Under Des Jeux (II, p. 338) he describes and illustrates the plum stone game played upon a mat, and the bowl game, comparing them with the similar custom of throwing cowrie shells, practiced by the negroes of Africa (see p. 815), and with knuckle bones of classical antiquity. He then compares the game of straws, pailles, with cards, and concludes with a parallel between the Indian ball games and those of the Greeks and Romans. “On the Game of Patolli in Ancient Times and its probably Asiatie Origin, 1878. 4On American Lot-Games as Evidence of Asiatic Intercourse before the Time of Columbus, 1896. 5Cat. No. 7144, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Chinese Games with Dice and Dominoes, fig. 25, Report U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 532. ‘The variations in the game called Chausar, played with dice, from that of Pachisi with cowries, are given by Mr. Edward Falkener. Games Ancient and Oriental, London, 1892. Sou REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. kinds find a parallel in the long and short blocks used in the Nyout game and in the similar staves used in games by certain American tribes. In the case of the latter a ceremonial distinction is said to sometimes exist, one kind being used exclusively by women, who are not permitted to play with the others. 41, Past (Pachisi). Burma. Cloth, cowries, and men.’ Cloth with four arms, each with three rows of eight squares consist- ing of silk cloth of different colors. A detailed account of Pasit is given by Shay Yoe.2 The game is also called chuay pyit-thee and ansah pyit-thee. He describes six cow- ries (chuay) being used, the throws with which count as follows: 1 mouth up =10, ?’sé. 2 mouths up= 2, pah. 3 mouths up= 3, thohn. 4 mouths up= 4, lay. 5 mouths up = 25, taseht. 6 mouths up =12, bahyah. Nomouths up= 6, chouk. These, it will be seen, closely agree with those described on page 853, as do the rules in general. The “castles,” called poh or kyah, are colored red or green. The game is also played with three dice, identical with those described under Chausar (No, 40). 42. DHOLA(Pachist). Maldive Islands. Cloth, men, and cowrie shells, weighted with lead, used as dice* (Plate 30). The cloth is made of blue cotton with the squares embroidered in white thread, with the date in the middle, A. H. 1301 (1883 A. D.). Five cowries are used. In Ceylon the men receive the name of ito. 43, PACHiS (Pachisi). Persia. Wooden board,' composed of four pieces which fit together in the middle to form a cross (Plate 31). The face is gilded and painted in colors. There are three rows of eight squares in each arm, with pictures of women, covered with mica, at each of the four ends. It will be observed that the game is known in Persia by its Hindu name. The method of play, if it differs from that in India, is unknown to the writer.” 1 Cat. Nos. 18592, 18593, 18594, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. ? James George Scott, The Burman, His Life and Notions, London, 1882, II, p. 83. ’> Cat. Nos. 16476, 16477, 16482, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. From the exhibit ot the Gov- ernment of Ceylon at the Columbian Exposition, Chicago. 'Cat. No. 18264, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. °Gen. A. Houtum Schindler, of Teheran, in reply to a letter of inquiry, writes as follows: “* Pachisi, an Indian game, is seldom played in Persia; in fact, I do not remember having seen it during all my twenty-nine years’ residence in the country. The Per- sian name of the game is Pachis and Pichds, the latter evidently a corruption of the former, the original Indian word.” PLATE 30, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. DHOLA ( Pachisi). Width, 35 inches. Maldive Islands. Cat. No. 16476, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 31. BOARD FOR PACHIS (Pachis?). Length, 204 inches. Persia. Cat. No. 18264, Museum of Archzeology, University of Pennsylvania. aah 2 oe er ats Forel 4 cir al vy ah "i CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 857 44, Epris A JIN. Edris of the Genii, a game like Pachisi. Druses of Lebanon, Syria. Cloth and cowrie shells used as dice and men.! The board is much more -complicated than the preceding, consisting of a large square cotton cloth marked with a parti-colored diagram with four arms each having four rows of eight squares, each connected at the ends by a diagonal row of eight squares, the whole forming an octagonal figure. The inner square, composed of sixteen small squares, is called the serait. The moves are made according to the throws with four cowries. Each player has three men, other shells, one of which is called the “chief,” and the others ‘“‘soldiers.” The former are filled with red sealing wax, to which colored paper is pasted, distinguishing them as red, green, yellow, and black. The name of the game, Hdris, which is applied in Syria to simple games played with men upon boards, among which is Merrels, is the same as that of Enoch,’ the prophet of the Druses. In this game, which, from its terminology, is possibly of Persian origin, the pieces are differentiated. It appears to be a step in the direction of the game of chess, although not in the direct line. 45. CHATURANGA. Dice chess. Ancient India, Board, men? (repro- ductions) and die. The game of Chaturanga, now apparently extinct, is described in detail in the Bhavishya Purana, of which translations have been given by several writers. It was played upon an ordinary chessboard of sixty-four squares by four players, each of whom had eight men, dis- tinguished by the colors red, green, yellow, and black. The men con- sisted of four foot soldiers or pawns, and a Rajah, Elephant, Horse, and Ship, which are placed in the order of Ship, Horse, Elephant, and Rajah, beginning from the left corner, with the four foot soldiers in front. The partners’ pieces occupy the opposite diagonals. The Rajah, Elephant, and Horse move as the King, Rook, or Castle and Knight in modern chess; the Ship always two squares diagonally, hopping over an inter- mediate piece if necessary; the foot soldier like the pawn in our own game. The players play alternately in the order of the sun. The moves were made according to the throws with a die marked 2, 3, 4, 5. On throwing 5, the Rajah or a foot soldier was moved; if 4 was thrown, the Elephant; 3, the Horse, and 2, the Ship. It is not cer- tain from the account referred to that the die was employed after the opening move. The Rajah was not checkmated in this early game, but is taken like 'Cat. No. 18262, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. *Enoch is the reputed inventor of a kind of divinatory table divided into squares. in each of which is written an Arabic letter, which is described by Lane under the name of Za‘ir'geh. Hence, it may be, his name is applied to the games above described. °Cat. No. 7578, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 858 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. any other piece. He might, if expedient, be captured by his partner’s men, who thus placed himself in command of both armies. The name of the game, Chaturanga or “four angas,” is that of the four angas or members of an army, a term which is applied to real armies by the epic poets of India.’ The relation of the game of Chaturanga to the game of Pachisi is very evident. The board is the square of the arm of the Pachisi cross, and even the castles of the latter appear to be perpetuated in the camps, similarly marked with diagonals, on the Chinese chessboard (No. 51).2. The arrangement of the men at the corners of the board survives in the Burmese game of Chess (No. 46). The four-sided die is similar to that used in Chausar (No. 40). The pieces or men are of the same colors as in Pachisi, and consist of the four sets of men or pawns of the Pachisi game, with the addition Saal COMER ERIA of the four distinctive chess pieces, the GS aGseses cscs origin and significance of which remain to be accounted for. By analogy, it Pee GEER eo nace Gait care eae Xx DX are played, stands for the world and its four quarters (or the year and its four seasons), and that the game itself Capt. Hiram Cox in 1799, and upheld ae and developed by Prof. Duncan Forbes* PERSIAN CHESS BOARD. eS has not been accepted by students of game. Apart from this discussion the relation of Chess to an earlier dice game, such as Pachisi, appears to be evident. The comparative study of games leads to the belief that practically all games as chess, O31] may be assumed that the board, if not pe GPP a TPDX ee was originally divinatory. The theory that modern chess had the game generally. The antiquity of the Purana in which it is described, has been questioned, and the game played upon boards, were preceded by games in which the pieces were animated by dice, cowries or knuckle bones, or by staves, as in the indeed all boards upon which games No cdenhx \/| __ its origin in Chaturanga, suggested b Xe taste : To cl tee asserted to be a comparatively modern adaptation of the primal Hindu Korean Nyout, the Egyptian Tdb, and many aboriginal American games. ‘For a further account of the game with a translation of the original authorities, consult Edward Falkener, Games Ancient and Oriental, London, 1892, from which the above is taken. *'This survival of the Castles on the chessboard is still more clearly seen on the Persian chessboard figured by Hyde, fig. 161. He says: “‘The chessboard of the Persians living in India is quite square and has the same number of squares. But, in order better to protect the King, some of the squares are ‘crosscut.’ If now the King is hard pressed, he can evade either by changing with the Castle, or move to one of those crosscut squares.” (Historia Shahiludii, p. 60.) A similar marking is to be observed on the Burmese chessboard. 3 History of Chess, 1860. i ye! BA lial iy? inate ey fi ope Fae Pay nba Pa ti ven “a 7 i a Gas ne v ee Ke Are Aet oi Ree ah ig ae Rai die at 1, a Hie ro as Ra, ie os a an ae hee ee cae + ve Ls aoe Pa vii = PLATE 32. Report of U. S. Natronal Museum, 1896.—Culin. CHESS BOARD AND MEN. Burma. Cat. No. 166539, U.S.N.M. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 859 46. CHIT-THAREEN. Chess. Burma. Board and Men.' (Plate 32.) - The board is very large and stands high for the convenience of the players, who sit upon the ground. The men are made of wood of dif- ferent colors, or of ivory painted red and green on opposite sides, and carved to represent the objects they stand for. The pieces on each side are as follows: 1. Meng,? King or General (1) == King. 2. Chekoy, Lieutenant-General (1) = Queen. 3. Ratha, War Chariots (2) = Rooks. 4. Chein, Elephants (2) = Bishops. 5. Mhee, Cavalry (2) = Knights. 6. Yein, Foot-soldiers (8) = Pawns. BURMESE CHESS BOARD. From drawing in The Burman, I, p. 72. The King, Ratha or Rooks, Mhee or Knights, and Yein or Pawns move in the same manner as the corresponding pieces in our own game. The Chekoy moves diagonally only, but one square at a time. The Chein move one square diagonally, but are able to move, but not to take, one square forward. The pieces are ordinarily arranged as shown on the board (fig. 162), but either party may adopt another line of battle.* The absence of a queen, designated as such, will be observed in all 1 Cat. No. 166539, U.S.N.M. Collected by Mr. C. C, Ellis, Acting United States Con- sular Agent. 2Mr. Scott (Shway Yoe) gives the following transliterations of the names of the pieces: Min, si’ke, yittah, sin, myin, né. (The Burman, His Life and Notions, London, 1882, II, p. 72.) °For a more complete account of the game, consult Games Ancient and Oriental. 860 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the oriental games of Chess. Professor Forbes has pointed out that in the four-handed game of Chess it was of the utmost importance with each of the players to get possession of his ally’s throne, a step which thenceforth secured to him the individual command of the allied forces. Fig. 163. INDIAN CHESSMEN OF WOOD. After Hyde. It must therefore have often happened that, after some twenty or thirty moves, the contest remained to be decided between two players Cit ee Sage, Fig. 164. INDIAN CHESSMEN OF SOLID IVORY. After Hyde. only. He points out, too, that in the two-handed game one of the allied kings becomes a subordinate piece, called by the Persians and Arabs, Farzin or Wazir, the Queer of our European game. Fig. 165. INDIAN CHESSMEN OF HOLLOW IVORY. After Hyde. 47. CHESS. Maldive Islands. Board! and men.? (The men original, the board substitution.) Identical with the Hindu game, which is played in the same manner as the English. The pieces in the Indian game receive the following names: Padshah (1) —— Kanoy Wazir or Minister (1) = Queen. Phil or Elephant (2) = Bishops. Asp, ghora (2) = Knights. Rukh, burj (2) = Castles. Piadah (8) = Pawns. : ' Cat. No. 7579, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 2 Cat. No. 16489, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. ee sn tats uc ieee ae CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 861 It may be observed that the forms of the chessmen in countries under Mohammedan influence are not usually those of men or animals, as such representations are forbidden by Mohammedan law.! Probably the oldest chessmen known to exist are an almost complete set which is preserved in the East Indian Museum, London. They were excavated about thirty years ago on the site of the city of Brah- munabad in Sind, which was destroyed by an earthquake in the eighth Fig. 166. TURKISH AND GREEK CHESSMEN. After Hyde. century. They are black and white, made of ivory and ebony; turned, and plain in character, without ornament. The kings and queens are about 3 inches high, the pawns 1 inch, and the other pieces of inter- mediate heights. Fragments of a chessboard of the same materials were found with them.’ Fig. 167. KURDISH CHESSMEN. Height, 1 to 1% inches. Cat. No. 19683, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. 48. CHATOR. Chess. Johore, Malay Peninsula. Board and men. Identical with the Indian game. The pieces on each side receive the following names: Rajah, (1) = King. Muntrie, Vezir (1) = Queen. Teh, Chariot (2) —= Rook. Gejah, Elephant (2) = Bishop. Kuda, Horse (2) = Knight. Bidak, Foot-soldier (8) = Pawn. They are made of wood of two kinds, of the natural colors. ‘Some commentators have supposed that the prohibition of images in the Koran referred to chessmen, and the notion, repeated in a note to Sale’s Koran, has found wide acceptance. There is no evidence that chess was known to the Arabs in the vime of Mohammed. *William Maskell, Ivories, Ancient and Medieval, London, 1875, p. 78. ‘Cat. Nos. 16490, 16489, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. From the exhibit of H. H. the late Sultan of Johore at the Columbian Exposition, Chicago. 862 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 49, CHESSBOARD.! Morocco. Nineteenth century. The alternate squares are made of eight-pointed stars carved in relief and painted red with a conventional flower in yellow. The depressed squares are painted yellow. 50. CHESS. England. Board and men.’ The time of the introduction of chess into Europe has not been definitely fixed upon, but is believed to be in or before the Eleventh century. The source of the European game is Arabic, which is evident ENGLISH CHESSMEN. Time of Caxton. After Hyde. from the words “check” and “mate,” which are from Shah mat, the Shah or King is dead. Nothing is really known as to how chess was introduced into western and central Europe.’ 1Cat. No. 15498, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Purchased by the writer in Gibraltar, Spain, 1893. A similar board was procured by Dr. Talcott Williams in Morocco in 1897. He informed the writer that he was unable to obtain the native men, foreign chessmen being used. 2Cat. No. 7091, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 3In reply to a letter of inquiry, in reference to the best modern works in English and German on the practice and history of chess, Mr. John G. White, of Cleveland, Ohio, has kindly furnished the writer with the following particulars: The best books in English as to the practical part of the game I think to be: E. Freeborough, Chess Openings, Ancient and Modern, 3d ed., 1896, supple- mented by— E. Freeborough, Chess Endings, London, 1891. W. Cook, Synopsis of Chess Openings; with American inventions in Chess Open- ings and fresh analysis since 1882, by J. W. Miller, Cincinnati, 1884. In German: Bilguer Handbuch, 7th ed., Leipzig, 1891. O. Cordel, Fuhrer durch de Schachthcore, Berlin, 1888. Dr. Eugen V. Schmidt, Systematische Anordnung der Schacheréffnungen, Leipzig, 1895. As to the historic study of the game, there is nothing in the English language worthy of mention. Forbes’ History is antiquated. He did not even make good use of the material known to him. In German: Dr. A. Van der Linde, Geschichte und Literatur des Schachspiels, two vols., Berlin, 1874; Quellenstudien, Berlin, 1881; Erstes Jahrtausend, Berlin, 1881. Stimulated by these books, anumber of articles by German scholars have appeared, CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 863 The oldest European chessmen in existence appear to be six ivory pieces, long preserved in the abbey of St. Dennis and now in the National Library at Paris, where they were transferred at the Revolu- tion. According to tradition, they were a gift to the abbey from Charlemagne. The dress and ornaments of these pieces are in keep- ing with the Greek costume of the ninth century.! 51. Tstune K’f. Chess. Canton, China. Board? and men. The board, commonly made of paper, has sixty-four squares, which are separated into two parts in the middle by a blank space, the width of one square, called the “River.” Four squares in the middle of each side of the board in the first and second rows nearest the edge are crossed with two diagonal intersecting lines, marking an inclosure, which is called the “Palace.” The pieces on each side, which are placed at the intersections of the lines instead of on the squares, and consist of disks of wood inscribed on both sides with the Chinese ehar- acter for the name, distinguished by the colors red and blue, are as follows: Tséung, ‘‘ General” (1) King. Sz’, “Councillors” (2) Bishops. Tséung, ‘‘ Elephants” (2). Ma, ‘‘ Horses” (2) = Knights. Ch‘é, ‘‘ Chariots” (2) = Castles. P‘du, “Cannons” (2), Ping and Tsut (on opposite sides), ‘‘ Foot soldiers” (5) = Pawns. The ‘‘Generals” are placed in the middle of each outer row with the “Councillors” on either side. Next without them are the two “Horses” with the “Chariots” in the corners. The “Cannons” occupy the first points of intersection from the edges of each of the second rows, while the ‘ Footsoldiers” are placed in the third row with one intervening point between each of them. The ‘‘General” is not permitted to move outside of his ‘‘ Palace” and only along the perpendicular and horizontal lines. The “Chancellors,” some in periodicals devoted to the game, in learned journals, and as essays, such as that by Fritz Strohmeyer on ‘ Chess in Old French” in the collection of essays pub- lished on the occasion of the twenty-fifth anniversary of the professorship of Dr. Adolf Tobler, Halle A. S., 1895. While these have, here and there, corrected a date, established matters doubted by Van der Linde, and enlarged the information given by him, they have left substantially unchanged the more important features of his work. Thus they have shoved back the date of knowledge of chess among the Arabs a generation, have shown knowledge of chess in Europe some fifty years before the earliest date assigned by him; proved that he spoke too quickly as to the Problem Collection of Bomus Socius comprising the whole problematical chess literature of the Middle Ages, etc. His books are somewhat disfigured by controversial bitter- ness, and too great critical skepticism; the style is not attractive, but they are mines of information. ‘William Maskell, Ivories, Ancient and Medieval, London, 1875, p.77. 2Cat. No. 16434, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 864 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. which move along the diagonal lines, also never quit the “ Palace,” although other pieces may enter or pass through it. The “ Elephants” move two squares diagonally, but can not jump over an intermediate piece nor cross the “River.” The ‘ Horse” has the move of our Knight, but may not jump over an intermediate piece. It may cross the River,” the “River” forming one-half of its move. The ‘ Chariot” Fig. 169. CHINESE CHESS. From Korean Games. moves like our “Castle,” and may cross the “ River.” The “Cannons” move like the “ Chariot,” except that they can not move without jump- ing over one piece, but they can not jump over two. The “ Footsol- diers” move and take one point at a time in a forward direction. They can cross the “River,” the “ River” itself being one move. When across, they can move and take either in a forward or lateral direction. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. $65 On reaching the opposite end they can move and take only laterally. The “Generals” may not face each other without intervening pieces. The object of the game is to checkmate the ‘‘ General.” ! The name of the Chinese game of Chess, Tséung k‘t, signifies the General’s Game. It is regarded by them as having been invented by Wu Wang, B. C. 1169-1116, the founder of the Chow dynasty. The name k‘i{, which is applied by the Chinese to a great variety of games played with men or pieces upon boards, appears to refer espe- cially to the counters. ‘The relations of the Chinese game to the Indian game are obscure. It was probably introduced at a compar- atively early time from India. The manner of placing the men, at the intersections of the lines instead of upon the squares, constitutes one of the principal points of difference.”” Himly, in discussing the origin of Chinese Chess, expresses the opinion that while the game of chess had forerunners the real game originated in India as an effigy of war, and spread from India in the sixth or seventh century to the west to Persia, and to the east to Cambodia, where, as well asin Persia, the name is evidently derived from the Sanskrit Chatwranga (the four army divisions). In the Chinese game the names of neither the board, the game, nor the men point to a foreign origin, nor does tradition say anything about it. Himly states that the first sure trace of chess in China occurs in the Yew kwaé luh,? 1For a more detailed account, consult Games, Ancient and Oriental; and for exam- ples of games, W. H. Wilkinson, A Manuel of Chinese Chess, Shanghai, 1893. Additional bibliography: K. Himly, The Chinese Game of Chess as Compared with That Practiced by Western Nations, Jour. N. C. Branch, R. A. 8., for 1869 and 1870, No. VI. , Streifziige in das Gebiet der Geschichte des Schachspieles. Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgenliindischen Gesellschaft, XXILI, p. 121. , Das Schachspiel der Chinesen. Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgenlindischen Gesellschaft, XXIV, p. 172. , Anmerkungen in Bezichung auf das Schach-und andere Brettspiele. Zeits- chrift d. deutschen morgenliindischen Gesellschoft, XLI, p. 461. , Morgenliindisch oder abendliindisch? Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgen- lindischen Gesellschaft, XLIII, XLIV. , Die Abteilung der Spiele im Spiegel der Mandschu-Sprache. T’oung Pao. H. G. Hollingsworth, A Short Sketch of the Chinese Game of Chess, called Kl’e. Also called Seang Kh’e, to distinguish it from Wei-Kh‘e, another game played by the Chinese, Jour. N. C. Branch, R. A. S., N. S., III, December, 1866. Thomas Hyde, Historia Shahiludii, Oxford, 1695, p. 158. Antonius Van der Linde, Geschichte und Literatur des Schachspiels, Berlin, 1874, I, pp. 85-94. Z. Volpicelli, Chinese Chess, Jour. N. C. Branch, R. A. S., XXIII, No. 3. O. Von Mollendorft, Schachspiel der Chinesen, Mittheilungen der deutschen Ges- ellschaft fiir’Natur- und Vélkerkunde Ostasiens, IT, ii. Das schachiihnliche Brettspiel der Chinesen, Deutsche Schachzeitung, Leipzig, 1891, Mirz—Juli. 2W.H. Wilkinson, A Manual of Chinese Chess, Shanghai, 1893. 3A. Wylie, Notes on Chinese Literature, Shanghai, 1867, p. 155. NAT MUS 96 5d 866 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. a book containing fairy tales by Néw Tsing-jo6d, written near the end of the eighth century. 52. TIYANG-KEUI. Chess. Korea. (a) Board and men.' (b) Reproduction of native picture of the game.’ Korean chess is admittedly a variant of the Chinese. The design of the board is the same, but in the Korean game the files are carried across the “River,” which is, in fact, ignored. The pieces, which are KOREAN CHESS. From Korean Games not circular as in China, but octagonal, and vary in size according to their value, receive the following names: Tjyang, ‘‘ General” (1) == King. Sd, “Councillors” (2) = Bishops. Syang, ‘‘Elephants” (2). Ma, ‘‘ Horses” (2) = Knights. Tcha, ‘* Chariots” (2) = Castles. Hpo, ‘‘Cannons” (2). Pyeng and tol, ‘‘ Foot soldiers” (5) = Pawns. 1Cat. Nos. 167565, 167561, U.S.N.M. Collected by Augustine Heard. 2¥rom Korean Games, CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 867 For a detailed account of the game see W. H. Wilkinson in Korean Games. ! 53. SHOGI. Chess. Japan. (a) Board? and men." (b) Photograph of chess players. The Japanese chessboard consists either of a small table, on four feet, or a paper diagram. It is a square of nine or eighty-one squares, which are slightly oblong in form. ‘The pieces are placed in the squares, not on the intersections as in China. They consist of punt-shaped pieces of wood of different sizes, lying flat upon the board, not upright, and slightly inclined toward the front; the directions of the point determining to whom the piece belongs. Unlike all other games of Fig. 171. CHESS PLAYERS. Japan. After native drawing by Boku-sen, reproduced in Korean Games. chess, the men are all of one color, and thus the same pieces serve for the player and his adversary. Another peculiarity is that any piece taken up may be entered by the adversary in any vacant place he chooses, and at any time he thinks desirable to enter it, such entry constituting his move. The names of the pieces on each side are as follows: 0 sho, “General” (1) == Kanner, Kin sho, ‘‘Gold Generals” (2). Gin sho, ‘Silver Generals” (2). Hisha, ‘‘Flying Wagon” (1) = Castle. Kakko, ‘Angle going” (1) = Bishop. Keima,* (2) = Knights. Kyosha, “ Fragrant Chariots” (2). Hohei, ‘Foot soldiers” (9) == Pawns. ‘Bibliography: W.H. Wilkinson, Chess in Korea, Pall Mall Budget, December 27, 1894; Idem, The Korean Repository. “Cat. No, 93218, U.S.N.M. Deposited by the Corcoran Art Gallery. *Cat. No. 7088, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. *Written with the Chinese characters kwei md, which may be translated ‘‘ honor able horse.” 868 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The O Sho, or “General,” stands in the center of the first row. He moves one square in any direction and loses the game when check- mated. The ‘Gold Generals” stand on either side of the King and move one square in any direction, except the two back diagonals. The “Silver Generals” stand on each side next to the “Gold Gen- erals” and move one square in any direction, except sideways and backward. The AKeima stand next to the “Silver Generals” and have our Knight’s move, but only forward. The Kydsha occupy the extreme ends and move any number of squares, perpendicularly only. The Hisha stands in front of the right-hand Keima and has the move of our Castle. The Aakko stands in front of the left-hand Kevma and has the move of our Bishop. The ‘“ Foot soldiers,” or Pawns, occupy the third row, and move and take one square forward only. The three rows nearest each side constitute the opposing camps. The “King” and ‘*Gold Generals” retain their rank unchanged throughout the game, but the following pieces are promoted immedi- ately upon entering the enemy’s camp, when theyare turned over, their new names being written on their reverse sides: The Hisha becomes Ryo-wo, ‘‘ Dragon King,” and has the privilege, in addition to its former power, of moving one square diagonally like the Kakko. The Kakko becomes Ryo-ma, ‘Dragon Horse,” and has the additional power of moving one square forward, sideways, or back- ward, like the Hisha. The ‘Silver Generals,” Keima, Kydsha, and Hohei, or Pawns, ean all attain the rank of “Gold Generals.” ! 54. PA-ToK. Pebble Game. Korea. (a) Board and men.? (b) Reproduction of native picture of the game.* The Korean game of Pa-tok is identical with the famous Chinese game of Wai kt, or ““Game of Inclosing” (wai, ‘to inclose”), which is popular in Japan under the name of Go* (No. 56). It is played by two players upon a board special to the game, with two sets of men of different colors (fig. 172). The board is divided into squares of uniform color, 18 by 18, numbering therefore three hundred and twenty-four. The pieces are played ou the intersection of the hori- 1For a detailed account of the game consult Games Ancient and Oriental, from which the above is taken. Additional bibliography: Francis L. Hawks, Narrative of an Expedition of an American Squadron to the China Seas and Japan under Command of Commodore M. C. Perry, Washington, 1856, I, p. 465. (Description, with drawing of board, by Dr. Daniel G. Greene.) K. Himly, Das japanische Schachspiel, Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgenlindischen Gesellschaft, XX XIII, p. 672. V. Holtz, Japanisches Schachspiel, Mittheilungen d. deutschen Gesellschaft f. Natur- und Vélkerkunde Ostasiens I, V, Heft, 10. Antonius Van der Linde, Geschichte und Literatur des Schachspiels, I, pp. 94-96. 2Cat. No. 167564, U.S.N.M. ’From Korean Games. 4In Manchu itis called Tonio, and the board on which it is played Toniko (Himly). CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 869 zontal and vertical lines, and as there are nineteen lines 1m either direc- tion, the number of places on which the men can be played is 19 by 19= three hundred and sixty-one. The Korean board is made in the form of a small hollow table, differ- ing from the Japanese board, which consists of a solid block of wood. In China the boards are printed on paper. The men used in Korea are small, polished, black pebbles and irregular pieces of white shell. The players place their men alternately on any of the points of inter- section of the horizontal and vertical lines not already occupied, the object of the game being to occupy as much of the board as possible, Fig. 172. BOARD FOR PA-TOK. Height, 11 inches; 164 inches square. Korea. Cat. No. 16431, Museum of Archmology, University of Pennsylvania. From Korean Games. victory being decided in favor of the player who has command of the most spots. Space can be occupied in two ways: by placing men on the different points, and by forming an inclosure with one’s men, the Space thus contained being reckoned as one’s territory. The latter gives the Chinese name to the game.! The invention of the game of Wai ki, of which some of the most inter- esting characteristics are exemplified in the Korean Pa-tok, is attributed by the Chinese to the Emperor Yao (B. C. 2356), or, according to other ‘For an account of Wai k‘i, see Z. Volpicelli, Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, XXVI, p. 80, Shanghai, 1894; also: Herbert A. Giles, Wei-Ch’i; or the Chinese Game of War, Temple Bar, XLIX, p. 194. Reprinted in Historic China and Other Sketches, London, 1882, p. 330. K. Himly, Die Abteilungen der Spiele im Spiegel der Mandschusprache, T‘oung Pao, VII, p: 135. Thomas Hyde, De Ludus Orientalibus, Oxford, 1694, p. 195. 870 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. accounts, to the Emperor Shun (B. C. 2255). It is reputed as the first of games in China, Korea, and Japan, and one of the few which receive the approbation of the educated classes in those countries. Simple as the game appears, it embodies certain complex elements based upon primitive notions of the universe, which, although they may in part be secondary and late additions, are of the highest interest. Thus the pieces, black and white, are regarded as representing the night and . the day; the four “angles” the four seasons, and the three hundred and sixty-one points of intersection on the board (360 +1) the number of days in the year. Nine stations at the intersections, which are ee is Pa ae Se Fig. 173. WAI K‘I BOARD, SHOWING NAMES APPLIED TO FOUR QUARTERS. ( After Volpicelli.) as marked with spots upon the board, are, in the same manner, said to correspond with the Nine Lights of Heaven (the Sun, Moon, and the seven stars of the Dipper). The Chinese in the books which treat of the game divide the board into four equal parts, which they call “corners,” and which they desig- nate by the names of the four tones in the spoken language: Ping, for the lower left-hand corner; Shéung, for the upper left-hand corner; Hii, for the upper right hand corner; Yap, for the lower right-hand corner. Pe CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. Fig. 174. BOARD FOR CHUKI. Height, 61 inches; 16 inches square. Johore, Straits Settlements. Cat. No. 16622, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania ee, pevseseeseed Beate eeaee og ee oon Fig. 175. ARRANGEMENT OF MEN ON CHUKI BOARD, 872 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In each of these four sections a place is generally marked out at a distance of four steps along the principal diagonal counted from the outer angle. Each spot is therefore equally distant from the two external sides of the section. These four points (fig. 173) are called kan, sun, kw‘an, and k‘in. The latter terms are the names given to the diagrams in the magic symbol of the universe, called the Pat kwd, or “Hight Diagrams,” which stand for the directions Northeast, South- east, Southwest, and Northwest. Like the Nyout circuit, this game board has a cosmical significance and represents the world. As if to more fully embody and express the relation supposed to exist between the seasons, the world quarters—all things in the universe even to the tones of the voice that distinguish the meaning of words—as well as the notes of the musical scale, two copper wires are strung within the resonant chamber of the Korean board and emit a musical note when a piece is played. In accordance with the theory I have advanced as to the origin of games played upon boards without the intervention of dice, we may expect to find intimations of their use in earlier stages of this game. Such an earlier stage may be represented in the Malayan game of Chuki (No. 55). 55. CHuki. Board.' Johore, Malay Peninsula. (Fig. 174.) Chuki is a game played upon a board (papan chuki) in the form of a small table, marked with squares, ten on a side. The four squares in 1 Cat. No. 16622, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. From the collection of His Highness the late Sultan of Johore at the Columbian Exposition. The writer is indebted to the Hon. Dato Meldrum, of Johore, Straits Settlements, for the rules of the game and a drawing of the board as set for a game reproduced in fig. 175. Mr. Charles P. G. Scott has courteously furnished the writer with the following references to the game in Malay and Javanese dictionaries. Malay chiki: “‘Chuke, name of a game resembling draughts; v. Juki. Juki, name of a game resembling draughts; v. Chuke.” 1852, Crawford, Malay and Eng. Dict., pp. 39, 62. “¢ Xuki [—chiki], sorte de jeu déchecs. Pdpan xiki amas biah na permata, un échiquier en or dont les pieces étaient faites de pierres précieuses (S[ejarat] Mal[ayu] [= Chroniques malaises, imprimées 4 Sincapour] 109).” 1875, Favre, Dict. malais-frangais, 1: 491. “ Tjeki [= chiki], soort van verkeerspel, met 2 dobbelsteenen en 52 steentjes van twee verschillende kleuren aan weerskanten, die meest van chineesch porcelein zijn [i. e. a sort of backgammon, with two dice and fifty-two pieces of two different colors on opposite sides, which are usually of Chinese porcelain].” 1880, Yon de Wall and Van der Tuuk, Maleisch-Nederlandsch woordenboek, 2: 46. ‘ Tjoeki, damspel; papan tjoeki, dambord.” 1893, Klinkert, Nieuw Maleisch-Neder- landsch woordenboek, p. 277. Javanese chuki: “* Tjoeki [= chuki], soort van damspel, met honderd twintig ruiten, zestig zwarte en zestig witte stukken [i. e. a kind of checkers, with one hundred and twenty small squares, sixty black and sixty white pieces].” 1835, Roorda van Eysinga, Algemeen Javaansch en Nederduitsch woordenboek, p. 622. ““Chuki, N(goko| K[rama] [i. e. langage vulgaire et langage cérémoniel] (une sorte de jeu de dames).” 1875, Favre, Dict. jav.-frangais, p. 87. Mr. Scott says: ‘‘I have not searched for the word outside of the Malayan lan- guages. If I were to express an opinion on the scanty records before me, I should CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. - 873 the center of the board are in part occupied with a small raised square (tempat mangkok, “place of bowl”), leaving one hundred and twenty points of intersection exposed, on which sixty white and sixty black men (batu, ‘“‘stones”) are arranged. Two persons play alternately, letting three dice fall in a bow], which is set on the raised square in the middle, and taking off the board the pieces of the thrower, according to the casts.’ Fig. 177. JUROKU MUSASHI. Fig. 176. 10 by 14 inches. GO PLAYERS (PRIEST AND WRESTLER). Japan. Japan. , Cat. No. 7090, Museum of Archeology, . . . r “ J iversi r > sylva ja. After native drawing by Boku-sen, reproduced in Korean Games. University of Pennsylvania The Japanese play a similar game upon the Go board, covering the squares, and taking off the pieces, but without the use of dice. 56. Go. Japan. Board and men.’ The game of Go is regarded by the Japanese as having been intro- say that the word and the thing are of foreign origin, very likely Chinese or Cochin- Chinese.” In a subsequent communication, after comparison with the Chinese Ki, a generic name for games played with pieces or men, tséwng k’t, ‘‘chess,” and the Cantonese chuk kt, ‘to play chess,” he concludes that these resemblances indicate that the Malay and Javanese chuki, which is almost certainly of extraneous origin, is ultimately from the Chinese. And later he sends the following entry in which the word is associated with a Chinese form in the Amoy dialect. “ Tjuki, ‘a kind of draughts played with white and black beans’ (Pijnappel, Op. cit. [Maleisch-Hollandsch woordenboek 2° druk] I, 116); probably —Chinese tioh ki ‘to play at draughts or chess’ (Douglas, Op. cit. [Dict. of the Amoy vernacular] p. 210. Compare Tjéki.” 1890, G. SCHLEGEL, Chinese loanwords in the Malay lan- guage, p. 14 (Extrait du, - * + T’oung pao, Archives pour servir a ’étue de V’histoire, des langues, de la géographie et de l’ethnographie de I’ Asie orientale). “Tjéki ‘a kind of Chinese hazard game’ (Pijnappel, Op. cit., I, 112)? Comp. Tjuki.” 1890, G. SCHLEGEL, Op. cit., p. 13. 1 Tt will be observed that in this game the number of points are (60 by 2) -- 1=— one hundred and twenty-one, while on the Pa-tok board there are (60 by 6) + 1=— three hundred and sixty-one squares. 2 Cat. Nos. 93220, 93221, U,S.N.M. Deposited by the Corcoran Art Gallery, Wash- ington. 874 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. duced into that country from China. The exact date is not known, but it is usually attributed to the eighth century A. D. It is a great favor- ite at the present day in Japan, especially among military men, being regarded as furnishing instruction in the art of war.! 57. JUROKU MUSASHI. ‘‘Six- teen Soldiers.” The Japa- nese Game of Fox and Geese. Japan. (a) Board and men.” (b) Japanese picture of players.* Fig. 178. The board has 8 by8 squares, JUROKU MUSASHI. each of whichis divided into two Yo arts by a diagonal line (fig. y gs $ From the Wa kan san sai dzu e, reproduced in Korean Games. 177). In the games now cur- rent in Japan there is a triangle at the top of the board two squares wide, with its apex resting upon the middle of the upper side. Six- teen men (musashi, soldiers”) are arranged at the sixteen points of intersection at the sides of the square with the Taisho, or General, in the cen- ter. Two play, the “General” striving to capture the “Soldiers,” and the lat- ter to block him. The board and men appear to be an expression of the same cosmical ideas as are found in the game of Nyout, there being four men associated with each side of the square. The traditions of the game still more closely identify it with the Korean Nyout. A Chinese form of the game is fig- PET oie ured and described by pe Karl Himly* BRC ARS “ under the name of Shap luk kon tséung Ee, Ray kwan, or “The Sixteen Pursue the Fig. 179. Commander” (fig. 179). SHAP LUK KON TSEUNG KWAN. The board, he says, is seen in the China. Streets, where the players—laborers, After Himly. und Voélkerkunde Ostasiens, III, pp. 21-24. 2 Cat. No. 7090, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. °Cat. No. 17832, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. ‘Anmerk, in Beziehung auf das Schach- u. andere Brettspiele, Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgenliindischen Gesellschaft, XLI, p. 469. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 875 children, ete.—scratch it on the ground and use potsherds, etc., for pieces. The triangle bears the somewhat irreverent name of mau ts’z (privy). A variant of this game is figured by Hyde! (fig. 180), played upon a board with 5 by 9 rows, with twenty-eight pieces, one of which, the tséung kwan, or Commander,” is placed in the center. The name he has transcribed in Chi- nese characters as yeung luk sz’ kon tséung kwan. Vig. 181. Fig. 180. TIGER GAME. Board, 12 by 20 inches. Johore, Straits Settlements. Cat. No. 16385, Museum of Archxology, LUDUS DE SUBJUGANDI REBELLES. China. After Hyde. University of Pennsylvania. 58. DAM HARIMAN. Board for “Tiger Game,”? the Malayan Game of Fox and Geese. Unpainted board, 12 by 20 inches, inscribed with diagram (fig. 181). The lines are incised in the wood and the board raised by two strips of wood nailed transversely across the bottom. Identical with the Hindu game, described by Herklots,’ under the name of Mogol Putthdan* (Mogul Pathan), that is, Mogul against Pathan. 'De Judo subjugandi rebelles, De Ludis Orientalibus, p. 215. *Cat. No. 16385, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. From the collection of His Highness the late Sultan of Johore at the Columbian Exposition. ’Q@anoon-e-islam, Appendix, LIII. ‘Another common Hindu game, said to be known throughout India, is called Pulijudam or ‘tiger game.” Three “tigers” are placed on the board (fig. 182) at the points indicated by black spots. The other player has fifteen “‘lambs,” which he lays down at the points of intersection, one by one, alternating with the move of a tiger. The tigers endeavor to jump over and kill the lambs, and the latter to pen in the tigers. 876 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. In Peru a similar game is played on a board (fig. 183) under the name of Solitario. In Mexico a corresponding game (fig. 184) is called Coyote.' In Siam we find the game of Sua ghin gnua, or “Tiger and Oxen” (fig. 185), and in Burma, Lay gwet kyah. There are three big tigers and eleven or some- times twelve little ones. The object is for the big tigers to hunt down on a draft board and eat the little ones. If, however, the cubs can corner the big ones and prevent them from taking a leap, the latter have to succumb.? Fig. 182. Fig. 183. TIGER GAME (Pulijudam). SOLITARIO. India. Peru. The Samoan men at the Columbian Exposition at Chicago described a native game to the writer under the name of Moo. It was played with pebbles upon the squares of a mat by two persons. One had a Fig. 184. Fig. 185. COYOTE. SUA GHIN GNUA. Mexico. Siam. number of white stones, the other a black piece. The rules appeared to be the same as Fox and Geese. In Hawaii, Mr. James Jackson 1A modern printed sheet for the Juego del Coyote from Mexico in the University Museum (Cat. No. 16384) bears a diagram identical with the game of Fox and Geese (fig. 186). The rules given are the same. 2The Burman, II, p. 83. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 877 Jarves speaks of Konane, ‘an intricate game of draughts played with colored stones upon a flat stone ruled with a large number of squares.”! In Madagascar, Sibree” describes a game resembling draughts as a very common pastime. It is played with pebbles or beans on a board or piece of smooth stone or earth having thirty-two divisions or holes, much in the same way as the game of Fox and Geese. 59. Fox AND GEESE. United States, 1876. Paper diagram.’ (Fig. 186.) 60. A-WI-THLAK-NA-KWE. ‘Stone War- riors.” Zuni Indians. New Mexico. Diagram of board and set of men.‘ Fig. 186. FOX AND GEESE. United States. Played by two or four persons upon a square board divided into one hundred and forty-four squares, each intersected by diagonal lines. At WA Zao Ne ZN PPP a 4 ns i : . KKK x XOX) MPP) XPX A x AAA KK KKK XX x Ay Xx XxX SF, KKK . A OZ XXX XP x ys OP VaN XP i LS Ne Za EDX GAME OF STONE WARRIORS. Zuni Indians, New Mexico. New Mexic Drawing furnished by Mr. Frank Hamilton Cushing CA MS Xx Xx me a 1H. Carrington Bolton, Some Hawaiian Pastimes, Jour. Am. Folk-lore, IV, p. 22. 2 James Sibree, jr., Madagascar and Its People, p. 352. 3Cat. No. 17577, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 4Cat. No. 16550, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Reproductions made by Mr. F. H. Cushing, who furnished the account of the game. 878 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the opening of the game each player places six men in the center of the six squares at his side of the board. The latter usually consists of a slab of stone pecked with the diagram (fig. 187). The men consist of disks of pottery about 1 inch in diameter, made from broken vessels, those upon one side being distinguished by being perforated with a small hole, while those of the other side are plain. The object of the game is to cross over and take the opponent’s place, capturing as many men as possible by the way. The moves are made one square at a time along the diagonal lines, the pieces being placed at the points of inter- section. When «a player gets one of his opponent’s pieces between two of his own it may be taken, and the first piece thus captured may be replaced by a seventh man, called the ‘‘ Priest of the Bow,” which Tig. 188. POTTERY DISKS USED AS MEN IN GAMES. Diameters, 14, 1, and 1% inches. Cliff dwellings, Mancos Canyon, Colorado. Cat. Nos, 23556-23559, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. may move both on the diagonal lines and on those at right angles. A piece may not be moved backward. When four persons play, those on the North and West play against those on the South and Kast. VOCABULARY. The board, A te a lan e, ‘stone plain.” The straight lines, a kwi we, ‘‘ Canyons,” or ‘‘arroyas.” The diagonal lines, O na we, ‘‘trails.” The ordinary men, 4 wi thlak na kwe. The seventh piece, Pi-thlan shi-wani (Mésénd), ‘‘ Priest of the Bow.” The latter piece by power of magic is enabled to cross the canyons. The game is commonly played upon housetops, which are often found marked with the diagram. The game, or something similar to it, was widely distributed among the Pueblo Indians of the Southwest, as is shown by the numerous pottery disks, which were used for it CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 879 found among the ruins. Its antiquity is attested by the presence of such disks among the remains in the cliff houses. Four such disks from Mancos Canyon, in the University Museum, are shown in fig. 188,! &@ 6 @ if Oe @ @2e3° eee Fig. 189. THE GAME OF TO-TO-LOS-PI. Moki Indians, New Mexico. After an unpublished drawing by Dr. J. Walter Fewkes. Dr. J. Walter Fewkes” has described a somewhat similar game as existing among the Moki Indians of New Mexico under the name of To-to-los-pi. It can be played by two or more parties. A rectangular 1Disks roughly shaped from fragments of earthenware vessels were found by Mr. Clarence B. Moore in mounds of the Georgia Coast (Jour. Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila., XI), of which specimens contributed by him are contained in the Museum of Archeology of the University of Pennsylvania (Cat. Nos. 20160-20162). They vary from 14 to 2 inches in diameter. Similar pottery disks, some perforated, are found in many localities in the United States. Mr. G. E. Laidlaw writes that large numbers of disks of stone and pottery are found in the ash beds of ancient village sites in Ontario, Canada, east and northeast of Lake Simcoe. They are sel- dom bored, and the pottery disks, which range from 1 inch to 2 inches in diameter, are made from shards, and have the original curve of the pot. They bear no mark- ings, and in a great majority of cases the edges are not ground smooth. He suggests their probable use in games. Pottery disks, all made from shards, some with central perforations, are found in Peru, Bolivia, and Argentina, and doubtless other South American sites. ? Journal of American Ethnology and Archeology, II, p. 159. 880 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. figure (fig. 189), divided into a large number of squares, is drawn upon the rock, either by scratching or by using a different colored stone as a crayon. A diagonal line, tuh-ki-o-ta, is drawn across the rectangle from northwest to southeast and the players station themselves at each end of this line. When two parties play, a single person acts as player and the other members of the party act as advisers. The first play is won by tossing a leaf or corn husk with one side blackened. The pieces which are used are bean or corn kernels, stones and wood, or small fragments of any substance of marked color. The players were sta- tioned at each end of the diagonal line, tuh-ki-o-ta. They move their pieces upon this line, but never across it. (On this line the game is fought.) The moves which are made are intricate, and the player may move one or more pieces successively. Certain positions entitle him to this privilege. He may capture, or, as he terms it, kill one or more of his opponents at one play. In this respect the game is not unlike checkers, and to capture the pieces of the opponent seems to be the main object of the game. The checkers, however, must be concentrated. and always moved toward the southeast coruer.' This game is now rarely played on the East Mesa, but is still used at Oraibi. It is said to have been played in ancient times by the sun and moon or by other mythical personages. Figures of this game formerly existed on the rocks near the village of Walpi, and may be the same referred to by Bourke. Games resembling the above seem to have existed widely among the American tribes. Mrs. W. W. Brown? gives the following account of a game of the Wabanaki Indians: Ko-ko-nag’n has a resemblance to the game of Checkers, but, although nearly all are more or less proficient at the latter game, there are only a few who understand ko-ko-nag’n. This, unlike any other game, may be played by male and female oppo- nents. It is the least noisy, the skillful play requiring deliberation and undivided attention. A smooth surface is marked off into different-sized spaces, and pieces of wood, round and square, marked to qualify value, are generally used, though some- times carved bone is substituted. This may be the game referred to by Rasle among the Norridgewok Indians, where he says: ‘ Un antre jeu ow Von place des grains sur des espeéce de lozanges entrelassées (dicitur) maimadoangan.” ‘Tt would appear from Dr. Fewkes’s sketch of the board that only one player moved toward the southeast and that his opponent went in the opposite direction. 2Some Indoor and Outdoor Games of the Wabanaki Indians, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, sec. II, 1888, p. 41. ; CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. S81 The other principal class of arrow-derived games is that in which a number of staves, splints, or other substituted objects are shaken or divided at random, originally to determine place directly, or to discover the number and thence the place. Like the preceding class, it is widely distributed throughout the world. The divinatory associations of these games are more clearly manifest to the writer than those in which the tossed staves or their substitutes are used, and the derivation of the implements from arrows more easily demonstrable. An examination of the arrows used by savage people shows that the custom of marking them in such manner that each individual might distinguish his own was very general. Trom this, both in the Old and the New World, the arrow came to stand as the token and symbol of a man,' and as such, among many other symbolic uses, was employed in divinatory games, It appears that the marks of the arrows of the American Indians, which are placed upon the shaftments, refer not, it would seem, to the personal names of their owners, but to their owners’ place in the system of classification according to the directions in the circuit of the clans. At a later period of development we find these cosmical marks replaced by the written name of the owner, as in East- ern Asia. Traces still survive, even here, as on the practice arrows of Korea (No. 78) of the earlier system. The method of marking in America is by means of colored bands (ribbons) painted upon the shaftments. It may be assumed that a quiver made up of the different arrows of the individuals of a tribe would represent the Four Quarters and the intermediary points. It is such perfect quivers and their conventionalized representatives that constitute the implements of magic employed in the games which follow. In connection with these there are exhibited several series of arrows, together with a variety of objects regarded by the writer as having been derived from the empioyment of arrows as symbols of personality. 61. ToNG-KaAt. Korea. (a) Quiver of Ceremonial Arrows.? Worn as an emblem of rank by Korean officials in military court-dress. 'The symbolism of the arrow was discussed by Mr. Cushing in his vice-presidential address before Section H of the American Association for the Advancement of Sci- ence, Springfield, 1895. According to him, ‘‘owner’s marks, on arrows, were not designed primarily as signs of mere possession. They were indicative, rather, of the place in the cosmically arranged circuit of the tribe, of the man who made and possessed the arrows. It is probable that such marks were at first placed on arrows to serve as protective and directive potencies. By imparting somewhat of the man’s personality to the arrows, their special aid to him was insured and at the same time their flight was endowed with the breath or wind of the quarter to which he and they alike belonged. It naturally followed that, much as his face was recognizable as belonging to him, so were these arrows recognizable as essentially of his place and of him—so much so, that ceremonially they often stood for the man himself even more intimately than do our signatures stand for us.” But the second part of this highly important paper, in which this was embodied, remains unpublished. *Cat. No. 151147, U.S.N.M. Collected by Hon. W. W. Rockhill. NAT MUS 96 56 \ 882 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. (b) Reproduction of native picture of Korean officials in military court-dress wearing quiver with arrows.! The quiver exhibited has ten arrows, while in the native picture five arrows are represented as being worn. These are regarded by the writer as corresponding with the Five Directions, and as symbols of regnal or universal authority.” They are worn by the King himself, as well as officers who receive orders from him. The actual arrows are 26 inches in length, made of lacquered bamboo with white feathering and no points. The quiver is of Japanese leather ornamented with silver disks and sewed along the edges with colored silk. Chinese generals wear (or wore) a set of six arrows as an insignia of rank. A set of such arrows (Cat. No. 17686) in the Museum of the Uni- versity, picked up in August, 1894, on the field of A-San in Korea, three days after the battle, by Dr. E. B. Landis, are six in number (fig. 190), The shafts are of white wood, 37 inches in length, feathered with two Fig. 190. CEREMONIAL ARROW. Insignia of Chinese general. One of set of six, inscribed with names of twelve ‘‘ branches.” Length, 42 inches. Cat. No. 17686, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. feathers and painted with a red ribbon on the shaftment and at the nock. The points are of iron, leaf-shaped and painted black, and are fastened in the shaftment with a wrapping of cherry-bark. They are painted in red with the twelve characters which stand as names for the Twelve Branches or Duodenary Cycle.?' These signs are used to 1 Korean Games. * The flag of a Chinese general in the University Museum (Cat. No. 16843) consists of five vertical stripes, of green, yellow, black, white, and red, the colors of the East, Middle, North, West, and South. *Walter Hough, Korean Collections in the National Museum, Report U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1891, p. 481. *Used in connection with the Ten Stems to form a cycle of sixty combinations employed by the Chinese from remote antiquity for the purpose of designating suc- cessive days, and, since the Han dynasty, applied to the numbering of years. Twelve animals: Rat, Ox, Tiger, Hare, Dragon, Serpent, Horse, Goat, Monkey, Cock, Dog, and Pig are associated with the Twelve Branches, and are believed to exercise an CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 883 indicate the twelve points of the Chinese compass, tsz’ corresponding to the North, mdéu to the East, ng’ to the South, and yaw to the West. From this peculiarity it is not improbable that these arrows were originally intended for divinatory purposes. 62. P‘At Ts’imM. “Notice Tally.”!- (Fig. 191.) Chinese in the United States. Tally used to assemble members of the Chinese gamblers and shop- keepers’ guild in Philadelphia. In common use for similar purposes in China, where bamboo instead of varnished wood is used. This tally bears on one side the name of the gamblers’ guild, and on the other the name of one of its members, with a blank for the insertion of the hour of the meeting, as occasion requires. The tallies are kept by a member of the guild, who summons the members by sending each his tally. This constitutes the credentials of the person bringing it to the meeting. These tallies are direct descendants of the arrows used in more primitive conditions for the same purpose Their name, ts’(m, is almost iden- tical with the Chinese name for arrow, and their form still retains a suggestion of their origin. Compare with the tallies used in the game of Chong iin cl’au (No. 27). xy Bw P? as A = 22 4 63. Nin KAN. New Year Cards. Chinese in the United States and China. Rectangular strips of red paper, 44 by 9 inches, twice folded, and bearing personal names and Tencth ep iene names of shop companies. Widely exchanged Ghineso in United States at the New Year season, when they are un-_— FromKorean Games, Cat. No. 15815, melded) and pasted in a row in the shop-or <{s..... dwelling, where they are kept during the year. These cards may be regarded as belonging to the same family as the message tally, or arrow, with the name of aman. Like it they ceremo- nially stand for the individual whose name they bear, and as such are preserved as pledges and tokens, given each other by members of the same clan and their friends, for the year. The name kdn means pri- marily a slip of bamboo ‘formerly used for making notes on.” Comparable with the “year cards” are the ho-hpai (Chinese, hd p’di) or ‘name tablets,” which all the male inhabitants of Korea are required by law to carry. Fig. 191. NOTICE TALLY (P‘di ts’im). of Pennsylvania. influence, according to the attributes ascribed to each, over the hour, day, or year to which, through the duodenary cycle of symbols they respectively, appertain. The usage is admittedly of foreign origin and is traced to intercourse with Tartar nations. Mayer’s Chinese Readers’ Manual, Pt. 2, pp. 296, 302. 'Cat. No. 15815, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 884 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. When a free-born Korean boy reaches the age of 15, he has a small wooden label cut, which he carries with him. This label is made of pear wood or mahogany, and is about 2 inches in length by } inch broad. It is inscribed in Chinese characters. Across the top is the name of the Pou (Chinese pu) or ward to which the boy belongs. Then in a line below the designation han-ryang, “leisure fellow,” that is, not in gov- ernment service, and the boy’s name with the date of his birth. The date on which the label is made is cut on the reverse. This label must be sealed by an official of the treasury, who brands it with a hot iron and registers the boy’s name and other particulars. When a boy enters the Tjin-sd (Chinese, tswn sz’), he has another tablet cut, this time of boxwood, with his proper title instead of han-ryang. Upon passing the military or civil examinations, the label is cut from black horn, and upon obtain- ing the first grade an ivory label is permitted. Since writing the above account, which was dictated by Mr. Pak Young Kiu, Korean Charge d’Affaires at Washing- ton, I have received from Dr, E. B. Landis, at Chemulpo, two specimens of ho-hpai Fig. 192. Fig. 193. NAME TABLET (Ho-hpai). NAME TABLET (Ho-hpai). Length, 33 inches. Length, 33 inches. Korea. Korea. Cat. No. 19845, Museum of Archeology, University Cat. No. 19846, Museum of Archseology, of Pennsylvania. University of Pennsylvania. (figs. 192, 193), concerning which he gave the following particulars: ‘‘I have simply had reproductions made, as they are not in use since the war. They are, however, exact reproductions, with the exception of the magistrate’s seal, which was always burnt on the back. At the top, reading from right to left, are the words Yon Hak and Han Iyang. These refer to the class of society to which he belongs. The first is ‘‘Patrician” and the second ‘ Plebeian.” After this follows the name and surname and in the lower corner the year of birth. On the back is the year when the ho-hpat expires. Itisrenewed every three years. There is another kind called yo-hpai (Plate 33), which was used by the servants of the various officials as proof of identity when drawing their monthly wages, which was always paid in kind.” Yo-hpai (Chinese, iv p’di) is defined in the Dictionaire Coréen Frangais as “ plaque des soldats sur lequelle leur nom est écrit.” The secret agents of the king in Korea, called E-sa (Chinese, ii sz’), used a plate of silver engraved with a horse as an emblem of their royal authority. a ~~ =e ase Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 33. [ PES : She ee | f E i | ‘ | | | ; + IDENTIFICATION TABLETS ( Yo-hpai). ' Korea. : Cat. Nos. 20099, 20098, Museum of Archzeology, University of Pennsylvania. é ; rit a aes oe ee 7 Be Fee “> tm a rea i a P - wy Ry 7 : pass SS esi oad Soret sur Report ot U, S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 34, paey ( YL Z Wied; pa Vivo : H o Ze yy == (/piZLAAl “MUMMY : y WZ j ay Uf Y Yeah CZ Ga yf fall) Lox} | PAIZAH OF THE MONGOLS. Length, 6 inches. From a specimen found in East Siberia. From the Book of Ser Marco Polo, by Col. Henry Yule, C. B. wt ‘0 al fh Det ea it'd aif auiees) ha) af ’ have Uy Wy i i oa aarise ' oie eee Glee Vee ee wc aos NE Reh) : { Fee a ; a an pada ge era Va i) Cas: Alien pues > fe ae, i : Oar A ap DPN Mealte a A i ae hie Dad pes ay oo, Be DAUR MAaIL a Ceaeik Fy f } Pi 7 . eat s 9 ye a ay tie) wel * Lire A 4 se nS: : ‘ iD She, ' meee 2 Winer PLATE 35. Report ot U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Culin. BAMBOO MONEY. Glover collection. National Museum. S. 1U ny \ ie) i f Lae rn : : mide ‘ he: \* Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—Culin. PLATE 36. OBVERSE OF JADE AUDIENCE RING. Diameter, 4} inches. Ancient China. Cat. No. 130662, U.S.N.M. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 885 Analogous to these Korean objects are the tablets of authority carried by the Mon- gol princes, which are described by Marco Polo (Plate 34). These were of silver, silver gilt, and of gold, and were inscribed with a legend commanding respect in the name of the Kaan. To this was added the figure of a lion, and below the sun and moon, while the highest lords received a tablet with gerfalcons. I have been led to refer to these Pdizah, which are so fully described and illustrated by Colonel Yule (Marco Polo, Book II, C. VII, Note 2), through their sug- gesting in connection with other objects a theory of the origin of the so-called ‘‘cash” or current money of China (fig. 194). These coins, which uniformly bear the name of the regnal period, by which the sovereign is known to the world, may be regarded as having been, like the Pdizah, emblems of authority emanating from the sovereign. Spec- imens of Chinese bamboo money (Plate 35), similar in appearance to the Korean ho-hpai, occur in the Glover col- lection in the United States National Museum. In ancient China, accord- Fig. 194. ing to the Book of History osverse or cHINESE COIN (Shu King, Sec. II), the (Ls’in). nobles are described as hav- China. ing five kinds of scepters made of precious stones. Of these, the two lowest classes were round with a hole in the center and about 5 inches in diameter. A specimen in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 130662, gift of Chang Yen Hoon, His Imperial Chinese Majesty’s envoy extraordinary and minister plenipotentiary) (Plate 36)is made of jade, and is of the kind desig- nated as kuk pik, or “ grain-besprinkled slab.” We have in these scepters an ancient emblem of authority corresponding in form to the coin. When we examine the name of the latter, we find it to be ts’in, a word differing but slightly from tsin, “arrow,” from which I regard both the coin and tablet as having in all probability been derived. The charac- ter for ts’in is written with the radical for “spear” doubled, with the radical for ‘‘metal” on the left. It differs in the substitution of metal for p‘ in, a “leaf” or “slip,” from the character tsin used in writing the name of the Korean playing cards, htou-tjyen (Chinese, tau tstn) (No. 77). Analogous to the Korean ho-hpai are the amulet bags (mamori bukuro, protection bag), which Japanese children used to wear outside their dresses with a ticket containing their names and residences attached. “‘At a later period they are concealed; but all classes wear them during their natural lifetime. Some of them contain Sanskrit characters, others pictures or names of Shinto divinities or Buddhist saints, while all contain the navel cord of the wearer with the date of his birth inscribed.” ! The Tlingit make and carry small flat bone and ivory tablets. A number collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons, U. S. N., in the United States National Museum (Cat. No. 168372) are represented in figs. 195-200. Fig. 195. TLINGIT TABLET. Length, 63 inches. Alaska. Cat. No. 168372a, U.S.N.M. ‘Glimpses of Dreamland, translated by Ludovic Mordwin; The Chrysanthemum, II, No. 2, Note, p. 50. 886 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The designs are incised and filled in with red paint. These the writer is disposed to class with the Korean ho-hpai as personal emblems. One of them (fig. 195) is in the Fig. 196. TLINGIT TABLETS. Length, 4} to 42 inches. Alaska. Cat. No. 1683725, ¢, d, U.S.N.M. form and is marked like the feathered shaftment ofan arrow. It bears at the upper end on one side the word VOCASA inscribed in Roman letters. Another somewhat Fig. 197. TLINGIT TABLETS. Length, 4 to 4% inches. Alaska. Cat. No, 168372e, f, g, U.S.N.M. similar tablet in the University Museum (Cat. No. 15319) is represented in fig. 201. It is not impossible that this string of bones collected by Lieutenant Emmons and CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 887 stated by him to be part of the paraphernalia of a Shaman are analogous to string of leg bones of the Aretie fox, which Mr. Bryant found in use among the Arctic Highlanders. (See p. 719.) © © ©« © Pa@ © © x) ay POR IX) “ A Rey Y? Fig. 198. TLINGIT TABLETS. Lengths, 24, 34, and 43 inches. Cat. No. 168372h, i, k, U.S.N.M. 64. TANZAKU. A narrow strip of thick cardboard, 22 by 144 inches, used for writing verses on. Japan. The usual size of the tanzaku is about 24 by 144 inches. They are frequently made of a thin strip of wood. The name is a Japanese transcription of the Chinese tiin ch‘ak ‘‘a short list or memoranda,”! and the object itself may be regarded as a survival from the time when books were engraved on simi- lar strips of bamboo, like existing Buddhist scriptures in Siam. The temple lots, mikwi (No. 68), and the Korean cards (No. 77) cor- respond with a bundle of tanzaku, which are still rep- resented on and give name ; ; : Fig. 199. to certain card-pieces in the FATS Japanese pack (No. 51). Length, 34 to 3% inches. The ancestry of the book Cat. No. 168872/, m, U.S.N.M. in Eastern Asia may be traced, not only to the engraved strips of bamboo (Chinese ch’ak), but, ‘Hepburn. A more obvious explanation would be found in tdn ch’ak, a single slip of bamboo. 888 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. in the opinion of the writer, to the bundle of engraved or painted arrow-derived slips used in divination. 1. eed the Korean name for the pack of cards, til, is defined by the Chinese tit, applied in Korea to a complete set of volumes of the same work. Fig. 200. TLINGIT TABLETS. Lengths, 33, 314, and 2% inches. Cat. No, 168372n, 0, p, U.S.N.M. The folding fan of China and Japan is not unlikely to have origi- nated from these tanzaku or writing slips, which the nebles carried in order to make memoranda when in the presence of the sovereign. The fan is constantly used for writing | T 1 = ay Upon, one side originally being left ~ AH LUA Pwd “plank for the purpose. In Japan a folding fan, ogi (fig. 202), formed an essential part of the ceremonial 5 TTTUuAnA costume of a gentleman, and was sdl TT aLGV : , ()'S — al’@ Ne carried in front in the belt. Refer- Fig. 201. ring to the folding fan, Mr. Giles ALASKA INDIAN TABLET. Says: Length, 4 inches. j i pres The number of its bones or ribs is a askKa. . . Cat. No, 15319, Museum of Archeology, University of Penn- matter which a by NO mean left to \ sylvania. chance. Sixteen, including the two outer pieces, may he quoted as the standard; but fans made in certain localities have more, as many as thirty-two, and sometimes even thirty-six. The reason why the number sixteen is preferred is that such a fan opens into a convenient number of spaces to receive the poetical inscrip- tion, which custom has almost, but not altogether, tied down to a given number of — lines. ‘Herbert A. Giles, On Chinese Fans, Historic China and other Sketches, London, 1882, p. 299. PLATE 37. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. TANZAKU. Length , 145 inches. Japan. In the author’s collection. CHESS AND 65. YEKI. Divination. Japan. Fifty splints of bamboo, ceichaku, and six wooden prisms, sangi. The sticks may vary in length from 2 to 14 inches, the set ex- hibited being 14 inches in length. The wooden prisms, which are usually made of shitan, or red ~ sandalwood, have two contigu- ous sides plain and two marked with a transverse cut about 1 inch wide, which is painted red (fig. 203). These blocks, called sangi, or “calculating sticks,” are placed before the fortune- teller, parallel to each other and with their plain faces uppermost, The fortune teller takes the bundle of splints in his right hand and raises them reveren- tially to his forehead. He then places the ends in the palm of his left hand and shuffles them with a rotary motion (fig. 204), Taking the bundle in his right hand, he places one so that it projects between his little finger and his third finger (fig. 205), Dividing the remainder in two parts, he places one of the bun- dles between his middle finger and forefinger and the other be- tween his forefinger and thumb. The latter bundle is then counted, taking four splints at a time around the Pat kwa or “ Hight Diagrams” (fig. 206), beginning at the one consisting of un- broken lines designated by the Chinese character k’in, and cor- responding with the Northwest. When the count has been made around the diagrams aS many ‘PLAYING-CARDS. 889 Fig. 202. FOLDING FAN (hak shin, ‘black fan’’). Length, 113 inches. Canton, China. Cat. No. 19401, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. 1Cat. No. 175655, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. 890 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. times as possible there will remain less than eight sticks. This re- mainder indicates the complement of the destined diagram according to the arrangement shown in fig. 206. The trigram indicated is then recorded by means of the sangi, the faces of the three nearest the fortune-teller being turned to correspond with the broken or unbroken lines of the trigram. The zeichaku are then again manipulated and the three remaining sangi turned in the same manner to agree with the trigram designated by the count. The indication obtained from these two operations is then referred to the corresponding diagram in the Yik King or “ Divination Classic,” and the fortune teller draws his conclusions from the text which explains it, aided by traditional interpretations. In this system of divination we have an illustration of the use of arrow-derived splints divided at random to determine the number, place being ascertained by counting around a diagram, the Pdt kwd, symbolic of the World Quarters. It is also practised at the present Fig. 203. CALCULATING BLOCKS (sangi) FOR YEKI. Length, 44 inches. Japan. Cat. No, 175655, U.S.N.M. day in Korea and in China, having doubtless been derived both in Japan and Korea from China. It is described minutely in one of the appendices to the “ Divination Classic.”! According to the Chinese record, the stalks of a plant, the Ptarmica Siberica were used, those which grew on the grave of Confucius being most highly esteemed. The assumption that the zeichaku (Chinese, shai chuk)” were originally arrows is based upon analogy, the arrow derivation of many similar objects employed in divination being clearly apparent. The sangi (Chinese, siin muk), or ‘calculating sticks” may be regarded as sur- ! Appendix III, Chap. 9, p. 51. M. C. de Harlez (Les Figures Symboliques du Yi-King, Journal Asiatique, New Ser. IX, p. 280) has given a translation of an explanation of the method of divination by means of the splints affixed to the Manchu-Chinese edition of the Yik King of the Emperor Kien Lung. A translation of the rules for divination with the sticks is given in Takashima Ekidan, Tokio, 1893. > Shai, ‘‘to divine with slips of Milfoil; the most efficacious is from the grave of Confucius;” Chuk, ‘‘bamboo.” Williams’ Tonic Dictionary. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 891 viving from or suggested by the two-faced staves, from which the diagrams originated. The above-described method of divination has a counterpart in the Chinese game of Fan tan, or “repeatedly spreading out,” which is played in the gambling houses established by the immigrants from China in many American cities. Fan tn is played with a quantity of Chinese brass “cash,” for which buttons and other small objects are sometimes substituted. These take the place of the splints or zeichaku. The dealer covers a handful of these cash, taken at random from the pile, with a brass eup.! The players lay their wagers on the four sides of a square, numbered “ one,” “two,” “three,” and “four.” The dealer then divides off the ‘‘ cash” under the cup by fours, using for the purpose a tapering rod” of teak wood, about 18 inches in length. When all the fours are counted off, the winner is determined by the num- ber remaining.’ In these operations we have the random partition of ‘ cash” substituted for that of splints, and the square with its four numbered sides (cor- responding with the Four Quarters) for the Pét kwd or “Eight Trigrams” around which the splints are counted. Analogous also to the Chinese and Jap- anese method of divination with splints is the Malagassy Sikidy, a system of fortune-telling in common use in Mada- a gascar, in which beans, rice, orother small ~~. objects that can be easily counted or divided, are employed. A quantity of beans are placed in a heap, and from these a handful is taken at ran- dom. From this handful the diviner withdraws first two, then two more, and so on successively until two only are left, or, it may be, the odd number, one. The process is repeated and the remainders, one or two, are marked in tables of squares, from which the determinations are afterwards made. The method of marking down, by means of one or two dots, is iden- tical with that frequently employed in divining with the splints. The process is repeated four times, one of sixteen combinations being Japan. From Korean Games. 1 Tn Eau or ‘‘spreading out cover.” 2 T'dn pong, ‘‘spreading-out rod.” *Stewart Culin, The Gambling Games of the Chinese in America, Philadelphia, 1891; also, The Origin of F’dn t’in, Overland Monthly, August, 1896. 892 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. formed, which are given, with their Malagassy names, in the following table: 1 P : Jama. 9 i L Adikizy. 2 Taratka. 10 : 4 Alezany. 3 . Aditsimay. ih 5 Alemora. 4 = Alokola. 12 .. Adibidjady. 5 - Asoravary. 13 Kizo. 6 a erat y. 14 a Adikiasapy. 7 a Molahidy. 15 : Saka. 8 o Mikiarija. 16 ; Vontsira. In order to explain the Malagassy names, which in part at least are Arabic, M. Steinschneider! gives a table, compiled from a Hebrew lot book in Munich, with the Arabic, Hebrew, Latin, and Berber desig- nations of these combinations of dots. The figures, he states, are Supposed to represent the astrological “houses” connected with the planets. They are distinguished as male and female—a distinction which we may assume exists in the single and double dots, as in the unbroken and broken lines. Steinschneider assumes that this sup- posed Arabic science was transplanted by scholars like Abraham ibn Essa and Jehuda al-Charisi, who traveled from Spain in Europe and the Orient in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, through so-called lot books into Hebrew. Sibree relates that in a simple form of Sikidy an indefinite number of grass stalks are counted off in twos until only one or two are left.’ ‘Zeitschrift d. deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, XXXI, p. 762. * For further references to Sikidy see: Zeitschift d. deutschen morgenliindischen Gesellschaft, XXX I, p. 543. William Ellis, History of Madagascar, London, 1838, p. 431. James Sibree, jr., Madagascar and Its People, London, 1870, p. 392. James Sibree, jr., The Great African Island, London, 1880, p. 308. James Sibree, jr., Madagascar before the Conquest, London, 1896, pp. £62, 285. L. Dahle, Antananarivo Annual, II, p. 80. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 893 A method of fortune telling, based upon the sixteen combinations of single and double dots, taken four at a time, worked by means of a table not unlike that employed in sikidy, is to be found in a popular handbook entitled, “The Gypsy Dream Book and Fortune Teller,” M. J. Ivers & Co., New York, under the title of “The Oraculum; or, Napoleon Buonaparte’s Book of Fate.” The diagrams or dot combinations: .- -- etc., are discovered by making four rows of dots at random : .. and afterwards count- ing them, even yielding . . andodd . ie Reviewing the references in the Greek and Roman classics to divin- atory practices with rods resembling those above described, there is to be found in Ammianus Marcellinus! the following account of the custom of the Alani: They predict the future in a marvelous way. They take straight rods of osier, and, separating them with certain secret charms at a fixed time, they know clearly what is meant.” Herodotus relates: Seythia has an abundance of soothsayers, who foretell the future by means of a number of willow wands. A large bundle of these wands is brought and laid on the ground. The soothsayer unties the bundle and places each wand by itself,? at the same time uttering his prophecy. Then, while he is still speaking, he gathers the rods together again, and makes them up once more into a bundle. This mode of divination is of home growth in Scythia. 4 The latter account does not agree except so far as concerns the bundle of rods, but almost exact par- allels to the zeichaku, both in number and method of manipulation, are to be found among many abo- a . : 5 " : ONE STICK PLACED BE- riginal tribes in America. A résuméofthedescrip- 9 wren urriz FINGER tions given by the early writers is furnished in that = 4ND THIRD FINGER. admirable paperon “Indian Games” by Mr. Andrew meer eater i McFarland Davis, published in the Bulletin of the Essex Institute,* Fig. 205. 1Volume XXXI, p. 2. 2Somewhat comparable is the custom of the Guinea negroes described by Bosman (William Bosman, A New and Accurate Description of the Coast of Guinea; trans- lated in Pinkerton’s Voyages, London, 1814, XVI, p. 399): ‘‘If the priest is inclined to oblige the querent the questions are put to the idol in his presence, and gener- ally in one of the two following methods: The first way is by a bundle of about twenty small bits of leather, in the middle of which they bind some trash of the same nature with that they fill the mentioned pipe; some of these ingredients prom- ise good success and others threaten the contrary. ‘Ihis bundle the priest shufiles together several times, and if those which presage a good issue happen to come fre- quently together he answers the querent that his undertaking shall end well.” 5Q. Schrader, “One behind another,” Prehistoric Antiquities, translated by Frank Byron Jevons, London, 1890, p. 279. ‘Book IV, 67, Rawlinson, New York, 1893, III, p. 46. 5 Volumes XVII, Nos. 7-9, 1885; XVIII, Nos. 10-12, 1886. 894 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. under the caption of “Straw or Indian Cards,” from which I have extracted the following: To play the game a number of straws or reeds uniform in size and of equal Jength were required. They were generally from 6 to 10 inches long. The number used in the game was arbitrary. Lawson puts it at fifty-one, Charlevoix at two hundred and one. The only essential points were that the numbers should be odd and that there should be enough of them so that when the pile was divided into two parts, a glance would not reveal which of the two divisions contained the odd number of straws. In its simplest form the game consisted in separating the heap of straws into two parts, one of which each player took, and he whose pile contained the odd number of straws was the winner. Before the division was made the straws were subjected to a manipulation, somewhat after 3 the manner of shuffling cards. They South were then placed upon the deerskin or upon whatever other article was 5 oY —_— \opS selected as a surface on which to play. & BE Y A The player who was to make the di- , Be SY vision into two heaps, with many con- tortions of the body and throwing ace / about of the arms, and with constant a = ik [ & 9 utterances to propitiate his good luck, | a & would make a division of the straws with a pointed bone or some similar Ne 4 instrument,' himself taking one of the divisions while his adversary took the AW 2 Ga other. They would then rapidly sep- SS mi od arate the straws into parcels number- North. ing ten each, and determine from the fractional remainders who had the Fig. 206. odd number. The speed with which EIGHT DIAGRAMS (Pat kwd). the process of counting was carried Numerical compliments indicated by numerals. on was always a source of wonder to the lookerson, and the fact that the counting was done by tens is almost invariably mentioned. Between two people betting simply on the odd number no further rules were necessary. To determine which had the heap containing the odd number, there was no need to foot up the total number of tens. It was to be settled by what was left over after the last pile of complete tens was set aside. The number itself might be either one, three, five, seven, ornine. In the more complicated forms of the games this led to giving differ- ent values to these numbers, the nine being always supreme and the one on which the highest bets were wagered. It was generally understood that the holder of this number swept the board, taking all bets on other numbers as well as those on nine. It was easy to bet beads against beads and skins against skips in a simple game of odd or even, but when the element of different values for different combinations was introduced some medium of exchange was needed to relieve the complications. straws, in which a bundle of splints allowed to fall at random in a pile are separated one by one without disturbing the others. Mr. E. W. Nelson informs me that a game identical with jackstraws is played by the Eskimo of Norton Sound on the Yukon River, Alaska. The sticks, which are made of spruce or cottonwood, or any ordinary driftwood, are about the size of a match, squared, and about four inches in length. Those he collected for the U. 8. National Museum were tied with a cord in a bundle of about one hundred. The sticks each have the same value. They are separated by means of a slender stick a little longer than the others. Another method of using these sticks is to lay the bundle on the back of the hand, toss them ey eee ee a es nd Laat g : Fy is Pie Pray ok Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896,—-Culin, PLATE 38. —— CARVED SANDALWOOD JACKSTRAWS (Héung t’o pdt po). Length, 33 inches. Canton, China. Cat. No. 16221, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsy!vania. ro Bes 7 Pit ed Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin PLATE 89. CARVED SANDALWOOD JACKSTRAWS. Length, 3} inches. Canton, China. Cat. No. 16221, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 895 Stones of fruit were employed, just as chips or counters are used in modern gambling games, and a regular bank was practically instituted. Each player took a certain number of these counters as the equivalent of the value of the merchandise which he proposed to hazard on the game, whether it was a gun, a blanket, or some other article. Here we have all the machinery of a regular gambling game at cards, but the resemblance does not stop here. The players put up their bets precisely as they now do ina game of faro, se- lecting their favorite number and fixing the amount, meas- ured in the standard of the game, which they wish to haz- ard. ‘‘By the side of the straws, which are on the ground, are found the (grains) counters,” says Perrot, ‘“‘which the players have bet on the game.” In another place the method of indicat- ing the bets is stated as fol- lows: ‘‘He (meaning the one who has bet) is also obliged to make two other heaps. In one he will place five, in the other seven straws, with as many (grains) counters as he pleases. * * * Compli- cated rules determined when the players won or lost, when the bets were to be doubled, and when they were to abide After native drawing in Our Neighborhood, by T, A. Purcell, reproduced in Korean the chance of another count. Games. The loser at the game, even after all he had with him was gone, was sometimes permitted to continue the game on his promise to pay. If ill luck still pursued him the winner could refuse him credit and decline to play for stakes that he could not see. The game often lasted several days, one after another relieving his comrades at the play until one of the JAPANESE FORTUNE-TELLER WITH ZEICHAKU, into the air, and catch them on the palm. If the player succeeds in grasping them all he lays one splint aside and tries again. The antiquity of the game of jackstraws in India appears to be illustrated by a passage in the Tevigga Sutta (The Magghima Silam, 4; The Sacred Books of the East, XI, Oxford, 1881, p. 193) in a list of games detrimental to the progress of virtue. “That is to say, with a board of sixty-four squares, or one hundred squares ; tossing up; removing substances from a heap without shaking the remainder.” In Canton, China, children use splints from burnt punk sticks (héung k’euk, liter- ally, ‘‘incense feet”), one hundred being held in a bunch and allowed to fall, the players endeavoring to remove them one at a time from the pile without disturbing the others, using another stick bent over at the end for the purpose. They call the game Vit héung k’euk. The Chinese at Canton make carved jackstraws, but I am informed by Chinese merchants that they are sold only for export. A set in the University Museum (Cat. No. 16221) (Plates 38, 39) consists of forty-two pieces, twenty small pointed sticks, twenty miniature weapons and implements, and two hooks for removing the splints. They are made of sandal wood, 44 inches in length, and their name is given by the venders as héung t‘o pdt po. 896 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. two sides had lost everything. * * * The game of straw,” says Perrot,! from whose account we have made the foregoing digest, ‘‘is ordinarily held in the cabins of the chiefs, which are large, and are, so to speak, the Academy of the Savages.” Lawson? describes it, but in slightly modified form, as follows: “Indian Cards.—Their chiefest game is a sort of Arithmetick, which is managed by a parcel of small split reeds, the thickness of a small Bent. These are made very nicely, so that they part, and are tractable in their hands. They are fifty-one in number, their length about 7 inches. When they play, they throw part of them to their antagonist. The art is to discover, upon sight, how many you have, and what you throw to him that plays with you. Some are so expert at their numbers that they will tell ten times together what they throw out of their hands. Although the whole play is carried on with the quickest motion it is possible to use, yet some are so expert at this game as to win great Indian Estates by this Play. A good set of these reeds fit to play withal are valued and sold for a dressed doe-skin.” The first game described by Roger Williams? in his Chapter on Gaming is ‘‘a game like unto the English Cards, yet instead of Cards they play with strong Rushes.” In his vocabulary he gives ‘‘ Akésuog: they are at cards, or telling Rushes; Pissinné- Fig. 208. ROD AND COVER USED IN FAN T‘AN. Length of rod, 174 inches; diameter of cup, 34 inches. Canton, China. 2 Cat. Nos. 7159, 7160, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. ganash: their playing Rushes; Ntakésemin: I am a telling or counting; for their play isa kind of Arithmatick.” Strachey found this game among the Indians in Vir- ginia. He describes it as follows: ‘Dice play, or cardes, or lotts, they know not, how be it they use a game upon rushes much like primero, wherein they card and discard and lay a stake or two, and so win or lose.” Mr. Davis cites other references to the game by Fathers Brebeuf,* Boucher,® Lafitau,® Charlevoix,’ and Beverly,* none of which throw any additional light upon it. ‘Nicholas Perrot, Mémoire sur les Mceurs, Coustumes et Relligion des Sauvages de PAmérique Septentrionale, Leipzig and Paris, 1867. *John Lawson, History of North Carolina, London, 1718, p. 176. The tribes whose customs are described by him are Catawba, Tuskeruro (Tuscarora), Pampticough, and Woccon. He does not specify that the game was played by any one of these tribes in particular. ‘Roger Williams, A Key to Language of America, etc., together with brief obser- vations of the Customes, Manners, etc., Providence in New England, London, 1643, — Chap. XXVIII. ‘Relations des Jésuites, Quebec, 1858. *Pierre Boucher, True and Genuine Description of New France, etc., Paris, 1644. Translated under title Canada in the Seventeenth Century, Montreal, 1883. °P. Lafitau, Mceurs des Sanvages Ameriquains, etc., Paris, 1724. 7Le P.de Charlevoix, Historie de la Nouvelle France, Journal d’un Voyage, etc., Paris, 1744. ®Robert Beverly, History of Virginia, 1705. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. rors bus About fifteen years ago the late Rev. J. Owen Dorsey gave the fol- lowing account of a corresponding game among the Omaha: ! Ja”-¢awa, Stick-counting, is played by any number of persons with sticks made of déska or sidthi. These sticks are all placed in a heap, and then the players, in succession, take up some of them in their hands. The sticks are not counted until they have been taken up, and then he who has the lowest odd number always wins. Thus, if one player had five, another three, and a third only one, the, last must be the victor. The highest number that anyone can have is nine. If ten or more sticks have been taken those above nine do not count.’ Light is throwa upon the origin and significance of these games in America by the account of the Tiyotipi of the Dakota, by Stephen R. Riggs.’ ‘*The exponent of the Phratry was the ‘ Tiyotipi,’ or ‘Soldiers’ Lodge.’ Its meaning is the ‘Lodge of Lodges.’ There were placed the bundles of black and red sticks of the soldiers. There the soldiers gathered to talk and smoke and feast. There the laws of the encamp- ment were enacted.” Describing the lodge, he says: A good fire is blazing inside, and we may just lift up the skin-door and crawl in. Toward the rear of the tent, but near enough for convenient use, is a large pipe placed by the symbols of power. There are two bundles of shaved sticks about 6 inches long. The sticks in one bundle are painted black and in the other red. The black bundle represents the real men of the camp—those who have made their mark on the warpath. The red bundle represents the boys and such men as wear no eagle feathers. Again he says: Then of all the round-shaved sticks, some of which were painted black and some painted red, four are especially marked. They are the four chiefs of the Tiyotipi that were made. And these men are not selected at random for this place; but men who have killed many enemies and are most able are chosen, In conclusion, Mr. Riggs adds: The special making of the sticks is done on the line of personal history. What- ever is indicated by the kind of eagle feathers a man is entitled to wear in his head, and by the notches in them, this is all hieroglyphed on his stick in the Tiyotipi. Then these bundles of sticks are used for gambling. The question is, ‘‘Odd or even?’ The forfeits are paid in meat for the Tiyotipi. This highly suggestive account reveals the splints or straws of the American games as derived from the ceremonial emblems of the war- riors of the tribe. The identity of the splints with the Haida gambling- sticks (No. 76), both in number and method of use, is clearly apparent. ‘Omaha Sociology, Third Annual Report Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, 1884, p. 338. “Mr. Francis Le Fleche mentioned an Omaha game to the writer under the name of Zané kiddé, as played with sticks or straws, fifty-two in all. “It is pretty much like card-playing.” Miss Alice C. Flecher writes me that ‘the true name of the game is zthon-ni-gki-de. This is an old word, and not a descriptive name, whereas the name given by Mr. Dorsey is a descriptive name and only sometimes used to desig- nate this game. The name given by Mr. Dorsey, zhon-dha-wa, is composed of zohn, ‘‘wood,” and dha-wa, ‘‘to count.” “Stephen Return Riggs, Dakota Grammar, Texts, and Ethnography, edited by James Owen Dorsey, U.S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mvun- tain Region, Contributions to North American Ethnology, IX, pp. 195, 200, NAT MUS 96 D7 898 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The latter I have shown to be direct substitutes for arrow-shaftments, hence the derivation of the splints from similar shaftments may be regarded as assured. 66. CHINESE FORTUNE-TELLER’S SiGN. Cotton cloth painted! with the Pdt kwa or “Bight Diagrams.” Johore, Malay Peninsula. 67. Kw ts’ im. Divining-splints.2 China and Chinese in the United States. . Thirty-two or sixty-four splints of bamboo, about 5 inches in length, tipped with red (fig. 209). One-fourth of the splints are marked with one dot and called tan, “single;” one-fourth with two dots, chit, ‘broken ;” one-fourth with a circle, fl | i cl’ung, “duplicated,” and the Hi fh remainder with a cross, kdu, | “united.” They are regard- ed, respectively, as yéung, ‘“masculine;” yam, ‘femi- nine;” shit yéung and shit yam, yam meaning ‘“assist- ant.” The inquirer draws a $h splint at random from a vase xx inwhich the entire bundle is ie placed, and the fortune-teller notes its mark upon a piece of paper. Another splint is pz pe iF ir then drawn, and the result » & » ’ LS {s) — written down just above the former mark, and this re- peated until six marks in a Laees line, one above the other, are ae obtained. The combination Cat, No. 175657, U.S.N.M, From Korean Games. is interpreted with the aid of the “Book of Divination,” by reference to the corresponding diagram, as in Yeki (No. 65). In this method of fortune-telling the diagram indicating place is determined by the repeated selection of the chance-arrows. y WN aes Sac | Fig. 209. DIVINING-SPLINTS (kw ts’im). 68. Mikus1. Divining-sticks,’? with box, mikuji bako, from which they are thrown. Japan. Sixty bamboo lots, about 9 inches in length, marked with numbers from one to sixty (fig. 210). Keptin both Shinto and Buddhist temples in Japan. A lot is shaken from a box and its number referred to a book in which an explanation is given. Either sixty or one hundred lots are used. The even numbers are considered lucky and the odd ‘Cat. No. 16760, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. From the collection sent by His High- ness the late Sultan of Johore to the Columbian Exposition, Chicago. 2 Cat. No. 175657, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. 3 Cat. No. 175658, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896 —-Culin. SHRINE OF CHINESE GOD OF WAR. Philadelphia. From Korean Games. 4 a BOLTON. & PLATE 40. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 899 unlucky, with the exception of No. 1, which is very lucky, and No. 100, which is very unlucky. 69. Ts‘iu U. ‘Lot-answers”! in box, ts‘im tung, from which they are shaken. China and Chinese in the United States. One hundred bamboo lots, about 10 inches in length (fig. 211), used in Chinese temples and shrines in the same manner as the preceding. 4 i, ii SSS WRAAAN SS WSS —S—S> = =~ = ===> es —— ] Fig. 210. DIVINING-STICKS (mikuji) WITH BOX (bako), FROM WHICH THEY ARE THROWN. Length of sticks, 9 inches. Japan. Cat. No. 18307, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. , ) d A These lots illustrate the probable origin of the preceding lots, the Japanese mikugi, in the quiver of arrows, the red-tipped, arrow-pointed lots, ts‘¢m, being clearly derived from arrows, tsin, while the box, t‘ung, represents the bamboo quiver.’ 1Cat. No. 9048, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 2 Among the Chinese in the United States the God of War is invariably appealed to in using these lots. They are placed upon the little ledge, or altar before his shrine (Plate 40), which is maintained practically for the purpose of such divination. With the splints are invariably two elliptical pieces of wood, kdu pii (fig. 212), rounded on one side and flat on the other, usually made of the root stock of the bamboo. The inquirer, after making the usual sacrifices, throws the blocks to 900 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. These instruments, taken in connection with a set of arrows worn by a Chinese general, described on page 882, serve to make clear the refer- ence in Ezekiel xxi, 21, where Nebuchadnezzar, at the parting of two ways, uses divination with arrows to decide whether he shall proceed against Jerusalem or Rabbah.' MU \("" yn ny Fig. 211. ROW-LOTS (ts‘im wi) IN BOX (quiver). 4 Length of sticks, 10 inches. Canton, China. Cat. No. 9048, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. Anaiogous to the ts’im ii was the Meisir game of the heathen Arabs, ascertain whether the time is propitious for divination with the ts’im ii. In tossing the blocks, if both fall with their curved sides uppermost the indication is a negative one, neither good or evil; if both fall with the flat sides uppermost the indication isunfavorable; if one falls with the curved side uppermost and the other the reverse the indication is good. It is customary to throw the blocks until they fall three times alike in succession. '“For the king of Babylon stood at the parting of the ways, at the head of two ways, to use divination. He shook the arrows to and fro, he consulted the teraphim, he looked in the liver” (R. V.). CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 901 in which marked arrows were shaken from a quiver. Ten or eleven arrows were used, of which seven were marked. They were made of the wood of a particular tree, and were of a yellow color. The seven marked arrows which had distinguishing notches on the shaftment were each designated by a name. A very complete account of the game is given by Dr. Anton Hiiber,! of which an extract is to be found in Korean Games, XX XIII. yj Yj YY, YW YU, L4G / Yipee Yi yp Fig. 212 DIVINING-BLOCKS (kau pit). Length, 63 inches. China. Cat. No. 9047, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. It should be observed that the term al maisar (meisir) is now under- stood to include all games of chance or hazard.” The heathen Arabs were accustomed to divine by means of arrows in a manner similar to the Meisir, of which an account is found in the Preliminary Discourse to Sale’s Koran.’ 1 Uber das Meisir genannte Spiel der heidnischen Araber, Leipzig, 1883. ? Hughes’ Dictionary of Islam. * Another practice of the idolatrous Arabs, forbidden also in one of the above- mentioned passages (Koran, Chap. V), was that of divining by arrows. The arrows used by them for this purpose were like those with which they cast lots, being with- out heads or feathers, and were kept in the temple of some idol, in whose presence they were consulted. Seven such arrows were kept at the temple of Mecca, but generally in divination they made use of three only, on one of which was written, “My Lord hath commanded me;” on another, ‘‘ My Lord hath forbidden me,” and the third was blank. If the former was drawn, they looked upon it as an approbation of the enterprise; if the second, they made a contrary conclusion; but if the third happened to be drawn, they mixed them and drew them over again. These divining arrows were generally consulted before anything of moment was undertaken, as when a man was about to marry, or about to go on a journey. (The Preliminary Discourse, Sec. V.) 902 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. While the Chinese lots at the present day are inscribed simply with a number referring to the corresponding pages of a book (as No. 70), in which is to be found both the oracle and its explanation, it is not unlikely that the oracle was originally engraved or written upon the lot itself, such lots being the natural outcome from tle engraved or painted arrow shaftment, from which I assume they were derived. An explanation of the origin of the sortes of the Romans is naturally sug- gested. The sortes were little tablets or counters of wood, or other materials, upon each of which some rough verse or poverb was writ- ten. After they had been mixed together a boy would draw one at random, which was then taken as an omen.’ Cicero? describes the Sortes at Preeneste as. being engraved in ancient characters on oak, and kept in a chest of olive wood. 70. Kwan Tar Line Ts‘im.? “God of War Divining Lots.” Canton, China. Book of lots, to which the numbered lots are referred. 71. PAK KOP P‘IU Tsim U.A Lots cast by gamblers. Canton, China. Highty bamboo lots, identical with No. 69, except that they are num- bered from one to eighty. Cast by gamblers before playing in the lot- tery called the Pak kop piv (No. 72) to determine the numbers they should play. Kept in Chinese shrines of the God of War in China and the United States for the convenience of gamblers. These lots, which are used ceremonially to divine the lucky numbers, are doubtless survivals from the time when such lots were actually used in the drawings. In Korea, lotteries called San-htong, appear to be a distinct outcome from the kyet, or money-lending clubs. In the latter a hundred men each contribute a certain sim monthly, the draw- ings being made with numbered wooden balls, which are shaken from a globular wooden box, san-htong.” The lotteries are drawn in the same manner, and it should be observed that the name of the box, san-htong, is the Chinese ts’im Vung, applied to the lot-arrows in their quiver. The globular box and numbered balls are analogous to the Italian lottery, in which numbered balls (No. 74) are shaken from a bottle-shaped basket. 'Smith’s Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, art. Sortes. 2 De Divinatio, II, p. 41. 3 Cat. No. 15398, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 4Cat. No. 9048, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. : *The implements for a Korean lottery (Cat. No. 17612) in the University Museum consist of asmall tin lamp for burning kerosene oil, containing ten white nuts (seeds of Salisburia adiantifolia) numbered with Chinese characters from one to ten, an evident makeshift for the appliance described in the text. Himly gives the Manchu name for the money-lending clubs as isangga mekten, “lot drawing,” with the Chinese equivalent of iv wi, “shaking society.” When several persons each deposit part of the money, and it is divided by lot-drawing once a month, it is called isangga mekten. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 903 72. PAK KOP P‘1U. ‘White Pigeon Ticket.” Tickets used by players! (fig. 213). A lottery. China and Chinese in the United States. Carried on by organized companies among the Chinese in China and in their settlements in the United States. The tickets are marked with eighty numbers, which are represented by the first eighty characters of the ‘Thousand Character Classic.” The players bet on ten or more numbers, marking the characters selected on the tickets. The draw- ei sf ss Fig. 213. LOTTERY TICKET (pak kop p‘it). Impression, 3$ inches square. Chinese in United States. Cat. No, 169327, U.S.N.M. From Korean Games. ings are conducted by means of eighty pieces of paper, each having one of the eighty characters written upon it. Twenty characters are drawn at random at each drawing, and the players win in proportion to the number they guess.” The name of the lottery, pak kop, “White Pigeon,” is probably a slang phrase for pak hop, meaning “one hundred united,” a name which is quite intelligible in the light of the Korean money-lending clubs. 1 Cat. No. 169327, U.S.N.M. Gift of Stewart Culin. *Stewart Culin, for detailed account see The Gambling Games of the Chinese in America, Philadelphia, 1891. 904 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 73. Tsz’ FA. ‘Word-Blossoming.” of an enigma (fig. 215), which must contain é 3 some demonstrable reference to the name written under the proper name selected for the day, or to the part of the body upon ge which that name is written. These enig- mas are written in metrical form, and are LE composed as required by the writer of the Zs lottery. He endeavors to mislead the play- VA ers, but is obliged to give a satisfactory 2 explanation of the connection between his verses and the name displayed.! Foran explanation of the symbolism of the ry oa thirty-six names and of the T’ung yan, or ‘*composite man,” as the picture of the man is called, we need but to refer to the concept : : ; i y/ of totality which underlies the arrow-quiver with its symbols of all the quarters. igs ENIGMA (tsz’ fa tai) USED IN WORD. 74. NUMBERED BALLS,’ used in lottery. BLOSSOMING LOTTERY. Madrid, Spain. Chinese in United States. From Korean Games. These balls (fig. 216) made of boxwood, are numbered from one to ninety. Their probable origin is suggested by the Korean san-htong, as described on page 902. The resemblance of these strung balls to a rosary has suggested to the writer that that object may have had a similar origin and cosmical symbolism. 75. ARROWS.’ McCloud River Indians, McCloud River, California. Feathered ends marked with rings or ribbons of red, blue, and black paint. ‘For a detailed account see Stewart Culin, Tsz’ Fd, or Word-Blossoming, Overland Monthly, September, 1894, 2Cat. No. 16247, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. 3 Cat. No. 126518, U.S.N.M. 906 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Intended to illustrate method of marking arrows referred to on page 881. 76. GAMBLING-STICKS. Alaska Indians. (a) A set of sixty-two sticks, 5 inches in length and ,?; inch in diam- eter, in leather pouch.' Marked with stripes or ribbons of red and black paint, of various widths, and variously placed. Collected by recA. A. Hoff, U. 8. °A: (b) Plaster cast of stick, showing carved figure of beaver. Copy of one of set in the United States National Museum? (Plate 41), Haida Indians, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Mr. James G. Swan? gives the following ac- count of the method of play: The Haida use sticks or pieces of wood 4 or 5 inches long and beautifully polished. They are made of yew, and each stick has some designat- ing mark upon it. There is one stick entirely colored and one entirely plain. Each player will have a bunch of forty or fifty of these sticks, and each will select either of the plain sticks as his favorite, just as in backgammon or checkers the players select Fig. 216. the black or white pieces. The STRING OF NINETY LOTTERY BALLS. Indian about to play takes up Madrid, Spain. a handful of these sticks, and, Cat. No. 16247, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. putting them under a quantity of finely separated cedar bark, which is as fine as tow and kept constantly near him, he divides the pins into two parcels, which he wraps up in the bark, and passes them rapidly from hand to hand under the tow, and finally moves them round on the ground or mat on which the players are always seated, still wrapped in the fine bark, but not covered by the tow. His opponent watches every move that is made from the very first with the eagerness of a cat, and finally, by a motion of his finger, indicates which of the par- cels the winning stick isin. The player, upon such indication, shakes the sticks out of the bark, and, with much display and skill, throws them one by one into the space between the players till the piece wanted is reached, or else, if it is not there, to show that the game is his. The winner takes one or more sticks from his oppo- nent’s pile, and the game is decided when one wins all the sticks of the other. Dr. Franz Boas,‘ in his Report of the Northwestern Tribes of Canada, 1895, gives the following account of the methods of play among the Niskké (Chimmesyan): Qsan.—Guessing game, played with a number of maple sticks marked with red or black rings, or totemic designs. Two of these sticks are trumps. The object of the 1Cat. No. 9286, U.S.N.M. 2Cat. No. 73552, U.S.N.M. ’Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 267, p. 7. ‘British Association for the Advancement of Science, Ipswich, 1895. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 41. Fig. 1. HarpaA INDIAN GAMBLING Stick. Length, 4% inches. (Cat. No. 73552, U.S. N. M.) Fig. 2. Device oN Haipa INDIAN GAMBLING Stick (Beaver). From Korean Games. Fig. 83: CYLINDRICAL Stamp. Length, 3 inches. (Cat. No. 12988, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Ecuador.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Culin. PLATE 41 HAIDA GAMBLING STICK AND PoTTERY STAMP. Ecuador. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 907 game is to guess 1n which of the two bundles of sticks, which are wrapped in cedar bark, the trump is hidden. Each player uses one trump only. Another apparently similar game he describes as follows: Matsqé'n.—About thirty small maple sticks are divided into four or five lots of unequal numbers. After a first glance one of the players is blindfolded, the others change the order of the lots, and the first player must guess how many sticks are now in each lot. When he guesses right in three, four, or five guesses out of ten— according to the agreement of the players—he has won. The sets of sticks are almost uniformly contained in a Jeather pouch, with a broad flap, to which a long thong is attached, passing several times around the pouch and having a pointed strip of bone, horn, or ivory at the end. ‘The latter is slipped under the thong as a fastening. These sticks, which are used by several of the tribes of the northwest coast of America, are probably simply conventionalized shaftments of arrows, as will be seen by comparing them with the arrows of the McCloud River Indians (No. 75). Fig. 217 represents the cut shaftment of an actual arrow, still bearing bands of red paint, found among the débris of a cliff dwelling in Mancos Canyon, which Mr. Cushing regards as having been intended for a game in the manner of the sticks. Fig. 217. CUT ARROW SHAFTMENT. Length, 6 inches. Cliff dwelling in Marneos Canyon, Colorado. Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. From the account of the sticks used among the Dakota (p. 897), to which the Northwest Coast sticks are analogous, it seems probable that each stick in a set stands, or originally stood, for a warrior of the tribe. It will be seen from the sticks collected by Lieutenant Emmons that they are designated by what appear to be the names of the gentes. Comparison of the sticks herein described show that no two sets are exactly alike,’ a variation which, under the circumstances, would be natural. Through the courtesy of Dr. Franz Boas, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York City, I am able to give the fol- lowing list of two sets of sticks’ in that museum, collected and labeled by Lieut. George T. Emmons, U.S. N., which are of the highest impor- tance in their study. By reference to Gibb’s Vocabularies, it appears they were obtained from the Taku tribe of the Koluschan family, occu- pying Taku Inlet, Alaska.’ They are catalogued under the name of Alh-kar, from Sitka. ' There is a general agreement in the red and black ribbons, but the number and arrangement of these varies on the sticks in each set. Several sticks marked alike frequently occur, as in the named sets collected by Lieutenant Emmons. All of the painted sets contain sticks like those in these two sets. *My attention was called to these sticks by my friend Mr. Cushing, who kindly placed his drawings of them at my disposal. *United States Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. Contributions to North American Ethnology, I, p. 121. 908 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Set of fifty-seven polished maple gaming-sticks. (Cat. No. 8,), 413 inches in length, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black rib- bons, and arranged in fifteen groups, as follows: Eight designated as Kite, ‘‘ blacktish.” One as Tiecesh sakh’, ‘‘ starfish.” Four as Kah, ‘‘ duck.” Ten as Late-la-ta, ‘‘sea gull.” Four as Nork, ‘‘ sunfish.” Four as Shuuko, ‘‘robin.” Four as Heon, ‘‘fly.” Three as Kar-shish-show, ‘like a dragon-fly.” Three as Tseeke, ‘‘ black bear.” Three as Gowh, ‘surf duck.” Four as Larkar. Three as Yah-ah-un-a, ‘‘South Southerlee (sic).” Three as [hk-ok-kohm, ‘‘ cross-pieces of canoe.” Two as Kea-thlu, ‘‘ dragon-fly.” One as Tis, ‘‘moon.”’ Set of sixty-six polished wooden gaming-sticks. (Cat. No. ,2,), 442 inches in length, in leather pouch. Twenty-seven of these sticks are marked with red and black ribbons, and arranged in nine groups, as follows (Plates 42, 43): Four designated as Kité, “ blackfish.” (Plate 42A.) Three as Lar-ish, ‘‘four-pronged starfish.” (Plate 42B.) Three as Kok-khatete, “loon.” (Plate 42C.) Three as Tuk-kut-ke-yar, ‘‘humming-bird.” (Plate 42D.) Three as Kark, ‘‘ duck?’ (golden eye). (Plate 42E.) Three as Dulth, a bird like a heron without topknot. (Plate 42F.) Three as Kau-kon, ‘‘sun.” (Plate 42G.) Three as Ars, “stick-tree.” (Plate 42H.) Two as Ta-thar-ta, ‘sea gull.” (Plate 42J.) The remaining thirty-eight sticks are plain, but some show old bands, obliterated, but not removed, while two are inlaid with a small, rec- tangular piece of black horn (Plate 42 K), and one with a small ring of copper wire. The following additional sets of sticks are contained in the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History, New York City: Set of forty-three maple gambling sticks. (Cat. No. ~%,), 5;‘g inches in length and -°; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. One plain, others marked with fel and black ribbons. Ends nipple-shaped. Tlingit; Fort Wrangell, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of forty-six wooden gambling-sticks. (Cat. No. 355), 57’¢ inches in length and ;°, inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and hack: oe Ends flat, blackened by charring. Tlingit; Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of sixty-two eee maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. ,=;), 4 inches in length and ;*; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Painted with red and black ribbons, in part inlaid with abalone shell. One eport of U.S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 42, A TAKU INDIAN GAMBLING STICKS. ALASKA, Length 4°, inches. No. ae American Museum of Natural History, New York. a Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.— Culin. PLATE 43. F H J K TAKU INDIAN GAMBLING STICKS. ALASKA. Length 45. inches. No. poe American Museum of Natural History, New York. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 909 earved with head of a man. Ends ovate. Tlingit; Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of sixty-seven maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. ,%,), 444; inches in length and -3; inch in diameter, in leather poucn. All marked with red and black ribbons. Ends ovate. eee Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of forty-three wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 57s), 444 inches in length and 4; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Twenty-two painted with red and black ribbons; others plain. Ends have small raised flat disk. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Sixteen maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. ;,5,), 433; inches in length and >; inch in diameter, marked with red and black ribbons, and six with burnt totemie designs. Ends ovate. With the above are ten odd sticks belonging to six or seven different sets. Chilkat. Col- lected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of fifty-three wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. ;,4,), 442 inches in length and ;3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons, and having each end incised with three crescent- shaped marks suggesting a human face. In part inlaid with small pieces of abalone shell and small rings of copper wire. Ends flat. Stahkin. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of forty-nine wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. ,,%,), 33; inches in length and 3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All painted with red and black ribbons. Ten inlaid with small pieces of abalone shell, copper, and horn. Ends flat. Tlingit; Fort Wrangell. Collected by Lieut. George T. Emmons. Set of sixty maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 48), 5,4, inches in length and <3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons. Haida. Collected by Dr. J. W. Powell. Set of eighty-eight wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 48), 5 inches in length and ,°; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All painted with red and black ribbons. Two sols carved at one end with human heads, one having right arm and leg of human figure below and the other their complement. Ends flat. Single-pointed paint-stick in pouch. Haida. Collected by Dr. J. W. Powell. Set of fifty-four light-colored wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. =), about 473 inches in length and =; inch in diameter. Length slightly irregular. In leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons. Ends flat. Double-pointed paint-sticks, one end red, other black, in pouch. Bellabella. (Wakashan.) Collected by Dr. J. W. Powell. Set of seventy-two wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. #,8;), 5,4; inches in length and ;{; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons and burnt totemie designs. Ends hollowed. Paint-stick in pouch. Bellabella. Collected by Dr. J. W. Powell. Set of eek one wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 48), 538; inches in length and ,*; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Three plain; others 910 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. painted with red and black ribbons. Four inlaid with small disks and rectangles of abalone shell. Ends nipple-shaped and inset with disks of abalone shell. ‘I'simshian. Collected by Dr. Franz Boas. Set of sixteen willow gambling-sticks (Cat. No. =18;), 5,5; inches in length and 2; inch in diameter, in small fringed buckskin pouch, stitched with an ornamental figure in red and green silk. AJ] marked with ribbons of red paint. Nslakyapamuk (Thompson River Indians Salishan) Interior of British Columbia. Collected by Mr. James Teit. The following sets of sticks are in the Museum of Archeology of the — University of Pennsylvania: Set of forty alder wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 15322), 443 inches in length and ;‘; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. In part marked with red and black ribbons, in part with obliterated ribbons, and in part plain, Ends hollow, showing pith. Originally filled with some white substance. Northern Alaska. Collected by Lieut. Miles C. Gorgas, U.S. N. Set of forty-four polished maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 15491), 412 inches in length and ;& inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons. | Ends flat. Set of forty-seven alder wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 15492), 5%; inches in Jength and ;§; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Thirty-two are marked with red and black ribbons and fifteen are plain. Ends inset with shell beads. Two banded sticks from another set are also contained in the pouch. Set of sixty-three polished birch or larch wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 18372), 5,8; inches in length and 55; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons. Ends flat. The following sets of sticks are in the Field Columbian Museum, | Chicago. ' f Set of fifty-five wood gambling sticks (Cat. No. 18349), 43 inches in length, in leather pouch. Variously figured. Ends rounded. Bella coola; British Columbia. Collected by Dr. Franz Boas. Set of twenty-four wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 18348), 45 inches in length, in leather pouch. Twenty-one painted in various ways, and — three carved to represent human figure. Bellacoola; British Columbia. Collected by Dr. Franz Boas. Set of forty-two wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 18350), 42 inches in length, in leather pouch. Variously marked with colored ribbons. Ends rounded. Bellacoola; British Columbia. Collected by Dr. Franz Boas. Set of sixty-five wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 19017), 43 inches in length. Marked with colored ribbons. Ends rounded. Kwakiutl. Collected by Dr. Franz Boas, !T am indebted to Prof. William H. Holmes for the detailed information here given. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 911 Set of sixty-one wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 14396), 42 inches in length, in leather pouch. Variously marked with colored ribbons. Ends flat. No tribe; no locality. Ayer collection. Set of fifty-seven wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 14395), 5 inches in length, in leather pouch. Five inlaid with abalone shell, one with two small round pieces near middle, one with a single piece near the middle, and three with a single piece near the end. Ends flat. Alaska. Ayer collection. Set of forty-three wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 14397), 43 inches in length, in leather pouch. Variously figured in color. No tribe; no locality. Ayer collection. The following sets of sticks are in the United States National Museum: Set of thirty-one alder-wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 9939), 5 inches in length and =; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Sixteen marked with red and black ribbons and twelve unpainted. ‘Three of the latter are inlaid with a piece of abalone shell. Ends hollow. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Captain Henriques. Set of forty-five whitewood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 10511),47 inches in length and ;*; inch in diameter. With one exception marked with fine and deep lines cut in the wood—in part with red and black painted ribbons, and eighteen with a threefold oblique-spiral ribbon lightly burned around the stick. Ends flat. British Columbia (Nisse River). Collected by Lieut. F. W. King, U.S. A. Set of forty-four polished wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 11389), 53; inches in length and -§; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Sixteen marked with red and black ribbons and the remainder plain. Ends slightly pointed. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. Vincent Colyer. Thirty-four wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 46487), parts of three sets. Ten 43 inches, fifteen 54; inches, and nine 54 inches in length. All marked with black and red ribbons. Chilkat. Collected by Commander L. A. Beardslee, U. 8. N. Set of fifty-eight wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 45974), 5 inches in length and ,°; inch in diameter, in pouch of woven grass. All painted with red and black ribbons, in part obliterated. Ends hollow. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of forty-seven cedar and spruce gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 60223), 52; inches in length and 5; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Forty- five marked with red and black ribbons; in part obliterated, remainder plain. Ends ovate. Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of sixty-nine polished wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 67899), 443 inches in length and =>; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Fifty-six marked with red and black ribbons and thirteen plain. The pouch also contains an odd stick from another set. Ends slightly pointed. Chilkat; Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. 912 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Set of fifty-five cedar gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 74258), 5 inches in length and ;{; in diameter, in leather pouch. Thirty marked with red and black ribbons and twenty-five plain. Ends flat. Alaska. Col- lected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of thirty-three spruce gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 75422), 5,1; inches in length and +4 inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Thirty- three marked with red and black ribbons, and all, with three excep- tions, inlaid with from one to nine’ strips of abalone shell of a variety of patterns—round, oval, rectangular, crescent, leaf-shaped, and triangu- lar. Three have nearly obliterated outline paintings of animal designs, and two are deeply carved, one with a human head, painted red, near both ends, and the other with a single head, similarly painted, and having a flat labret of abalone shell inserted. Ends nipple-shaped. The inner side of the flap of the pouch is painted in green, red, and black, with a conventional animal. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of sixty-eight wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 75423), 42 inches in length and -2; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons. Ends flat, inset with small disks of abalone shell. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of fifty-seven bone gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 67909a), 442 inches in length and =; inch in diameter, with hole drilled near one end for stringing. All engraved with fine encircling lines. One is inset with rectangular strip of abalone shell and one with rectangular piece of ivory, and has another hole, similarly shaped, from which the ivory has been removed. Six others have deep square and triangular holes for the insertion of slips of ivory or shell, and twelve are engraved with conventional animal designs, of which five have holes for the insertion of ivory eyes. Ends flat. Chilkat; Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. ; Set of thirty-nine bone gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 67909), 4,4; inches in length and 54; inch in diameter, with hole drilled near one end for stringing. All engraved with fine encircling lines. One has two deep rectangular holes for the insertion of abalone shell, which has been removed. One has row of three dots and three dotted circles. Four are engraved with conventional animal designs. Chilkat; Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. Set of forty-two bone gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 75421), 4,3; inches in length and =; inch in diameter. All engraved with fine encircling lines. One has deep hole with a slip of abalone shell inserted, and four have similar holes from which shell has been removed. Five of the sticks are fragmentary, and the tips of many apparently show the action of fire. Ends flat. Alaska. Collected by Mr. John J. McLean. ‘Seventeen with one, four with two, five with three, one with four, one with five, an one with nine pieces. When placed upon a smooth surface the weight of the shell causes the sticks to turn so that the inserted pieces are concealed. é Te Sl CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 913 set of sixty-six! curly-grained cedar-wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 18908), 5,4; inches in length and ;3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All, with one exception, marked with red and black ribbons. Ends ovate. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of thirty polished wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 18936), 5 inches in length and -3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Fifteen painted with red and black ribbons and fifteen plain. Ends flat. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of thirty-four swamp or spotted beech or hazel gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 20789), 442 inches in length, ; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All marked with red and black ribbons and five inlaid with from one to three strips of abalone shell, rectangular, round, crescent, and triangular. Ten of the sticks not having shell inserted have lengthwise cracks filled with metallic iron. Ends nipple-shaped. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of fifty-one polished wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 20790), 442 inches in length and (3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Nineteen marked with red and black ribbon and thirty-two plain. Ends flat. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of forty-six polished wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 89074), 545 inches in length and ;§; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Forty-three marked with red and black ribbons and three plain. Ends have small flat annular projection. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of fifty maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 89180), 5 inches in length and {6 inch in diameter, in leather pouch. AIl painted with red and black ribbons. Ends fiat. Skidgate, British Columbia. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of sixty-four redwood cedar gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 20646), 54 inches in length and 4 inch in diameter, in leather pouch, the inside of which is painted with figure of an animal. All painted with red and black ribbons. Bellabella; British Columbia. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of fifty-six maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 20647), 54 inches in length and 4 inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All painted with red and black ribbons, and nineteen’ inset with abalone shell in designs of circles, crescents, triangles, and rectangles. Ends flat. Fort Simpson, British Columbia. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. Set of fifty-three curly-maple gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 88804), 54 inches long and 3; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. All painted with red and black ribbons. One inlaid with one and another with two small rectangles of abalone shell. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Collected by Mr. J. G. Swan. 'Catalogued as 68. 2Nine with one, six with two, and four with three pieces. NAT MUS 96 58 914 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Set of thirty-two polished birch-wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 73522), 43 inches in length and -; inch in diameter, in leather pouch, beautifully carved with designs in intaglio. Ends flat. Haida Mission, Jackson, Alaska. Collected by Mr. J. Loomis Gould in 1884. Set of twenty-seven wood gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 6556), 4% inches in length and 1° inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Carved with incised designs similar to, but not identical with, preceding. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. T. T. Minor. The following sets are in the Peabody Museum of American Arche- ology and Ethnology, Cambridge, Massachusetts: Set of forty-two wooden gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 203), 45 inches in length and »; inch in diameter, in leather pouch. Painted with red and black ribbons. Ends flat. Northwest Coast. Thirty-seven wooden gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 203a), 43 inches in length and ;?; inch in diameter. Painted with red and black ribbons. Ends flat. Northwest Coast. Seventeen wooden gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 2036), 44 inches in length and ;2; inch in diameter. Painted with redand black ribbons. Ends nipple-shaped. Northwest Coast. Set of fifty-three wooden gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 1717), 42 inches in length and 2 inch in diameter, in buckskin bag. Painted with red and black ribbons. Ends slightly rounded. Said to be Kolushan. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. E. G. Fast. Set of forty-three wooden gambling sticks (Cat. No. 1718), 53 inches in length and 2 inch in diameter, in a buckskin bag. Twelve are inlaid with haliotis shell and the majority of the sticks are painted and burned. Ends rounded. Said to be Kolushan. Sitka, Alaska. Collected by Mr. K. G. Fast. Set of fifty-one wooden gambling-sticks (Cat. No. 48395), 54 inches in length and 4 inch in diameter. Painted with red and black ribbons. Ends rounded. Collected by Mr, E, G, Fast. oD CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. "S108 GOAT] JO S1IR 7 ]_ TIOULAT AG AL |e eee BYSVLV “BIIS ““UByoOsnpoy |’ (4) 908 u, | ot oP “Rysepy ‘mos *p[NOx) SIULOOT “fF | -YOVL‘WOISSITY BpPleR f= - °° 2775259 s = ==> eprepy | 3h Ep ‘OO Guig ‘spuey ‘od Sse Guba michifo) weeny) PSC CUS RSs Gass eiseainszene nicl esis yu 8c ‘0d [OO dag UadoR {ol ee|(Spadoygp PIP OP OIL SO OAGGS BRIS CSS or Ec “Od lias gee BIQUIN [OD LGSE IGT en cintaanee Gees BoqeTlod | ¥¢ ‘od |" * "JOD “‘glag ‘eyRsSpIys . ee ee ee aL c | TOD “Wag ‘spuvy ‘od “ST 9}J0TAVqYO Uden?) Sle Yo et Se EBPs FE CORAOCORK )) NG Io ot, “0d ~eeeee wee SO Da ae aie $ly ‘0d ae Pewee) Us C TBMS (DL “---BYSBLY “BAIS ak¢ SOU: Sy|puac ear eee OD ae aly od eeu eres opitt ay OC sea lite “> BASEL atp “od ae se opr PF “od Toros -BMSBLY “BITS fle “od Opsaen G ‘0d a op ic iid ‘Od VYSVPV ¢ “UBOTOW ¢ UyOP |--- "BR YSVpy ‘BYIIS c "NS 1) ‘99[spaiveg VT “op Se Sate pene oe aes a ¥2 OS aaa eke *roATIOL) QUBDUTA |°-"- °°" “BYSVTW ‘BAIIS | 91g ‘VSO ‘SUIT AL A IMO] | 10D “31g “TOATY OSSIN [--- > ae Pas tein es yee | oF ‘sonbiauey uregduy |------- “-BYSBLY ‘BIS --aBYOSNO yy (4) grsarry, | & c Har TS1(Q| VADIEL VSIA TORO L [romeo aan SOs Ob Ay. [Pomme 2 e528 SS See eins ot G *youy | “sayouy ot sist *1OVOTLON *paq}O9T[O9 @0R[q pie naar ‘OQILy, emer ‘yy80e7 | MOTLOH. | | | | | podeurys-o,ddryy ==> ye La -=-OUBA() wonatsetenies opt te eeeteeeees Opies: : A GE ~ "> gosuy QUT ---- podeys-o[ddry ILA -- poqurod ATWYSYS Soils siecle “>= 97BAQC) Sieg inal MOTIOH, | Beem Ww ee ee At 9) eee op: 7} “prepur pare pojueg see ope ct BOO “poyure ‘pieyar poyureg op." pur OD ae - PpaARIO UT me ciy toe pour g *plepUL pure poured | opt: Hecieints payareg | “quand pure poured Ce ae op Sine SP OMe “spay “Ustsa(T ADODTOROIIO2¢ POOM LZ ggc9 eae narere ge es qQoulgd | GE GSSEL COHSEAD etdeu Ayang | ¢¢ #0888 ses “"-""7 ode | gg =| L¥90% “> IBp9d pooM poy | ¥9 | 9P90G Sprrleis SS OTOSIT OG | O8168 oe O Deo seen|| OF: | PLO68 sree re em LOOJM\G) TQ ee MN OGOLOG ‘jozey Lo yoooq | : peyodsaodmemg | FE | 68106 9E68T 8068T TGPSL JOD Agia 68 960619 ---9u0g | LG Y606L9 “poo | 89 EGFSL SESE GIOO SDC gonadg | ¢¢ | BGFSL ==--rBpey || cg 8SCPhL "poo | 69 668L9 |oonads puw 1epep | LF £2209 Bporounnage st ODereaainea FLOGF BOE 0) aoe FE1 | LBFOP BK) eo 3S | PF 68EIT POO GCE OO os PpooM | oF | ILL&OL Eso CORO E MN IY || UG) | 6866 Ae PES ES, “"-"poOAy | 39 9866 war || | SHOTGS|) “ON *[BLLOye TY | Jodeq | wines | umy | -nyL “UNISNTT [VUOYDN sayvig payug wi syous-burjquyl unipuy REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 916 ‘punuyhsuuag fo inswvaug ‘hbojoyuoayg puv hhojowyoup fo wnasnyzy uw syous-buyquol upypuy od ete rear earats Sj ebooQoe beans Gera ae Op 27 s|eoe eee sores] OF gip oo [esters weet eee eeeece|ereee ees Qprets siete ee ee ee ees poo, | &F 4 | FOG, ee oo ae eee” OD BoE Oat) ea aa) Gaeta Opsecma BS SHS balm aaear ss Pia Opa se Bree SOD ate ag Jonceceeeceee Ope === 1580 ‘od Soe ase MBe IY. CIES ars tome ODAE Sl sescue QT MONT: |) Peace ce Rc re eae OPRA ORE ae SOD yes alesse anes O Didone 29 ss sOCTey 1s | Asa eee BR CORRS 513 hide (OCS Ty SRG aE LG Gal pee ar A yaar alae call (Se yar a ODS? 49/25 255 ee ae (0) NSPE 99 7s ROC Fil get sera BYSETV “VAY |----- 60) ihe a (rae LY) ivi wy at Bde tases ySitay Fe | 1 Uae IGey rags * OD ea OF 3 od Gia ies Jesus Ay J1Oq | --- OD aes teats gisuiyy, | “st ale --+* podvys-ofddiyy j--"-""-" ODE eS: Sin tametamed 0) hic. 5% &P 7 ‘suOmUIY ‘7, OS100H ‘gnory |--- "7 BASVPY |--"- WeyOsNoy |" ---° "7 - 10; (7 ed eae 1 a Wel cei ae a pe BEIGE teak Ue ial ialiaed lel IC ede | 1¢ _ “huojsypy jounywny fo wnasnyy uvowowp ur syous-burjquyd upipuy SSS OCRAISE ES SOE COC eet pipie ecto | aims eisai eisimepeiiaia'-aiciosic nia Bi ae GaSe eeaaee ees SCIOGOIS oes: Fe gall orig edt Op:---: eF L6OEFT ai Sam Coa Soe RISES DS CCOO ISSO SOD OCGG SOOO S eI ISSO RICIl| | (a Pasiesscos so aon pegaalk=- Wt. POeUaTyenasr te = OP. cae < | LG G6EFT Qn SERRE RACING FRSra ac 659) SCOR ORES NCO Te. SCR CR Ore SES RORO|DOOCe all bf FOCI SHO SSMA ff 9 TINIE (9) a JORG IIIT CII See bay) 968FT ‘od Bef eSe cies. Op aes ---MBYySeye A |" """ TATU SIG ASSN | Sisal ean | ae am Op Rae Us OD aa Siete PS ODe ee cg LTO61 “od Pe ee ge hag eke ODE eakaag er JOD aaa VORE IDS (0) O53 ia ane =P Bechet Chee PORONO MGs ccm BOC |e wei sae ODeS eS GF osesl *porured ‘od SUCCESS S AEE OP eesies|Gesace SFO D gaan peunie\ccevciotsis (YD castors he ictarergiete Sp siois\eiachale ais) ssie rials seis 1 aed) OE a SDS OS OD ae ¥G Shes “svog ZUCIW ‘Iq |°""*~ viquin[op Wsiwag |-----~ UBYST[Vg |*--- BpoooRT[eg |----~"~ ETE aac oe popunoy |---"""" POUL Te epenaencetn nies poom | cc 6FE8T ‘obvayg ‘wnasnyy uniqunjog pjayyT we syous-bunquob unypuy i ij: | *s.sis.creteceieie,= pitisisieie'n ICC bei SIO ROCESS |Cage ot pee ain ele iia ose Or mene li wee ada dO OLE. | eo GLE8T “TI9WS WTA ais isjsie nis einieieiniela | ei (occa Qe mievnis piniejs =1e)|(cjn'ase.eina)s seisoseienie or | 8G JOSUr pue ‘MOT[OH |"-"-*- 7" OD ese arse Sea 1eplVv | LF Z6FST pee Deere Sooseasos|PSerosneceo soo2 Ot Migs S| pSeE CB oS Sobre TE) Rs ballets OPsecss lo: Sesoes eos olde | FF T6FST sa ‘SesI0H “O SOTIW “‘gnoty |----- BHSELWAUIOUAAON ok" seis er eee los ere es | ot VREPA os, lentes seein AN OTTO aan sae poyureg |--"""" ae LOPTV | OF GEEST *youy | “Sayouy eoens | oi : ae, ‘ON *10709T[0D *poyooT[oo sor, | onsmSury *OqILy, |ourer a “yysue'yT “spugy *usIsoqy *[B110}8 AL ee me pe JLT ee whieh ahetien, hee phar] | aie hrm eget ae man) | fee She Sa ea ¥ fc econ at eect see PE ea Scoot nares iF “STJOLLY Se () ROSE ROBB OEN iy e003) eee eee ee eeacvcecs g eensccececen poepunoy qr PIV UL ZT BOSSE ae sunt t) | oomde ‘Q8Uq "DO [77° (BysRlLy ‘exIIS |" (,) Weosnpoyy |------ eA ae 13 ar > popunog Apgystts |-------- ODEN Sr ESS Seis ces O Dears s 2 s tecesseess sett pete DAD oMAGse obo Se Gri SSEOK) OBO AT ALONT ee tery encase nce 2s aL tf TP DPRO MOAT (| PCQAIOGONO OY Yay Vy, | | CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. ‘Nibojpowy.p unaiwawp fo unasnyy hpoqoag ur syous-buyquoh avrpuy Nl | | ‘(SmURIp | | | | “Uy IAAT wos | “RIquInt | | -dmoy y,) yu ‘Vley, SoMIvE -O YSYMg JOMejUy |------ UBYySITRS |-vdevAyeisy | otf ee es SSS SAVE TT) |see a pooureg |°-=°° >> >>> > MOTTE | | | i | | “preylar STE AR BROT PEEP RRO IOC OCS soooo""l--UBASOWUIIYD |----URIysmIsy, | atG --- pedvys-oiddtn | puw poqureg |---7->>7>--> op----- | | | “SUSISEp OL | | or -1119909 WUAING a = yd aan Aes DN ie dea aa OL eam tee [as es |e "---pemolloH | pue poyureg [oto tees: od | ABER UIgwaD ee Soacownerreh| a SUB USE He AA ae SE TTOC BRITO ot | St 2tp ele ere aes, “""* OBI |-----2-- OD ssa |e CEGSO%(1) O09 od PTOI OOS CRIS CHO TRICO Sis ODS ial aiaeee oe os ODsascr ot ¢ Prater cee am, peeve hes tel ker erick mc OD eacaey Ray ay ee “poo AV | TERA A(t (0 0] [PE OR SOD COCEIGTSS pee as UBIOSVIILYS |-----=---Bprey SF | BE Roe ae Pip IS Se a Sele eee Pci es al iepeemmple “ta lege ede yy | | ; (iY ¢ (it | Pao [OsUBIA 910Kf "= ===" Op == -|--o--- qr Surpy, | 2 ite ea ect nO Diigo ne Set ON UTS cin asc Sse Opa + | : | *paarvo 0d aeons asta ce biciscion ect BECG aoa e Opeese's| ecaesce urIyyRyg | 8 PtP Pipes iianeis. stale “Aq puR poyuieg Br tan lay ge a “- poo MA 0d “=----- genio | 3 Sip Pos ears OUeA (ae chetn sa7 0 Disecina arse wanecite NOT CAG | | | | | | \ 918 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The carved gambling-sticks furnish a suggestion as to the probable origin of the seal-cylinder such as was used in ancient Babylonia. Cylindrical stamps of unglazed pottery, pierced with a hole like the seal-cylinder of Asia, are found in various parts of Ameriva. Such a stamp from Ecuador, bearing a highly conventionalized device of a bird (Plate 41, fig. 3), might readily have been derived from a carved arrow- shaftment, and it is reasonable to believe that the Babylonian seal, often bearing devices of animals, and the carved gambling-stick, the emblem and symbol of a man, should have had a similar origin.! The set of American Indian gambling sticks may be regarded as the antitype of the pack of playing-cards, to which, as will appear from the Korean htou-tjyen (No. 77), they directly lead. 77. HTOU-TJYEN. Playing-Cards.? Korea. (a) Pack of eighty cards. (b) Reproduction of native pictures: gamblers playing Htou-tjyen.’ (Plate 44.) The ecards consist of strips of oiled paper 8 inches long by 4 ineh wide. The backs are uniformly marked with the seroil as represented on fig. 218. The cards are divided into eight suits as follows (fig. 219): Sa-ram (Chinese, yan), ‘‘ man.” Moul-ko-ki (Chinese, ii), “fish.” Ka-ma-koui (Chinese, %), ‘‘ crow.” Kkoueng (Chinese, cht), ‘‘ pheasant.” No-ro (Chinese, chéung), ‘‘ antelope.” Pyel (Chinese, sing), “star.” Htok-ki (Chinese, ¢’6), ‘“‘rabbit.” Mal (Chinese, md), ‘ horse.” + The cards of each suit are distinguished by numerals from 1 to 9 (fig. 220), the tenth card being designated as tjyang, “General.” (Plate 44.) A variety of games are played with the cards in Korea, the games in general resembling those played with cardsin China. At the present day a pack usually consists of forty to sixty cards of four or six suits instead of eight, and the suit marks are not represented upon the numeral-cards, as cards of all suits have precisely the same value in the commonest game. ' Korean Games, p. xxxii. Itis gratifying to the writer that his theory of the origin of the seal-cylinder should have received such ready acceptance and confirmation by his colleague, Prof. Herman V. Hilprecht, of the University of Pennsylvania. In his Old Babylonian Inscriptions (I, Pt. 2, Philadelphia, 1896, p. 36), he writes: ‘‘It becomes now very evident that the Babylonian seal-cylinder, with its peculiar shape and use, has developed out of the hollow shaft of an arrow marked with symbols and figures, and is but acontinuation and elaboration in a more artistic form of an ancient primi- tive idea.” : * Cat. No. 77047, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. J. B. Bernadou, U.S.N. ’From Korean Games. ‘These suit marks may be regarded as the symbols of the Eight Directions, and agree somewhat closely, though evidently earlier, with the Eight Creatures: Horse, Ox, Dragon, Fowl, Swine, Pheasant, Dog, Goat, associated with the Eight Diagrams. Report of U. S. Nationa! Museum, 1896.—Culin. PLATE 44. KOREAN CARD PLAYING. From painting by native artist, reproduced in Korean Games. Report of U S, National Museum, 1896.— Culin. PLATE 45. THE EIGHT “ GENERAL’? CARDS. Korea. Cat. No. 77047, U.S.N.M. From Korean Games. net See es gt gy” nine erin) ae 7 Bveline) chp = (haw are, i Se i ah dra sap hs * tad : aor y * e . aa 2m As pce Paris ee ee ap Ae ee oe Piva NT lm es . > ts CP ; i x bs oe ae ee sa Tana oP : Ch eR atpn oh asee= > 7 NE led tall ase Ce ae iin ee nitty py Fe a bos oa magi aia : 7c } i - é ta ' Wet alate | PAL NORE ety s Taber e die i one’ ni tae ‘ Ces Teale 4, 00 : Oe i dente pa a npr A eens " : i j > a ey, - i Bar) a a) y RR ee) OR ale ae ee ete , : hse op, Pe adn nt oa a ie ae 4 bpeet~ res. ee Meintets Woes mith , a - c » Gane Fen! , ice phat teen itn WT ne ek ina wiles |r . ‘ | me ay i PE te ie ee Par peters y pace ineie aad Ai yahoo - * ii ae! ee he Fe . Eis a aes os Se ed : den ooo it eels RR ie ce Sh erties Re Ap eh Oe erg Ae fd Mah get Ue i hale eo i * wee G ie etemits iy meee ) Se aS eens ape yd YN REY « ras Ae “ ; nek ansaid Spleens = eys ae ne eae: “— : te 4 5 I aR OE EES OS lk 2k : A adios mPa a CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 919 The origin and significance of Korean playing-cards are revealed both by their designs and by their name. The lat- ter, htou-tjyen, is the Chinese tau tsin, meaning ‘ fight- ing tablets,” tsin being a narrow slip intended to write on. Examining the reverse of the cards (fig. 218) the device is seen to represent the feather of an arrow. Coniparison of the eighty cards with the eighty arrow-derived lots shows their practical iden- tity, and we may conelude that the cards are highly conventionalized shaftments of arrows, retaining in their suit marks the same symbolism as that of the quiver of arrows from which they were derived. The Japanese mikwji, or ‘temple-lots ” (No. 68), no doubt illustrate, both in form and material, an earlier stage of the present paper cards. Mr. Wilkinson informed me that the Koreans say that the * tens” or “General” cards once bore pictures, more or less carefully drawn, of the various emblems portrayed, of which the present scrawls are declared to be cor- ruptions. This would seem to carry back, directly, the cards toward the type represented by the carved gambling-stick (No. 76 b). Of the Korean games with cards, which are de- scribed in detail in *‘ Korean Games,” the most com- mon one is similar to the American Indian game of Straw (p. 594). Its name is Yet-pang-mang-i.' The cards are shuffled, as is customary, by the dealer, who divides the pack into two parts. These he holds at the top in each hand, drawing the ends of the cards, which lay side by side, through each other; or, the cards are drawn out near the bottom and put upon the top. One pack is used in this game and any number may play. The gamekeeper, Moul-tjyou,’? deals a card face down to each player, including himself, always drawing the cards from the bottom instead of from the top. The players have all put down their wagers, which have been covered by corresponding amounts by the Moul-tiyou. The object of the game is to get two or three cards upon which the sum of the [anette Fig. 218. REVERSE OF KOREAN PLAYING-CARD SHOW- ING ARROW FEATHER. Length, 7 inches. From Korean Games, ' Yet-pang-mang-i (yet is a ““sweetmeat,” pang-mang-i a ‘‘pestle” or ‘‘club”) is the most popular game. Sometimes the same player holds the bank for three rounds, sometimes for five. The game is a favorite with the Korean sharper, who will abstract an extra card or, if dealer, will place a tjyang and a kou (nine) where they will fall to himself.— WILKINSON. 2?Chinese, mat chii, ‘‘things ruler.” 920) REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. numerals is nine, called kap-o, or nineteen, the tens not counting, and ouly the units being significant. In default of achieving nine, the We TA SUIT MARKS ON KOREAN CARDS. From Korean Games. lower units count, eight being considered good. Each player then draws one or two cards from the bottom of the pack. If the Moul-tjyou has an excess over any player, taking the sum of LL Fig. 220. NUMERALS ON KOREAN CARDS. From Korean Games. the numerals on his two or three cards, less the tens, he wins that player’s stakes; but the players who count higher than the Moul-tjyou PLATE 46. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Culin. SHAFTMENTS OF PRACTICE ARROWS. Korea. - From Korean Games. U.S. National Museum. Heir oder Ataie ale #s xe piet tae oP + PLATE 47. CHINESE PLAYING-CARDS. Showing survivals of Korean card numerals as index-marks. Kiu Kiang. Cat. No. 6, Wilkinson collection, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 921 each wins an amount equal to their stakes from him. When both count alike, neither wins. Three cards having the same number count higher than nine. It will be observed that in this game the suit-marks do not appear to be regarded, and it is to be inferred that the packs of forty and sixty cards, without suit-marks, are used for it. 78. PRACTICE ARROWS.! Korea. Three from a set of five. The arrows used at the present day in archery (Plate 46). They are called you-yep-tjyen (Chinese, lau tp tsin), willow-leaf arrows,” and are made of bamboo, 34 inches in length. The point is of iron, nail-shaped, with a stop which fits against the fore-shaft. The latter is usually made of cherry wood, with or without the bark on, and is about 14 inches in length. The footing, also of cherry wood, has a cylindrical nock with a U-shaped notch. The feathers, three in number, are carefully and uniformly trimmed and are fastened with glue; on some, in a straight line, and on others, at a slight angle to the shaft. These arrows usually bear the persoual name of the owner, written in Chinese characters, between the feathers. All of these arrows are numbered with Chinese characters, from one to five below the shaftment.? These arrows are shown to illustrate the probable source of the Korean playing-cards, which, however, doubtless originated long before the art of writing was perfected. It will be observed that the arrows are numbered in sets of five, while the cards are in suits of tens. In the tong-kai, or ceremonial quiver (No. 61), there are ten arrows, however, and the feathers on these arrows have black tips, which seem to be per- petuated in the feather-like marks on the backs of the cards. 79. PLAYING-CARDS.? Kiu Kiang, China. Nine ecards of the suit of mdn, or ‘‘myriads” (Plate 47), from a set consisting of four packets of thirty cards each, and five jokers: the Five Blessings, Fuk, Luk, Shau, Ht, Ts‘oi, Happiness, Promotion, Long life, Posterity, and Wealth.” The four packets are like those of the succeed- ing cards (No. 80). It is probable that Chinese playing-cards, of which there are several kinds, take their form from the narrow Korean cards. The cards with money-symbols seem to be in the direct line of descent, if not from cards of which the Korean are survivals, at least from cards of the same character and origin. These particular cards are shown (Plate 47) to illustrate the index-marks on the ends (of common occurrence on the cards of this type), which may be survivals of the numerals on the Korean cards (fig. 220). Mr. Cushing regards these numerals as likely to have been derived from the cut cock feathers of the original arrows. Mr. Wilkinson, on the other hand, considers them to be modifications of Chinese numerals. ; 1U.S. National Museum. 2 Korean Games, p. xXi. 3 Cat. No. 6, Wilkinson collection. Mus. Arch., Uniy. Penn. 922 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. 80. TSEUNG-KWAN P‘A1. Playing-Cards.!. Kwangtung, China. Set of one hundred and twenty cards, comprising four packs of thirty cards, each containing nine cards, from one to nine, of the suits of ping, sok, and kin (‘ cakes,” “strings,” and “ myriads”), and three jokers: Pak fa, Hung fa, and Lo ts‘in (“ White Flower,” “ Red Flower,” and ‘Old Thousand”). A J TU TTETCPITTY (de Fig. 221. HINDU PLAYING-CARD (FISH AVATAR). Cat. No. 19135, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. 81. HANA-GARUTA. ‘Flower Cards.” Playing-Cards,? Japan. Forty-eight cards with plain black backs, and faces bearing pictures of flowers in colors. Divided into twelve suits, which correspond with the twelve months and receive the following names:* 1. Matsu, Pine. 2. Ume, Plum. 3. Sakura, Cherry. ' Cat. No. 169334, U.S.N.M. Giftof Stewart Culin. These cards were purchased in a Chinese shop in Washington, D. C., and are the kind used by the Chinese laborers in the United States. It may be remarked that they are chiefly sold in this country for use as markers in the game of Fan t‘dn. Gard-playing is very uncommon among the immigrants, and seldom if ever practiced except at the season of the New Year. *Cat. No. 150828, U.S.N.M. Gift of Mrs. J. K. Van Rensselaer. *Comprising the favorite flowers of Japan, which have been so arranged, accord- ing to their time of blooming, as to form a floral calendar. The list of flowers with their months is given by Dr. J. J. Rein. Japan, Travels and Resources, London, 1884, p. 441. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 923 4. Fugi, Wisteria. 5. Ayame, Sweet Flag. 6, Botan, Peony. 7. Hagi, Lespedeza (Bush Clover). 8. Susuki, Eularia. 9. Kiku, Chrysanthemum. 10. Momiji, Maple. 11. Ame, Rain. 12. Kiri, Paullownia. The game is played by three persons, one of whom deals seven cards to each player and seven face up on the table. The dealer then plays out a card, with which he endeavors to match one of those on the table. If HINDU PLAYING-CARD (TORTOISE AVATAR). Cat. No. 19135, Museum of Archxology, University of Penusylvania, successful, he takes up both cards and lays them aside. The points are counted, according to certain combinations of two or more cards, which a player may make either with the cards originally dealt him or with three taken up. These combinations are called yaku or “prizes.” They are reckoned as equivalent to one or more kwan of twelve points. The counts are extremely numerous and complicated, and there are several varieties of the game. Fora detailed account consult ‘* Korean Games.”! 1 Bibliography: C. M. Belshaw, Hana Fuda, the Japanese Flower Game, more com- monly known by the Japanese as Hachi-ju-hachi, or Kighty-eight, 9 pp., 8vo., Yoko- hama, 1892. R. Lehmann, Gesellschaftspiele der Japaner, Pt. 1; Uta garuta,a card game (all 924 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. The name applied to cards, caruta, is certainly the Spanish carta, but the cards appear to be distinctly Japanese, and to contain a suggestion of the primitive modes of thought under which they doubtless origi- nated. 82. GANJIFA. Playing-Cards.' Lucknow, India. Set of ninety-six circular cards. Thin disks of lacquered ecard, 14 inches in diameter. Backs plain red. Faces bear suit marks on deg cote = W Fig. 223. HINDU PLAYING-CARD (Pdracu-Rdmd). Cat. No. 19135, Museum of Archeology, University of Pennsylvania. grounds of different colors. There are eight suits (rang, ‘“‘colors”), of twelve cards each, consisting of ten numerals and two court cards, published), Mittheilungen d. deutschen Gesellschaft f. Natur- und Vélkerkunde Ostasiens, III, Pt. 30, pp. 422-425, 4to., Yokohama, 1883. H. Spencer Palmer, Hana-awase, with colored facsimiles of playing-cards on four plates (Transactions Asiatic Society of Japan, XIX (Pt. 3), pp. 545-564), 8vo., Yoko- hama, 1891. Mrs. J. King Van Rensselaer, Playing-Cards from Japan, with plates, 3 pp. (Pro- ceedings U.S. Nat. Mus., 1891, 8vo., Washington). The writer is indebted for the above list to Fr. Von Wenckstern’s Bibliography of the Japanese Empire, Leiden, 1895. ! Cat. No. 15280, Mus. Arch., Univ. Penn. Mr. Ramachandrayya informs me that the chief place of manufacture of playing- cards in India is Kondapalle, in the Presidency of Madras. CHESS AND PLAYING-CARDS. 925 Wazir and Shah. The suits, which are divided into ‘‘superior” and “inferior,” beshbur and kumbur, are as follows: SUPERIOR, INFERIOR. Taj, “crown.” Chung, ‘‘harp.” Sooféd, ‘‘ white.” Soorkh, ‘‘red.” Shumsher, ‘‘ saber.” Burat, ‘‘ diploma.” Gholam, “slave.” Quimash, ‘‘merchandise.” The colors of the grounds in the same order are yellow, black, red, yellow, green, red, brown. Four additional packs of these cards in the University Museum agree with the above in number and design, varying ee a SRR ‘ acter, 4 DCS SO SS IN, Ma ¢ we OSA ADNA DADRA Serr } a. ©, 1 ¥ to nent - he _ eS VEIL OF THE HOLY ARK (Parocheth). Constantinople. Cat. No. 154758, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. Cyrus Adler, Ries EXIP LANA THON OF (PEATE ive 2 Fig. 1. SABBATH LAMp. (Cat. No. 130294, U.S.N.M. Germany.) Fig. 2, HANUKKAH Lamp. (Cat. No. 130295, U.S.N.M. Germany.) Figs. 3, 4. SLAUGHTERING KNIFE AND SCABBARD. (Cat. No. 154619, U.S.N.M. Germany.) PLATE 17. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896 —Adler and Casanowicz. % : : 4 A PAAR AS a ee ee eee LAMPS AND SLAUGHTERING KNIFE. GERMANY. + ite “s =Fee EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 995 common in New Testament times. The later Jews enjoined also that thanks should be returned after the repast. SILVER SPICE BOX.—Supposed to have been manufactured in Laup- heim (Wiirtemberg), Germany, about 1740. (See plate 15, fig. 4.) This box, filled with spices, is used in the Jewish service known as Habdalah (or separation), the service of the conclusion of the Sabbath. There isa tradition that at the beginning of the Sabbath a special angel accom- panies the worshiper from the synagogue; this angel remains with him until the conclusion of the Sabbath. The departure of the angel leaves the man faint, and the spices are intended to resture him, The objects used in this service are a cup of wine, the spice box, and a candle. First a blessing is said over the wine, next over the spices, and last over the light. The cup of wine and the spice box are passed around among the members of the household. The candle is then extinguished by having wine poured upon it. BRASS PLATE, USED AT THE PASSOVER MEAL.—Adorned with animal figures and flowers and containing an Arabic inscription in Hebrew characters. Made in Constantinopie (see plate 19). At the Passover meal (Seder, properly ‘‘order”) a large plate is put on the table, which forms, as it were, the altar of the service. On it are placed the various emblematic articles of the ceremony. These are: a piece of roasted meat, usually the bone of a lamb, representing the Passover lamb; a roasted egg, in memory of the festal sacrifice offered in the Temple; bitter herbs (maror, usually horse-radish), in commemoration of the “embittering of life” which Israel suffered in Egyptian servitude;! charoseth, a compound of almonds, apples, and sirup, which has the color of brick-clay, and into which the bitter herbs are dipped before it is partaken of; some green herbs (lettuce or something similar), as the ‘“‘food of poverty;” and the unleavened bread or macgoth, the principal food of the Passover feast, which is the ‘“‘bread of affliction, for thou camest forth out of the land of Egypt in haste.”’” OMER TABLET (manuscript). (See plate 20.) Used in the Syna- gogue for reckoning the period between Passover and Pentecost. The tablet is in Hebrew. It contains the words, “ Blessed art thou, O Lord our God, King of the Universe, who has sanctified us with His Com- mandments and commanded us to count the Omer.” Then follows the count (in Hebrew), and below it the words, ‘‘May the Lord restore the worship of the temple speedily in our days,” and Psalm lxvii. The letters H,S, and D on the left, mean, respectively, Omer (written Homer by the Spanish Jews), week (Sabbath), and day. The figures on the right indicate that it is the forty-seventh day of Omer, i. e., six weeks and five days. The harvest season was formally opened with the cere- mony of waving a sheaf of barley in the sanctuary on the second day of the Passover feast, which began on the 15th of Nisan (March-April). 1 Exodus i, 14. 2?Deuteronomy xvi, 3. 996 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Before this ceremony took place the harvesting of grain was forbidden :! ‘And ye shall eat neither bread, nor parched corn, nor fresh ears, until this selfsame day, until ye have brought the oblation of your God.” From that day seven weeks, or forty-nine days, were counted,’ to the feast of Pentecost; hence its Hebrew name Hag ha-Shabuoth “feast of weeks,” and the usual English name ‘ Pentecost,” which is the mevtynnootn pentekoste, meaning the fiftieth day. It is also called ‘feast of harvest,”* because the grain harvest then approached its close, and ‘“‘day of first fruits,”* because two loaves of bread from the new wheat were offered on that feast.” With the destruction of the Temple the ceremony of waving the sheaf in the Sanctuary necessarily fell away, but the counting is still observed and the prayers contained in the tablet form part of the ritual during the time from Passover to Pentecost. LULAB AND EtHRoG.—The Lulab and Ethrog, bound up with myrtle and willow branches, are used by the Jews at the feast of Tabernacles, in pursuance of the command in Leviticus xxiii, 40: ‘And ye shall take you on the first day, the fruit of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and boughs of thick trees and willows of the brook, and ye shall rejoice before the Lord your God seven days.” Each day of the feast a circuit (haqgafah) is made during the service with the Lulab in the right hand and Ethrog in the left, while reciting the prayers; begin- ning and closing with the invocation “Hosanna.” On the seventh day seven such processions take place and willow branches are beaten on the benches, and this day is therefore called Hosannah Rabbah, the day of the great Hosanna. MANUSCRIPT COPY OF THE BOOK OF ESTHER, written on parchment, with hand-painted views illustrating the events narrated in the book.— The Book of Esther is usually called Megilla (roll), or more fully Megil- lath Esther (roll of Esther). It is read in the Synagogue on the feast of Purim, on the 15th of Adar (March-April), established to commem- orate the deliverance of the Jews from the machinations of Haman related in this book. It is one of the “five rolls” (hamesh megilloth) which are read on various occasions in the Synagogue, the others being the Songs of Sclomon or Canticles, Ruth, Ecclesiastes, and Lamenta- tions. LAMP USED AT THE FEAST OF DEDICATION (Hanukkah). (See plate 17, fig. 2.) The Feast of Dedication is celebrated in commemoration of the purging of the temple and restoration of the altar after Judas Maccabeus had driven out the Syrians in 164 B. C. Its institution is } Leviticus xxiii, 14. * Leviticus xxiii, 15; Deuteronomy xvi, 9. 3 Exodus xxiii, 16. ‘Numbers xxviii, 26; compare Exodus xxxiv, 22. 4 ° Levitiens xxiii,17. Since the dispersion Pentecost has been connected by tradi- tion with the day on which the Law was given on Mount Sinai and the festival is called hag mattan torah, the feast of the giving of the law. EXPLANATION OFS PEATE 18: i eran | bo 1 fae | Figs. 1-3. KNIFE AND CUP OF CIRCUMCISION. (Cat. No. 154437, U.S.N.M. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Collected by Mayer Sulzberger). Fig. 4. Spice Box. (Cat. No. 180297, U.S. N.M. Germany.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLaTE 18. |IMPLEMENTS OF CIRCUMCISION, AND SPICE Box. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PASSOVER PLATE. Constantinople. Cat. No. 130291, U.S.N.M. PLATE 19. Report of U. S National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 20. apna a3 May sey joann Wiss TINO. aoe Ne para asi bee Pr ~ alcatel 73R Baad el =e 3 Qbs a By < SAGes rope nrg maxi 72 3 TIN ne me Pm we eyed TD nox easy dows be onde OMER TABLET. Cat. No. 154404, U.S N.M. Deposited by David Sulzberger. EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 997 recorded in I Maccabees iv, 47-59. According to Josephus,' it was ealled “lights” (p@ra, phota). In the New Testiment? it is mentioned under the name of ¢yxazvia (enkainia). In the Talmud we have the legend that when the Jews entered the temple after driving out the Syrians, they found only one bottle of oil which had not been polluted, and that this was miraculously increased so as to feed the lamps of the sanctuary for eight days. The festival is held eight days, beginning with the 25th of Kislev (December—January). The principal feature of its celebration is the lighting of lights, beginning with one light on the first night and increasing the number by one light on each of the suc- ceeding nights. The specimen is probably of Dutch make and exhibits an interesting survival of the ancient Roman lamps. KNIFE AND CUP USED AT CIRCUMCISION. (Nee plate 18, fig. 1.) The rite of circumcision (milah) is practiced in pursuance of Genesis xvii, 10-12: “This is My covenant, which ye shall keep, between Me and you and thy seed after thee; every male among you shall be cireum- cised. And ye shall be circumcised in the flesh of your foreskin; and it shall be a token of a covenant betwixt me and you. And he that is eight days old shall be circumcised among you, every male throughout your generations.” In early times circumcision was performed with stone knives.’ The later Jews used iron or steel knives. With the performance of the rite of circumcision was combined the naming of the child.t| Circumcision was common in Egypt as early as the fourth dynasty.” At the present day it prevails among the Kaffirs and some negro tribes of Africa, in parts of Australia, in many of the South Sea Islands, and it is said to be practiced by the Abyssinian Christians asa national custom. Harly Spanish travelers found it to be prevalent in the West Indies, Mexico, and among tribes in South America. It is a common rite among Mohammedans everywhere. GARMENT OF FRINGES (Arba Kanfoth).—This garment is worn by men in pursuance of the command® “Thou shalt make thee fringes upon the four borders of thy vesture, wherewith thou coverest thyself.” It is usually made of wool, with fringes attached to the four corners, and is worn over the shoulders, underneath the ordinary outer garment. PHYLACTERIES (tefillin). (See plate 21.)—Used by Jewish males after they attain the age of 15 years and a day, at morning prayers, except on Saturday and other feast days. These objects are employed in the Jewish ritual in pursuance of the command that the words of God should be ‘‘a sign upon your hand, and for frontlets between your eyes.”* They consist of parchment cases containing the passages ! Antiquities xii, 7, 7. 2 John x, 22. * Compare Exodus iv, 246 (‘‘flint”); Joshua v, 2 (‘‘ knives of flint”). 4TLuke i, 595 ii, 21. ®*Compare Herodotus ii, 36, 37, 104; Wilkinson, Ancient Egypt, ch. xv. 5 Numbers xv, 37-41, and Denteronomy xxii, 12. 7Exodus xiii, 9-10, and Deuteronomy xi, 18. 998 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Deuteronomy vi, 4-9, and xi, 13-21, written on slips of parchment, attached to leather straps for binding on the forehead and left arm. In the case for the head the passages are written on four separate strips, and in the case for the hand on one piece of parchment, and put into a squarecase. They are called ¢efillin in the Talmud, a word derived from tefillah (prayer). The New Testament refers to their ostentatious use.! SILK PRAYER SHAWL ( Tallith).—The tallith is a kind of prayer shawl made of silk, wool, or linen, with ¢igith or fringes fastened to the four corners, worn by men at the morning services. It is usually adorned with horizontal stripes of blue or purple; the Jews in the Orient substi- tute for these stripes a blue ribband worked in the corners. The wear- ing of a garment with fringes is commanded.’ In ancient times this garment, it seems, was worn as an outer robe.’ At present the Jews wear, besides the tallith, a kind of vest with fringes under the upper garments, which is called the ‘small tallith” (tallith katon), or the “four corners” (arba’ kanfoth). GOLD WEDDING RING. (See plate 11, fig. 2.) The Jewish marriage is made valid by the Kiddushin, i. e., by the bridegroom putting a ring on the hand of the bride while saying the words: “ Behold, thou art wedded to me by this ring according to the law of Moses and Israel.” MARRIAGE CONTRACT (kethubah), written on parchment and illumi- nated. (See plate 22.) In the kethubah, or marriage contract, are recorded the obligations of the husband and the amount of the dowry allowed the bride. There is an established form of the kethubah usually beginning with the words: ‘Under good auspices, and with good luck to bridegroom and bride, ‘Whoso findeth a wife findeth a good thing, and obtaineth favor of the Lord.’”* The husband pledges himself to love and honor his wife and to provide for her becomingly. The min- imum of the dowry is fixed by the law to be 200 shekles (about $50) for a virgin and 100 (about $25) for a widow or divorced woman. To this is usually added what the bride has received from her parents and what the husband settles on her voluntarily, all of which she gets in case of the death of the husband, or of divorce. The contract is dated Rome, in the year of creation 5576 (1816). The contracting parties are Elijah Saki and Masal-Tob (Fortune), of Castlenuovo. The witnesses to the contract are Josua Gerson Ashkenazi and Michael Chayim Megula. The margin is decorated with various symbolical figures, and contains the liturgy of the wedding ceremony and passages from the Bible and the Talmud referring to marriage and married life, artistically inter- twined in garlands. Above, in the center, are probably the arms of the bridegroom ; to the right a boy standing on a wheel pouring out the horn of plenty, with the motto, ‘All depends on merit and good luck ;” to the left a female figure with tambourines, and the words, ‘“‘ Peace 1 Matthew xxiii, 5. 3 Matthew xxiii, 5. ? Numbers xy, 37-41; Deuteronomy xxii, 12. 4Proverbs xviii, 22. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 21. PHYLACTERIES (Tefillin). Cat. No. 130276, U.S.N.M. Deposited by David Sulzberge1. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 22, pe ance bingxncs xan 29 sto aN ctsecp eines ype pnbss pene ras sears gwen Tass a n> mp ono so5 @OeGe-c#@e sop as sy oot 90 TIN Con TIA PAT? SAINI Ee re ant pianas Sys TARY IPTT SIN! rad ON KIS TS a o P ° stpheget sar ig oases so eSt DE Deas na qa2Io aa Pa IS TN WAS TN aan aa Es MOTD “wan washing anbs won arches pas ancaat ayaya area thc aad Syn =sroaws aby babs a Bib Riots os Spbbrs ahs teagan SSS os Aa xX upd TED NaS SSS CPS OT YR one a eas BIE AS — 2 ae Sen eK PS hash MARRIAGE CONTRACT (Kethubah). Rome, Italy. Cat. No. 154638, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. G. Brown Goode. v ay , ‘ pee " EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 999 and welcome to those nigh and far.” Below, to the right, is a female figure holding two burning hearts linked together by a chain, with the adage, “A well-mated couple is chosen by God” (marriages are made in heaven); to the left another female figure holding a tambourine and a flower, with a quotation from Isaiah xxxii, 8. The representation at the bottom, of Elijah ascending to heaven in a fiery chariot, his mantle talling on his disciple and successor Elisha,' was probably suggested by the name of the bridegroom. M1IzZRACH (the east)—Mizrach means east, literally the place of the rising sun. There is hung in Jewish houses a tablet on the eastern wall to indicate the direction of the face when at prayer. It contains the Ten Commandments and various quotations from Scripture in Hebrew. The idea which dictates this direction is that the face shall be turned toward Jerusalem. West of Jerusalem the opposite direc- tion would be chosen. In the temple itself the direction of prayer was toward the west, the entrance being from the east. Ancient nations that worshiped the sun turned when in prayer toward the east, the place of the rising sun. This fact is alluded to in Ezekiel viii, 16: “At the door of the temple of the Lord, between the porch and the altar, were about five and twenty men with their backs toward the temple of the Lord and their faces toward the east; and they worshiped the sun toward the east.” KNIFE WITH ITS SHEATH, used for the slaughtering of animals. (See plate 17, fig. 3.) The killing of animals for food is performed by a person especially trained and authorized, called shochet. The throat is cut with a long knife (halaf) and the internal organs are examined for traces of disease. The act of killing is called shechita; that of search- ing, bedika. During both acts short prayers are recited. If there be a notch (pegima)in the knife, or if any trace of disease be found, the animal is unfit (terefa) to be eaten. ANTIQUITIES. Next to the Israelites, with whom the Scriptures originated, the antiquities of those nations with whom Israel came in close contact, and who to a great extent influenced the course and development of the history narrated in the Bible, claim the interest of the Bible student, The exhibits in this department consisted of objects representing Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, and the Hittites. EGYPT. CAST OF A BUST OF RAMSES II.—Ramses II? was the third king of the nineteenth dynasty and the most brilliant monarch of Egypt. He was formerly identified as the Pharaoh of the Exodus; later author- ities hold that that event took place five years after his death. He was, however, in all probability, the Pharaoh of the oppression. The ' TI Kings ii, 11-13. 2 The Sesostris of the Greeks. 1000 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. reasons for this supposition are that the land of Goshen in which the Israelites settled when they migrated to Egypt' is also called the land of Ramses, and that one of the cities which the Israelites built while in bondage was named Ramses.” As kamses I reigned only for a short time, it is assumed that these names are connected with Ram- ses II, whose reign extended over sixty-six years in the thirteenth century B. C. (1348-1281 B. C.); and who was not only the most war- like but also the greatest builder among the Egyptian kings. The cities Pithom and Ramses which the Hebrews built for Pharaoh are thought to have been situated in the modern Wadi Tumilat. Pithom was identified in 1883 with Tell el-Maskutah in the east of this Wadi at the railroad station Ramses. Besides the building of these two cities and numerous temples, Ramses II seems also to have undertaken the continuation of the canal of the Wadi Tumilat to the Bitter Lakes, and the cutting through of the rising ground between them and the Red Sea, which connection between the Nile and the Red Sea was the true precursor of the Suez Canal.’ The bust, which is taken from a sitting statue, represents him beardless with a helmet on his head. The original, of black granite, isin the Museum of Egyptian Antiquities in Turin, Italy. CAST OF A RELIEF OF RAMSES II.—Photographs of the mummy of Ramses II. The mummy was discovered in July, 1881. The photo- graphs were taken immediately after the unwinding of the mummy in June, 1886.4 1 Genesis xlvii, 6. 2 Exodus i, 11. 3Compare Adolf Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, p. 27. 4Century Magazine, May, 1887. This mummy is in many ways the finest ever discovered and is of surpassing interest. Professor Maspero describes it as follows: ‘‘The head is long, and small in proportion to the body. The top of the skull is quite bare. On the temples there are a few sparse hairs, but at the poll the hair is quite thick, forming smooth straight locks about 5 centimeters in length. White at the time of death, they have been dyed a light yellow by the spices used in embalmment. The forehead is low and narrow; the brow ridge prominent; the eyebrows are thick and white; the eyes are small and close together; the nose is long, thin, arched like the noses of the Bourbons, and slightly crushed at the tip by the pressure of bandages. The temples are sunken; the cheek bones very prominent; the ears round, standing far out from the head, and pierced like those of a woman for the wearing of earrings. The jawbone is massive and strong; the chin very prominent; the mouth small, but thick-lipped and full of some kind of black paste. This paste being partly cut away with the scissors disclosed some much worn and brittle teeth, which, moreover, are white and well preserved. The mustache and beard are thin. They seemed to have been kept shaven during life, but were probably allowed to grow during the king’s illness, or they may have grown after death. The hairs are white like those of the head and eyebrows, but are harsh and bristly and from 2 to 3 millimeters in length. The skin is of earthy brown, spotted with black. Finally, it may be said the face of the mummy gives a fair idea of the face of the living king. The expression is intellectual, perhaps slightly animal, but even under the somewhat grotesque dis- guise of mumification, there is plainly to be seen an air of sovereign majesty, of resolve and of pride.” — ss = CO 4 EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1001 The typical physiognomy of the native Egyptian, as exhibited on the numerous monuments, shows a head often too large in proportion to the body, a square and somewhat low forehead, a short and round nose, eyes large and wide open, the cheeks filled out, the lips thick, but not reversed, and the mouth somewhat wide. Contrasting the features of Ramses II with these, some scholars have assumed that he was of Semitic descent or at least had Semitic blood in his veins. CAST OF THE HEAD OF SETI I.—The original is at the Museum of Egyptian Antiquities at Cairo, Egypt. Seti I was the second king of the nineteenth dynasty and father of Ramses II, the Pharaoh of the oppression. He reigned for about twenty-seven years in the thirteenth century B. C. CAST OF A RELIEF OF SETI I.—Photograph of the mummy of Seti I. Taken under the direction of Prof. G. Maspero at the Museum of Egyptian Antiquities, Cairo, Egypt. CAST OF THE HEAD OF TIRHAKAH.—Original of granite in the Museum of Antiquities at Cairo. King of Egypt and Ethiopia, 698-672 B.C. According to the Biblical account,' Tirhakah, ‘‘ King of Ethi- opia” (in Egyptian Taharqa), encountered Senacherib, King of Assyria, while the latter was on his expedition against Judah. From the Cunei- form inscriptions we learn that Tirhakah entered into an alliance with Baal, King of Tyre, against Assyria. Hezekiah, King of Judah, also joined the league. Esarhaddon marched into Egypt, and putting Tir- hakah to flight he placed the rule of the whole country under twenty vassals loyal to Assyria. On the death of Esarhaddon, Tirhakah returned to Egypt, drove out the Assyrians that were there, and took possession of Memphis. Assurbanipal, the son and successor of Esar- haddon (668-626 B.C.), at once went to Egypt and defeated him at Karbanit. Tirhakah was again obliged to flee to Thebes and thence to Nubia. The twenty vassal kings were restored and Necho (Niku), “ King of Sais and Memphis” put at their head. Soon after this Necho headed a rebellion against the Assyrian rule, but the plot was sup- pressed by the Assyrian garrison of Egypt and Necho sent in chains to Nineveh. But when Assurbanipal heard of the new successes of Tirhakah in Egypt, he sent Necho back to rule over all Egypt under the direction of Assyria. Tirhakah soon afterwards died. Manetho, who calls him Tarkos (Tarakos), says he was the last king of the twenty-fifth dynasty. Strabo (xvi, I, 6) calls him Tearkon, and describes him as one of the greatest conquerors of the ancient world. Mummy.—Length, 5 feet 6 inches. Found at Luxor, Egypt, in 1886. (See plates 23 and 24.) No hieroglyphies or inscriptions exist either on the mummy or outer case. The face and head are covered with a mask of green cement, the body delicately proportioned. On the chest lie four small tablets about the size of playing cards, each one having a mummied figure of Osiris in a standing position. Two shield-shaped 1TI Kings xix, 9, and Isaiah xxxvii, 9. 1002 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ornaments lie across the breast and stomach, respectively. The upper one bears the sacred beetie with spread wings, beneath which is a nilometer standing between two figures, which support each a globe upon the head. The faces of these figures are covered with square pieces of gold leaf. At the end of the wings is represented the hawk- head of Ra, aiso supporting a globe. Over the surface of the shield are painted representations of jewelry. On the lower shield appears a kneeling figure of Nephthys, with extended arms and wings. Upon her head she wears a headband supporting a globe. On either side of the head are two groups, each containing three small figures. Ostrich plumes appear in the corner of the shield. Along the legs is a sheet of cemented linen, on the top of which is a mummy on a dog-shaped bier; at the head of the bier is a figure kneeling, holding an ostrich plume; below this is a group of seven kneeling figures holding plumes. Further down is a second nilometer, on either side of which a figure with an implement in each hand faces two mummied figures, both of which have the faces concealed with a square patch of gold leaf. The feet are incased in a covering of cemented linen. The Egyptians conceived man as consisting of at least three parts— the body, the soul, and the Ka,i.e., the double or genius. The Ka was supposed to remain in existence after death, and to be the repre- sentative of the human personality. In order that the Ka might take possession of the body when it pleased, the body had to be preserved from decay. The preservation of the body was accordingly the chief end of every Egyptian who wished for everlasting life. To this end the Egyptians mummified their bodies, built indestructible tombs, inscribed the tombs and coffins with magical formule to repel the attacks of the demons, and placed statutes, household goods, food, statuettes of servants, etc., that the tomb might resemble as much as possible the old home of the deceased.!’ The process of mummifying the bodies by various methods of embalming was of high antiquity in Egypt, probably going back to the earliest dynasties; the oldest mummy which was found at Saqqarah in 1881, and is now at the museum of Gizeh, dates from 3200 B. C. This practice is said to have continued to 500 A. D. The art reacled the highest point at Thebes during the eighteenth and nineteenth dynasties, when spices and aromatic substances were used, and the skin of the bodies so prepared as to retain a slight color and a certain flexibility. What is known of the process is derived chiefly from the Greek writers Herodotus? and Diodorus Siculus,* and from examinations of the mummies themselves. According to these sources the Egyptians employed three methods of embalming, of more or less elaborateness, according to the wealth and position of the deceased. The most costly mode is estimated by Diodo- rus at a talent of silver—about $1,250. The embalmers first removed part of the brain through the nostrils by means of an iron hook, ‘Compare Adolf Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, p.306. *Bookii 85. *Booki91. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 23. Sr me OMe MUMMY AND COVER OF COFFIN. Luxor, Egypt. Cat. No. 129790, U.S.N.M. Gift of Hon. S. 8. Cox, U. S. Minister to Turkey. PLATE 24, Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. MUMMY CASE. - destroying the rest by the infusion of caustic drugs. An incision was then made in the side with a sharp Ethiopian stone and the intestines removed. The abdomen was rinsed with palm wine and sprinkled with powdered perfumes. It was then filled with pure myrrh. pounded, cassia, and other aromatics, frankincense excepted, and sewn up again. The body was then steeped in natron (subcarbonate of sdda) for seventy days, afterwards washed and swathed in strips of linen and smeared with gum. The second mode of embalming cost about 20 minae—about $300. In this case cedar oil was injected into the abdo- men. The oil was prevented from escaping, and the body steeped in natron for the prescribed time. On the last day the cedar oil was let out from the abdomen, carrying with it the intestines in a state of dis- solution, while the flesh was consumed by the natron, so that nothing ras left but the skin and bones. The third method, which was used for the poorer classes, consisted in rinsing the abdomen with syrmaea, an infusion of senna and cassia, and steeping the body for the usual period in natron. Examinations of Egyptian mummies have proven the accounts of Herodotus and Diodorus to be in the main correct. For mummies, both with and without ventral incisions, are found, and some are preserved by means of balsams and gums, and others by bitumen and natrum, and the hundreds of skulls of mummies which are found at Thebes contain absolutely nothing, while other skulls are found to be filled with bitumen, linen rags, and resin. The term “mummy” is derived from the Arabic mumiya, “bitumen” and the Arabic word for mummy is mumiyya “bitumenized thing.” The native Kgyptian word for mummy is sahu.' In the Bible, instances of embalm- ing are only met with in connection with the Kgyptians, the bodies of Jacob and Joseph, who died in Egypt, being thus treated.’ MODEL OF A MUMMY. (See plate 25.) Small wooden figure in mummy case. They perhaps represent the servants who accompanied their master in the realm of the departed in order to wait on him there, and were termed by the Egyptians “answerers” (ushebte), i. e., those who would answer for the departed and perform the work for him.? FRAGMENTS OF MUMMIED DOG, CAT, CROCODILE, AND OTHER ANIMALS. (See plate 25.) The Egyptians believed that their several divinities assumed the forms of various animals; so, for instance, Ptah appears as the Apis-bull, Amon as a ram, Sebek is represented as a crocodile-headed man, Bastis as a cat-headed woman, ete. These animals are therefore venerated as the manifestations or symbols of the respective divinities, and the willful killing of one of them was a capital offense. These sacred animals were embalmed and buried in graves. Thus, at Bubastis, the center of the worship of the goddess Bast, was EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1003 1H. A. Wallis Budge, The Mummy, 1893, p. 173. ' 7Genesis L, 2-26. *Adolf Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, p. 317, and E, A. W. Budge, The Mummy, pp. 211-215. 1004 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. ; a special cemetery for cats, which was recently identified at the modern — Zagazig. Diodorus Siculus says! that when a cat died all the inmates — of the house shaved their eyebrows as a sign of mourning.” : Book OF THE DEAD.—A series of original fragments and a facsimile of gn Egyptian papyrus at the British Museum in London. The — so-called Egyptian “Books of the Dead” are collections of religious texts, hymns, invocations, prayers to the gods, etc., intended for the use and protection of the dead in the world beyond the grave. The original of the one referred to was found in the tomb of Ani, ‘‘ Royal Seribe” and Scribe of the Sacred Revenue of all the gods of Thebes, “ who is accompanied on his way through the divers parts of the realin of the dead by his wife, Tutu. The hieroglyphic text is accompanied by colored vignettes, which depict the various scenes through which the deceased has to pass in the nether world, as his appearance before Osiris, the Supreme Judge of the dead, the weighing of the heart of the departed against the goddess of Truth, ete. The prayers and magical formule were written out on a roll of papyrus and bound up inside the bandages of the mummy. ‘ Two ScARABAEI.—The Scarabeus Aegyptiorum, or Ateuchus Sacer, that is, the great cockchafer found in tropical countries, was regarded in Egypt as the symbol of the god Kheper, who was termed by the Egyptians ‘the father of the gods,” and who was later identified with the rising sun. As the sun by his daily revolution and reappearance typified the return of the soul to the body, the scarabeus, which is in Egyptian likewise called Kheper, was the emblem of the revivication of the body and the immortality of the soul. Models of Scarabzi, made of various kinds of materials, usually inscribed with names of gods, kings, and other persons, and with magical legends and devices, were buried with the mummies (placed on the heart or the finger of the dead) and were also worn by the living, principally as charms. The insects themselves have also been found in coffins. EGYPTIAN BRICK.—Sun-baked brick from an early tomb, Thebes, Egypt. The usual dimensions of an Egyptian brick was from 20 or 17 to 145 inches in length, 82 to 64 inches in width, and 7 to 44 inches thick. It consists of ordinary soil mixed with chopped straw and sun- baked. ‘This method of making bricks is alluded to in Exodus y, 18, where the oppressed Israelites are told ‘‘ there shall no straw be given you, yet shall ye deliver the tale of bricks.” In the ruins of Pithom, one of the cities in which the Israelites were employed, three kinds of brick were discovered, some with stubble, some with straw, and some with- out. Among the paintings of Thebes, one on a tomb represents brick- making captives with “taskmasters,” who, armed with sticks, are receiving the “ tale of bricks” and urging on the work. Judging from the monuments, the process of making sun-dried bricks was much the Same as in modern times. The clay or mud was mixed with the neces- ! Book i, 83. 7K, A. W. Budge, The Mummy, pp. 355-358. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. MODEL OF A MUMMY AND FRAGMENTS OF MUMMIED ANIMALS. Egypt. Cat. No. 1565, U.S.N.M. Collected by George R. Gliddon, PLATE 25. =i [Sc J ' At EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1005 sary amount of straw or stubble by treading it down in a shallow pit. The prepared clay was carried in hods upon the shoulders and shaped into bricks of various sizes.! MopERN EGYPTIAN BRICK FROM THEBES.—Of the same general make and character as the ancient specimen. EGYPTIAN CoTron.—Cotton of a very fine grade is now grown in Egypt. The question as to whether it was known or extensively used in that country, or in other lands bordering on the Mediterranean, is one that has given rise to much discussion. Authorities on the cotton plant have detinitely asserted that it was well known in Egypt from early times; thus M. Jardin’ states that it is certain that the cotton plant existed in Upper Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia in the wild state; that it was known to the ancient Egyptians, and that the proof of its existence is the finding of some seeds of Gossypium Arboreum, by Rosellini, in the coffin of amummy. He further holds the opinion that linen and cotton were simultaneously employed in Egypt, but that the former was more costly than the latter and was reserved for purposes relating to the cult. In the valuable work on the Cotton Plant issued by the United States Department of Agriculture,* Mr. R. B. Handy, the author of a chapter on the Ancient History of Cotton, holds prac- tically the same view.t On the other hand, it has been claimed by some authors that cotton was quite unknown in Egypt, a fact largely based upon the conclusions arrived at by James Thomson in an article on the ** Mummy Cloths of Egypt.”’ Mr. Thomson, after twelve years’ study of the subject, reached the opinion that the bandages of the mummy were universally made of linen. It would appear that cotton was not well known to the ancient Israelites, for we find it mentioned but once in the Bible, in the Book of Esther,® which, of course, has a Persian background and contains a description of a Persian palace. The passage reads: ‘In the court of the garden of the King’s Palace there were hangings of white and violet-colored cotton cloths fastened with cords of fine linen and purple to silver rings and pillars of mar- ble.” The Hebrew word translated ‘‘cotton” is ‘“‘ karpas,” derived from the Sanskrit ‘* karpasa.” Between the extremes of opinion, the truth seems to be that cotton was indigenous in India and that its products made their way gradually. through commerce, to the Mediterranean countries and that the plant itself followed gradually either through commerce or by way of Persia. It is plain that the cotton plant existed in Egypt in the time of Pliny 1 Adolf Erman, Life in Ancient Egypt, p. 417. 2Le Cotton, pp. 10, 11. 3 Bulletin 33, Office of Experiment Station. 4See also the Descriptive Catalogue of Useful Fiber Plants of the World, by Charles Richards Dodge, issued by the Department of Agriculture, 1897. *London and Edinburg Philosophical Magazine, 3d ser., V, p. 355, cited by Budge in The Mummy, p. 190. 6 Chapter I, verses 5, 6. 1006 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. (the first century of the Christian era), and it also seems likely that inasmuch as there is no representation whatsoever on any Egyptian monuments thus far found, or on any monuments found in Western Asia, of a cotton plant, that it was not known in that country in early days. It is difficult to conclude that so striking an object would not have been depicted on the monuments, when the ancient artists found it possible to figure so many of the various plants known to them. ASSYRIA AND BABYLONIA. Illustrating these countries the following specimens were shown: CAST OF THE SO-CALLED OVAL OF SARGON.—The original is a small egg-shaped piece of veined marble, pierced lengthwise. It was discovered by Mr. Hormuzd Rassam at Abu-Habba, Babylonian Sippar (in the Bible Sepharvaim), a city from which the King of Assyria transported colonists to Samaria. The inscription reads: ‘*‘I, Sargon, the king of the city, King of Agade, have dedicated this to the Sun-god (Samas) of Sippar.” This king is supposed to have reigned about 3,800 B. C., and the object is no doubt a contemporary document. The date is derived from a statement on the cylinder of Nabonidus found at the same place. Nabonidus, the last King of Babylon (555-538 B. C.), the father of Belshazzar, records that when rebuilding the Temple of the Sun-god he found the original foundation stone of Naram-Sin, Sargon’s son, which none of his predecessors had seen for 3200 years. Agade, mentioned on the Oval of Sargon, is Akkad, enu- merated in the genealogical tablet! as one of the four cities of Nimrod’s empire. Akkad was also the name of the entire district of North Babylonia.” MODEL OF A TEMPLE TOWER OF BABYLON.—The model is plaster, painted, and was made after the descriptions of the Temple Tower of Borsippa, on the scale of one-fourth inch to the foot. (See plate 26.) From the most ancient times the principal cities of Mesopotamia had towers. These were used as observatories, also for the performance of religious ceremonies, and perhaps in early times for military defense. In Genesis xi, 1-9, it is related that certain immigrants began to build in the plain of Shinear a city and a tower, which was left incomplete in consequence of the confusion of tongues, and the city was thence called Babel (confusion). This “Tower of Babel” has been connected both by Arab tradition and on the authority of archaeologists with the imposing ruins of Birs-Nimrud (“ Nimrod’s Tower”) on the site of the Temple Tower of Nebo, at Borsippa. which was a surburb of the city of Babylon, and which in the cuneiform inscriptions is called “‘ Babylon the Second.” This Temple Tower of Borsippa, termed in the inscrip- tions H-zida (“the eternal house”), was a perfect type of these edifices, and it has been suggested as probable that the Tower of Babel men- 1 Genesis x, 10. 2Proc. Society of Biblical Archaeology, VI, p.68; VII, p. 66; VIII, p. 243. PLATE 26. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz MODEL OF A BABYLONIAN TEMPLE TOWER. Made in the U. 8. National Museum. Jat. No, 155043, U.S.N.M. EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1007 tioned in Genesis was conceived on the same plan. The Temple of Borsippa was reconstructed with great splendor by Nebuchadnezzar (604-561 B. C.), but he made no changes in the general character and plan. According to the description of Herodotus,' who mistakes it for the Temple of Bel, and the report of Sir Henry Rawlinson, who care- fully examined the mound of Birs-Nimrud, the Tower of Borsippa appears to have been constructed on the plan of a step-shaped or ter- raced pyramid. Such stepped pyramids have not only survived in Egypt, in the Great Pyramid of Sakkarah, but are also found in Mexico (at Cholula, City of Mexico, etc.), where they are called Teocallis—i. e., ‘chouses of god”—consisting of terraced structures, five to seven stories high, and surmounted by a chamber or cell, which is the temple itself. It is assumed that these temple towers were the prototype of the later Egyptian pyramids, the stories disappearing in the latter by filling up the platforms of the different stages, which produced an uninterrupted slope on all sides. The Temple Tower of Nebo, at Borsippa, was built in seven stages, whence it is sometimes called in the inscriptions ‘‘Temple of the seven spheres of heaven and earth.” Upon an artifi- cial terrace of burnt bricks rose the first stage, 272 feet square; on this the second, 230 feet square; then the third, 188 feet square, each of these three lower stages being 26 feet high. The height of each of the four upper stories was 15 feet, while their width was 146, 104, 62, and 20 feet, respectively, so that the whole edifice, not including the artificial terrace, had a height of about 140 feet. The several stages were faced with enameled bricks in the colors attributed to the differ- ent planets, the first story, representing Saturn, in black; then, in order, Jupiter, orange; Mars, red; the Sun, thought to have been originally plated with gold; Venus, white; Mércury, blue, and the seventh, dedicated to the Moon, the head of the Babylonian pantheon, was plated with silver. The floors of the platforms were probably inlaid with mosaics. The whole structure terminated in a chapel placed on the central axis of the tower and surmounted by a cupola. Accord- ing to Herodotus there stood in the spacious sanctuary on the top of the tower a couch of unusual size, richly adorned, with a golden table by its side. But no statue of any kind was set up in the chamber, nor was it occupied at night by anyone but a native woman. The top stage was also used as an observatory. Double converging stairs or gently ascending ramps led up to the several platforms. THE CHALDEAN DELUGE TABLET.—Containing the cuneiform text of the Babylonian account of the Deluge as restored by Prof. Paul Haupt. Engraved in clay under the direction of Professor Haupt, by Dr. R. Zehnpfand, of Rossiau, Germany. Measurement, 82 by 62 inches. The Babylonian story of the Deluge is contained in the eleventh tablet of the so-called Izdubar or Gilgamesh? legends, commonly known under the name of the Babylonian Nimrod Epic. The Babylonian 1 Book i, 181-183. 2This name is also read by some Gizdubar and Gibel-gamesh. 1008 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. narrative of the Deluge closely accords both in matter and language with the biblical account as contained in Genesis vi-vili. Xisuthrus or Hasisadra, the hero of the Babylonian account, corresponding to the Biblical Noah, is informed by a god of the coming flood and ordered to build a ship to preserve himself, his family, and friends, and various animals. After he had sent out divers birds (a dove, swallow, and raven) he landed on the mountain Nizir,in Armenia, and offers a sacri- fice to the gods, after which he is transferred to live with the gods. The originals were found during the British excavations in the Valley of the Euphrates and Tigris, and are now preserved in the British Museum, in London. There was also exhibited a cast of some of the original fragments now preserved in the British Museum. CAST OF A COLOSSAL HUMAN-HEADED WINGED LION, 11 by 9 feet; original of yellow limestone in the British Museum. It was found by Sir Austen H. Layard in 1846 at Kuyunjik on the site of ancient Nine- veh, and is supposed to belong to the period of Asurnazirpal, who reigned 884-860 B.C. Figures of composite animals of stone or metal, sometimes of colossal size, were placed by the Assyrians at the entrances _ to the temples of the gods and the palaces of the kings. They were considered as emblems of divine power, or genii (Assyrian, shedw), and believed to “exclude all evil.” Lions were also placed ‘beside the stays” and on either side of the steps of the gilded ivory throne of Solomon.! Some Assyriologists connect the Assyrian winged and com- posite beings with those seen by the prophet Ezekiel in his vision of the “chariot,” as described in the first chapter of his prophecies, and the cherubim guarding the entrance to the Garden of Eden’ and those carved on the Ark of the Covenant.’ Parallels are also found in the religious figures of other peoples, as the sphinx of the Egyptians and Persians, the chimera of the Greeks, and the griffin of northeastern mythology. It would seem that the composite creature form was intended to symbolize either the attributes of divine essence or the vast | powers of nature as transcending that of individual creatures. The winged lion, called “ Nergal,” was also sacred to Anatis and to Beltis, the goddess of war. CAST OF THE BLACK OBELISK OF SHALMANESER II, King of Assyria 860-824 B. C. The original of black basalt, which is now pre- served in the British Museum, was accidentally discovered by Sir Austen Henry Layard at Nimrud, on the site of the Biblical Calah,* about 19 miles below Nineveh. The obelisk is about 7 feet high. The terraced top and the base are covered with cuneiform script containing a record of Shalmaneser’s campaigns nearly to the last year of his long 'T Kings x, 19, 20. > Genesis iii, 24. ° Exodus xxv, 18, ete. Compare also the ‘‘four living creatures” in Revelations v5 14: vi, 1% * Genesis x, 12. ———— -F —— ss lr SC Cee eee Er EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1009 reign. The upper part is occupied by five compartments of bas-reliefs running in horizontal bands around the four sides, and representing processions of tribute bearers from five nations. Narrow bands between the compartments contain short legends descriptive of the scenes repre- sented. The Black Obelisk and the other monuments of Shalmaneser IT supplement the Biblical narrative We learn from them that he was the first Assyrian king, so far as is yet known, to come into relations with Israel. Among the tribute bearers represented on the obelisk are Israelites, and in the second row is a legend reading, ‘Tribute of Ya’ua, son of Humri: silver, gold, vials of gold, cups of gold, pans of gold, vessels of gold, of lead, scepters for the King’s hand, axes I received.”! In the record of the sixth year of his reign (854 B. C.) Shalmaneser relates his victorious campaign against Benhadad, King of Damascus (in the inscription Dadidri), Ishiluna of Hamat, and their confederate kings. From another inscription engraved by Shalmaneser in the rocks of Armenia it is learned that one of the allies of this great coalition led by Benhadad against Assyria was Ahab, King of Israel (in the Assyrian inscription Ahabbu Sirlai), who had furnished 2,000 chariots and 10,000 soldiers. Neither of these facts—the participation of Ahab in the Syrian league and the payment of tribute to Shalmaneser by Jehu—is recorded in the Bible. This King is not to be confounded with Shalmaneser IV (727-722 B. C.), who is mentioned in IL Kings Xviii, 9, in connection with the conquest of Samaria.’ CAST OF A BELL, the original of which is in the Royal Museum of Berlin. The bell is decorated in bas-relief with the figure of Ea, the Assyro-Babylonian divinity of the ocean, also called the ‘¢ Lord of Pro- found Wisdom,” and hence considered as the god of science and culture. He is represented in human form covered over by a fish. He is prob- ably identical with the Oannes, described by the Chaldean priest Bero- sus as the founder of civilization. Through a mistaken etymology of Dagon from Hebrew dag, fish, the Philistine divinity of that name, men- tioned in I Samuel v, was thought to have been a fish god and identified with the water god Ea. Dagon was also a divinity of the Assyro- Babylonians, known bythe nameof Dagan, but had no connection with the water. He was considered by the Phenicians and, theretore, pre- sumably, by the Philistines also, as the god of agriculture.’ Besides the representation of Ea, there are also on the bell figures of several demons and a priest. 1TI Kings ix and x. 2This monument is described by Theo. G. Pinches, British Museum, Guide to the Nimroud Central Saloon, 1886, pp. 26-45; the inscription is translated by Dr. Edward Hincks, Dublin University Magazine, XLII, 1853, pp. 420-426; A. H. Sayce, Records of the Past, V, pp. 27-42. 3See A. H. Sayce, Hibbert Lectures on the Religion of the Ancient Babylonians, pp. 188, 189, and in Smith’s Dictionary of the Bible under Dagon, and The Sunday School Times, May 27, 1893. NAT MUS 96——64 1010 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. THE HITTITES. The Hittites (Hebrew Hittim) are derived in the Bible from Heth, son of Canaan, the son of Ham.' They are depicted as an important tribe settled in the region of Hebron on the hill,’ and are often mentioned as one of the seven principal Canaanitish tribes, and sometimes as com- prising the whole Canaanitish population.’ From Abraham to Solomon the Hittites came more or less in contact with Israel. Numbers of them remained with the Jews even as late as . the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.‘ Hittite kings are mentioned as set- tled north of Palestine,® and some scholars distinguish the latter as Syrian Hittites from the Canaanite tribe. Recently the Hittites have been identified with the Cheta of the Egyptian and Chatti of the Assyrian monuments. From the notices on these monuments it is gathered that this people at an early period constituted a mighty power, dominating, for a time, the territory from the Euphrates to the 4. gean, and standing forth as rivals of Egypt and Assyria. As early as the seventeenth century B. C., a struggle began for supremacy between Egypt and the Hittites, which lasted for five hundred years, when Ramses II defeated the Hittites at Kadesh, on the Orontes. He did not conquer them, how- ever, but was compelled to make an alliance. From the twelfth to the eighth century B. C., the Hittites were in conflict with Assyria, until the Assyrian King, Sargon, put an end to the Hittite dominion in 717 B. C., when the inhabitants of Carchemish, the Hittite capital in Syria (the modern Jerablus on the Euphrates), were deported to Assyria, and the city was repeopled with Assyrian colonists. Of late there have been added to the Biblical, Egyptian, and Assy- rian sources humerous monuments which were discovered throughout ‘Asia Minor and Northern Syria, and which are by some scholars attributed to the Hittites. The beginning was made by two Americans, Mr. J. Augustus Johnson, of the United States consular service, and Rey. 8S. Jessup, who in 1870 found Hittite inscriptions at Hama, in Syria. Later discoveries were made, especially by Humann and Puch- stein, under the auspices of the German Government (1872), and by Ramsay and Hogarth (1890). The monuments, mostly of black basalt, contain representations in bas-relief of religions objects, winged figures, deities standing on various animals, sphinxes, gryphons, the winged disk, as symbol of the deity, the two-headed eagle (which became the standard of the Seljukian Turks, and afterwards of Austria and Russia, etc.), and inscriptions in hieroglyphic characters, written in alternat- ing lines from right to left and left to right (boustrophedon). The art exhibited on these monuments is of a primitive, rude character, and recalls the early art of Babylonia, Greece, and Phenicia.» The inserip- ~ 1 Genesis x, 15. 4Ezra ix, 1. 2 Idem. xxiii, 2. 5J Kings x, 29; II Kings vii, 6. 3 Joshua, 4, ete, es EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1011 tions have not yet been deciphered, and the race affinity of the Hittites and the place of their language among linguistic families are still disputed questions. Thus, J. Halevy' considers the originators of these monuments as Semites; P. Jensen? would designate them as Aryans (Cilicians), while the Italian, Cesare de Cara®* identifies them with the Pelasgians, the ancient prehistoric inhabitants of the Grecian countries. The pictorial representations of the Hittites, on the Egyptian as well as on their own monuments, show that they were a short, stout race, with yellow skin, receding foreheads, oblique eyes, black hair, and chin, aS a rule, beardless. They wore conical caps and boots with upturned tips. These characteristics would seem to suggest that they were neither of Semitic nor Aryan origin, but belonged to the Mongo- lian or Turanian family, and this is as yet the more prevalent opinion.’ The following casts of Hittite sculptures were shown: CAST OF A COLOSSAL STATUE OF THE GOD HADAD, inscribed in the old Aramean dialect. (See plate 27.) The original of dolorite, now preserved in the Royal Museum of Berlin, was discovered by von Luschan and Humann at Gertchin, near Senjirh, which is about 70 miles to the northeast of Antioch in northern Syria. The excavations in this region were carried on by these scholars between 1888 aud 1891 under the auspices of the German Oriental committee constituted for that purpose. The most important finds made during these excavations, besides the statue of Hadad, were the stele of Esarhaddon, King of Asyria, 681-668 B.C., bearing an inscription in Assyrian cuneiform writing, and a statue erected by Bar-Rekub to the memory of his father Panammu, King of Samaal, the ancient Semitic name of the region of Senjirli, inscribed, like the statue of Hadad, in the old Aramean dia- lect. Both these Aramean inscriptions are cut in high relief, ike the hieroglyphic inscriptions on the Hittite monuments. The character of the writing resembles that of the Moabite stone and the language bears a closer resemblance to Hebrew than the Aramaic of the later period. The statue of Hadad was erected by Panammu, son of Karul, King of Ja’di, in northern Syria, in the eighth century B. C., to the gods El, Reshef, Rakubel, Shemesh, and above all to Hadad. Hadad was the name of the supreme Syrian deity, the Baal, or Sun god, whose worship extended from Carchemish, the ancient Hittite capital in Syria, to Edom and Palestine. Many Edomite and Syrian kings bore the name of the deity as a title In Zachariah xii, 11, there is mentioned a place in the valley of ' Revue Sémitique for 1893 and 1894, * Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenliindischen Gesellschaft XLVIII, p. 235. ° Gli Hethei-Pelasgi. ‘Compare A. H. Sayce, The Hittites: the story of a forgotten Empire, London, 1888; Campbell, The Hittites, their inscriptions and their history, London, 1891; W. Wright, Empire of the Hittites, 1884. °Compare Genesis xxxvi, 35; II Samuel viii, 3; Hadadezer, etc. 1012 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Megiddo named after the two Syrian divinities ‘“* Hadad-Rimmon.” Coins bear the name of Abd-Hadad, “‘servant of Hadad,” who reigned in the fourth century B. C., at Hieropolis, the later successor of Carche- mish, and in the Assyrian inscriptions there occurs the abbreviated form of ‘* Dada, god of Aleppo.” Of the four other divinities named, El] became the generic term for deity among Hebrews and Assyrians. Shemesh is the Sun god (Assyrian Shamash). Reshef appears to be a Hittite divinity, while Rekubel is met with here for the first time. The inscription contains thirty-four lines. The first part (lines 1 to 15) contains the dedication of Panammu to the gods to whom the monument was erected, who conferred on him the government over Ja’di, and granted the land plenty and abundance. The second part (lines 15 to 24) relates the injunction of Karul to his son Panammau, that he erect a Statue to Hadad and honor him with sacrifices. The third part (lines 24 to 34) contains the usual curses against those who should destroy, deface, or carry off the monument.! HITTITE DIVINITY, with trident and hammer. (See plate 28.) Cast from original of dolerite at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. HITTITE WINGED DIVINITY, with head of griffon. (See plate 29.) Cast from original of dolerite at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. , HITTITE GOD OF THE CHASE, holding hares. (See plate 30.) Cast from original of dolerite at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. HITTITE FIGURE, surmounted by winged sun disk. Cast from orig- inal of caleareous rock at Boghazkeui, Asia Minor. (See plate 31.) The winged solar disk was the emblem of the supreme divinity among the Hittites, Egyptians, and Assyrians. HITTItE WINGED SPHINX, with human head. (See plate 32.) Cast from original, of dolerite, at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. It is assumed that the Hittite, not the Egyptian, form of the sphinx was the prototype of the sphinx as rep- resented by the Greeks. HITTITE WINGED SPHINX, with double head of man and lion. (See plate 33.) Cast from original, of dolerite, at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. HITYITE KING, in long robe, with scepter and spear. (See plate 34.) Cast from original, of dolerite, at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. THREE HITTITE WARRIORS. (See plate 35.) Cast from original, of ealcarous rock, at Boghazkeui, Asia Minor. The high-peaked cap and the pointed boots seen on the figures are still in use among the peas- antry in Asia Minor. 'Compare Ausgrabungen in Sendschirli I, 1893 (published by the Berlin Museum), Prof. D. H. Mueller in Zeitschrift fuer die Kunde des Morgenlandes VII, Nos. 2 and 3, and in Contemporary Review of April, 1894. oz ATE 27. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz PL HADAD. Gertchin, Northern Syria. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155007, U.S.N.M. ae ey J a ~ a - Peport of U. S. Nationa! Museum, 1896,—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 28. HitTIivTeE DIVINITY WITH TRIDENT AND HAMMER. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155032, U.S.N.M. PLATE 29. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz a oe iy “athe 2 HITTITE WINGED DIVINITY WITH HEAD OF GRIFFON. Senjirli, Asia Minor. al Museum, Berlin. ce alin Roy > Origin PLATE 30. Adler and Casanowicz. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. Pie ve sd AS he HITTITE GOD OF THE CHASE HOLDING HARES. Senjirli, Asia Minor. erlin > > Original in Royal Museum, I Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz PLATE 31. HITTITE FIGURE SURMOUNTED BY WINGED SuN DISK. Boghazkeui, Asia Minor. Originai in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155015, U.S.N.M. = ot ee teks re a ER ee 43 2 pte PLATE 32. Adler and Casanowicz. 1896. 2umM, € Report of U. S. Nationa’ Mus Seip oe HiTTITE WINGED SPHINX WITH HUMAN HEAD Senjirli, Asia Minor. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155037, U:SiNwM: Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz PLATE 3 HITTITE WINGED SPHINX WITH DOUBLE HEAD OF MAN AND LION. Senjirli, Asia Minor. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155039, U.S.N.M. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 34. HitTTITE KING WITH SCEPTER AND SPEAR. Senjirli, Asia Minor. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155040, U.S.N.M. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLATE 35. HitTITE WARRIORS. Boghazkeui, Asia Minor. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155013. U.S.N M. 1h rr, e/g Re ag dr PLATE 36. 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. Report of U. S. National Museum, HITTITE LION CHASE. Saktschegézu. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Cat. No. 155020, U.S.N.M. wl eae es Pan wk es <<. Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. HitTiITE WARRIOR WITH AX AND SworbD. Senjirli, Asia Minor. Original in Royal Museum, Berlin. Jat. No. 155041, U.S.N.M. PLATE 37. aie Pie Sa EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1013 HITTITE LUTE PLAYER.—Cast from original, of dolerite, at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. (See plate 8.) HITTITE LION CHASE. (See plate 36.) This relief, which probably served to decorate the gate of a temple or palace, plainly exhibits Assyrian influence. Ason Assyrian hunting scenes, the lion is chased from a chariot occupied by the charioteer and the archer. In front of the chariot and its spirited horse the lion is attacked by two men, who drive spears in the fore and hind parts of its body. The whole scene combines archaism with vivid and powerful naturalism. The original, of granite, was found at Saktschegézu and is now in the Royal Museum of Berlin, Germany. HITTITE WARRIOR, with ax and sword. (See plate 37.) Cast from original, of dolerite, at the Royal Museum, Berlin, Germany. Found at Senjirli, Asia Minor. The relief probably served to decorate the gate of a temple or palace. COLLECTION OF BIBLES. The last section of the exhibit consisted of a small collection of bibles, arranged so as to show the originals and the versions. It included manuscripts and old and rare editions of the original texts, as well as copies of the most important ancient and modern transla- tions of the scriptures. This part of the exhibit was not only of interest to biblical students, but also served to illustrate the study of paleeography. THE OLD TESTAMENT.—The Old Testament is mainly written in the Hebrew language, which was the Semitic dialect spoken in Canaan. It is cognate to Assyrian, Arabic, Ethiopic, and Aramean, and most closely allied to Phenician and Moabite. Daniel ii, 4, to vii, 28, and Ezra iv, 8, to vi, 18, and vii, 12-26, are written in Aramean; also a few words ir Genesis and Jeremiah. The canon of the Old Testament is divided by the Jews into three portions— the law, the prophets, and the writings—and subdivided into twenty-four books. Josephus counts twenty-two beoks, which was fol- lowed by Origen. The fixing of the canon goes back by tradition to Ezra and the men of the great synagogue; some, however, are of the opinion that the canonicity of the prophets and writings (Greek hagi- ographa, or sacred writings) was settled much later. According to the present actual count the Old Testament contains thirty-nine books. This, howcver, does not argue a different content from ancient times— simply a further subdivision of books. Before the Exile the books were written in the ancient Phenician characters which appear in some ancient Phenician inscriptions, on the Moabite stone, on some coins of the Maccabees, and in the Samaritan Pentateuch. In the period following the Exile and the restoration of Ezra the square letters, also called “Assyrian script,” which are repre- 1014 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. sented in the printed editions of the Old Testamént, had gradually been introduced. Originally the Hebrew text was written without divisions into chap- ters and verses, and earlier still, no doubt, without divisions into words. Great care, however, was observed to transmit the text correctly. Josephus asserts that ‘no one has been so bold as either to add any- thing to them, take anything from them, or to make any change in them” (the books of the Bible). Philo Judzus asserts that “the Jews have never altered one word of what was written by Moses,” and in the Talmud a scribe is exhorted as follows: “My son, take care how thou doest thy work (for thy work is a divine one), lest thou drop or add a letter.” Nevertheless, it seems likely that errors crept into the text. Accord- ingly, a body of Jewish scholars known as the Massorites labored for eight centuries (the second to the tenth of the Christian era) to fix the text. They added a number of marginal readings where the text was obscure or faulty, introduced a system of punctuation and accents, and made divisions into chapters, paragraphs, and verses. They counted and recorded the number of sections, verses, words, and even letters contained in the different books. The work of the Massorites on the original text of the Old Testament closes with the schools of Aaron ben Asher in Palestine and Moses ben Napthali in Babylonia, and it is generally admitted that the text has been handed down to us in a comparatively pure and trustworthy form. The oldest complete manuscript of the Old Testament which is known dates from the year 1009 A. D. THE NEw TESTAMENT.—The New Testament was written in Greek in its Hellenistic idiom. The original handwork of the authors per- ished early. The oldest manuscripts known date from the fourth century. The canon of the New Testament as it now stands and is accepted by all the churches was fixed by the councils of Hippo (393) and Carthage (397) under the influence of St. Augustine. The present division of chapters in the New Testament was originated by Cardinal Hugo of St. Caro in the thirteenth century; that of the verses was made in imitation of the Old Testament, and is first found in the Latin translation of the Vulgate, and only as late as 1551 was it placed by Robert Stephanus on the margin of the Greek text. The following specimens were shown: HEBREW BIBLE. Facsimile of Aleppo Codex. (See plate 38.) The original manuscript is preserved in the synagogue at Aleppo, Syria. It is assigned to Aaron ben Asher (beginning of the tenth century), and considered as one of the best authorities for the text of the Old Testament, but is probably of somewhat later origin.! FRAGMENTS OF MANUSCRIPT OF THE HEBREW BIBLE. (See plates 39 and 40.) Thirteenth century. Containing a portion of the Psalms 'Wicke’s Treatise on the Accentuation of the Prose Books of the Old Testament. a oe Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. ” >apiet ny VAN CATA pyran ay fee z au ake | i yan: <4 7 TN BY EE Sphere" . es orpnTotron mona ryy WHA py = wey panne xen “DAM: Rowe siya eke ee Sbusewar Tn By "YARN: Eales ven baS ne bs pals) pean = mye “SD yRTerasS 4 DIOR pei iS ee yAPBeTOS 2° em say Be, tenner yey" ae TAS ae Ses Paes 4 So ag Gas ee f ox ec oaacar: ae SrA oe 7 ere ete ee sete ne TC VS. RIWWATIRPDY ON $4409 Gy m4 as. eee patna y un We tyswApyinem mPa aN TaD Te Wa TRR os seen WSN pat baw) Soeay RES gary Toy OORT 2 ReYrAENDM we keri 3" ee WAM DVIS. 3 ee Yon ?® phe rie opm ae? Rey SR 2%: eos wy ie i ‘Ms 3" Math, HL? 4 hy — Mobs Be © Vee HBS att oar pins aS aE ni ape my 4 = aD a PAY rob a ID 4 okie 3 ne oe sors 31 ek eet ee | HEBREW MANUSORIPT OF THE THIRTEENTH CENTURY (Psalms cxxix-cxxxii). Cairo, Egypt. Cat. No, 155081, U.S.N.M. Deposited by Dr. Cyrus Adler. g Report of U. S National Museum, 1896,—Adler and Casanowicz. PLaTe 40. m nen SIP Ra he Se merry bie ig apy? = HEBREW MANUSCRIPT OF THE THIRTEENTH CENTURY (Deuteronomy v, 1-6). Cairo, Egypt. Cat. No. 155081, U.S.N.M. Deposited by Dr. Cyrus Adler. ee — = SE Ea ———E———————————————— eee EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1015 (exxix to exxxii, 14) and Deuteronomy v, 1-6. These were no doubt from the Genizah, since made famous by the great manuscript finds of Dr. S. Schechter, of Cambridge, England. PRINTED EDITIONS OF THE HEBREW BIBLE.—Soon after the inven- tion of the art of printing parts of the Old Testament were published. Thus the Psalter with Kamchis Commentary appeared in 1477 (place unknown); the Pentateuch with the Targum and the Commentary of Rashi in 1482 at Bologna, Italy. The first complete Hebrew Bible was printed at Soncino, Italy, in 1488. The second edition has neither date nor place. The third was published at Brescia, Italy, in 1494. It was the one used by Luther for his German translation. The present copy shown was a reprint, with slight alterations, of the Bible printed by Daniel Bomberg at Venice in 1517. In this edition the first effort was made to give some of the Massoretic apparatus. It contains, besides the Hebrew original, several of the Chaldean Targums and com- meutaries. The editor was Felix Pratensis. HEBREW BIBLE, without vowel points, Antwerp, 1573-74.—This Bible was printed by the famous printer, Christopher Plantin (born 1514, died 1589). HEBREW BIBLE, edited by Elias Hutter (three volumes), Hamburg, 1587.—Hutter was professor of Hebrew at Leipsic. The peculiarity of this Bible consists in the fact that the roots are printed in solid black letiers, whereas the prefixes, suffixes, and formative letters (called ser- vile letters in Hebrew grammar) are shaded. THE HEBREW BIBLE, first American edition (see plate 41), pub- lished by Thomas Dobson, Philadelphia, 1814 (two volumes), printed by William Fry.—In 1812 Mr. Horwitz had proposed the publication of this edition of the Hebrew Bible, the first proposal of this kind in the United States. Early in 1815 he transferred his right and list of sub- seribers to Mr. Thomas Dobson. The work was advertised as follows in “ Poulson’s American Daily Advertiser,” Monday, May 30, 1814: Hebrew Bible This day is published, By Thomas Dobson, No. 41, South Second Street The First American Edition of The Hebrew Bible, Without the Points. Elegantly printed by William Fry, with a new fount of Hebrew Types, cast on pur- pose for the work by Binney & Ronaldson, on the best superfine wove paper, two large volumes octavo. Price in boards, Fifteen Dollars. Subscribers will receive their copies at Subscription Price by applying to Thomas Dobson as above. ‘This arduous undertaking the first of the kind attempted in the United States is now happily accomplished. The work is considered as one of the finest specimens of Hebrew Printing ever executed: and it is hoped will be generally 1016 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. encouraged by the Reverend Clergy of different denominations, and by other lovers of the Sacred Scriptures in the Hebrew Language. POLYCHROME EDITION OF THE OLD TESTAMENT, edited by Prof. Paul Haupt, since 1892.—Some modern scholars are of the opinion that . some of the books of the Old Testament as they now stand in the received text of the Massorites are composed of several sources. A com- pany of these scholars under the editorial supervision of Prof. Paul Haupt is preparing an edition, representing by various colors the com- ponent parts as well as the portions which they consider as later additions. LEICESTER CODEX OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. Facsimile. Origi- nal preserved in the archives of the borough of Leicester, England.— It is written in cursive script (i. e., in a continuous running hand), and is usually ascribed to the eleventh century. In the opinion of Prof. J. Rendel Harris the manuscript is of Italian origin, and no earlier than the fourteenth or even the fifteeenth century. GREEK AND LATIN NEW TESTAMENT OF ERASMUS. (See plate 42.) Editio princeps. Printed by Frobenius in Basel, 1516.—The first com- plete book produced by the printing press was a Latin Bible in 1456. The Greek New Testament was first printed in the Complutensian Poly- glot (so called from the Latin name of Alcala, Spain, where it was printed) of Cardinal Ximenes in 1514, but it was not issued until 1520. The edition of the Greek New Testament, by Erasmus, was, therefore, the first ever published, and became, with a few modifications, the received text printed by Elzevir in Leiden. Luther’s translation was based uponit. To the Greek original Erasmus added a corrected Latin version with notes. GREEK TESTAMENT. (See plate 43.) First American edition. Printed by Isaiah Thomas, 1800, Worcester, Massachusetts. GREEK TESTAMENT. The second issued in America. Printed at Philadelphia by S. F. Bradford, 1806. ANCIENT VERSIONS OF THE BIBLE. Translations of the Seriptures became necessary when the Jews were dispersed in the Greco-Roman world and gradually abandoned the use of the Hebrew language, and later when Christianity was propagated among various nations. The oldest and most important version of the Old Testament, which in its turn became the parent of many other translations, is the Greek of Alexandria, known by the name of the Septuagint. The name Septuagint, meaning seventy, is derived from the tradition that it was made by a company of seventy (or rather seventy-two) Jewish scholars, at Alexandria, under the reign of Ptolemy Philadelphus, 285-247 B. C., who desired a copy for the library he was gathering. The truth of its origin seems to be that Alexandria became, after the Babylonian captivity, a center of Jewish PLATE 41. 339 152 DEU'TERONOMIUM CAP. 27. 25. nots CAP. 27. 1D RYSN OMS DRT ATMS A Ot xd WOK DO 1D DW ISD) 1 PS DMN Ie boy oe Admangl 2 ? JON OYM DD DRI OM » Sona omy span > D238 F73rD TTD IPD spy VIN rin p32 yown prov’ DN 7 noym VITOR mn nb Hs MSDN MP IY DSN > oe ies} Daa ba tie Ge JIN CVA P¥d 2DIN TW VND b> pR Mey? ou NOON) OND DE as PAIN MIN Py WP ov en ina b> “phy way eprenn d> dy pdy pnd mine 2 SF DPIDNET Oy MINTS PII TID? Nae, aeaaye ‘payee “Nps yown > wm Piben ryt D 3 SOT AND ART NT 71 7D : dexrorsios Mire) t SPIED ANN PID VYIAMM DEPTS 4 » Mae 49 by pion D sno mw 930 . sa YSN Ww NON. 75) ANON 9d) IVa 7D y> nema nim covr Sane orn 207 DR 7 ii “932 TINY) NID WD + IRE MIN pe F “yyy synbe ayn Spa nype TON mn" rTvwy Ws Dow yas AS mrp yy dae da TS ID) NAS ANN la “pen (Da Tee NPA NY Imp a PIN INS? INK IIS 73H? C'b33. 7’ by mropn e P9apx> Non DOYS DY AN AWA 68 rae nx min ast opaad yw pry nyse) s aN ODIDPD OI WT IY OYA Mat 7937 WISP ‘ POND FIID) WA Ne “7931 Poors M77 ‘ £/DIAY OM ITN EN yBE ren es N ae ie - rheelaray Q Ty? 17 MT WIP : a TI PATON Mr Tees PDD DWT IY VTS bop Oy Vay 6 PU PSI NS VOU 1D PP Poe's AUD LD Loner es OD Se yom ONT WyT: onan ier Fi ow 15? hi NTT 1D}? bs ww svoaID ND “yb , 1D miey AWN LRTI TTR o 1o7 ad: 3) | mae mn JIT PORN pPOY RI Den wan oy ney mn mayan Mapp: bs i Saye may yNDAS MI 302 "03 D ax rosy oy 52 133 NDS S mma 2? nnb ynax> mim yous mw FINN in} TON OPT 2D WONT ION) VIN TIPS WON = Sp NN) DwiT NX DA IN ON? MIN ayn 55 say aay $ys3 303 WIN me) es + pny nda yy ney 53 mie yya>y wy2-7E9 .OD AWN TITS WY MU WIN DF PDR malesiey | “arb 85) eee MT Jan: NN ND ANNI 'D4 sy DIN I) BEY ALD WIN D JON By, . = . a Lanse youn 5 nop> man xd nbynd } ss Ser 5 ne DY SDL WN : ION OT S45 9N) Inte 7 z Ke MDW) COV PSD DIN WN PTI yr my i bf YBN Dy OD TONS WaN Aad Ada 1D wR Eee E MSDIDIN WE DDT 2D WON WP) ; asf TON DYN 9D WON) WIND 9D DY 35v WN 3 2 MINN OrTON Me 7 dR "D' DVT DIM 2}ON ND YON Ma INN oy Dow WIS = 2 + oy? assmann oy Saw «OF JON OY 7D WON) = Peep? ue wbx min > Sypa yown XY OX TIM Ww AYIA ADD WwW D JON OVID VON) oS DD ; 3 ANDY DVT PSD DIK AWK YOM VSD 79 FA ® n> Ap? WN P}DN OY 9D DONT ANOS 5 ge WAS PAU VRT I raopm 23 PIs 77D 3 07 why MaTAINe a fe} JNNWD) NBO WIN 1703 TAR WIN) YS 17 “x vs rc Zs ; = ran WY PDIN WY HIN 9D) OD MD WA r ie pa a ree ra a ; = sectors rath e's ne 2 7 t fe} a aor o cc FIRST AMERICAN EDITION OF THE HEBREW BIBLE. Cat. No. 155056, U.S.N.M. Deposited by Dr. Cyrus Adler. PLATE 42. RrACFEATON bya weal Adler anu Casanowicz. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. EVANGELIVM & patrem meum nouiffeis.Hacuerba locunus eft Jefus in gagophylacio, do- cens in ceplo,. Ec nemo ay »phédicetiqa no diiuenerat hora ei, Dusit exgo ites cis lefus.Ego uade & Gretsme, Kin peccato ueftro moriemini. quo ego Wa do uosnon poteftis uenirte , Dicebant ergo Judai. Nunguid inter ipium,quia dicit,quo ego uado ues no poteltis uenire. Ex dicebateis. Vos de deorlti cilis,ego de fuperne fum. Vos demado hoc cltis, ego.nd fam dehoc et emet/ mundo. Dixi ergo uobis,quod morie mini in peccatis uefteis. Si enimnon credideritis quod cgo fum,morienuint in pecearis ucitris. Dicebant ergo et. Tu quises?Ecdicic eis lefus Principia ve SXloquoruobis.Multahabeo qux le wobis loquar & iudicem.fed quime mificuerax €, Kego quar audiui abco, hace loquor in mundo. ~ uerUnt, 1. copnOr id parrem cis diverter. Diy ucritis fi ve loquor.Er quimemi uicmefolum deranc in eu dicted cdde n€ dico é peti. no mane i dome i ater Fi 3 ements NN tts tami amano iii aie KATA {HANNUN DadpLerag ber hagas tite (M 1OANNEM, Filius manet in xxernit. Si ergo uos fill us liberds fecent.uere liberi eritis. Scio quod fily Abrahe ficis.fed Gritis me ia cerficere, quia ferm« betio ei in uobis.Ego quod uidi apud pare meG loquor, & aos trem ueftrii, facitis. R ci. Pacer nofter Abrabic fus.SifilgAbrahaeflecis,opaAbrahx faceretis . Nic afte Gricis me inrerficere hoiem qui ueritare uobislocut? fum, quataudiui a deo. Hoc Abraham non fecie, Vos facius opera patris ueftei. Di tione nd habemus § pater uey \ca NG cognol reftis audire formone re diabolo eftis,& thei wultis facere . lile t initio & in uericate non a patris ac abs cor.quia nom ida Guin,» Kai te "Sib kie~ a Go Llebdio fe decsavies ey eS) = vamagery Gri O ‘ 16 °K ele 4 BT be Tay ctnley work, Bae” 5 Xe? » & tro tov Ora 5, < o : i banerD MRTG, Si ee 5 fo xb vith Oi NaILES y wmaleos res Goverat adr Keeey 9G Fi im 4 M, THY A way BE! CHV Aes Gt ides ¢ by Cis, “5 Jens FPR OL et Tee egasoy , Ut 7 4 e 3 , . owe : % ‘ KAI Dee THD 5 2 TH 4 ‘ woes : po. 43 ‘Amexgiin ote 5 “Tn- a oo ; ' P . .” Senttas WAS : : . ERKEY AUTGIS vit, ag 4 a : ; ‘ . ee ENTAGY. acvs’ "Apow dutin below oH i = ee : - : pale, Eay en Oat ray Lape ¥t 6 Sou TEs “i? 5 O6%8 4 ‘ 3 e v oo “a : TO UMAG, Hh &H 65 is “eget Ce ] 1 3 Wares i w, tlw ave w AUTO ¥, ‘ Fi Ly, woihir < Bila TAETS ev TH costars : a a byw Adalet yap Boerne ev en 4 : . ae 4 * f ¥ ¥ ; a 4 ‘ ‘“ os & byt K, bndain Becamaliiy, ore bcy¢ wWeooy 4 z 4 J a thy adrov os “Luoxies no wavies ¢ oo 7 { ¢ G4 ; a:¥ €& > Wares LHI0% 2 ‘ Vlas suv 5 aunacor = vf ty i aa | f nt 0% os Og be ¥ ad i vane i 7 iT Wis 2. J 5 , 1 ney >s 40 Oe rt Tia f z FBT DO , ‘ y WAS eQsEAXSY, Ei | y Hx ) ¥ Os 4 iz yix, {ore r1, pe rou Weev" culo vedtea | 4 fe ' - Doe , ae j Thy Wareon. f Fy ep wey Heid EY Ae , 4 oA ay Eee i 47 FENG GLTY Pe OL AUT - < ats j i A e , 5%, WIsEVaY Cis Bey OK 57 Kavos # , a : 4 ve yao ty x y ATL GiB YLV, Ti FIRST AMERICAN EDITION OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT, Cat. No. 155059, U.S.N.M, F; EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1017 population. As time went on the Jews lost command of the Hebrew language and required a translation of their sacred books into Greek. The men who met this want differed very much in know edge and skill, were of an indeterminate number, and of different periods, beginning the work at the time of Ptolemy Philadelphus and ending it about 150 B.C. The Pentateuch is much more carefully translated than the rest of the Bible. Books now considered apocryphal were included in the canon. The Septuagint was used by the Jews until the second century of the Christian era, when they reverted to the Hebrew. It was also, no doubt, used by the Apostles and by the Church Fathers, who refer to it under the name of ‘“ Vulgata.” TARGUM OR ARAMEAN TRANSLATION OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. Parallel edition of the Pentateuch with the Hebrew text and various Hebrew commentaries, Vienna, 1859.—Targum, which means transla- tion, is a name specifically given to the Aramean versions. They are supposed to owe their origin to the disuse of the Hebrew tongue by exiles in Babylon. They were at first oral, and arose from the custom of having the law read in Hebrew and then rendered by the official translator (Jeturgeman, English dragoman) into Aramean. The best Targum is that which passes under the name of Onkelos, who lived about 70 A. D. It is, however, generally assumed that, in its present Shape at least, it was produced in the third century A. D.in Babylonia. That ascribed to Jonathan ben Uziel, which originated in the fourth century A. D. in Babylon and is only extant on the Prophets, is more in the nature of an homiletic paraphrase, while the so-called Jerusalem Targum (‘‘Pseudo-Jonathan”) was probably not completed till the seventh century. FACSIMILE OF MANUSCRIPTS OF THE SEPTUAGINT, ascribed to 300 A. D.—The original is an Egyptian papyrus now at Vienna. It con- sists of sixteen sheets written on both sides, and contains the greater part of Zechariah from the fourth chapter and parts of Malachi. It is written in uncial characters (capitals) and contains no divisions between the words. FACSIMILE OF THE CODEX VATICANUS, containing the Old and New Testaments, in six volumes. Rome, 1868-1881.—The Codex Vati- canus, so called from the fact that it is preserved in the Vatican at Rome, is the best and oldest Biblical manuseript now known. It is written in Greek, in uncial characters, and was probably the work of two or three scribes in Egypt during the fourth century. The original is probably the most valuable treasure of the Vatican Library. It was brought to Rome by Pope Nicholas V in 1448. The manuscript is not quite complete; there are a few gaps in the Old Testament, and the New Testament ends with Hebrews ix, 14. CoDEX SINAITICUS. Facsimile edition, St. Petersburg. Four vol- umes, 1862.—The Codex Sinaiticus was discovered in 1859 by Constan- tine Tischenforf in the Convent of St. Catharine at the foot of Mount 1018 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Sinai. It was transferred to Cairo, then to Leipsic, and later to St. Petersburg, where it is preserved in the Imperial Library. His text was printed in Leipsic from types especially cast in imitation of the original and published at St. Petersburg at the expense of Czar Alexander II. The original is on parchment, written in uncial char- acters, four columns to a page, and forty-eight lines on a page. It dates from the middle of the fourth century. It contains the greater part of the Old Testament and the whole of the New Testament. Four different scribes were employed in its writing. CoDEX ALEXANDRINUS. Printed in type to represent the original manuscript. London, 1816.--This facsimile version of the Alexandrian or Egyptian text of the Bible appeared in 1816 in four volumes, Vol- mines I-III containing the Old Testament and Volume IV the New Tes- tament. It contains the whole Bible, with the exception of a few parts. The original manuscript was presented to King Charles I by Sir Thomas Roe, from Cyril Lucar Patriarch, of Constantinople. It was transferred to the British Museum in 1753. It is written on parchment in uncials, without division of chapters, verses, or words. Tradition places the writing of this manuscript in the fourth century, but it is now generally assumed to date from the fifth century. THE VULGATE OR LATIN BIBLE.—The Vulgate goes back to a Latin translation made from the Septuagint, in North Africa, in the second century, and known as the Vetus Latina or ‘¢Old Latin.” A revised form of this translation was current in Italy toward the end of the fourth century, and was known as the Itala or “Italic.” The present version, however, is due to St. Jerome (Hieronymus), and was made by him in Bethlehem between 383 and 404 A. D. It was for a long time the Bible of the Western Church and of a large part of the Eastern Church. St. Jerome began the revision of the Old Testament with the book of Psalms, of which he produced three copies known as the Roman, Gallican, and Hebrew Psalters. But of the rest of the Old Testament he made a new translation from the original Hebrew, with which he was well acquainted. The translation. is commonly called the Vulgate, a name which was originally given to the Septuagint. It is still in use by the Roman Catholic Church. It was printed by Gutenberg between 1450 and 1455, being the first important specimen of printing with movable types. Syriac OLp TESTAMENT. Edited by S. Lee and printed at London, 1823.—The oldest Syriac version of the Bible is the Peshitta (*‘ correct” or “‘simple”), the most accurate of the ancient translations. It is referred to in the Commentaries of Ephraim the Syrian, in the fourth century, and was already at that time an old book. The whole translation was made from the Hebrew, but the translators were free in their renderings, and seem also to have been acquainted with the Septuagint. Syriac NEw TESTAMENT.—Printed at Hambar g, 1664. PLATE 44. Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.— Adler and Casanowicz “4 & ‘ea tas PO gAae St Stk Sa oe 1 Lae ete Fee. > . 5 ui) 4 Bho yee Be; nae Bigle 5 : ST AM B! Jk Beardschib igh s =e 8) S9ye 2 ot f : Shi! Aeaeet tibigns go dal fe lag te ene eect nl ea mmm Joe iet > yee the ARABIC BIBLE. Cairo, Egypt. Cat. No. 155066, U.S.N.M. Deposited by Dr. Cyrus Adler, . ‘} WHOS ay re We 6D? BN Mikes alist 94S as | gar KAK eee 2) 29s QP HA Rete iee . 5 x33\ MS vf . a i i) —. EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1019 Coptic NEw TESTAMENT.—Manuscript of the seventeenth century, Cairo, Egypt. Coptie was the language of the Egyptian Christians. It is a development from the ancient hieroglyphic language, with an admixture of Greek words, and continues to the present day to be used in the services of the Christian Church in Egypt. There were differ- ences in the dialects spoken in different parts of the country, and so there are three Egyptian translations of the Bible—the ‘Thebaic or Sahidie, the Memphitic or Bahiric, commonly called the Coptic, and the Bashmuric. They all probably date from the second century and are made after the Septuagint. The present manuscript contains St. Mark in the Bahirie dialect. ETHIOPIC VERSION OF THE BIBLE.—Photograph of original Bible, preserved in the United States National Museum. This copy was obtained from King Theodore, of Abyssinia, by Lord Napier, and by him presented to General Grant. The Ethiopic version was made from the Septuagint in the fourth century. probably by Frumentius, the apostle of Ethiopia. It has forty-six books in all, containing, in addition to the Canon, a large number of Apocryphal books. ARABIC VERSION OF SAADIA GAON.—In Hebrew characters. The Peniateuch, edited by J. Derenbourg, Paris, 1893. Saadia Gaon was born at Fayum, A. D. 892, and died in 942. His translation of the Bible is rather a paraphrase, and has a high exegetical value. ARABIC BIBLE.—Manuscript. (See plate 44.) Complete Old Testa- ment, neatly written and well preserved. Dated by scribe 1560, A. D. Cairo, Egypt. ARABIC NEW TESTAMENT.—Contains the Epistles and Acts, the last five verses of the Acts wanting. Sixteenth century, Cairo, Egypt. MODERN TRANSLATIONS OF THE BIBLE. THE New TESTAMENT, TRANSLATED BY JOHN WYCLIFFE about 1380; printed from a contemporary manuscript by William Pickering, London, 1848. John Wycliffe was born in Yorkshire about 1320. He studied at Baliol College, Oxford, and was for some time master of that college. He became later rector of Lutterworth, in Leicestershire, and was the foremost leader of the reform party. He died in 1384. About 1380 he undertook, with the assistance of some of his followers, espe- cially Nicholas Hereford, the translation of the entire Bible into English from the Latin of the Vulgate. It was the first complete English Bible. His translation was, after his death, revised by one of his adherents. The present copy is assumed to represent the first version prepared by Wycliffe himself, or at least under his supervision. TYNDALE’S NEW TESTAMENT. Facsimile by IF. Fry.— William Tyn- dale was born between 1484 and 1486 in Gloucestershire. He was educated at Oxford and afterwards at Cambridge. He went to Ham- burg and later joined Luther at Wittenberg, where he finished the translation of the New Testament into English. The first edition was 1020 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. issued in 1525. It was the first English translation made from the Greek, and it became the basis of all subsequent ones. It was also the first part of the Scriptures printed in the English language. In 1530 the translation of the Pentateuch was issued. His English style was very good and was largely retained in the Authorized version. His translation was condemned by the English bishops, and was ordered to be burned. Tyndale was strangled for heresy at Antwerp in 1536, and his body burned. THE GOTHIC AND ANGLO-SAXON GOSPELS, with the versions of Wycliffe and Tyndale. Arranged by Rev. Joseph Bosworth, London, 1865.—The Gothic version was made in the fourth century by Bishop Ulfilas, born 318 A. D., died about 381. It is said to have been a com- plete version, with the exception of the Book of Kings. It was proba- bly completed about 360 A. D. Only fragments are preserved in the so-called Codex Argenteus, or “Silver Book,” in the library of the Uni- versity of Upsala, Sweden. The Anglo-Saxon version was begun by King Alfred, who translated the Psalms in the ninth century. The translation now extant dates to the tenth century.' COVERDALE’S BIBLE. Reprint by Baxter, 1838.—Miles Coverdale was born at Coverham, in the North Riding of Yorkshire, 1488. He died at Geneva in 1569. His Bible was issued October 4, 1535, being the first complete Bible printed in the English language. It was not translated from the original tongues, but was based chiefly on the Latin version and on Luther’s Bible. It was undertaken at the wish of Thomas Cromwell, Earl of Essex, and dedicated to Henry VIII. THE GENEVAN VERSION. Folio edition, printed at London, 1597.— This translation was made by English exiles during the reign of Mary, who took up their residence at Geneva. William Whittingham acted as editor, and his assistants were Thomas Cole, Christopher Goodman, Anthony Gilby, Thomas Sampson, and Bishop Coverdale. Some add John Knox, John Bodleigh, and John Pullain, and state that the trans- lators consulted Calvin and Beza. The first edition was printed at Geneva in 1560. It was printed at the expense of John Bodley, father of the founder of the Bodleian Library in Oxford. It was the most pop- ular Bible until superseded by the Authorized version, and was that brought to America by the Pilgrim Fathers. Thedivision of chapters into verses, which had been introduced by Whittingham, from Stephanus’s edition of 1551, was here for the first time adopted for the English Bible. The text of the Bible is accompanied by explanatory comments on the margin. It is sometimes called the “Breeches” Bible because of the substitution in Genesis iii, 7, of the rendering ‘‘ breeches” for “aprons” of the other English version. KING JAMES OR AUTHORIZED VERSION. Folio edition, printed at London by Robert Barker, 1613.—The preparation of a new English Bible was decided upon at a conference held at Hampton Court January 1 For Wycliffe’s and Tyndale’s translations see above. EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. LOZ 16 and 18, 1604. In that year King James I issued a commission to fifty-four eminent divines to undertake the work. It was not begun, however, until 1607, when seven of the original number had died. The forty-seven Survivors were divided into six committees, two sitting at Oxford, two at Cambridge, and two at Westminster. In 1610 their work was completed, and then revised by a committee of six. Although universally known as the Authorized version, no record, either ecclesi- astical or civil, has ever been found of such authorization. The first edition was printed by Robert Barker in 1611. THE REVISED VERSION.—The increased knowledge concerning the original texts of the Scriptures, especially of the Greek New Testament, which resulted from the discovery of old manuscripts led to the desire for a revision of the Authorized version which was based upon the received text of Erasmus and Stephanus and exhibited many discrep- ancies from the emended original text. Such a revision was early advo- cated by men like Bishop Ellicott, Archbishop Trench, and Dean Alford. Efforts were also made from time to time in the House of Commons to have a royal commission appointed. In 1870 the upper house of the Canterbury Convocation, on the motion of Bishop» Wilberforce, took the subject in hand and instituted the proceedings which finally secured the accomplishment of the work. In 1871 an American committee of cooperation was organized. The New Testament was completed in 1881 and the Old Testament in 1885. PARALLEL NEW TESTAMENT. Revised version and Authorized version. (Seaside Library.) The Revised version of the New Testa- ment appeared in England May 17, 1881, and in America May 20, 1881. The first half of the parallel Testament appeared in New York May 21 and the second half May 23. THE NEW TESTAMENT, translated by Constantine Tischendorf, Leipzig, 1869. Volume 1000, Tauchnitz series.—This translation was based on the labors of Tischendorf in revising the Greek text, largely due to his discovery of the Sinaitic Codex. It points out many errors in the Authorized version, and undoubtedly paved the way for the Revised versicn. LUTHER’S BIBLE. German translation, made by Martin Luther. Edition of 1554.—The New Testament appeared in 1522 and the Old Testament in parts between 1523 and 1532. The complete Bible appeared in 1534. Previous to Luther’s version there were in use at least ten distinct German versions, literal translations of the Latin Bible. Luther worked from the original tongues, and yet succeeded in giving the Bible a real German dress and a style that would appeal to German readers. Luther’s translation was of prime importance in assisting the progress of the Reformation, and is also the foundation of the German literary dialect. SPANISH OLD TESTAMENT. Amsterdam, Holland, 1661 A. D, (5421 A. M.).—The first edition of this translation was printed in the middle 1022 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. of the sixteenth century. It bears the title ‘‘The Bible in the Spanish language, translated word for woid from the Hebrew, examined by the Inquisition, with the privilegium of the Duke of Ferrara.” It is there- fore generally known as the Ferrara Bible. The copies of this trans- lation are divided into two classes—one appropriate for the use of the Jews, the other suited to the purposes of the Christians. The transla- tion is extremely literal, and the translator has indicated with an asterisk the words which are in Hebrew equivocal, or capable of differ- ent meanings. ELI01’s INDIAN BIBLE. (See plate 45.) Facsimile reprint. Wash- ington, D.C.,1890.—John Eliot, ‘‘the apostle of the Indians,” was born in England in 1604 and received his education at Cambridge. In 1631 he removed to America and settled at Roxbury, Massachusetts, as minister, where he remained until his death, in 1690. He became interested in the conversion of the Indians of New England, whom he believed to be the descendants of the lost tribes of Israel, and determined to give them the Scriptures in their tribal tongue, which was the Natick dialect. He completed the translation of the New Testament in 1661 and that of the entire Biblein 1663. It was printed in Cambridge, Massachusetts, by Samuel Green and Marmaduke Johnson, ‘‘ordered to be printed by the Commissioners of the United Colonies in New England, At the Charge, and with the Consent of the Corporation in England For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the Indians in New England.” Eliot’s Indian Bible was the first ever printed in America, and the entire translation is stated to have been written with one pen. Eliot also published an Indian grammar and a number of other works, mostly relating to his missionary labors. The Natick dialect, in which the translation of the Bible was made, is now extinct. MINIATURE BrpLE.—The smallest complete edition printed from type. Version of 1611, CROMWELL’S SOLDIER’S POCKET BIBLE. Facsimile reprint. Com- piled by Edmund Calamy and issued for the use of the army of the Commonwealth, London, 1643.—It has frequently been stated that every soldier in Cromwell’s army was provided with a pocket Bible, and it was supposed that an especially small copy was used. In 1804 the late George Livermore, of Cambridgeport, Massachusetts, discoy- ered that the Bible which Cromwell’s soldiers carried was not the whole Bible, but the soldier’s pocket Bible, which was generally buttoned between the coat and the waistcoat, next to the heart. It consists of a number of quotations from the Genevan version (all but two from the Old Testament) which were especially applicable to war times. Only two copies of the original of this work are known to be in existence— one in America and the other in the British Museum. The work was reissued in 1693 under the title “‘The Christian Soldier’s Penny Bible.” The only copy known to be extant is in the British Museum. 1From the Bibliographical Introduction. Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. PLaTe 45 ae ornare aaa deeaeeatermbeea manatee eamus daoeinone marae ee ee H £ HOLY BIBLE jt ts CONTAINING THE iD TESTAMEN | I | ' 5 g% Es Fy = G8 es ¥ ; s AND THE 2 yw ad t $965 ceria ei eaten inet rans nit ym nae nation tn ytniewna ie, Sika eh tion my é Padi peer re! Ae 2 At tmemanian snr ntcerainne guessing COAL DANCE ALOE , | aes ae qi Trauflated into the INDIAN LANGUAGE) A IN. D . Ordered to be Printed by the Commrjjioners of the D ‘ntted Colonies in NEW-ENGLAND, j ? | j At the Charge, and wich che Confenr of the CORPORATION IN ENG rae For the Propagat: on af the Gabel amongse the Indians tn New. ae tande | | j q 5 niitiit % A ? Fe ILO é re 9939 2 etibtestaccateeseces Lanes ena Se ee NORE meres yates peeeenenanammnenl fe fs See Re sere 2 a . ae2% CF ELD eee cee SCOY. e& Ne ad ROL AES OR EK elena oh. Pen estates £ Red a eae , & a ory wa r, a BRET TTS 08 g 2% Tesbeaeecees gat Cs Fest TITLE PAGE OF ELIOT'S INDIAN BiBLe.’ EXHIBIT OF BIBLICAL ANTIQUITIES. 1023 HIEROGLYPHIC BIBLE. (See plate 46.) Published by Joseph Avery, Plymouth; printed by George Clark & Co., Charleston, 1820.—A num- ber of hieroglyphic Bibles have been printed in America, the first being that of Isaiah Thomas, at Worcester, Massachusetts, in 1788. Words in each verse are represented by pictures, the whole being designed “to familiarize tender age in a pleasing and diverting manner with early ideas of the Holy Scriptures.”! BisHop ASBURY’S TESTAMENT, with hundreds of the texts for his sermons marked in his own handwriting.—Francis Asbury, born in Staffordshire 1745, died in Virginia 1816, was the first bishop of the Methodist Church ordained in America. He was sent as a missionary by John Wesley in 1771, atfd in person organized the work of bis denomination in the entire eastern portion of the United States, per- formed the first ordination in the Mississippi Valley, and in 1784 founded the first Methodist college. THOMAS JEFFERSON’S BIBLE, consisting of texts from the Evangel- ists, historically arranged.—This book bears the title, “The life and morals of Jesus of Nazareth, extracted textually from the gospels, in Greek, Latin, French, and English.” Four versions were employed. The passages were cut out of printed copies and pasted in the book. A concordance of the texts is given in the front and the sources of the verses in the margins. The section of the Roman law under which Jefferson supposed Christ to have been tried is also cited. Allof these annotations, as well as the title page and concordance, are in Jefferson’s own handwriting. Two maps, one of Palestine and another of the ancient world, are pasted in the front. Jefferson long had the prepa- ration of this book in mind. On January 29, 1804, he wrote from Washington to Dr. Priestley: ‘I had sent to Philadelphia to get two TestamentS (Greek) of the same edition, and two English, with a design to cut out the morsels of morality and paste them on the leaves of book.” Nearly ten years later (October 13, 1813), in writing to John Adams, he stated that he had for his own use cut up the gospels ‘verse by verse” out of the printed book, arranging the matter which is evidently His (Christ’s). In the same letter he describes the book as “the most sublime and benevolent code of morals which has ever been offered to man.” 1The American editions are not described in W. L. Clousten’s splendid work on Hieroglyphic Bibles. PLATE 46. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Adler and Casanowicz. HIEHOGLYPHICK EB HIFROGLYPHICE BIRLE. ILE. Come out from among the If any of you having a et ink iii xine ee s, and be ye separate, yf 3 should ask his Coy paitht ne Lory, and touch not the mr | cle thing ; and 1 will receive ee ae will he give | >» Or if he will he you, and be a del be my him # earn Me > ji 28% an > will he offer 3 a iene meiner ocean ton ec OS 3 ay to bite him IR TS OE EASTERN. LRAT We HIEROGLYPHIC BIBLE. Cat. No. 155053, U.S.N.M. Deposited by Dr. G. Brown Goode, THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO, BY WALTER HOUGH, PH., D., Assistant Curator, Division of Ethnology, U. S. National Museum. NAT MUS 96——65 1025 ‘ 5 . tc THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. By WALTER Houau, Ph. D., Assistant Curator, Division of Ethnology, U. S. National Museum. The completeness of the collection of Eskimo lamps in the National Museum, showing as it does examples from nearly every tribe from Labrador to the Aleutian Islands, renders it possible to treat them monographically. This paper is one of a series in course of preparation under the gen- eral subject of heating and illumination from the standpoint of the ethnologist. It is scarcely necessary to remark upon the inhospitable surround- ings of the Eskimo or the rigor of the climate reflected in their cave- like houses. One is forced to recognize that in this region the need for warmth and light is only second to the prime need for food. ‘This fact appears in the diet and clothing of the natives, in the nonconducting structure of the house, in the plan of the burrow-like entrance and in the height of the sleeping benches around the hut, which designedly or from instinct are so placed as to take advantage of the heated air collected under the ceiling. Thus Schwatka says that the “ Netschillik Innuit, who inhabit the mainland opposite King William’s Land, have the warmest igloos in the Arctic, as they are very low. The heat of the lamp and of the body keeps them very warm.”! At the same time there is a question whether the bodily temperature of the Eskimo is higher than that of the Europeans. Observations made at North Bluff on the Hudson Strait show that the mean temper- ature of the party in December and July was 98.1° and 97.7°, while that of the Eskimo for the corresponding dates was 100.2° and 98,4°.? The observations of Dr. Green, of the Thetis, which prove that the summer temperature of the Eskimo differs little from the normal (98.4°), lead him to the conclusion that the latitude makes inappreciable difter- ence in animal heat and that the nature of the food supply of the Eskino is sufficient to counteract the effect of natural forces.’ To 1K’, Schwatka, Science, December 14, 1884, p. 544. 2W. A. Ashe, Science, X, July 29, 1889, p. 59. 3. H. Green, The hygiene of the Eskimo, with some observations on the thermom- teer to determine their physiological norm. Medical News, Philadelphia, XLVI, 1885, pp. 505-507. 1027 1028 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. render the observations complete, however, the winter temperature of these Eskimo should be had for comparison. Though the Eskimo live at a temperature of zero Fahrenheit, travel- ers have noticed their idiosyncrasy with regard to cold. The clothing is designedly left open at intervals around the waist and the bare skin exposed to the cold air. As a rule the Eskimo strip when in the house and sleep naked. Another indication of their feverishness is the con- sumption of great quantities of ice-cold water. No explorer has failed to notice the Eskimo lamp, around which the whole domestic life of this people seems to focus. Far more remark- able than being the unique possessors of the lamp in the Western Hemisphere, the Eskimo presents the spectacle of a people depending for their very existence upon this household belonging. Indeed, it is a Startling conclusion that the lamp has determined the occupancy of an otherwise uninhabitable region by the Eskimo, or, in other words, the distribution of a race.’ The extent to which the lamp has entered into Eskimo life as a social factor is very great. It is essentially the care and possession of the women, peculiarly a sign of the social unit, and though several families may inhabit the same igloo each maternal head must have her own lamp. ‘A woman without a lamp” is an expression which betokens, of all beings, the most wretched among the Eskimo. Dr. Bessels like- wise remarks that the lamp is necessary for the existence of the female head of the family. The lamp is placed in the woman’s grave.” Dr. Bessels maintains that, in spite of Christianity and civilization, the Eskimo is not willing to part with the lamp; but as long as he is in possession of it he will be Eskimo in each one of his pulse beats, for where this lamp exists cleanliness is impossible.” Nansen also remarks upon the persistence of the lamp, even in houses in larger settlements, where Danish stoves are found. The soapstone cooking pots, however, have been superseded by iron pots.’ The high death rate among the Eskimo is attributed by Dr. Bessels to the carbon particles sent off by the lamp, which penetrate the air cells of the lungs.’ The excess of carbon dioxide and the general bad air of the huts must be very detrimental to health. In the spring when the thawing begins the huts are almost uninhabitable, but the people are compelled to stay in them, as it is too early to take to the tents. This is the time of greatest sickness. Hall relates that seventeen persons slept in a snow hut 10 feet in diameter. ‘In the morning, between the hours of 3 and 4, the men waked, ate a quantity of deer meat, smoked, and again 1'The migration of peoples effected by the knowledge of making fire artificially will be discussed in another section of the general work. 2 Dr. E. Bessels, Die Americanische Nordpol Expedition, Leipsic, 1879, p. 60. 3 F, Nansen, The First Crossing of Greenland, II, p. 293. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1029 went to sleep. At 5 the whole party were aroused to find that the lamp smoke during the night had covered them with soot.” Hall waked with a severe headache from the “excess of carbonic acid gas generated by three fire lights and seventeen persons.” ' Not the least value of the lamp to the Eskimo is the light which it attords. Simpson remarks that the Eskimo never seem to think of fire as a means of imparting warmth,’ and Kane observes that their lamps are used for cooking, for light, for melting snow, and for drying clothes, rather than to warm the air.’ Nevertheless, the lamp does afford con- siderable warmth, as Simpson admits in another place. Light, however, is highly necessary during the long darkness of winter and the dark- ness of the Eskimo dwelling. Nansen has several times remarked that the Eskimo do not sleep in the dark like other people.*| Perhaps the inconvenience of rubbing out fire with the fire drill to relight the lamp is one reason. Likewise the feeling of companionship, security, or sociability given by light is appreciated by the Eskimo in common with all other human beings. These instinctive feelings determined in no small degree man’s first overtures to his fire ally. The lamp is not the sole fire of the Eskimo, for in a very few localities where fuel can be obtained fires are made in the open air or in the middle of the tent for cooking in summer. The fuel used is peat or guano furnished by gulls in Kast Greenland, or the Arctic willow, drift- wood, or grass in other sections. In some places, though fuel can be obtained, it is not burned. However, the open fire is only an incident, and the whole’ Eskimo race depend on the large lamps or oil burners made of stone which form part of the furniture of every hut.° Kumlein describes a curious oven used at Cumberland Gulf. ‘In summer especially, when on hunting excursions, they very often ‘fry’ meat by making a little fireplace of stones and laying a flat piece of stone on top. The opening to receive the fuel supply is to windward. For fuel, at sueh times, they use Cassiope tetragona and Ledum palustre; these shrubs make a quick and very hot fire. It would be comparatively an easy task for these people to gather enough Cassiope tetragona during the summer to burn during the coldest weather, and not rely wholly on blub- ber.”7 The Eskimo hut may be likened to an inhabited oven with the lamp as its internal heat. Theutilization of the heatis as complete as in the Samovar. The lamp is placed upon its support, above it han gs the HO P. Hall, Narr Hen of the mecond Arctic pepeannor (ee ae 1879, p- 135. * John Simpson, Discoveries in North America, p. 346. 3. K. Kane, Arctic Explorations, II, p. 202. ‘TI’. Nansen, The First Crossing of Greenland, I, p. 341; II, p. 293. °F. Nansen, /dem, II, p. 293; W. E. Parry, Second Voyage, London, 1824, p. 453; J Murdoch, On Some Popular Errors in Regard to the Eskimo, American Naturalist, January, 1888, p. 13. ‘T. Simpson, Arctic Papers, Roy. Geog. Soc., 1875, p. 236. 7L, Kumlein, Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic America, Washing- ton, 1879, Smithsonian Institution, p. 20. 1030 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. cooking pot, and above this, suspended from the ceiling, the frame of slats, network of thongs, or pegs, on which are placed articles to dry in the ascending warm air. Thus the lamp, which has a single function in other parts of the world, has added among the Eskimo that of the fire- place and cooking stove. The Eskimo lamp is classifically the homo- logue of the fireplace in the center of the houses among the majority of tribes in America and Asia. Hans Egede gives the following description of the lamps of the Green- land communal houses: ‘Though ten or twenty train-lamps burn at once in the houses of the Greenlanders one does not perceive the steam or smoke thereof to fill these cottages. They take care in trimming the lamp, taking dry moss rubbed very small, which they lay on one side of the lamp, which, being lighted, burns very softly and does not cause any smoke if itis not laid on too thick or in lumps. This fire gives such a heat that it not only serves to boil their victuals, but also heats their rooms to that degree that it is as hot as a bagnio. But to those who are not used to this way of firing the smell is very disagreeable.” ! Parry, in his Second Voyage, presents a view of an Eskimo interior which shows in an interesting way the lamp and its appurtenances. (See plate4.) It is described as follows: The fire belonging to each family consists of a single lamp or shallow vessel of lapis ollaris, its form being the lesser segment of a circle. The wick, composed of dry moss rubbed between the hands until it is quite inflammable, is disposed along the edge of the lamp on the straight side, and in a greater or smaller quantity lighted, according to the heat required or the fuel that can be afforded. When the whole length of this, which is sometimes above 18 inches, is kindled, it affords a most bril- liant and beautiful light without any perceptible smoke or offensive smell. The lamp is made to supply itself with oil, by suspending a long, thin slice of whale, seal or sea-horse blubber near the flame, the warmth of which causes the oil to drip into the vessel until the whole is extracted. Immediately over the lamp is fixed a rude and rickety framework of wood from which their pots are suspended, and sery- ing also to sustain a large hoop of bone, having a net stretched tight within it. This contrivance, called linnetat, is intended for the reception of any wet things, and is usually loaded with boots, shoes, and mittens. The fireplace just described, as situated at the upper end of the apartment, has always, two lamps facing differ- ent ways, one for each family occupying the corresponding bedplace. There is fre- quently also a smaller and less-pretending establishment on the same model, lamp, pot, net, and all, in one of the corners next the door; for one apartment sometimes contains three families, which are always closely related, and no married woman or even a widow without children is without her separate fireplace. With all the lamps lighted and the hut full of people and dogs a thermometer placed on the net over the fire indicated a temperature of 38°; when removed 2 or 3 feet from this situation it fell to 32°, and placed close to the wall stood at 23°, the temperature of the open air being at the time 25° below zero. A greater degree of warmth than this produces extreme inconvenience by the dropping from the roofs. This they endeavor to obviate by applying a little piece of snow to the place from which a drop proceeds, and this, adhering, is for a short time an effectual remedy; but for several weeks in the spring, when the weather is too warm for these edifices and still too cold for tents, they suffer much on this account. 1H. Egede, Greenland, London, 1745, p. 116. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1031 The Eskimo stone pots for cooking are called oot koo seeks. They are made in simi- lar proportion, though of various sizes, corresponding with the dimensions of the lamp that burns under it. Suspended by a line of sinew at each end to the frame- work over the fire, smoke and oil blackens the stone. Cracked and mended with sinew or rivets of copper, iron, or lead make it quite water-tight.! There is, however, another side to this picture. Lieutenant Schwatka relates that ‘‘ the Kennepetoo Innuits (around Chesterfield Inlet, espe- cially north of it) use few or no lamps to warm their snow huts, and despite the high beds and low roofs, they are cold, cheerless, and uncomfortable beyond measure. These Innuits are essentially reindeer killers and eaters and lay in an insignificant stock of seal oil to burn in their lamps. Walrus killing is unknown to them. For light they use a piece of reindeer suet laid beside a piece of lighted moss, all being on a large flat stone. The light of the stone lamp in all igloos where it is used is sufficient for all purposes of sewing and repairing. It is certainly equal to the light from three or four kerosene lamps, and with the white snow walls gives ample illumination.”” The same authority writes that the U-quei-sik Salik Innuit around the mouth of Blacks River, who are salmon eaters, are another tribe that dispense with warming their snow houses for want of oil, but they use lamps for light.* The Eskimo lamp has always been regarded a fixture of the house, subject only to the removals of the family. There are, however, small lamps which are carried by travelers or hunters on journeys whose use is primarily for light, but not less important as a means for lighting the indispensable pipe. This is probably the intent of all the small lamps in collections, except the quite small models, which are children’s toys or those buried with the dead. The Eskimo lamp is usually a shallow, elliptical vessel of stone, and infrequently of earthenware, clay, bone, or wood. This is perhaps determined by the prevalence of the proper material, and it will be seen later that pottery or clay lamps are found only on the low tundra of the Yukon Delta or St. Lawrence Island. Whenever soapstone can be had the lamp is invariably of that material, according to an old cus- tom. Soapstone is easily carved, free from flaws, absorbs and retains heat, giving it up to melt the fat, to keep the oil fluid, and to supply the wick. lxtraordinarily long journeys are made to secure soap- stone. Dr. Boas* records that the Central Eskimo made journeys sometime lasting several years in quest of soapstone, which is found in a few places, and rarely in pieces large enough for the manufacture of lamps or pots. The same is true of localities in Alaska. Soapstone was thus one of the most prominent features of the trade and inter- 'W.E. Parry, Second Voyage, London, 1822, pp. 501, 502. 2F. Schwatka, The Igloo of the Innuit, Science, No. 31, p. 305. 3 Idem, p. 304. ‘Dr. Franz Boas, The Central Eskimo, Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Eth- nology, 1884-85, p. 469. 1032 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. course among the Eskimo tribes. The southern Eskimo of Alaska, notably at Kadiak and the Peninsula, made their lamps of very hard dioritic rock. It is quite probable that the ancient lamps were fashioned with stone tools at the quarry, in order to save weight in transport. The Kadiak lamps mentioned above show plainly the marks of the stone hammer used in reducing them to shape by pecking. Substitutes for the lamp and cooking pot are sometimes made by Eskimo women from slabs of stone, which they cement together with a composition of seal’s blood, rlay, and dog’s hair applied warm, the vessel being held at the same time over the flame of a lamp, which dries the cement to the hardness of stone.’ In fact, a slab of stone, a piece of fat, and some moss for a wick form an extempore lamp on occasions.? In this view the rude Aleut lamps figured on plate 22 are such makeshifts. In connection with this, Nansen tells of an Eskimo who, being detained overnight on a journey, made a saucer serve as a lamp.’ Frequently the lamp follows the outline of the original piece of soapstone, where the greatest possible reservoir capacity is required in the given slab. Necessarily the lamp and cooking vessels are sometimes broken. Their repair is a good example of Eskimo ingenuity, effected by a cement of blood, clay, and hair, or a strong sewing of sinew. Several lamps and pots in the United States National Museum have been repaired by this method. Seal oil is preferred for burning in the lamp, though any animal fat may be used, Capt. EH. P. Herendeen informs the author that the Ootkiahviemute carry for trading, seal oil put up in pokes of the skin of the animal itself, prepared for the purpose. These skins so made up contain about 25 gallons of oil. The interior natives and river tribes are dependent upon the coast people for oil to burn in their lamps, as the small amount of fat which the reindeer yields is insufficient for the long arctic nights. The lamp eats like a native; successful hunting means cheer and com- fort in the hut of these sociable people during the winter. The economy of oil is often forced upon the Eskimo, for starvation and darkness is a frequent and near-by exigency. Schwatka says that he has known cases where the Eskimo were extremely anxious to economize oil needed to melt ice for drinking water, in wuich six or seven wells were dug through thick ice, before they gave up the attempt or were successful.* Every particle of fat is saved on principle. The women scrape sealskins with a scoop of ivory, which is one of the accompaniments of the lamp. There is also nearly always pro- ‘Caleb Lyons, Private Journal, p. 320. °C. F. Hall, Narrative of the Second Arctic Expedition, p. 75. *F. Nansen, The First Crossing of Greenland, II, p. 221. ‘F. Schwatka, The Implements of the Igloo, Science, IV, July 25, 1884, p. 84. °O. T,. Mason, Aboriginal Skin Dressing, Report U.S. Nat. Mus., 1889, plate LXXXI. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1033 vision for saving the oil which may drop from the lip of the lamp. To keep the floor clean to prevent the lamp sinking into the snow, thus get- ting out the level and also conducting away the heat of the stone, a support is placed under it. This may consist of pegs of wood or pieces of bone stuck in the snow, a wooden block hollowed to catch the oil, or a block with three legs forming a stool. The forms will be figured later in the detailed description of the lamps by localities. No especial device for tipping the lamp in order to increase the supply of oil to the wick has been noticed. This is accomplished in a rude way by altering the position of the lamp on the supports, or by raising the rear support. Many lamps from their form incline toward the wick at a low angle. (See plate 17.)! The oil is placed in the shallow reservoir and the supply is some- times kept up by suspending a piece of blubber near the flame. The fat nearly always needs some preparation before being put into the lamp. This is effected among the Central Eskimo by beating the blub- ber to break up the fat globules, allowing the oil to come out as soon as itis melted. In summer the blubber is chewed and ejected into the lamp.” The woman’s knife or wlw and the fat scrapers which have been the subjects of two valuable papers by Dr. O. T. Mason, are closely asso- ciated with the feeding of the lamp. The ulu is employed for cutting or mincing the blubber and the scoop or scraper for removing the fat from the inner surface of the skins. It is also used to transfer the fat to the lamp. The oil is allowed to stand level with the lower edge of the wick. The latter is made by rolling compact dried sphagnum moss, willow catskins, or peat between the palms with a small quantity of fat. Women often carry little bags of the prepared moss.* The line of wick is applied in an even ridge along the straight edge of the lamp, which varies in length from 2 to 30 inches in different localities. This may be seen by contrasting the wide lamp of the far north with those of the south at Kadiak and the middle region, which have a very narrow lip. This seems to be due to the smaller need for light in the south, where the arctic night is not so long. However, Asiatic or other influence to the west may be the cause. Sometimes the wick is laid for only a portion of the length when only a small flame is required. Lamps with partitions adjusted and fastened in with cement are found at Point Barrow. Sometimes a large lamp is reduced to five concavities by low septums in order to increase the length of the wick edge when extra flame is needed. The care of the lamp is quite an acquirement. The wick must be dense or ‘A piece of skin is often placed under the lamp as a “catch all.” Many lamps from various countries are made double for this purpose. 2Dr. Franz Boas, The Central Eskimo, Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, 1884-85, p. 545. 3The Greenland Eskimo used a wick of asbestus, thus forestalling the modern indestructible wick. W. E. Parry, Second Voyage, London, 1822, p. 51. 1034 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. the lamp will smoke, and it must be kept in order by means of a trim- mer, which is a small piece of bone, stone, or wood. The trimmer dipped in oil forms a torch on occasion.' Dr. Bessels says that the wick is ignited at one end and the flame skillfully guided with the trimmer across the whole length of the edge. If the quickly charring wick extends too far into the flame, too much heat is taken away from it and it burns with a deep, red light and its external edge is not hot enough to consume the carbon particles which spread themselves as sooty clouds in the hut.’ Lamp trimming only reaches perfection in the old women of the tribe, who can prepare a lamp so that it will give a good, steady flame for several hours, while usually half an hour is the best that can be expected.’ In an Eskimo tradition* a woman takes down some eagle’s feathers from a nail in the wall and stirs up the smoking lamp, so as to make it burn brightly. While, as a rule, the Eskimo lamp has a shallow, plain, reservoir, simply for holding oil, there are modifications of the reservoir of con- siderable interest. Some lamps of Cumberland Gulf, of East Green- land, of West Greenland, and Point Barrow have a raised portion or step at the rear of the reservoir; probably blubber to be melted grad- ually is placed upon it. Other lamps have a low ridge just front of the wick edge and parallel with it. This ridge either breaks down at the extremities, allowing the oil to flow around to the wick, or it is per- forated or divided by deep cuts into two or three sections for the same purpose. The office of this ridge is to regulate the flow of oil to the wick and to prevent any sudden wash of oil carrying away the wick line. It is apparent that the lamps from St. Lawrence Island (see plate 14) could readily be carried about in the hand if necessary. The lamp found by Gen. A. W. Greely in the high north has the ridge. Curiously enough it reappears in St. Lawrence Island, in Bering Strait, and among the Chukechis. A trace of the ridge is found in East Greenland and in Kadiak Island. These permanent ridges may have some connection with the septums fitted in the lamp of Point Barrow. There is no evidence, however, that they have been used as extra wick edges, as in the case of the Barrow lamps. The saucer-shaped pottery lamps of the Yukon tundra have no pro- vision for the wick around the edge. Some specimens appear to have been lighted on the edge, and Mr. Nelson assures the writer that this method is followed. Most observers have spoken in terms of praise of the excellent light given by the Eskimo lamp. The flame in a well-trimmed lamp is from 1The name for torch is nanerut, or nanernag. The only other locality where the name is found is on the Mackenzie River, where it is called nenexeron. The use of the torch is extremely uncommon among the Eskimo, 2 Dr. E. Bessels, Die Americanische Nordpol Expedition, Leipsic, 1879, p. 60. 5F. Schwatka, The Implements of the Igloo, Science, IV, July 25, 1884, p. 85. 4Dr. Henry Rink, Tales and Traditions of the Eskimo, London, 1875, p. 326. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1035 1 to 2 inches high, very clear and steady. The oil and fat of the north- ern animal furnish illuminants of the best quality. In the snow houses of the east the white walls reflect the light, adding to its power. The administration of lighting for public use is very uncommon among the Eskimo, as it was among civilized peoples until recently. Occasionally there is a demand for an increase of light for the illumi- nation of places of assembly where shamanistic or other practices are being carried on. In an ivory model of skillful workmanship from Nushagak, southern Alaska, exhibited in the United States National Museum, representing a wrestling mateh in a summer tent, there is a curious chandelier, consisting of two dish lamps placed on the ends of a crossbar and secured by strings to another parallel bar some distance above, the whole being sus- pended from the frame- work of the tent by cords. Thelamps have each a tube, which be- ing painted red at the end seem to represent a single wick. ‘This chandelier is unique (fig. 1). Another lamp rest, consisting of a cross- piece resting on an up- right post, having a lamp fixed at either end is found in a drawing by a native named Namoff from {Kadiak. The lamp is represented as illuminating a shaman’s lodge.! Long years of misapprehension render it almost useless to combat the popular idea that the Eskimo are by preference eaters of raw flesh. Mr. Murdoch? has pointed out that the Eskimo sometimes eat flesh raw, especially in a frozen state; in the region where fuel is very scarce this habit appears to have become fixed. The Eskimo when hunting or on a journey and the Eskimo at home are different persons as to habits. In the hut the pot hanging over the lamp always con- HANGING LAMP. Nushagak, Alaska. 1G. Mallory, Tenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, p. 507, fig. 714. 2 John Murdoch, Popular Errors in Regard to the Eskimo, American Naturalist, January, 1887, p. 15. 1036 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. tains food cooking for the family, and it is the woman’s business to keep it going. On ordinary occasions the Eskimo prefers cooked food, for his digestive tract does not differ from that of other members of the human family. Improper eating produces similar effects upon him as upon more civilized people. When food is plenty it is true there is great feasting, and it would seem in the absence of intoxicants the torpor produced by gorging is the only method the Eskimo has of reaching the Nirvana of the civilized. It has been observed that the drinking of pure oil is not practiced with impunity by the Eskimo, who as a rule only take it as medicine. Kumlein! is sufficient authority for the statement that “when the Eskimo have been simmering meat, especially seal, in their boiling pots, they pour off the liquor and mix it with about an equal quantity of blood; this makes a thick and rather greasy soup that must be quite nourishing; the children are very fond of it. It seems possible that from this dish has originated the popular error that these people Fig. 2. i < e : ; Rot. MEE. drink oil, a notion that is simply Anatoak. preposterous. (After Kane.) The Eskimo drink great quantities of water. It is curious that with its world of ae water the Arctic should be a veritable Sahara. Water is usually supplied by melted snow or ice and the lamp is brought into requisition for the purpose, though sometimes the warmth of the hut is sufficient, especially if the vessel containing snow is placed near the flame. Dr. Kane figures a snow melter of considerable ingenuity which is reproduced here (fig. 2). Sometimes travelers carry water- tight pouches containing snow, which they put under the clothing to be melted by the heat of the body.2. Mr. Astrup thus describes a method of melting ice for drinking water: “At the side of the lump of meat stood also a block of ice as clear as a crystal, whence the community obtained water, as in the center of it a cavity had been cut, at the bottom of which a stone was placed about the size of a man’s fist, on which there burned with a good flame a piece of moss intersected with the blubber, and as the ice melted at the sides of the cavity the water collected at the bottom in a small, clear pool, whence it was consumed by the many parched mouths by sucking it up through hollow reindeer marrow bones.” * om Kamien Nate ease be Aree America, Report Smithsonian Institution, 1879, pp. 20, 21. 2K. K. Kane, Arctic Exploration, I, p. 381. 3 Edwin Astrup, In the Land of the Northernmost Eskimo. Littell’s Living Age, No. 22701, from Fortnightly Review. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1037 The lamp and its accompanying pot usually agree as to size, the rule being that the length of the pot shall be equal to the length of the wick edge. The drying frame is larger, owing to the size of the articles to be laid upon it, and also because the warm air above the lamp spreads out. In the huts of hunting parties out on the tundra a skin is hung around the lamp and frame, to better focus the heat for the very necessary drying of the wet garments.! The rack or net hung over the lamp points out another very important feature of the Eskimo domestic economy. Mittens, boots, and other articles to be dried are put on the rack preparatory to their manipula- tion and softening by the women. The rack is often made by lashing slats of wood together, or, where wood is scarce, a hoop of wood or bone, crossed by netting, is found. The rack is supported from the ceiling or from the side of the hut, and from it the pot is usually sus- pended. The rack, however, is not found south of the Arctic circle among the western Eskimo where sticks are driven into the walls, taking the place of the rack. The value of the lamps in the arts is very great. First in import- ance is the bending of the wood for snowshoes, boxes, ete., which is accomplished by dipping the wood in water and steaming it over the lamp. Superior work of this kind is done, as the snowshoes and wooden vessels in the United States National Museum bear witness. Ivory, antler, and bone are also bent over the lamp, after a preliminary soak- ing in urine.” Skins are dried in tanning over the lamp by the Eskimo of Cumberland Gulf. The hardening of the peculiar Eskimo cement has been mentioned. There are doubtless many other applications by which the lamp enters into the arts. It is not remarkable that the lamp enters also into the religion and folklore of this simple people; there is, however, very little recorded on the subject. Franz boas has collected the most information on this point, which is presented in his valuable work on the Central Eskimo.* In burial, the man’s hunting implements are placed by his side; the pots, lamps, knives, ete., by the side of the woman, and by the child, its playthings.’ Hall observed on a grave a small kettle hung over a lamp. ~~ LAMPS OF LABRADOR. Fig. 1. Outline, section and front view. (Cat. No. 90167, U.S.N.M. Ungava. Collected by L. M. Turner.) Fig. 2. Lamp in rest with accompanying cooking pot and drying frame. (Cat. Nos. 90013, 90257, 90235, U.S.N.M. Ungava. Collected by L. M. lurner.) Fig. 3. Outline section and front view. (Cat. No. 90256, U.S.N.M. Ungava. Collected by L. M. Turner.) Fig. 4. Large house lamp in forked support. (Cat. No. 90251, U.S.N.M. Ungava. Collected by L. M. Turner.) Fig. 5. Same in support of four pegs. Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PEATEM: LAMPS OF LABRADOR. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1041 and region north of Bristol Bay, the Alaskan Peninsula and Kadiak Island, and the Aleutian Chain. The typical outlines from the various regions are presented on plate 24. THE LAMPS OF LABRADOR. The lamps of Labrador are invariably of soapstone, which is secured by long journeys into the interior. There are two types, one long and narrow, the other broader; the back is bowed, the ends truncated, the bottom deep, forming a ridge, the section an obtuse angle formed by the junction of two planes; the edges and ends are squared and the wick- edge is straight. Some of the house lamps are very large. They are never balanced, depending upon sapports for adjustment as to position. Smaller lamps for personal use are often balanced. The drying frames are semilunar, consisting usually of a bowed hoop joined at the ends to a bar and the intervening space netted or crossed with thongs, as in a tennis racket. The frame takes this shape on account of its being supported by pegs driven into the wall of the circular house. The cooking pots are oblong and heavy, with flat bottom, the walls slanting inward. Grummets for the suspending cords are fastened through holes drilled at the corners. The Labrador lamps in the United States National Museum were all coliected by Mr. L. M. Turner, who visited the country in 1883-84, His account, edited by Mr. John Murdoch, may be found in the eleventh annual report of the Bureau of Ethnology, where excellent figures may be examined in connection with this monograph. Toy LAMP. Soapstone, neatly made, forming a model of the broader type. Length, 24 inches; width, 1 inch. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 3523. Toy LAMP. Soapstone, rudely cut out. Length, 14 inches; width, 4 inch. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 63909. SMALL LAMP. Made of soapstone, elliptic in shape, truncated at the ends, follow- ing the Labrador form. This lamp has seen service, and it is without doubt a personal lamp used by travelers and hunters. Length, 3f inches; width, 2 inches; height, 1 inch. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90167. Plate 1, fig. 1. Toy LAMP. Soapstone; of the usual form of the broad type. Length, 3} inches; width, 2 inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90013. Plate 1, fig. 2. SMALL TOY LAMP. Soapstone, skillfully eut out. Length, 12 inches; width, nine- sixteenths of aninch. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90254. Toy LAMP. Soapstone; finely finished; long, subtriangular form with truncate ends. Wallat back; straight wick edge; reservoir with curving median line. Length, 3f inches; width, 1} inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L.M. Turner. 90256. Plate 1, fig. 3. Lamp. Ofsoapstone, semilunar; uniform outline with truncated ends. The reser- voir is smoothly worked out, the wick edge nearly straight. ‘his lamp is accu- NAT MUS 96 66 1042 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. - rately baranced on a very small rounded base area, standing, when placed on a plane surface, in position for burning with a reservoir full of oil. Hence a stand for this lamp is not necessary. This adjustment of the center of gravity has been observed in a number of Eskimo lamps. Length, 174 inches; width, 72 inches; height at back, 4 inches; front, 3} inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador, Collected by L. M. Turner. 90014. STONE LAMP, ko-thlik. Large lamp of soapstone; crescentic outline with truncated horns. The bottom takes the form of the reservoir, which slopes sharply down from the straight wick edge to the lowest point and then at a low slant to the curved back, not exhibiting the sharp angle demarking the two planes shown in the small lamps. The wick edge curves very slightly. Around the back and ends a squared edge is worked out. This lamp, which may be taken as the type, must, of necessity, be set in a support of such figure as to incline it forward in order to supply oil to the wick. This is done by placing the lamp on an exca- vated block of wood or notched sticks. No attempt has been made to smoothly finish this lamp. Length, 20? inches; width, 94inches; height,4 inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner, 90251. Plate 1, figs. 4,5. CooKxInG pot. Large, heavy, oblong vessel of soapstone, rather crudely made. The slanting walls are thick and bulged; the bottom is flat. At each of the upper corners blind holes are drilled to meet each other in the thicker walls of the end of the pot, forming an eyelet for the thongs used in suspension of the vessel. Length, 13 inches; width, 8} inches; height, 43 inches.- Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90257. Plate 1, fig. 2. Cookine pot. Oblong pot, skillfully made of soapstone. The sides are thick, slightly convex, and slant toward the opening; the bottom is flat. At each of the four upper corners a slanting hole is drilled, coming through on the side. Whalebone strips for suspending the pot are passed through the holes and a knot made in the end to secure it. Length, 114.inches; breadth, 5} inches; height, 4 inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90015. MODEL OF DRYING FRAMES. The drying frame (90235, Plate 1, fig. 2) consists of a strip of dressed pine wood bent into.semilunar shape and mortised at the ends into a cross bar. The interspace is crossed with horizontal and vertical strips of rawhide passing through holes in the frame. The support upon which the drying frame rests is formed of two sharpened stakes lashed together at right angles at the larger ends. This support is fixed in the wall of the snow house. The frame, 90236 not figured, is made of a round stick bent into semilunar shape and crossed with netting of string. Length, 74 inches; width, 4} inches. Eskimo of Ungava, Labrador. Collected by L. M. Turner. 90235, 90236. The lamp supports shown in the lower figures on plate 1 are copies of specimens in the Toronto University Museum, from East Maine, Lab- rador. They consist of two notched sticks, wedge-shaped at the lower ends for driving into the ground, or of four sticks cut diagonally at the top so placed as to form an equivalent to the notch. The support in fig. 2 on plate 1 is of wood, hollowed out to receive the lamp. THE LAMPS OF CUMBERLAND GULF. There is a close resemblance between the lamps of Cumberland Gulf and those of Labrador. The former, however, are narrower and more pointed, the outline viewed from above being elliptic. The material is usually soapstone and the workmanship is excellent. Some of the house lamps are quite large, having a wick edge nearly 2 feet long. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2. LAMPS OF CUMBERLAND GULF. Fig. 1. Pencil drawing by Eskimo of lamp and accompaniments. (Cumberland Gulf. Collected by L. Kumlein.) Fig. 2. Front view, outline and section of a small lamp with pocket. (Cat. No. 29968, U.S.N.M. Cumberland Gulf. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S. N.) PLATE 2. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. ate bomen iD LAMPS OF CUMBERLAND GULF. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1043 Upon the authority of Capt. J. O. Spicer, of Groton, the class of sum- mer lamps for this locality has been designated. These are small lamps for summer use to furnish light for the pipe and to start fires. The small lamp figured on plate 2, fig. 2, is interesting. It may be com- pared with the Greenland specimen on plate 7. The cooking pots are like those of Labrador. No drying frame exists in the United States National Museum from Cumberland Gulf. DRAWING IN PENCIL. Lamp, pot, dish, woman’s knife for cutting fat, wick trimmer, and a filament of sphagnum moss for the wick; drawn by an Eskimo of Cum- berland Gulf. Collected by L. Kumlein. This drawing is very interesting, as showing adjuncts to the lamp, which usually escape the collector. There is, for instance, no wick-trimmer in the large lamp collection of the United States National Museum and the use of the knife and fat scraper in the care of the lamp was not known until it was noticed by Professor Mason in his paper on “Skin dressing.” See Plate 2, fig. 1. SMALL STONE LAMP, WITH POCKET. Excavated from soapstone, crescentic in outline. It is balanced on a rounded base, tipping with ease from front to back, but not from side to side. The reservoir is deep, and at the rear a pocket is formed, demarked by a curving wall. The wick edge slants rather sharply down to the floor of the reservoir. The intent of the pocket at the rear is not known; in this specimen it forms a convenient place for insertion of the thumb in remoy- ing or carrying the lamp. The specimen is very neatly finished. In the pop- war account of Dr. Kane’s explorations a lamp of this variety is figured. Length, 32 inches; width, 1¢ inches; height, inch. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S.N. 29968. Plate 2, fig. 2. SUMMER LAMP. Of soapstone, semilunar in outline. The shape of the reservoir is triangular, being formed by the meeting of the planes of the back and wick edge at the middle like those of Ungaya Bay, Labrador. The bottom is rounded as are all edges. The balance of the lamp is remarkable, the center of gravity causing it to assume the position required for supplying oil to the wick, although resting upon a small, rounded base when moved. Laterally the lamp is stable, antero-posteriorly it moves freely for tipping. The balance is intentional, and this feature is found in several other localities. The name summer lamp denotes its use in summer, when the large house lamp is not necessary and the small lamp supplies light for the pipe, ete. Length, 7$ inches; width, 3,2, inches; height at back, 34 inches; at front, inch. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Capt. J.O.Spicer. 168994. Plate 3, fig. 1. Strong LAMP. Roughly hollowed out from amphibolite, elliptic in shape with rounded ends. The bottom follows the curves of the reservoir, which shows a median groove formed by the junction of the planes of the wick portion and rear portion of the lamp. The lamp is not self balancing and hence must have a support. The wick edge is considerably curved. Length, 20 inches; width, 9 inches; height, when level, 34 inches. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S.N. 29964. Plate 3, fig. 2. STONE LAMP. Large, elliptic lamp, neatly excavated from soapstone. It is very deeply hollowed out, the wick edge nearly straight and smoothly worked. Not being balanced, the lamp requires support. At the ends of the lamp below are slight projections, probably for the reception of forked supports like those in use at Kast Maine. This fine lamp has seen long service, being saturated and glazed with oil. Length, 23 inches; width, 8} inches; height when level, 5 inches. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada, Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S.N. 29965. Plate 3, fic. 3. Lamp. Semilunar lamp of soapstone; reservoir deep, walls abrupt, bottom nearly flat. The wick edge has a gentle curve. The back of the lamp, which rose 1044 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. higher than the wick edge, has been broken away, and the specimen shows marks of long usage. The bottom is flat and irregular. From the height of the wick edge the lamp must have required to be strongly tipped toward the front when in use. Length, 12} inches; width 6 inches; height, 1} inches. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S. N. 29966. SMALL LAMP. Made of soapstone, crescentic in outline, with truncated horns. The reservoir is neatly hollowed out, the rear wall forming a lowrim. The lip or wick edge slants rather abruptly to meet the plane of the floor, forming an angle near the front of the lamp (see section) as in the lamps of Labrador. The bot- tom of the lamp is rounded, and has irregular cavities due to foreign substances in the soapstone. This lamp, from its small size, is probably one used by travelers or in summer. It is not balanced, and hence requires a rest or foot. Length, 74 inches; width, 4 inches; height, 1}inches. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Can- ada. Collected by Lieutenant Mintzer, U.S. N. 29967. Plate 3, fig. 4. SoAPsTONrE POT. Oblong in shape, cut out of soapstone. It is pierced at the cor- ners for suspension. The bottom is flat; the sides incline inward, thus making the opening smaller at the top. This cooking pot in every respect resembles those collected by Mr. L. M. Turnerin Labrador. The specimen has been broken and mended with cement and sinew by the natives. Length, 12} inches; width, 7 inches; height, 34 inches. Eskimo, Mantilik, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S. N. 29969. Plate 3, fig. 5. STONE POT. Similar in form to No. 29969. The specimen has been mended with whalebone strips. Eskimo, Cumberland Gulf, Canada. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S. N. THE LAMPS OF GREENLAND. The lamps of Greenland are made of soapstone and other harder rocks. They are usually elliptic in outline or having the outline of the gibbous moon. The bottom is nearly always flat or slightly curved, as they are placed on stools; sometimes, however, they are set up on pegs. There is little relation in form between the Greenland lamps and those of Labrador or Cumberland Gulf (Baffin Land). The rela- tion is rather between Greenland both east and west and northwestern Alaska. The type of shell-shaped lamps of North Greenland, shown on plate 7, have the same relationship and pass over to Eastern Siberia by way of Saint Lawrence Island. (See plates 4 to 9.) The cooking pot has walls inclining outward, in reverse to those of the south. Perhaps the finest specimen of soapstone work of the kind in existence is the cooking pot brought from Smith Sound by Dr. Hayes. (See plate 9, fig. 3.) The drying frame of East Greenland is hung over the lamp, as is the frame used in a tent at Inglefield Gulf (Smith Sound). (See plate 9, fig. 1.) In other localities the frame is placed on pegs driven in the wall over the bench upon which the lamp is installed. Wick trimmers are often a stick of asbestos or pointed piece of soapstone. In East Green- land it is a chisel-shaped piece of iron mounted in a wooden handle. A number of mortuary lamps have been found in South and Hast Greenland. The view of the interior of an Eskimo snow house in Greenland is interesting, as showing the method of setting up the all-essential lamp EXPLANATION: O Ea Ris AtReS so: Oo -—- WO DO eS LAMPS OF CUMBERLAND GULF. Fig. 1. Outline, section, and front view of summer lamp. (Cat. No. 168994, U.S.N.M. Cumberland Gulf. Collected by Capt. J.O. Spicer.) Fig. 2. Outline, section, and front view of house lamp. (Cat. No. 29964, U.S.N.M. Cumberland Gulf. Collected by Lieut. W. A. Mintzer, U.S. N.) Fig. 3. Typical house lamp. (Cat. No. 29965, U.S.N.M. Same locality and collector.) Fig. 4. Small lamp. (Cat. No. 29967, U.S.N.M. Same locality and collector.) Fig.5. Cooking pot. (Cat. No. 29969, U.S.N.M. Same locality and collector.) PLATE 3. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. LAMPS OF CUMBERLAND GULF. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1045 with its accessories. It also emphasizes the strait caused by the almost total lack of wood, bones, antlers, etc., being employed-instead. A snowshoe apparently is made to do duty as a drying frame. Atten- tion is called to the drip-catcher under the lamp, and the fat suspended by a thong over the heat of the flame. (See plate 4.) Lampe. Of soapstone; very large and worked out very neatly, the result being a lamp of elegant shape. The bottom is flat and the sides nearly vertical. The reservoir is nearly flat and slopes gradually up to the wick edge, while the rear wall is high. The wick edge curves more than is usual in Eskimo lamps. The lamp has been broken and repaired neatly with sinew and cement. Length, 264 inches; width, 13} inches; height at front, 2+ inches; at back, 34 inches. Eskimo, Repulse Bay. Collected by Capt. C. F. Hall. 10439. Plate 5, fig. 1. STONE LAMP. Excavated from soapstone, the wick edge slightly curved, the back bowed, forming a shell-shaped dish. The lamp seems to show traces of having been worked with stone tools. The rear wall is nearly vertical; the reservoir neatly hollowed out, being deepest in the middle, gently sloping up to the lip and to therear. A shallow groove has been cut along the inner margin of the lip, for convenience in installing the wick. The stone is worked thin and resem- bles pottery. The lamp is probably one used in summer or in traveling. It is wider than the Cumberland Gulf type. Length, 7 inches; width, 44 inches; height, { inch. Eskimo, Smith Sound. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes. 176064. Plate 5, fig. 2. Lamp. Of hard stone, smoothly worked out, the corners and edges rounded. The wick edge is curved at the ends; the intervening portion nearly straight. The bottom is rounded and the lamp inclines toward the wick edge. In outline it has the shape of the gibbous moon, This specimen seems to have been taken from an old village site. Length, 8} inches; width, 54 inches; height at rear, 24 inches; at front, 24 inches. South Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45845. Plate 5, fig. 3. SMALL STONE LAMP. Cut from soapstone; roughly elliptic in outline; the bottom flat, heavily scored by the cutting implement. The sides slant upward and out- ward; the reservoir is deep, the bottom flat, the walls slanting outward. The wick edge is strongly curved, hence the wick seems to have been supplied with oil, only at the middle portion. This is probably asummer or traveling lamp from South Greenland. Length, 6 inches; width, 3} inches; height at front, 14 inches; at rear, 2 inches. Eskimo, South Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45844. Plate 5, fig. 4. MODEL OF LAMP AND COOKING POT. Made by Mik-sang-wah, native of the village of Karnah, 77° 20'N.70° W. These natives are called the most northern Eskimo. Inglefield Gulf, Greenland. Peary Auxiliary Expedition, 1894. Henry G. Bry- ant. 75705. Plate 6; fig. 1. Lamp. Large lamp of soapstone, well finished. It is elliptic in outline, the bottom and floor of the reservoir flat, the wick edge thick and lower than the sloping back. Length, 17 inches; width, 7 inches; height at back, 2 inches; at front, 1} inches. Eskimo of Itah, Smith Sound, Greenland. Colleeted by Dr. Emil Bessels. 126745. Plate 6, fig 2. STONE LAMP. Rudely excavated from sandstone, probably from a concretion. The edges are broken and worn down, the bottom is rounded but the lamp balances. In general shape it follows the South Greenland type, the character and hard- ness of the material and its evident age have modified its appearance. Length, 7% inches; width, 5 inches; height, about 2? inches. Eskimo, Greenland. Col- ° lected by Dr. I. I. Hayes. 504. Plate 7, fig. 1. Lamp. Of soapstone, neatly worked out, somewhat in the shape of a clam shell, or haying the outline of an obtuse equilateral triangle. It is accurately balanced 1046 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. in a slanting position and readily tips forward. The walls are thin, the reser- voir deeply hollowed out and crossed near the front third by a high bridge pierced near the middle at the floor of the reservoir. The large cavity at the rear of the lamp cut off by the bridge is for the reception of blubber to be melted by the heat of the lamp, and the oil supply to the wick passes through the orifice in the bridge. Length, 8} inches; width (front to back), 73 inches, height at front, 1 inches; at back, 4 inches. Eskimo of South Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45846. Plate 7, fig. 2. Lamp. Large lamp made from coarse cystalline rock, triangular in outline, the bottom flat, the sides rounded, the back much higher than the wick edge. The reservoir is flat and is crossed by a bridge, which breaks down at the ends, allowing the passage of the oil to the wick, The wick edge is curved and is rough from age and use. This lamp is evidently very old. It was probably taken from a village site in a high latitude as it resembles closely the lamp found by General Greely in latitude 82 degrees north. (See Plate 7, fig. 3.) Length, 144} inches; width, 12} inches; height, at front, 2 inches; at rear, 54 inches. Eskimo, North Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiq- uities, Copenhagen. 45847. Plate 7, fig. 4. LAMP (FROM GRAVE). Small lamp, rudely cut from soapstone upon Greenland model. It has been in actual use and it is probable that it is a personal lamp, which has been buried with its owner in or on the grave where it was found. (For East Greenland mortuary lamps, see Plate 8, fig. 1.) Length, 5} inches; width, 1j inches; height, inch. Eskimo, South Greenland. Collected by Goy- ernor Fencker. 63908. SMALL LAMP (MODEL). Made of soapstone for Dr. Hayes. South Greenland. Col- lected by Dr. I. I. Hayes. 176065. Plate 8, fig. 2. Lamp. Of soapstone, ovate in outline; reservoir slants regularly from wick edge to the bottom of low back wall; the convex wick edge has a ridge running around it between the outer edge and the reservoir, forming a groove in which the wick was installed. The lamp rests upon a flat bottom and stands level, the rim of the back wall being of the same height as the wick edge. Length, 8 inches; width, 5 inches; height, 2} inches. Eskimo, East Greenland. Collected by Capt. Gustav Holm. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copen- hagen. 168942. Plate 8, fig. 3. SOAPSTONE POT. With rounded ends and flat bottom; oblong. The wall flares out- ward from the base, and in the four corners holes are driiled through which are passed the ends of seal-skin cords secured by knots. These loops are for suspen- sion of the pot over the lamp 168942. The pot is neatfy finished and the sides tolerably thin. Length, 8 inches; width, 4? inches; height, 4;); inches. Eskimo of East Greenland. Collected by Capt. Gustay Holm. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 168943. Plate 8, fig. 3. Moss For Wick. Dense mass of moss, sphagnum sp., from which the wick for the lamp is prepared. The moss is usually prepared by rubbing between the palms of the hands at the same time incorporating a little oil. This powdered moss is kept in a bag or other receptacle for subsequent use. Eskimo, East Greenland. Collected by Capt. Gustav Holm. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiq- uities, Copenhagen. 168944. DRYING FRAME FOR LAMP 168942. Oblong frame made up of thirteen rounded, par- allel strips of pine wood cut out with a knife, mortised into crossbars at either end and secured by pegs. The ends of the crossbars project beyond the slats. This frame is supported by bars from the walls of the hut and from it the pot (No. 168943) hangs over the lamp. Length, 16} 1nches; width, 13$ inches. Es- kimo, East Greenland. Collected by Capt. Gustav Holm. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 168941. Plate 8, fig. 3. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896. -- Hough. Yy y 1, Np Ye. YY ; YO” yf) S = a re, tease yy t{[l ze EE \Z Tiny lia \y \\ hws XN NY XK | Yi tp fy 4, PLATE 4. \\\ ‘\ \\ A\\ \\ \\ yi rz we cat ail ! ———— INTERIOR OF AN ESKIMO SNOW HuT. (After Parry.) my te EXPLANATION OIF PEATE 5: LAMPS OF GREENLAND. Fig. 1. Outline, section, and front view of large lamp. (Cat. No. 10439, U.S.N.M. Repulse Bay. Collected by Capt. C. F. Hall.) Fig. 2. Small lamp. (Cat. No. 176064, U.S.N.M. Smith Sound. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hays.) Fig. 3. Lamp of hard stone. (Cat. No. 45845,U.S.N.M. South Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) Fig. 4. Small lamp. (Cat. No. 45844, U.S.N.M. South Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.-- Hough. PLATE 5. LAMPS OF GREENLAND. La ae twp need x a We Ai he fay Shab “ie EX'iPLANA TION OF. PEATE, 6. LAMPS OF GREENLAND. Fig. 1. Model of lamp and cooking pot with sections. (Cat. No. 175705,U.S.N.M. Inglefield Gulf. Collected by Henry G. Bryant, commander of Peary Relief Expedition.) Fig. 2. Outline, section, and front view of large lamp. (Cat, No. 126745, U.S. N. M. Smith Sound. Collected by Dr. Emil Bessels.) Report of U.S National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 6. LAMPS OF GREENLAND. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1047 LAMP COMPLETE. With stool and pot (model). Made for Dr. I. I. Hayes. Eskimo, South Greenland. Collected by Dr I. I. Hayes. 176066. Plate 8, fig. 4. DRYING FRAME. Rack hung over the fire in skin tent. It is made of six slats lashed to crossbars at the end. Length, 38} inches; width, 19 inches. Eskimo, North Greenland. Collected by H. G. Bryant, commander of the Peary relief expedition. 169043. Plate 9, fig. 1. ; RouND COOKING POT. Small pot cut from soapstone. Holes are bored through the edge for suspension. This is probably one of the small objects found in graves in South Greenland. Diameter, 23 inches; height, 1} inches. Eskimo, South Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45848. Plate 9, fig. 2. CookInG por. Of soapstone; the walls thin and strongly bulged at the sides, the ends only slightly so. The sides slant outward in reverse of those of Ungava, Labrador. Length, 132inches; width, 8 inches; height, 4? inches. Itah Eskimo, Port Foulke, West Greenland. Collected by Dr. I.1. Hayes. 563. Plate 9, fig. 3. CookING pot. Oblong-oval pot cut from soapstone. At the four corners beckets have been cut out in the edge of the pot; these are pierced for passage of the suspending cords. This pot belongs with lamp No. 45846, plate 7, fig.2. Length, 84 inches; width, 64 inches; height, 3 inches. Eskimo, Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45850. Plate 9, fig. 4. Cooki1nG por. Boat-shaped pot cut out of soapstone with iron tools. There is a small, flat, elliptic area on the bottom upon which the pot rests. There are no holes on the edge for suspension, the interior of the vessel is rough, and though called a ‘‘cooking vessel” there is no evidence of such use. It is also of unusual shape and manifestly is not intended for use with the lamp. Probably the ves- sel is intended to set on an open fire. Length, 11? inches; width, 7 inches; height, 3} inches. Eskimo, Greenland. From the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen. 45851. CooKkING PoT. Small oblong vessel cut from soapstone to represent the cooking pot. Buried with the dead. Length, 24 inches; width 1,5 inches; height } inch. Eskimo, South Greenland. Collected by Governor Fencker. 63910. THE LAMPS OF THE MACKENZIE RIVER. The two lamps in the United States National Museum from the Mae- kenzie River were collected many years ago by Robert MacFarlane. They are small and have a divided bridge, relating them to the lamps ot St. Lawrence Island and eastern Siberia. No information whatever is available relating to the use of the lamp by the Mackenzie River Eskimo. WINTER TRAVELING LAMP. Of soapstone, crescentic in shape, bottom nearly flat, sides vertical, The reservoir is shallow and is divided into two portions by a bridge. The bridge is divided into two portions by a canal cut across the mid- dle, and the wall of the reservoir is continued around the ends, forming a narrow canal at the end of the bridge. The wick edge is slightly curved, as is the rule in all Eskimo lamps. This small lamp, which is called ‘‘a winter traveling lamp,” is useful only for giving a temporary light, and was probably carried in the interest of the smokers. Length, 5 inches; width, 24 inches; height at front, }inch; at back, ?inch. Eskimo, Mackenzie River, Canada. Collected by R. MacFarlane. 2071. Plate 10, fig. 1. SMALL LAMP. Of clay slate carved with a knife; semilunar in shape; bottom flat, edges rounded. ‘The reservoir is plain, slanting slightly from the wick edge to the rear wall. This is a model of a “‘ winter traveling lamp” used on a journey 1048 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. carried on the person by travelers. Small as the lamp is it seems to show traces which indicate that it has been burned. Length, 34 inches; width, 1% inches. Eskimo, Mackenzie River, Canada. Collected by R. MacFarlane. 1109. Plate 10, fig. 2. THE LAMPS OF POINT BARROW. The lamps from Point Barrow in the United States National Museum have been ably described by Mr. John Murdoch! in his paper on the ‘Ray Collection.” It is only necessary, therefore, to point out the rela- tion of the Point Barrow type lamp to those of Smith Sound. The cooking pot is also like that of the same locality in Greenland. No drying frames were procured from Point Barrow or are mentioned in Mr. Murdoch’s paper. It is quite likely that the drying frame exists at Point Barrow. In fact, Captain Herendeen assures the writer that they are used there. There is a lamp of pottery in the Nathan Joseph collection, Golden Gate Park Museum, San Francisco, from Alaska, which from its form appertains to Point Barrow, where pottery was formerly made. Lamp. This lamp is elliptic in outline and is very well worked from soapstone. The reservoir is deep, and at the rear is a semilunar terrace standing three- fourths inch above the floor with slanting side. The rear wall of the reservoir is nearly vertical, while the wick side slopes down to the floor of the lamp. The bottom of the lamp is flat and the sides incline inward. The wick line has a curve of about 2 feet radius. The lamp has been broken and mended with sinew and cement. ‘The resemblance of this lamp to those of Greenland (Bessels) is striking. The terrace may, however, correspond to the cavity in a similar position in the Cumberland Gulf lamp (see Plate 11, fig. 2) and for a similar use, the placing of unmelted blubber. Length, 17 inches; width, 8 inches; height, 24 inches. Eskimo, Point Barrow, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A. 89879. Plate 11, fig. 1. Lamp. Large semilunar lamp of siliceous sandstone. It is roughly worked out, but is quite a feat to do so well with this material. The cavity is rather deep, and its floor is high at the back and slopes to the middle line, where it meets the slope from the wick edge. The latter is straight. The bottom and corners rounded. The lamp slopes toward the wick edge, as the section shows. Length, 12} inches; width, 8 inches; height in front, 23 inches; at back, 3 inches. Eskimo, Point Barrow, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A. 89880. Lamp. Shallow, rude semilunar lamp of siliceous rock of small size. It was prob- ably worked from a slab of stone, and must be tipped forward when in use. The reservoir is shallow and bowed—that is, formed by two slanting planes which meet at a middle line corresponding to the terrace in the rear of the type lamp. This lamp is a rude approximation to the better formed lamps of soap- stone. It has, however, seen service. Length, 8} inches; width, 44 inches; height, 18 inches. Eskimo, Point Barrow, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A. 89881. TRAVEILINGLAMP. Smalllamp of soapstone of somewhatirregular semilunar outline, owing to the shape of the original piece of stone. The reservoir is shallow and flat, the wick edge slanting down to the bottom. The wick edge is convex in outline. The lamp must be tipped forward to supply oil to the wick. This is one of the small lamps for special use. Length, 84 inches; width, 44 inches; height, Linch. Eskimo, Point Barrow, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A. 56673. Plate 11, fig. 2. ‘Report of the Bureau of Ethnology, IX, pp. 105-109. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7 LAMPS OF GREENLAND. . 1. Outline, section, and front view. (Cat. No. 504, U.S.N.M. Greenland. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes.) g. 2. Same of lamp with bridge. (Cat. No. 45846, U.S.N.M. Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) . 3. Lamp with bridge found by Gen. A. W. Greely at Cape Baird. From Report of International Polar Meteorological Observations. . 4, Lamp with bridge. (Cat. No, 45847, U.S.N.M. Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 7 ere WN . Ww LAMPS OF GREENLAND. EXPLANA TION ORS PEATEs. il 3 | | 4 Baer LAMPS OF GREENLAND. .1. Small mortuary lamps. (Cape Bismarck, East Greenland.) .2. Outline and section. (Cat. No. 176065, U.S.N.M. South Greenland. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes.) .3. Drying frame, cooking pot, lamp, and stool, (Cat. Nos, 168941-3, U.S.N.M. East Greenland. Collected by Capt. Gustav Holm.) .4. Cooking pot, lamp, and stool (model). South Greenland. (Cats. No. 176066, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes.) .5. Drying frame, cooking pot, and spoon, lamp, lamp trimmer, and stool, East Greenland. (After Holm and V. Garde.) Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 8. LAMPS OF GREENLAND. iv? ha oS ARO fn EXPLANATION -OF>PILAT E79. ~ wo ND DRYING FRAME AND COOKING Pots oF GREENLAND. Fig. 1. Drying frame for tent. (Cat. No. 169043, U.S.N.M. North Greenland. Collected by Henry G. Bryant, Peary Relief Expedition.) Fig. 2. Round cooking pot. (Cat. No. 45848, U.S.N.M. South Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) Fig. 3. Outline, section, and side view of cooking pot. (Cat. No. 563, Port Foulke, West Greenland. Collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes.) Fig. 4. Cooking pot. (Cat. No. 45850, U.S.N.M. Greenland. Royal Museum, Copenhagen.) q | Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 9. = | | —== fF q ¥ | me = i l | | / WS 2N DRYING FRAME AND COOKING Pots OF GREENLAND. EXPLANATION OF PEATE 1.0. LAMPS OF THE MACKENZIE RIVER. Fig. 1. Section, outline, and front view of small lamp with bifid bridge. (Cat. No. 2071, U.S.N.M. Mackenzie River, Canada. Collected by R. MacFarlane.) Fig. 2. Outline, section, and front view of small lamp. (Cat. No. 1109, U.S.N.M. Mackenzie River, Canada. Collected by R. MacFarlane.) Report of U S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough PLATE 10. LAMPS OF THE MACKENZIE RIVER. EX PEANAT POINT OR Pe Anh Eee. LAMPS OF POINT BaRROw. Fig. 1. Soapstone lamp. (Cat. No. 89879, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.) Fig. 2. Soapstone lamp. (Cat. No. 56673, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.) Fig. 3. Soapstone lamp, rude. (Cat. No. 89882, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 11. LAMPS OF POINT BARROW. pee ¢ os - | THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1049 Lamp. Rude lamp of soapstone, which owes its irregular shape to the original piece of stone from which it was excavated. Length, 64 inches; width, 34 inches; height, 14 inches. Eskimo, Point Barrow, Alaska. Collected by Lieut. P. H. Ray, U.S. A. 89882. Plate 11, fig. 3. THE LAMPS OF KOTZEBUE SOUND. The deseription of the lamps from Kotzebue Sound must be based upon two small specimens in the United States National Museum. These lamps have the shape of a clam shell, having the length and width nearly equal, exactly so in one specimen. A lamp from the Nathan Joseph collection in the Golden Gate Park Museum in San Francisco is of this type, and is undoubtedly from the Kotzebue region. (See plate 12, fig. 3.) The length is 10? inches and the width, 94 inches. The material is clay slate.'!. One of the lamps in the Field Columbian Museum is made of wood.’ TRAVELING LAMP. Of soapstone; ovate triangular in outline, all corners being rounded for comfort in carrying. Bottom and floor of reservoir flat. Lamp does not incline. Walls of side slanting to reservoir floor. Wick edge bowed more than usual. Length, 6} inches; width, 5 inches; height, 12 inches. Hotham Inlet, Kotzebue Sound, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 64223. Plate 12, fig. 1. Lamp. Small model in soapstone of the typical semilunar shape of the Eskimo lamp from Greenland to Norton Bay. Length, 12 inches; width, 2} inches; height, 4 inch. Eskimo, Cape Darby, Norton Bay, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 48138. Plate 12, fig. 2. THE LAMPS OF NORTON SOUND. The lamps from the northern shore of Norton Sound are of the Kot- zebue type, flat and with the outline of the clam shell. The lamp from St. Michaels on the south shore seems to anticipate the sadiron lamp of the Alaskan Peninsula. It must be borne in mind that St. Michaels is the great emporium of this region, and specimens drift in there from many different localities. Lamp. Shallow lamp of sandstone of the shape of the small lamp 44338, well made and evidently having seen long service. The wick edge is nearly straight; the corners rounded by use. This lampis the Kotzebue type, which is extremely simple. Length of wick edge, 8 inches; width, 6} inches; heighth, 1 inches. Eskimo, Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 49110. Plate als pp ote SMALL LAMP. Smallsemilunar lamp, excavated from soapstone, with slanting walls and slightly curved bottom. The lamp is very shallow and the wiek edge straight. It was probably used by hunters or travelers in the summer. Length, 3} inches; width, 4% inches; height, } inch. Eskimo, Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 44338. Plate 13, fig. 2. | Outlines and sections of all the lamps in the San Francisco Museum were furnished through the kindness of the curator, Charles P. Wileomb. 2Several Kotzebue lamps are in the Field Columbian Museum at Chicago. One of these, a small oval lamp with divided bridge is interesting in relation to the distri- bution of this feature. Through the kindness of Dr. George A. Dorsey a photograph of these lamps was secured which unfortunately came too late for insertion in this work. 1050 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Stone LAMP. Worked from tufaceous rock; very much disintegrated. Shape that of a sadiron; bottom flat, rounding toward vertical sides. The reservoir is oval and shallow; the sides rise to uniform height all around it. The point where the wick has been laid is not specially worked for the purpose. ‘This lamp bears no resemblance to those collected by EX. W. Nelson in Norton Sound. In general appearance it more nearly resembles some varieties of the Kodiak lamp, and the narrow lip increases the resemblance. There are two lamps in the United States National Museum from the peninsula lying between Norton and Kotzebue sounds for comparison, which show that its affiliations are with those of Kodiak and the Alaskan Peninsula. Length, 112 inches; greatest width, 6; inches; height, 2 inches. Eskimo, St. Michaels, Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected by L. M. Turner. 30761. Plate 13, fig. 3. SMALL LAMP. Formed of concretion of gray, shaly rock, of natural shape, not worked in any way. It is oval in shape and on one side there is evidence of the charring of the wick. This lamp was probably carried by hunters. Length, 34 inches; width, 24 inches; height, } inch. Eskimo, St. Michaels, Norton Sound, Alaska. Collected by E.W. Nelson. 43470. Plate 13, fig. 4. THE LAMPS OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. These lamps are of pottery, skillfully made and baked. The lamps with two wick edges are unique, and altogether the utensil in this loeal- ity and has assumed several curious forms. The bridged lamp of North Greenland is here repeated, but with various modifications, and are connected with Asia by the Siberian example. (See plate 17.) The pottery lamp rests and drip catchers are unique. One of the rests in the collection is a whale’s vertebra, with the spinous processes hacked off. The drying frame does not exist. Its place is taken by pegs driven in the earth walls of the house. The shape of the St. Lawrence Island lamp seems to have followed that of the wooden platters. EARTHENWARE LAMP. Made of clay, mixed with angular rock fragments, strong and well burnt. In shape it is the most divergent lamp in the collection. Viewed from above its outline is oblate, having a square projection from one side separated from the main reservoir by a low ridge. This lamp inclines slightly toward the wick edge. The wick edge curves gently, while in front of it is a low bridge with ends slanting down to the floor of the lamp, allowing a narrow space for the oil to flow around to the wick. The purpose of the rear projection and cavity is conjectural. It would seem very convenient for grasp- ing the lighted lamp if it were desired to carry it. This lamp could be carried lighted, as the bridge would prevent the wash of the oil against the wick. This may be one of the functions of the bridge. This lamp is supplied with a wooden dish in which it rests, Width, 52 inches; length, 6} inches; height at rear, 1,3; inches; at front, 12 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E.W.Nelson. 63543. Plate 14, figs. 1, 2, and 3. Lamp. Pottery lamp, oblong, with rounded corners. Slanting bridges on either side springing from angle formed by side and floor. These bridges are divided by a central cleft into two equal portions. Length, 11 inches; width, 91 inches; height, 24 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63570. Plate 15, fig, 1. Lamp. Made of coarse pottery, oblong inshape. This lamp has continuous bridges on either side; that is, not cleft or pierced, but open around their ends for the Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. bo EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12. i) i) 4 | LAMPS OF JLOTZEBUE SOUND. . Traveling lamp. Soapstone. (Cat. No. 64223, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Small toy lamp. Although this lamp is from Cape Darby, it is nearer to the Kotzebue type than to that of Norton Sound. Outline of Kotzebue lamp in the Golden Gate Park Museum, San Francisco, California. Outline of Kotzebue lamp. (Cat. No. 75508, U.S.N.M. Collected by Lieut. Geo. M. Stoney, U.S. N.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Hough. PLATE 12 LAMPS OF KOTZEBUE SOUND. EXPRILANAT [OIN S ORVPIEATE sais Lamps Or NORTON SOUND. . Sandstone lamp. (Cat. No. 49110, U.S.N.M. Norton Bay. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . Small lamp. (Cat. No. 44338, U.S.N.M. Norton Sound. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . Sandstone lamp. (Cat. No. 30761, U.S.N.M. St. Michaels, Norton Sound. Collected by L. M. Turner.) . Lamp of concretion. (Cat. No, 43470, U.S.N.M. St. Michaels, Norton Sound. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Ee Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 13. Lamps OF NORTON SOUND. I et aL - re THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1051 flow of the oil. Length, 13! inches; width, 10} inches; height, 3 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63569. Plate 15, fig. 2. DOUBLE LAMP. Made of clay with large admixture of quartz fragments, strongly burnt and completely soaked with oil. In shape it is a large oblong platter having concave side with a step at either end above the bottom of the reservoir. At either side the step is raised into crescentic ridges, each pierced with two holes slanting down to the reservoir with the angle of the sides. Through these orifices the wick is fed. The wick is laid along the edge of either side of the lamp. This is the only example of a double Eskimo lamp, and from its capacity it must have been used where oil was plenty. ‘The lamp bears a like- ness to the wooden dishes of this region. Length, 15} inches; width, 12} inches; height, 2; inches Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Bering Strait, Alaska. . Collected by E. W. Nelson. 49196. Plate 15, fig. 3. Lamp. This lamp is made of clay burning yellow, with coarse temper of subangu- lar quartz fragments. It is oblong, with truncated corners resembling in shape the wooden dishes of the Norton Sound region, andisrather deep. The clay was probably formed in a wooden dish. The upper edge is flat, except on the side where the wick is placed, which is rounded off. At 2 inches from the lip and parallel with it there is a bridge 44 inches long, standing 12 inches above the bottom of the lamp at the rear and five-eighths of an inch in relief in front of the lip, thus forming a shelf. The office of the bridge may be to prevent parti- cles of moss falling into the oil, to prevent floating masses of unmelted blubber from interfering with the wick, or it may be used as a secondary wick surface when the oil is low. The deposits on the ridge seems to point to the latter use. By the flattening of the base the lamp leans forward toward the wick edge at a low angle, as is observed in the Chukchis lamp (Plate 17, fig. 1) and in common with the latter it possesses a ridge. This lamp is set on a vessel which com- bines the functions of rest and drip catcher. Length, 8+ inches; width, 6} inches; height, at rear, 24 inches; at front, 2 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63544. Plate 15, fig. 4. OBLONG COOKING POT. Made of coarse earthernware. At the upper corners the clay has been pinched up and pierced for the attachment of cords for suspending the pot. The vessel is rudely made and is much blackened with lamp smoke. Length, 6 inches; width, 4% inches; height, 2+ inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63546. Plate 16, fig. 1. OBLONG COOKING POT. Small oblong pot of coarse pottery, blackened and covered on the bottom with deposit from the lamp. Each corner is pierced with two orifices through which pass whalebone strips for suspending the pot. The vessel would seem too small for cooking food, but it has evidently been used over the lamp. Length, 48 inches; width, 3f inches; height, 1% inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W.Nelson. 63548. Plate 16, fig. 2. OBLONG COOKING POT. Small oblong pot of very coarse earthenware, without lugs; probably a food vessel, as it is not smoked by the lamp. Length, 42 inches; width, 3 inches; height, 13 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63547. Plate 16, fig. 3. Drip CATCHER. Long, narrow, shallow vessel of coarse burnt clay, rounded at the ends and slightly curved. ‘This vessel is catalogued as a lamp. Its edges are not found for the wick, which is an infallible test fora lamp. It was probably placed under the lip of a lamp to catch dropping oil. Length, 8}ineches; width, 27 inches; height 12 inches. Eskimo, St. Lawrence Island, Alaska, Collected by E. W. Nelson. 63545. Plate 16, fig. 4. 1052 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. THE LAMPS OF EASTERN SIBERIA. A full account of the Chukchis lamps of eastern Siberia is given by. Baron Nordenskiold in his ‘Voyage of the Vega.” The method of installation is shown on plate 17, fig. 2, taken from that work. The connection with Asia is one of a number which have been noticed recently. Lamp. Excavated from soapstone, apparently with stone tools. ‘The original surface of the stone shows in one place on the exterior. [t is ronghly hemi- spherical. When resting on the rounded and insecure base the rim of the lamp slants at an angle of about 37 degrees, the walls of the cavity being high at the rear, running down and merging into the wick edge. The floor rises from the middle toward the back and front. The bridge is divided into two equal sec- tions by a V-shaped cut in the middle, the oil thus flowing to the wick through three channels. The wick edge is slightly curving and wider than the back of a the lamp. Width, 6} inches at wick edge; length to rear, 6 inches; height at rear, 42 inches; front, 1} inches. Chukcehis, eastern Siberia. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 64222. Plate 17, fig. 1. THE LAMPS OF BRISTOL BAY. South of Norton Sound the lamp becomes a shallow saucer of baked clay, rarely of stone, without wick edge, so that in absence of knowledge of their use they never would be classed as lamps. As has been men- tioned, they are affiliated with Asiatic saucer lamps. The number of specimens in the United States National Museum from the north shore of Bristol Bay has given this type its name. Perhaps a more descriptive name would be lamp of the Yukon-Kuskokwim tundra. wee These lamps are set up on a stake, having the top hollowed out to receive the bulging bottom of the lamp. The wick is laid along a small space on the edge, following the Kadiak method. It is not known whether this lamp is ever furnished with a single solid wick or burned with a floating wick. The former supposition seems to be borne out by the model from Nushagak (fig. 1). The cooking pot of this region is circular, and designed for placing on an open fire, as driftwood is plentiful. In the southern portion of this region an admixture of forms takes place. The lamps are of stone, circular, but in nearly every case have the wick edge worked out. A similar mixture of form occurs between Kadiak, the Alaskan Peninsula, and Aleutian Chain. Four of these lamps are shown on plate 20. Lamp. This is the smallest lamp among the series of pottery lamps in the United States National Museum. It apparently has been little used, probably for some special purpose or asa toy. Eskimo, Cape Vancouver, Alaska. Collected by J. H. Turner. 153703. Plate 18, fig. 1. Lamp. Of pottery, similar in form to typical Bristol Bay lamps. Diameter 3? inches; height, 1°, inches. Eskimo, Cape Vancouver, Alaska. Collected by J. H. Turner. 153702. Plate 18, fig. 2. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14. bo w Lamps OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. Fig. 1. Section and outline of pottery lamp. (Cat. No. 63548, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Fig. 2. Side view of same. Fig. 3. Same lamp in wooden rest or dish carved out to accommodate the lamp. The rest is No. 1270181 of the Museum catalogue and was collected by E. W. Nelson. PLATE 14. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. LAMPS OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. anes 1, EX PIEANATLOIN OFF PATE or bo LAMPS OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. . 1. Double earthenware lamp, with divided bridges. (Cat. No. 63570, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . Double earthenware lamp, with continuous bridges. (Cat. No, 63569, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelsor.) LS) . 3. Large double earthenware lamp, with pierced bridges. (Cat. No. 49196, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . 4. Balanced earthenware lamp, with single bridge. In the upper drawing the lamp is shown set upon the pottery rest and drip catcher. (Cat. No. 63544, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.— Hough. PLATE 15. LAMPS OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. 5 (See e Fig EX PEANAT VON. OFS PiSATE 71:6: bo CookING Pots orf St. LAWRENCE ISLAND. . 1. Earthenware. St. Lawrence Island is the southern limit of cooking pots hung over the lamp. The jar-shaped cooking pots from Norton Sound and southward are set on a fire of driftwood. (Cat. No. 63546, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . 2. Earthenware. (Cat. No. 63548, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. Ww. Nelson.) . 3. Earthenware. Probably a food vessel. (Cat. No. 63547, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . 4, Earthenware. Probably a drip catcher. (Cat. No. 63545, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 16. COOKING PoTs OF ST. LAWRENCE ISLAND. = a zi as ee EXIP EA NAG HOIN? OF "PEATE 7. bo LAMPS OF EASTERN SIBERIA, Fig. 1. Outline, section, and front view of balanced soapstone lamp with bridge. (Cat. No. 64222, U.S.N.M. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) Fig. 2. Outline and section showing method of installation of Chukchis lamp. From the ‘‘ Voyage of the Vega.” Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 17. LAMPS OF EASTERN SIBERIA. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1053 Lamp. Old pottery lamp of the ordinary Bristol Bay type. The edge shows marks of charring and the lamp is soaked with oil. Diameter, 7} inches; height, 2: inches. Eskimo, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L. MeKay. 56020a. Plate 18, fig. 3. Lamp. Saucer-shaped lamp of pottery, soaked with oil. Thislamp is plain. There is a very shallow depression on the interior just below the edge, which defines the rim. Diameter, 5} inches; height, 1% inches. Eskimo, Ugashik, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by J. W. Johnson. 127660b. Plate 18, fig. 4. Lamp. Saucer shaped lamp of pottery, neatly made, soaked with oil. The walls are decorated with horizontal parallel shallow grooves scratched in the paste. The exterior of the beveled rim is decorated in the same way. In the center of the vessel is an outlined circle, from which radiate at right angles four arms, formed of grooves scratched in the paste, which Mr. Nelson informs the writer is a personal mark. Diameter, 42 inches; height, 14 inches. Eskimo, Big Lake, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson. 38077. Plate 19, fig. 1. Lampe. Of pottery, soaked with oil; saucer-shaped. In the bottom is a square cross in a circular field bounded by the lowest of the four grooves around the side. The outside of the rim has three grooves; the bottom is quite smooth and even in outline. Traces of moss are found in the grooves. The function of the grooves, if they are more than decorative, is not known. The lamp may have been burned by means of a piece of moss placed in the center or floating in the oil, like those of the Novaks.! Diameter, 32 inches; height, 14 inches. Eskimo of Lower Yukon, Alaska. Collected by E. W. Nelson, 358078. Plate 19, fig. 2. Lamp. Pottery lamp with horizontal grooves around the inside of the walls and with beveled edge. The lamp is well-shaped and is shallower than 56022. It is incrusted with grease. Diameter, 8} inches; height, 2? inches. Eskimo, Bris- tol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L. MeKay. 56021. Plate 19, fig. 3. Lamp. Heavy, clumsily made, saucer-shaped, dish of unbaked clay without temper. The object has never been used. Diameter, 5 inches; height, 2inches. Eskimo, Ugashik, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by J. W. Johnson. 127660a. Lamp. Evenly-shaped bowl lamp of pottery, with numerous horizontal ridges on the inside. Along a portion of the rim there is a charred crust, as though the lamp had been tilted and burned with a moss wick as in other lamps. The base is somewhat flattened. Diameter, 7 inches; height, 3} inches. Eskimo, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C.L.MecKay. 56022. Lamp. Made of fine homogeneous clay; burned. It is the largest circular pottery lamp in the United States National Museum. The edge is beveled and grooved. The grooves inside are shallow, and in the floor of the lamp is a circle with radiating arms, forming across. From the incrustation around the edge it would seem that a moss wick was used. Diameter, 10} inches; height, 34 inches. Eskimo, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C. L.MeKay. 56020. Lamp. Heavy saucer-shaped lamp of pottery; soaked with oil from use. This lamp is plain, and has evidently seen long service. There is no well-marked wick edge, and it is probable that the wick floated in the oil or was placed in the center. This lamp was used in the house. Diameter, 84 inches; height, 22 inches. Eskimo, Ugashik, Bristo] Bay, Alaska. Collected by J. W. Johnson. 127660e. Lamp. ‘This lamp is of hard crystalline rock. It has been worked apparently from a beach pebble by pecking. The lower portion is rounded without flattened portion for a base of support; the lamp, however, is stable and has a slight inclination toward the wick edge; around the side a wide groove has been worked, making a decided rim. The reservoiris shallow and perfectly oval in outline with a flat edge, which has been worked down at one apex of the oval to form a narrow lip for the wick. The reservoir and edge have been rubbed smooth. The lamp is ‘Kennan, Tent Life in Siberia, p. 175. 1054 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. a very fine specimen of stone working. It is like the Kadiak lamps in the lip, but the general appearance is that of the pottery lamps of the Bristol Bay region. Dimensions, 5$ inches by 44 inches; height, 2? inches. Eskimo, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Collected by C.L.McKay. 56024. Plate 20, fig. 3. THE LAMPS OF KADIAK. There is a full series of lamps ‘from Kadiak in the United States National Museum. They are of hard dioritic rock and are usually care- fully worked and finished. It would be difficult to mention better specimens of stone working. Some of the lamps are very large, one in the collection weighing 67 pounds. They are oval in outline, with a shallow reservoir, low walls with flat top, the sides are often grooved, the bottom convex. The wick edge is a small groove cut through the wall at the apex of the oval leading to it. There is no information concerning the installation of these lamps, the specimens, like those of the Aleuts, having been taken from old village sites. An oval lamp of the type exists in the collection of the Alaska Com- mercial Company, Golden Gate Park Museum at San Francisco, Califor- nia. It is curious, having the channel for the wick deeper than the bottom of the lamp and two conical projections rising from the floor of the reservoir near the back of the lamp. The material is diorite. Lamp. Cut out of greenish diorite; upper surface polished; bottom showing ham- mer marks. The lamp is of sad-iron shape, the shallow reservoir surrounded by a broad flat rim. The edge of the lamp below the rim has been rubbed into a groove. The bottom is rounded, but the lamp is stable on its base. The wick lip isnarrow. Length from front to back, 114 inches; width, 8 inches; height 4 inches. Eskimo, Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by Commander L. A. Beardslee, U.S.N. 42321. Plate 21, fig. 1. Lamp. Of hard, gray rock, originally perhaps a beach bowlder; bottom rounded, edge flat, cavity well worked out. A small lip has been cut into the edge at the apex of the oval, where there is an accumulation of charred wick. The cavity of the lamp has been employed for grinding red paint. Measurements, 6 by 8 by 34 inches. Eskimo, Karluk, Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by W.J.Fisher. 74724. Plate 21, fig. 2. Lamp. This lamp is of metamorphic or volcanic rock. It is oval in outline, the sides straight and the bottom curved. The reservoir is neatly hollowed out and polished; the wick space or lip a shallow trough cut through the edge at the apex of the oval. When placed on its base, the lamp inclines strongly toward the lip. Length, 44 inches; width, 3} inches; height in front, 14 inches; atrear,2}inches. Eskimo, Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by Dr. Tarleton H. Bean. 131237. Plate 21, fig. 3. Lamp. Small oval lamp of hard rock (basalt), with rounded sides and flat bottom, the latter showing the fractured surface. The cavity is elliptic; the lip is worked at one end and shows traces of charred moss. This lamp was taken from an ancient dwelling and is probably a convenient pocket lamp used in traveling. Length, 3 inches; width, 24 inches; height, 1 inch. Eskimo, St. Paul, Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by W. J. Fisher. 90483, Plate 21, fig. 4. Lamp. Lamp of greenish-gray rock, finely worked and polished. It is oval in shape, broader at the back than at the front, with almost flat, shghtly rounded bottom, upon which it firmly rests. The reservoir shallow, the upper edge wide and flat. The lip is worked in the edge at the apex of the oval, slanting down EXIPEA MAT ON -OlR SPIGA HE 17S: LAMPS OF BRISTOL Bay. ig. 1. Earthenware lamp. (Cat. No. 153703,U.S.N.M. Cape Vancouver. C@bbected by J. H. Turner.) eo. 2, Earthenware lamp. (Cat. No. 153702,U.S.N.M. Cape Vancouver. Collected by J. H. Turner.) . 3. Earthenware lamp. (Cat. No. 56020a,U.S.N.M. Bristol Bay. Collected by C. L. McKay.) ig. 4. Earthenware lamp. (Cat. No. 1276506, U.S.N.M. Ugashik, Bristol Bay. Collected by J. W. Johnson.) Report of U.S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 18. LAMPS OF BRISTOL Bay. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19. to LAMPS OF BRISTOL Bay. Fig. 1. Earthenware lamp with personal mark. (Cat. No. 38077, U.S.N.M. Big Lake. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) 2. Earthenware lamp with personal mark. (Cat. No. 38078, U.S.N.M. Lower Yukon. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) . Earthenware lamp. (Cat. No. 56021, U.S.N.M. Bristol Bay. Collected by E. W. Nelson.) a C3 Se) kr eH 0S Sy) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 19. LAMPS OF BRISTOL BAY. . Pia $ THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1055 into the reservoir, and a small portion of the flat edge is left whereon to place the moss. The side, edge, and reservoirare polished. Length, 8} inches; width, 71 inches; height, 2} inches. Eskimo, Katmai, Shelikoff Strait, Alaskan Penin- sula. Collected by W.J. Fisher. 90476. Plate 21, fig. 5. Lamp. Very finely worked from green metamorphic stone; ovate in outline, with squared edges and rounded bottom, on which the lamp accurately balances. Reservoir deep, uniformly concave; upper edge fiat; lip narrow, cut in the edge at the point of the oval. The edges and reservoir have been polished; the bottom shows marks of hammer stone in working the lamp out. This is a splendid specimen of stone working. The lamp approximates the round shape of the Yukon Delta lamps. Length, 11 inches; width, 10 inches; height, 4 inches. Eskimo of Afognak Island, Alaska. Collected by W.J. Fisher. 74726. Lame. Oval lamp of fine-grained hard stone, nicely worked out. The lamp is a true oval, with a wick area at the smaller apex. The side of the lamp is worked with a broad, shallow groove, and the bottom is rounded. Length, 6 inches; width, 42 inches; height, 1g inches. Eskimo, Ugashik, Alaskan Peninsula, Alaska. Collected by W. J. Fisher. 90472. Lamp. Of hard, gray rock from the beach; original surface showing on portions of the lower side. Sad-iron shape; upper edge slightly concave; reservoir shallow ; lip narrow. The bottom is rounded; the sides plain, nearly vertical. The lamp sits nearly horizontal—that is, the rear only ¢ inch higher than the point. Length, 93 inches; width, 74 inches; height, 22 inches. Eskimo, Afognak Island (Kadiak Group), Alaska. Collected by W. J. Fisher. 90473. Lamp. Worked from a beach pebble of greenish-gray volcanic rock, of which the original surface shows in two places beneath. The cavity is shallow, uni- formly concave, and is ovate in outline. There is no lip specially worked out for the wick, though the lamp inclines toward the apex of theoval. Itresembles the Bristol Bay type. Length, 6 inches; width, 5} inches; height, 2% inches. Eskimo, Lesnova, Kadiak Island, Alaska. Collected by W. J. Fisher. 90481. Plate 20, fig. 1. THE LAMPS OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS. The most primitive lamps on earth are those of the ancient Aleuts. Many of them are merely unmodified rock fragments, and by far the larger number which have been adapted show little modification. Very rarely a completely worked lamp is found. These lamps were, with few exceptions, collected by Mr. W. H. Dall from prehistoric village sites. There is quite a number of small lamps in the collection from these islands. Mr. Dall informs the writer that the Aleuts used small lamps to take to sea in the fishing boats. As the men get chilled on these trips, the little lamps are useful to warm the hands or body. In the latter case they fill the lamp from the oil bottle, place it in the lap under the gut coat, light it, and let it burn awhile. These lamps are often put to the same use in the house when the weather is cold. The Aleuts always built the fire outside of the house, as the climate is mild. They are also said by early explorers to have done little cook- ing. Lamp. Subangular, water-worn beach stone, elliptic in shape, having a natural cavity on the upper surface forming the lamp reservoir. Crusts of charred moss still adhere to the lamp near the lip where the wick was laid, and the lamp shows evidence of long and constant usage. The specimen was taken from a mound. Length, 9 inches; width, 6} inches. Aleuts, [liulink, Unalashka Island, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 14894. Plate 22, fig. 1. 1056 REPORT OF NATIONAL MUSEUM, 1896. Lampe. Natural shell of volcanic rock, which, from its shape, has been found suita- ble fora lamp. Length, 5} inches; width, 4g inches, Aleuts, Bay of Islands, Alaska. Collected by W.H. Dall. 13017. Plate 22, fig. 2. Lamp. Made from voleanic breccia; nearly circular in outline. The reservoir is shallow; the front portion has been broken away. Length, 53 inches; width, 47 inches; height, 2} inches. Aleuts, Constantine Harbor, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 13020. : Lamp. Somewhat water-worn fragment of metamorphic rock, with a natural con- cavity and slant, which have been taken advantage of by the Aleuts for use as alamp. The stone is absolutely unmodified, but it serves the purpose as well as though designed by art. The wick edge is irregular, and it must have been possible to lay the wick along a line of about three inches. The edge shows traces of charred moss and the action of fire. This lamp is the most primitive which has come to my knowledge, and it might well begin the entire develop- mental series of lamps if there were not a question whether or not it is a makeshift. The Aleuts of the peninsula, at least, did work their lamps from — stone with some degree of finish, Length, 94 inches; width, 6 inches; height at rear, 3 inches. Aleuts, Unalaska, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 14891. Plate 22, fig. 3. Lamp. Worked from an oval beach pebble; the reservoir is shallow and oval in outline; there is no definite lip worked out. The bottom of the lamp is irreg- war; when in use, the lamp must be propped up. Length, 44 inches; width, 32 inches; height, 2 inches. Aleuts, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 14896, Plate 22, fig. 4. Lamp. Oblong beach pebble with cavity worked init. Itis probably a toy, if ever designed for a lamp. Length, 3 inches; width,1% inches. Aleuts, Unalaska, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 16061. Plate 22, fig. 5. Lamp. Oval, worked from coarse volcanic breccia, The reservoir is shallow, with the bottom flat. This specimen has seen long use and the remains of charred wick indicate that the lamp was lighted around the entire edge. There is, how- ever, a lip worked out on the edge, as in Kadiak lamps. Length, 62 inches; width, 64 inches; height at front, 2 inches; at back, 2? inches. Aleuts, Alaska. Collected by W.H. Dall. 14897. Plate 20, fig. 4. Lamp. Oblong-oval lamp excavated in a gray volcanic beach pebble, having a ten- dency to split into layers. The bottom has cracked off. The reservoir is elliptic in outline and shows markedly the effect of the oil and burning. Length, 6 inches; width, 3} inches; height, 1}inches. Aleuts, Alaska. Collected by W. H. Dall. 14899. Plate 23, fig. 1. Lamp. Small oval lamp of yellow volcanic rock, having an oval cavity worked out apparently with a sharp-edged tool. There is no defined lip, the wick being applied at the narrower point of the oval. This lamp was taken from a mound or village site. Length, 4} inches; width, 3} inches; height, 14 inches. Aleuts, Ulatka, Alaska Peninsula. Collected by W. H. Dall. 14911. Lamp. Small oval lamp worked from a beach pebble of gray volcanic rock. The cavity has been rudely excavated and is oval in outline. Length, 4 inches; width, 3 inches; height, 1} inches. Aleuts, Alaskan Peninsula, Alaska. Col- lected by W.H. Dall. 14898. Plate 23, fig. 2. Lamp. Shallow reservoir worked out in the surface of a rounded beach pebble of voleanic rock. The outline of the reservoir is oval and its surface is roughly finished. Length, 5} inches; width, 44 inches; height, 2 inches. Aleuts, Alaska. Collected by W.H. Dall. 14900. Plate 23, fig. 3. Lamp. Made from gray volcanic rock. The reservoir is shallow and semicircular in outline, resembling the Greenland lamp. This is due to the shape of the origi- nal beach pebble. There are slight traces of burning on this lamp. Length, 5 inches; width, 3} inches; height,14 inches. Eskimo, Unalaska, Alaska. Col- lected by W. H. Dall. 16395. Plate 23, fig. 4. LAMPS OF KADIAK AND THE PENINSULA. Fig. 1. Stone lamp. yy (Cat. No. 90481, U.S.N.M. Kadiak Island. Collected hy W.J. Fisher.) (See p. 105 ) Fig. 2. Stone lamp. 7 (Cat. No. 140961, U.S.N.M. Oukivok Island. Collected by the U.S. Fish Commissi on (See p. 1057.) s Fig. 3. Stone lamp. ¥ (Cat. No. 56024, U.S.N.M. Southern shore of Bristol Bay. (Alaskan Peninsula.) lected by C. L. McKay.) (See p. 1054.) Fig. 4, Stone lamp. ; (Cat. No. 14897, U.S.N.M. Alaskan Peninsula. Collected by Dr. W. H. Dall. (See p. 105¢ PLATE 20. LAMPS OF KADIAK AND THE PENINSULA. EXPE ANA ilghONT OR SP ISAdhE ss Plwelnm) cw L Lamps or KapiAk ISLAND. Fig. 1. Stone lamp. (Cat. No. 42321, U.S.N.M. Collected by Commander L. A. Beardslee, U.S. N.) Fig. 2. Stone lamp. : (Cat. No. 74724, U.S.N.M. Collected by W.J. Fisher.) Fig. 3. Stone lamp. (Cat. No. 131237, U.S.N.M. Collected by Dr. Tarleton H. Bean.) Fig. 4. Stone lamp. (Cat. No. 90483, U.S.N.M. Collected by W.J. Fisher.) Fig. 5. Stone lamp. (Cat. No. 90476, U.S.N.M. Alaskan Peninsula, opposite Kadiak. Collected by W. J. Fisher.) : Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896 —Hough PLATE 21. LAMPS OF KADIAK. m ie SS coal Ww ene) SA m ~.. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22: Oo me] wp] Ee LAMPS OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS. Fig. 1. Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 14894, U.S.N.M. Fig. 2, Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 13017, U.S.N.M. Fig. 3. Rude Jamp. (Cat. No. 14891, U.S.N.M. Fig. 4. Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 14896, U.S.N.M. Fig. 5. Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 16061, U.S.N.M. Unalaska Island. Collected by W. H. a Bay of Islands. Same collector.) Unalaska Island. Same collector.) Aleuts. Same collector.) Unalaska. Same collector.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 29, LAMPS OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS. EXIPIEANAS iON OF SPiRAGT Ee 2c LAMPS OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS. Fig. 1. Rude stone lamp. (Cat. No. 14899, U.S.N.M. Aleuts. Collected by W. H. Dall.) Fig. 2. Rude lamp. ‘ (Cat. No. 14898, U.S.N.M. Aleuts. Same collector.) Fig. 3. Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 14900, U.S.N.M. Aleuts. Same collector.) Fig. 4. Rude lamp. (Cat. No. 16395, U.S.N.M. Unalaska Island. Same collector.) Fig. 5. Rude lamp. : . (Cat. No. 16396, U.S.N.M. Unalaska Island. Same collector.) Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 23. LAMPS OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS. EX PIEANAT ION ORS P EA ThE 24> 1 9 2 10 3 | 11 4 | 12 5 | 13 6 | 14 7 8 | | | ~ TYPICAL OUTLINES OF ESKIMO LAMPS. 1, Labrador; 2, Cumberland Gulf; 3, Smith Sound; 4, Repulse Bay; 5, North Greenland; 6, East Greenland; 7, Mackenzie River; 8, Point Barrow; 9, Kotzebue Sound; 10, St. Lawrence Island; 11, Eastern Siberia; 12, Bristol Bay; 13, Kadiak, and 14, Aleutian Islands. Report of U. S. National Museum, 1896.—Hough. PLATE 24, TYPICAL OUTLINES OF Eskimo Lamps. THE LAMP OF THE ESKIMO. 1057 Lamp. Oval lamp of stone, the wick lip being at the narrower point. This lamp has seen constant use, the stone having spalled off from heat. Length, 64 inches; width, 4% inches; height, 1% inches. Eskimo, Unalaska, Alaska. Collected by W.H. Dall. 16369. Plate 23, fig. 5. Lamp. Small circular lamp smoothly worked from stone; this has a groove worked around the outside and a lip is worked in the edge; the reservoir is cup-shaped. Apparently at times the wick has been installed around the edge, probably to secure a greater light than the width of the wick edge or lip would admit. While identical in form with the lamps from Bristol Bay the lip cut in the edge relates it to the Kadiak region. Length, 4{inches; width, 44 inches; height, 2} inches. Aleuts, Oukivok Island, Alaska. Collected by United States Fish Com- mission. 140961. Plate 20, fig. 2. Lamp. Suboval, with rounded bottom, vertical sides, and rounded edge. The walls of the reservoir are nearly vertical and the bottom nearly flat. A large chip has been knocked off the edge, apparently with design, in order to place a moss wick, the remains of which are found on the broken surface. This lamp seems to bea connecting type between those of Kadiak and the pottery lamps of Bristol Bay. It was taken from a burial place. Length, 4? inches; width, 42 inches; height, 2,,inches. Aleuts, Cheranotisky, Unalaska Island, Alaska. Collected by Marcus Baker. 46203. NAT MUS 96——67 RING EXS Abbott, Dr. C. C., remarks by, concerning prebistoric bone whistle .........-..--- Abbott, Dr. William L., ethnological spec- imens received important collec- tions received from insects presented by large collections of mammals, birds, ete., pre- sented by----- musical instru- ments present- quoted .......--. reference to ex- plorations in Africa and In- specimens of birds presented valuable speci- mens of mam- mals received I Saceasose5 Aboriginal engraved tablets .-.--.--.---- MASKStaestte oes eee eet [SH NIS cocncioo see socsanAeccsepos sculpture, different areas and DAE Ciisckedcacedussesnenos sculptures in pottery in North America.....- stone in North Americae==- =. of footprints .-...... Accession list, indexes to Accessions during the year ending June 80: TROG6TistiOtececcce ss see e to the collections in the Na- tional Museum.--.-..---.-- to the Museum library, list of - Acridium peregrinum (locust) in Palestine Act of Congress, 1846, provisions concern- ing scope of the Mims enna seses = to establish Smith- sonian Institu- Page. | 567 86 558 32 11 11 | Aectinolite, composition of...-........---- Adair’s History of American Indians, ref- GIRENOS) 110) Se pee cen Ss Se seodenassce Se Adams, William W., reference to ancient knuckle bones found by Adler, Dr. Cyrus, assistant curator of ori- ental antiquities ---.- Biblical Antiquities, custodian of religious ceremonial objects -- - description of shofar by - engaged in study of As- syrian and Babylonian seals in museum col- Jections\==-5-----=-==¢ reference to paper on The Shofar, Its Use and Origin, by----..-- reference to publication Of papers) by --=----=- specimens of pottery from Jerusalem pre- Bentedthyes-se eee titles of papers by ------ Administrative departments, review of WOLKsin Ghe==--= == =e Stall Sows ccecses see eee ee Aes (=As) of Thessalonica, the.---..-.-.- Africa, ACCESSIONS ALOM cease -e eee see to Museum library from institutions in. account of divinatory practices in- bagpipe from (East) reference to fortune-telling four-sided tabret from..---.------ prehistoric musical instruments from trumpet (n’feer). from .--...-..--- Agate (shebo) of the Bible, the--.--..--.--- Agricultural Chemists, Society of, meet- TN Ofebhe rac accents eee ee eats | Agriculture, Department of, birds’ eggs received from the -- collection of insects presented Dyess ss 943 94 196 108 987 147 165 814 978 816 975 557 977 981 44 56 63 1060 Agriculture, Department of, fresh - water crabs and shrimps presented by the .... insects pre- sented by the large collec- tions re- ceived from the .. specimens of plants re- ceived through the Aorippaclts the Coin Of. sss scse oma scele Alaska Indians, gambling-sticks of the- - . musical instruments from..-.--..-- Albatross, builtin 1882..2--2--Js-.-2--<-0. reference to preparation of re- port upon fishes collected by Aldrich, Capt. J. B., specimen of war club found in Coloradosayeen-tesen eee Aleutian Islands, list of lamps from, in National Museum... lamps of: thes. -22.2.. Alexander the Great, the tetradrachm of. Alexandrinus, Codex, facsimile of the -.. Algonquian stock, games of the..-...--.--- All-tes-teg-entik, method of playing game Qiva seen ara wociaumetieehee Can re ees Alluvium period of flint chipping.-....... Altes tagen, method of playing game of.. Amber (hashmal) of the Bible.........--. America, accessions to Museum library from institutions in.......-.-.- distribution of specimens in ..- use of gold and silver in, in the Neolithic period: -- = -2-2 2. .== American Historical Association, list of papers read at eleventh (1895) annual meeting of the Meeting Of) hes ns -ee~ e ees sais oe ote reference to address before the. ------. American Indian stave and dice games, tablelOts st ne sarem cee cece eae Institute of Mining Engineers. transfer of collection of the- Museum of Arts destroyed by HVE(USSO eee awe eee eee American Museum of Natural History, list of Indian gambling-sticks in the -. table of Indian gambling-sticks in the. American Ornithologists’ Union, meeting OL GO) sae ech ae eee eee eee eee title of paper by the -.---2:....2.--..- Amethyst (ahlamah) of the Bible, the.... Ammianus Marcellinus, reference to .... Amnoperdix heyi (Hey’s sand partridge) in Palestine -2..-oche sss eees neces Amstutz, N.S., reference to contribution of specimens by, showing transmission of photographs by electricity ........-- INDEX. Page. 66 63 31 707 360, 366 703 982 93 An Account of the United States National Museum, by Frederick W. True.....--. Ancient Hebrew weight, cast of an.....- Indian dice chess game of Cha- COLAND SOs oe soe aaa ae asec eae versions of the Bible............ Anderson, R. M., engaged in examination Of DIL 2.0 css oe ee eee Anglo-Saxon Gospels, with versions of Wycliffe:and Tyndale®=-=- 225.22. ¢-2--= Animals, representations of in the Paleo- Lithie period. sc esse Geese pee eee eee Anklets of the Bible, silver.............. Anthony, A. W., collecting outfit fur- nished 02s. -s2seeoe specimens of petrels contributed by ..--. titles of papers by --- Anthropological departments, reference TO ere eee noe Sani eiihaejonee eae oe eee Antioch, the stater of.-.......... s..-.0.- Antipas, Herod, the coin of...--........- Antiquities, Biblical, by Cyrus Adler and I, M: Casanowicz .......... of Assyria and Babyionia. -. Bibledands: 222-2 s5cee se ther Hittites 2.5 o-a2= = Antlers of the Deer Family, preparation of a. paper ons 22 S2ee se occa ate cee Apache fiddle, description of an-.......... Indians, playing cards of...... Ape in Palestine; the ----2-csssess~ce.see AD PENCIRG snes eeee eee ee eee eee AUD eo peetese secs hae ee anne Apples'of Sodom=:- 2.2. -.<--- == =areneee= Appropriation for 1894, disbursement of-- 1895, disbursement of. - unexpended bal- ance from ...... 1896, disbursement of. - unexpended bal- ancefrom =2235- Appropriations for 1896 .-....-.-.----..-. the National Museum for 1896=97.-.---2se=2 Aquila chrysaétos (golden eagle) in Pal- CNET ep SS abetie sors Caemney rig aniae eee naE Arabic Biblecc. 2. \.s/255 cjaecccct ence maces version of the Bible by Saadia Sa0i soa. - =o 56sec eee eee ee Arabs, description of the mode of grind- ing corn by modern ....--..----- reference to music of the-...-....-- Aramean translation of the Old Testa- WS MSR Oar sSeea son a asaorassssencesne 24 961 1019 1019 991 522 1017 Arapaho Indians, dice games of the.. 689, 690, 691 INDEX. Page. Arapahoes, musical instruments used by GOS eeaaie weecte els te eee aa elects 576 Archeology and Paleontology, Museum ‘of, University of Pennsylvania, table of Paes iO tee ORO ema s eee eee = ese sate eat 843-848 table of Indian gambling-sticks in. -. 916 Argentina, distribution of specimens in. - 278 Arikara Indians, plum stone game of the- 761 Arizona, prehistoric musical instruments of the Pueblo Indians in............-.. 583 Ark (Holy); -veiliot th@esc--2--- eee. --- =~ 994 Arkansas Industrial University, fishes OLANSMIGbed tO GNC ss sees eae aaa 100 Arrangement of the exhibition series... - 33 Arrows, gaming, of the Kiowa Indians... 685 of the McCloud River Indians, @aliforniaeesecersso-t eee 905 the use of, for divinatory prac- UU Saree cocacosOaQe cco dsSece 881 Art, characteristics of the, of the Paleo- hithicyperiodese-e-e.s steals 412 efit hon Ohsss- ae ise eae ale 349 differences in, of the Neolithic and iPaleghthiesperiod Seeaa---—— =e 421 different divisions of..-....-.......- 350 Hopewell mound, of the Bronze age- 501 OMEN Ot Soosee neconse cece weossoscoce 352 periods, succession of Paleolithic -. - 414 practice, examples of, in the Paleo- NithiespermOdyss=ssess ese esl 396 Prehistoric; or, the origin of art as manifested in the works of prehis- toric man, by Thomas Wilson..-.. 325 WEG NEO OW — soso qsooecedeonecoqno0sC 302 Arts and industries, department of, ref- erence to ........ 308 department of, re- marks by honor- ary curator con- cerning collec- tions in the..--.-. 320 list of accessions to department of ..- 163 review of work in department of... 91 Asbury’s (Bishop) Testament.-.-..--..--- 1023 Ashik, Turkoman game of.~.....--.....-. 828 Ashkelonymhelcoinvohe.---c-ecesas= 2s =e 986 Ashmead ewalliam Pee ae. cts seman 31 appointed honorary custodian of Hy- menoptera....-... 20, 62 titles of papers by - 196 Asia, accessions iL0Me sea ona - = ese aicice 154 to Museum library from institutions in........ 177 distribution of specimens in...--.-.. 280 Asia Minor, accessions from............. 155 Aspect of man of the Paleolithic period, HLS seiooe Soo osesbosor conssecsosesssocose 417 Assinaboin Indians, bowl game of the... 751 stave games of the. . 750 INSISTS See sonnidns dosdoticosooscetoscsde 108 Associations, meetings of, in Washington- 44 Assyria, antiquities! Of-- <2. .-ca se eae eee 390 990 Bissinger, Erhard, prehistoric pottery 1013 dramicollectedtbij-ass2s2--ee = eee 554 | Black Stork (Ciconia nigra) in Palestine, WEB WN ooone nse sedocqsasconpasdesccodseses 964 | Blackfeet Indians, stave games of the-..-.. 710,712 | value of throws in | stave game of the-- 711 lair, R. A., fossils contributed by- --.---- 7L Blanchard, Prof. Raphael, exchange with- 26 Bliss, Dr. F. Jones, discovery (1892) of 943 |. Lachish tablet by .....-----.----+------ 971 972 | Board of Regents of Smithsonian Insti- 218 | tution, resolution of January, 1847, in regard to gathering coilections.-....--- 4 195 | Boas, Dr. Franz, account of Lku’ ngen dice game by-.--- 746 Niskk a’ meth- odof gam- 37 bling with 220 sticks by---- 906 221 description of Central Es- 842 kimo dice game by-- -- - 717 ethnological objects re- 661 Ceivedtirome-= sacs = 86 27 implements for Kwakiutl dice game collected by- 767 450 reference to paper on 992 Decorative Art of the 55 | Indians of the North 55 Pacific Coast, by------ 511 Boat-shaped objects of the Neolithic = | qasulit loco sacemo sce scarce eaeecccesonces 450 309 | Boats, collection of, change in..-....-.-.-.-.- 34 Bollaert, William, description of Aymara game by...-.-.------------------------- 805 33 Bone, engraving on, in the Paleolithic 56) Pelle asses aseaee= ae eee 407 epoch of engravings on.....--.-.-- 373 33 flakers used for flint chipping in the Neolithic period ..--....--------- 427 Book of the dead, Egyptian.....--.-.---- 1004 56 | Bosman, William, quoted .....--..---..--- 893 Botanical department, reference to-.----- 308 157 gardens, Calcutta, India, plants 25 presented by the..-.....-...- 77 53 specimens, exchanges of ..----- 28 1064 Botany, department of, remarks by curator concerning collections in the.. list of accessions to department Bottin, M. Casimir, aboriginal pottery vases of tulip form found by ---.------ Bottles, whistling, from Peru.-...----..---- Boucard, A., liberal collections contrib- GUE) Eonotossneetoaroecoseesoaasacecs Bowl game of the Assinniboine Indians. Chippewa Indians. -..- Huron Indians .---.-.--. Menominee Indians. --. Norridgewock Indians. Ojibway Indians ..-.--- Passamaquoddy Indi- ans Penobscot Indians. .-.- Brackenridge, H. M., description of Ari- karaygame DY. -22--------—<6-0-e-- == Bradford, S. F., second edition of the Greek Testament, printed (1806) by.-----.-.-- Bradley, Edgar J., exchange with -.--..--. invertebrates received {LOM Sse see es ote specimens of Branchio- pus received from -. - specimens of Chasmag- nathus haswellianus received from ------. specimen of Myrmecia Formicata received from specimensof Rhabdam- mina abyssorum sent NO) Se h46 Seances seoeees Bradley, Milton, reference to game entitled Checkered Game of Life, published Braly, Miss Amanda, engaged in compar- ison of insects with museum specimens. Braly, Miss Etta, engaged in comparison of insects with museum specimens. --.- Brandes, Dr. Gustav, specimens of Cteno- tenia leuckarti, C. gorzet, and OC. pecti- MOL ATeCPLV OU LLOMM saree stern a - oe esiclnteie Brandon core of flint, description of a-.- Bransford, Dr. J. F., pottery whistles col- lected by .-..----.- reference to paper on Archeological Re- searches in Nicarag- Brazil, aboriginal bone whistles, or flageo- : LenS enrOM meee ee musical instruments, distribution of, specimens in....-- Breastplate of judgment, (hoshen hamish- pat) of the high priest. ... silver, of the Torah...-...... Bredsdorff, Jacob H., translation of in- scriptions on prehistoric gold horns, by - Breed, Dr. Daniel, fossils received from estate of the late 2...i: sueseccmese= eo -- = Breeze flies in Palestine.......-.---.-...- INDEX. Page. Page. Brewer, Or. Wi. Wiech cet ebie at ecaeeart= 30 316 | Brewster, William, specimens of birds pre- sented py. -eee- ces 54 160 title of paper by-..-..- 196 Brick, ancient method of making, in 494 Fava D ioap se neeencraencecenaoas6e 1004 653 from Egypt, ancient.....-.....--. 1004 modern Egyptian, from Thebes.. - 1005 54 | Brinton, Dr. Daniel G., quoted...--...---- 578, 801 751 remarks by, concerning native 694 American stringed musical in- 724 StLUMeNts oo sess cee =e eee 577 696 | Bristol Bay, list of lamps from, in National 705 MiSs OUI <2. stele eset 1052 706 the cooking pot of....-.-.-.-. 1052 lamps of o<-ftecees see eee 1052 707 | British America, accessions from:....--. 147 709 to Museum library 716 from insti- tutions in. 165 1016 committee for zoological explora- 25 tion of West Indies, Microhy- ; menoptera presented by the. ..- 63 66 | British Guiana, primitive musical instru- ments from.. 649 26 rattles from. - - 649 trumpets from. 649 British Museum, London, England, speci- 26 mens of fishes sent to- 25 of Natural History, fishes transmitted to 26 tiie ests Se, eee 101 of Natural History, specimens of Typhlo- 26 molge rathbuni sent tothe soc. cle sce cae 26 Brittany, use of gold in, in the Neolithic 842 period #226 soe. sect cee aoe 504 Britton, Dr. N. L., engaged in study of her- 41 barium specimens. -.. 42 specimens of plants pre- 41 Senveduh vaeeesaeamtac 78 Britton, Mrs. E. G., engaged in study of MOSSOS ssa 5 -ose ee oce ene nee 42 27 | Bronze age, European pottery in the..... 494 427 Hopewell mound art of the -- 501 musical instruments in Eu- 611-614 rope anvthesce-. esses seats 526 of the Neolithic period......- 497 principal difference between the Neolithic period and the 498 611 reference to use of the Swas- _ tika during the .-....-..... 358 652 styles of decoration in the... 499 use of copperin A mericainthe 499 652 bells from Chiriqui, Colombia. --. 627 278 horns, prehistoric, from England. 548 Treland.. 539 979 Scotland. 547 994 | Brooks, William E., specimens lent to. --.. 39 Brotherson, E. 8., bone flute presented by - 651 538 | Brower, J. M., Pandean pipes collected by 559 Brown, Capt. awe: Gocaccc seen ee ene 30 71 | Brown, Charles F., specimens of quartz 966 crystals presented by ...-.-...-- Seccore 83 Brown, Mrs. J. Crosby, musical instru- ments re- ceived from. . pottery flage- olet presented lO passomacc Brown, Mrs. W. W., account of a game of the Wabanaki In- dians by- Passamaquoddy bowl games described by Brown, S. G., registrar-----.-------«---=-- Brown, W. Du Val, historical relics of Maj. Gen. Jacob Brown deposited by -- Brownell, Lieut. Frank E., historical rel- ics deposited by Brule Dakota Indians, plum stone game OCHO se caicssceese tes cepa et ece sees cies Brunetti, E., English Diptera received PROM eee ees seem si= specimens of British Dip- tera received from Jacques, reference to rad- Bruyas, Rev. ical words written by Bryant, Henry G., quoted Bryden, H. A., description of Bushman divining for ostriches by Brynjulfsson, translation of inscriptions on prehistoric gold horus by Bubo ascalaphus (Egyptian eagle owl) in Palestine Buddhist game of promotion...-..--.---- Bufo regularis (African toad) in Palestine- Bufo viridis (green toad) in Palestine. - Bug-ga-sank, method of playing game of. Buildings and labor, review of work in division of Bulletin No. 39, ist of papers mablished separately from..-...--- Part F, supplemental edition of, dis- tributed H, publication of-. -- I, publication of... -- J, publication of--. -- K, publication of -... 47, Part 1, in type second volume of, in prep- Brat ONessa = weer AGUNG bY, D Cases ae eee raster = reference to work on Bulletins, publication of, began in 1875 --- 3ureau of American Ethnology, material lent to - - Animal Industry, collections of parasites trans mit- ted by the. specimens for helmin- thological collection received from the -. of the Mohawk language * INDEX. Page. Bureau of Education, photograph of twin Eskimo children received 95 BONN WN Sosorcocgbodmsesn soe Ethnology, large and impor- tant collections received from 660 LI enon OREM ISA ISO ESOC e DO Burgess, Prof. E. 8., specimens of asters lente topees ose case eee cine <== nemnine 880 | Burmese chess game of Chit-Thareen. - game of dominos ..-...---------- Pasit (pachist)....-.--- 2074009) (oe Burnett, Dr So Wlasesnceeee se eeee amen 100 | Burns, Frank, collecting outfit furnished LEE SERRE SOC OOECn JOCOEC OSSCO An Soccace 95 | Bust of Ramses II, cast of a-.-..-..----- Button game of the Seneca Indians -..--- 95 | Caccabis chucar (partridge) in Palestine. . Caddoan stock, games of the-.----------- 759 | Cxsar, Col. G., specimens of caswellite | presented by .--------------++---------- 63) |i" @zesarea, theicoim Ofees---s- eens ees eee | Cairo, Egypt, prehistoric musical instru- 26 MentsAvoMmse. sso se sce ee sees eee eee Calamy, Edmund, Cromwell's soldier's pocket Bible compiled (1643) by .------- 725 | California, aboriginal drums and rattles 719 {POM sae eee seas eset e os bone whistles from.......-.-- 816 flageolets from -...-..-------- prehistoric musical instru- 538 ments fromesss see eee sees Call, Dr. R. Ellsworth, bats from Mam- 962 moth Cave, 821 Kentucky, 965 presented by 965 collecting outfit 706 furnished to- new species of 102 Diptera pre- sented by --- 251 | Calvert, Philip P., titles of papers by---- Calves’ heads, representations of, in the paleolithic period -----.-------------=-- 99 | Camel (Camelus dromedarius) in Pales- yf lies itis} Ys) Saco naercococ.coccosassassoucess 37 | Camelus bactrianus (bactrian two-humped 37 camel) in Palestine..---..------ 37 dromedarius (one-humped camel) 37 rin (EGA oem ocooceoeorssees Canada, accessions to museum library 37 from institutions in-.--.--.----- 37 distribution of specimens in...-. 55 | Canby, W. M., specimens of plants pre- 324 Sentedebyee ess ce =e eee eee aaa Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New 40 Zealand, exchange with the .-.-.-.----- Cape Colony, accessions to Museum li- brary from institutions in.--....--.--.--- Cardus, José, description of Toba game by 31 | Carl, Wohlgemuth, exchange with -..-.-- Carne, Joseph E., exchange with-.....--- Carnelian (odem) of the Bible, the ..-..--- Carob tree (Ceratonia siliqua), seed pods GS? WING) oo Peco tse soogDOBaEDC Oncor saSsoce Cartailhac, M., reference to investigations * 69 of neolithic sculptures by..-..-.-------- 1065 Page. 31 32, 51 63 196, 197 392 959 1066 Carte da Giuocare, or Italian playing- CATOS sos eae Side a Rae eees eae as a5 933, 934 Cartes & jouer, or Piquet pack of French playIng-cards joose-eee eee eee oe oaeano Cartwright, W., ancient whistling bottle PLESOMMUGC ID Yi eee see eee a teense cle maee Casanowicz, I. M., Biblical Antiquities title of paper by..----- Ca-se-he-a-pa-na, method of playing game nearer sey le nie caine reenter act oes Cast of an ancient Hebrew weight-.---.- stone bead >. 22. .2..).-- the Lachish tablet ....-..--.---.- Moabite stone. -....-.-------- seal of Haggai, son of Sheb- ANIM SIS e ei escalates Siloam inscription -....--.--.- Castanets from) SyLia- -22-.-- cess eee ae Catalogue entries. .-.----...-..0.--.<----- of games and implements for divination exhibited by the U.S. National Museum incon- nection with the department of Archeology and Paleontol- ogy of the University of Penn- sylvania at the Cotton States and International Exposition, Atlanta, Ga., 1895, by Stewart ulin 42285. cence tecenore =~ Catlin, George, description of Iowa ‘Game of Platter” by--.< =.=... Indian gallery, reference to Cats, practice of mummifying, by the Mey piaMsesassee sentra mee eect Cave bear, representations of the, in the Paleoliphic periods .j\n-s-cese see i= Cavern period, Glacial period contempora- neous with the -........ of flint chipping.-.----.... Cedar of Lebanon (Cedrus libani) cone of Le erase oeancoenss economic uses of the.. Cedrus libani (cedar of Lebanon), cone of - Celebes playing-cards-....).. -.- 02-222... Centennial Exhibition, 1876, accessions re- ceived at close of.... effect of, on National Museum... exhibits transferred to National Museum at close of. .-. reference to Govern- ment ex- hibits at Central America, accessions from .....---. to Museum library from insti- tutions in. INDEX. Page. Central America, musical instruments frOM ceases eeeaceetee use of gold in, in pre- 936 historic times......-.. Ceratonia siliqua (carob tree), seed podsof.- 660 | Ceremonial arrows, Korean ........-..--- objects, Jewish religious... -. 943 of the Neolithic period 197 | Ceylonese cowrie game of Kawade Kelia. - Chaco Indians, Toba tribe, games of the. - 766 | Chaillu, M. Paul du, reference to The 972 Viluings ge by tse 2sc/oneot seine eee ee 973 | Chak t’in kau, method of playing Chinese 971 dice: Same ons. ws ose pees sere eee 968 | Chalcedony of the Bible, the.........-.--- Chaldean deluge tablet, the ...........--- 971 | Chaldeans, reference to music of the -.-.-- 969 Chamberlain: Dr. is secs eee eee 976 collection of gems 23, 24 and semiprecious stones presented Dyseeeeseeeseene collections of mol- lusks, gems, and precious stones presented by ...- Chamberlain, Mrs. Frances Lea, collec- tions of mollusks, gems, and precious Stones presented" Dyer. 2. -s2.>202e5 ee 665 | Chanler-Héhnel expedition, insects and other material collected by the ......... 756 | Chanler, William Astor, large collections 9 | of mammals. birds, ete., presented by -. | Chaplin, Dr. Th., original of ancient He- 1003 brew weight obtained by......---.-.--- | Chapman, Frank M., specimens lent to--. 379 title of paper by .--. Charlevoix, P. de, account of Huron dish 368 PAM CD Ya ceieste ae sie alata eet erate eee 370 | Chaster, G. W., exchange with ......-.-.. specimens of Odostomia 957 lactea received from... 957) | Chatard) Dr. TMi ee ese. se-ee = Fwrekants ele 957 | Chator, implements used in Malayan chess 936 SAMO Olen eee aan =e eee eee Malayan chess game of.....------ Chaturanga, ancient Indian dice chess 304 PEEK eo dabsindoscocednS implements used in ancient Indian dice chess game of. 303 method of playing ancient Indian dice chess gameof. relation of the game of Pa- chisi to the game of ..---- Chausar, implements used in Indian dice 5 EPMA ON oonoe science maces oe Indian dice game of ......-.---. EWG) O Ssgnepencidechaccen Chelidon rusticata (swallow) in Palestine. Chelléen epoch of flint chipping. ---..-....- 302 implements, description of.-....- 154 various opinions as to the use of ..... Ch’é mé, Chinese gameof.......-..-...-.. implements used in playing game 176 OL snaeies BROODS OOS daleecs soc Page. 610 510 955 881 9933 447 851 803 539 833 981 1007 521 59 83 Chernelhaza, Stefan Chernel von, exchange Ril Uses Stns Daaes see eacae te cceee specimens) lent) tol-s-2.----— eee eee Cherokee Indians, bean game of the Cherouse, E. C., implements for Snohom- ish (7?) dice game collected by Cherrie, George K., specimens lent to .--- title of paper by Chess and Playing-Cards, by Stewart @ullinw 232. 232 seca se -e esse ees Chinese wamelefsse.---s-- = 2 Hnelishi gameiot- = ss. .cs ance implements used in English game Otastanassdo Maldive game Of sass 5cc=- Maldive game of ...-........<.... Chessboard from Morocco...-.--.--------- Cheyenne Indians, dice game of the.-..--- Chicago (1893), reference to display of the Museum at exposition in Chile, distribution of specimens in China, distribution of specimens in reference to divinatory practices of ancient nobles of Chinese book of divination reference to origin of.--. chess game of Tséung K’i dice game of Shik tsai divining isplintsee--.2= == <<. method of for- tune-telling by means of domino card game of Tim chi p’ai- game of Kwat p’ai folding ifanyorigini Of. ---2~-.s-= = fortune-teller’s sign gambling lotsteccemesees =e lena game of Ch’é mé ShinpyktmMsbOmes = sete the promotion of offi- (Oh A CSpn ce onepeseoee God-of-War divining lets....-.-- [Ot ANS WORS eset: eeceeee eae New Year cards, or Nin kan .-.. notice tally, or P’ai ts’im Origin of Playing-cards, refer- ence to paper on, by W. H. Wil- IMS ON ae staal setae ener playing-Cardsecs= ce aes a= tally and dice game of Chong iin GWG coseesoconccness ESR Sne white pigeon (lottery) ticket word blossoming (lottery) Chip, definition of Chippewa Indians, bowl game of the.-.... Chiriqui, Colombia, animal-shaped whis- tles from-...-..... bird-shaped whistles of unpainted ware from bird-shaped whistles, red, without painted decora- tions, from INDEX. Page. | Chiriqui, Colombia, bird-shaped whistles, 25 with painted deco- 39 rations, from ...--- 720 bronze bells from -.. double whistles from 746 drum - shaped whis- 39 tles from...---.--. 197 drums'fromis:---..-- metal musical in- 665 struments from .-.. 865 musical instruments 862 of percussion from. prehistoric musical 862 instruments from. rattles from.....-.-.- 860 top-shaped whistles 860 fromessecacscssees 862 tubular or reed- 691 shaped instru- ments from .--.--- 306 whistles in grotesque 278 forms from. --.--- 280 whistles of complex form frome eee ae 809 wind musical instru- 684 ments of pottery from 224522425062" 685 | Chit-Thareen, Burmese chess game of... . 863 implements used in chess 833 | PAMesOl sesso eres 898 | method of playing Bur- mese chess game of.... - | Chittenden, F. H., titles of papers by.--. 898 Chittenden, Newton H., implements, etc., 837 presented by... 836 | pottery flageolet- 888 | shaped instru- 896 | ment from 902 | Mexico pre- 822 | sented by..=.- 820 | Chong tim ch’au, Chinese tally and dice CAMS tee e seer eee 820 | implements used in 902 Chinese tally and dice 899 | DAME Oia esses 883 Choque suelo, reference to game of.-.----. 883 | Christian Soldier’s Penny Bible, the--.-- Chrysolite (farshish) of the Bible, the-.-. | Chrysoprase of the Bible, the.....--...-- 930 | Chrysops-coecutiens (breeze flies) in Pal- CPO pPy |) GR) - pee copooobanocacoanssomnancaneenc | Chukchis lamp from eastern Siberia in 840'|| National’ Museums: .-2-2-2--26-o-sse- oe 903 | Chuki, Malayan game of ........---.....- 904 method of playing Malayan game 355, 356. | Of a5 sce sce sos ines ecco ees 694 | Chungkee stones of the Neolithic period. Ciconia alba (stork) in Palestine.......-. 636 nigra (black stork) in Palestine. . Cincinnati (1888), reference to display of the Museum at exposition in........-..- 630 | Cincinnati Tablet. description of the... -- translation of the... -. Circular No. 47, distribution of.....:..... | Cireumcision (milah), knife and cup used Gs iniwite of seses eS sese 52s sess close ces 606 1068 Civil service Clallam Indians, dice game of the. --.---- Clark, A. Howard, custodian of historical collections, coins, and medals .-..------ Clark, Prof. W. B., material lent to --..-.-. Clarke, Hdward)-s<.0..cchel2- cece ncecccs Giana, werol-ch mieten ee cee ce seeee honorary curator of department of min- erals [2b ese see reference to publica- tion of papers by--- titles of papers by-..-- Clarke, Prof. John M., material lent MOMS a eecoopeocceo so sade JSS OSES SoSoSE Clavigero’s History of Mexico, reference Cliff dwellers, aboriginal musical instru- MONS (OL Whe )nee ssere cee oe een oa Club House playing-cards of United SUEIG 38 SR Sore ote oat Sosa oe seesS acs Cluss & Schulze, superintending archi- tects of National Museum building. ... Coan ki, reference to Chinese backgam- MOD CAME OL He ces seca cee see ae eet Coat of sheepskin in Bible lands ........- ShVee hele hdoeaacceerSsqccon DASH se Cock in Palestine: thes-ss.e-=2 nce. cee mr Cockall, reference to ancient game of .--- Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A., specimens of prosopis lent to Cocopa Indians, stave game of the.-...-.. Codex Alexandrinus, facsimile of the.... Sinaiticus, facsimile edition of. --- Vaticanus, facsimile of the......-- Codrington, R. H., description of a Melan- CBlANY FAMGIDVacaw as acon nelen= mam mee a= = = Com of Aoripparll dhe’ .= - cc. e--e sees ‘Ann KelOn Hes. cone ape ont cio Ciresarea nthe osc.icc oe eos cece ces Cyprus; the c25 2s. ese see eee te Demetrius Soter, the..-.......... Herod Antipas, the Herod Philip II, the Coins of Bible lands, aselection of the..-.. Johny reanns<---c-=en-se eee ee the city of Damascus, the- ------ Thessalonica, the. .---..........: Collection of Bibles........-......-...... Collectors’ outfits furnished...........-.- Collett, Prof. Robert Collins, Capt. J. W., model of Savannah, built under supervision of ...-.......-- Colorist, review of work of the .....-.-.- Comanche Indians, dice games of the .--. Comer, Capt. George, implements for Es- kimo game of dominoes collected by Comfort, Asst. Surg. A. J., aboriginal bone whistle collected by Comparative anatomy, catalogue entries in department department of, reference to col- lections in the. . 588, 592 INDEX. 45 | Comparative anatomy, list of accessions 745 to department Of. SI ei 95 number of speci- 40 mens received 304 in department 30 OLS eee sees plans of curator for further de- 83 velopment of department of - 84 review of work in 197 department of - Comstock, Prof. F. M., assistance ren- 40 dered by.---- title of paper DY Sova eta Conant, F.S., cheetognaths presented by - 582 title of paper by .----..--.- Conchoidal fracture, definition of. .....-.- 941: | ‘Cone of a Lebanon firs:-3-5-2----ssc-~ ae the cedar of Lebanon (Cedrus 304 libant) -..2 -esceekee tote teens | Coney-rock-badger in Palestine, the...--- 851 | Confederate States of America, English 988 playine-cards---.6-sseeceecs-e pee mee ee 990 | Cook, Prof. O. F., appointed custodian of 960 myriapoda...:---.... 830 titles of papers by-.--. Cooking pots from Cumberland Gulf in 39 National Museum, 768 istrolso soe. eee 1018 Greenland in National 1017 Museum, list of .-.. 1017 Labrador, list of, in National Museum.. 817 St. Lawrence Island in 985 National Museum, 986 list 6f.32aeeeeee cee 985 | Cooperation of the Executive Departments 987 of the Government-c--5.-52-5- -<--se =e 987 | Copenhagen Museum, notice of a concert 984 | of the prehistoric musical instruments 985 in: the:322 22.2 ies:2 2 Soonce scene ee eee eee 982 | Copineau, C., specimens of plants received 984 BUG ofl Ge Basen arciae | SoS on OF men Se 986 | Copper age, reference to the existence 988 Of ai 2 Fae otee See or eee eee 1013 in America, use of, in the bronze 32 BOO ss. ete sae sere ae Se een sneer 25 plates from Etowah mounds...-.- Queen Consolidated Mining Com- 92 pany, collection of minerals 106 presented. by thei-------.-..---: 747 | Coptic translation of the New Testament Coquillett,.D.W-~=-2-6----ec-=sen]aeeak ees appointed custodian of 840 dipters #225-s-e.ceneees empide presented by- --- 574 titles of papers by-.--..--- Corcoran Art Gallery, art objects depos- ited! (1874) in the?=* "ewes osee reese ee 70 | Cordovan leather, reference to origin of-- Correspondence and reports, review of WOOP In Givi sioniOl 2 hea seseee cease 314 | Corvus corax (raven) in Palestine ......-- Page. 159 70 70 69 67 197 66 197 427 958 957 959 942 20, 62 197, 198 1044 1047 1042 1051 29 528 78 500 499 500 83 1019 31 20, 62 63 198 301 957 99 963 Cory, Charles B., title of paper by......-. Cossmann, M., material lent to..........- Costa Rica, prehistoric musical instru- MOentsiromecsse nce see whistles or flageolets from. Costume (male) of Bagdad, Mesopotamia. (woman's) of Bagdad, Mesopo- WERE pancod na sce RARcmemSoC nce Wotton trom Wry pte. ..64-44- > sen ase Cotton States and International Exposi- LOM Sef rarsisejare asics ou seen Ua ce cies cee Cotton States and International Exposi- tion, description of the exhibit of bibli- cal antiquities at the, by Cyrus Adler and JOM: Casanowiez. -s-d--+2-2--2-+-=< Cotton States and International Exposi- tion, list of precious stones exhibited at TUR Geetevetaietelscterclesa! ic a) ckareicte ra agajeroiaiarareceie oe Cotton States and International Exposi- tion, preparation of exhibits in different depanvments:1or the ass. ates oee eee see Cotton States and International Exposi- tion, reference to expenditures in con- MACHON With bh el son: cles seinen eee Cotton States and International Exposi- tion, return of exhibits from the-..--..-- Cotton, various theories concerning the existence of, in ancient Egypt.-.-...... Joturmizx communis (quail) in Palestine - Coucou, reference to French game of.--.- Coulter, John M., services rendered by -- title of paper by---.--- titles of joint papers by Coverdale, Miles, first complete English Bible issued (1535)) by =--=-------------- @overdale's Bible c.kisc..c—c cece oon sees CovallevHred erick Wises lee =e honorary curator of department of Plants eeecsce-- inchargeof National Herbarium. ..---- titles of papers by- - Cowrie, game of, Ceylon ...-..--.-.-----.. play of, Indias. - seem =sceeia Cox, Capt. Hiram, theory of, concerning origin of modern chess.----- BARE DE Os Cox, Ulysses O., title of joint paper by -- jE Ne Nb Spceenaccoecode Cox Wiis Chiet Clerk: 2.< <<.dsce amisiocerea= in charge of exhibit at At- lanta Exposition during absence of R. E. Earll reference toannual report of Covote, reference to Mexican game of. --. Crandall, C.S., specimens of plants pre- SCMLEC ID Yr one ses ee oe cio teen eee aera Credner, Dr. Herman, specimens of Branchiosaurus amblystomus received Cree dictionary, reference to Father La- Combo’ sicasca- =.= eee eat cee eames nee Cresson, Dr. H. T., representation of mammoth found by Crevecceur, F. F., land and fresh-water shelis received) from: .-.---.-.ccosese- > INDEX. Page. 198 | Crocodiles, practice of mummifying, by 40 DOM PAY Ul ALS eet chars le see ered ete Cro-Magnou Cavern, reference to discoy- 613 eries by M. Riviére in 614 ONG eme is a aes eae 989 reference to prehistoric race (0) Cn oe oS Oe oe DORR 990 | Cromwell's soldiers’ pocket Bible..-...-. 1005 | Crosby, F. W., aid rendered by .-----..-- Crounse, Charles M., handled stone 45 hatehet collected by.---------------..-- Crystal skull, specimen of a, of the Neo- lithieperiod: 2222 s2--<50j02 2s sence ara oe Cucu.cards) of Maly 223-5-2-— sees ae 943 | Cueleneer, M. de, opinion of concerning bronze head in Gallery of the Louvre. - Culin, Stewart, Chess and playing-cards, 981 DYrosee soe anes eae title of paper by.-......- Cumberland Gulf, list of cooking pots from, 50 in National Mu- B@UM eee lamps from, in Na- 98 tional Museum- the lamps of.-..--......- 50 | Cuoa, J. A., Nipissing plum stone game describedibyss.ss-2 cece bese eae eee 1005 | Currie, Rev. Hector, exchange with ...... 963 | Curtiss, A. H., specimens of plants pur- 940 chased from: 2252 26s - sees ooecieeseseees 80 | Cushing, Frank H., account of Zuni game 198 of Sho/-li-we by- - - - 198 assistance rendered Dyes ee eee eee 1020 description of Zuni 1020 game of Ta/-sho’-li- 31 WOIDY acct hen ree ee Cussé, M. L. Davy de, reference to investi- gation of Neolithic sculptures by ....-. 78 | Cymbals from Egypt.-..-.-.-....--....2. Cynonycteris cegyptiaca (bat) in Pales- 78 bINe (scams seme eaate eee eee eee eee 1199) || Cyprus) the\coin ofee---en-— eee eee eee 851 | Daggers, specimens of, from Scandinavia. 851 | Dakota Sioux, plum stone game of the. --. Dale, Prof. T. Nelson, material lent to- --- 8584|' Dall, Dy. Wi feltea mel. toatecmisc sce amcse cose 201 honorary curator of depart- 199 ment of mollusks. .....-- 98 lamps of ancient Aleuts collected) by -.-— =~ se - = prehistoric bone whistle 99 collected bij e-.e=- eee 98 reference to joint paper on 876 Antillean Tertiary fos- 78 SUID yeas papers on mol- lusks pub- 2771 lished by-...-- publication of 695 papers by-..- titles of papers by..-..----- 381 | Dam Hariman, Malayan game of.....---- Damascus, the coins of the city of ..-..--- 59) | Damon Wie ----- 6s sama Meeees caeomaeoes 1069 Page. 1003 414 372 1022 85 61 62 62 199, 200 875 1070 Daniel, Dr. Z. T., deseription of (Dakota) Sioux plum stone game implements for (Dakota) Sioux plum stone game collected by .--------- reference to active in- terest manifested by- Danilson, William H., implements for Shoshoni stave game collected by Danish playing cards (Spille-Kort)..-.--- Dannefaerd,$.,specimens of birds pur- chased from Daughters of the American Revolution, National Society, historical relics depos- ited by the Davenport, George E., services rendered Davis, Andrew McFarland, account of straw or Indian‘cards; by.--.--5-.22.2- Davis, Charles E., model of raft made by chief of Mojave’ Indians presented by- Davis, Prof. G.C., material lent for study to iD Ayr Ly vale We 7S Spe scien ae etelsiais olate'm ae Day, Robert, prehistoric bronze horn de- NCTI DEON Dyson 2 atts toe eli lot Dead, Egyptian book of the Death Valley Expedition, specimens re- ceived from the Dedication, lamp used at the feast of ..--- Delaware Indians, dice games of the Dellenbaugh, F.5., opinion of, concerning aboriginal head-shaped vases-..-..--.-- Deluge, Babylonian story of the....------ tablet, the Cha'dean..--....-..... Demetrius Soter, the coin of....---------- Deming, E. W., reference to painting of aboriginal stone lions by Denarius, or Roman tribute penny ----.--- Denig, Edwin T., accounts of Assinaboin bowl and stave game from report of. --- Denmark, distribution of specimens in... Derenbourg, J., the Pentateuch edited (1893) by Development of the exhibition series - - -. Museum Dewey, Lyster H., titles of papers by ---. Dhola (Pachisi), implements used in Mal- dive game of.......--. Maldive game of..-...--- Diamond (shamir) of the Bible, the-...--- Diaz, Bernal, remarks by, concerning use of musical instruments in warin Mexico. Dice game of the Cheyenne Indians --.-.-- Clallam Indians Iroquois Indians..-.----- Klamath Indians ....-.-- Klickitat Indians.-...--. Kwakiutl Indians ....-- Lku ‘ingen Indians Makah Indiaus..-....--. Mandan Indians........ Narragansett Indians -. Nishinam Indians Nslakyapamut Indians . INDEX. Page. i Dice game of the Shooshwap Inuians..... Snohomish (?) Indians - 757 Tlingit Indians.......-. T wana Indians......... Uinkaret Indians. ...--- 757 Yankton Sioux--.2.-2-. Vokut Indians: ssecees- 30 | Dice games, American Indian, table OF oie ee eee eee 748 of the Arapaho Indians 689, 938 Comanche Indians. -. Delaware Indians. -. 54 Micmac Indians- 697, 80 893, 894 30 39 30 542 1004 31 996 721, 725 476 1008 1007 987 485 985 751 279 Didelphys virginiana sent to Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, iv OxcChanees sae saaeecoe eek eee Didrachms of Athens, the..-........----- Dilg, Carl, ‘‘ Riverside arrow” found by-. Dinwiddie, William, implements for Papago dice game collected by-.----.---- Directions for collecting and preparing fos- sils, Bulle- tin 39, Part K (pub- lished) preserving insects, Bul- letin No. 39, 787-799 690, 691 747 721, 725 702, 703 37 Part F, sup-° plemental edition dis- tributed -.. minerals, Bulle- tin 39, Part H (published) ...-. rocks and for the preparation of thin sections, Bulletin 39, Part I (published) - - - specimens and in- formation illus- trating the ab- original uses of plants, Bulletin 39, Part J (pub- lished) Disbursements from unexpended balances of appropriations for 1894 and 1895. .....-.... under appropriations for year ending June 30 1896 during year end- ing June 20, 1896, state- ment of....... the Eskimo lamp..--.---- Divination, Chinese book of......-.-...--. implements, Japanese Korean handbook of, with staves references to use of tossed staves for purposes of. ----- 99 37 37 272 272 721 101, 102 273 1040 684 889 684 807 Divining lots, Chinese god of war...-..-..-. splints: Chinese, .----<.-a= son sane ote sess alee ene 838 | Dyer, L.S.,implements for Klamath dice \)) Yeameicollected by 2--=-sscrssereee see 840 | Eagle, golden, in Palestine .........-.---- Earll, R. Edward, biographical sketch of- 836 died March 19, 1896 .... in charge of exhibit at 839 | Cotton States and In- ternational Exposi- 993 tion) sees eee | Eastern Siberia, the lamps of..-.......--- | Easther’s Almondbury Glossary, deserip- 712 | tion of a Long Lawrence from .....--.- Edris a Jin, implements used in Syrian MENTORS shoe Cessoccocesce | Syrian game of ..--..-...... 712 | Edueational museum, definition of.....--. | Eells, Rev. Myron, account of T wana dice | DC AMeND Veena implements for Clallam 756 dice game collected le ooccnnooneneaodrad | Egede, Hans, description of the lamps of 897 Greenlandibyiestee see eee eens | Egypt, accessions to museum library from institutions im-------.---------- AUTOM GS) Ole sears eiecrer 552 | prehistoric musical instruments 977 HIND linen co oc acho SSO SHenecCsag? | the hoopoeaneescte- o-seeiee eee ae 95 | horsefly (Hippobosca equina) | ING: aes soe eee ee eos 603 sacred scarabieus (Ateuchus BUHAY Tht! Seceosos susocosotoDe 6210 || Heyptian cottons esse- =e s=-cseeeeee Cymbal Seaeeeeea ese ee eee 542 dice game of kubos -.-.---------- PEYOTE UE yee be sor senso sococe 763 ke ttled rom) =se see eseese eer | mummy, model of an. ..-----.--- 762 reeds or pan pipes .....-------- Egyptians, process of mummifying bodies 83 | employed by the. ...-------- 988 reference to music of the -.---. 4460) eb hrenbatlinn Direeas se aeee see eee ee 573 El hombre, reference to Spanish ecard ASO ie PaO. Ob pete eae aie meine ieleleiarntemis aoe 625 | Eliot, John, translation (1663) of the Bible Ly) se soc6e sen podoncdercea cee Se ae orsne 566i]; Dliot sendigneBible= eos... see eee ae | Ellington, H. M., specimen of leat-shaped 565 flint implement found by-..---..--------- | Elliot, Daniel G., engaged in study of 584 | pirdseceee see eena 1072 INDEX. Page. Elliot, Daniel G., title of paper by ....--. 201 | Eskimo lamp, various uses of the........ Elwes, H.J.; exchange with..............-- 28 lamps compared with lamps of North American Diurnals re- northern Europe ------ CONN OECOM sea aee= = eee 63 of the, by Walter Emerald (bareqeth) of the Bible, the.-....-- 981 Hough. 222- -32-4- ae see Emmert, John W., aboriginal stone statue use of, in the arts.--:...- excavated by .--..--- 472 musical instruments of the Hud- reference to explora- SOUBAY fs ffs ses eee eee tions conducted by-.- 90 the lamp as a social factor among Emmons, Lieut. George T., reference to ThE. hk ee ee ee oweeece es Taku gambling sticks collected by-.-.-..-.- 907 typical lamp of the............:. Engel, Carl, ancient South American wind instruments described by --. 654 primitive pottery trumpet de- BELIDER Pyne sere seen eles 652 Quoted suo eas sce scseens cece 589 England, distribution of specimens in-.----- 279 hog (die) Mrom=os= oon. se oe ee e's 823 prehistoric bells or rattles from... 548 bronze horns from..-. 548 musical instruments Lip 1) Wa seme is tea 548 Engler, Prof. A., specimens of African plants sent for determination to...-...--. 40 Huglish game of chess 222225. - -sceseerse es - 862 Long Lawrence.......-.-- 823 English, George L. & Co., specimen of loran- dite presented Dy. ss22seee eee 83 specimen of than- masite purchas- ed from ..-..-... 83 English playing-cards...........-----.----- 941 (Confederate States of America).....-- 942 Engraving, Madelainien epoch of .----.---- 372 material used for, in the Paleo- lithic period =.=. --25--2-..-- 407 methods of, in the Paleolithic POTION 55-22 oscar ew eee eee see 405 Engravings on bone, horn, and ivory, epoch Of oes h eccscs sess ans es hon leche waemceteee 373 Engravings on bone, horn, and ivory, rep- resentations.of animal life during the GNOChiOl- os -nccceventacinc tent e cess nes série 376 Ephesus, the hemidrachms of ....-..-..-.... 987 tetradrachms of .......-..-.-.-- 987 Erasmus, Greek and Latin New Testament OF Sccc. cure nae seutcwesscesesceeceecusece 1016 Esarhaddon, King of Assyria, stele of, found ALO GTO Ib RIS ar Ses eee ase Secor 1011 Eskimanan stock, games of the .....--.-.-- 717 Eskimo, effect of the lamp on the general health Of theccssess- -Jasseeer eee 1028 food) of the =i 5es2s 220-2 ce2es-2- 1035, 1036 game of dominoes ---...-...--.---- 840 hanging lamp from WNushagak, Alaska eacs oss cee cee eee eet 1035 lamp as a religious factor, the..... 1037 CALCOULING* {ses Nea eee ae 1033 characteristic uses of the. 1039, 1040 distribution and forms of fuel usedanthe == cc. -n----- use of the drying frame in connection with the......- | | Etowah mounds, copper plates from Esther, manuscript copy of the Book Of so Stee ote s toot ae eee ee eee ae Etheridge, R., jr., exchange with Ethiopic version of the Bible............- Ethnological objects, exchanges of -.---.- Ethnology, Bureau of, large and impor- tant collections received from thes. =sseeees cee cause department of, condition of exhibition series in the. -.- list of accessions to depart- ment Ofij25. 4.2sce teres ee rearrangemens of collections in department of remarks by curator concern- ing collections in the de panimentiov.ssau- "ese ecu remarks by curator regarding plans for further develop- ment of department of-.--- review of work in department ot Ethrog, use ofthe, in Jewish Feast of Tab- ermacles (S30 sees tees no een amet ne ones Etruria, prehistoric musical instruments from with game of Tesserae.....--..- Europe, accessions from....-.-.------------ to Museum library from institutions in .- - distribution of specimens 1n.--.-. musical instruments of, in the Ne- olithic or Bronze ages musical instruments of, in the Paleolithic age..../.--....-.... (northern), Eskimo lamps com- pared with the lamps of .-.---- use of gold and silver in,in the Neolithic period European cities, public collections in .--- pottery in the Bronze age-...-. Neolithic period : sculpture in the Neolithic DOTiOd 22 = Se seen see lee emia ais Evans, Sir John, quoted.-....--.......---. Evans, W. W., ancient whistling bottles received from Evermann; Prof. B: W i 22sc-sc=s2=-s20-5 46 engaged in exami- nation of fishes... 162 318 465 363, 548 Evermann, Prof. B. W., investigation of fish and fisheries of Indian River, Florida, by ..-. titles of joint pa- pers by Evolution in Art, reference to, by Pro- fessor Haddon Examination and report, list of specimens sent to Museum for Exchanges of specimens with institutions and individuals abroad Explorations Rall Hematerial lent toc..-.--5----.=-. Fan t‘an, method of piaying Chinese game Ou 32606 bbe os ene Ce SSS Sane oe ence Fauna of the land of the Bible, the Faxon, Dr. Walter, specimens lent to-.... Fényes, Dr. A., coins received from Coleoptera presented by.. specimens of birds pre- sented by Fernald, M. L., services rendered by-.----- Fernald, Prof. C. H., Crambidze presented by material lent for Stud yatOe-aae-ecee= Ferrara Bible, the Hewkes:-Dr: ds W alteD-ceaccesco--cascece- antiquities from Arizona col- lected by--- =-..- assistance ren- dered by collecting outfit furnished to -.-. preparation of il- lustrated cata- logue of material collected by him from Arizona --. reference toancient gambling reeds and bowl found by Fibrolite, composition of Ficus sycomorus (sycamore) from Pales- tine Field Columbian Museum, list of Indian gambling sticks in the table of In- dian gam- bling sticks in the Figyelmesy, Col. Philip, pottery trumpet presented by Finance, property, supplies, and ac- counts Finck, Hugo, ferns presented by pottery whistle caricatur- ing human face received Fink, B.,specimens of plants received from Fire protection, disbursement of appro- priation for NAT MUS 96——68 INDEX. Page. ~ 1022 87 33 42 910 | Fischer, Dr. Heinrich Fish Commission, U.S.,birds’ eggs received ceived from the-. contributions of marine inverte- brates by cooperation with .. established in 1871. plants received from reference to coop- eration of the, with the National Museum specimens of Ty- phlomolge rath- buni received from the Fishes, catalogue entries of.........----- department of, condition of exhi- bition series in the @xcCh anes) Olaas saan list of accessions to department of number of specimens added to col- lection/of.45-3.55-6 ee eeeee of Northand Middle Ameriea, Bul- letin 47, part 1 (in type) of North and Middle America, Bul- letin 47, second volume of (in preparation) reference to collections of,....--- review of work in department of. total number of specimens in col- 1ectionOfes-- er eenee = eee Flageolets, aboriginal, from Brazil from California Costa Rica Nicaragua pottery, from Mexico..-...-... prehistoric, with four finger holes, list of, in the National Museum | Flake, definition of..........------+------ | Flakes or blades, long, of Grand Pres- signy, France Fletcher, Miss Alice C., implements for Omaha plum stone game collected by. - remarks by, con- cerning abo- riginal mu- sical instru- ments=---s-5. aboriginal im- | plements lent to Flint chipping, Alluvium epoch of..-... as/a fine/art. ---3.---- o--- Cavern period of....-.--- Chelléen epoch of..-..--. implements used for-.-.-..- in Mexico the Neolithic period... 301 31, 302 specimens of 40 425 1074 Flint chipping in the Paleolithic period. United States of Amer- Mousterien epoch of..... Seandinavian Solutréen epoch of-.....-- St. Acheuléen epoch of .. Flint, Dr. Earl, pottery whistles collected Flint, Dr. J. M., honorary curator of the section of materia medica; ..s2222s5- 522% . reference to preparation of paper on Foraminif- era by remarks concerning plan devised for exhibiting microscopical objects by Flint gravers of the Paleolithic period. -. implements, curious forms of, from United States of PATNOTI CAI ae cliienie cies in the United States -. Flora of the land of the Bible..-...-..... BOWE Sit. W WAM ees sete ese Flowers, representations of, in the Paleo- lithic period Flute, bone (ancient), from Peru..-...... double, from Palestine INVENPION OVO. ae siemens ens (Shubab) from Syria, a Flutes, primitive, from British Guiana... Foetterle, J.G., Brazilian Lepidoptera col- lected bier = seesen- eee collection of butterflies re- ceived from Footprints, aboriginal, sculptures of..... Forms of the Eskimo lamp..-.....-...--. Fortune-teller’s sign, Chinese..........-.. Fortune-telling cards (Jeu des 78 Tarots Eegyptiens) of France Fossils, condition of exhibition series of- Four Directions, divinatory system of DY jose setae os eli mlm nett a ater ei Fox and geese, game of, in United States- Fox, William J., material lent for mono- graphic study to..... titles of papers by France, accessions to Museum library from institutions in.-.......--. distribution of specimens in.--. French fortune-telling cards (Jeu des 78 Tarots Kgyptiens) game of Jeu de L’Oie............. playing-cards (Cartes & jouer), Piquet pack of - (Tarots) Fringes, the garment of Frog in Palestine, the Frost, Dr., aboriginal sandstone statne POMMOID Yee a= eien eee Bree ere esietacan) eet Fry, "Villiam, first American edition of Hebrew Bible printed (1814) by.--...--- INDEX. Page. 355 | Funds to credit of Museum, July 1, 1895. Fiirbringer, Dr. Max, specimen of Polisto- 428 trema dombeyi lent to .-...-.--.----.--- 370 | Furfooz, reference to excavations by M.E. 428 Dupont in prehistoric cavern of ......-. 371 | Furlong, Dr. Frank, collecting outfit fur- 366.) ( misShe@to\scee ees easasiosieemd een econ Furniture and fixtures, disbursement of 612, 614 APPropriahion fOr. -sha-e2 oe = sce eee Gabb, William H., pottery whistle col- lected by iii sa6sane-ceeee eee eee eee 30,96 | Gambling lots, Chinese....-....-..----.-. sticks of the Alaska Indians... GameofeAstragali (Pali)s os. o- cerns ee 96 dignitaries, Korein ......--...-- goose in United States.......... platter of the Iowa Indians. ...- the promotion of officials, Chi- 96, 97 MGROG a5 eee mica~ siaeistets ate 377 Ten Incarnations, reference bO thes sh ace cemn score oe twenty-five ...... 2hasenon Soonsne 436 366 955 25, 26 394 661 977 977 977 649 | Garment of fringes (Arba Kanfoth) sticks, Singapore game of ..-....--. Games of goose in Museum of Archeology and Paleontology, University of Pennsylvania, table of the- the Algonquian stock.......-.- Athapascan stock....-.....- Beothukan stock @addoanistocks: 52022 css Eskimauan stock TIroquoian stock........---- Keresan stock Kiowan stock Koluschan stock..---..---- Lutuamian stock Mariposan stock..-...-.--. Mohave Indians Natchesan stock......-.... Piman stock. - 2.25 pecs IPujonan stock. 22. .ce 2. Salishan stock. -.-..---=.-. Shahaptian stock.-.-.-.-...... Shoshonean stock. ......--- Siouani Stock... seni eee Tanoanistocke-s=ss-+se—-se Tewa Indians ....--..-- 762, Wakashan stock........... Yuman stock......--..--.. Aun winding se eee 778, 775, 777, ZMTIAN, \SLOCK. 2 -icme een = Gaming arrows of the Kiowa Indians. ... Gane, H.S., material lent to.......-...--- Ganjifa, or Indian playing-cards..-...-.-. Ganjifeh, or Persian playing-cards.-.--.--- Gaon, Saadia, Arabic version of the Bible Dy nae tee erste ore eet ial tee ie Garnet carbuncele (nofek) of the Bible, the. Gatschet, Dr. Albert S., account of Kla- math dice game! Dyes... ------=------ Gaudry, M., specimen of baton de com- mandement described by-.------------- Gaul, prehistoric musical instruments from Page. 271. 39 525 843-848 689 762 763, 765 767 768 771, 772 778, 779 771 685 40 1019 997 981 736 388 549 Gaul, prehistoric trumpets or war horns GHD. sootmagbodnoaeach asanbsocodes ceabos Gavalata, Indian game of........-.......- Gayle, E. E., specimens of plants pre- SQWISGL aaqsess sae sense oareee acopeoe Gazella doreas (gazelle) in Palestine -..-- Gazelle (Gazella doreas) in Palestine-..-. Geare, R. I., division of correspondence and reports under charge of.....-...--. Gebelin, M. Court de, theory of, concern- IPP RVeNeMan TATOTS~s.2.bsee.— 975 Greene, Prof. E. L., engaged in study of Handled, polished stone hatchets ...-..-- 442 herbarium specimens............-..--.- 42 | Handy, R. B., reference to paper on the Greenland cooking pots in National Mu- Cotton’ Plant by=--5s--e-<5--2-3-=-e ese 1005 Sou Ist Ol ceseeen a oenee 1045 | Hannah, R. H., polished stone implement drying frames in National Mu- PECOLVEM LOM nae raw cte Hoste ee eerie 89 seum, listiofie.-coscce sees 1046, 1047 | Hanuman monkey (ape) in Palestine, the- 958 lamps in National Museum, Harlequin playing-cards of United States. 942 ListiOf see eere et oncee ete. 1045 | Harp (Kinnor) in Bible lands, the. -.-.---. 978 the cooking pots of.......-.--. 1044 | Harpoons, ornamentation of,in the Pale- drying frame of ........... 1044 olithiepenods? )-se-s-e-=e2 = ere eae 377 Jamipsiokeee. jase a)-sieeteeees 1044 | Harris, G. D., reference to paper on mol- Greenman, J. M., services rendered by. --. 80 lusks published by .----- 62 Greenwell, Canon, remarks on prehistoric specimens of fossils lent to- 39 pottery Dyce. ccm ce coterie ee ee te 495 title of paper by..--..----. 203 Griffon vulture (Gyps fulvus) in Pales- Harris, I. H., intended presentation of a Hi bh Jose a ie ene ote ae ea ee 965 collection of fossils by-.-- 74 Grimm, Jacob, translation of inscriptions reference to preparation of on prehistoric gold horns by .---------- 538 a joint paper on Ameri- Grinnell, George Bird, account of Black- can fossil starfishes by- -- 74 feet stave game by......-.-.ce-cce----- 710 ' Hartert, Ernst, exchange with ....-...... 25 Hartlaub, C., title of paper by-.......-.-- Hassall, Albert, titles of joint papers by-. Hassler, Dr. Emil, implements for Toba and Chaco games collected by........-.. Hatchets, polished stone, from Scandina- in the Neo- lithie period. Hauer, Dr. Franz Ritter von Haupt, Dr. Paul, honorary curator of ori- ental antiquities...... polychrome edition of the Old Testament ed- CCQaD Vereen seo ores restoration of text on Chaldean Deluge tab- let by Havasupai Indians, game of Hue-ta-quee- CGS. GbE WING peo odppsaTenenooacsnnosees Haviland, G. D., three species of termites TOCONV EG ULOM ce mia is (css cslos esis cence ce ces Hay, W. P., isopods and amphipods re- Coenved roms ase=ie-s2 ses ees = eee Haywood’s History of Tennessee, refer- JRTHGS ens toe cbesoscondé nbeabadoosbanebess Heating and lighting, disbursement of ap- ORO REAP RS ee ocaesopeouSasoSuRmoaS Hebrew Bible edited by Ehas Hutter in 1587 (facsimile of Aleppo Codex) Gai -28 sis. hbssceee first American edition of the, published (1814) by Thomas Dobson. . complete, printed in LNG GooonsenomndacnocSoNes printed editions of the..-. without vowel points, printed (1573-74) by Chris- topher Plan tineec ee .=-2e money of the Bible.-............ weight, cast of an ancient..-..-. Helminthological collection, catalogue en- tries for review of work on specimens, exchangesof. Hemidrachms of Ephesus, the-.-------.. Hemphill, Henry, marine mollusks re- CEIMGU IRONS ses obcood Soneeeescadosoesa5 Hemsley, W. Botting, services rendered Henderson, Col. J. G., specimens of flint implements collected by.-...-..------.-- Henderson, J. B., aboriginal sculpture of human hand on marble slab found by-. Henneberg, Kanut, opinion of, concerning prehistoric gold horns..-..-..-....--.-- Henry, Joseph, first secretary of Smith- sonian Institution ...-.....2..2--. seen Kotzebue Sound, the.......... 1042 Weapradortheseo- 242-0. 5 eee Mackenzie River, in National 1042 Mnseum list of-.sseeseene oe Norton Sound,the............. 1041 Point Barrow, in National Mu- 1041 seum, list of ...... wancwcene 1082 Lamps of St. Lawrence Island, the...--.. INDEX. Page. ; 1050 | Leiberg, J.B., specimens of plants pur- 28 | the Aleutian Islands, the- -..-- 1055 Eskimo, material used in WRG. -tececeec 1031 various uses of bHOu --= nee ee reference to proposed plans of curator for future work in de- PAOMENTOL--- eee nee ee review of work in department Manratonpde ble, theless... ca. son. seem ewe Minneapolis (1887), reference to display of the Museum at exposition in-.-.-------. Missouri mounds, musical instruments PP OM eae seinen = whistles (limonite concretions) from. - Mitchell, Brainard, specimen of white flint implement found by..--..--------- Mitchell SHon sD. o2as4 5-5 secre aa Mizrach (the East), tablet of ........-.... Moabite stone, cast of the..-....----..... preservation of inscription Onl the tiess- 7 coe Mobins,, Profan) sc. 2 cscs nceseceee ase Model of a temple tower of Babylon ..-. =. an Egyptian mummy...-...-.--. Mogol putt’han, Hindu game of ........-- Mohave Indians, games of the-..--..-..-- Mohawk Indians, reference to games of GR Gh est occ aes cia eer nea ce Mollusks, catalogue entries of .--....---- department of, condition of ex- hibition series inthe tec<-..4.- remarks by cu- rator concern- ing collections ith The \s=as<0 exchanges Of --2-25-c.22-s5- 25 lists of accessions to depart- MONE Ole oo eae number of specimens added to collection:of --=-- 2645-520 remarks by curator on con- dition, preservation, and in- stallation of collections of. --. review of work in department Oly Seite taiobe ep ane tee fears statement regarding present extent of collections of ------ Molyneaux, Sir Thomas, reference to Dis- course concerning the Danish mounds, forts, and towers of Ireland by.---..--. Money mentioned in the Bible, list of. --. Monk’s tjyong-Kyeng-to, Korean game of- method of play- ing game of.. Montez, Dr. Emilio, reference to opinion of, concerning prehistoric knuckle bones. . Moo, method of playing Samoan game of. - Mooney, James, account of dice game by- account of Kiowa stave INDEX. Page. 316 161 33 312 60 59 Mooney, James, implements for Arapaho and Cheyenne dice games collected by... - implements for Comanche dice games collected by- implements for Kiowa stave gamecollected by - reference to ethnological material obtained by... Moore, Clarence B.,excavations in Florida sand mounds by. --- reference to fossil as- tragali found by -.- Moorehead, Prof. Warren K.,archeological specimens excavation of Hopewell mound by-.. specimen of flint chip- ping col- lected by-.- Moreno, Dr Hrancisco, Pa. ce a accce.e eee Morgan, Lewis H., Seneca button game deserted) Dyer came soem te eee ee Morgien period of the Bronze age in Scan- Cina vilats iss 5055 Snes Sa ese Morocco, chessboard trom.-......--...---- Morse, Hd ward {Ly .--5- 95 ancient, from Mex- EN Aeron sAaedneaasc 588 eatalogue entries O) AR et from Missouri MOUNAS 25. oe ee from Nicaragua ..-. from Point Barrow - from San Salvador, Central America - from ibet.s-s2> 22 in Europein the Neo- lithie or Bronze BL OSS oe seeen ns? ae in Europe in the Paleolithic age --- of Hupa Indians, Oregon 7 sascseee of percussion from Chiriqui, Colom- bigs eae eee of percussion men- tioned in the Bible of percussion, theory concerning aborig- aby) ees eae ae of the Hudson Bay Hskimomecss sees of the land of the Biblej=-e-sccee sae prehistoric ----...-- prehistoric, from Atricaisereeee | Reinach, M. Solomon, reference to investi- 457 | gations of Neolithic sculptures by -.--- | Reindeer, representations of the, in the ine (Paleolithic period’ss-2-c-ce=2 5222 --eee n= 523 | Relations of the Museum to the Smith- | GES bnspabn nose scab ensooseaaoacass 963 | Relief of Ramses II, cast of a..........-. 356 | Setil:castiofias: =..c5---- ee 273 | Religious ceremonial objects, collection of, 25 | condition of the ..-. 578 Jewish ..... 745 ceremonials, section of, estab- lishedam) 1889 seeeeee sesso 538 | Rennes, golden patera of, reference to the- 809 | Rent of workshops, disbursement of ap- OuiEs propriation fors.s.s-ecce 2: =e anes Repairs to buildings, disbursement of ap- PLOPLIALON TOL esse se aes see 56 | Report (1893), list of papers published separately from the .--..-..=---..------ 54 | Reptiles and batrachians, catalogue en- tries of ..---. 823, 824 condition of 976 the various 999 series in de- 1000 partmentof- 1000 exchanges of - 965 list of acces- 59 sions to de- partment of- 83 number of specimens 1006 added to col- lection of... remarks by curator con- 65 cerning col- leections in 66 department Osseo review of 65 work in de- 573 partment of- 590 total number 626 of specimens 548 in collection 649 Ofis=2-s25 566 of the land of the Bible ....--.-. Review of work in the administrative de- 566 partments. -.--. scientific depart- MENUS loses e eae 585 | Revised version of the Bible.........-.-.-- 815 | Revision of the American Moles, comple- 963 tion of a paper entitled .....-.......-.. Reynolds, Dr. E. E., svenite banner stone contributed Dyse-o-----> == ceca e eae 526 | Rhoads, 8. N., specimens lent to.--...-..-- Richiardi, Prof. Sebastiano, ex change 566 With) sce. os sete eerie sae eee eee 25 157 57 311 56 965 1098 Richiardi, Prof. Sebastiano, specimen of Pentacrinus decorus sent to Richmond, Charles W.,assistant curator department of collecting outfit furnished to- -- engaged in study of birds. --...-- reference to pub- lication of pa- titles of papers Dyn scee eae ee Ridgway, Robert, collecting outfit fur- mished (O5--—--san--= curator of department OLspIrds see eer ee engaged in studying bird life of Florida. - reference to a paper on birds collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, pre- pared: by.22ct- 225-6 reference to publica- tion of papers by.--- remarks concerning work on Birds of North and Middle America by.-.-.-.-.. titles of papers by .--- Riggs, C. W., aboriginal head-shaped vase or death mask found by..--...-.--<.--- Riggs, Stephen R., account of Dakota game of Tiyotipi by.-..----- ------.--- Riley, J. H., valuable assistance in cata- loguing rendered by--.---- volunteer work in depart ment of birds performed by Riley, Prof. Charles V., biographical sketch of. collection of insects p resented 1895 specimens b equeath- ed to Mu- seum by.-. Riviére, M. E., new cave discovered (1896) Roberts, C. H., title of paper by Robinson, Liew, Wirt: : ..25. 6-2. ceeeee birds’ eggs and nests received from erustaceans and echinoderms pre- sented by humming birds con- tributed by------ mammals pre- sented by. -.-.--- INDEX. Page. | | Robinson, Lieut. Wirt. natural-history ma- 26 terial from West e Indies and South America col- 53 lected by -...---- specimens of birds 32 presented by. --. Rockhill, Hon. W. W., bird-shaped whis- 53 tle presented by. description of Tibetan jew’ s- 55 harp by ----<-=- reference to con- 208 tributions of specimens by... 32 reference to ethno- logical speci- 53 mens received throughs. 2---—- 53 reference to paper on the Ethnol- ogy of Tibet by. title of paper by-. 53 | Roman (ancient) dice game of ‘lesserae. - money of ‘the Bible. -.. 52-2245... 55 tribute penny, the..-..-.----..-.. Romeyn; Capt. clenty: 2--4es-2-- 3-26 see Rorebeck, C. G., volunteer work in the de- partment of birds performed by -.--..-.-. 53) |, Rose; Dr: Joseph INGee sas2e tee oe ee eee 208, 209 assistant curator of department of 477 plants: cee-e ee eee reference to papers 897 published by.-..--..-. titles of joint papers by 54 titles of papers by-.-.-- Round the World, reference to game of -. Rowlee, W. W., specimens of plants pre- 41 Sented Dyn = sccscc seek a sre. eee eee Royal Biological Station, Helgoland, Crus- 46 tacea received from the.-.---.-.-.. Botanic Garden, Kew, England, ex- Ghanve withthe 2-202 55----se0e Gardens, Kew, England, specimens 9 of Umbellifere received from the. Zoological Museum, Berlin, Ger- 20, 46 many, specimens of fishes sent Ree U ea ponoodobe as U eee Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark, specimens of fishes 48 Soni i042. Seen seer eee ae Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy, 369 | exchange with the. .-..........--. 209 Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy, 30 specimen of Mytilus sext to the- | Zoological Museum, Florence, Italy, | specimen of Mytilus californicus 56 sent tothe. o2.22:¢-- Sosa | Ruby (odem) of the Bible, the -.-.--..--. Ruminants (?), representations of, in the 66 Paleolithic period <=... -2ae* 42. s ae Russia, accessions to Museum library 70 from institutions in-..---.----- distribution of specimens in .... 50 Russian playing-cards (Igraenye Karty) - Page. 32 54 96 556 29 87 552 209 832 984 985 30 41 31 79 79 198 209 842 78 66 28 78 25, 101 Rust, Horatio N., implements for (Dakota) Sioux plum stone game collected by. -.. Rydberg, P. A., services rendered by. --.- titles of papers by--.-..-- Sabbath lamp of the German Jews....-.- Sacred scarabaeus (Ateuchus sacer) in Egypt, the Safford, W. E., ancient syrinx or Pan-pipes CONeGled arte === tec eeaeccieececicacics Sai, Japanese dice PAM Ofsta-scasssncc- Salishan stock, games of the ........-.-..- SALMON MMM o- locas Gadare oe Se caec eens Salvin, Osbert, title of joint paper by. --. Samoa, prehistoric musical instruments from Sampson, Dr. George, prehistoric reed in- Stroment collected by-..------.-----.-- San-htong, reference to Korean lottery San Salvador, Central America, musical AMStRO MeN is mnOMa.-e esse ee ese as cc cls San Salvador, Central America, musical whistles from Sapphire adamant, ite of the Bible - (sappir) of the Bible, the..----- Sardonyx (yahalom) of the Bible, the. .-. Sargent, Prof. C.S., engaged in examina- tion of Coniferz and Palmacee..--. specimens sent for determination to -- Sargon, cast of the so-called Oval of... --- Saturday lectures, list of-............--.- since 1882, table show- ing namber and dates! of.=..-.. saiettee Saunders, Howard, title of joint paper Savage, M. F., musical instruments re- ceived from Sayce, Prof. A. H., copy of Siloam inscrip- IGM TRIG) |Diiccbocsoscoucenseps=cseoanAs Scandinavia, polished stone hatchets FLOM. 5 2s esicece oe sees prehistoric gold horns TOM Saas scese assesses ess prehistoric luhrs or horns FLOM Eso e ols sae se so stale prehistoric musical instru- MOENTSwiLO Meese eee a Seandinavian flint chipping.......-.-.--. Searabaei, symbolism of the Egyptian... Scarabaeus (sacred) in Egypt, the Schindler, Gen. A. Houtum, account of Persian playing-cards by Schlegel, Dr. Gustav, opinion of, concern- ing origin of European game of domi- INOS) He Rb osoooee cero p ono oon Conese Schley, Lieut. Commander S. M., aid ren- dered by Schooleraft, H. R., account of (Dakota) Sioux “game of plum stones”’ by- description of Chip- pewa bowl game by INDEX. 1099 Page. Page. Schuchert, Charles, assistant curator of 759 department of pale- 80 ontology .-----...- 71 209 Devonian fossils col- 994 lected byzn>.---cees 71 reference to paper on 967 American fossil | Apodidz by-...... 76 662 reference to paper on 835 the Synopsis of 745 American fossil 31 Brachiopoda by... 76 210 | reference to prepa- ration of a joint 560 paper on American fossil starfishes 556 DY: = Seon sosee 74 titles of joint papers 902 DY: see sesicensosces 210 Schuyler, E. O., musical instrument trans- 610 Mitbed Dyn sso: ~ seas ce aoe ene 96 Schwarz. Iii Ave sce aoe ee ee ee 65 610 appointed custodian of 981 | Coleopterous larve-...-.. 20, 62 981 | large collections of insects 981 received from -.--...-.--- 31 | titles of papers by-.-..----- 214, 215 | Schwatka, F., description of the snow 42 | huts of the Kennepetoo InnmitsiDyeesese= eee 1031 40 Quoted’,.<22- essen -ceemses 1027 1006 | Schweitzerbild cavern, evidences of dif- 270 ferent art cultures found in ....-.....-- 415 Scidmore, Miss (hr. Re-as= 5. ee eee eee 94 | Scientific and administrative staff, the --- 107 45) )} literature, contributions to..--- 36 | Selater, Dr. P. L., Bibliography of, refer- 210 elice to work On = a..en ssc teem eee 55 ' Scope of the National Museum..-....----- 11 96 | Scotland, distributlon of specimens in. --. 280 old stone lamp from. ..---....--- 1039 970 | prehistoric bronze horns from-- 547 musical instruments 442 PLOW ees sates ees 547 Scott, Charles P.G., quoted .-. --.-.-.--. 872 533 | Scott, Lieut. J. H., specimens of Enyo | lugubris transmitted by-.----.-..------- 30 527 | Scudder, Dr. 8S. H., North American Me- lv Janoplijpresented! by .4---sc--- =e 63 527 | Seulpture, aboriginal, different areas and 428 | stylesioftse =: ce eae ee 480 1004 European, in the Neolithic 967 DOLIOG: Seen ee sss eee 465 in the Neolithic period.-...-... 465 928 Madelainien epoch of .....---- 372 North American, in the Neo- lithic period! 2s-..---4--55- 468 839 of the Paleolithic period.-...-- 398 Seulpturing, material used for, in the Pale- 30 olithic period... ...-.-.-..-- 407 methods of, in the Paleolithic | period?=25:c: =. eae oe 405 759 Scythians, reference to divination among Ghelsss22 Bese seb son ee cece ae 808 Sectional libraries, list of................. 35 694 | Seed game of the Pawnee Indians........ 717 1100 Sefer Torah (the Pentateuch), manuscript Seleucus I Nicator, King of Syria, the tetradrachmioli> (os secus = eens ese Seminoles, musical instruments used by Semnopithecus entellus (ape) in Palestine. Seneca Indians, button game of the Septuagint, facsimile of manuscripts of Origin ‘Of thesscs.ss-s ees sc Seti I, cast‘of a relief Of: 22... 252. sees 35. the headiofeet cc cscsrsccwee Shahaptian stock, games of the...-...-.-. Shalmaneser II, cast of the black Obelisk OF soe Sse ee eee i sclsee esac stesetes Sheepskin coat of Bible lands, the Shekel of Simon Maccabaeus, the Bherwood\ Ws Liss cases see se ceadencceas se Shik tsai, Chinese dice game of ..-....--. implements used in Chinese dice game of....-..-...-.--.- Shindler, A. Zeno, colorist -.............- Shing kun t’d, Chinese game of ....--.--. implements used in game method of playing game of. Shoemaker, C. W., translation of Professor Kollman’s description of pottery whistles by Shofar (ram’s horn) in Bible lands ...-..-- Shogi, implements used in Japanese chess Japanese chess game of ..-.------- method of playing Japanese chess of Shooshwap Indians, dice game of the .-.-. Shoshonean stock, games of the........-. Shoshoni Indians, stave game of the-.--. Shubal (flute or pipe) from Syria......-.- Shufeldt, Robert W.., titles of papers by- Sia Indians, method of playing stave ZaMeDVaacces- ss usse sone stave game of the.-........ value of throws in stave AMG Of GHEso-s2 saceses Siamese domino game of Tau-tem playang-cards: 235.2284 i. ges. Siberia (eastern), Chukchis lamp from, in National Museum - the lamps of..-.....---. Sidon, the tetradrachm of ..............-- Sikidy, or Malagassy system of fortune- Siksika Indians, stave game of the...-..- Siloam inscription, cast of the. -..... discovery (1880) of the. translation of the. --.- the pool or fountain of..-.......-. Silver in America, use of, in the Neolithic POVIOd. <:-/-sctremae ete sen ates use of, in the Neolithic period. .... INDEX. Page. | | Simpson, Charles T., engaged in study of 993 Naiades:... <2... reference to papers 986 on mollusks pub- Lisheqiay <=. -m>> 576 reference to publica- 958 tion of papers by. 726 titles of papers by-. Simpson, John, quoted 2. -20.c2-- sascese 1017 | Simpson, J. Y., covering stone of dolmen 1016 taken from Archeic Sculpturings by. -- 1001 | Sinaiticus, Codex, facsimile edition of ---. 1001 | Singapore, game sticks from. -.-......-.--- 747: | Bingley. vas +) at: faa ae ee fossils contributed by-..-.--- 1008 | shells purchased from....... | Siouan stock, games of the..-.....-----.-- 874 | Sioux (Dakota), value of throws in plum 988 | Stone/Pame ols <2. -5--64-e eae ee 984 Indians, Dakota, plum stone game 57 | of the A eee 833 plum stone game of the .. Yankton, dice games of the.....--. 833 | Sisson, George H., skull of rock crystal 1067) belonsing,tosece = eee eae eee 820 | Sjogren, A., reference to investigation of | jadeite objects in Costa Rica by.--.--.. 820 | Skinner, Dr. Henry, material lent to..-..- 820 North American Di- urnals received from ss. seco eee 602 | Skushash, method of playing game of... 976 | Sling in Bible lands, use of the..----..--. | Small, Dr. John K., material lent to.-.-...-. 867 | Smétalé’, method of playing game of..--. 867 | Smillie, T. W., photographer ..-.......-.- Smith, Capt. John, quoted -----..----..... 868 | Smith, Charles, reference to the History of the County of Cork by.-...--........ 777 | Smith, Col. James, quoted..-.......-...... (47) \ Smith, Dr Era gh Mie eee epee seeee se 747 Smith, Dr. M. C., specimens of selenite 748 crystals presented by --..-.-..---..-.--- 977. Smith, Henry C., sloth transmitted by. --. 210 | Smith, John Donnell, specimens of plants | presented byceostosscne se eeee eae 730 | Smith, Prof. J. B., material sent for study 730 | and identification LOS ees ees eee 730 North American Noc- 839 | tuide presented by- 929 Smithson, James, description of mineral ) collection of ..-.-.-. 1052 reference to mineral 1052 collection of .....-.-. 986 | Smithsonian building, partial destruction | (1865) by fire of the..-.---- 891 Institution, act of Congress, 710 1846, to estab- 969 Lishisc cee eet 969 act of incorpo- . 970 ration of, 969 passed Aug- ust 10, 1846. - 508 educational 503 work of the. - Page. 736 992 746 105 428 540 724 300 11 293 13, 14 Smithsonian Institution, or ganization of reference to early meth- ods in vogue in the reference to early publi- cations of reference to publication of the Report ofthese. =--- = relations of the Museum to the legal depos- itory of na- tional collec- GIONS Y= -1-=) Snake game in United States .-.--..----- _ (United States), implements Sodom, apples of Solitario, reference to Peruvian game Solutréen epoch, characteristics of imple- ments of the of flint chipping Songish Indians, dice game of the Sonne, C. F., plants received from Sérensen, Rev. P. H., collecting outfit fur- nished to invertebrates pre- sented by South America, accessions from to Museum li- brary from institutions prehistoric musical in- struments from use of gold in, in prehis- toric times South Kensington Museum, purchase of specimens for the Spain, accessions to Museum library from institutions in prehistoric musical instruments from Spanish lottery of numbered balls..-..--. Old Testament playing-cards (Naipes) Sparrow (Passer domesticus) in Palestine. Special Bulletin No. 2 (in type) ---..----- No. 3 (in type) bulletins, reference to publication Offete-asicccee Ssaseeseeee et esas epochs in the history of the Mu- SQW .ceeeoores 5 co scéececsesese topics of the year INDEX. 1101 Page. Page. Specific gravity of the waters of the 4 North Pacific Ocean, lecture by Rear- Admiral R. Makaroff on the..-...--..-. 44 Spice box (silver), Jewish tradition con- cerning the’.--...--- 995 300 use of the, in Jewish serviceof Habdalah. 995 Spicer, Capt. J. O., Eskimo summer lamp PLesentedi Dy -sss-ae eee ee BAe 1040 299 | Spiel-Karten, or Austrian playing-cards . 938 German playing-cards -. 937 Swiss playing-cards.---. 938 Spille-Kort, or playing-cards of Denmark - 938 324 | Sprague, U. A., title of paper by-..--..--- 215 Ssang-Ryouk, implements used in Korean backgammon game of --. 849 13 Korean backgammon game OF ni sdss. es eeeseon eee 849 St. Acheuléen epoch of flint chipping. - - -- 366 Staff of National Museum.....-..---...-- 20 3 | Stanley, J. M., portraits of Indians be- 842 longing to, destroyed (1865) by fire----- 300 Stanton, Limotiyg Woes ess =< eeeeeeae 30 842 reference to publica- tion of Contribu- 745 tions to the Creta- 956 ceous Paleontol- ogy of the Pacific 876 Coast) Dy == = se == 76 title of paper by --.-- 215 371 | Starr, George E., implements for Micmac 371 | dice game collected by ----------------- 702 746 State Normal School, Mankato, Minn., 78 fishes transmitted to the -.------------- 100 Statement of distribution of specimens 32) during year ending June 30, 1896-.....- 273 | Stater of Antioch, the. .2-..2-:-2=-s-s--< 985 67 IEEE UNG pa coconodcasscnose ste 987 154 | Stave game of the Cocopa Indians -.----- 768 Gros Ventres Indians. 755 Laguna Indians. ---- -- 729 Natchez Indians...-.- 738 176 Papago Indians. ------ 738 Shoshoni Indians --.--. 748 278 Sia indians =. --2----% 730 Siksika Indians. .-....- 710 624 Tarahumara Indians. . 742 White Mountain ’ 510 Apache Indians..-.-. 713 games, American Indian, table of.. 787-799 10 of the Assinaboin Indians. . 750 Blackfeet Indians-.... 710,712 183 Kiowa Indians .. 731,733, 734 | Navajo Indians...... 714,716 560 Paiute Indians..-.-.-.-- 748 905 | Pima Indians.... 740, 741, 742 1021 Tepeguana Indians-.. 742, 744 935,936 | Stebbing, Rev. T. R., five specimens of am- 964 phipods sent to..-. 26 37 | specimen of Crang- 38 onyx jlagellatus lent) to <=. -2oo-ceu- 38 324 | Steeple chase, reference to game of-.----- 842 Steindachner, Dr. Rranz.---.---.-.------- 25 6 | Steiner, Dr. Roland, archeological objects 20 TECOLVOG. LhONb eee eee oee se eee 89 1102 Steiner, Dr. Roland, Etowah copper plates fOUNd DY Sasa aie eee ee eee aoe Stejneger Leonhard, advance sheets of a paper describing a new genus and species of blind tailed batrachian from the subter- ranean waters of Texas by, publi- cation Ofr--.---<=- appointed member of special commis- sion to investigate condition of seal herds) ------= os curator of depart- ment of reptiles and batrachians. . engaged in study of seal rookeries in Alaska. fishes collected by-- insects collected by - reference to publica- tion of papers by- specimen of Sala- mandrella wosses- senskii obtained by titles of papers by-.- Stephens, F., skin of Passerella iliaca megarhyncha lent to. - -- title of paper by.-----.--- type specimen of Speotyto cunicularia obscura pre- Stevenson, Col. James, implements for Zuni games collected by -- quoted ty -25-- Stevenson, Mrs. Matilda Coxe, Sia stave game described by --.-.----..----------- Stiles, Dr. C. W., honorary custodian of the helminthological collections ---<--.-~. titles of joint papers by - papers by Stillman, W.J., quoted..-..-. a St. John’s College, Shanghai, China, her- barium plants sent to .-.--...--.--..-.. St. Lawrence Island, list of cooking pots and drip catcher from, in National Museum list of lamps from, in National Mnu- seum...-.. baa ee the lamps of..-....-. Stone, drilling in, in the Neolithic period. engraving on, in the Paleolithic DERLOG I> eee perm ele ee eee hatchets, polished, characteristics locally pecu- haritoces-< from Scandi- INDEX. Page. 500 37 56 56 56 58 63 57 57 215, 216 38 216 54 773 584, 586 730 31, 69 216 216 419 28 Stone, hatchets, polished, handled-...... in the Neolith- ic period. ... methods employed in grinding or polishing 2225.22 s5 ee oeeees ese North American aboriginal sculp- PUPES AN Sack opiate oh ele atte eee eer pipes, tubes, etc., drilled from -.... sculpturing in, in the Paleolithic POriog 22a. nee eee eee aes tubes (possible musical instru- ments), aboriginal, from Ohio. --. from Tennes- from Virginia Stone, Wetmer, engaged instudy of horned OW]s 2st 22e = esis cee eee specimens lent to......... titles of papers by -.----- Stones, precious, of the Bible ---...-...-- Stoney, Lieut. G.M., Jade Mountain dis- COVered bY, -<= =. 55 2 sceeaw seen bee eee Stork, the black, in Palestine-.-..-..... pit Storrs, Charles, jadeite mask of crying baby belonging to. -5.:.2-<.2ie-sosenees Stossich, Prof. M., exchange with .-....-. Stout, Mrs. G., implements for Pima stave games collected by -...<-.2-----=------== Strechelman, Carl, wooden horn (nauga) collected Dy 2-5-4329: eee ee eee Stringed musical instruments mentioned in{ the Bible's ve aneacree ee Meee eee Styles of decoration in the Bronze age -- - Sua ghin gnua, reference to Siamese game (Oh ori 38 Sahn ops nemon Ae ase onUcon act Suksdorf, W. N., services rendered by-..--. Supplement A to Bibliography-..-.---.--. B to Bibliography ..--.------ Svendatter, Kristine, discovery of prehis- toric fold Worn yess esas eee Swain, Messrs. John, & Son, specimens of half-tone work presented by.--....------ Swallow (Chelidon rusticata) in Pales- TPM GAt Tae Mame pena wae os son seosason Swan, James G., account of Haida method of gambling with sticks DY ccc. esses account of Makah dice implements for Makah dice game collected by- Swastika, reference to publication of the. Sweden, accessions to Museum library from institutions in-.--..--.-- distribution of specimens in .... Swedish playing-cards (Kille-Kort) ------ Swiss playing-cards (Spiel-Karten)..-.--- Switzerland, accessions to Museum library from institutions in .....--------------- Sycamore (Ficus syeomorus) from Pales- ih IRCCeS Tg nse = 255 dono to rq aSt ee deetocc 557 974, 978 499 876 841 841 835 80 220 221 533 93 , 4 . ( | A eae ee INDEX. 1103 Page. Page Syria. a flute or pipe (Shubab) from .-..-- 977 | Tarahumara Indians, stave game of the- 742 prehistoric musical instruments Targum translation of the Old Testa- INHD El SSooone oSooodasoaGeecUsaROeE 552 MONG sate ares a apse eicieece eeee 1017 round tabret or hand drum from. -- 975 | Tarocchi di Mantegna, or reproductions Syriac translation of the New Testament - 1018 of original Italian playing- Old Testament. - 1018 CALUSe eee fhe ee ee 931 Syrian backgammon game of Tawulah..- 849 or Italian playing-cards..-....-. 929 CASTANOUS yam eerie ee cms cer 976 | Tarocchino, or Italian playing-cards.- ----- 932 coat (A boa) sthotaac cesses ese cin= 2 990 | Tarok-Karten, or German playing-cards- 932 game of Edris aJim ....-.-.---.-- 857 | Tarots, or French playing-cards.......--. 932 inkhorn (Qeseth ha sofer).--------- 993, Larsus, theistaterOf--2-..--9sc- 2-20-25 987 Syrinx, ancient, from Peru ......-..------ 662 | Ta/sho‘li-we, method of playing game of - 773 Tab, Heyptian game of..5-..------.----<- 805 | Tassin, Wirt, assistant curator of depart- implements used in Egyptian game ment of minerals..-.----- 83 Oleic tansssc8: Pa e eee ees 805 title of paper by .--..---.- 216 method of playing game of ..-...--- 805 | Ta/t’in kau, Chinese domino game of .... 836 value of throws in game of ..--..--- 807 | Tau-tem, Siamese domino game of.--...-. 839 Tabal, implements used in Malayan back- | Ta/wulah, implements usedin Syrian back- gammon game of ..-........-.--- 849 gammon: pame Of .5-----4--— 849 Maylayan backgammon game of-- 849 Syrian backgammon game of... 849 Tabernacles, use of the Lulab and Ethrog Taxidermists, review of work of the-..-. 102 INU OMIsSheLeastioneseeeessches sees caress 996 | Technological collections.......-..--..--- 91 Table of accessions in 1895-96 ..-..------ 21 accessions to... 91 catalogue entries .--.-...-...-.. 28, 24 catalogue entries games of goose in Museum of MisocnssS5csse- 92 Archeology and Paleontology, University of Pennsylvania.. 843-848 Indian gambling-sticks in the American Museum of Natural JERE ~a oe cneesop courescasdoos 916 Indian gambling-sticks in the Field Columbian Museum -.--. 916 Indian gambling-sticks in the Museum of Archeology and Paleontology University of Pennsylvania.....-------.---- 916 Indian gambling-sticks in the Peabody Museum of American AT CHOON yee aslo =e 916 Indian gambling-sticks in the U.S. National Museum. ..---- 915 showing annual accessions since lst) SecHec besa qesosee 23 number and dates of Sat- urday lectures since 1882...-.- 45 of specimens in each depart- = ment on June B0RTS9G;-2s- 21, 22 of visitors each monthes---=- 43 of visitors since TSS een raters 43 Tablets, engraved aboriginal ..--..-.------ 488 Tabret, four-sided, from Africa ---...---- 975 round, from Syria. -..------------ 975 use of the ancient..-.----------- 975 Tanner, John, Ojibwa bowl game de- scribed by ----.------------------++--:- 706 Tanoan stock, games of the .------------- 762 Tan-wan, method of playing Papago game () BEE eo mpont ceeeocn ESS 829 reference to Papago game of. . - 828 Tanyaku, or Japanese cardboard for writ- ing verses ON...--.--------+++------+--- 887 number of speci- received in sec- tLONOLs eee 92 remarks by cura- tor regarding condition of - -. 92 Teit, James, implements for Nslakyapa- muk, dice game collected by......-..--. 747 Temple Tower of Babylon, model of a---- 1006 Tem-thla-nah-na-ta-sh6-li-we, description of divinatory game of............-.---- 776 Tennessee, aboriginal musical instru- ments from... 580 stone tubes (pos- sible musical instruments) from. =e 580 Tepeguana Indians, stave games of the.. 742, 744 Teponaztli of the Aztecs....-...--..----- 589 Tertiary plants, condition of exhibition SOLIGS Oleee eas las eens Seae ease eens 33 Tesserx, ancient Roman or Etruscan dice OSIM ClO Lae em ar eae 832 implements used in ancient dice PAMClO teeeee ase ee ee ee 832 Testament (New) of the Bible, the-.----- 1014 (Old) of the Bible, the......-. 1013 Tetradrachm of Alexander the Great, the. 986 Macedonia, the.........- 988 Seleucus I Nicator, King Of Sy ia wule seen eee 986 STG GT TS Be bees sce 986 the city of Babylon, the- - 986 Tetradrachms of Athens, the-.--.---..----- 988 Ephesus, the -.--...---. 987 Dyre: -GnG- a. sae eee ae 986 Tewa Indians, games of the..-..--.--- 762, 763, 765 Thathl pa-tsi-we, reference to Zuni game of 775 The ancient pottery of the Mississippi Valley, by Prof. W. H. Holmes, quota- tion from paper on .....-.-.--...-...... 496 1104 The Lamp of the Eskimo, by Walter IBROTIS Nes GeeancaeanAia Sock notcemcagudare The Lenape Stone, or the Indian and the Mammoth, by Henry C. Mercer, refer- ence to publication of ..-..-.----.------ Thebes, Egypt prehistoric musical instru- MEMOS LOM. se see een a= eens modern Egyptian brick from.... Theodat, Sagard, description of Huron TEGO OA Oar ae eee laeeincs rec eeen serie Thessalonica, the Aes (= As) of..-.-..---- GOPENO SeismocesSsaceacce PHigelton- Dyer eT Wis) Dees eta cies tae Thomas, Isaiah, first American edition of the Greek Testament printed (1800) by ------ first hieroglyphic Bible _ printed in America by - Thomas, Prof. Cyrus, reference to inves- tigation of abo- riginal sculp- tures of the Southern States reference to Notes on certain Maya and Mexican manuscripts by - remarks concern- ing Etowah cop- perplates by-.--- Thompson, C. H., specimens of plants pur- (CHE (0 Woe Ha aaa shes Satin eooeDoose Thompson, H. D., pottery whistle found Thurston, Gen. Gates P., aboriginal stone whistle described by -..------.----------- Tibet, musical instruments from ......-.-. Tibetan divination tables, explanation of- Tim chi p’ai, Chinese domino card game of implements used in Chinese domino card game of..---- Tirhakah, cast of the head of ....-..----- King of Ethiopia, account of - Tischendorf, Constantine, discovery (1859) of the Codex Sinaiticus by New Testa- ment trans- lated (1869) DYsacascee ote Tjyang-keui, Korean chess game of ..---- Tjyong-kyeng, method of playing game of - Tjyong-kyeng-to, Korean game of...-.--- Tlingit bone and ivory tablets...--...-.--- Indians, dice game of the.-.-...--. value of throws in dice game of the. ......-.-. Toba tribe, Chaco Indians, games of the- Tong-Kai, or Korean quiver of ceremonial arrows Topaz (pitdah) of the Bible, the.....----- Tepping, D. Leroy, specimens of plants presented by ---.- mia peteniacismwiete's